Skip to main content

Full text of "School document"

See other formats


\1 


DOCUMENTS 


SCHOOL  COMMITTEE 


CITY  OF  BOSTON 


FOfl  THE  YEAR  1914 


CITY  OP  BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
1915 


J 


INDEX  TO  SCHOOL  DOCUMENTS 

19  14 


Doc. 

1.  Annual  Repokt  of  Business  Agent. 

2.  Reappointments   of  Teachers  and   Members  of 

Supervising  Staff. 

3.  The  Boston  Model  School. 

4.  Syllabus  for  Special  Classes. 

5.  List  of  Candidates  Eligible  for  Appointment  as 

Teachers. 

6.  Annual  Statistics  of  the  Boston  Public  Schools. 

7.  Supplementary   List   of   Authorized    Text  and 

Supplementary  Books. 

8.  Provisional  Minimum  and  Supplementary  Lists  of 

Spelling  Words  for  Pupils  in  Grades  I.  to  VIIL 

9.  Provisional  Minimum  Standards  in  Addition,  Sub- 

traction, Multiplication  and  Division  for  Pupils 
IN  Grades  IV.  to  VIII. 
10.    Educational  Standards  and  Educational  Measure- 
ments. 

IL    Annual  Report  of  Superintendent. 


On  January  18,  1915,  the  School  Committee  adopted  as 
its  annual  report  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Superintendent, 
being  School  Document  No.  11,  1914. 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1  — IIJU. 


SCHOOL  COMMITTEE  OF  THE 
CITY  OF  BOSTON 


ANNUAL  EEPORT 

OF  THE 

BUSINESS  AGENT 

FOR  THE 

YEAR  ENDING  JANUARY  81,  1914 


April,  1914 


CITY  OF  BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
1914 


BosTox,  Mass..  April,  1914. 

To  the  School  Committee: 

In  compliance  with  section  77  of  the  Rules  of  the 
School  Committee,  I  submit  herewith  the  annual  report 
of  the  Business  Agent  for  the  financial  year  February 
1,  1913,  to  January  31,  1914,  both  included. 

William  T.  Keough, 

Business  Agent. 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


Section  77  of  the  Rules  provides  that  the  Business 
Agent  shall,  annually,  in  the  month  of  March,  sub- 
mit to  the  Board  a  detailed  report  of  the  appropriations, 
income,  and  expenditures  of  the  Board  for  the  year 
ending  January  31  next  preceding,  with  such  sugges- 
tions relating  thereto  as  he  may  deem  expedient.  This 
report  shall  contain  a  statement  of  the  cost  of  books, 
fuel,  and  other  materials  furnished  and  charged  to  the 
various  offices,  schools  and  departments,  the  disposition 
of  the  same,  and  an  inventory  of  the  stock  then  on 
hand." 


INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION. 

Under  existing  law  it  is  the  right  and  the  practice 
of  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  approve  the  applica- 
tion for  attendance  in  our  industrial  schools  of  all  non- 
resident pupils  unless  such  attendance  would  operate 
to  exclude  from  the  schools  Boston  pupils  for  whom 
application  to  enter  has  been  made. 

Existing  law  provides  that  the  Commonwealth  shall 
reimburse  the  city  to  the  extent  of  one-half  the  "net 
cost  of  maintenance.^^  The  '^net  cost  of  maintenance" 
of  a  school  is  arrived  at  by  deducting  from  the  gross 
cost  of  the  school  all  cost  of  the  original  building,  new 
equipment  of  any  kind,  all  receipts  for  products  sold 
or  work  done,  and  all  claims  for  tuition  of  non-resident 
pupils  against  other  cities  or  towns,  whether  such  claims 
have  been  collected  or  not.  The  rates  for  such  tuition 
are  fixed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  are  based 
wholly  on  the  net  cost  of  maintenance. 


4 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


It  must,  therefore,  be  clear  at  a  glance  that  the  City 
of  Boston  is  now  required  to  provide  a  building  and  its 
equipment  free  of  cost  to  all  non-resident  pupils  who 
may  apply  for  admission  to  our  industrial  schools  whose 
application  is  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, and  that  no  claim  for  reimbursement  for  such  cost 
can  be  made  against  either  the  Commonwealth  or  the 
city  or  town  whose  pupils  take  advantage  of  this  type 
.  of  education  offered  in  the  City  of  Boston. 

It  has  heretofore  been  assumed  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education  and  its  representatives,  and  also  by  many  of 
the  representatives  of  the  School  Committee,  that  such 
a  disposition  of  the  matter  was  a  fair  one  to  the  City  of 
Boston.  I  wish  to  invite  your  earnest  attention  to  the 
situation  and  to  point  out  that  such  is  not  the  case. 

The  proportion  of  non-resident  pupils  in  industrial 
schools  may  be  very  large.  At  one  time  it  was  about 
25  per  cent  in  the  Trade  School  for  Girls.  I  do  not 
think  it  at  all  extravagant  to  fear  that  the  proportion 
may  rise  to  as  high  as  50  per  cent  or  more  of  the  total. 
In  such  a  case,  of  course,  one-half  the  total  cost  of  the 
building  and  its  equipment  is  devoted  wholly  to  the 
education  of  pupils  coming  from  other  communities 
who  do  not  assist  in  the  slightest  degree  in  bearing 
this  financial  load. 

It  is  true  that  existing  law  does  provide  that  any 
repairs  and  replacements  of  buildings  and  equipment 
may  be  included  in  the  '^net  cost  of  maintenance," 
and  in  consequence  the  cit}^  may  be  reimbursed  to  the 
extent  of  one-half  such  net  cost;  and  it  is  also  assumed 
that  in  establishing  the  rates  of  tuition  for  non-resident 
pupils  at  such  times,  such  net  cost  of  maintenance  will 
be  the  basis  of  the  charge  for  tuition. 

The  City  of  Boston  is  about  to  erect  and  equip  a 
large  and  expensive  building  to  house  the  Boston 
Industrial  School  for  Boys.    Presumably  it  will  be  of 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT.  5 

a  capacity  much  in  excess  of  the  present  membership 
of  that  school  and  will  be  of  a  size  sufficient  to  accom- 
modate many  non-resident  pupils.  I  think  there  is  no 
doubt  whatever  that,  when  built,  applications  for 
admission  from  pupils  living  in  other  cities  and  towns 
will  be  made  to  an  extent  that  wiW  utilize  it  to  its  full 
capacity.  Any  consideration  of  the  matter  whatever 
will  show  that  it  is  extremely  improbable  that  any  of 
the  other  cities  and  towns  will  go  to  the  enormous 
expense  of  providing  buildings  and  equipment  for  their 
industrial  pupils  when  they  can  save  the  whole  of  such 
cost  by  merely  paying  one-half  the  ^'net  cost  of  main- 
tenance" of  such  pupils  in  our  buildings. 

When  this  new  building  and  its  equipment  become 
worn  out  or  obsolete  for  the  purpose  for  which  they  are 
intended,  it  will  be  found  that  there  has  been  an  enor- 
mous depreciation  in  value;  and  that  they  cannot  be 
used  for  other  purposes  without  the  expenditure  of 
large  sums  of  money;  or,  what  is  more  than  probable, 
will  be  sold  for  but  a  fraction  of  the  original  cost.  There 
is  no  provision  in  existing  law  for  the  reimbursement 
of  the  city  for  such  depreciation,  nor  is  there  any  pro- 
vision whereby  cities  and  towns  sending  their  pupils 
to  such  building  shall  bear  their  share  of  the  cost  of 
such  depreciation  or  obsolescence. 

All  that  has  been  said  applies  equally  forcibly  to  the 
Trade  School  for  Girls  or  any  other  industrial  school 
coming  within  the  scope  of  existing  laws  on  industrial 
education. 

I  recommend  that  your  Board  petition  for  such  legis- 
lation as  will  provide  a  remedy  for  the  injustice  now 
imposed  upon  those  communities  which  provide  build- 
ings, equipment,  and  other  facilities  for  industrial 
education. 

The  remedy  sought  should  be  of  such  a  nature  as  to 
provide  that  a  reasonable  sum  for  the  depreciation  of 


6 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


the  building  and  its  equipment  should  be  included  in 
the  ''net  cost  of  maintenance."  The  result  of  such 
change  in  the  law  would  be  that  the  Commonwealth 
and  the  cities  and  towns  sending  pupils  to  take  advan- 
tage of  the  type  of  education  furnished  in  our  indus- 
trial schools  would  stand  their  share  of  the  burden  of 
supplying  the  building  and  its  equipment. 


FINANCIAL  STATEMENT. 

On  April  3,  1913,  the  School  Committee  appropriated 
''on  account"  the  following  sums: 


Salaries  of  instructors 
Salaries  of  officers 
Salaries  of  janitors 
Fuel  and  light 
Supplies  and  incidentals 
Physical  education 
Salaries  and  expenses  of  nurses 

Pensions  

Extended  use  of  the  public  schools 
Repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings 
Rents  of  hu-ed  school  accommodations 


$1,850,000  00 
60,000  00 
165,000  00 
110,000  00 
100,547  25 
57,610  21 
28,805  11 
72,012  76 
44,024  67 
361,000  00 
15,000  00 

§2,864,000  00 


On  May  19,  1913,  the  School  Committee  appropriated 


the  following  sums : 

Salaries  of  instructors  $2,050,576  00 

Salaries  of  officers   80,000  00 

Salaries  of  janitors   160,750  00 

Fuel  and  light   71,000  00 

Supplies  and  incidentals   162,884  46 

Physical  education   * 

Physical  education,  special  appropriation     ....  13,000  00 

Salaries  and  expenses  of  nurses   3,700  00 

Pensions   * 

Extended  use  of  the  public  schools   .20 

Repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings  ....  143,089  34 

Rents  of  hired  school  accommodations        ....  17,000  00 


$2,702,000  00 


*  Full  amount  appropriated  April  3,  1913. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


7 


The  sums  of  the  foregoing  appropriations,  which 
aggregated  the  total  amount  the  School  Committee 
could  legally  appropriate,  were  as  follows: 


Salaries  of  instructors   $3,900,576  00 

Salaries  of  officers   140,000  00 

Salaries  of  janitors   325,750  00 

Fuel  and  light   181,000  00 

Supplies  and  incidentals   263,431  71 

Physical  education   57,610  21 

Physical  education,  special  appropriation    ....  13,000  00 

Salaries  and  expenses  of  nurses   32,505  11 

Pensions   72,012  76 

Extended  use  of  the  public  schools   44,024  87 

Repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings  ....  504,089  34 

Rents  of  hu-ed  school  accommodations        ....  32,000  00 


Total  amount  appropriated  $5,566,000  00 


On  November  17,  1913,  the  School  Committee  made 
the  following  transfer: 

From  "Salaries  of  Instructors"  to  "Physical  Education, 

Special  Appropriation "  $2,000  00 


On  December  15,  1913,  the  School  Committee  author- 
ized and  requested  the  Trustees  of  the  Permanent 
School  Pension  Fund  to  make  the  following  transfer  to 
the  appropriation    Pensions  to  Teachers'' : 

From  the  accrued  interest  of  the  "Permanent  School  Pension 

Fund"  to  "Pensions"   $880  43 

Acting  under  authority  conferred  by  the  School  Com- 
mittee on  December  1,  1913,  I  have  made  the  following 
transfers : 


From  "Salaries  of  Instructors"  to  "Phj'sical  Education, 

Special"   $4,364  04 

From  "Salaries  of  Instructors"  to  "Salaries  of  Officers"  863  00 

From  "Salaries  of  Instructors"  to  "Supplies  and  Incidentals,"  21,417  92 

From  "Fuel  and  Light"  to  "Salaries  of  Janitors"  .  .  .  4,532  12 
From  "Salaries  and  Expenses  of  Nurses"  to  "Supplies  and 

Incidentals"   160  24 


8  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 

From  "Salaries  and  Expenses  of  Nurses"  to  "Physical 

Education,  Special"   $254  43 

From  "Salaries  and  Expenses  of  Nurses"  to  "Salaries  of 

Janitors"   840  22 

With  the  above  additions  and  transfers  the  final  total 
credits  for  the  several  items  for  the  year  were  as  follows : 

Salaries  of  instructors  $3,871,931  04 

Salaries  of  officers   140,863  00 

Salaries  of  janitors   331,122  34 

Fuel   127,622  46 

Light   41,789  70 

Power   7,055  72 

Supplies  and  incidentals  «  285,009  87 

Physical  education,  special   19,618  47 

Physical  education   57,610  21 

Salaries  and  expenses  of  nurses   31,250  22 

Pensions  to  teachers   72,893  19 

Extended  use  of  the  pubHc  schools   44,024  87 

Repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings  ....  504,089  34 

Rents  of  hired  school  accommodations        ....  32,000  00 


Total  credits   $5,566,880  43 


The  expenditures  were  as  follows : 

Salaries  of  instructors   $3,871,931  04 

Salaries  of  officers   140,863  00 

Salaries  of  janitors   331,122  34 

Fuel   127,622  46 

Light   41,789  70 

Power   7,055  72 

Supplies  and  incidentals   285,009  87 

Physical  education,  special   19,618  47 

Physical  education   57,610  21 

Salaries  and  expenses  of  nurses   30,989  25 

Pensions  to  teachers   72,893  19 

Extended  use  of  the  public  schools                         .      .  29,409  30 
Repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings  and  rents  of 
hired  school  accommodations  (by  Schoolhouse  Com- 
mission)   536,089  34 


Total  expenditures  $5,552,003  89 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT.  9 

Total  credits  brought  down   $5,566,880  43 

Total  expenditures  brought  down   5,552,003  89 

Balance,  School  Committee  Appropriation  .  $14,876  54 
Balance,  appropriation  for  repairs  and  alterations  of 

school  buildings  —  Schoolhouse  Commission  ...  61  25 

Total  balance   $14,937  79 


The  balance  at  the  end  of  the  year  was  $14,937.79. 
Of  this  sum  $14,615.57  was  in  the  item  ^'Extended  use 
of  the  pubHc  schools"  and  $260.97  in  the  item  ''Sala- 
ries and  expenses  of  nurses,"  making  a  balance  on  the 
appropriations  for  the  School  Committee  of  $14,876.54. 
The  sum  of  $61.25,  money  unexpended  for  traveling 
expenses  by  the  Schoolhouse  Department,  was  turned 
back  into  the  treasury.  This  sum  added  to  the  above 
balance  makes  a  total  balance  of  $14,937.79. 

NEW  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS,  LANDS,  YARDS,  ETC. 

On  May  19,  1913,  the  School  Committee  passed  the 
following  order: 

Ordered,  That  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  chapter  615  of  the 
Acts  of  1913  the  sum  of  two  hundred  eighty-eight  thousand  fifty-one 
dollars  ($288,051)  is  hereby  appropriated  for  the  purpose  of  constructing 
and  furnishing  new  buildings,  including  the  taking  of  land  therefor,  and  for 
school  yards,  and  the  preparing  of  school  yards  for  use. 

This  sum  thus  appropriated  for  new  buildings,  lands, 
yards,  etc.,  forms  a  part  of  the  tax  levy  for  the  year. 

This  money  is  expended  under  the  direction  of  the 
Schoolhouse  Commission  and  is  accounted  for  by  them 
in  detail  in  their  report  in  the  same  manner  as  mone}' 
raised  by  loans  and  expended  for  the  same  purpose.  It 
has  not  been  considered  wise  to  introduce  such  matter 
into  this  report,  not  only  for  the  reason  that  it  would  be  a 
duplication  of  information  in  the  report  of  the  com- 
mission, but  because  for  purposes  of  comparison  with 


10 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


expenditures  of  other  years  or  of  other  cities  it  appears 
better  to  separate  statements  of  maintenance  or  opera- 
ting expenses  from  the  construction  accounts. 

Chapter  615  of  the  Acts  of  1913  provides  that  if  less 
than  thirty  cents  upon  each  $1,000  of  the  valuation  of 
the  city  shall  be  appropriated  for  new  school  buildings, 
lands,  yards,  and  furnishings,  the  balance  of  such  appro- 
priation shall  be  certified  by  the  School  Committee  to 
the  Mayor  and  shall  be  added  to  the  amount  available 
for  other  municipal  purposes. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  above  statute, 
on  May  26,  1913,  the  School  Committee  passed  the 
following  order: 

Ordered,  That  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  chapter  615  of  the 
Acts  of  1913,  the  School  Committee  hereby  notifies  the  Mayor  that  of 
the  appropriation  at  the  rate  of  thirty  cents  upon  each  thousand  dollars  of 
the  valuation  on  which  the  appropriations  of  the  City  Council  are  based 
which  the  School  Committee  may  annually  appropriate  for  new  school 
buildings,  lands,  yards  and  furnishings,  it  has  made  an  appropriation  for 
said  purposes  during  the  current  financial  year  at  the  rate  of  twenty  cents 
per  thousand  dollars  of  said  valuation,  and  there  remains  a  balance  at  the 
rate  of  ten  cents  per  thousand  dollars  which  is  hereby  certified  to  the 
Mayor  to  be  added  to  the  amount  which  may  be  appropriated  for  other 
than  school  purposes. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION. 

The  total  amount  of  money  available  for  physical 
education  under  chapter  295  of  the  Acts  of  1907  was 
$57,610.21.  The  plans  laid  out  for  playground  activ- 
ities for  the  year,  however,  required  a  much  larger  sum; 
and,  in  consequence,  in  addition  to  the  above  amount, 
a  special  appropriation  of  $13,000  was  allowed  in  the 
annual  appropriation  order.  But  even  with  the  addi- 
tion of  this  latter  sum  the  total  was  found  inadequate 
to  maintain  the  playgrounds  in  the  manner  desired  by 
the  School  Committee,  and  it  consequently  became 
necessary  to  transfer  the  sum  of  $6,364.04  from  the 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


11 


appropriation  ''Salaries  of  Instructors/'  and  $254.43  from 
the  appropriation  ''Salaries  and  Expenses  of  Nurses." 


The  total  amount  available  for  this  purpose  was, 
therefore,  as  follows: 

Appropriation  for  physical  education,  1913-14  .  .  .  $57,610  21 
Diverted  from  general  appropriation  19,618  47 


Total  amount  available,  1913-14  $77,228  68 


The  expenditures  were  as  follows: 

Salaries  of  teachers,  regular  *  .  .  .  .  $48,385  63 
Supplies  and  incidentals,  regular       .      .      .        4,119  31 

  $52,504  94 

Salaries  of  teachers,  playgrounds  f  .  .  .  $17,671  85 
Salaries  of  janitors,  playgrounds  .  .  .  2,367  17 
Supplies  and  incidentals,  playgrounds      .      .        4,684  72 

  24,723  74 

Total  expenditures   $77,228  68 


Trial  Balance  —  Physical  Education  Appropriations. 
Dr. 

Appropriation,  physical  education   $57,610  21 

Special  appropriation,  physical  education       ....  13,000  00 

Transferred  from  appropriation  of  salaries  of  instructors  .  6,364  04 
Transferred  from  appropriation  of  salaries  and  expenses  of 

nurses   254  43 

Stock  inventory,  December  4,  1912    279  04 


$77,507  72 

Cr. 

Salaries,  high  schools   $32,840  71 

Salaries,  playgrounds   18,477  65 

Salaries,  playground  janitors   2,367  17 

Salaries,  department    .   14,739  12 

SuppHes,  schools   2,763  30 

Supplies,  playgrounds   4,441  90 

Supplies,  department   1,542  17 

Stock  inventory,  December  2,  1913    335  70 


$77,507  72 


*  Includes  the  salaries  of  the  Director  of  School  Hygiene,  the  Assistant  Directors  of 
Phj  sical  Training  and  Athletics  and  the  teachers  of  the  several  ranks  who  serve  at  the 
Normal,  Latin  and  high  schools. 

t  This  cost  of  playgrounds  is  exclusive  of  the  salaries  of  any  part  of  the  supervising  staff 
who  were  in  any  way  connected  with  the  playgrounds.  The  complete  cost  of  playgrounds 
is  shown  later  on  in  this  report  under  "Costs  of  Playgrounds." 


12 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Drafts  were  made  on  the  regular  physical  education 
appropriation  until  it  was  exhausted,  when  drafts  were 
begun  on  the  special  appropriation. 

NURSES. 

During  the  last  year  it  has  been  found  impossible, 
as  it  has  for  the  three  preceding  years,  to  keep  the 
expenditures  for  nurses  within  the  appropriation  author- 
ized by  chapter  357  of  the  Acts  of  1907,  viz.,  two  cents 
on  each  one  thousand  dollars  of  the  valuation  of  the 
city,  amounting  to  $28,805.11. 

In  addition  to  the  sum  available  under  the  above 
statute,  the  sum  of  S3, 700  was  allowed  in  the  general 
appropriation  order,  making  a  total  appropriation  of 
132,505.11. 

During  the  year  the  following  transfers  were  made: 


To  "Salaries  of  Janitors"   S840  22 

To  "Physical  Education,  Special"   254  43 

To  "Supplies  and  Incidentals"  '  .      .  160  24 

At  the  end  of  the  year  there  remained  an  unexpended 
balance  of  S260.97. 

The  total  amount  available  was,  therefore,  as  follows: 

Appropriation  (chapter  357,  Acts  of  1907)      ....  $28,805  11 

Diverted  from  general  appropriation   2,445  11 

Total  amount  available   $31,250  22 

The  expenditures  were  as  follows: 

Salaries  of  nurses   $29,716  87 

Supplies  of  nurses   1,272  38 

Total  expenditures   $30,989  25 

Total  appropriation  brought  down    ......  $31,250  22 

Total  expenditures  brought  down     .            .      .  -    .  30,989  25 

Balance   $260  97 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


13 


Trial  Balance  —  Nurses'  Appropriation. 


Dr. 

Appropriation  for  nurses   $28,805  11 

Diverted  from  regular  appropriation   2,445  11 

Stock  inventory,  December  4,  1912    658  90 


$31,909  12 

Cr. 

Salary,  supervising  nurse   $1,208  45 

Salaries,  assistant  nurses   28,508  42 

Supplies,  schools   300  00 

Supplies,  department   736  22 

Transferred  from  nurses'  supplies  to  miscellaneous  stock  2  06 

Inventory,  December  2,  1913    893  00 

Unexpended  balance   260  97 


$31,909  12 


EXPENDITURES  BY  SCHOOLHOUSE  COMMISSION. 

On  April  3,  1913,  the  School  Committee  appropriated 
on  account''  the  sum  of  $361,000  for  repairs  and  alter- 
ations to  school  buildings  and  the  sum  of  $15,000  for 
rents  of  hired  school  accommodations,  and  on  May  19, 
1913,  appropriated  the  additional  sums  of  $143,089.34 
for  repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings  and 
$17,000  for  rents  of  hired  school  accommodations.  The 
sum  of  $61.25,  being  a  balance  unexpended  of  money 
drawn  for  traveling  expenses,  was  turned  back  into  the 
treasury  and  credited  to  the  appropriation  for  repairs 
and  alterations  of  school  buildings. 

The  expenditures  under  the  direction  of  the  School- 
house  Commission  were  as  follows : 

Repairs  and  Equipment:, 

Carpentry : 

Repairs   .     S59,037  21 

Alterations   18,765  06 

New  floors   2,704  69 

Flagstaffs   2,268  82 


Carried  forward 


$82,775  78 


14 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  $82,775  78 

Locksmithing   3,495  43 

Hardware   60  82 


Fui-niture : 

New   32,657  64 

Repairs   23,892  IS 

New  curtains   5,459  00 

Curtain  repairs   1,073  93 

New  clocks   552  25 

Clock  repairs   1;255  50 

Gj'mnasium  apparatus   902  93 

Blackboards: 

New   253  40 

Repairs   5,928  54 

Plumbing : 

New   — 

Repairs   25,272  14 

Drinking  fountains   344  10 

Automatic  tanks   — 

Roofing   20,403  65 

Painting   45,507  38 

Glazing   7,669  18 

Heating: 

Repaii-s   49,796  00 

New  boilers   3,965  00 

Boiler  installation   — 

Ventilation   1,389  53 

Motors  and  engines   1,353  38 

Masonry: 

Repairs   29,554  89 

Plastering   1,743  82 

Paving   12,079  16 

Catch-basins   3,463  65 

Asphalt  and  concrete   888  69 

Waterproofing   743  10 

Grading   1,231  .22 

Planting   1,521  86 

Electrical: 

Electric  light  installation       ....  10,887  38 

Electric  light  maintenance      ....  1,443  90 


Carried  forward 


,S377,565  43 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


15 


Brought  forward  

.   S377,566  43 

Electric  bells  and  telephone  installation 

6,046  55 

Electric  bells  and  telephone  maintenance 

2,807  10 

Electric  clock  installation 

1,222  80 

Electric  clock  maintenance 

1,205  72 

Fire  alarm  installation  .... 

17,588  71 

Fire  alarm  maintenance  .... 

2,355  92 

Gas  appliance  installation 

2,703  81 

Gas  appliance  maintenance 

1,468  67 

Industrial  apparatus  installation 

1,225  57 

Industrial  apparatus  maintenance 

787  62 

Reflectoscopes,  installation 

2,100  00 

/liscellaneous : 

Iron  and  wire  work  

9,117  94 

Janitors'  supplies  

496  10 

Care  and  cleaning  

1,986  52 

Teaming  

2,503  60 

Rubber  treads  and  matting    .  . 

1,514  24 

GjT^sy  moths  

630  50 

Architect's  service  

Fire  extinguishers  

550  29 

Fire  escapes  

18,999  63 

Fire  protection  

48  00 

Vacuum  cleaning  installation  . 

457  00 

Vacuum  cleaning  maintenance 

353  80 

S453,735  52 


Administration  Expenses. 


Salaries,  commissioners  and  clerks 
Salaries,  inspectors 
Rent  of  office 
Electric  lighting  of  office 

Postage  

Printing  

Stationery  .... 
Advertising  .... 
Telephone  .... 
Messenger  service 
Automobile  expenses  . 
Furniture  .... 
Carfares,  traveling  expenses 

Ice  

Boiler  insurance 
Subscriptions 


Carried  forward 


$13,557  14 
20,145  39 
2,200  00 
371  42 
712  45 
1,165  05 
593  77 
145  75 
861  04 

21  04 
8,204  77 

826  79 
2,345  91 

22  00 
49  06 
14  50 

S51,236  08 


16 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward 
Expert  services 
Sundries  . 
Teaming 


Rents  and  Taxes. 
Beech  street  (Eugene  N.  Foss)  .... 
Berkeley    and    Appleton    streets  (Franklin 

Union)  

Boylston  street.  48  (Young  Men's  Christian 

Union)  

Boylston  street,  480  (Louise  W.  Brooks) 
Chambers  street,  27  (Second  Reformed  Presby- 
terian Church)  

Chambers  street,  38  (Frances  E.  Willard  Settle- 
ment)   

Chambers  street,  103  (David  Stern)  . 
Dorchester    and    Vinton    streets  (Barham 

Memorial  Church) 
Dover  street,  23  (South  End  Day  Nursery) 
Ehot  street,  Jamaica  Plain  (Trustees  of  the 

Eliot  School)  

Florence  street,  13  (M.  Levin) 
Glenway  street  (Harvard  Improvement  Hall 

Company)  .      .  . 
Hanson  street,  1  (Nora  L.  Murphy)  . 
Hull  street,  24  (Rosa  A.  Badaracco  et  al.) 
Huntington  avenue  (Massachusetts  Charitable 

Mechanics  Association) 
Huntington  avenue  (Jordan  Hall) 
Hyde  Park  (Young  Men's  Christian  Associa- 
tion)   

Moon  street  (Rev.  E.  F.  McLeod) 
North  Bennet  street,  38  (A.  J.  Granara) 
North  Bennet  street,  39  (North  Bennet 
Street  Industrial  School,  Alvin  E.  Dodd 
Director)  ...  ' 
Oakland  Hall  (B.  W.  Clark)      .  '  ' 

Parmenter  street,  20  (Benevolent  Fraternitv 

of  Churches)  ... 
Saratoga  street,  66  (Tileston  C.  Power) 
Saratoga  street,  399  (Sarah  Karp) 
Tileston  street,   52   (North    Bennet  Street 
Industrial  School,  Alvin  E.  Dodd,  Director) 


$51,236  08 
201  20 

$125  00 

5,592  00 

1,672  68 
116  00 

333  00 

1,080  00 
1,633  00 

600  00 
240  00 

420  00 
210  00 

600  00 
712  00 
420  00 

3,084  52 
45  00 

211  00 

3,835  00 
350  00 


60  00 
3  00 

1,000  00 
240  00 
166  67 


$51,437  28 


600  00 


Carried  forward 


$23,348  87 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


17 


Brought  forward   $23,348  87 

Tremont  street,  168  (Arthur  L.  Howard)  .  1,920  00 
Tremont  street,  218  (Union  Institution  for 

Savings)   205  00 

Tremont  street,  563  (John   Cifrino  and  G. 

Cataldo)   2,000  00 

Walnut  avenue.  Walnut  park  (First  Swedish 

Methodist  Church  of  Boston)        ...  700  00 

Waterford  street,  6  (John  Taylor)  180  00 

Waterford  street,  11  (Theodore  H.  Tyndale)  .  1,650  00 
Washington  street,  849  (Hub  Storage  W^are- 

house  Company)   826  67 

West    Newton    street    (German  Lutheran 

Church)   86  00 

 $30,916  54 

Rentals   $30,733  02  ■ 

Taxes   183  52 

  $30,916  54 

Summary. 

Appropriations: 

Repairs  and  alterations   $504,089  34 

Credit,  money  refunded   61  25 

Rents  '     .            .  32,000  00 

 $536,150  59 

Expenditures: 

Repairs  and  equipment   $453,735  52 

Administration  expenses   51,437  28 

Rents   30,733  02 

Taxes   183  52 

  536,089  34 

Balance   $61  25 

INCOME. 

The  income  for  the  financial  year  was  as  follows: 

Tuition  of  non-resident  pupils: 

Normal  School   $556  00 

Latin  and  high  schools   3,968  80 

Elementary  schools   429  95 

Trade  School  for  Girls   5,231  10 

Evening  high  schools   65  00 

Evening  elementary  schools    ....  9  00 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  .            .  1,752  80 

Evening  Trade  School   471  62 

Evening  Industrial  School      ....  586  70 


Carried  forward  $13,070  97 


18 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  $13,070  97 

Continuation  School   183  73 

State  wards  (from  the  Commonwealth)  .  1,312  00 

  $14,566  70 

Tuition  of  deaf  mutes  (from  the  Commonwealth)    .  20,460  00 

Salaries  of  instructors  overpaid  refunded   940  99 

Smith  Fund   324  00 

Stoughton  Fund   212  00 


Aid  from  the  Commonwealth  for  industrial  education: 
Trade  School  for  Girls: 

One-half  the  net  cost  of  maintenance  for 
the  period  December  1,  1911,  to  Novem- 
ber 30,  1912  $15,170  89 

Evening  Industrial  School: 

One-half  the  net  cost  of  maintenance 
for  the  period  December  1,  1911,  to 

November  30,  1912    6,760  38 

Continuation  School  (Household  Arts  Class) : 
One-half  the  net  cost  of  maintenance 
for  the  period  January  22,  1912,  to 


November  30,  1912    1,270  88 


23,202 

15 

Traveling  expenses  of  deaf  mutes  (from  the  Commonwealth), 

2,773 

33 

Use  of  baths  (from  the  Bath  Department)  .... 

1,281 

99 

Sale  of  badges  to  licensed  minors  

360 

00 

Sale  of  books  and  supplies  (new)  

642 

35 

Sale  of  discarded  books  

371 

62 

Sale  of  materials.  Trade  School  for  Girls  

11,551 

82 

Sale  of  materials,  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys 

377 

39 

Sale  of  fuel  

59 

10 

Interest  on  deposit.  Trade  School  for  Girls  .... 

19 

01 

Interest  on  deposit,  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  . 

2 

94 

Telephone  charges,  Trade  School  for  Girls  .... 

8 

80 

Telephone  charges,  administrative  offices  .... 

11 

35 

Light  at  polling  places  (from  Election  Department) 

259 

40 

School  property  damaged  

1 

50 

Royalty  (W.  Stanwood  Field)  

10 

28 

Sale  of  second-hand  furniture,  etc.  (Schoolhouse  Commission), 

507 

76 

Rents  

1,024 

40 

Test  of  disinfectant  ,  . 

50 

00 

Forfeited  advance  payments.  Evening  High  Schools 

3,114 

00 

Forfeited  advance  payments,  Evening  Elementary  Schools  . 

2,973 

00 

Forfeited  advance  payments,  Evening  Industrial  School 

449 

00 

Forfeited  advance  payments,  Evening  Trade  School 

198 

00 

Interest  on  forfeited  advance  payments,  evening  schools 

240 

09 

Extended  Use  of  Public  Schools,  refund  salary  of  operator 

1 

50 

Carried  forward  

$85,994 

47 

REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


19 


Brought  forward  

Extended  Use  of  Public  Schools,  rental  of  lantern  and  serv- 
ices of  operator  

Dog  licenses  $27,446  11 

Less  damages  by  dogs   4,260  94 


$85,994  47 


6  75 


23,185  17 


Total  income  $109,186  39 


Income  from  Trust  Funds. 


Bowdoin  Dorchester  School  Fund 
Eastburn  School  Fund 
Franklin  Medal  Fund  . 
Gibson  School  Fund 
Horace  Mann  School  Fund 
Teachers'  Waterston  Fund  . 


$180  00 
435  00 
35  00 

2,738  60 
304  00 
144  00 


$3,836  60 


The  above  total  of  $3,836.60  from  the  income  of  the 
above  funds  was  available  only  for  and  limited  to  expend- 
itures under  the  provisions  of  these  funds. 


AID  FROM  THE  COMMON.WEALTH  FOR  INDUSTRIAL 
EDUCATION. 

Under  the  provisions  of  chapter  471  of  the  Acts  of 
1911,  the  Commonwealth  has  paid  over  into  the  city 
treasury  during  the  past  financial  year  the  sum  of 
$23,202.15. 

This  sum  is  one-half  the  net  cost  of  maintenance  of 
schools  established  with  the  approval  of  the  State 
Board  of  Education,  as  follows: 

Trade  School  for  Girls : 

From  December  1,  1911,  to  November  30,  1912  .  $15,170  89 
Evening  Industrial  School: 

From  December  1,  1911,  to  November  30,  1912  6,760  38 
Continuation  School  (Household  Arts  Class) : 

From  January  22,  1912,  to  November  30,  1912  .  .        1,270  88 

Total   $23.202  15 

The  Commonwealth  does  not  bear  an}^  part  of  the  cost 
of  the  buildings  or  original  equipment. 

At  the  present  time  we  have  six  activities  established 
with  the  approval  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  which 


20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


come  under  the  provisions  of  the  above  legislation,  viz., 
Trade  School  for  Girls,  Evening  Trade  School,  Evening 
Industrial  School,  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys, 
Continuation  School  (Household  Arts  Classes),  and 
Evening  Schools  (Evening  Practical  Arts  Classes). 


Net  Expenditures. 

Total  expenditures   $5,552,003  89 

Total  income   109,186  39 

Net  expenditures  *   $5,442,817  50 

Expenditures  for  new  schoolhouses,  additions,  etc.  (by 

the  Schoolhouse  Commission)  t   1,012,911  72 

Total  net  expenditures  t   $6,455,729  22 


*  That  part  of  the  total  expenditiires  coming  from  the  School  Committee  share  of  the 
tax  levy. 

t  Partly  from  loans  and  partly  from  the  tax  le\'y.  For  details  see  the  report  of  the 
Schoolhouse  Commission. 

t  Exclusive  of  interest  and  sinking  fund. 

COMPARISON  OF  EXPENDITURES. 

The  following  statement  shows  the  expenditures  for 
the  financial  years  1912-13  and  1913-14,  with  the 
increases  and  decreases  in  the  several  items: 


1912-13. 

1913-14. 

Increases, 
1913-14. 

Salaries  of  instructors  

$3,593,795  34 

$3,871,931  04 

$278,135  70 

Salaries  of  officers  

122,342  62 

140,863  00 

18,520  38 

292,706  63 

331,122  34 

38,415  71 

173,217  00 

176,467  88 

3,250  88 

341,955  78 

285,009  87 

*  56,945  91 

82,931  25 

77,228  68 

*  5,702  57 

30,858  96 

30,989  25 

130  29 

Pensions  to  retired  teachers  

64,510  76 

72,893  19 

8,382  43 

Payments  to  permanent  pension  fund .... 

5,681  66 

*  5,681  66 

Extended  use  of  the  public  schools  

12,857  21 

29,409  30 

16,552  09 

Repairs  and  alterations  to  school  build- 

399,000 00 

536,089  34 

137,089  34 

ings  and  rents  of  hired  school  accommo- 

dations (by  Schoolhouse  Commission). 

Totals  

$5,119,857  21 

$5,552,003  89 

$432,146  68 

*  Decrease. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


21 


PENSIONS. 

During  the  past  year  the  amount  available  under 
section  4  of  chapter  589  of  the  Acts  of  1908  was  found 
insufficient  to  pay  the  pensions  for  the  year,  and  it 
became  necessary  to  transfer  from  the  accrued  interest 
of  the  permanent  pension  fund  the  sum  of  $880.43. 
The  amount  available  from  the  tax  levy  under  the 
above  statute,  viz.,  five  cents  on  each  one  thousand 
dollars  of  the  valuation,  amounted  to  $72,012.76,  which, 
together  with  the  sum  appropriated  from  the  accrued 
interest,  $880.43,  made  a  total  of  $72,893.19  paid  out 
for  pensions  during  the  financial  year. 

Since  the  enactment  of  the  above  law  payments  as 
pensions  and  to  the  permanent  pension  fund  have  been 
distributed  as  follows: 


Financial  Year. 

Pensions  to 
Retired  Teachers. 

Payments  to  the 
Permanent  Pension 
Fund. 

1908-09  

$1,678  50 
8,075  12 
26,247  88 
55,350  31 
64,510  76 
*  72,893  19 

None. 
$119,181  08 
39,946  77 
12,420  53 
5,681  66 
None. 

1909-10  

1910-11.  

1911-12.  

1912-13  

1913-14  

Totals  

$228,755  76 

$177,230  04 

Grand  total,  six  years  

$405,985  80 

*  Of  this  sum  $880.43  was  from  the  accrued  interest  of  the  Permanent  Pension  Fund. 


INCREASES  OF  CERTAIN  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  TEACHERS' 

SALARIES. 

The  cost  of  the  increase  in  salaries  of  teachers  of  those 
ranks  in  the  elementary  day  schools  for  which  the 


22 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


maximum  salary  for  the  year  ending  August  31,  1911, 
was  $1,000,  or  less,  was  $288,036.88.  There  was  avail- 
able for  the  purpose  of  increasing  salaries  of  teachers 
the  sum  of  twenty  cents  upon  each  one  thousand  dollars 
of  the  valuation  of  the  city,  upon  which  appropriations 
by  the  City  Council  and  the  School  Committee  are 
based,  and  which  amounted  to  $288,051.05. 

The  above  cost  is  exclusive  of  that  of  increasing  the 
salaries  of  other  classes  of  teachers  in  the  elementary 
and  other  schools. 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  EXPENDITURES. 

The  distribution  of  the  total  expenditures  for  opera- 
tion and  maintenance,  exclusive  of  pensions,  repairs, 
alterations  and  rents,  in  percentage  of  the  whole  sum, 
was  as  follows: 


Salaries  of  instructors  

$3,871,931  04 

78 

3 

Salaries  of  officers  

140,863  00 

2 

8 

Salaries  of  janitors  

331,122  34 

6 

7 

Fuel  and  light  

176,467  88 

3 

6 

Supplies  and  incidentals  

285,009  87 

5 

8 

Physical  education  -  

77,228  68 

1 

6 

Extended  use  of  the  public  schools  

29,409  30 

6 

Nurses  

30,989  25 

6 

Total  

$4,943,021  36 

100 

0 

SUPPLIES  AND  INCIDENTALS. 

The  expenditures  for  the  year  under  the  appropriation 
for  Supplies  and  Incidentals  were  as  follows: 

Text-books   $50,133  46 

Supplementary  books   16,605  09 


Carried  forward 


$66,738  55 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


23 


Brought  forward  

$66,738 

55 

Reference  books  

4,045 

29 

Music  sheets  

1,082 

51 

Globes  ....   

207 

90 

Maps  

3,066 

12 

Charts  

632 

58 

Musical  instruments  (new)  

4,685 

50 

Musical  instruments  (repaired)  

75 

Piano  covers  

26 

87 

Piano  tuning  

1,623 

00 

Moving  pianos  

119 

00 

Manual    training    supplies    and    equipment  (elementary 

schools)  

19,925 

15 

Manual  training  supplies  and  equipment  (high  schools) 

4,738 

21 

Manual  training  supplies  and  equipment  (evening  industrial 

schools)  

412 

44 

Drawing  supplies  and  equipment  (elementary  schools)  . 

11,604 

38 

Drawing  supplies  and  equipment  (high  schools) 

2,000 

39 

Drawing  supplies  and  equipment  (evening  industrial  schools), 

288 

30 

Science  apparatus  and  supplies  

4,296 

69 

Laboratory  assistance,  perishable  supplies  and  incidentals  . 

1,520 

47 

Educational  supplies  ajid  equipment,  commercial  classes 

5,687 

19 

Kindergarten  supplies  

2,258 

56 

Sewing  supplies  and  equipment  

1,932 

35 

Continuation  School  (Household  Arts  Class),  supplies  and 

equipment  

48 

53 

Cooking  supplies  and  equipment  

8,337 

37 

Special  classes,  supplies  '  .      .  . 

367 

98 

Disciplinary  classes,  supplies  

— 

Classes  for  the  semi-blind,  supplies  

14 

12 

Trade  School  for  Girls,  supplies  and  equipment 

8,837 

09 

Evening  Trade  School  for  Girls,  supplies  and  equipment 

— 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys,  supplies  and  equipment. 

2,351 

51 

Supplies  for  general  educational  purposes  .... 

3,789 

01 

Printing  and  stock  for  same  

17,859 

51 

Advertising  

840 

10 

Records,  proceedings,  etc  

1,984 

44 

Account  books  

227 

57 

Stationery  

45,594 

83 

Postage  

3,900 

97 

Office  equipment  

328 

34 

Office  supplies  

1,039 

09 

Janitors'  supplies  

18,678 

37 

Expressage  

.  ,  878 

71 

Carried  forward  •      .      .      .      .   $251,969  74 


24 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  $251,969  74 

Railroad  and  other  fares  for  Horace  IMann  School  pupils 

(except  street  car  tickets)   1,023  33 

Car  tickets  as  authorized  by  Board   3,625  00 

Tuition,  wards  of  the  city   7,138  64 

Tuition,  others   4,017  88 

School  census   1,865  00 

Diplomas   2,257  32 

Remo\dng  ashes   1,808  00 

Surety  bond   50  00 

School  Committee  Contingent  Fund   129  10 

Superintendent's  Contingent  Fund   781  00 

Assistance  at  teachers'  examinations   842  00 

Promotional  examinations,  lectures  to  teachers                  .  289  95 

School  exhibit   40  00 

Telephone  and  telegraph   2,951  91 

Bath  expenses   1,244  61 

Badges  for  hcensed  minors   230  75 

Supplies  for  Committee  on  Vocational  Information  6  80 

Supplies  for  Committee  on  Elementary  School  Plans  35  64 

Supphes  and  equipment,  automobiles   2,296  05 

Sundries  .      .      .     -   2,407  15 


Total  for  supphes  and  incidentals 


.   S285,009  87 


Fuel  and  Light. 


Anthracite 
Coal. 
Number 
of  Tons. 


Bituminous 
Coal. 
Number 
of  Tons. 


6,813 
113 

104 

309 

68 


2,416 
6,423 
4,979 
2,372 
1,209 
545 
380 


Metropolitan  Coal  Company  . 
City  Fuel  Company 
Austin  Gove  &  Son,  Inc.  . 
D.  Doherty  Company 
Charles  W.  York  Company 
John  A.  Whittemore's  Sons 
Massachusetts  Wharf  Coal  Com- 
pany   

Jordan-Burnham  Coal  Company 
James  P.  Stewart  Company  . 


$52,718  63 
29.222  38 
20,283  06 
11,150  65 
5,411  02 
2,452  50 

2,429  02 
1,799  49 
465  48 


7,407    I     18,324          Total   $125,932  23 

Expenses  sampling  and  testing  coal   997  00 

Expenses  removing  coal,  wood  and  janitors'  supplies    .      .  95  45 

262  cords  of  wood  from  Overseers  of  the  Poor       .      .      .  2,674  66 


Carried  forward     .      .      '.  $129,699  34 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT.  25 

Brought  forward   $129,699  34 

200  bushels  of  charcoal  from  Standard  Char- 
coal Company   S28  50 

50  bags  of  charcoal  from  Tileston  Charcoal 

Company    4  50 

  33  00 

Electric  current  for  light   35,317  94 

Electric  current  for  power   7,055  72 

Gas   6,336  72 

Mazda  lamps   916  93 

$179,359  65 

Add  premiums  allowed  contractors  on  account  of  quality 

of  coal  exceeding  contract  requirements        ....  976  64 

$180,336  29 

Deduct  penalties  exacted  from  contractors  on  account  of 

quality  of  coal  falling  below  contract  requirements    .  2,118  68 

$178,217  61 

Deduct  amount  charged  to  appropriation  Extended  Use  of 
Public  Schools  for  cost  of  fuel  and  light  used  in  the  evening 
centers   1,749  73 

Net  expenditures,  fuel  and  light  $176,467  88 

TEXT-BOOKS  LOST. 

The  number  of  text-books  reported  lost  during  the  year 
was  as  follows: 

High  schools   1,657 

Elementary  schools   8,120 

Evening  schools   1,099 

Total  number  reported  lost   10,876 

The  average  number  reported  lost  each  year  since  1885-86 
(a  period  of  twenty-eight  years)  was  2,693,  a  total  for  the 

twenty-eight  years  of   75,409 

Total  number  of  books  lost  in  twenty-nine  years       .      .  86,285 


TEXT-BOOKS  RETURNED. 

The  number  of  text-books  returned  from  the  schools 
as  worn  out  during  the  year  was  as  follows: 

High  schools   15,384 

Elementary  schools   47,672 

Total  number  reported  worn  out   63,056 

Carried  forward   63,056 


26 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward   63,056 

The  average  number  reported  worn  out  each  year  since 
1885-86  (a  period  of  twenty-eight  years)  was  50,650,  a 

total  for  the  twenty-eight  years  of   1,418,186 

Total  number  of  books  worn  out  in  twenty-nine  years  .  1,481,242 

In  addition,  15,446  books  were  returned  by  principals 
as  not  being  wanted. 

BOOKS  DESTROYED. 

During  the  year  2,070  books  were  destroyed  for  fear 
of  contagion. 

TOTALS. 

Since  the  free  text-book  law  went  into  effect  the 
schools  have  been  supplied  with  2,971,514  text-books. 
Of  this  number  1,123,679  are  still  in  use  in  the  schools, 
and  the  balance,  1,847,835,  has  either  been  lost  or 
returned  to  the  Supply  Room  as  worn  out  or  displaced. 

BOOKS  IN  THE  NORMAL,  LATIN  AND  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 

The  number  of  books  charged  January  1,  1914,  used 
as  text-books  by  the  pupils  of  the  high  schools,  was  as 
follows : 


Number  of 
Books 
January 
1,  1914. 


Number  of 
Books 
January 
1,  1913. 


Increase 
for  the 
Year. 


Normal  School  

Public  Latin  School  

Girls'  Latin  School  

Brighton  High  School  

Charlestow'n  High  School  

Dorchester  High  School  

East  Boston  High  School  

English  High  School  

Girls'  High  School  

High  School  of  Commerce .... 
High  School  of  Practical  Arts. . 

Hyde  Park  High  School  

Mechanic  Arts  High  School .  .  . 

Roxbury  High  School  

South  Boston  High  School .... 
West  Roxbury  High  School .  .  . 

Total  number  in  high  schools, 


6,607 
24,132 
19,759 
10,772 

9,781 
33,176 
13,310 
32,421 
36,744 
16,494 

6,688 

8,847 
21,111 
21,277 
17,107 
13,616 


6,343 
24,493 
19,451 
11.145 
10,591 
30,679 
12,434 
31,313 
34,668 
15,223 
5,841 
7,781 
20,539 
20,472 
15,919 
13,202 


264 
308 


2,497 
876 
1,108 
2,076 
1,271 
■  847 
1,066 
572 
805 
L,188 
414 


291,842 


280,094 


13,292 


Net  increase  for  the  year,  11,748. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


27 


Number  of  Text-books  Charged  to  Elementary  Schools 
January  1,  1914. 


Number 
of  Books 
January 
1.  1914. 


Number 
of  Books 
January 
1,  1913. 


Increase  Decrea.se 
for  the 
Year. 


Abraham  Lincoln  

Agassiz  

Bennett  

BigeloTV  

Blackinton  

Bowditch  

Bowdoin  

Bunker  Hill  

Chapman  

Charles  Sumner  

Christopher  Gibson  

Comins  

Dearborn  

Dillaway  

Dudlev  

Dwight  

Edmund  P.  Tileston  

Edward  Everett  :  . 

Elihu  Greenwood  

Eliot  

Emerson  

Everett  

Francis  Parkman.  

Franklin  

Frederic  W.  Lincoln  

Frothingham  

Gaston  

George  Putnam  

Gilbert  Stuart  

Hancock  

Harvard  

Henry  Grew  

Henrj-  L.  Pierce  

Hugh  O'Brien  

Hyde  

Jefferson  

John  A.  Andrew  

John  Cheverus  

John  Winthrop  

Lawrence  

Lewis  

Longfellow  

Lowell  

Martin  

Mary  Hemenway  

Mather  

Minot  

Norcross  

Oliver  Hazard  Perrj^  

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  

PhilUps  Brooks  

Prescott  

Prince  

Quincy  

Rice  

Robert  G.  Shaw  

Roger  Wolcott  

Samuel  Adams  

Sherwin  

Shurtlefif  

Theodore  Lyman  

Thomas  Gardner  

Thomas  N.  Hart  

Ulysses  S.  Grant  

Warren  

Washington  

Washington  Allston  

Wells  

Wendell  Phillips  

William  E.  Russell  

Total  for  elementary  schools 


18,700 
6,602 
10,814 
11,368 
5,337 
8,967 
8,340 
7,038 
13,379 
10,102 
8,957 
10,800 
17,127 
11,819 
13,586 
8,691 
4,060 
12,780 
10,534 
16,483 
10,736 
8,662 
6,111 
11,839 
10,683 
9,721 
11,761 
14,010 
8,585 
16,400 
8,491 
6,915 
12,713 
15,413 
9,236 
7,079 
13,318 
6,750 
14,143 
9,771 
19,162 
11,254 
10,347 
7,692 
10,861 
18,727 
5,956 
10,393 
9,323 
23,750 
15,254 
9,089 
10,519 
10,994 
7,899 
7,978 
15,605 
14,853 
8,522 
8,532 
9,436 
12,441 
9,672 
11,190 
10,323 
13,741 
8,922 
17,549 
16,299 
11,437 


17,818 
6,296 
9,929 
10,409 
5,268 
9,646 
8,230 
6,512 
13.261 
8,903 
9,075 
11,107 
16,747 
11,105 
13,532 
8,642 
3,598 
12,769 
8,233 
15,133 
10,060 
8,553 
5,987 
11,534 
10,681 
9,288 
11,918 
12.780 
7,843 
16,827 
8,.345 
6,686 
12,445 
14,051 
9,357 
7,949 
12,950 
6,251 
12,486 
9,068 
18,661 
10,747 
10,928 
7,587 
10,579 
18,166 
5,856 
9,826 
8,769 
22,105 
14,749 
8,357 
9,654 
10,526 
7,462 
7,683 
14,666 
14,238 
8,253 
8,353 
8,745 
11,417 
10,116 
11,939 
9,789 
12,891 
7,923 
16,898 
15,938 
11.459 


882 
306 


69 


110 

526 
118 
1.199 


380 
714 
54 
49 
462 
11 
2.301 
1.350 
676 
109 
124 
305 
2 

433 


1,230 
742 

"i46 
229 
268 

1,362 


368 
499 
1,657 
703 
501 
507 


105 
282 
561 
100 
567 
554 

1,645 
505 
732 
865 
468 
437 
295 
939 
615 
269 
179 
691 

1,024 


534 
850 
999 
651 
361 


785,541 


34,464 


Net  increase  for  the  year,  29,989. 


28 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


TEXT-BOOKS  CHARGED  TO  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 
JANUARY  1,  1914. 


Adams'  Elementary  Commercial  Geography 

^!  1  Ark 

D,iuy 

Aldrich  &  Forbes'  Progressive  Course  in  Reading,  Book  I. 

i,yoo 

((                 a                 u                   u  11 

Book  II.  . 

u               «               u                 u  u 

Book  III.  . 

C  1  TO 

5, I/O 

u               u               u                 u  u 

Book  IV.,  Pt.  I. 

a              u              u                u  (( 

Book  IV.,  Pt.  II. 

u               u               u                 u  u 

Book  v.,  Pt.  I. 

i,o7y 

i(                     U                     U                        ((  u 

Book  v.,  Pt.  II. 

1  nnn 

Alexander's  Spelling  Book,  Part  I.  . 

o,OoO 

"      Part  II.  . 

Arnold  Primer  

Arnold  &  Gilbert's  Stepping  Stones  to  Literature,  First  Reader 

u                ii                u                a  i( 

oeconQ  rieaQer  . 

D,O0-t 

U                     U                     ((                     ((  u 

X  niru  ixeaQer 

D,OiU 

U                     U                     U                     S(  u 

n  uui  til  rvcd;U.ci 

o,ou  / 

u                u                u                u  u 

Fifth  Rpadpr 

U                     U                     U                     <(  u 

kJlAtll  JA/t;£tU.Cl 

9  1  AQ 

u                u                u                u  u 

oevenLii  xveauer. 

9  ^94. 

U                       U                       ((                       U  l( 

Xllgilcl  VjrraQcb  . 

TVT      1      C3      ir        r>      1      T)     J-  T 

Bailey-iVianly  opeliing  Book,  Part  L 

"      Part  II. 

19  QQA 

Baldwin  &  Bender's  First  Reader  . 

"               "         Second  Reader 

l£70 

«               "         Third  Reader  . 

^fi9 

«               "         Fourth  Reader 

lo  i 

Fifth  Reader  . 

^io 

Sixth  Reader  . 

"         Seventh  Reader 

50 

Blaisdell's  Child's  Book  of  Health 

910 

"         Our  Bodies  and  How  We  Live 

Child  Life  Primer  . 

"         Second  Reader  .... 

"         Third  Reader  .... 

2,274 

"         Fourth  Reader  .... 

2,325 

Blodgett  Primer  

2,256 

"      First  Reader  

1,087 

Boyden's  First  Book  in  Algebra 

864 

Brown's  The  Plant  Baby  and  Its  Friends 

126 

Brown  &  Haldeman's  Clarendon  Dictionary 

10,781 

Brumbaugh's  Standard  Fourth  Reader 

1,968 

"         Standard  Fifth  Reader 

1,447 

Bryce  &  Spaulding's  Aldine  First  Language  Book,  Part  1.  . 

593 

Carried  forward  

135,941 

REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


29 


Brought  forward  

13.5,941 

Buckwalter's  Easy  Primer  

215 

"        Easy  First  Reader  

634 

"        Second  Reader  

1,638 

«        Third  Reader  

1,456 

"        Fourth  Reader  

2,186 

«        Fifth  Reader  

618 

Buehler  &  Hotchkiss'  Modern  English  Lessons,  Book  I. 

749 

Burchill,  Ettinger,  &  Shimer's  Progressive  Road 

to 

Reading, 

Book  I  

1,685 

Burchill,  Ettinger,  &  Shimer's  Progressive  Road 

to 

Reading, 

Book  II  

1,882 

Burchill,  Ettinger,  &  Shimer's  Progressive  Road 

to 

Reading, 

Book  III  

1,968 

Burchill,  Ettinger,  &  Shimer's  Progressive  Road 

to 

Reading, 

Book  IV.    .      .  t  

700 

Carroll  &  Brooks'  Brooks  Primer  

246 

«            "      First  Reader  

605 

Cecilian  Series  of  Study  and  Song,  Book  III.  . 

3,176 

"     Book  IV.  . 

1,399 

"     Books  III.  and  IV.  combined. 

2,998 

Chancellor's  Reading  and  Language  Lessons  . 

16 

Channing's  Elements  of  United  States  History 

290 

"         Short  History  of  the  United  States 

3,724 

Claude's  Twilight  Thoughts  

1,232 

Coe's  School  Reader,  Third  Grade  .... 

1,258 

"      Fourth  Grade  ... 

1,556 

Cole's  Graded  Arithmetic,  Book  III. 

1,883 

Book  IV. 

1,772 

BookV  

1,098 

Book  VI. 

995 

Book  VII. 

617 

Congdon  Music  Primer  No.  1  

1,667 

"      No.  2  

99 

Conn's  Introductory  Physiology  and  Hygiene 

6,811 

"     Elementary  Physiology  and  Hygiene  . 

7,291 

Cooley's  Elements  of  Natural  Philosophy 

58 

Culler's  First  Book  in  Physics  

2,203 

Cunningham's  First  Book  for  Non-English  Speaking  People 

692 

Cyr's  Primer  

8,724 

"  First  Reader  

4,287 

"  Second  Reader                     .  . 

5,230 

"  Third  Reader  

6,234 

"  Fourth  Reader  

6,230 

"  Fifth  Reader  

2,702 

Carried  forward  

224,765 

30 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward   224,765 

Daly's  Advanced  Rational  Speller   3,440 

Dunton  &  Kelley's  Graded  Course  in  English,  First  Book    .  1,161 

Dunton  &  Kelley's  Graded  Course  in  English,  Language  Lessons,  687 
Dunton  &  Kelley's  Inductive  Course  in  English,  Language 

Lessons   2,240 

Educational  Music  Course,  First  Reader   12,963 

"            "         "      Second  Reader   6,499 

"            "         "      Third  Reader   4,816 

"           "         "      Fourth  Reader   5,048 

"            "         "      Fifth  Reader        .....  3,825 

"        "      Sixth  Reader   217 

Finch  Primer   2,110 

Fiske's  History  of  United  States  for  Schools   964 

Franklin  Primary  Arithmetic   319 

"      Elementary  Arithmetic  112 

"       Written  Arithmetic   25 

"      New  Arithmetic,  Book  1   342 

Book  II   235 

Readers     1,988 

Funk  &  Wagnall's  Comprehensive  Standard  Dictionary      .  243 

"            "          Concise  Standard  Dictionary    ....  344 

Gifford's  Elementary  Lessons  in  Physics   2,472 

"      Progressive  Mental  Arithmetic,  Book  1   2,546 

Book  II.  2,149 

Gilbert  &  Harris'  Guide  Book  to  English,  Book  I.  2,111 

Gordy's  Elementary  History  of  the  United  States  ....  1,580 

"      History  of  the  United  States  for  Schools  ....  3,006 

Hall  &  Brumbaugh's  Standard  Primer   20 

Hapgood's  School  Needlework   60 

Harris  &  Waldo's  First  Journeys  in  Numberland   ....  585 

Hazen's  Fourth  Reader      .      .    2,538 

Heath's  Primer   1,280 

First  Reader    .      .    1,399 

"      Second  Reader   2,327 

Third  Reader   2,566 

"      Fourth  Reader   1,885 

Fifth  Reader   1,684 

Hicks'  Champion  SpeUing  Book,  Part  1   744 

Part  11.  784 

Higgins'  Lessons  in  Physics   2,122 

Higginson's  Young  Folks  History  of  the  United  States  779 

Howe's  Primer   1,057 

"     First  Reader   871 


Carried  forward   o06,908 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT.  31 

Brought  forivard   306.908 

Howe's  Second  Reader   1,432 

Third  Reader  .      .    1,468 

"     Fourth  Reader   2,824 

"     Fifth  Reader   2,715 

v"     Reader,  Book  VII   594 

Book  VIII   296 

Hunt's  Geometry   214 

James  &  Sanford's  Our  Government,  Local,  State,  and  National  .  5,291 

Jones'  First  Reader   2,041 

"     Second  Reader   3,760 

"     Third  Reader   4,864 

"     Fourth  Reader   3,421 

"    Fifth  Reader   2,019 

Judson  &  Bender's  Graded  Literature  Readers,  First  Book  .  110 

Second  Book  314 

"             "       Third  Book  535 

Fourth  Book  425 

Fifth  Book  .  16 

Kelley  &  Morse's  Natural  Speller,  Lower  Grades  ....  1,661 

Higher  Grades  ....  871 

King's  Elementary  Geography   11,418 

"     Advanced  Geography   12,905 

Krohn's  First  Book  in  Physiology  and  Hygiene     .  3,697 

"      Graded  Lessons  in  Physiology  and  Hygiene  4,637 

Lewis'  Lippincott  Primer   330 

«             «       First  Reader         ...            ...  40 

"             "       Second  Reader      .......  250 

Lister's  Writing  Lessons  for  Primary  Grades   4,833 

Masterpieces  of  American  Literature       ....  5,949 

McLaughlin  &  Van  Tyne's  History  of  the  United  States  651 

McMaster's  Brief  History  of  the  United  States      .      .  1,117 

Meservey's  Bookkeeping,  Single  Entry   552 

Metcalf's  English  Grammar       ....  3,813 

"       Language  Exercises   716 

Metcalf  &  Bright's  Language  Lessons,  Part  I.  3,817 

"      Part  II   2,557 

Metcalf  &  Rafter's  Language  Series,  Book  1.  .  17,450 

Book  II   17,521 

Mickens  &  Robinson's  Mother  Goose  Reader        .      .       •      .  923 

Monroe's  New  Fourth  Reader    .    2,396 

Montgomery's  Elementary  American  History        ...  8,488 

"          Leading  Facts  of  American  History  12,622 

Moore's  Second  Book  for  Non-English  Speaking  People  413 


Carried  forivard 


458,874 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1, 


Brought  forward  

.  458,874 

Morris  Household  bcience  and  Arts  

9,735 

Mowry's  Elements  of  Civil  Government  

1,311 

Murray  s  Wide  Awake  Primer  

4,741 

"          "          "    First  Reader  

3,439 

"                     "    Second  Reader  

4,909 

"                     "    Third  Reader  

2,605 

TIT              y     A      *  1.1-           J.'                     1  T 

Myers  Arithmetic,  Book  I  

1,507 

"             "         Book  II  

1,872 

"             "         Book  III  

1,414 

TVT     J-  •             1    TV  T         *                                   T7» '       i    Tl  1 

National  Music  Course,  First  Reader 

119 

"          "         "      Fourth  Reader  

299 

TV.T   J-         1  TV  yr       "  " 

Natural  Music  Primer  

512 

"          "    Reader,  No.  I  

105 

£1                       U                   U               AT  TT 

"                   "       No.  II  

75 

IC                         il                     LC                 AT  TTT 

"          "         "       No.  Ill  

148 

U                         U                     U                 AT  TTT 

"          "         "       No.  IV.  

95 

It                           LC                       LL                  AT  TT 

"          "         "       No.  V.   

110 

"          "         "  Advanced  

277 

"    Harmonic  Primer  

6,207 

LL                         LL                  T7^*       X    T~>  1 

"          "       First  Reader  

3,892 

IL                       LL                                   J\    T^  J 

"          "       Second  Reader  

3,731 

IL                     LL               rr^l   *    J   Ti  -  J 

"                  Third  Reader  

3,017 

LL                         LL                  T7^            J-1      T\  1 

"          "       Fourth  Reader  

2,730 

LL                       LL                TT^'i^J-l      T^  J 

"          "       Fifth  Reader  

1,684 

IVT'    1       1    >    AT—                     J  IT                        •         i'J.'L                       T>        1  TTT 

Nichols  New  Graded  Lessons  in  Arithmetic,  Book  III. 

4,216 

LL                         IL                 LL                         LL                                        LL                       T»         1      TT  T 

"       "          "                "         Book  IV. 

5,402 

LL                         LL                 LL                         LL                                        LL                       TT*         1      T  T 

"          "       "          "                "         Book  V.  . 

4,389 

Book  Vl. 

4,033 

LL                         LL                 LL                         LL                                        LL                       TT*         1  T7TT 

"          "       "          "                "         Book  VII. 

3,368 

LL                       LL                LL                       LC                                     LL                      T>        1  TT'TTT 

"          "       "                                      Book  VIII. 

2,934 

Normal  Music  Course,  Jirst  Reader  

8,785 

"                          Second  Reader,  Part  I. 

2,311 

«                           ££                       £L                           LL                           £L                 T^         i_  TT 

"          "         "          "          "      Part  II. 

285 

'                                               Complete  . 

7,887 

£C                    LL                 LL           rr^i  *     1  "r~»  i 

"          "         "      Thu-d  Reader       .      .      .  . 

2,548 

AT                0              '111      CI           1   ■          Tr>  ' 

Noyes  &  Guild  s  Sunshine  Primer  

384 

T~fc    1                A  yf    J_l        J       C  Ti        *                TTT  "J." 

Palmer  Method  of  Business  Writing  

71,218 

Pelo's  Sanborn  Speller,  Part  II. 

814 

"     Part  III  

309 

Redway  &  Hinman's  Natural  Introductory  Geography 

3,726 

"  School 

5,085 

Ritchie's  Primer  of  Sanitation  

1,453 

Ritchie  &  Caldwell's  Primer  of  Hygiene  

3,013 

Scott  &  Southworth's  Lessons  in  English,  Book  I. 

5,755 

Carried  forward  

.  651,323 

REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT.  33 

Brought  forward   651,323 

Sensenig-Anderson's  Introductory  Arithmetic   1,120 

"            "          Essentials  of  Arithmetic   l,o85 

Sheldon  Barnes'  American  History   720 

Spaulding  &  Bryce's  Aldine  Primer   4,111 

"             "            "     First  Reader   3,822 

"            "     Second  Reader   3,577 

"             "            "     Third  Reader   2,988 

"             "            "     Fourth  Grade  Reader  945 

"            "     Fifth  Grade  Reader    ....  382 

"     Sixth  Grade  Reader    ....  251 

"            "     Seventh  Grade  Reader      ...  199 

Stone's  History  of  England   440 

Stone-Millis  Arithmetic,  Primary  Book    ....  2,255 

Intermediate  Book   1,840 

Advanced  Book   1,429 

Stowell's  Healthy  Body   1,181 

Summers'  Primer   148 

"       First  Reader       .   130 

"       Second  Reader   318 

Swinton's  Language  Lessons   103 

Tappan's  Our  Country's  Story   3,359 

Tarbell's  Introductory  Geography   4,602 

"      Complete  Geography   3,236 

Tarr  &  McMurry's  Geography,  Book  1   6,434 

Book  II   10,798 

Book  III   665 

Tweed's  Grammar   73 

Van  Sickle,  Seegmiller,  &  Jenkins'  Riverside  Second  Reader  100 

"                "               "      Riverside  Third  Reader  154 

"               "      Riverside  Fourth  Reader  6 

Varney's  Robin  Reader   2,126 

Wallach's  Fu'st  Book  in  English    23 

"         Second  Book  in  English  for  Foreigners  ....  5 

Walton  &  Holmes'  Arithmetic,  Book  I.    .            ...  5,652 

Book  II   10^426 

Book  III   11,270 

Book  IV   5,630 

Webster's  Academic  Dictionary   3,775 

Werner  Primer   473 

Woodburn  &  Moran's  Elementary  American  History  and  Govern- 
ment  573 

Worcester's  New  Primary  Dictionary   2,282 

"          Comprehensive  Dictionary   21.348 

"          New  Pronouncing  Speller   4,704 

Carried  joTward   776,581 


34 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward   776,581 

Young  &  Jackson's  Appleton  Arithmetic,  Primary  Book  651 

Second  Book       .  1,227 

Third  Book  .      .      .  1,145 

Miscellaneous  books  in  Hyde  Park  schools   5,937 


Total  number  of  text-books  in  elementary  schools       .      .  785,541 


SUMMARY  TEXT-BOOKS  CHARGED  TO  SCHOOLS 

JANUARY  1,  1914. 

High  schools   291,842 

Elementary  schools   785,541 

Evening  schools   46,296 


1,123,679 

This  shows  a  net  increase  of  46,899  books  during  the 
year. 

COSTS  IN  DETAIL. 

On  the  appended  sheets  will  be  found  the  costs  of 
each  school  in  detail,  the  average  membership  or  the 
average  attendance  and  the  cost  per  pupil.  For  the 
evening  schools,  where  the  number  of  sessions  varies, 
the  cost  per  pupil  per  session  is  also  given. 

The  costs  of  the  several  playgrounds  are  also  given 
and  the  cost  per  pupil  per  session. 

The  total  cost  of  each  group  of  schools  is  also  given, 
and  the  average  cost  per  pupil  is  shown. 

These  figures  give  only  the  costs  of  the  several  schools 
or  groups  of  schools,  exclusive  of  costs  of  administration, 
supervision  and  general  charges. 

To  get  the  whole  cost,  the  costs  of  administration, 
supervision  and  general  charges  must  be  apportioned 
among  the  several  groups  of  schools. 

The  method  adopted  has  been  as  follows:  Any  part 
of  these  costs  which  could  be  directly  charged  against 
a  school  or  group  of  schools  has  been  so  charged.  The 
remaining  costs  of  administration,  offices  of  superintend- 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


35 


ent,  assistant  superintendents,  secretary,  business  agent 
and  schoolhouse  custodian  have  been  apportioned  to 
the  several  groups  of  schools  in  proportion  to  the  number 
of  teachers  therein. 

The  costs  of  the  departments  of  manual  arts,  music 
and  practice  and  training  have  been  apportioned  to  the 
several  groups  of  schools  in  proportion  to  the  number  of 
teachers  therein  coming  under  the  supervision  of  these 
several  departments. 

The  cost  of  the  department  of  evening  and  continua- 
tion schools  has  been  divided  as  follows:  Evening  high 
schools,  25  per  cent;  evening  elementary  schools,  30 
per  cent;  evening  industrial  school,  15  per  cent;  con- 
tinuation school,  30  per  cent. 

The  whole  of  the  costs  of  the  offices  of  director  of 
kindergartens,  supervisor  of  household  science  and 
arts  and  supervisor  of  special  classes  has  been  charged 
to  the  elementary  schools. 

The  cost  of  attendance  officers  has  been  apportioned 
to  the  evening  schools  and  day  elementary  schools  in 
proportion  to  the  amount  of  service  given  to  each. 

The  cost  of  the  department  of  school  hygiene  has  been 
apportioned  as  follows:  The  salaries  of  the  director  of 
school  hygiene  and  the  assistant  directors  of  physical 
training  and  athletics  have  been  apportioned  to  the 
several  groups  of  schools  and  to  the  playgrounds  in 
proportion  to  the  time  required  on  each  as  estimated  by 
the  director.  The  salary  of  the  medical  inspector  has 
been  charged  to  the  elementary  schools  and  the  salaries 
and  expenses  of  the  instructor  and  assistant  instructors 
in  military  drill  and  the  armorer  and  the  costs  of  the 
annual  parade  to  high  and  Latin  schools.  The  cost  of 
the  office  of  supervising  nurse  has  been  charged  to 
elementary  schools.  Supplies  have  been  charged  to 
the  schools  or  playgrounds  to  which  they  were  sent, 
and  the  remaining  costs  of  this  department,  including 


36 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


the  salaries  of  the  clerks,  have  been  apportioned  one- 
fourth  to  the  playgrounds  and  the  other  three-fourths 
to  the  several  groups  of  schools  in  proportion  to  the 
number  of  teachers  in  each. 

The  cost  of  supervision  in  connection  with  extended 
use  of  the  public  schools  has  been  apportioned  as  fol- 
lows: Evening  centers,  85  per  cent;  Girls'  High  Gymna- 
sium, 1  per  cent;  lectures,  10  per  cent;  use  of  school 
accommodations  for  municipal  concerts,  parents'  meet- 
ings, etc.,  4  per  cent. 

None  of  the  cost  of  administration  has  been  charged 
to  playgrounds  or  the  extended  use  of  public  schools. 

This  apportionment  is,  of  course,  to  a  certain  extent 
arbitrary,  but  as  these  costs  of  administration  and 
supervision  are  given  in  detail  any  other  apportionment 
can  easily  be  made. 

All  per  capita  costs  are  computed  on  the  basis  of  the 
average  membership  and  average  attendance  in  the  day 
schools  and  on  the  average  attendance  in  the  continuation, 
the  evening  high,  the  evening  elementary,  the  evening 
industrial  schools,  the  playgrounds  and  the  extended 
use  of  public  schools  activities. 

These  per  capita  costs  are  so  computed  for  the  reason 
that  so  long  as  pupils  retain  membership  in  a  day  school 
the  cost  of  such  pupils  remains  the  same  whether  they 
are  in  school  or  not,  as  desk  room  and  books  must  be 
reserved  for  them,  teachers  must  be  retained  in  the 
service  in  sufhcient  number  to  give  the  prescribed 
instruction,  and  the  costs  of  heat,  ventilation,  light,  etc., 
are  not  affected. 

In  the  evening  schools,  on  the  other  hand,  only  such 
parts  of  buildings  as  may  be  necessary  are  used,  the 
number  of  teachers  is  fixed  by  the  attendance,  the  com- 
pensation of  janitors  by  the  number  of  rooms  used,  and 
the  costs  of  heat,  light,  etc.,  are  approximately  in  pro- 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


37 


portion  to  the  number  attending.  For  the  same  reasons 
the  costs  of  playgrounds  are  almost  entirely  dependent 
on  the  number  of  pupils  in  attendance. 

APPORTIONMENT  OF  INCOME. 

Any  part  of  the  income  which  could  be  directly 
credited  to  a  school  or  group  of  schools  has  been  so 
credited,  and  the  balance  has  been  apportioned  in  pro- 
portion to  the  number  of  teachers  in  each  such  school 
or  group  of  schools. 

The  result  is  as  follows: 


Normal  School  

S693 

70 

Latin  and  high  schools  

8,210 

09 

Elementary  schools  .   

22,556 

37 

Horace  Mann  School  

23,371 

03 

Trade  School  for  Girls  

32,658 

20 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  

2,133 

13 

Continuation  School  

1,509 

69 

Evening  high  schools  

4,694 

50 

Evening  elementary  schools  

5,539 

26 

Evening  Industrial  School  

7,812 

17 

Extended  use  of  the  public  schools  (evening  centers) 

8 

25 

Total  income  

.  $109,186 

39 

No  part  of  the  income  has  been  credited  to  the  play- 
grounds. 


38 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


COSTS   OF   ADMINISTRATION,  SUPERVISION 
AND  GENERAL  CHARGES. 

Secretaey. 

Salary  of  the  Secretary  $4,740  00 

Salaries  of  clerks  and  stenographers  (six  on 

full  time  and  one  on  part  time)  6,032  33 

Temporary  clerical  service   12  40 

Typewriter   50  00 

Office  suppUes  and  equipment                .      .  603  68 

Printing   137  90 

Telephone  and  telegraph  .    $42  83 

Telephone  switchboard  charge   .      .    146  06 

 ■  188  89 

Postage                                                    .  625  41 

Boston  Directory                                        .  6  00 

Incidentals   7  54 


$12,404  15 

Credit: 

Typewriter  taken  in  exchange       ...  45  00 

 —    $12,359  15 


Business  Agent. 

Salary  of  the  Business  Agent  ....  $4,740  00 
Salaries  of  clerks  and  stenographers  (fifteen  on 

full  time,  one  on  part  time)    ....  14,399  99 

Temporary  clerical  service   303  75 

Salaries  of  supply  room  assistants  (8)       .      .  7,900  00 

Salary  of  chauffeur,  automobile  truck  .  .  1,059  00 
Temporary  and  emergency  assistance,  supply 

room   930  64 

Accoimt  books   229  00 

Surety  bond   50  00 

Office  supplies  and  equipment    ....  418  82 
Telephone  and  telegraph  (office)       .  $133  68 
Telephone  switchboard  charge   .      .    146  07 

  279  75 

Printing   291  71 

Postage   360  65 


Carried  forward  $30,963  31 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


39 


$30,963  31 
25  47 

6  00 
50  00 
11  35 

3  55 

 $31,059  68 


Supply  Room. 

Equipment  and  supplies   $270  85 

Car  fares   60  09 

Expressage   493  53 

Telephone  and  telegraph     .  .  $114  55 

Telephone  switchboard  charge   .      .      48  69 

  163  24 

Printing   28  54 

Postage   1  26 

Office  suppUes  and  equipment    ....  27  30 

Binding  record  books   .            ...            .  4  00 

Incidentals   3  19 

  1,052  00 

Automobile  Truck. 

Tires  and  tire  repairs  (including  inner  tubes),  $424  17 

GasoUne   272  97 

Lubricants   63  80 

Wmd  shield   35  00 

Overhauling,  repairs,  and  miscellaneous  parts  .  580  03 
Painting  and  varnishing  body  and  chassis  and 

minor  repairs   128  10 

Equipping  tires  with  Prest-o-ceal      ...  45  00 

Ozo  outfit,  one-haK  cost   17  00 

Oxygen   2  00 

Repairing  automobile,  damaged  in  collision     .  16  45 

Registration  fee   5  00 

Renewal  of  chauffeur's  license    ....  50 

Garage  charge   304  20 

Incidentals   85 

  1,895  07 

34,006  75 

SCHOOLHOUSE  CUSTODIAN. 

Salary  of  Schoolhouse  Custodian      .      .      .      $2,508  00 

Salary  of  stenographer   680  04 

Salary  of  clerk,  part  time   16  04 


Carried  forward  $3,204  08 


Brought  forward  .... 
Binding  account  books  and  certifications 

Boston  Directory  

Traveling  expenses,  Business  Agent  . 
Car  and  railroad  fares,  assistants 
Incidentals  


40 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward   $3,204  08 

Office  supplies  and  equipment    ....  56  83 

Printing   39  50 

Postage                                                    .  165  50 

Telephone  and  telegraph  .  .  .  $27  68 
Telephone  switchboard  charge   .      .      48  69 

  76  37 

Car  tickets   9  30 

Incidentals   3  78 

 $3,555  36 

Auto7nohile. 

Tires  and  tire  repairs  (including  inner  tubes)  .  $81  10 

Gasolene   76  04 

Lubricants   17  50 

Miscellaneous  parts  and  repairs        .      .      .  216  29 

Ozo  outfit,  one-half  cost   17  00 

Oxygen   2  00 

Registration  fee   5  00 

Ammeter   2  50 

Incidentals   90 

  418  33 

$3,973  69 


Superintendent. 

Salary  of  Superintendent   $10,055  56 

Salaries  of  secretary  (1),  clerks  and  stenog- 
raphers (three  on  full  time,  six  on  part 

time)   7,556  22 

Temporary  clerical  service   1,881  73 

Inspector  of  minors'  certificates                    .  480  00 

Typewriters  (3)   150  00 

Office  supplies  and  equipment    .      .      .      .  519  78 

Printing   99  89 

Telephone  and  telegraph  .  .  .  $147  85 
Telephone  switchboard  charge    .  194  75 

  342  60 

Postage   436  42 

Boston  Directory   6  00 

Books   .1  42 

Incidentals   10  32 


$21,539  94 

Credit: 

Typewriters  (3)  taken  in  exchange       .      .  140  00 

  821,399  94 

Carried  forward   $21,399  94 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


41 


Brought  forward  $21,399  94 


Salaries  of  judges 
Salary  of  clerk 
Printing  . 
Postage  . 
Badges  . 


Newsboys'  Trial  Board. 


$78  00 
26  00 
6  00 


4  00 


Committee  on  Elementary  School  Plans. 
Traveling  expenses  of  chairman  


114  00 


35  64 


$21,549 


Assistant  Superintendents. 


Salaries  of  Assistant  Superintendents  (6) 
Salaries  of  stenographers  (2)      .  . 
Temporary  clerical  service  .... 
Office  supplies  and  equipment 

Printing  

Telephone  and  telegraph     .  $50  65 

Telephone  switchboard  charge  292  13 


$32,976  00 
1,580  00 


Postage  

Assistance  at  teachers'  examinations 
Supplies  for  examinations 
Services  of  janitor  at  examinations 
Traveling  expenses 
Books   


57 

84 


57 


342 
101 
794  00 
45  14 

4  50 
418  50 

8  45 


$36,412  40 


Administration  Account. 

Mason  Street  Building: 

Salaries  of  janitors  $3,150  48 

Fuel   155  88 

Electric  light   468  42 

Gas   37  91 

Janitors'  supplies   60  33 

Subscriptions  to  newspapers   .            .      .  62  91 

Towels       ........  133  14 

Ice   26  67 

Supplies   1  95 

Incidentals   10  38 


—      $4,108  O; 


Carried  forward 


$4,108  07 


42 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  

168  Tremont  Street: 

Salary  of  janitor   $228  96 

Electric  Ught   51  73 

Gas   1  18 

Janitor's  supplies   5  46 

Ice   18  00 

Incidentals   — 


11  Waterford  Street: 

Salary  of  janitor   $132  86 

Electric  light   79  04 

Gas   — 

Janitor's  supplies   5  77 

Towels   35  75 

Ice   10  93 

Incidentals   — 


Dartmouth  Street : 

Salary  of  janitor   $311  39 

Fuel   50  00 

Electric  light     .     •   105  30 

Gas   — 

Janitor's  supplies   — 


25  Warrenton  Street: 

Salary  of  janitor   $464  14 

Fuel   96  49 

Electric  light   — 

Gas   22  48 

Janitor's  supplies   17  30 

Towels   5  85 

Ice   9  60 


School  Committee: 

Stationery   $4  69 

Printing   14  42 

Postage   31  00 

Books   1  04 

Telephone  and  telegraph        ....  5  89 

Services  addressing  envelopes        ...  9  00 

Examination  and  report   10  00 

TypewTiting   75  64 

Refreshments   129  10 


Carried  forward 


$4,108  07 


305  33 


264  35 


466  69 


615  86 


280  78 
$6,041  08 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


43 


Brought  forward  $6,041  08 

Janitors'  Trial  Board: 

Attendance  of  janitor  member  at  hearings  .  $6  00 

  6  00 

Printing: 

Minutes  $2,518  19 

Index  to  minutes   570  86 

Binding  minutes   48  00 

Teachers'  examinations   1,116  56 

Manuals   709  10 

Binding  manuals   130  00 

Pay  rolls   129  90 

Requisition  books  and  credit  memoranda    .  574  40 

Bills  and  statements   15  35 

Book  labels   39  00 

Normal  School   70  03 

Normal,  Latin  and  high  schools           .      .  626  73 

Elementary  schools   754  08 

High  and  elementary  schools  ....  579  04 

Business  Agent's  report   597  97 

Photographs  for  Superintendent's  report  .  47  65 

Annual  report  of  the  School  Committee  1,650  65 

Authorized  list  of  text-books  ....  288  71 

Annual  statistics   386  72 

Lists,  eligible  candidates   156  99 

Circular  of  information  in  regard  to  the 
examination,  certification  and  appointment 
of  teachers  and  members  of  the  super- 
vising staff   249  43 

Reappointment  of  teachers  and  members  of 

the  supervising  staff   108  50 

Statement  in  support  of  application  for  addi- 
tional appropriation   79  43 

Engrossing  testimonial  vote  on  the  retire- 
ment of  W.  J.  Porter,  Auditor    ...  5  00 

Peace  Day  bulletins   60  00 

Binding  documents   63  57 

Briefs  of  papers  read  at  meetings  of  masters' 

association   48  45 

Vocational  cards   28  88 

Report  on  janitors'  salaries     ....  158  09 
A  guide  to  pupils,  selection  of  books.  Public 

Library   396  94 

Amendments  to  rules  and  regulations   .      .  100  96 

Schedule  of  teachers'  salaries  .      .      .      .  23  41 


Carried  forward 


$12,332  59 


$6,047  08 


44 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  

Rules  for  janitors,  engineers,  and  matrons 
Report  of  committee  on  instruction  by  means 

of  pictures  

List  of  books  for  home  reading,  Latin  and 

high  schools  

Course  of  study,  English  High  School  . 

Stock  for  printing  

Miscellaneous  


Department  of  Manual 
Salary  of  Director  of  Manual  Arts  . 
Salary  of  Assistant  Director  of  Manual  Arts  . 
Salaries  of  Department  Instructors  in  Manual 

Arts  (2)  

Salaries  of  Assistants  in  Manual  Arts  (7) 
Salary  of  Assistant,  assigned  .... 

Salary  of  clerk,  part  time  

Office  supplies  

Printing  

Postage   .  .  .... 

Telephone  

Towels  

Traveling  expenses  .  "  . 

Drawing  supplies  

Manual  training  supplies  

Incidentals  

Supplies  for  schools: 

Drawing  supplies  not  otherwise  charged 

Manual  training  supphes  not  otherwise 
charged   

Drawing  supplies  not  severally  charged  to 
schools  

Manual  training  supplies  not  severally 
charged  to  schools  

Plates,  outlines  of  drawing  and  manual  train- 
ing   

Negatives  and  lantern  slides,  schoolroom 
decoration  

Incidentals  


$12,332  59      S6,047  08 
98  59 

482  05 

74  79 

34  20 
2,027  25 
363  45 
  15,412  92 


$21,460  00 


Arts. 

$3,299  33 
2,728  92 

3,208  12 
9,922  17 
255  23 
848  97 
97  68 
97  64 
91  57 
31  26 
5  63 
25  00 

13  81 
9  54 

2  20 

  $20,637  07 

$60  15 

76  18 

41  38 

14  75 
524  78 

140  00 

3  74 

  860  98 


$21,498  05 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


45 


Department  of  Music. 


Salary  of  Director  of  Music 
Salaries  of  Assistant  Directors  (5) 
Salaries  of  Assistants  (6) 
Salary  of  clerk,  part  time 
Office  supplies 
Printing  .... 
Postage  . 
Telephone 

Telephone  switchboard  charge 

Grafonola  .... 
Records  for  grafonola  . 
Books   


$8  83 
48  69 


Tuning  and  care  of  pianos 


$3,220  00 
10,455  27 
7,295  54 
453  67 
12  73 
22  63 
16  00 


57  52 
160  00 
50  00 
15  78 


$21,759  14 
1,623  00 

$23,382  14 


Department  of  School  Hygiene. 


Physical 
Education 
Appropriation. 

Regular 
Appro- 
priation. 

Nurses* 
Appro- 
priation. 

Salary  of  Director  of  School  Hygiene  

Salarv"  of  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics  

Salary  of  Assistant  Director  of  Physical  Training  

$3,756  00 
2,607  67 
2,400  00 
840  00 
73  79 
342  13 
42  00 

2  40 
100  00 

$50  99 
11  87 
57  00 

153  92 
3  40 

72  00 
2  80 

2,004  00 

SI, 208  45 

11  55 
8  18 
32  50 
45  40 
518  25 
90  50 
41  39 

OflBce  supplies  and  equipment  

Postage  

Telephone  and  telegraph  $56  54 

Telephone  switchboard  charge                                  97  38 

Books  

Car  tickets  

Moving  tuberculosis  exhibit  

Photograph  of  playground  teachers,  including  framing  

Photographs  of  plavground  activities  

Books  lost  from  playgrounds  

12  25 
33  50 

Supplies  not  otherw-ise  charged  to  schools  and  plavgrounds 

Supplies  delivered  1911-12  and  paid  for  1913-14  

Supplies  not  severally  charged  to  schools  and  playgrounds .  . 
Supphes  for  class  of  playground  teachers,  Normal  School .  .  . 
Incidentals  

18  58 
18 
65  12 
63  36 
6  60 

5,135  45 
80  00 

684  23 
18  03 

Salaries  of  Instructor  and  Assistant  Instructors  in  Military 
Drill  and  Armorer  

Car  tickets  for  same  

Military  bands,  use  of  tents,  lunches,  drinking  cups,  annual 
parade  

Salary  of  Medical  Inspector  

Salaries  of  temporary  nurses,  assigned  to  high  schools,  part 

1  56 

Printing,  nurses  

Postage,  nurses  

Car  tickets,  nurses  

Lectures  to  nurses  at  School  for  Soci.ql  Workers  

Sub-totals  

$16,281  29       S2,357  54 

$1,956  22 

Total  

$20,595  05 

46 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Director  of  Practice  and  Training. 


Salary  of  the  Director  of  Practice  and  Training,  S3,o63  49 

Salary  of  the  First  Assistant  Director      .      .  1,996  92 

Salaries  of  Assistant  Directors  (3)     .  4,596  99 

Salary  of  clerk   900  00 

Office  supplies   1 1  20 

Printing   76  55 

Postage   42  50 

Telephone  $41  22 

Telephone  switchboard  charge   .      .      48  69 

  89  91 

Books   6  00 

Typewriter   57  50 

  Sll,341  06 


Department  of  Evening  and  Continuation  Schools. 


Salary,  Director  of  Evening  and  Continuation 

Schools   S3,215  67 

Salary  of  clerk   767  00 

Temporary  clerical  service   128  25 

Ojffice  supplies  and  equipment    ....  82  49 

Printing   15115 

Postage   96  00 

Telephone  and  telegraph  .  .  .    $27  68 

Telephone  switchboard  charge    .  97  38 

  125  06 

Courses  for  evening  school  teachers  and  candi- 
dates for  evening  school  appointment    .  105  00 
Services  of  janitor  at  above  courses  .  29  61 

Traveling  expenses   56  49 

Boston  Directory   6  00 

  $4,762  72 

For  evening  schools: 

Printing   $728  76 

Printing,  home  lessons   868  79 

Printing,  programs  and  tickets      .  227  50 

Diplomas   256  29 

Advertising   40  00 

Postage   40  00 

Copying  records  of  evening  high  schools  36  00 

Refund  of  tuition,  evening  industrial  school  14  30 

  2,211  64 

For  Continuation  School : 

Printing   $4  75 

  4  75 


$6,979  11 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


47 


Director  of  Kindergartens. 


Salary  of  the  Director  of  Kindergartens 
Salary  of  Acting  Director 
Salary  of  clerk,  part  time 
Office  supplies 
Printing  .... 
Postage  .... 
Telephone 

Telephone  switchboard  charge 


$0  59 
16  23 


$1,667  35 
302  85 
158  19 
12  95 
8  00 
11  25 


16  82 


Supervisor  of  Household  Science  and  Arts. 
Salary  of  the  Supervisor  of  Household  Science 

and  Arts     ........      $1,868  87 

Salary  of  clerk,  part  time   179  23 

Office  supplies   17  31 

Printing  .    12  16 

Postage  .........  27  00 

Telephone  $1  18 

Telephone  switchboard  charge  16  23 

  17  41 

Incidentals   3  03 

Supervisor  of  Special  Classes. 
Salary  of  the  Supervisor  of  Special  Classes     .      $1,582  67 

Salary  of  clerk,  part  time   158  19 

Office  suppHes   13  22 

Printing   37  20 

Postage   39  00 

Telephone  $1  77 

Telephone  switchboard  charge    .  16  23 

  18  00 

Incidentals   20 

Supplies  for  Special  Classes : 

Drawing  supplies   $2  50 

Manual  training  supplies        ....  5  20 

Miscellaneous  supplies   2  15 


Vocational  Information. 

Salary  of  teacher,  assigned   $275  20 

Salary  of  clerk,  part  time   368  25 

Carried  forward   $643  45 


$2,177  41 


$2,125  01 


$1,848  48 


9  85 
$1,858  33 


48 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward   $643  45 

Services  of  moving  picture  machine  operator  .  3  50 

Office  supplies   52  43 

Postage   26  50 

Printing   28  33 

Books     .........  69  68 

Incidentals   3  30 

  $827  19 


Director  of  Practice  in  Courses  in  Salesmanship. 
Salary  of  Director  from  November  1,  1913, 
assigned  one-third  time  to  high  schools  and 
two-thirds  time  to  Continuation  School       .         $250  00 


$250  00 


Attendance  Officers. 

Salary  of  Chief  Attendance  Officer    .      .      .  $1,900  00 

Salary  of  Deputy  Chief  Attendance  Officer     .  1,692  20 

Salaries  of  Attendance  Officers  (21)  .      .      .  30,121  80 

Salaries  of  Temporary  Attendance  Officers  1,460  00 

Office  supplies   3  40 

Printing   76  06 

Postage   20  00 

Car  tickets   680  00 

Badges   18  75 


Supervisor  of  Licensed  Minors. 


Salary  of  Supervisor  of  Licensed  Minors 
Salary  of  clerk 
Office  supplies 
Printing  . 
Postage  . 
Car  tickets 


$1,395  00 
840  00 
5  27 
20  50 
52  75 
51  50 


$35,972  21 


2,365  02 


$38,337  23 


Improving  Course  in  Arithmetic,  Elementary  Schools. 


Services  of  expert  . 
Temporary  clerical  scrv 
Printing  . 
Supplies  . 
Postage  . 
Pupil  assistance 
Expressage 


$1,200  00 
48  00 
148  46 
1,375  73 
68 
41  54 
14  34 


$2,828  75 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


49 


Speech  Improvement. 
Salaries  of  assistants,  assigned    ....      $2,250  65 

Books   109  08 

Supplies   131  83 

  $2,491  56 


Extended  Use  of  the  Public  Schools. 


Extended  Use 
of  the  Public 

Schools 
Appropriation. 

Regular 
Appropriation. 

Salary  of  Acting  Director,  Extended  Use  of  the  Public 
Schools  

$2,580  00 

780  27 
1,156  00 
34  41 
117  19 
167  90 

50 
77  10 
36  73 
4  00 

$153  83 
43  33 

95  22 

20  42 

Salary  of  Associate  Director,  Extended  Use  of  the  Public 
Salaries  of  clerks  (one  on  full  time,  two  on  part  time) . .  . 
Printing  

Postage  

Printing  address  of  Mary  P.  Follett  

Service  of  expert,  inspecting  musical  instruments  

For  evening  centers: 

Supplies  not  severally  charged  to  evening  centers  

Printing  

2  87 
43  41 
37  40 

1  00 

Advertising  

Incidentals  

Sub-totals  

$5,038  78 

$312  80 

Total  

$5,351  58 

General  Account. 

Salary  of  City  Treasurer,  Custodian   $1,000  00 

Testing  fuel   981  75 

Premium  on  fuel   976  64 

Report  on  fuel,  Hyde  Park  High  School   15  25 

Badges  for  licensed  minors   226  75 

Advertising   433  78 

Census   1,865  00 

Supplies,  census  taking   2  31 

Diplomas   1,977  93 

Books  and  supplies  sold  out  of  stock   40  02 

Books  and  supplies  received  previous  to  year  1913-14  paid 

for  year  1913-14    398  23 

Supplies  not  severally  charged  to  schools        ....  353  10 

Refund  excess  deduction  for  discarded  books,  year  1912-13  62  00 

Removing  ashes   1,808  00 

Tuition,  wards  of  city  *       .      .  6,585  94 


Carried  forward  $16,726  70 


50 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  S16,726  70 

Transportation,  wards  of  city   552  70 

Tuition,  paid  town  of  Brookline   3,561  25 

Tuition,  paid  city  of  Everett   51  00 

Tuition,  paid  town  of  Winthrop   175  13 

Tuition,  paid  town  of  Dedham   148  00 

Tuition,  paid  Quincy  Day  Industrial  School   ....  60  00 

Refund  on  tuition  charges  of  non-resident  pupils    ...  8  20 

Barrels,  cans,  etc   220  95 

Floor  oilers  for  general  use   29  00 

Services  in  connection  with  examination  of  pupil  candidates 

for  South  American  tour   40  00 

Services  of  experts  to  the  Business  Agent  on  supplies,  appara- 
tus, etc.   1,082  18 

Miscellaneous  supplies  used  for  testing  purposes    .      .      .  12  88 

Short  postage   17  03 

Teachers'  meeting,  Tremont  Temple,  rent  and  other  expenses  163  00 
Services,  preparation  of  a  guide  to  help  pupils  in  selection  of 

books  from  Pubhc  Library   50  00 

Express  charges,  town  of  Hyde  Park,  previous  to  annexation  4  43 

Conducting  promotional  courses  for  teachers  ....  288  00 

Services  of  janitor,  promotional  courses   68  04 

Supplies  for  promotional  course   1  59 

Lectures  to  teachers  of  special  classes  .  .  .  199  50 
Execution  of  court  in  favor  of  West  Disinfecting  Company, 

costs  and  interest  only   152  60 

Cost  of  fuel  used  by  Y.  M.  C.  A.  (credited  to  Mechanic  Arts 

High  School)   127  40 

Placement  Bureau,  telephone  charges   2  36 

Telephone  charges,  miscellaneous   12  37 

Incidentals   8  00 


$23,762  31 

Credits: 

Penalty  exacted  from  contractor  on  account  of  quahty  of 

coal  falling  below  contract  requirements  .      .        2,118  68 


Total  $21,643  63 


Summary  —  Costs  of  Admixistratiox,   Supervision  and  General 

Charges. 

Secretary   $12,359  15 

Business  Agent   34,006  75 

Schoolhouse  Custodian  ^   3,973  69 

Superintendent     .      .*   21,549  58 

Carried  forward   $71,889  17 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


51 


1  7 

Assistant  superintendents  ..... 

A  A 

Administration  account  ..... 

91  AAA 

nn 
uu 

Uepartinent  oi  JManual  Arts  .... 

1  A 

Department  of  School  Hygiene  .... 

uo 

Director  of  Practice  and  Training 

1  1  Q/1  1 

HA 

Uo 

Department   of   Evening   and  Continuation 

A  Q7Q 

1 1 
1 1 

Director  of  Kindergartens  ..... 

9  1  77 

A  1 

-11 

Supervisor  of  Household  Science  and  Arts 

9  1  9^ 

m 

Supervisor  of  Special  Classes  .... 

1  QKQ 

66 

Vocational  Information  ..... 

897 

1 Q 
ly 

Director  of  Practice  in  Courses  in  Salesman- 

ship   

250 

00 

Attendance  officers  

38,337 

23 

Improving  Course  in  Arithmetic,  elementary 

schools  

2,828 

75 

Speech  Improvement  

2,491 

56 

Extended  Use  of  the  Public  Schools  . 

5,351 

58 

General  account  

21,643 

63 

$129,761  57 


161,686  10 


Total   cost   administration,   supervision   and  general 

charges  $291,447  67 


Apportionment  of  Costs  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  General 

Charges. 


Normal  School   $1,255  08 

Latin  and  high  schools   39,195  85 

Elementary  schools   206,319  44 

Horace  Mann  School   593  88 

Trade  School  for  Girls   2,686  62 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys   1,410  39 

Continuation  School   2,197  17 

Evening  high  schools   9,212  86 

Evening  elementary  schools   17,482  07 

Evening  Industrial  School   3,254  00 

Park  playgrounds   1,066  11 

Schoolyard  playgrounds   1,422  62 

Evening  centers   4,564  61 

Girls'  High  Gymnasium   52  46 

Lectures   524  65 

School  accommodations   209  86 


Total  $291,447  67 


52 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


TELEPHONE  CHARGES. 

All  items  of  telephone  costs  which  could  be  charged 
directly  to  the  several  offices  have  been  so  charged.  In 
addition  to  such  costs  there  is  the  cost  of  installation 
and  operation  of  the  switchboard.  This  is  given  in 
detail  and  includes  the  salaries  of  the  operator  and  relief 
operator.  The  total  cost  of  the  switchboard  is  then 
apportioned  to  the  several  offices  in  proportion  to  the 
number  of  instruments  connected  to  the  switchboard. 

Telephone  Switchboard. 


Salary  of  operator   $522  30 

Salary  of  relief  operator   241  85 

Switchboard  rental   192  35 

Trunk  lines   49  72 

Metallic  circuits   169  48 

Ringing  circuits   12  00 

Switchboard  toll  calls   31  09 

Drops  and  bells   3  66 

Changing  equipment   13  46 

Telephone  sets   30  00 

  $1,265  91 


Apportionment  of  Cost  of  Switchboard. 

Secretary,    $146  06 

Business  Agent,    146  07 

Supply  room,  aV   48  69 

Schoolhouse  Custodian,  o 'g   48  69 

Superintendent,    194  75 

Assistant  Superintendents,    292  13 

Director  of  Practice  and  Training,       •  48  69 

Director  of  Music,  i-^   48  69 

Director  of  Evening  and  Continuation  Schools,  ^§  97  38 

Supervisor  of  Household  Science  and  Arts,  tV    •  16  23 

Director  of  Kindergartens,           •      •      •      •  16  23 

Supervisor  of  Special  Classes,  H    .      .      .      .  16  23 

Director  of  Hygiene,    97  38 

Acting  Director,  Extended  Use  of  Public  Schools,  48  69 

  $1,265  91 


STOCK  BALANCE,  1913-1914 


54 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


1913-14,  Stock  Balance. 
Debit. 

Inventory  of  December  4,  1912: 

Books  .   $22,212  89 

Manual  training  supplies        ....  56  81 

Drawing  supplies   458  13 

Kindergarten  supplies   1,024  61 

Janitors'  supplies   1,131  63 

Paper   12,852  90 

Pens   1,541  05 

Pencils   10,021  67 

Printing   71  72 

Miscellaneous  educational  supplies  12,831  03 

Nurses'  supplies   658  90 

Physical  education  supplies    ....  279  04 
Supplies  for  the  extended  use  of  the  public 

schools   43  00 

 $63,183  38 

Receipts  1913-14: 
Purchases: 

Books     .   $41,582  68 

Manual  training  supplies     ....  1,876  73 

Drawing  supplies   1,912  49 

Kindergarten  supphes   1,559  66 

Janitors'  supplies   14,569  23 

Paper   26,955  83 

Pens   1,057  19 

Pencils   1,440  75 

Printing   692  50 

Miscellaneous  educational  supplies  21,413  06 

Nurses'  supplies   981  28 

Physical  education  supplies  2,966  57 
Supplies  for  the  extended  use  of  the  public 

schools   343  07 

  117,351  04 

From  schools: 

Books   $402  47 

Drawing  supplies   7  35 

Janitors'  supplies   26  90 

Paper   3  14 

Pens   1  15 

Pencils   30  87 

Miscellaneous  educational  supplies  186  37 

  658  25 

Discarded  books   1,669  34 


Total  $182,862  01 


Note. —  The  items  included  in  the  above  account  are  only  those  pur- 
chased for  general  distribution  and  do  not  include  those  purchased  for 
any  particular  school.    The  latter  are  charged  direct  to  the  school. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


55 


1913-14,  Stock  Balance. 
Credit. 

Deliveries  on  Requisitions: 

Books  .....      .   $44,205  93 

Manual  training  supplies       ....  1,767  20 

Drawing  supplies   1,620  51 

Kindergarten  supplies   1,788  43 

Janitors'  supplies   10,256  76 

Paper   25,320  69 

Pens   1,877  47 

Pencils   4,917  25 

Printing   812  55 

Miscellaneous  educational  supplies  22,247  87 

Nurses'  supplies   705  79 

Physical  education  supplies    ....  2,843  45 
Supplies  for  the  extended  use  of  the  public 

schools   259  12 

 $118,623  02 

Manual    training    supplies    not  severally 

charged  to  schools   $14  75 

Drawing  supplies  not  severally  charged  to 

schools   41  38 

Miscellaneous  supplies  not  severally  charged 

to  schools   354  05 

Nurses'  supplies  not  severally  charged  to 

schools   41  39 

Physical  education  supplies  not  severally 

charged  to  schools   65  12 

Supphes  for  extended  use  of  the  public 

schools  not  severally  charged  to  evening 

centers   2  87 

  519  56 

Discarded  books  returned  to  publishers   1,669  34 

Inventory  of  December  2,  1913: 

Books   $19,878  59 

Manual  training  supplies       ....  163  85 

Drawing  supplies   722  16 

Kindergarten  supplies   804  51 

Janitors'  supplies   5,166  30 

Paper   14,361  23 

Pens   729  64 

Pencils   6,508  61 

Printing   461  17 

Miscellaneous  educational  supphes             .  11,901  25 

Nurses'  supphes   893  00 

Physical  education  supplies    ....  335  70 
Supphes  for  the  extended  use  of  the  pubHc 

schools   124  08 

  62,050  09 


Total  $182,862  01 


Note. —  The  items  included  in  the  above  account  are  only  those  pur- 
chased for  general  distribution  and  do  not  include  those  purchased  for 
any  particular  school.   The  latter  are  charged  direct  to  the  school. 


56 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


SuMMAET  Costs  of  Schools. 


Costs 

Costs  with 

Exclusive  of 

Costs  of 

Costs  with 

Administration, 

Administration, 

Proportionate 

Supeivision 

Supervision 

Part  of  Income 

and  General 

and  General 

Deducted. 

Charges. 

Charges  Added. 

Normal  School  

Latin  and  high  schools  

Elementary  schools  

Horace  Marm  School  

Trade  School  for  Girls  

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  

Continuation  School  

Evening  high  schools  

Evening  elementary  schools  

Evening  Industrial  School  

Park  playgrounds  

Schoolyard  playgrounds  

Extended  use  of  the  public  schools: 

Evening  centers  

Girls'  High  Gymnasium  

Lectures  

Use  of  school  accommodations  

Totals  

Add  costs  of  administration,  supervision  and  general 
charges  

Total  cost  

Deduct  total  income  

Net  total  

Total  cost  brought  down  

Decrease  in  inventory  

Total  expenditures  1913-14  *  


$40,800  13 
,059,545  68 
,234,377  63 
28,910  25 
49,999  88 
26,327  72 
9,468  01 
53,424  30 
87,981  23 
12,285  70 
16,181  05 
9,115  96 


$4,652,706  98 
291,447  67 


$4,944,154  65 
109,186  39 


$4,834,968  26 


$42,055  21 
1,098,741  53 
3,440,697  07 
29,504  13 
52,686  50 
27,738  11 
11,665  18 
62,637  16 
105,463  30 
15,539  70 
17,247  16 
10,.538  58 


19,718 

74 

24,283 

35 

410 

95 

463 

41 

2,974 

50 

3,499 

15 

1,185 

25 

1,395 

11 

$4,944,154  65 


$4,944,154  65 
1,133  29 


*  $4,943,021  36 


$41,361  51 
1,090,531  44 
3,418,140  70 
6,133  10 
20,028  30 
25,604  98 
10,155  49 
57,942  66 
99,924  04 
7,727  53 
17,247  16 
10.,538  58 

24,275  10 
463  41 
3,499  15 
1,395  11 


$4,834,968  26 


*  Exclusive  of  costs  of  buildings,  depreciation,  repairs,  interest  and  sinking  fund  charges. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT.  57 


Comparison  of  Costs  1912-13  and  1913-14. 


Total  Cost 
1912-13. 

Total  Cost 
1913-14. 

Increases. 

Norni8.l  Scbool 

$42,037 

62 

$42,055 

21 

S17  59 

Latin  and  high  schools  

1,040,071 

63 

1,098,741 

53 

58,669  90 

Elementary  schools  

3,211,509 

44 

3,440,697 

07 

229,187  63 

Spectacle  Island  School*  

610 

42 

J  610  42 

Horace  Mann  School 

28,770 

78 

29,504 

13 

733  35 

Trade  School  for  Girls  f  

45,125 

96 

52,686 

50 

7,560  54 

22,300 

23 

27,738 

11 

5.437  88 

2,215 

16 

t  2,215  16 

8,937 

35 

11,665 

18 

2,727  83 

Evening  high  schools  

57,643 

69 

62,637 

16 

4,993  47 

Evening  elementary  schools  

88,582 

71 

105,463 

30 

16,880  59 

Evening  School  Extension  *  

2,126 

92 

t  2.126  92 

Evening  Industrial  School  

14,353 

47 

15,539 

70 

1,186  23 

20,368 

86 

17,247 

16 

t  3,121  70 

Schoolyard  playgrounds  

19,023 

18 

10,538 

58 

t  8,484  60 

Extended  use  of  thie  public  schools: 

9,714 

74 

24,283 

35 

14,568  61 

292 

15 

463 

41 

171  26 

2,170 

84 

3.499 

15 

1.328  31 

Use  of  school  accommodations  

462 

62 

1,395 

11 

932  49 

Totals  

$4,616,317  77 

$4,944,154  65 

$327,836  88 

Not  in  operation  in  1913-14. 


t  Including  Girls'  Evening  Trade  School. 


X  Decreases. 


58 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Table  Showing  Cost  of  Administration  for  the  Years  1908-09  and  1913-14, 
AND  the  Increases  in  Five  Years. 


1908-09. 

1913-14. 

Increases  in 
Five  Years. 

Increases  in 
Five  Years, 
Per  Cent. 

S8,124  73 
t  24,112  92 
3,011  74 
13,240  53 
28,812  84 
13,454  54 

§12,359  15 
34,006  75 
3,973  69 
21,549  58 
36,412  40 
21,460  00 

§4,234  42 
9,893  83 
961  95 
8,309  05 
7,599  56 
8,005  46 

52.1 

41. 

31.9 

62.8 

26.4 

59.5 

Superintendent  

Assistant  Superintendents  

Administration  Account  

890,757  30 

$129,761  57 

§39,004  27 

43. 

*  Duties  of  Auditor  transferred  to  Business  Agent  October  14,  1912.          f  Including  Auditor. 

Table  Showing  Costs  of  Supervision  or  Professional  Control  for  the 
Years  1908-09  and  1913-14,  and  the  Increases  in  Five  Years. 

1908-09. 

1913-14. 

Increases  in 
Five  Years. 

Increases  in 
Five  Years, 
Per  Cent. 

Department  of  Manual  Arts  

Department  of  Music  

Depaitment  of  School  Hygiene  

Director  of  Practice  and  Training  

Department  of  Evening  and  Continuation  Schools, 

Superv-isor  of  Household  Science  and  Arts  

§13,510  37 
19,331  20 
16,878  34 
*  3,192  79 
t  3,050  46 
1,807  81 
1,486  51 

$21,498  05 
23,382  14 
20,595  05 
11,341  06 
6,979  11 
2,177  41 
2,125  01 
1,858  33 
827  19 
250  00 
2,828  75 
2,491  56 

$7,987  68 
4,050  94 
3,716  71 
8,148  27 
3,928  65 
369  60 
638  50 
1,858  33 
827  19 
250  00 
2,828  75 
2,491  56 

59.1 

21. 

22. 
255.2 
128.8 

20.4 

43. 

Vocational  Information  

Director  of  Courses  in  Practice  in  Salesmanship 

Improving  Course  in  Arithmetic  

Speech  Improvement  

Totals  

§59,257  48 

§96,353  66 

§37,096  18 

62.6 

*  SuperA^sor  of  Substitutes.  t  Department  of  Evening  Schools. 


Statistics,  1908-09  and  1913-14. 


1908-09. 

1913-14. 

Increase  in 
Five  Years. 

Increase  in 
Five  Years, 
Per  Cent. 

Total  expenditures  *  

§3,621,304  48 

$4,986,505  25 

§1,365.200  77 

37.7 

Day  Schools: 

Average  membership  

96,925 

104,309 

7,384 

7.6 

88,475 

95,898 

7,423 

8.4 

Evening  Schools: 

7,778 

9,344 

1,566 

20.1 

Playgrounds: 

t  12,264 

14,033 

1,769 

14.4 

*  Exclusive  of  new  buildings,  repairs,  alterations,  rents  and  extended  use  of  the  public  schools, 
t  Average  attendance  (9,000)  for  park  playgrounds  estimated. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


59 


Table  Showing  Cost  of  Administration  for  the  Years  1911-12,  1912-13  and 
1913-14,  AND  THE  Increases  in  Two  Years. 


19II-I2. 

1912-13. 

1913-14. 

Increases  in 
Two  Years. 

Increases  in 
Two  Years, 
Per  Cent. 

Business  Agent  *  

810,326  66 
t  36,127  57 
4,356  93 
16,880  65 
30,900  31 
16,725  58 

811,476  89 
t  34,226  00 
3,628  37 
15,487  03 
32,085  71 
19.736  41 

812,359  15 
34,006  75 
3,973  69 
21,549  58 
36.412  40 
21.460  00 

82,032  49 
J  2,120  .32 
i383  24 
4,668  93 
5,512  09 
4,734  42 

19.7 

Schoolhouse  Custodian  

Superintendent  

Assistant  Superintendents  

Administration  Account  

27.7 
17.8 
28.3 

Totals  

$115,317  70 

S116.640  41 

$129,761  57 

814,443  87 

12.5 

*  Duties  of  Auditor  transferred  to  Business  Agent  October  14.  1912. 
t  Including  Auditor.  %  Decrease. 


Table  Showing  Cost  of  Supervision  or  Professional  Control  for  the  Years 
1911-12,  1912-13  AND  1913-14,  and  the  Increases  in  Two  Years. 


1911-12. 

1912-13. 

1913-14. 

Increases  in 
Two  Years. 

Increases  in 
Two  Years, 
Per  Cent. 

Director  of  Practice  and  Training.  .  . 

Supervisor  of  Household  Science  and 
Arts  

$15,422  03 
19,802  72 
19,396  77 

*  5,556  96 
1,934  78 

2,269  72 

818.393  53 
24,490  17 
19,971  59 
8,532  45 
1,892  37 

2,672  78 
1,067  56 

t  6,649  29 

821,498  05 
23,382  14 
20,595  05 
11.341  06 
2.177  41 

2.125  01 
1.858  33 

6.979  11 

250  00 
2.828  75 
2.491  56 

827  19 

86,076  02 
3,579  42 
1,198  28 
5.784  10 
242  63 

%  144  71 
1.858  33 

2.007  92 

250  00 
2,828  75 
2,491  56 
X  1,158  86 

39.4 
18.1 
6.2 
104. 
12.5 

Department  of  Evening  and  Con- 
tinuation Schools  

Director  of  Courses  in  Practice  in 

4.971  19 

40.4 

1,361  51 
1,621  26 
2.179  13 

1,986  05 

Totals  

$71,340  22 

$88,831  64 

$96,353  66 

$25,013  44 

35.1 

*  Supervisor  of  Substitutes.         t  Excluding  Extended  Use  of  the  Public  Schools.        %  Decreases. 


Statistics,  1911-12,  1912-13  and  1913-14. 


1911-12. 

1912-13. 

1913-14. 

Incrense  in 
Two  Years. 

Increase  in 
Two  Years. 
Per  Cent. 

Total  expenditures*  

Day  Schools: 

Summer  High  School: 

$4,277,938  30 

99.272 
91,049 

209 
7.964 

716 
7.391 

$4,708,000  00 

97,118 
93,774 

197 

8,509 

1,077 

12,205 

$4,986,505  25 

104,309 
95,898 

$708,5C()  95 

5.037 
4.849 

16.6 

5.1 
5.3 

Evening  Schools: 

Evening  School  Extension: 
Average  attendance  

9,344 

1.380 

17.3 

Playgrounds: 

Average  attendance  

14,033 

6,642 

89. 9 

*  Exclusive  of  new  buildings,  repairs,  alterations,  rents  and  extended  use  of  the  public  schools. 


<  Ph 


a  Q  2 


02 

^  i. 

O 
Q 

g 


2  o 

Q  Q 


o 


00  ^  ,-1 


CO  C5  (N 

CO      O  Ol 

Tt<        T}l        lO  CO 


(N      .-I  -I 


.-I      ,-1  i-O 


<N      .-(  rH 


(N      CO      IN      IN  CO 


(N       tH  r-l 


rH  (N       .-I  rH 


t-H       .-I  IN 


1-3 


^  O 


WOP 


Ph  : 

^ « 

X 


60 


O       CO                 00  C5 
O  -"J^ 
CO      O  Ttf 

$4  00 

CD      LO      00      Tt<  CO 

CO          CI    o  CO 
ic  CO 

IC 

CO 

«^ 

■  T}< 

O      ^      O  CO 
•                 CO       CO  LO 

00 
o 

lO 

6^ 

CO     O      00  o 
•      O      00  (N 

IC      CO      IN  CO 

O) 
lO 
00 

u 

•-I      rj)      OO  CO 

CD      CO      1-^      (N  O 

(N              (N      (N  CO 

00 
CO 

»0      IN      lO      <N  O 
O      T}*              lO  (N 

CO      Tt<      (N      (N  CO 

IN 

CD      lO      00  CD 
lO      t>.      IN  00 

•      CO      ^4*      IN  IN 

o 

<N 
CO 

&# 

•      lO      O      O  IN 

CO      C5      CO  IN 

Tt<       ^       ^  (M 

(N 
00 

00      O      CO      lO  lO 
•-i      O      CO  O 

IN 

CO 

i-H      CO      CO  .  (N  I> 

eo    o    Lo    1-1  CO 

1-1       i-H       T-(       (N  rH 

CO 
00 

LO      O  00 
CO              CO  Tf< 

—1       i-<  T-l 

o 

00 

00      O  Oi 

CO      C5      00  O 

CO 
«^ 

62  28 
81  75 

Oi  DO 

69  36 
66  69 

CO 

50  43 
77  83 
61  14 
66  79 
64  17 

CO 

73  11 
57  54 
63  73 
61  31 

CO 

71  05 
57  23 
61  44 

60  83 

tr~ 

IN 

CO 

IN 
CO 

Hyde  Park  High.  .  .1 

Mechanic  Arts  High, 

Roxbury  High  

South  Boston  High.. 
West  Roxbury  High, 

a> 

<D 

bO 

c3 

tH 

(D 
> 

CO      CO      CO  CO 


T-H       ,-(       r-(  lO 


00      >0      lO  CO 


a>  lo 


--H  (N  lO  CD  00  -"i* 
IN      CO      (N      IN      (N  (N 


61 


o 
o 


<  a 


o 

02 


o 


(N      00  00 


2  S 


lO 

o 

CO 

IM 

c; 

r- 

00 

CO 

CO 

<N 

(M 

o 

•<i< 

»o 

o 

OS 

CO 

05 

CO 

O 

(N 

O 

o 

Oi 

o 

CO  00 

00 

CO 

00 

CO 

(N 

(N 

o 

CO 

CO 

CO 

(N 

(N 

(N 

IN 

CO 

CO 

(N 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

* 

00 

(N 

CO 

00 

CO 

oc 

00 

CO 

CO 

LO 

00 

rf 

cr. 

OJ 

« 

00 

CO 

CO 

ou 

00 

CO 

o 

00 

I> 

CO 

-* 

o 

c 

O 

c 

o 

c 

? 

(N 

<N 

<N 

CO 

IN 

(N 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

(N 

<N 

CO 

CC 

»c 

»o 

i-O 

CO 

CO 

CO 

o 

« 

m 

t> 

io 

c 

IM 

Tf 

CO 

00 

X 

o 

K 

00 

CO 

o 

r- 

OO 

CO 

o 

(N 

(N 

CO 

(N 

(N 

(N 

<N 

(N 

CM 

EAi 

H 

CD 

o 

(N 

00 

CO 

O 

lO 

CO 

CO 

o 

00 

00 

CO 

CSl 

05 

O 

o; 

CO 

o 

TjH 

OO 

iO 

(N 

o 

CO 

»o 

CO 

CO 

E 

(N 

«^ 

(N 

(M 

(N 

(N 

(N 

(N 

IN 

.2   -B.   •£  .S 


5    3  •»^" 


-3 

62 


H    W    W  W 


■'^    a     r:  <^ 


COOOOO'-iCOO'-H(NOOClO(N(Z)Tt<oa)iOCOCO  N 
'5''5*0050'-iOO»Ot^>-H»C(NT}<iOOCO'OOOiCO  05 


iC     »0     CO  00 


GO      00  T-i 


(NC»3C<l(NiMCOC<3COCO 


CO    CO  CO 


M      (N      (N  IN 


>0  00  Ol  lO  'O 
(N      (N      (M      C<l  (N 


lo    00    o    05  o 

00  CO  CO  O  lO  ic 
(N      (N      (N      (M      (N  Ol 


6  ^ 


mway. .  . 

fellow. 
,11  

c 

S 

ross .  .  , 

63 


►2 

^    .  S 


o  o 


<  a 

O  P< 

m 


O 

m 


<M  fO 


2  Q 


(N      CO     lO  05 


CO      <N  00 


o 
o 
W 


"3      «3      00  (N 


(N      00      CO  <N 


O      lO  CO 


<N      CO      CO      (N  CO 


O      t-H      I>  <-! 


CD      lO  00 


(N      (N  <N 


CO      O  CO 


M      (N  (N 


TO  rt  w 

oj  -a 

t<  tH  3 

fiH  O" 


2  ^  ^  a- 


Ph  Ph 

64 


OQ     CCl  CQ 


P     ^     ^  ^ 


JO     «  « 

Horace  Mann  School. 

$24  98 

S      00  ^ 

«© 

S  2? 

lO 

o 

<N 
O 

o 

CO 
(N 

Jo     00  S 

o 

e© 

«© 

00     o  o 

o 

e© 

M< 

00 

O 

IN 

e# 

S  ?2  w 

lO 

b- 

o 

TO      >0  O 

(N 
CD 

O 

o 

§    §  ro 

CO 

o 
«/& 

O 
€@ 

CO  N 

CO 

o 

s© 

O 

m 

^  0> 

o 

CO 

o 

«© 

CO     "5  § 

o 

o 
o 

26  13 
30  54 
30  23 

00 
00 

05 

CO 
m 

24  74 
28  96 
27  67 

o 

00 

(N 
Oi 

(N 
CO 

23  46 
26  68 
26  57 

CO 
o 

CO 

CO 

23  77 
25  44 
25  10 

CD 
CO 

wells  

Wendell  Phillips. . .  . 
William  E.  Russell. . 

I 

< 

a 

CI 
O 

o 

c3 
>-< 

o 

66 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Comparison  of  Per  Capita  Costs  of  Janitors'  Supplies  for  the 
Years  1910-11,  1911-12,  1912-13  and  1913-14. 


Schools. 

1 

1910-11. 

1911-12. 

1912-13. 

1913-14. 

Normal  

SO  37 

SO  57 

SO  79 

SO  67 

SO  06 

SO  12 

SO  10 

SO  09 

10 

10 

10 

13 

Brigli'ton  Sigh 

29 

32 

35 

30 

11 

21 

28 

30 

22 

15 

16 

07 

20 

20 

27 

19 

English  High  

11 

14 

08 

10 

Girls'  High  

08 

18 

13 

11 

High  School  of  Practical  Arts  

09 

10 

15 

81 

14 

12 

10 

06 

Hyde  Park  High  

18 

16 

22 

19 

26 

24 

08 

14 

14 

19 

South  Boston  High  

22 

20 

31 

26 

West  Roxbury  High  

15 

20 

25 

13 

SO  142 

$0  164 

$0  17 

SO  17 

Elementary  Schools. 

Abraham  Lincoln  

SO  01 

SO  18 

SO  17 

SO  10 

07 

15 

12 

07 

15 

31 

32 

21 

12 

15 

13 

09 

16 

25 

16 

11 

07 

10 

15 

14 

10 

18 

16 

09 

11 

18 

19 

14 

09 

07 

10 

07 

Charles  Sumner  

12 

16 

12 

19 

07 

11 

21 

08 

07 

15 

23 

08 

REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


67 


Comparison  of  Per  Capita  Costs  of  Janitors'  Supplies  for  the 
Years  1910-11,  1911-12,  1912-13  and  1913-U.— Continued. 


Schools. 

1910-11. 

1911-12. 

1912-13. 

1913-14. 

$0  09 

$0  10 

SO  10 

$0  10 

Dillawaj-  

11 

15 

15 

12 

Dudley  

14 

17 

21 

13 

08 

12 

19 

15 

Edmund  P.  Tileston  

19 

25 

Edward  Everett  

12 

13 

20 

15 

Elihu  Greenwood  

20 

11 

Eliot  

09 

10 

12 

09 

Emerson  

06 

09 

22 

10 

Everett  

06 

10 

10 

13 

Francis  Parkman  

13 

17 

20 

22 

Franklin  

06 

10 

12 

18 

08 

07 

10 

05 

Frothingham  

08 

16 

12 

14 

Gaston  , 

10 

12 

14 

12 

10 

15 

15 

10 

08 

09 

10 

23 

13 

15 

21 

12 

12 

12 

15 

11 

08 

13 

11 

15 

14 

12 

Hugh  O'Brien  

07 

12 

11 

11 

Hyde  

12 

10 

19 

12 

14 

22 

25 

15 

John  A.  Andrew  *  

07 

08 

12 

11 

16 

17 

24 

17 

43 

29 

13 

13 

16 

19 

12 

14 

15 

30 

14 

12 

14 

18 

18 

07 

12 

16 

10 

14 

19 

17 

15 

09 

12 

17 

11 

68  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Comparison  of  Per  Capita  Costs  of  Janitors'  Supplies  for  the 
Years  1910-11,  1911-12,  1912-13  and  191S-U.— Concluded. 


Schools. 

1910-11. 

1911-12. 

1912-13. 

1913-14. 

Mather  

SO  09 

$0  10 

SO  17 

SO  09 

Minot  

08 

10 

16 

1 1 

XL 

Norcross  

10 

13 

20 

12 

Oliver  Hazard  Perry  

05 

13 

12 

12 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  

06 

07 

07 

09 

Phillips  Brooks  

09 

12 

12 

10 

Prescott  

15 

12 

21 

15 

Prince  

07 

10 

14 

10 

Quincy  

13 

20 

20 

14 

Rice  

08 

11 

21 

14 

Robert  G.  Shaw  

15 

21 

17 

24 

Roger  Wolcott  

13 

21 

25 

22 

Samuel  Adams  

04 

19 

15 

13 

06 

18 

30 

17 

Shurtleff  

13 

17 

20 

12 

Theodore  Lyman  

09 

16 

14 

16 

11 

18 

14 

12 

Thomas  N.  Hart  

07 

10 

09 

09 

TT     Ct    r"i.on  + 

22 

12 

09 

17 

19 

15 

09 

08 

13 

08 

11 

11 

13 

12 

Wells  

10 

09 

14 

09 

Wendell  Phillips  

16 

13 

15 

10 

William  E.  Russell  

10 

.12 

10 

14 

$0  097 

$0  138 

$0  17 

SO  12 

Horace  Mann. 


SO  25 


SO  34 


SO  39 


SO  67 


STANDAED  REPORT  ON  THE  FINANCIAL 
STATISTICS  OF  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS. 


70 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


STANDARD  REPORT  ON  THE  FINANCIAL  STATISTICS  OF 
THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS.* 


A.  PAYMENTS. 


I. —  EXPENSES  (Cost  of  Conducting  School  System). 

Total. 

Salaries. 

Other 
Objects. 

EXPENSES    OF    GENERAL    CONTROL  (OVERHEAD 
CHARGES). 

$12,645  93 
1,867  31 
34,006  75 

$10,784  73 

$1,861  20 
1,867  31 
4,673  37 

29,333  38 

5.    Operation  and  maintenance  of  office  building  

6a.  Schoolhouse  Custodian  

18,313  88 
89,921  88 
3,973  69 
69,303  04 
38,337  23 
23,231  47 

4,287  83 
65,746  63 

3,204  08 
65,690  91 
37,409  00 

1,643  45 

14,026  05 
24,175  25 

769  61 
3,612  13 

928  23 
21,588  02 

7.  OflBce  of  Superintendent  of  Schools  

8.  Enforcement  of  compulsory  education  and  truancy  laws .  .  . 

9.  Other  expenses  of  general  control  

10.  Totals  

$291,601  18 

$218,100  01 

$73,501  17 

*  This  standard  form  corresponds  to  Schedule  G  34  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Census  and  has  been  worked 
out  by  that  bureau  after  conference  and  correspondence  with  representatives  of  the  United  States  Bureau 
of  Education,  the  National  Education  Association,  the  National  Association  of  School  Accounting  Ofl5cers, 
and  with  many  school  superintendents. 

t  Also  in  charge  of  supplies. 

t  Undertaken  by  Law  Department  of  the  city  without  expense  to  the  School  Committee. 


STANDARD  REPORT  ON  THE  FINANCIAL  STATISTICS  OF  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS.— Continued. 
A.    PAYMENTS.—  Continued. 


EXPENSES  OF  INSTRUCTION. 


Evening  Schools, 


Schools  and  Activities. 


'  THE  Pdblic  Schools. 


Salaries  of  supervisors  of  grades  and  subieots. . 

Other  expenses  of  super\Tsors  

Salaries  of  principals  and  their  clerks  

Other  expenses  of  principals  

Salaries  of  teachers  


Text-boolcs. 
Stationery  a 
Other  expen 


i  supplies  used  ii 
s  of  instruction. 


48,724  26 
2,287  94 


S46,823  44 
e,268  09 
216,372  20 
1.661  29 
2,464,897  69 
47,306  SO 
80,891  02 


!,232  54 
i,580  71 
137  49 


$904  70 
2,547  32 
9,663  00 
90  90 
65,098  50 
1,698  38 


S803  92 
1,219  57 
5,367  00 


$482  36 
467  63 


19  01 
7,327  25 


$398  80 
35  72 


$7  00 
2,855  67 
24  93 
19,920  33 
100  68 


S,417  42 
238  67 


472  36 
1,720  00 


S.861  19 
447  08 


$2,866  23 
1,708  38 


INSTBUCnON.. 


$992,314  73 


EXPENSES  OF  OPERATION  OF  SCHOOL  PLANT. 

).  Wages  of  janitors  apd  other  employees  

..  Fuel  

!.  Water  

t.  Light  and  power  

t.  Janitors'  supplies  

t.  Other  expenses  of  operation  of  school  plant  


$332,103  61 
127,306  16 


48,861  79 
13.945  12 


$61,370  55 
19,897  27 


$10,020  49 
4,699  06 


2  62 
167  30 


1,193  19 
577  15 


726  94 
135  84 


EXPENSES  OF  MAINTENANCE  OF  SCHOOL  PIANT. 

27.    Repair  of  buildings  and  upkeep  of  grounds  

2S.    Repair  and  replacement  of  equipment  

29.  Insurance  

30.  Other  expenses  of  maintenance  of  school  plant  


$329,422  10 
36,540  99 
602  65 


31. 


$2,381  46 
779  75 
37  60 


EXPENSES  OF  AUXILIARY  AGENCIES. 

LlBBARIES. 


32.  Salaries  

33.  Books  

34.  Other  expenses.. 


35.  Salaries  

36.  Other  expenses.. 


!,497  72 
1,037  78 


Transpobtation  op  Pupils. 

37.  Salaries  

38.  Other  expenses  


MISCELLANEOUS  EXPENSES. 

Payments  to  private  schools  

Payments  to  schools  of  other  civil  divisions. . . 
Care  of  children  in  institutions  


72,893  19 
26,134  87 


61,648  07 
13,252  67 


Uaneous  expenses. 


$1,132,234  63 


I.— OUTLAYS  (Capital  Acquisition  and  Construction), 


1  buildings  

Qw  buildings  and  grounds  

Id  buildings,  exclusive  of  replacements. 


$92,628 
769.653  98 


$3,602  85 
386,847  54 
3,811  55 
14.560  94 
11,062  11 


96       S123  62 


1  physicians  under  the  Board  < 


t  Salaries  of  managers,  I 


t  Payments  to  lecturers. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


71 


STANDARD  REPORT  ON  THE  FINANCIAL  STATISTICS 
OF  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS.— Con^mwed 


III.— OTHER  PAYMENTS. 


53.  Redemption  of  bonds  

54.  Redemption  of  short-term  loans  

55.  Payment  of  warrants  and  orders  of  preceding  year  

56.  Payments  to  sinking  funds  and  for  serial  debt  requirements  

57.  Payments  of  interest  

58.  Miscellaneous  payments,  including  payments  to  trust  funds,  text- 

books to  be  sold  to  pupils,  etc  

59.  Total  

60.  Balances  at  close  of  year,  cash  in  treasury  

60a.  Stock  on  hand,  close  of  year  

61.  Total  payments  (sum  of  totals  10-59,  inclusive)  

61a.         Total  payments  and  balances  (60-61,  inclusive)  


B.  RECEIPTS. 


Revenue  Receipts. 

Total. 

62. 

$47,747 

48 

63. 

64. 

65. 

7,187,558 

36 

65a. 
66. 

Transferred  from  accrued  interest,  Permanent  Pension  Fund  

880 

43 

67. 

Business  taxes  (licenses,  excise  taxes,  taxes  on  corporations,  taxes  on 

67a. 
68. 

23,185 

17 

69. 

Fines  and  penalties  (forfeited  advance  payments,  evening  schools) .  . 

6,974 

09 

70. 

1,024 

40 

71. 

5,028 

75 

72. 

Transfers  from  other  districts  in  payment  of  tuition  

8,225 

95 

73. 

13,921 

TS 

74. 

Total  revenue  receipts  

§7,294,546  41 

72 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


STANDARD  REPORT  ON  THE  FINANCIAL  STATISTICS 
OF  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS.— Concluded. 


B.    RECEIPTS.— Concluded. 

Non-Revenue  Receipts. 

Total. 

75. 

Loans  and  bond  sales  

*1, 000,000  00 

76. 

— 

77. 

S^lcs  of  r6^1  propGrty  d,iid  procGcds  of  insux^ncc  ^djust/iuGiits 

260,740  00 

78. 

507  76 

79. 

Refund  of  payments  

80. 

899  00 

81. 

Total  non-revenue  receipts  

$1,262,146  76 

82. 

Total  receipts  (sum  of  74  and  81)  

$8,556,693  17 

S3. 

358,067  17 

83a. 

Credit  monej'  refunded  

61  25 

836. 

63,183  38 

84. 

$8,978,004  97 

C.    VALUE  OF  SCHOOL  PROPERTIES. 


Class  of  Buildings. 


General  control  

Elementary-  schools  

Secondary'  schools  

Normal  schools  

Schools  for  the  industries . 
Special  schools  


Total  Value  of  I 
Sites,  Buildings  I  Value  of  Sites 
and  Equip-      and  Buildings, 
ment. 


$264,000  00 
17,188,245  00 
4,939,200  00 
403,275  00 
164,645  00 
101,300  00 


$256,000  00 
16,577,130  00 
4,625.925  00 
387,075  00 
136,400  00 
98,000  00 


Value  of 
Equipment. 


$8,000  00 
611,115  00 
313,275  00 
16,200  00 
28.245  00 
3,300  00 


Interest  on 
Value  of 
School 
Plant. 


D.    EXPENDITURES,  INCOME  FROM  TRUST 

FUNDS. 

Total. 

$268 

99 

Franklin  Medal  Fund  

25 

00 
69 

4.552 

337 

76 

Teachers'  Waterston  Fund  

131 

09 

Total  

$5,315 

53 

ESTIMATES  AND  ITEMIZED  APPROPRIATION 
ORDER  FOR  THE  FINANCIAL 
YEAR  1914-15. 


74 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


SCHOOLS. 


Appropriation,  1914-1915. 

Office  of  the  Business  Agent  of  the  School  Committee, 
168  Tremont  Street,  March  25,  1914. 

To  the  School  Committee: 

In  compliance  with  section  66  of  the  rules  I  submit  herewith  the  esti- 
mates and  itemized  appropriation  order  to  cover  the  expenses  of  the  public 
schools  for  the  financial  year  February  1,  1914,  to  January  31,  1915,  both 
included. 

The  average  valuation  of  the  city  for  the  three  years  1911,  1912  and 
1913,  with  all  abatements  allowed  up  to  December  31,  1913,  as  certified 
to  his  Honor  the  Mayor  by  the  Board  of  Assessors,  is  $1,477,087,258.47. 
This  is  the  sum  upon  which  all  appropriations  by  the  City  Council  and 
the  School  Committee  for  the  financial  year  are  based. 

The  School  Committee  is  authorized  by  law  to  appropriate  the  follow- 
ing sums: 

(a)  Four  dollars  and  five  cents  upon  each  one  thousand  dollars  of  the 
valuation  of  the  city  for  the  pubUc  schools  and  their  support,  of  which 
amount  not  more  than  thirty  cents  upon  every  such  one  thousand  dollars 
shall  be  appropriated  solely  for  new  school  buildings,  lands,  yards,  and 
furnishings,  not  more  than  thirty-five  cents  upon  every  such  one  thousand 
dollars  shall  be  appropriated  solely  for  alterations  and  repairs  of  school 
buildings,  and  not  less  than  twenty-five  cents  upon  every  such  one  thou- 
sand dollars  shall  be  appropriated  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  the  salaries 
of  teachers.  (Chapter  448  of  the  Acts  of  1901,  chapter  170  of  the  Acts 
of  1903,  chapter  205  of  the  Acts  of  1906,  chapter  388  of  the  Acts  of  1909, 
chapter  708  of  the  Acts  of  1911,  and  chapter  615  of  the  Acts  of  1913.) 

(5)  Four  cents  upon  each  one  thousand  dollars  of  the  valuation  of  the 
city  for  organizing  and  conducting  physical  training  and  exercises,  ath- 
letics, sports,  games,  and  play,  and  for  providing  proper  apparatus,  equip- 
ment and  facilities  for  same  in  buildings,  yards  and  playgrounds  under 
the  control  of  the  School  Committee  or  upon  any  other  land  it  may  have 
the  right  to  use  for  the  purpose.    (Chapter  295  of  the  Acts  of  1907.) 

(c)  Two  cents  upon  each  one  thousand  dollars  of  the  valuation  of  the 
city  for  the  service  of  nurses  in  the  pubUc  schools.  (Chapter  357  of  the 
Acts  of  1907.) 

(d)  Five  cents  upon  each  one  thousand  dollars  of  the  valuation  of  the 
city  for  the  estabUshment  of  a  permanent  school  pension  fund  and  the 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


75 


payment  of  pensions  to  retired  teachers.  (Chapter  589  of  the  Acts  of 
1908  and  chapter  617  of  the  Acts  of  1910.) 

(e)  Two  cents  upon  each  one  thousand  dollars  of  the  valuation  of  the 
city  for  the  extended  use  of  the  public  schools.  (Chapter  195  of  the  Acts 
of  1912.) 

(J)    The  unexpended  balance  for  the  financial  year  1913-14. 

(g)  The  excess  of  income  for  the  financial  year  1913-14  over  that 
estimated. 

(h)  The  estimated  income  for  the  financial  year  1914-15. 

MONEY  AVATLABLE. 

Exclusive  of  the  money  available  for  new  school  buildings,  lands,  yards 
and  furnishings,  viz.,  thirty  cents  on  each  one  thousand  dollars  of  the 
valuation  and  amounting  to  $443,126.18,  the  sums  available  for  the 


financial  year  1914-15  are  as  follows: 

$3.15  per  $1,000  for  general  purposes   $4,652,824  86 

.25  per  $1,000  for  increasing  the  salaries  of  teachers  369,271  82 
.35  per  $1,000  for  repairs  and  alterations  to  school  build- 
ings *   516,980  54 

.04  per  $1,000  for  physical  education        ....  59,083  49 

.02  per  $1,000  for  nurses   29,541  75 

.05  per  $1,000  for  pensions   73,854  36 

.02  per  $1,000  for  extended  use  of  the  public  schools      .  29,541  74 
Unexpended  balance  general  appropriation  1913-14  14,876  54 
Unexpended  balance  appropriation  Schoolhouse  Depart- 
ment   61  25 

Excess  of  income  over  amount  estimated  1913-14             .  12,685  20 

Estimated  income  1914-15    141,278  45 


Total  amount  available  $5,900,000  00 


INCREASE  IN  MONEY  AVAILABLE. 

Exclusive  of  the  sums  set  aside  for  pensions,  physical  education,  extended 
use  of  the  public  schools,  repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings,  and 
rents  of  hired  buildings,  the  amount  of  money  available  this  year  for 
general  school  purposes  and  the  service  of  nurses  in  excess  of  the  amount 
available  for  the  same  purpose  last  year  is  $383,544.38. 

The  following  statement  shows  the  reasons  for  this  increase: 

Valuation  for  1914-15  $1,477,087,258  47 

Valuation  for  1913-14    1,440,255,253  33 


Increase  in  valuation  $36.832,005  14 


*  Not  more  than  thirty-five  cents. 


76 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Increase  in  money  available  due  to  increase  in  valuation  if  portion  of 
tax  rate  had  remained  the  same  as  last  year  (for  general  purposes  and 


nurses  only) : 

(Last  Year's  Rate,  1913-14.) 

General  purposes  $3.30  per  $1,000 

Nurses  02  per  $1,000 


$3.32  per  $1,000 

$3.32  on  each  $1,000  of  $36,832,005.14  ....  $122,282  26 

Increase  due  to  increase  of  10  cents  per  $1,000  on  the 
new  valuation. 

$0.10  on  each  $1,000  of  $1,477,087,258.47     ...  147,708  73 


Increase  from  above  two  sources     .      .      .  $269,990  99 

Add  increase  in  unexpended  balance  available  for 

general  purposes   322  22 


$270,313  21 

Add  increase  in  excess  of  income  over  that  estimated  for 

preceding  year   2,562  76 

Add  increase  in  estimated  income   44,777  26 

Add  sum  diverted  from  repairs,  alterations,  etc.  .  73,854  36 

Add  decrease  in  rents   2,000  00 


$393,507  59 

Deduct  increases  in  amount  diverted  to  appropriation  for 

physical  education  special   9,963  21 


Net  increase  in  money  available  for  the  above  purposes       .     $383,544  38 


INCREASE  IN  SALARIES  OF  INSTRUCTORS. 

The  increases  in  salaries  of  instructors  for  the  past  five  years  have  been 
as  follows : 

1909-  10  over  1908-09    $130,829  52 

1910-  11  over  1909-10    136,039  34 

1911-  12  over  1910-11       .   99,206  87 

1912-  13  over  1911-12    321,488  72 

1913-  14  over  1912-13  ,      .    '  .  278,135  70 


The  estimated  increase  in  the  salaries  of  instructors  for  the  current  year 
over  that  of  1913-14  is  $232,068.96. 
I  recommend  the  passage  of  the  accompanying  order. 

William  T.  Keough, 

Business  Agent. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


77 


ESTIMATES  FOR  FINANCIAL  YEAR,  1914-15. 
Salaries  of  Instructors. 


Normal  School. 

Normal  School  $33,563  20 

One  additional  master,  3|t  months'  service  .  734  50 


Total,  Normal  School  $34,297  70 

Latin  and  High  Schools. 

PubHc  Latin   $67,604  00 

Girls'  Latin   37,839  80 

Brighton  High   30,858  80 

Charlestown  High   27,804  40 

Dorchester  High   98,392  93 

East  Boston  High   40,378  85 

English  High   132,371  80 

Girls'  High   94,181  80 

High  School  of  Commerce       ....  81,373  00 

High  School  of  Commerce  Lectures  400  00 

High  School  of  Practical  Arts  ....  42,954  20 

Hyde  Park  High   26,939  60 

^Mechanic  Arts  High   113,954  80 

Cost  of  increasing  salaries  of  Instructors, 

Mechanical  Department    .  199  00 

Roxbury  High   50,785  40 

South  Boston  High   46,672  40 

West  Roxbury  High   45,778  40 

10  additional  Junior  Masters,  3ff  months' 

service   4,633  00 

5  additional  Assistants,  3f  f  months'  service,  1,525  50 

2  additional  Assistants  Salesmanship,  3ff 

months' service   632  80 


Total,  Latin  and  High  Schools   945,280  48 

Elementary  School  Districts  (Including  Kindergarten 
and  Sewing  Teachers). 

Abraham  Lincoln       ....      .      .  $65,764  84 

Agassiz   22,964  24 

Bennett   35,406  90 

Bigelow   36,957  07 

Blackinton   21,000  00 


Carried  forward 


$182,093  05 


$979,578  IS 


78 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward 
Bowditch 
Bowdoin 
Bunker  Hill  . 
Chapman 
Charles  Sumner  . 
Christopher  Gibson 
Comins  . 
Dearborn 
Dillaway 
Dudley  . 
Dwight  . 

Edmund  P.  Tileston 

Edward  Everett  . 

Elihu  Greenwood 

Eliot 

Emerson 

Everett 

Francis  Parkman 
Franklin 

Frederic  W.  Lincoln 
Frothingham 
Gaston  . 

George  Putnam  . 
Gilbert  Stuart 
Hancock 
Harvard 
Henry  Grew 
Henry  L.  Pierce  . 
Hugh  O'Brien 
Hyde 
Jefferson 

John  A.  Andrew  . 
John  Cheverus  . 
John  Winthrop 
LawTence 
Lewis  . 
Longfellow  . 
Lowell  . 
Martin  . 
Mary  Hemenway 
Mather 
Minot  . 
Norcross 

Oliver  Hazard  Perry 
Carried  forward 


8182,093  05  $979,578  18 
34,572  88 
34,621  18 
26,928  68 
38,849  07 
34,587  09 
28,505  17 
37,649  65 
56,198  99 
39,294  64 
44,909  01 
35,963  94 
18,707  74 
42,864  54 
28,310  14 
64,852  10 
35,631  27 
30,596  61 
22,846  87 
42,058  48 
30,428  26 
28,423  25 
33,638  33 
46,689  48 
28,095  55 
69,358  48 
28,968  40 
41,289  88 
17,475  65 
46,248  57 
33,119  27 
26,071  82 
41,421  74 
20,471  80 
40,737  00 
30,479  95 
52,095  49 
31,040  21 
40,173  26 
24,958  83 
47,161  00 
61,318  07 
22,289  67 
35,574  33 
31,129  47 


§1,788,698  86    S979,578  18 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


79 


Brought  forward  SI, 788,698  86    $979,578  18 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes   80,488  17 

Phillips  Brooks   36,709  75 

Prescott   27,361  47 

Prince    32,055  07 

Quincy   36,834  01 

Rice   28,406  67 

Robert  G.  Shaw   25,914  14 

Roger  Wolcott   46,246  07 

Samuel  Adams   56,752  25 

Sherwin   34,223  53 

Shurtleff   25,751  08 

Theodore  Lyman   32,418  19 

Thomas  Gardner   41,895  54 

Thomas  N.  Hart   37,480  63 

Ulysses  S.  Grant   38,820  27 

Warren   32,684  27 

Washington   50,597  27 

Washington  Allston   26,599  67 

Wells    64,542  70 

Wendell  PhilHps   43,722  93 

William  E.  Russell   37,989  66 

Kindergarten  Attendants   4,170  86 

Clerical  Assistance  —  no  allowance  — 
Allowance  for  20  additional  assistants  in 
Elementary  Schools,  average  10  months' 

service  at  $600  per  year        ....  10,000  00 
Allowance  for  20  additional  assistants  in 
Elementary  Schools,   average  2  months' 

service  at  $600  per  year        ....  2,000  00 
Allowance  for  5  additional  first  assistants 
kindergarten,  average  2  months'  service  at 

$672  per  year   560  00 

Allowance  for  5  additional  assistants  kinder- 
garten, average  2  months'  service  at  $480 

per  year   400  00 

Allowance  for  3  additional  first  assistants 
kindergarten,  average  10  months'  service  at 

$672  per  year   1,680  00 

Allowance  for  3  additional  assistants  kinder- 
garten, average  10  months'  service  at  $480 

per  year   1,200  00 

Allowance  for  2  additional  assistants  Open 
Air  Classes,  average  10  months'  service  at 

$600  per  year   1,000  00 


Carried  forward 


$2,647,203  06    $979,578  IS 


80 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  $2,647,203  06    $979,578  18 

Allowance  for  8  additional  assistants  Open 
Air  Classes,  average  3  months'  service  at 
$600  per  year   1,200  00 

Allgwance  for  6  additional  assistants  Special 
Classes,  average  9  months'  service,  at  $912 
per  year   4,104  00 

Allowance  for  10  additional  assistants  Special 
Classes,  average  2  months'  service,  at  $912 
per  year   1,520  00 

Allowance  for  2  additional  teachers  of  Sewing, 
average  3  months'  service  at  $600  per 
year   300  00 

Allowance  for  extra  compensation  to  kinder- 
garten teachers  for  afternoon  service  in  the 
grades   2,500  00 

Allowance  for  increasing  salaries  of  teachers 
of  those  ranks  in  Elementary  Day  Schools 
for  which  the  maximum  salary  for  the  year 
ending  August  31,  1911,  was  $1,000  or  less, 
in  addition  to  increases  already  granted      .  3,12145 

Allowance  for  increasing  the  salaries  of 
Assistants  Elementary  Schools  assigned  to 
Boys'  Classes  in  grades  above  the  third 
in  the  Agassiz,  Bigelow,  Dudley,  Dwight, 
EUot,  Frederic  W.  Lincoln,  Lawrence, 
Quincy,  Sherwin,  Thomas  N.  Hart  and 
Wendell  PhilUps  Districts     ....        2,989  60 

Allowance  for  increasing  salaries  of  teachers 
of  ranks  other  than  those  in  Elementary 
Day  Schools  for  which  the  maximum  salary 
for  the  year  ending  August  31,  1911,  was 
$1,000  or  less,  in  addition  to  increases 
hereinbefore  specifically  provided  for  .      .        9,512  55 


Total,  Elementary  Schools   2,672,450  66 

Horace  Mann  School. 

Principal  and  teachers   22,777  17 

Trade  School  for  Girls. 

Principal  and  teachers  $37,123  94 

4  additional  helpers,  3f  f  months'  service      .  904  00 

2  additional  Aids,  74  days,  at  $2.50  per  day  .  370  00 

  38,397  94 


Carried  forward 


$3,713,203  95 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


81 


Brought  forward  §3,713,203  95 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys. 
Principal  and  teachers  S23,035  00 

2  additional  Instructors,  2  months'  service    .  560  00 
Proposed  increases  due  to  reorganization, 

from  September  1    1,120  00 

  24,715  00 

Director  of  Practice  and  Training. 
Director  of  Practice  and  Training   .      .      .      $3,792  33 
First   Assistant   Director  of   Practice  and 

Training  2,071  40 

Assistant  Directors  of  Practice  and  Training 

(3)  at  SI, 652. 33    4,956  99 

  10,820  72 

Department  of  Music. 
Director  S3, 340  00 

3  Assistant  Directors  at  S2,652  .  .  .  7,956  00 
1  Assistant  Director   2,100  00 

4  Assistants  at  Sl,332    5,328  00 

1  Assistant  1,131  87 

1  Assistant   1,132  00 

3  additional  Assistants,  3ff  months'  service,         983  10 

  21,970  97 

Department  of  Evening  and  Continuation  Schools. 

Director  S3,335  67 

1  Assistant  Director   3,000  00 

  6,335  67 

Medical  Inspector 

Medical  Inspector   2,004  00 

Director  of  Kindergartens. 
Director  of  Kindergartens   1,980  00 

Department  of  Manual  Arts. 

Director  S3,419  33 

1  Assistant  Director   2,855  67 

1  Department  Instructor   2,340  00 

1  Department  Instructor   1,779  00 

2  Assistants  at  $1,644    3,288  00 

1  Assistant   1,563  00  . 

1  Assistant  1,519  80 

Carried  forward  $16,764  80  $3,781,030  31 


82 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  

$16,764 

80 

1  Assistant  

1,512 

00 

1  Assistant  

1,352 

20 

1  Assistant  

1,345 

47 

1  Assistant   .  .  

1,021 

47 

5  Pre-Vocational  Instructors,  11  Instructors, 

and  53  Assistant  Instructors  in  Manual 

Training  

79,306 

05 

3  Temporary  Pre-Vocational  Instructors,  to 

July  1  

1,275 

00 

3  additional  Assistant   Instructors  Elemen- 

tary Schools  —  3  months'  service  at  $852 

639 

00 

1  additional  Assistant,  11 3%  months'  service  . 

1,124 

47 

2  additional  Pre-Vocational  Instructors,  Ele- 

mentary Schools,  10  months'  service  at 

$1,332  per  year  

2,220 

00 

4  additional  Temporary  Pre-vocational  In- 

structors, 74  days  at  $6  per  day 

1,776 

00 

3  additional  Pre-vocational  Instructors,  Ele- 

mentary Schools,  3f  f  months'  service  at 

$1,332  per  year  

1,254 

30 

109,590  76 


Homehold  Science  and  Arts. 

Supervisor  $1,980  00 

40  Teachers  of  Cookery   38,209  73 

2  additional  Teachers  of  Cookery,  3  months' 

service  at  $600  per  year   ....  300  00 

Proposed  extension  of  Pre-vocational  Work  for 
girls  and  seventh  and  eighth  grade  over- 
age girls  in  21  schools  —  salaries     .  3,000  00 

  43,489  73 

Supervisor  of  Special  Classes. 
Supervisor  of  Special  Classes   1,702  67 


Continuation  Schools. 


2  Assistants,  elementary  class,  at  $1,224       .  $2,448  00 

1  Assistant,  elementary  class    .      .      .      .  1,133  33 

1  Assistant,  elementary  class    ....  1,053  60 

1  Assistant,  elementary  class    ....  1,050  00 

1  Assistant,  elementary  class    ....  1,049  60 

2  Assistants,  advanced  class,  50  sessions  each 

at  $4  per  session   400  00 


Carried  forward 


$7,134  53  $3,935,813  47 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT.  83 

Brought  forward   $7,134  53  $3,935,813  47 

6  Assistants,  Modern  Languages,  75  sessions 

each  at  S2  per  session   900  00 

5  Assistants,  preparatory  class,  200  sessions 

each  at  $2  per  session   2,000  00 

Proposed  Compulsory  Schools  —  salaries  13,000  00 


23,034  53 


Evening  High  Schools. 
Salaries  of  principals,  teachers  and  clerical  assistants  .      .        39,000  00 

Evening  Elementary  Schools. 
Salaries  of  principals  and  teachers,  existing 

schools  $68,000  00 

2  additional  schools   1,000  00 

2  additional  supervisors  for  the  Non-English 

and  Industrial  Classes  at  $360  ...  720  00 


  69,720  00 

Evening  Industrial  Schools. 
Salaries  of  principals  and  teachers,  existing  schools     .      .         9,000  00 

Evening  School  Extension  (11  schools,  20  nights). 
Salaries  of  principals  and  teachers,  proposed       .      .      .         8,810  00 

Speech  Improvement  Classes. 
1  Assistant,  Elementary  Schools,  assigned     .      $1,476  00 

1  Assistant,  Elementary  Schools,  assigned     .  844  00 

2  additional  Assistants,  Elementary  Schools, 

10  months'  service  at  $780  per  year       .        1,300  00 

  3,620  00 


Improving  Course  in  Arithmetic,  Elementary  Schools. 
Salaries   200  00 

Class  for  Semi-Blind. 
Teachers'  salaries   1,512  00 

Department  of  Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement. 
Director,  10  months'  service  at  $3,780  per  year    .      .      .         3,150  00 

PROPOSED  —  SUMMER  REVIEW  SCHOOLS  (40  day  term). 
High  Review  Schools. 
1  Principal,  $7  per  day  —  13  Assistants,  $5  per  day    .      .         2,940  00 

Carried  forward  $4,096,800  00 


84 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  $4,096,800  00 

Elementary  Review  Schools. 
6  Principals,  $5  per  day  —  60  Assistants,  $2.50  per  day  7,200  00 


Total  appropriation,  salaries  of  instructors    .  .  $4,104,000  00 


SALARIES  OF  OFFICERS. 

Officers,  Clerks,  Assistants  and  Stenographers. 


Superintendent   $10,000  00 

Secretary  (1)  and  assistants  (10)  to  the  Super- 
intendent   10,991  65 

1  Additional  assistant  assigned  to  Depart- 
ment of  Educational  Investigation  and 

Measurement   500  00 

Special  Inspector  of  School  Certificates  .      .  480  00 

Assistant  Superintendents  (6)  .      .      .      .  32,976  00 

Secretary   4,740  00 

Chief  clerk  (1)  and  assistants  (8)  to  the  Sec- 
retary   8,160  00 

Business  Agent   4,740  00 

Assistants  (24)  to  the  Business  Agent  .  .  24,020  00 
Assistant  to  Superintendent  and  Business 

Agent   900  00 

Schoolhouse  Custodian   2,508  00 

Clerk  to  Schoolhouse  Custodian  .  .  .  720  00 
City  Treasurer,  Custodian  of  the  Retirement 

Fund   1,000  00 

Telephone  operator   516  00 

Substitute  telephone  operator  .      .      .      .  182  40 
Allowance  for  temporary  assistance  and  in- 
creases : 

Superintendent,  temporary  assistance  438  75 
Superintendent,  proposed  increases  4,435  00 
Secretary,  temporary  assistance  .  350  00 
Secretary,  proposed  increases  .  .  200  00 
Business  Agent,  temporary  assistance  .  1,468  20 
Business  Agent,  proposed  increases  420  00 
Schoolhouse  Custodian,  temporary  assist- 
ance   25  00 

Schoolhouse  Custodian,  proposed  increases,  40  00 


Total  officers,  clerks,  assistants  and  stenographers  $109,811  00 


Carried  forward  $109,811  00 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


85 


Brought  forward  §109,811  00 


Attendance  Officers. 


1  Cniei  Attenaance  Umcer 

$1,900 

00 

1  Deputy  L/hiei  Attenaance  Urncer 

1,800 

00 

17  Attendance  Officers  at  $1,512 

25,704 

00 

1  Attendance  Officer  at  SI, 503 

1,503 

00 

2  Attendance  Officers  at  $1,404  . 

2,808 

00 

1  Attendance  Officer  

1,133 

00 

4  Temporary  Attendance  Officers  . 

3,000 

00 

2  Additional  Attendance  Officers,  4  months' 

720 

00 

3  Additional  Attendance  Officers  in  connec- 

tion with  proposed  extension  Evening 

Schools,  34  days  

408 

00 

38,976  00 


Supervisor  of  Licensed  Minors. 
1  Supervisor  of  Licensed  Minors   1,503  00 

Total  appropriation,  salaries  of  officers  ....     $150,290  00 


SALARIES  OF  JANITORS. 

Normal  Group: 

Janitor  $7,035  08 

Matron   539  76 

  $7,574  84 

Latin  and  High  Schools: 

English  High  and  Public  Latin    .  .        5,539  56 

English  High  Colony,  Tremont  street  .      .  625  56 

Brighton  High        .  "   .      .      .      .  2,713  36 

Charlestown  High   2,665  00 

Dorchester  High: 

Janitor  $4,948  32 

Matron        ....  539  76 


  5,488  08 

East  Boston  High   2,772  12 

Girls'  High: 

Janitor  $4,635  80 

Matron        ....  539  76 

  5,175  56 

High  School  of  Practical  Arts      .  3,415  36 

Hyde  Park  High   1,875  64 

Mechanic  Arts  High: 

Janitor  $3,395  46 

Engineer      .  .      .        3,120  00 

  6,515  46 


Carried  forward 


$44,360  54 


86 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward 


S44,360  54 
3,896  36 


Roxbury  High 


South  Boston  High: 
Janitor  . 
Matron  . 


$3,380  52 
539  76 


3,920  28 


West  Roxbury  High: 
Janitor  . 
Matron 


$3,061  24 
539  76 


3,601  00 


Total  for  Normal,  Latin  and  High  Schools 

Normal,  Latin  and  High  Schools  as  above  .... 
245  Elementary  School  Buildings: 

Janitors  (including  7  janitors  on  leave  of 
absence  at  one-half  net  compensation, 

$3,449.68)   $244,018  32 

Matrons  (4)   2,159  04 

97  Portables   7,670  00 


Horace  Mann  School: 

Janitor   $929  76 

Matrons  (2)   720  20 


Trade  School  for  Girls  

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  

Evening  Schools,  existing  schools  

Evening  School  Extension,  proposed  schools 

Proposed  Compulsory  Continuation  Schools  .... 

Summer  Review  Schools: 

High   $120  00 

Elementary   720  00 


Supply  Room,  Dartmouth  street  

Employment  certificates.  Placement  Bureau,  218  Tremont 

street   

Mason  Street  Building  

Business  Agent  and  Schoolhouse  Custodian,  168  Tremont 

street    . 

Janitor  service  new  buildings  to  be  completed  during  the 

year  

Temporary  assistance  


$55,778  18 


$55,778  18 


253,847  36 


1,649  96 
2,043  08 
1,530  88 
15,000  00 
1,252  28 
1,000  00 


840  00 
460  72 

437  32 
1,916  72 

224  64 

3,600  00 
418  86 


Total  salaries  of  janitors 


$340,000  00 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


87 


Proposed  Pensions  for  Janitors. 
Pensions  to  18  janitors  from  April  3,  1914,  43  weeks  at 


average  of  $9.48  per  week,  each  $7,337  52 

Present  salaries  to  7  janitors  on  leave  of  absence  at  one-half 

net  compensation   3,449  68 

FUEL  AND  LIGHT. 

23,000  tons  bituminous  coal  at  $4.50            .  $103,500  00 

8,900  tons  anthracite  coal  at  $6.10       .      .  54,290  00 
300  cords  of  wood  at  $10.20,  including 

sawing,  splitting  and  housing  .      .  3,060  00 

300  bushels  of  charcoal  at  $0.15  ...  45  00 

Expert's  advice,  analyses  and  inspections      .  1,200  00 

Expenses  removing  coal  and  wood  .      .      .  100  00 


Total  for  fuel   $162,195  00 

Gas  $7,000  00 

Electric  current  for  light   38,000  00 

Mazda  lamps   1,305  00 

  46,305  00 

Electric  current  for  power   9,500  00 


$218,000  00 


SUPPLIES  AND  INCIDENTALS. 

Normal  School,  190  pupils  at  $6  .  .  .  $1,140  00 
Normal  School,  additional  appropriation       .  600  00 


Total  for  Normal  School  $1,740  00 


(Total  allowance  per  pupil,  $9.16.) 
Latin  and  High  Schools,  14,918  pupils  as  per 
schedule  following,  from  $4.30  to  $3.05  per 

pupil  (average  $4)  

Additional  appropriations  for  High  Schools, 
as  follows: 

High  School  of  Practical  Arts  ($2  per  pupil), 
Mechanic  Arts  High  School  ($2  per  pupil), 
Hyde  Park  High  School  .  .  .  . 
Office  equipment  for  instruction  purposes 

in  High  Schools  

Manual  training  supplies  in  High  Schools 

(except  Mechanic  Arts  High  School) 


$59,734  90 

1,434  00 
2,858  00 
300  00 

1,000  00 

1,500  00 


Carried  forward 


$66,826  90 


$1,740  00 


88 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  $66,826  90       $1,740  00 

Drawing  supplies  for  High  Schools     .  3,100  00 

Art  books  for  High  Schools  ....  200  00 


Total  for  Latin  and  High  Schools   70,126  90 

(Total  allowance  per  pupil,  $4.70.) 

Elementary  Schools  (grades),  86,488  pupils  as 
per  schedule  following,  from  $1.45  to  $0.95 
per  pupil  (average  $1.35)      ....  $116,87180 

Elementary  Schools   (kindergartens),  5,706 

pupils  at  $0.55    3,138  30 

Quincy  District,  additional  appropriation  for 

material  for  Montessori  method  .      .      .  150  00 

Roxbury  Neighborhood  House  Association 

Kindergarten,  60  pupils        .      .      .      .  33  00 

Additional   appropriations   for  Elementary 
School  Districts,  as  follows: 
Charles  Sumner  District       ....  200  00 

Elihu  Greenwood  District  (school  garden)  .  250  00 

Emerson  District   250  00 

George  Putnam  District       ....  200  00 

Martin  District   400  00 

Prince  District   250  00 

Elementary  Schools,  regular  manual  training 

supplies  and  equipment   20,000  00 

Elementary  Schools,  manual  training  supplies 

and  equipment  for  pre-vocational  classes    .        2,700  00 

Elementary  Schools,  manual  training  supplies 

and  equipment  for  special  classes       .      .  600  00 

Elementary  Schools,  manual  training  supplies 

and  equipment  for  ungraded  classes    .      .  800  00 

Elementary  Schools,  manual  training  supplies 

and  equipment  for  girls'  classes    .      .      .  200  00 

Elementary  Schools,  manual  training  text- 
books   200  00 

SuppUes  and  equipment  for  the  Rutland 

Street  Special  Class,  Dwight  District   .      .        1,000  00 

Elementary  Schools,  drawing  supphes  and 

equipment  for  the  grades      ....       13,000  00 

Elementary  Schools,  vases,  models,  plants, 

charts,  illustrations,  etc.       ....  500  00 

Elementary  Schools,  sewing  supplies  for  pro- 
posed pre-vocational  classes  ....  500  00 

Elementary  Schools,  cookery  supplies  for  pro- 
posed pre-vocational  classes  ....  500  00 

Carried  forward  $161,743  10      $71,866  90 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


89 


Brought  forward  $161,743  10     S71,866  90 

Elementary  Schools,  supplies  and  equipment 

for  regular  classes  in  cookery  in  the  grades  .       10,500  00 

Total  for  Elementary  Schools  (92,254  pupils)  .  .  172,243  10 
(Total  allowance  per  pupil,  $1.87.) 

Horace  Mann  School  (exclusive  of  traveling  expenses),  141 

pupils  at  $3.50   493  50 

Trade  School  for  Girls,  supplies  and  equipment,  394  pupils 

at  $30    11,820  00 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys,  179  pupils: 

Supplies  $3,000  00 

Equipment   1,000  00 

Books   180  00 

Repairs  and  replacements  of  equipment    .  500  00 


(Total  allowance  per  pupil,  $26.15.) 

Continuation  Schools: 

Supplies  for  existing  voluntary  schools  $900  00 

Supplies  for  proposed  compulsory  schools  .        2,000  00 


4,680  00 


2,900  00 


Evening  Schools: 

Supplies  for  existing  schools  only   7,500  00 

Evening  School  Extension  as  proposed  (20  nights)      .      .  400  00 

Summer  Review  Schools: 

(Based  on  a  40-day  term.) 

High  Review  Schools,  300  pupils  at  $1.00  .  $300  00 
Elementary  Schools,  1,500  pupils  at  $0.80  .        1,200  00 

—   1,500  00 

Books  and  pedagogical  material,  Director  of  Practice  and 

Training   100  00 

Supplies  for  department  of  educational  investigation  and 

measurement   50  00 

Music  Appropriation: 

Kindergarten  pianos   $700  00 

Concert  grand  pianos   — 

Repairs  and  regulation  of  pianos  .  .  250  00 

Piano  covers   50  00 

Piano  tuning   1,620  00 

Moving  pianos   125  00 

Music  sheets  for  choral  practice  in  High 

Schools   500  00 

Music  sheets  for  choral  practice  in  Ele- 
mentary Schools   1,700  00 

Phonograph  records  and  horn  for  Girls' 

High  School   100  00 

Carried  forward   .     ~      .      .      .      .      $5,045  00    $273,553  50 


90 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


Brought  forward  

Orchestral  instruments,   High  School  of 
Commerce  

Printing  and  stock  for  same  .... 
Advertising  .      .      .      .  . 
Records,  proceedings,  newspapers,  etc.  . 
Account  books,  etc  

Stationery  

Postage  

Office  equipment  

Office  supplies  

Janitors'  supplies  

Express  charges  

Transportation : 

(a)  Railroad    and    other    fares  (except 
street   car   tickets),   Horace  Mann 

School  pupils  

(6)  Car  tickets  as  authorized  by  the  Board  . 

Tuition  of  Boston  pupils : 

(a)  Wards  of  the  city  

{h)  Others  

Miscellaneous  appropriation : 


$5,045  00    $273,553  50 


Fund,  traveling  expenses  of  Superin- 
tendents and  teachers  of  all  ranks, 
educational  magazines,  books,  lec- 


150  00 

$20,000  00 
1,000  00 
2,200  00 
375  00 

$2,000  00 
4,200  00 
1,000  00 
1,200  00 


$1,100  00 
4,000  00 


$7,500  00 
5,500  00 


(a)  School  census  

$1,900 

00 

(6)  Diplomas  

2,500 

00 

(c)  Removing  ashes  and  snow 

2,500 

00 

{d)  Surety  bond.  Business  Agent 

50 

00 

(e)  School  Committee  Contingent  Fund, 

carriage  hire,  refreshments,  etc.  . 

500 

00 

(J)  Board  of  Superintendents  Contingent 

tures,  etc  

1,500 

00 

{g)  Assistance  at  teachers'  examinations 

1,200 

00 

(Ji)  Promotional  examinations,  expenses 

400 

00 

{i)  School  exhibits  

0)  Telephone  and  telegraph 

3,200 

00 

1,400 

00 

{I)  Badges,  licensed  minors  .... 

300 

00 

5.195  00 


23,575  00 


8,400  00 
19,000  00 
1,000  00 


5,100  00 


13,000  00 


Carried  forward 


$15,450  00    $348,823  50 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


91 


Brought  forward   115,450  00    $348,823  50 

{m)  Expenses,  Committee  on  Plans  for  Ele- 
mentary School  Buildings  and  Com- 
mittee on  Plans  for  High  School 

Buildings   100  00 

(n)  Professional  and  cultural  courses  for 

teachers   1,600  00 

(o)  Services  of  certified  public  accountants, 
auditing  accounts  of  the  Business 

Agent   1,000  00 

(p)  Experts'  services  to  the  Business  Agent  900  00 

{q)  Traveling  expenses.  Business  Agent      .  250  00 

(r)  Automobile  supplies,   equipment,  re- 
pairs, garage  charges,  etc.  .      .      .        2,400  00 
(s)  Supplies  improving  course  in  arthmetic       2,100  00 
(0  Supplies,  Classes  for  the  Semi-Blind     .  25  00 

(w)  Stock  increase   — 

{z)  Sundries  5,351  50 

  29,176  50 


Total  .$378,000  00 

Deduct  proposed  reduction  in  inventory   2,862  07 


Total  appropriation,  supplies  and  incidentals 


$375,137  93 


92 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  1. 


SCHEDULE  FOR  SUPPLIES  AND  INCIDENTALS  FOR  LATIN  AND  HIGH  SCHOOLS, 

1914-15. 

Each  school  shall  be  allowed  $4.30  for  each  pupil  up  to  400;  for  all  pupils 
in  excess  of  400  each  school  is  to  be  allowed  $4.05  per  pupil  up  to  800; 
for  all  pupils  in  excess  of  800  each  school  is  to  be  allowed  $3.80  per  pupil 
up  to  1,200;  for  all  pupils  in  excess  of  1,200  each  school  is  to  be  allowed 
$3.55  per  pupil  up  to  1,600;  for  all  pupils  in  excess  of  1,600  each  school  is 
to  be  allowed  $3.30  per  pupil  up  to  2,000,  and  for  all  pupils  in  excess  of 
2,000  each  school  is  to  be  allowed  $3.05  per  pupil. 

It  should  be  understood  that  the  allowance  per  pupil  is  the  same  in  all 
schools  up  to  the  limit  of  the  number  of  pupils. 


Number  of  Pupils. 

Allowance 
Per  Pupil. 

Total 
Allowance. 

Up  to  400  

$4  30 

$1,720 

401  to  800  

4  05 

3,340 

801  to  1,200  

3  80 

4,860 

1,201  to  1,600  

3  55 

6,280 

1,601  to  2,000  

3  30 

7,600 

2,001  and  upwards  

3  05 

SCHEDULE  FOR  SUPPLIES  AND  INCIDENTALS  FOR  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS  — 
GRADES,  1914-15. 

Each  school  shall  be  allowed  $1.45  per  pupil  up  to  600;  for  all  pupils  in 
excess  of  600  each  school  is  to  be  allowed  $1.35  per  pupil  up  to  1,000;  for 
all  pupils  in  excess  of  1,000  each  school  is  to  be  allowed  $1.25  per  pupil  up 
to  1,400;  for  all  pupils  in  excess  of  1,400  each  school  is  to  be  allowed  SI. 15 
per  pupil  up  to  1,800;  for  all  pupils  in  excess  of  1,800  each  school  is  to  be 
allowed  $1.05  per  pupil  up  to  2,200;  for  all  pupils  in  excess  of  2,200  each 
school  is  to  be  allowed  $0.95  per  pupil. 

It  should  be  understood  that  the  allowance  per  pupil  is  the  same  in  all 
schools  up  to  the  limit  of  the  number  of  pupils. 


Number  of  Pupils. 


Allowance 
per  Pupil. 


Total 
Allowance. 


Up  to  600  

601  to  1,000  

1,001  to  1,400  

1,401  to  1,800  

1,801  to  2,200  

2,201  and  upwards 


$870 
1,410 
1,910 
2,370 
2,790 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT. 


93 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION. 


1  Director  of  School  Hygiene  ....  $3,756  00 

1  Associate  Director,  no  allowance       .      .  — 

1  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics    .            .  2,700  00 

1  Assistant  Director  of  Physical  Training    .  2,400  00 

1  Instructor  in  Athletics,  to  August  31,  1914  1,000  00 
3  Assistant  Instructors  in  Athletics  at  $1,116 

to  August  31,  1914    2,232  00 

1  Instructor  in  Military  Drill        .      .  2,004  00 

1  Assistant  Instructor  in  Military  Drill       .  1,800  00 

1  Clerk  to  Director  of  School  Hygiene  840  00 

1  Armorer   1,080  00 

1  Head  of  Department  of  Physical  Training  1,980  00 

6  Instructors  in  Physical  Training  at  $1,356  8,136  00 

1  Instructor  in  Physical  Training  .      .      .  1,336  60 

1  Instructor  in  Physical  Training  .      .      .  1,332  00 

1  Instructor  in  Physical  Training  .      .      .  1,284  00 

2  Instructors' in  Physical  Training  at  $1,188  2,376  00 
1  Instructor  in  Physical  Training,  from  Sep- 
tember 1,  1914    396  00 

1  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical  Training  1,132  80 

3  Assistant  Instructors  in  Physical  Training 

at  $1,068    3,204  00 

1  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical  Training  .  1,066  00 

1  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical  Training  .  1,065  80 

1  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical  Training  .  1,049  80 

1  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical  Training  .  1,031  40 

1  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical  Training  .  972  00 
1  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical  Training, 

11  months'  service  at  $972  per  year  .  891  00 
1  Instructor  Drum  Corps  and  Orchestra  at 

$2  per  lesson   224  00 

1  Temporary  Instructor  in  Military  Drill  at 

$3.50  per  day   300  00 

6  Teacher  Coaches  at  $3  per  day,  100  days  1,800  00 
11  Teacher  Coaches  at  $2  per  day,  100  days  2,200  00 
Teacher  Managers,  8  schools  at  $130       .  1,040  00 
Estimated  allowance  for  increase  in  sala- 
ries   135  00 

Equipment  and  supplies  for  high  and  ele- 
mentary schools   3,800  00 

Playgrounds,  salaries   23,482  30 

Playgrounds,  supplies   4,000  00 


Total,  Physical  Education  $82,046  70 


94  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO  1. 

Amount  available  under  chapter  295  of  the 
Acts  of  1907,  viz.,  4  cents  on  each  $1,000  of 
the  valuation  of  the  city       ....     $59,083  49 

Physical  Education  Special  Appropriation, 
amount  that  must  be  diverted  from  the 
appropriation  for  general  school  purposes    .      22,963  21 

  $82,046  70 

NURSES. 

1  Supervising  Nurse  $1,283  80 

23  Assistant  Nurses  at  $840     ....       19,320  00 

1  Assistant  Nurse   755  87 

4  Assistant  Nurses  at  $710.67  .      .        2,842  68 

1  Assistant  Nurse   695  87 

1  Assistant  Nurse   679  47 

4  Temporary  Nurses,  1  month's  service,  $54 

each   216  00 

4  Assistant  Nurses,  11  months'  service  at 

$648  per  year   2,376  00^ 

1  Temporary  Nurse,  10  months'  service  at 

$648  per  year   540  00 

3  Additional  Nurses,  3f  f  months  at  $54  per 

month   604  80 

Proposed  increases  in  salaries  of  Assistant 

Nurses,  September  1  1,631  00 

Supplies   1,096  26 


Total  appropriation  for  Nurses  $32,041  75 

Amount  available  under  chapter  357  of  the 
Acts  of  1907,  viz.,  2  cents  on  each  $1,000 
of  the  valuation  of  the  city  ....     $29,541  75 

Amount  that  must  be  diverted  from  the  appro- 
priation for  general  school  purposes    .      .        2,500  00 

  $32,041  75 

PENSIONS. 

For  pensions  to  retired  teachers  and  payments  to  the  Trus- 
tees of  the  Permanent  Pension  Fund  $73,854  36 

EXTENDED  USE  OF  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS. 

Director   $2,580  00 

Assistant  Director   2,508  00 

2  Assistant  Managers  at  $1,200  per  year  2,400  00 
Assistant  to  Acting  Director,  305  days  at 

$2.50    762  50 

Clerks   1,620  00 

  $9,870  50 


Carried  forward 


$9,870  50 


REPORT  OF  THE  BUSINESS  AGENT.  95 

Brought  forward   S9,870  50 

Estimated  cost  of  activities  under  chapter  195  of  the  Acts  of 

1912    19,679  49 

Reserve  for  permanent  equipment  and  extension  of  above 

work   14,615  57 

Total,  Extended  Use  of  the  Pubhc  Schools    .      .      .       $44,165  56 

Amount  available  under  chapter  195  of  the 
Acts  of  1912,  viz.,  2  cents  on  each  S1,000  of 
the  valuation  of  the  city       ....     $29,541  74 
Balance  unexpended  appropriation,  1913-14      14,615  57 
Credit,  portion  of  income,  1913-14  ...  8  25 

  $44,165  56 

REPAIRS,  ALTERATIONS  AND  RENTS. 

(To  be  expended  by  the  Schoolhouse  Department.) 
Repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings    .   $443,126  18 
Rents  of  hired  school  accommodations   .      .      30,000  00 


  $473,126  18 

Ordered,  That  to  meet  the  current  expenses  of  the  School  Committee  and 
provide  funds  for  repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings,  rents  of 
hired  school  accommodations,  pensions  to  teachers,  etc.,  during  the  finan- 
cial year  February  1,  1914,  to  January  31,  1915,  the  following  sums  be 


appropriated  for  the  purposes  stated : 

Salaries  of  instructors      '   $4,104,000  00 

Salaries  of  officers                                                        .  150,290  00 

Salaries  of  janitors   340,000  00 

Fuel  and  light   218,000  00 

Supplies  and  incidentals   375,137  93 

"  Physical  education   59,083  49 

Physical  education,  special  appropriation      ....  22,963  21 

Salaries  and  expenses  of  nurses   32,041  75 

Pensions  to  teachers  .      .      .  73,854  36 

Extended  use  of  the  public  schools   44,165  56 

Pensions  to  janitors   7,337  52 

Repairs  and  alterations  to  school  buildings    ....  443,126  18 

Rents  of  hired  school  accommodations   30,000  00 


Total  $5,900,000  00 


The  above  order  appropriating  the  sum  of  $5,900,000  for  the  purposes 
stated  was  passed  by  the  School  Committee  on  March  26,  1914,  and  was 
approved  by  his  Honor  the  Mayor  on  April  2,  1914. 


TOTAL  AND  PKR  CAPITA  COSTS  OK  SCHOOLS  AND  ALL  OTHER  ACTIVITIKS. 

INCLUDING  COSTS  OF  ADMINISTRATION,  SUPERVISION  AND  GENERAL  CHARGES. 


Normal 
School. 

Latin  and 
High  Schools. 

Elementary 
Schools. 

Horace 
School. 

Trade 
School 
for  Girls.* 

Boston 
Industrial 

School 
for  Boys. 

Continua- 
School. 

Evening 
Schools. 

Evening 
Schools. 

Evening 
School. 

Park 
Playgrounds 

Schoolyard 
Playgrounds 

Evening 
Centers. 

Girls'  High 
Gymnasium. 

Lectures. 

Use  of 
Accommo- 

»40.800  13 

202 
«200  62 

199 
$205  03 

$1,059,545  68 
13,733 

$77  15 
12,926 

$81  97 

$3,234,377  63 
89,755 

$36  04 
82,217 

$39  34 

$28,910  25 
136 

$212  59 
121 

$238  93 

$49,999  88 

$26,327  72 
137 

$192  18 
127 

$207  30 

$9,468  01 

$53,424  30 

$87,981  23 

$12,285  70 

$16,181  05 

$9,115  96 

$19,718  74 

$410  95 

$2,974  SO 

$1,185  25 

Cost  exclusive  of  administration,  supervision  and  general  charges. 
Average  membership. 

Average  attendance. 

Cost  per  pupil,  direct  charges  only  (on  average  attendance). 

Coat  per  pupil  per  session,  direct  charges  only  (on  average  attendance) 

•23 

3,408 
$15  68 
$0  234 

5,572 
$15  79 
$0  159 

364 
$33  75 
$0  545 

10,636 
$1  52 
$0  009 

3,397 
$2  68 
$0  019 

2,342 
$8  42 
$0  177 

96 
$4  28 
$0  195 

$0  25 

Above  cost  bro    ht  down 

$40,800  13 
1,255  08 

$1,059,545  68 
39,195  85 

$3,234,377  63 
206,319  44 

$28,910  23 
593  88 

$49,999  88 
2,686  62 

$26,327  72 
1,410  39 

$9,468  01 
2,197  17 

$53,424  30 
9,212  86 

$87,981  23 
17,482  07 

$12,285  70 
3,254  00 

$16,181  OS 
1,066  11 

1,422  62 

S19,718  74 
4,564  61 

$2,974  50 
524  65 

31|135  25 
209  88 

Above  cost  brought  down. 

Cost  of  administration,  supervision  and  general  charges. 
Total  coal. 

Cost  per  pupil,  total  (on  average  membership) . 
Cost  per  pupil,  total  (on  average  attendance). 
Cost  per  pupil  per  session,  total  {on  average  attendance) . 

Co  t  f  d  •  T  f  n  su  ervision  and  general  charges 
,    P                 g  g 

$42,055  21 
$208  19 
$211  33 

$1,098,741  53 
$85  00 

1  $3,440,697  07 
I $38  15 
i$41  63 

$29,504  13 
$216  94 
$243  84 

$52,686  50 

$27,738  11 
$202  47 
$218  41 

$11,665  18 

$62,637  16 

$105,463  30 

,$15,539  70 

$17,247  16 

$10,538  58 

$24,283  35 

$463  41 

$3,499  15 

$1,395  11 

$18  38 
SO  274 

$18  93 
$0  181 

$42  69 
SO  689 

$1  62 
$0  01 

$3  10 
$0  022 

$10  37 
$0  218 

$0  31 

$42,055  21 
3 

$1,098,741  53 
50 

I  $3,440,697  07 
11 

$29,504  13 

$52,686  50 

$27,738  11 
6 

$11,665  18 

$62,637  16 

$105,463  30 
1 

$15,539  70 
18 

$17,247  16 

$10,538  58 

$24,283  35 

S463  41 

$3,499  15 

$1,395  11 

Above  total  cost  brought  down. 
Number  of  non-resident  pupils. 

4 

$556  00 
199 
196 

$3,968  80 
13,683 
12,876 

$429  95 
t  90,185 
1  82,647 

$5,702  72 

$1,752  80 
131 
121 

$65  00 

$9  00 

$586  70 

Deduct  tuition  received  for  non-resident  pupils. 
Number  of  resident  pupils  (on  average  membership). 
Number  of  resident  pupils  (on  average  attendance) . 

Total  cost  of  resident  pupils. 

Cost  per  resident  pupil,  total  (on  average  membership). 
Coat  per  resident  pupil,  total  (on  average  attendance). 
Coat  per  resident  pupil  per  session,  total  (on  average  attendance). 

Numbe  of  esideat   u  iU  on  avera  e  mimbershi 
P  P     (            g  P) 

136 
121 

P  P     (  g 

3,404 

5,571 

346 

10,636 

3,397 

2,342 

$41,499  21 
$208  54 
$211  73 

$1,094,772  73 
$80  01 
$85  02 

$3,440,267  12 
$38  15 
$41  63 

$29,504  13 
$216  94 
$243  84 

$46,983  78 

$25,985  31 
$198  36 
$214  75 

'$11,665  18 

$62,572  16 

$105,454  30 

$14,953  00 

$17,247  16 

$10,538  58 

$24,283  35 

$463  41 

$3,499  15 

$1,395  11 

$18  38 
$0  274 

$18  93 
$0  181 

$43  22 
$0  698 

$1  62 
$0  01 

$3  10 
$0  022 

$10  37 
$0  218 

>$0  31 

Cost  of  resident   u  ils  brou  ht  down 

$41,499  21 

$1,094,772  73 
4,241  29 

$3,440,267  12 
22,126  42 

$29,504  13 
23,371  03 

$46,983  78 
t  26  955  48 

$25,985  31 

i  {11,665  18 

$62,572  16 
4,629  SO 

$105,454  30 
5,530  26 

$14,953  00 
7,225  47 

$10,538  58 

$24,283  35 

$3  499  15 

Cost  of  resident  pupils  brought  down. 
Deduct  income. 

Net  cost  of  resident  pupils.t 

Net  cost  per  resident  pupil  (on  average  membership)  .f 
Net  cost  per  resident  pupil  (on  average  attendance)  .f 
Net  cost  per  resident  pupil  per  session  (on  average  attendance).! 

Deduct  income 

137  70 

8  25 

$41,361  51 
$207  85 
$211  03 

$1,090,531  44 
$79  69 
$84  69 

$3,418,140  70 
$37  90 
$41  36 

$6,133  10 
$45  10 
S50  69 

$20,028  30 

$25,604  98 
$195  46 
$211  61 

» $10,155  49 

$57,942  66 

$99,924  04 

$7,727  53 

$17,247  16 

$10,538  58 

$24,275  10 

$463  41 

$3,499  15 

$1,395  11 

$17  02 
SO  254 

$17  94 
JO  172 

$22  33 
$0  361 

SI  62 
$0  01 

S3  10 
$0  022 

$10  37 
SO  218 

•$0  27 

*  The  accounts  of  the  Trade  School  for  Girls,  regular  and  summer  term,  and  the  Girls'  Evening  Trade  School  were  consolidated  on  April  1,  1912.  •  Cost  for  resident  and  non-resident  pupils. 

t  That  part  of  the  total  cost  coming  from  the  School  Committee's  share  of  the  tax  levy.  »  Half  the  net  cost  of  maintenance  as  aid  from  the  Commonwealth  for  the  period  December  1,  1911,  to  November  30,  1912,  amounting  to  $15,170.89;  sale  of 

'  Including  the  cost  of  tuition  of  pupils  in  the  schools  of  Brookline,  Dedham,  Everett  and  Winthrop  and  of  wards  of  the  city  placed  in  other  cities  and  towns,  materials,  $11,551.82;  interest  on  deposit,  $19.01;  telephone  charges,  S8.80;  forfeited  advance  payments.  Evening  Trade  School,  and  interest  on  same,  $204.96;  total, 

the  average  number  of  such  pupils  —  441  —  should  be  added  to  the  average  membership  and  average  attendance,  making  a  total  of  90,196  pupils  on  average  mem-  $26,955.48. 

bership  and  82,658  on  average  attendance.  « Average  attendance  per  class,  23;  number  of  class  sessions,  1,649. 


The  cost  of  tuition  of  pupils,  residents  of  the  City  of  Boston,  attending  industrial  schools  in  other  cities  and  towns,  amounting  to  $80,  is  included  under 
general  charges,  but  the  number  of  such  pupils  (1)  is  not  included  in  the  average  membership  or  average  attendance  of  any  of  the  above  schools. 


COST    OF    DAY    SCJrLOO'LS*— Continued. 

HORACE  MANN  SCHOOL.* 


Prinopal. 

Salaries  of 
Teachers. 

Salaries 

of 
Clerks. 

Salaries  of 
Jaoitors. 

Fuel, 

Electric 
Light. 

Electric 

Gas. 

Text 
Books. 

Supplementary 
Reference 

Drawing 

Manual 
Training 
SuppUes. 

Cookery 
Supplies. 

Kinder- 
Supplies. 

Music 
Supplies. 

laneous 
Educational 
Supplies. 

Travelling 
of'pupffs' 

Telephone 

Janitors' 
Supplies. 

Salaries. 

Nurses' 
SuppUes 

Incidentals 

Physical 
plication 

Physical 
Education 

Total. 

Credits. 
Discarded 
Books. 

Net 
Total.* 

Average 
Member- 

^PupU*"^ 
Member- 

Cost  per 
Pupil 

Attend- 

Horace  Mann  School  

»2,855  67 

tl9,920  33 

1  $1,680  87 

$434  00 

$117  04 

$160  30 

$32  76 

$35  19 

$67  07 

$10  91 

$16  45 

$79  99 

$0  81 

$9  68 

$3  60 

$90  85 

$211  60 

$8  88 

$28,911  93 

$1  68 

$28,910  25* 

136 

$212  69* 

121 

$238  93* 

Horace  Mann  School. 

TRADE  SCHOOL  FOR  GIRLS.  ^ 


Salaries 
Janitors. 


Supplementary 
Reference 


Manual 
Training 


Cookery 
Supplies 

Equipment. 


Jiewing 
Equipment. 


Physical 
Education 
Salaries. 


Physical 
Education 
Supplies. 


Credits. 
Discarded 
Books. 


Trade  School  for  Girls   $3,100  00   $32,195  67   $1,408  23  $1,938 


$383  12     $473  79     $144  36        $5  25 


$45  90      $71  02 


$6  00       $412  28 


$794  61    $49,999  88 


Trade  School  for  Girla. 


The  accounts  of  the  Trade  School  for  Girls,  regular  and  summer  term,  and  the  Girls'  Evening  Trade  School  were  consolidated 
The  value  of  work  done  by  the  Trade  School  for  Girls  for  other  units  of  the  school  system  (not  included  in  the  above  account) 
The  value  of  work  done  by  the  school  for  the  school  itself  (not  included  in  the  above  account)  amounted  to  $ 


BOSTON  INDUSTRIAL  SCHOOL  FOR  BOYS,^ 


School. 

Salary  of 
Principal. 

Salaries  of 
Teachers. 

Salaries 

of 
Clerks. 

Salaries 
of 

Janitors. 

Fuel. 

Electric 
Light. 

Electric 

Gas. 

Text 
Books. 

Supplementary 

Reference 
Books. 

Drawing 
Equipment. 

Manual 
Training 
Supplies 

Equipment. 

Cooking 
Equipment, 

Miscellaneous 
Educational 
Supplies. 

Printing. 

Postage. 

Telephone. 

Travelling 
Expenses 

Principal. 

Carfares 
Incidentals. 

SuppUes. 

Salaries. 

Physical 
Education 
Salaries. 

Physical 
Education 
Supplies. 

Total. 

Credits. 
Discarded 
Books. 

Net 
Total.* 

Average 
Member- 

Cost  per 
Pupil 

Member- 

Attend- 

AttenS- 

SCHOOU 

$3,340  00 

$16,427  14 

$647  SO 

$1,716  76 

$560  52 

$341  35 

$264  77 

$46  10 

$132  24 

$9S  42 

$197  27 

$1,910  98 

$310  35 

$47  30 

$76  76 

$50  00 

$104  84 

$56  43 

$26,327  72 

$26,327  72* 

137 

$192  18* 

127 

$207  30» 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys. 

The  value  of  work  done  I 


CONTINUATION  SCHOOL.^ 


School. 

Salary  of 
Principal. 

Salaries  of 
Teachers. 

Salaries  of 
Clerks. 

Salaries  of 
Janitors. 

Fuel. 

Electric 
Light. 

Electric 

Gas. 

Text 
Books. 

Supplementary 

Reference 
Books. 

Drawing 

Manual 
Training 

Cooking 
Supplies. 

Miscellaneous 
Educational 

Telephone. 

Incidentals. 

Janitors' 
Supplies. 

SuppUes. 

Physical 
Education 

Physical 
Education 

Total. 

Discarded 
Books. 

Net 
Total.* 

Number 
of  Class 
Sessions. 

Attendance 
per  Class. 

^cSass" 
Session.* 

Continuation  School  

■  $1,720  00 

$6,861  19 

$379  80 

$67  28 

$4  60 

$216  11 

$152  37 

$14  57 

$17  75 

$34  16 

$0  28 

$9,468  01 

1,649 

23 

$0  25* 

Continuation  School. 

'  To  August  31,  1913. 


•  EXCLUSIVE  OP  COSTS  OF  ADMINISTRATION,  SUPERVISION  AND  GENERAL  CHARGES. 
EXCLUSIVE  OP  COSTS  OF  BUILDINQ,  DEPRECIATION,  REPAIRS,  INTEREST  AND  SINKING  FUND  CHARQES. 


COST    OF    EVENINO  SCHOOLS.* 

EVENING- HIGH  SCHOOLS.* 


Central  High  

Gills'  High  

Charlestown  Commercial  High. . 
Dorchester  Commercial  High ... 
East  Boston  Commercial  High . . 

Hyde  Park  High  

North  Commercial  High  

Rosbury  Commercial  High  

South  Boston  Commercial  High. . 


Totals   $4,264  00    $37,052  00  $1,103 


$7,418  00 
5,080  00 
2,946  00 
5,984  00 
2,638  00 
604  00 
1,540  00 
6,900  00 
4,942  00 


$128  00 
141  00 
141  00 

140  00 
139  00 

141  00 
143  00 


326  44 
86  22 


83,030  54    $2,203  02 


$395  97 
396  97 


402  00 
396  00 


J,096  54  $665 


$25  82 
111  15 

31  47 
67  74 

32  96 
4  67 


Miscellaneous 
Educational 
Supplies. 


S154  25 
41  95 
67  71 
91  47 
62  i 
16  ( 
31  63 
95  29 
88  25 


7  00 
19  50 


5  00 
5  00 


Credits. 
Discarded 
Teit 


7,418  74 
4,606  81 
8,512  97 
4,183  83 
853  00 
2,399  63 
7,989  70 
7,037  44 


$10,222  1 
7,418  74* 
4,6P6  I 
8,512  ! 
4,183  i 

863 
2,699 
7,989  70* 
7,037 


17  66* 

15  37* 

16  21* 
21  33* 

18  05* 


i,424  30    853,424  30* 


Central  High. 
Girls'  High. 

Charlestown  Commercial  High. 
Dorchester  Commercial  High. 
East  Boston  Commercial  High. 
Hyde  Paric  High. 
North  Commercial  High. 
Roxbury  Commercial  High. 
South  Boston  Commercial  High, 

Totals. 


EVENING  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS.' 


Miscellaneous 
Educational 


Credits. 
Discarded 
Text 


$510  00 
505  00 
510  00 
510  00 
510  00 
510  00 
510  00 


510  00 
190  00 


4,424  I 
3,086  1 


$509  46 
697  14 
889  50 
624  98 
298  42 
810  95 


617  34 
203  48 


131  23 
292  93 


464  17 
615  49 


399  96 
306  00 
204  00 
204  00 
204  00 
357  C 


304  00 
204  00 


140  40 
241  74 


96  00 
70  00 


28  40 

63  20 


23  00 
23  00 


$6  00 
3  00 


S3,334  30 
6,989  76 
6,857  18 
4,860  05 
2,596  67 
8,412  02 
6,923  94 
3,155  73 
4,730  61 
2,056  40 
2,410  06 
1,430  72 
1,946  59 
4,689  58 
5,460  73 
6,142  92 
3,110  46 

3,563  60 
4,4S5  08 


$22  63* 

$0  221* 

Abraham  Lincoln. 

IS  48* 

153* 

16  25* 

159* 

Bowdoin. 

13  35* 

131* 

20  60* 

202* 

Dearborn. 

15  81* 

165* 

EUot. 

14  39* 

Franklin. 

19  85* 

197* 

F.  W.  Lincoln. 

15  26* 

149* 

Hancock. 

19  22* 

188* 

Hyde  Park. 

20  96* 

205* 

John  Cheverus. 

9  11* 

239* 

Marshall. 

18  72* 

Mather. 

16  75* 

164* 

Phillips  Brooks. 

13  25* 

129* 

Quincy. 

14  69* 

144* 

Theodore  Lyman. 

19  94* 

196* 

15  17* 

149* 

Washington. 

20  25* 

199* 

Washington  Allston. 

13  31* 

130* 

Wells. 

$55,098  50    $10,020  49    $4,786  00 


i,719  04  $1,452 


EVENING  INDUSTRIAL  SCHOOLS.* 


Schools, 

Salary  of 
Principal. 

Salaries  of 
Teachers. 

^cSS.°' 

Salaries  of 
Janitors. 

Fuel. 

Light. 

Text 
Books. 

Drawing 
Supplies 

Equipment. 

Manual 
Training 
Supphes  and 
Equipment. 

Models. 

Miscellaneous 
Educational 

Printing. 

Incidentals. 

Janitors' 

Total.* 

Number 
Sessions. 

Avera^ 

Cost  per 
Pupil.* 

Cost  per 
Pupil  per 
Session.* 

Schools. 

$696  00 

$3,481  75 
1,092  50 

$128  00 

$674  91 

$9  60 

$22  72 
59  50 
34  06 

S278  26 
158  63 
7  12 

$17  77 

38 
3  35 
38 

$6  62 

85,569  43* 

64 

161 

$38  88* 

$0  576* 

Central. 

306  cot 

109  15 
53  72 
146  61 

157  50 
21  12 
31  72 

125  00 

$03  00 

$189  00 
42  24 

$0  66 

2,299  01* 

63 

34  83* 

553* 

Brimmer  Branch. 

717  50 
2U  00 

2  62 

937  16* 

64 

28  40* 

444* 

East  Boston  Branch. 

52  46 
254  70 

17  03 
97  85 

2  62 

369  63* 

61 

15 

24  64* 

404* 

Hyde  Park  Branch. 

37S  OOt 

1,634  50 
190  00 

124  81 
80  00 

$00  00 

3  93 

2,828  94* 

63 

84 

33  68* 

535* 

Roibury  Branch. 

$9  00 

281  63* 

28 

15 

18  78* 

722* 

South  End  Branch. 

Totals  

$1,440  00 

$7,327  25 

$128  00 

$1,193  19 

$591  14 

$63  00 

$638  40 

$9  60 

8231  22 

8649  42 

860  00 

$25  81 

$9  00 

$19  01 

$0  66 

$12,285  70* 

364 

$33  75* 

$0  545* 

_  Totals. 

t  Salary  of  assistant  principal. 


•EXCLUSIVE  OF  COSTS  OF  ADMINISTRATION,  SUPERVISION  AND  QENERAL  CHARGES. 
EXCLUSIVE  OF  COSTS  OF  BUILDING,  DEPRECIATION,  REPAIRS,  INTEREST  AND  SINKING  FUND  CHARGES. 


COST  OF  ACTIVITIES,  EXTENDED  USE  OF  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS.* 


EVENING  CENTERS.* 


EvENiNQ  Centers 

Salaries  of 
Managers, 
Leaders, 

Payments 
Lecturers. 

Salaries  of 
Janitors. 

Fuel. 

Light. 

Moving 
Machines 
Accessories 

Films 

Mo\'ing 
Picture 
Booths 

Accessories 

Accessories 
Repairs. 

Other 
Musical 
Instruments. 

Music 
Supplies. 

Athletic 
Supplies. 

SuppUes 
Equipment. 

Subscriptions 
Periodicals. 

Miscellaneous 

Printing. 

S^ok  and 
Furniture. 

Incidentals 

Tots 

.* 

Nupiber 
Sessions. 

Average 
Attend- 

Per 
Capita 
Cost.* 

Per 
Capita 
Cost  per 
Session.* 

Evening  Centbhs. 

$2,552  00 
479  50 
2,612  67 
1,601  00 
1,819  00 
220  00 

$132  50 

$293  71 
79  82 
295  13 
233  34 
313  40 
93  99 

$241  56 

SlOO  63 
64 

244  00 
183  OO 
19  00 

$18  50 
234  00 
7  00 
90  50 
204  00 

$158  19 
142  28 
164  70 
134  99 
157  44 
119  58 

$382  39 
143  50 
236  97 
125  60 
509  77 
143  50 

S200  00 

$583  00 
190  00 

$50  00 

$35  17 
63 
55  15 
78  65 
61  86 

$5  25 
8  13 

15  42 
3  00 

17  98 

SU6  48 
106  34 
103  43 
105  42 
111  46 
11  05 

$23  00 

$4  17 
4  17 
4  16 

4  17 
4  17 

$167  63 
6  75 
52  67 
41  70 
12  63 
9  50 

$62  55 

33  70 
124  95 
100  00 

64  95 

34  25 

$8  00 
2  00 
8  00 
24  41 
24  00 

$40  00 

$9  76 

$5,189  51* 
1,431  46* 
4,450  43* 
3,689  68* 
4,240  12* 
717  54* 

40 
61 
20 

386 

636 

394 
235 

$13  44* 

7  00* 

10  76* 
3  05* 

$0  220* 

114* 

176* 
153* 

Charlestown  Evening  Center. 
Dorchester  Evening  Center. 
East  Boston  Evening  Center. 

South  Boston  Evening  Center. 
Washington  Evening  Center. 

131  00 
222  83 
252  94 

122  00 
241  56 
241  56 
38  00 

253  21 
121  00 
119  87 

47  43 
23  00 
23  00 

10  80 

11  12 
11  09 

250  00 
128  00 

27  40 

$9,284  17 

$763  77 

$1,309  39 

$S84  63 

S751  03 

$560  00 

$877  18 

$1,641  73 

$694  08 

$778  00 

$428  00 

$221  46 

$49  78 

$556  IS 

$116  43 

$25  00 

$290  88 

$410  40 

$66  41 

$67  40 

$42  77 

$19,718  74* 

2,342 

$8  42* 

$0  177* 

Totals. 

GIRLS'  HIGH  GYMNASIUM.* 


Salaries  of 
Conductors, 

Salaries  of 

Fuel. 

Light. 

Athletic 
Supplies. 

Miscellaneous 
Supplies. 

Printing. 

Incidentals. 

Total.* 

Number 
of 

Sessions. 

Average 
Attend- 

Per 
Capita 
Cost.* 

Per 
Capita 
Cost  per 

Girls'  I 

lieh  Gymnasium  

$137  00 

$151  74 

S31  50 

$1  35 

$6  20 

$410  95* 

22 

96 

$4  28* 

$0  195* 

LECTURES.* 


Payments  to 
Lecturers 
for  Public 
Lectures. 

Payments  to 
Lecturers 
for  Non- 
English 
Lectures. 

Salaries  of 
Janitors. 

Stereopticon 
Supplies. 

Moving 
Picture 
SuppUes. 

Printing. 

Incidentals. 

Total.* 

Lectures  

$1,026  00 

81,388  00 

S355  20 

$46  60 

$2  00 

S156  70 

«2,974  50* 

Lectures, 

USE  OF  SCHOOL  ACCOMMODATIONS  FOR  MUNICIPAL  CONCERTS,  PARENTS'  AND 
TEACHERS'  MEETINGS,  ALUMNI  MEETINGS,  ETC.* 


Printing.  Incidentals. 


.|  $11  00  I 


♦EXCLUSIVE  OF  COSTS  OF  ADMINISTRATION,  SUPERVISION  AND  QENERAL  CHARGES. 
EXCLUSIVE  OF  COSTS  OF  BUILDING,  DEPRECIATION,  REPAIRS,  INTEREST,  SINKING  FUND  CHARGES. 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2  -1914 

BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

REAPPOINTMENTS  OF  TEACHERS  ANO 
MEMBERS  OF  SOPERVISING  STAFF 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
1914 


EEAPPOINTMENTS  OP  TEACHERS  AND  MEM- 
BERS OF  THE  SUPERVISING  STAFF. 


In  School  Committee,  June  1,  1914. 

To  the  School  Committee: 

In  accordance  with  section  278  of  the  Regulations,  I 
herewith  submit  a  hst  of  reappointments  for  the  school 
year  1914-15,  together  with  a  statement  of  the  number 
of  teachers  to  which  each  school  and  school  district  is 
entitled,  and  the  number  of  pupils  upon  which  the 
quota  of  teachers  is  based.  All  reappointments  are  made 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Regulations  governing 
promotional  examinations.  All  reappointments  of  ele- 
mentary school  teachers  are  based  on  the  provisions  of 
section  292,  paragraph  2  of  the  Regulations,  which 
provides  for  the  appointment  of  grade  teachers  on  the 
basis  of  one  teacher  for  every  forty  pupils  belonging  in 
all  grades,  '"'lis  provision  of  the  Regulations  has  never 
been  put  into  effect  in  connection  with  the  appointment 
of  new  teachers.  For  the  appointment  of  new  teachers 
during  the  current  school  year,  the  School  Committee 
provided  by  special  order  that  the  basis  should  be  that 
of  forty-four  pupils  in  the  first  grade  and  forty-six  pupils 
in  grades  above  the  first.  In  consequence  of  this 
difference  in  the  basis  of  appointment  of  new  teachers 
and  the  reappointment  of  teachers  for  the  ensuing  school 
year,  the  reports  which  follow  indicate  a  considerable 
number  of  elementary  school  vacancies,  but  these 
vacancies  are  as  a  rule  technical  rather  than  actual 
vacancies  —  that  is,  they  are  vacancies  on  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    They  are  not  reckoned  on  a 


4 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


basis  of  forty-four  pupils  per  teacher  in  first  grades 
and  forty-six  pupils  per  teacher  in  other  grades,  nor  a 
basis  of  forty-four  pupils  per  teacher  in  all  grades,  which 
bases  for  the  appointment  of  new  teachers  have  been 
temporarily  established  at  different  times  within  the 
year  by  the  School  Committee.  Except  as  hereinafter 
explained,  there  are  no  teachers  in  excess  of  the  Regu- 
lations. 

EXCESS  TEACHERS. 

There  are  three  teachers  whose  employment  during 
the  school  year  1913-14  has  been  in  accordance  with 
the  Regulations  or  orders  of  the  Board,  but  whose 
reappointment  cannot  be  made  without  additional 
orders  of  the  Board.    They  are  as  follows: 

South  Boston  High  School. —  Two  assistants. 

Henry  L.  Pierce  District. —  One  assistant,  kindergarten. 

I  recommend  that  a  teacher  of  each  of  the  above- 
named  ranks  be  reappointed  and  temporarily  assigned 
to  the  respective  schools  as  aforesaid,  said  teachers  to 
be  transferred  later,  unless  otherwise  ordered,  to  schools 
in  which  vacancies  may  occur,  if  the  aforesaid  schools 
are  not  entitled  under  the  Regulations  to  retain  these 
teachers  in  September.  ^ 

TEACHERS  WITH  EXCESSIVE  RANK. 

First  Assistants  in  Charge. 
In  the  following  district  a  first  assistant  in  charge  is 
employed  in  a  school  building  other  than  the  central 
grammar  school  of  the  district  in  excess  of  the  Regula- 
tions : 

Ulysses  S.  Grant  District,  James  Otis  School. —  One. 

When  the  Ulysses  S.  Grant  District  was  set  off  from 
the  Theodore  Lyman  District  one  first  assistant  in 
charge  was  assigned  to  the  elementary  school  classes 
located  in  the  Old  East  Boston  High  School  building 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


5 


and  another  first  assistant  in  charge  was  assigned  to 
the  James  Otis  School,  both  in  the  Ulysses  S.  Grant 
District.  The  use  of  the  Old  East  Boston  High  School 
has  since  been  discontinued,  however,  and  all  of  the 
lower  elementary  grades  have  been  quartered  in  the 
James  Otis  building.  There  are  now  in  the  James  Otis 
School,  therefore,  two  first  assistants  in  charge.  The 
building  contains  ten  primary  grades  and  a  kindergarten, 
and  there  are  three  additional  classes  in  portables  in 
the  school  yard. 

I  recommend  that  an  excess  first  assistant  in  charge 
be  allowed  in  the  James  Otis  School  until  such  time  as 
a  teacher  of  this  rank  may  be  transferred  to  another 
district. 

In  each  of  the  following  districts  there  is  one  additional 
first  assistant  in  charge,  who  has  charge  of  lower  grade 
classes: 

Dearborn. —  One. 

Eliot. —  One. 

Washington. —  One. 

I  recommend  that  teachers  of  said  rank  be  continued 
in  the  Eliot  and  Washington  Districts  during  the  school 
year  ending  August  31,  1915,  and  that  the  excess  first 
assistant  in  charge  in  the  Dearborn  District  be  continued 
until  September  30,  1914,  upon  which  date  she  will 
retire  on  pension. 

First  Assistant,  Primary  School. 

In  the  following  district  the  position  of  first  assistant, 
primary  school,  has  been  continued  during  the  current 
school  year  by  special  order  of  the  Board: 

Hugh  O^Brien  District,  Samuel  W.  Mason  School. — 
One. 

I  recommend  that  the  rank  be  continued  during  the 
school  year  ending  August  31,  1915. 


6 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Suhmasters. 

In  each  of  the  following  districts  there  is  an  additional 
submaster  in  charge  of  the  pupils  above  the  third  grade 
as  authorized  by  the  School  Committee: 

Dearborn. —  One. 

Dudley. —  One. 

Eliot. —  One. 

Lewis. —  One. 

Mary  Hemenway. —  One. 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes. —  One. 

Rice. —  One. 

Roger  Wolcott. —  One. 

Sherwin. —  One. 

Thomas  Gardner. —  One. 

Washington. —  One. 

Wendell  Phillips. —  One. 

I  recommend  that  they  be  continued  during  the 
school  year  ending  August  31,  1915. 

First  Assistants,  Grammar  School. 
In  each  of  the  following  districts  the  position  is  to  be 
abolished  on  the  retirement  of  the  present  incumbents : 
Charles  Sumner. —  One. 
Comins. —  One. 
Dearborn. —  One. 
Edward  Everett. —  One. 
Frothingham. —  One. 
Harvard. —  One. 
Henry  L.  Pierce. —  One. 
John  A.  Andrew. —  One. 
Joh7i  Winthrop. —  One. 
Longfellow. —  One. 
Mary  Hemenway. —  One. 
Nor  cross. —  One. 
Oliver  Hazard  Perry. —  One. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


7 


Oliver  Wendell  Holmes, —  One. 
Rice. —  One. 
Robert  G.  Shaw. —  One. 
Samuel  Adams. —  One. 
Shurtleff. —  One. 
Ulysses  S.  Grant. —  One. 
Warren. —  One. 
Washington  Allston. —  One. 
William  E.  Russell. —  One. 

TEACHERS  TAKEN  FROM  TENURE. 

There  are  two  teachers  in  the  service  who  were  once 
appointed  to  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School 
Committee,  but  who  have  since  been  taken  from  tenure 
and  are  now  serving  for  the  year  ending  August  31, 
1914.  These  teachers  have  been  reappointed  for  the 
year  ending  August  31,  1915,  as  follows: 

Eliot  District. —  One. 

Wendell  Phillips  District. —  One. 

Special  Classes. 
Subject  to  your  approval,  I  hereby  re-establish  special 
classes  in  the  following  districts  for  the  year  1914-15: 
Agassiz. —  One. 
Bigelow. —  Two. 
Blackinton. —  One. 
Bunker  Hill. —  One. 
Comins. —  One. 
Dearborn. —  One. 
Dudley. —  One. 
Dwight. —  Three. 
Eliot.—  Two. 
Franklin. —  One. 
George  Putnam. —  One 
Hancock. —  Two. 


8 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Hugh  O'Brien. —  One. 

Hyde. —  One. 

John  Winthrop. —  One. 

Lewis. —  One. 

Lowell. —  One. 

Martin. —  One.  • 

Mather. —  One. 

Oliver  Hazard  Perry. —  One. 

Oliver  W endel  Holmes. —  One. 

Quincy. —  One. 

Samuel  Adams. —  One. 

Sherwin. —  One. 

Thomas  N.  Hart. —  One. 

Ulysses  S.  Grant. —  One. 

Wells.—  One. 

Wendell  Phillips. —  Two. 


Ungraded  and  Special  English  Classes. 
I  recommend  that  no  action  concerning  the  re-estab- 
lishment of  ungraded  and  special  English  classes  for 
the  year  1914-15  be  taken  at  the  present  time.  Action 
should  be  postponed  until  after  the  opening  of  the 
schools  in  September  when  orders  will  be  presented 
to  the  School  Committee  regarding  the  establishment 
of  all  such  classes  on  the  basis  of  the  registration  for  the 
ensuing  school  year.  I  recommend  that  all  ungraded 
and  special  English  classes  at  present  authorized  either 
by  the  Regulations  or  by  special  orders  of  the  School 
Committee  be  discontinued  at  the  close  of  the  current 
school  year  and  that  such  classes  be  re-established  in  the 
future  only  by  special  order  of  the  School  Committee. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


9 


PART  I. 


REAPPOINTMENTS  OF  PPtlNCIPALS  AND  MEMBERS 
OF  THE  SUPERVISING  STAFF. 


Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Committee. 
Dorchester  High  School. —  Headmaster,  James  E.  Thomas. 
Dearborn  District. —  Master,  Ai'thur  L.  Gould. 
Dudley  District. —  Master,  William  L.  Phinney. 
Elihu  Greenwood  District. —  Master,  Louis  P.  Nash. 
Henry  Grew  District. —  Master,  John  W.  Lillis. 
Lawrence  District. —  Master,  James  H.  Gormley. 
Phillips  Brooks  District. —  Master,  James  A.  Treanor. 
Theodore  Lyman  District. —  Master,  George  A.  Tyzzer. 
Washington  Allston  District. —  Master,  Arthur  A.  Lincoln. 
Director  of  Manual  Arts,  Theodore  M.  Dillaway. 
Director  of  Practice  and  Training,  Mary  C.  Mellyn. 
First  Assistant  Director  of  Practice  and  Training,  Lillian  M.  Townae. 
Assistant  Directors  of  Practice  and  Training,  Mary  E.  Keyes,  Katherine 

L.  King,  Mary  R.  Thomas. 
Supervisor  of  Special  Classes,  Ada  M.  Fitts. 
Supervising  Nurse,  Helen  F.  McCaffrey. 
Assistant  Nurses,  Mary  G.  Kenny,  Blanche  Wildes. 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. 
Girls'  Latin  School. —  Headmaster,  Ernest  G.  Hapgood. 
High  School  of  Commerce. —  Headmaster,  James  E.  Downey. 
Hyde  Park  High  School. —  Headmaster,  George  W.  Earle. 
Agassiz  District. —  Master,  Joshua  Q.  Litchfield. 
Blackinton  District. —  Master,  Paul  V.  Donovan. 
Christopher  Gibson  District. —  Master,  Frederick  W.  Shattuck. 
Edmund  P.  Tileston  District. —  Master,  Orris  L.  Beverage. 
Frothingham  District. —  Master,  Edward  F.  O'Dowd. 
Hancock  District. —  Master,  Gertrude  E.  Bigelow. 
Henry  L.  Pierce  District. —  Master,  WiUiam  W.  Howe. 
Prescott  District. —  Master,  Maurice  J.  O'Brien. 
Robert  G.  Shaw  District. —  Master,  Gardner  P.  Balch. 
Wendell  Phillips  District. —  Master,  Cyrus  B.  Collins. 


10 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


William  E.  Russell  District. —  Master,  Murray  H.  Ballou. 
Director  of  Promotion  and  Educational  Measurement,  Frank  W.  Ballou. 
Director  of  Practice  in  Courses  in  Salesmanship,  Lucinda  W.  Prince. 
Assistant  Director  of  Music,  Harold  B.  Hamblin. 

Assistant  Nurses,  Bessie  Burpee,  Mary  A.  Cody,  Catherine  Dacey, 
EHzabeth  F.  Dickie,  Ellen  L.  Fenton,  Frances  Z.  Flannery,  Anna  A. 
Kelly,  Catherine  C.  Marks,  Agnes  C.  Murphy,  Anna  C.  Patterson, 
Minerva  A.  Peckham,  Ethel  A.  Young. 


REAPPOINTMENTS . 


11 


PART  II. 


REAPPOINTMENTS  OF  SUBORDINATE  TEACHERS. 


Note. —  Physical  training  teachers  in  Normal,  High  and  Latin  Schools 
are  given  under  Part  III. 

NORMAL  SCHOOL. 
Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   197 

Teachers. —  Now  serving  on  tenure  12 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

Master,  Head  of  Department,  William  L.  Vosburgh  .  .  1 
Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  14 

PUBLIC  LATIN  SCHOOL. 
Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   841 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  26  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   27 

Now  serving  on  tenure  13 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

Master,  Head  of  Department,  Henry  C.  Jones;  Junior 

Masters,  Arthur  E.  Baker,  Frederick  H.  Dole,  Archer  L. 

Faxon,  Charles  W.  French,  Henry  R.  Gardner,  Leon  O. 

Glover,  Joseph  W.  Hobbs,  Frederick  J.  O'Brien,  Fred  P.  H. 

Pike,  Alfred  F.  Reed,  Stacy  B.  Southworth  .  .  .  .12 
Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  26 

GIRLS'  LATIN  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   638 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  20  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant  .-      .  21 

Now  serving  on  tenure  12 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  First  Assistants,  Heads  of  Departments,  Sybil 
B.  Aldrich,  Carolj'n  M.  Gerrish;  Junior  Master,  Jacob 
Lehmann   3 


12 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Annie  F.  Babcock,  M.  Alice  Kimball,  Eva  Z. 
Prichard,  Caroline  R.  Pulsifer,  Cora  F.  Roper  ....  5 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  21 

BRIGHTON  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914      .....  428 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  14  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical . 

assistant   15 

Now  serving  on  tenure   .10 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant  Instructor  in  Commercial  Branches, 
Eleanor  J.  O'Brien  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Lena  G,  Perrigo,  Frankie  E.  Sullivan;  Assist- 
ant Instructor  in  Commercial  Branches,  Margaret  H.  Nagle,  3 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  15 

CHARLESTOWN  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   406 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  14  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   15 

Now  serving  oit  tenure  6 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Instructor  in  Commercial  Branches,  Hubert  G. 
Fisher;  Assistant  Instructor  in  Commercial  Branches, 
Maude  E.  Butters  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Master,  Head  of  Department,  John  W.  Regan;  Assistants, 
Eva  B.  Ammidown,  Katharine  E.  Leonard;  Assistant  In- 
structor in  Commercial  Branches,  Agnes  C.  Fljun;  Assist- 
ant Instructor  in  Manual  Ai'ts,  Agnes  A.  Aubin     ...  5 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  14 

DORCHESTER  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914      .....  1,902 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  56  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   57 

Now  serving  on  tenure  29 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Harriet  V.  ElUott,  Lena  A.  Glover, 
Rebekah  C.  Riley,  Bessie  A.  Roberts,  Nina  E.  Titus;  In- 
structor in  Commercial  Branches,  Rollin  H.  Fisher     .      .  6 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


13 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Junior  Masters,  John  V.  Barrett,  Joseph  H.  Hawes,  Stephen 
J.  Murdock,  Z.  Carleton  Staples;  Assistants,  Grace  T. 
Blanchard,  Lulu  MacAusland,  Susan  L.  M.  Maguire,  Grace 
Phemister,  Josephine  T.  H,  Sahr,  Florence  G.  Smart,  M. 
Lillian  Smith,  Florence  R.  Tuttle,  Fannie  J.  Yeaw;  Instruc- 
tor in  jManual  Arts,  George  M.  Morris;  Instructor  in  Com- 
mercial Branches,  Arthur  W.  Ross;  Assistant  Instructors 
in  Commercial  Branches,  Fannie  Myerson,  Mary  A.  Ward, 
Cora  Weise;  Industrial  Instructor,   Elizabeth  C.  Menn; 


Assistant  Instructor  in  Manual  Arts,  Grace  W.  Ripley  .  20 
Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  56 

EAST  BOSTON  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   669 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  21  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   22 

Now  serving  on  tenure  11 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Almira  W.  Bates  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Junior  Masters,  John  B.  Merrill,  Charles  E.  Simpson; 
Assistants,  Bertha  C.  Marshall,  Grace  E.  Merrill;  Instruc- 
tors in  Manual  Arts,  Isaac  Goddard,  Walter  H.  Naylor; 
Assistant  Instructor  in  Commercial  Branches,  Marion  L. 
Barker  7 

Clerical  Assistant  0 

—  19 

ENGLISH  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   1,936 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  57  regular  teachers  and  2  clerical 

assistants   59 

Now  serving  on  tenure  19 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  -pleasure  of  the  School  Com-  ■ 
mittee. —  Junior  Master,  Edward  R.  Kingsbury;  Instructor, 
LeRoy  M.  Rand  2 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Masters,  Heads  of  Departments,  Daniel  Foley,  Alva  T. 
Southworth;  Junior  Masters,  Robert  F.  Allen,  Harry  C. 
Barber.  Ralph  C.  Benedict,  Harold  I.  Brown,  Harry  E. 
Bryant,  Joseph  P.  Cady,  George  A.  Cushman,  Arthur  H. 
Delano,  John  E.  Denham,  Walter  F.  Downey,  Charles  W. 
French,  James  A.  Goldthwaite,  Harry  A.  Grant,  Arthur 
B.  Joy,  John  E.  J.  Kelley,  Alfred  B.  Kershaw,  Frank  E. 


14 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Lakey,  Joseph  R.  Lunt,  Henry  P.  McLaughlin,  Thomas  H. 
McMahan,  Norman  A.  Moss,  Thomas  J.  Murphy,  George  I. 
Pettengill,  Edwin  M.  Randolph,  Clinton  C.  Scheffy,  William 


E.  Smith,  Wilson  Snushall,  Harold  B.  Stanton,  Charles  H. 
Stone,  Jr.,  Allan  G.  Tenney,  Arthur  S.  Wells,  Thomas  E. 

Winston  34 

Clerical  Assistants  2 

—  57 

GIRLS'  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   2,188 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  64  regular  teachers,  1  special  assist- 
ant, and  1  clerical  assistant   66 

Now  serving  on  tenure  23 


Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Master,  Head  of  Department,  Francis  A.  Smith; 
Junior  Masters,  Orren  H.  Smith,  C.  Ralph  Taylor;  Assist- 
ants, Bertha  A.  Bonart,  Mary  E.  Cosgrove,  Katherine  E. 
Cufflin,  Marie  A.  Goddard,  Clara  H.  Hanks,  Amy  V.  Kings- 
ton, Jennie  E.  Wier;  Instructor  in  Commercial  Branches, 
Herbert  B.  Cole;  Assistant  Instructor  in  Commercial 
Branches,  Mary  D.  Chadwick  12 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Master,  Head  of  Department,  Frank  A.  Kennedy;  Junior 
Masters,  Ralph  C.  Bean,  Herbert  M.  Thayer;  Assistants, 
Elizabeth  Biddlecome,  Helen  L.  Byrne,  Alice  E.  Cook,  Ava 
B.  Dawson,  Rina  M.  Greene,  Margaret  F.  Keenan,  Jean  L. 
Kendall,  Avis  A.  Kingston,  Marie  L.  Mahoney,  Katharine 
R.  McManus,  Elizabeth  B.  Nichols,  Gertrude  L.  Palmer, 
Grace  T.  Pratt,  Edna  M,  Spurr,  Olga  A.  F.  Stegelmann, 
Mary  M.  Sullivan;  Assistant  Instructors  in  Commercial 
Branches,  Grace  A.  McGrath,  Ethel  R.  Moulton,  ^Madeline 


M.  Waxer;  Assistant  Instructor  in  Manual  Arts,  Blanche  A. 
Russell;  Special  Assistant,  Clara  A.  Hawthorne       ,      .  24 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  60 

HIGH  SCHOOL  OF  COMMERCE. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914      .      .      .      .      .  1,253 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  40  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   41 

Now  serving  on  tenure  11 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Junior  Master,  Arthur  F.  O'Malley;  Instructors 
in  Commercial  Branches,  Edward  J.  Connell,  Harold  C. 
Spencer,  Samuel  B.  Trumbull  4 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


15 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Masters,  Heads  of  Departments,  Newton  D.  Clarke,  Win- 
throp  Tirrell;  Junior  Masters,  Edward  Berg;e-Soler,  William 
Cunningham,  Michael  S.  Donlan,  James  W.  Dyson,  Arthur 
J.  Fotch,  John  M.  Gallagher,  Lester  S.  Hart,  Clarence  B. 
Hill,  William  G.  Hoffman,  Jr.,  Maurice  J.  Lacey,  James  E. 
McWhinnie,  John  D.  Murphy,  Herbert  H.  Palmer,  William 
H,  H.  Peirce,  Oscar  H.  Peters,  Edward  J.  Rowse,  William  J. 
Sands,  Edward  F.  Sherlock,  William  T.  Williams;  Instructor 


in  Commercial  Branches,  George  L.  Hoffacker      ...  22 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  38 

HIGH  SCHOOL  OF  PRACTICAL  ARTS. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   741 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  28  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   29 

Now  serving  on  tenure  6 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Industrial  Instructors,  Margaret  A.  Foran,  Mar- 
garet W.  Howard,  Margaret  G.  Moore  3 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Masters,  Heads  of  Departments,  Alfred  M.  Butler,  Mel- 
ville C.  Freeman;  First  Assistant,  Head  of  Department, 
Clara  B.  Shaw;  Junior  Master,  Fred  V.  Garey;  Assistants, 
Mabel  E.  Bowker,  Alice  W.  Collins,  Florence  E.  Loop, 
Marion  Midgley,  Jennette  A.  Moulton,  R.  Deverd  Parker, 
Emma  D.  Shelton;  Assistant  Instructor  in  Manual  Arts, 
Ethel  N.  Pope;  Vocational  Assistant,  Laura  F.  Went  worth; 
Industrial  Instructors,  Annie  G.  Bullard,  Jessie  Moore, 


Lura  M.  Paine,  Ida  M.  Reynolds,  Annabel  M.  Young       .  18 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  28 

HYDE  PARK  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   473 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  16  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   17 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Master,  Head  of  Department,  John  Haynes      .  1 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Junior  Master,  Emerson  Rice;  Assistants,  Edith  L.  Bishop, 
Laura  B.  Doran,  AHce  E.  Fisher,  Mary  C.  Howard,  Bessie 
N.  Hunt,  Blanche  E.  Lyon,  Elsie  Metcalf,  Bertha  F.  Muns- 
ter,    Mary   Shute;  Instructor   in   Commercial  Branches, 


16 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  XO.  2. 


Warren  W.  Petrie;  Instructor  in  ^Manual  Arts,  James  C. 
Clarke;  Assistant  Instructor  in  Manual  Arts,  Ruby  G. 
Allen;  Assistant  Instructor  in  Commercial  Branches,  ]Marion 

Gee  14 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  17 

MECHANIC  ARTS  HIGH  SCHOOL. 
Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day^between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914  .  .  .  .  .  1,506 
Teachers. —  Entitled  to  50  regular  teachers  and  two  clerical 

assist  ints   52 

Now  serving  on  tenure  18 


ApDointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Junior  Masters,  Eugene  ]M.  Dow,  Frederick  W. 
Gentleman,  Charles  E.  Stratton;  Assistant,  Ellen  B.  Esau,  4 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Junior  blasters,  Richard  Benson,  Henry  D.  Colton,  Ernest 
T.  Cushman,  Roy  Davis,  Edwin  F.  Field.  Samuel  W.  Hoj't, 
Charles  Jenney,  Howard  D.  Kenyon,  Milton  E,  ]\IacGregor, 
Alfred  J.  Marshall,  Robert  B.  Masterson,  Benjamin  D.  May, 
George  E.  Parsons,  Raymond  W.  Perry,  Bradley  C.  Rodgers, 
Edwin  R.  Sampson,  Edward  H.  Temple,  Louis  R.  Wells; 
Assistants,  Josephine  D.  Brooks,  Gertrude  M.  Hall;  In- 
structors, Mechanical  Department,  Francis  J.  Emery, 
Thomas  J.  Flinn,  William  B.  Henry,  Lester  E.  Markham, 
Albert  L.  :Moulton,  Dexter  A.  Mower,  Daniel  G.  Town     .  27 


Clerical  Assistants  2 

—  51 

ROXBURY  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   951 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  29  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   30 

Now  serving  on  tenure  13 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  -pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Bessie  J.  Sanger   1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 


Master,  Head  of  Department,  Chester  M.  Grover;  Junior 
Master,  Eugene  R.  Vinal;  Assistants,  Katherine  E.  Cody, 
N.  Eveline  Coohdge,  ^lary  A.  Cutter,  Alice  E.  Dacy, 
MjTtle  C.  Dickson,  EUzabeth  W.  Gerrish,  K.  Isabel  Mann, 
Alice  C.  Riordan,  ^largaret  E.  Ryan,  Harriet  C.  Taylor; 
Assistant    Instructor    in    Commercial    Branches,  Louise 

Townsend  .13 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  28 


RRAPPOINTMENTS. 


17 


SOUTH  BOSTON  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   663 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  21  regular  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   22 

Now  serving  on  tenure  16 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  oj  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Junior  IMaster,  Ralph  W.  Channell;  Assistant, 
Henriette  Goldstein  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Junior  Master,  John  H.  Furfey;  Assistants,  Margaret  C. 
Cotter,  Helen  G.  Davis,  Helen  E.  Fries,  Mary  E.  O'Connor,  5 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  24 

WEST  ROXBURY  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  on  any  one  day  between 

September  1,  1913,  and  April  1,  1914   687 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  23  regular  teachers  and  1  special 
assistant   24 

Now  serving  on  tenure  15 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  oj  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Junior  Master,  Leon  C.  Colman;  Assistants, 
Mildred  K.  Bentley,  E.  Marion  WilUams       ....  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Junior  Masters,  Daniel  T.  Curtin,  George  M.  Hawes; 
Assistants,  Esther  W.  Bates,  EHzabeth  H.  Norman,  Edith 
L.  Smith;  Instructor  in  Manual  Arts,  Charles  H.  B.  Morse,  6 

Clerical  Assistant  0 

—  24 

ABRAHAM  LINCOLN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Lai-gest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   2,279 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  AprU  1,  1914   2,252 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  52  grade  teachers,  3  teachers  of 
ungraded  classes,  2  teachers  of  special  English  classes, 
and  1  teacher  of  an  open-air  class    58 

Now  serving  on  tenure  42 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—Assistants,  Alice  T.  McNamara,  INIary  E.  Nugent,  2 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


18 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  81,  1915. — 
Assistants,  May  F.  Cameron,  Helen  T.  Campbell,  Nora  M. 
McXiean,  Eleanor  A.  McNamara,  Teresa  A.  Regan,  Nellie  F. 
Sheehan,  Mary  E.  Sweenev,  Louis  A.  White         ...  8 

—  52 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to        .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Helen  M.  Jameson  1 

—  4 

AGASSIZ  DLSTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   713 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   689 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  17  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

a  special  class   18 

Now  serving  on  tenure  10 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Master's  Assistant,  Emma  F.  West;  Assistant, 
Mary  V.  O'Regan  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  William  T.  Miller;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 
Martha  L.  Taylor;  Assistants,  Adah  I.  Childs,  Agatha  L. 
McGrath  4 

—  16 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  1 
Now  serving  on  tenure   1 

BENNETT  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914  ^   1,172 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,151 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  29  grade  teachers       ....  29 

Now  serving  on  tenure  17 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Jennie  A.  Drev»%  Martha  E.  Flaherty, 

M.  Gertrude  Rebholz  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Jennie  L.  Carter,  Mildred  M.  Crook,  S.  Matilda 
Daniell,  Lillie  J.  Davis,  Florence  M.  Tait,  Gladys  L.  Woods,  6 

—  26 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


19 


KiNDEBGARTENS. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  4 
Now  serving  on  tenure   3 

BIGELOW  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,246 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,225 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  28  grade  teachers,  3  teachers  of 

ungraded  classes,  and  2  teachers  of  special  classes  ...  33 

Now  serving  on  tenure  27 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Special  Class,  Katherine  S.   Haskell,  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  K.  Grace  Farrell  1 

—  29 

BLACKINTON  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   014 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   585 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  15  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

a  special  class   16 

Now  serving  on  tenure  11 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Special  Class,  Mary  F.  O'Meara;  Assist- 
ant, Mary  A.  Sullivan  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Mary  E.  Coven ey  1 

—  14 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  2 
Now  serving  on  tenure   2 

BOWDITCH  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914  ^   1,086 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914     ........  1,071 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  26  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  open-air  class   27 

Now  serving  on  tenure  18 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.-^ Assistants,  Evelyn  M.  O'Bryan,  Annie  C.  Shea,  2 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Isabel  R.  Gardner,  Mary  L.  Mahoney,  Gertrude 


P.  Shea   3 

—  23 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
First  Assistant,  Jessie  A.  Adams;  Assistants,  Mary  V.  Sul- 
hvan,  Anna  D.  Ware  3 

—  4 

BOWDOIN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,067 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,055 

Teachers, —  Entitled  to  25  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 

ungraded  class,  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  EngUsh  class      .  27 

Now  serving  on  tenure  18 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  -pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Gertrude  K.  Calnan  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  EUzabeth  G.  Corcoran,  Helen  L.  Leahy,  Mar- 
garet M.  O'Brien,  Marion  E.  Patton,  Etta  Rich      .      .  5 

—  24 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  7 

Now  serving  on  tenure  4 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  eliding  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Dorothy  L.  Glover,  Loretta  U,  Mahoney    .      .  2 

—  6 

BUNKER  HILL  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   769 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   747 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  18  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 

ungraded  class  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  class       ...  20 

Now  serving  on  tenure  16 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Frederick  A.  Guindon;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 
Katherine  C.  Coven ey;  Assistants,  Ethel  M.  Barry,  Mary 
A.  Kenney  4 


—  20 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  ia  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS.  21 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  2 
Now  serving  on  tenure   2 

CHAPMAN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914       .   1,216 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,182 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  29  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class   30 

Now  serving  on  tenure  25 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Irene  K.  M.  Crowley,  Elizabeth  M.  Harland, 
Ethel  M.  Jordan   3 

—  28 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to        .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Margaret  S.  Canty,  Adelaide  B.  Hearn       .      .  2 

—  4 

CHARLES  SUMNER  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   1,104 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  19^4   1,074 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  27  grade  teachers         ....  27 

Now  serving  on  tenure  18 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Mary  T.  Gallagher,  Anna  P.  Lynch,  Katherine 
St.  J.  Mahoney,  Francis  A.  O'Brien,  Florence  A.  Smith, 
Margaret  M.  SuUivan  6 

—  24 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Eunice  M.  Sawyer  1 

—  4 

CHRISTOPHER  GIBSON  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   SSI 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


22 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   873 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  21  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  imgraded  class   22 

Now  serving  on  tenure  19 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Mary  B.  Cashman  1 

—  20 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Loretta  W.  Dinn  1 

—  2 

COMINS  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,184 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,171 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  28  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 

ungraded  class  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  class  ....  30 

Now  serving  on  tenure  20 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Special  Class,  Clara  H.  Burgess;  Assistants, 
Margaret  M.  Breen,  Gertrude  C.  Grohe,  Rose  G.  Myerson, 
Emma  R.  Plummer,  Annie  M.  Sheehan,  Ethelyn  F,  Taylor,  7 

—  27 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  6 

Now  serving  on  tenure  4 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Mary  F.  Powers,  Celia  T.  Tischler  ....  2 

—  6 

DEARBORN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,867 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   .  1,842 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  43  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 

ungraded  class  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  class  ....  45 

Now  serving  on  tenure  38 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Ellen  E.  Good,  Mary  J.  O'Neill     .      .  2 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


Appointed:  To  serve  jor  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 


Submaster,  Samuel  A.  Cragin;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 
Katherine  M,  Binkley;  Assistants,  Elizabeth  B.  Faden, 
Alice  M.  Gardetto  4 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  . 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  oj  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Mary  FitzGerald  1 

DILLAWAY  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,261 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1, 1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,234 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  31  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class   32 

Now  serving  on  tenure  25 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,    Marguerite   Condon,    Marguerite   L.  Dolan, 

Irene  F.  Jackson,  Helen  G.  Murphy  4 

^     —  29 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  . 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Fannie  B.  Hayden,  Ruth  S.  Thomas    ...  2 

—  4 

DUDLEY  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,529 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,521 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  38  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

a  special  class   39 

Now  serving  on  tenure  24 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  oj  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Submaster,  John  A.  O'Keefe,  Jr.;  Assistants, 
Gladys  G.  Davie,  Eileen  V.  Driscoll,  Edna  Long,  Alice  L. 
McCormick  5 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Hugh  J.  McElaney;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 
Lena  C.  Johnson;  Assistants,  Helen  T.  Casey,  Sybil  F. 
Fernandez,  Helen  F.  Hurley,  Rubv  M.  Sloan  ....  6 

—  35 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basi: 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


24 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


KiNDERGAKTENS. —  Teacheis. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Eleanor  M.  Osterberg  1 

—  4 

DWIGHT  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   995 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   965 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  22  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 
ungraded  class,  3  teachers  of  special  classes,  and  1  teacher 
of  an  open-air  class   27 

Now  serving  on  tenure  20 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Annie  E.  Dennis,  Elizabeth  A.  Donahue, 
Ella  G.  Finn  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Special  Class,  Beatrice  U.  Bridges  ....  1 

—  24 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  2 
Now  serving  on  tenure   2 

EDMUND  P.  TILESTON  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   604 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   595 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  13  grade  teachers  and  2  teachers  of 

hospital  classes   15 

Now  serving  on  tenure  9 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Master's  Assistant,  Abigail  A.  Scannell;  Assistant, 
lola  D.  Yates  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. 
Submaster,  Eugene  H.  Dorr;  Assistants,  Mary  A.  Kennedy, 
Grace  B.  Turner,  Josephine  M.  Walsh  4 

—  15 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Mary  L.  Walsh   1 

—  2 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  paSe  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS.  25 

EDWARD  EVERETT  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   .      .      .  1,.506 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,494 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  37  grade  teachers       ....  37 

Now  serving  on  tenure  26 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Isabel  C.  Furlong,  Estelle  K.  Kennedy, 

Cecilia  H.  O'Brien  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  SI,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Mary  E.  Flynn,  Grace  E.  L.  Hine,  Helena  G. 
Hynes,  Anne  C.  McCormack,  Margaret  M.  Sallaway   .      .  5 

—  34 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure   2 

ELIHU  GREENWOOD  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,138 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,131 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  27  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class   28 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  AHce  Y.  Fellows  1 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Arthur  W.  Armstrong;  Master's  Assistant, 
Agnes  E.  Barry;  First  Assistant  in  Charge,  NeUie  M.  Howes; 
Assistants,  Carrie  Amback,  Nellie  L.  Ballou,  Sarah  T.  Brit- 
ton,  Elsie  M.  Bui'gess,  Helen  P.  Cleaves,  Marion  W.  Curtis, 
Laura  K.  Darling,  Jennie  L.  Frazer,  Helen  M.  Gidney, 
Marion  Gray,  Elsie  C.  Greenwood,  Helen  G.  McKenna, 
Marjorie  S.  Mitchell,  Caroline  S.  Mooar,  Mary  J.  Mulcahy, 
Mary  C.  Quinn,  Bertha  Sanderson,  Marguerite  Sanger,  Delia 


S.  Scott,  Mary  F.  Thornton,  Susie  D.  Waldron    ...  24 

—  26 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  3 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Ruth  E.  York  1 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


26 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 


Assistant,  Henrietta  C.  Starke  1 

—  3 

ELIOT  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   2,320 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   2,292 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  48  grade  teachers,  13  teachers  of 

special  English  classes  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  class  .      .  62 

Now  serving  on  tenure  36 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  oj  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Special  Class,  Helen  M.  Mead;  Assist- 
ants, Teresa  E.  Driscoll,  Margaret  E.  McMahon  ...  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  George  B.  Moran;  Assistants,  Mae  D.  Benzaquin, 
Margaret  T.  Casey,  Margaret  L.  Cosgrove,  Elizabeth  E. 
Dacey,  Clara  M.  Duffey,  Mary  A.  Hayes,  Mary  E.  Hughes, 
Annie  L.  Lynch,  James  E.  Lynch,  Mary  A.  Mahoney,  Rose 
G.  McEnroe,  Mary  E.  Ryan,  Mary  E.  Smith,  Margaret  E. 
Tobin  15 

—  54 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  3 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  ^pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  First  Assistant,  Emma  F.  Temple     ....  1 

—  3 

EMERSON  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914  '.      .      .  1,271 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,245 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  31  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class  32 

Now  serving  on  tenure   .  .20 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Master's  Assistant,  Annie  R.  Mohan       .      .  •     .  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  James  A.  Crowley;  Assistants,  Jennie  W.  Cronin, 
AHce  L.  Kelly,  Gladys  L.  Kelly,  Gertrude  M.  McBrien, 
Gertrude  V.  Nugent,  Anna  L.  Shaughnessy    ....  7 


—  28 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  . 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Agnes  R.  Maloy  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  Au^v^t  31,  1916. — 
Aseistant,  Mildred  O' Conn  ell  1 

EVERETT  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   891 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   851 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  21  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class   22 

Now  serving  on  tenure  19 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Ethel  F.  Smith  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Charlotte  W.  Onthank  1 

—  21 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Margaret  Wyner  1 

—  2 

FRANCIS  PARKMAN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   658 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   644 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  16  grade  teachers   16 

Now  serving  on  tenure   15 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  2 
Now  serving  on  tenure   2 

FRANKLIN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914       .   1,419 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,386 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


28 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Teachers  — Entitled  to  34  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 
ungraded  class,  1  teacher  of  a  special  Endish  class,  and 
1  teacher  of  a  special  class   37 

Now  serving  on  tenure  25 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Dorothy  A.  Busby,  Laura  E.  Watts     ,  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — • 
Assistants,  Edna  B.  Condon,  Mary  G.  Grey,  Edith  Irving, 
Gertrude  A.  Kalmus,  Anna  T.  Sennott  5 

—  32 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Edith  M.  Gushee  1 

—  4 

FREDERIC  W.  LINCOLN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914  '   918 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   902 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  22  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class   23 

Now  serving  on  tenure  17 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  -pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Nina  M.  Doanan  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Margaret  M.  Keefe,  Myra  Wentworth,  Gertrude 
A.  White  3 

—  21 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Helen  W.  Melia  1 

—  2 

FROTHINGHAM  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging  , 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914       .    908 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   884 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  23  grade  teachers   23 

Now  serving  on  tenure  15 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  First  Assistant  in  Charge,  Mary  E.  Corbett; 
Assistants,  May  E.  Briggs,  Margaret  M.  O'Connor      .      .  3 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS.  29 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Gertrude  M.  Denehy,  Frederick  A.  Dunfey, 
Catherine  E.  O'Mara  3 

—  21 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  0 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
First  Assistant,  Angeline  K.  Mudge;  Assistant,  Andrea 
Mahan  2 

—  2 

GASTON  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 

on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   1,001 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   991 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  25  grade  teachers   25 

Now  serving  on  tenure  24 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

Assistant,  Mildred  H.  Tavender  1 

—  25 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Gertrude  R.  Baybutt       ....  1 

—  2 

GEORGE  PUTNAM  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,634 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,585 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  39  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 
ungraded  class  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  class  ....  41 

Now  serving  on  tenure  24 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Ellen  M.  Ford,  Margaret  E.  Gove, 
Katherine  E.  Hurley  (1908),  Alice  E.  McMurrough,  Myrtle 
W.  Webster  5 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Special  Class,  Louisa  Prescott;  Assistants,  Myrtle 
A.  Bacon,  Elizabeth  P.  Brennan,  Marguerite  A.  Campbell, 
Julia  W.  Gavin,  Inez  S.  Laurie,  Elizabeth  M.  McLaughlin, 
Mary  A.  McLaughlin   8 

—  37 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


30 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to        .      .  5 

N'ow  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  First  Assistant,  Grace  M.  Rayner;  Assistant,  Mary 

L.  Carey  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  P.  Hazel  IMontgomery  1 

—  5 

GILBERT  STUART  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   902 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   893 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  25  grade  teachers        ....  25 

Now  serving  on  tenure  11 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Submaster,  John  C.  Riley;  Assistant,  Helen  H. 

Goulter   2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
First  Assistant  in  Charge,  Mary  M.  Hoye;  Assistants,  JNlary 
A.  Fletcher,  Eileen  E.  Kennally,  Helen  King,  Gladys  S. 
Lapham,  ]\Iary  M.  O'^Iara  6 

—  19 

KiNDERG.ARTENS. —  Tcachcrs. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Marjorie  H.  Bent,  Gertrude  S.  Tibbetts     .      .  2 

—  4 

HANCOCK  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   2,247 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914     .      .      .      ...      .      .      .  2,218 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  44  grade  teachers,  2  teachers  of 
ungraded  classes,  11  teachers  of  special  English  classes, 
2  teachers  of  special  classes  and  1  teacher  of  an  open-air 
class   60 

Now  serving  on  tenure  35 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Special  Class,  Anna  B.  Liddell;  Assist- 
ants, Kathryn  E.  G.  Barry,  Olive  E.  Barr}-,  Mary  G.  Coyle, 
Laura  S.  Fearing,  Helen  L.  Good,  Regina  J.  Kees  ...  7 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


31 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Special  Class,  Harriet  A.  Shaw;  Assistants, 
Frances  H.  Barnet,  Harriet  M.  Barthelmess,  Anna  A.  Cas- 
sidy,  Mary  J.  Donaher,  M.  Margaret  Gaffey,  Sadie  Gutten- 
tag,  Annie  P.  Guinee,  Anna  M.  Muldoon,  Margaret  D. 
Sawyer,  Marion  I.  Sherman  11 

—  53 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  12 

Now  serving  on  tenure  6 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Elizabeth  J.  Mahoney      ....  1 
Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants^  Margaret  B.  Beatley,  Ethel  R.  Hagerman,  Grace 
E.  Russell  3 

—  10 

HARVARD  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   876 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   800 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  22  grade  teachers        ....  22 

Now  serving  on  tenure  16 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Annie  L.  Donovan  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Frank  J.  O'Donnell;  Assistants,  Beatrice  C. 
Blanchard,  Elizabeth  ]\1.  Hoar  3 

—  20 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  3 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Theresa  ]M.  Cotter  1 

—  3 

HENRY  GREW  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   638 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   621 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  16  grade  teachers        ....  16 

Now  serving  on  tenure  0 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Master's  Assistant,  Helen  J.  Gormley      ...  1 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


32 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Charles  H.  Early;  Assistants,  Evelyn  L.  Alley, 
Frances  E.  Brigham,  Agnes  J.  Campbell,  Elizabeth  DeSenan- 
cour,  Alice  B.  Farnsworth,  Lillias  A.  S.  Grandison,  Dora  F. 
Hastings,  Lavinia  S.  Powers,  Mabel  Sedgwick,  Anne  H. 
Sylven,  Lottie  V.  Trundy,  Raymond  H.  Young     ...  13 

—  14 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  0 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
First  Assistants,  Mary  L.  Hersey,  Grace  L.  White  ...  2 

—  2 

HENRY  L.  PIERCE  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   1,450 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  AprU  1,  1914   1,433 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  36  grade  teachers   36 

Now  serving  on  tenure  25 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  -pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Helen  L.  Irons,  Florence  M.  Miller  .      .  2 
Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Cora  A.  Banks,  Margaret  M.  Fleming,  Elizabeth 
A.  Gorman,  Katherine  A.  Lyons  4 

—  31 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  3 

Now  serving  on  tenure  .3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Mary  E.  Wadsworth  1 

—  4 

HUGH  O'BRIEN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,624 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,606 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  39  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 

ungraded  class,  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  class  ....  41 

Now  serving  on  tenure  24 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Bessie  G.  Russell,  Carolyn  B.  Supple      .  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  William  R.  Kramer;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


33 


Alice  Church;  Assistants,  Lillian  F.  Allen,  M.  Frances 
Bell,  Rosella  V.  Bishop,  Margaret  A.  Gosnell,  Marion  O. 
Little,  Gertrude  E.  O'Neil,  Anna  M.  Sheehan,  Eleanor  M. 
T.  Smith  10 

—  36 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Margaret  A.  Chick  1 

—  4 

HYDE  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,001 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   972 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  22  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 
ungraded  class,  1  teacher  of  a  special  class,  and  1  teacher  of 
an  open-air  class   25 

Now  serving  on  tenure  19 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Special  Class,  Lillian  M.  Watts;  Assistants, 
Emma  M.  Fotch,  Mary  L.  Holland,  Annie  C.  Shea,  Edith  S. 
Terry  5 

—  24 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  4 
Now  serving  on  tenure   4 

JEFFERSON  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   728 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   690 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  18  grade  teachers  18 

Now  serving  on  tenure  14 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  -pleasure  oj  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Margaret  M.  Kelly  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Margaret  E.  Foster  1 

—  16 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  3 
Now  serving  on  tenure   3 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


34 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


JOHN  A.  ANDREW  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 


on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   1,315 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,304 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  32  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class   33 

N^ow  serving  on  tenure  24 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Mary  J.  Leonard,  Margaret  C.  Regan, 
Mary  D.  Welsh  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  M.  Perlie  Clark,  Augusta  A.  Jackson,  Susie  E. 
O'Neil,  Gertrude  L.  Ward  4 

—  31 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Ethel  M.  Jones  1 

—  2 

JOHN  CHEVERUS  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   695 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   676 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  17  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of  an 

ungraded  class   18 

Noiv  serving  on  tenure  8 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Adelaide  G.  Nelson,  Hortense  J.  Parker.  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Harry  Brooks;  Assistants,  Elizabeth  A.  Burns, 
Margaret  A.  F.  Cotter,  Florence  E.  Crotty,  Mary  E.  Halli- 
nan,  Mary  E.  Sheehan  6 

—  16 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  2 
Now  serving  on  tenure  '   .      .  2 

JOHN  WINTHROP  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914  '     .   1,349 


Note. — -Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  fortj'^  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 


1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,5 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  33  grade  teachers  and  1  "teacher  of  a 

special  class  

Now  serving  on  tenure  20 


Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  First  Assistant  in  Charge,  Florence  Cahill;  Assist- 
ant, Agnes  R.  Hurley  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Joseph  A.  F.  O'Neil;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 
Caroline  G.  Tunis;  Assistants,  A.  Frances  Brennan,  Miriam 
Kallen,  Sarah  L.  Kavenagh,  Winifred  H.  Nash,  Helen  M. 


Reagan,  Regina  E.  Sallaway,  Gertrude  P.  Stephan  ...  9 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  . 

Now  serving  on  tenure  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Alice  B.  Crosbie  1 

LAWRENCE  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,098 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,092 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  27  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class   28 

Now  serving  on  tenure  13 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Master's  Assistant,  Margaret  E.  Collins;  Assistants, 
Florence  Herbsman,  Mary  A.  Manning  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Edward  J.  Carroll;  Assistants,  Ellen  B.  Donohoe, 
Mary  J.  Gomes,  Joseph  E.  Lynch,  Mary  V.  Meagher,  Bertha 
F.  Murray,  Winifred  H.  M.  O'Donovan  7 

—  23 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Grace  E.  Manson  1 

—  2 

LEWIS  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,985 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


36 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 


1,  1913,  to  AprH  1,  1914   1; 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  47  grade  teachers,  2  teachers  of 
ungraded  classes  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  class  . 

Now  serving  on  tenure  24 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Leila  E.  Boles,  Mary  A.  J.  Brady,  Louise 
M.  Fitzpatrick,  Josephine  P.  Follen,  Alice  V.  Kiely,  Marie 
M.  McLaughlin  6 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  James  F.  Tyrrell;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 
Mary  I.  Foley;  Assistants,  Mary  L.  Carty,  Miriam  E. 
Clancey,  Alice  T.  Clark,  iVlarguerite  V.  Dean,  Elinore  F. 
Donoghue,  Mary  R.  Dooley,  Cornelius  A.  Guiney,  Inez  M. 
Howes,  Hannah  E.  McDonough,  Eleanor  F.  Morris,  Clara 


E.  Oakman,  George  H.  Pearce,  Mary  C.  Walsh     ...  15 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  .1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

First  Assistant,  Ethel  Hutchinson;  Assistants,  Florence  E. 

Crowninshield,  Constance  K.  Rohrer  3 

—  4 

LONGFELLOW  DISTRICT. 


Element.Jlry  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 


1914   1,183 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  AprU  1,  1914   1,163 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  29  grade  teachers   29 

Now  serving  on  tenure  14 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,    Mary    L.    Brennan,    Lulu  Godfrey, 

Mary  E.  Shea  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,   Christina  W.   Burnet,  Katherine  F.   Cahill,  ■ 
Frances  R.  Campion,  Marie  L.  Duval,  Marion  B.  Foster, 
Grace  A.  Greene,  Henrietta  M.  Price,  Elinor  C.  Twombly  .  8 

—  25 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  eliding  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Viola  F.  Dickey  1 

—  2 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS.  37 

LOWELL  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,1()1 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,1,34 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  27  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 
ungraded  class,  1  teacher  of  a  special  class,  and  1  teacher 
of  an  open-air  class   30 

Now  serving  on  tenure  23 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Special  Class,  Jane  J.  Wood;  Assistants, 
Susan  L.  Fitz,  Marguerite  M.  McKenna,  Christina  W. 
MacLachlan  4 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Martin  J.  A.  Foley,  Pauline  G.  Lehr    ...  2 

—  29 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Clare  S.  English  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Evelyn  S.  Grover  1 

—  4 

MARTIN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   735 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   709 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  18  grade  teachers  and  1  clerical 

assistant   19 

Now  serving  on  tenure  15 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Submaster,  Clarence  M.  Jones;  Assistant,  Special 
Class,  Leslie  D.  Hooper   .2 

Clerical  Assistant  1 

—  IS 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,   1915. — 

Assistant,  Marguerite  B.  Kaye   1 

  o 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


38 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


MARY  HEMENWAY  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 

on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   1,563 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,527 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  39  grade  teachers   39 

Now  serving  on  tenure  31 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  AiLgust  31,  1915. — 

Assistants,  Alice  M.  Colbert,  Mary  W.  Foley,  Alice  B. 

Murphy,  Eleanor  Z.  Walsh  4 

—  35 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Lillian  A.  Smith  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Ruth  E.  Small  1 

—  4 

MATHER  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   2,298 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   2,264 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  57  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

a  special  class   58 

Now  serving  on  tenure      .      .      .      .     *  39 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Submaster,  Alfred  R.  Winter  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Frederick  H.  Buck;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 
Grace  R.  Hallett;  Assistants,  Annie  H.  Chad  wick,  Emily 
W.  Collins,  Margaret  M.  Connelly,  Louise  B.  Horgan,  Peter 
A.  Landrigan,  Agnes  F.  McCarthy,  Annie  I.  Melia,  Florence 
M.  Sullivan  10 

—  50 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  ...  .  5 
Now  serving  on  tenure   3 

MINOT  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   616 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS.  39 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   607 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  15  grade  teachers       ....  15 

Now  serving  on  tenure  13 

Appointed:    To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

Assistant,  Sara  E.  Curren  1 

—  14 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  2 
Now  serving  on  tenure   1 


NORCROSS  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914  

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 
1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914  *  . 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  25  grade  teachers,  2  teachers  of 
ungraded  classes  and  .1  teacher  of  an  open-air  class 

Now  serving  on  tenure  

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Margaret  M.  Kenney,  Marguerite  V. 
Murphy  

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Loretta  C.  Cauley,  Mary  E.  Jago,  Helen  T. 
Noonan   

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  . 

Now  serving  on  tenure  

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Margaret  C.  Linehan  

OLIVER  HAZARD  PERRY  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 


1914       .'   916 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   893 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  22  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

a  special  class   23 

Now  serving  on  tenure  20 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Bridget  A.  Hurley     .      .      ,     • .      .  1 

—  21 


1,123 
1,106 
28 

21 


2 


3 

—  26 

4 

3 
1 

—  4 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


40 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  . 

Now  serving  on  tenure  

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Mildred  B.  Cleary  


OLIVER  WENDELL  HOLMES  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914  

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 
1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914  

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  75  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 
a  special  class  

Now  serving  on  tenure  

Appointed:  Tq  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Isabel  E.  Clark,  Elizabeth  M.  Cleary, 
Esther  L.  Cogan,  Anna  L.  Cronin,  May  M.  Gordon,  Agnes 
G.  Gunning,  Regina  E.  Rolfe,  Blanche  P.  Williams 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submasters,  Roger  A.  Powers,  James  F.  Rockett;  Assistant, 
Special  Class,  Mary  A.  McNaught;  Assistants,  Josephine  E. 
Creber,  Theresa  E.  Cunningham,  Edith  K.  Ellis,  Mary  A. 
Ford,  NelHe  R.  McNair,  E.  Louise  Morrissey,  Mary  B.  T. 
Oliver,  Clara  H.  Parris,  Mary  C.  Sullivan,  Margaret  R. 
Wight  

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  . 

Now  serving  on  tenure  

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  -pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 

mittee. —  Assistants,  Esther  Campbell,  Gertrude  M.  Glynn  . 
Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

First  Assistants,  Alice  L.  Brummett,  Mary  L  F.  Montgomery; 

Assistants,  Winifred  R.  Cavanagh,  Alice  G.  Dickey 

PHILLIPS  BROOKS  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 

on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   . 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914  

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  38  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class  

Now  serving  on  tenure  


2 

1 
1 

2 


3,023 
2,992 
76 

48 


8 


13 

—  09 
10 

2 

2  - 


4 

8 


1,574 
1,554 
39 

15 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


41 


Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Norine  G.  Doyle,  Mary  J.  Hynes, 
Martha  L.  Ireland,  Alice  G.  Kelley,  Jessica  B.  Smith   .      .  5 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Rose  M.  Biggi,  Eleanor  P.  Brawley,  William  F. 
Cannon,  Rose  V.  Collier,  Delia  M.  Coneys,  Mary  E.  Doherty, 
Charlotte  Fawcett,  Mary  A.  Fouhy,  Ellen  C.  Hoy,  William 

H.  J.  Kennedy,  Eleanor  M.  Kyle,  Rosa  L.  Loitman,  Caroline 
L.  McAloon,  Mary  D.  McKenna,  Anna  E.  Spillane,  Joseph  I. 
Whalen  16 

—  36 

KiNDERGAKTENS. —  Tcachcrs. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  -pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Margaret  M .  Riley  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Mabel  V.  Mulrey  1 

—  4 

PRESCOTT  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   874 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

I,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914     ........  853 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  22  grade  teachers   22 

Now  serving  on  tenure  11 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Master's  Assistant,  Margaret  M.  Whalen;  Assist- 
ants, Mary  M.  Reardon,  Gertrude  E.  Welch  ....  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Helen  E.  Brady,  Marguerite  V.  Brickley,  James 
F.  Drey,  Gertrude  E.  Flynn,  Katherine  B.  Morrissey  .      .  5 

—  19 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

Assistant,  Josephine  A.  Hurley  1 

  2 

PRINCE  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   964 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   944 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.     See  page  3. 


42 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Teachers. —  Entitled  to  23  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class   24 

Now  serving  on  tenure  19 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Elsie  R.  Gilbert,  Anna  G.  Turner,  Ethel  M. 
Wilson  3 

—  22 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  eiiding  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Irene  English  1 

—  2 

QUINCY  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,197 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,173 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  24  grade  teachers,  3  teachers  of 
ungraded  classes,  2  teachers  of  special  English  classes, 
1  teacher  of  a  special  class  and  2  teachers  of  open-air  classes,  32 

Noio  serving  on  tenure  12 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Submaster,  Alton  C.  Churbuck;  Assistants,  Mary 
M.  Fitzgerald,  Mary  A.  A.  Haverty,  Mary  F.  McAuliffe, 
Mary  A.  Molloy,  Elizabeth  L.  Prendergast,  Gertrude  P. 
Tobin,  Elizabeth  J.  Turnbull  8 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Special  Class,  Edith  F.  Russell;  Assistants,  Alice 
H.  Burke,  Annie  F.  Carr,  Sarah  H.  Gallagher,  Lilian  E. 
Goodwin,  Marie  T.  Harrington,  Helen  L.  Murphy,  Joseph  F. 
O'Sullivan,  Louise  H.  Reardon,  Ella  J.  Sullivan     ...  10 

—  30 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  6 

Now  serving  on  tenure   3 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Edna  K.  Lane  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Abigail  Linnehan,  M.  Bernadette  Riley      .      .  2 

—  6 

RICE  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914       .      .  '   952 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  fortj'  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


43 


Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   925 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  22  grade  teachers  and  2  teachers  of 

ungraded  classes   24 

Now  serving  on  tenure  15 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Emma  A.  Brust,  Julia  M.  Fitzpatrick, 
Alma  M.  Nilson  32 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  SI,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Esther  M.  Cannon,  Frances  M.  Donegan,  Elinor 
Maher,  William  G.  O'Hare  4 

—  22 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  1 
Now  serving  on  tenure   1 

ROBERT  G.  SHAW  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades.—  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   942 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   931 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  23  grade  teachers        ....  23 

Now  serving  on  tenure  10 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Master's  Assistant,  Florence  M.  Glover;  Assistants, 

Helen  S.  Henry,  Adeline  J.  Oswald  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31  j  1915. — 
Submaster,  Leroy  K.  Houghton;  Assistants,  Catherine  T. 
Hunt,  Marion  M.  Kitts,  Gertrude  E.  Lennon,  Julia  W. 
McNulty,  Mary  E.  Mulkern,  Frances  S.  Parker,  Jennie  E. 
Young  8 

—  21 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  2 
Now  serving  on  tenure   1 

ROGER  WOLCOTT  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,590 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,561 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  40  grade  teachers        ....  40. 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


44 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Now  serving  on  tenure  26 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Mary  L.  Barry,  Annie  E.  I.  Dixon,  2 
Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Frances  G.  R.  Brady,  Mary  V.  I.  Conway, 
Kathleen  C.  Doheny,  Eugenie  M.  Hanney,  Marie  G.  Mann, 
Ruth  A.  Sweeney  6 

—  34 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Katherine  E.  Peard  1 

—  4 

SAMUEL  ADAMS  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   2,291 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   2,258 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  53  grade  teachers,  2  teachers  of 
ungraded  classes,  2  teachers  of  special  English  classes, 
1  teacher  of  a  special  class  and  1  teacher  of  an  open-air 
class   59 

Now  serving  on  tenure  28 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Agnes  G.  Cotter,  Sarah  G.  Stowers      .  2 

Appouited:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  81,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Special  Class,  Agnes  F.  Dillingham;  Assistants, 
Judith  H.  Bartholomew,  Margaret  A.  M.  Collins,  Margaret 
M.  F.  Conley,  Anna  M.  Doyle,  Mabel  F.  Dunn,  A.  Grace 
Emery,  Mary  M.  Glennon,  Selma  C.  Gronquist,  Elizabeth 
M.  Healy,  Lawrence  E.  Kiely,  Jr.,  Estelle  R.  Kleh,  Florence 
R.  Le  Blanc,  Ellen  T.  Murphy,  Clarissa  E.  Prouty,  Hilda 
Reinstein,  Anna  E.  Rosen,  Mary  F.  Sharkey,  James  E. 
Welch,  Jr.,  Beatrice  E.  Wittet  20 

—  50 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  12 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  First  Assistants,  Mina  Guyton,  Rose  B.  Sullivan; 
Assistants,  Edith  G.  Hunter,  Elizabeth  F.  Lee  ...  4 
Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  81,  1915. — 
First  Assistant,  Elsie  M.  Gannon;  Assistants,  Marj'  E. 
Brinton,  Marie  E.  Conza,  Mary  E.  Driscoll    ....  4 

 -  10 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS.  45 

SHERWIN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   974 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   94o 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  22  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 
ungraded  class,  1  teacher  of  a  special  class  and  1  teacher  of 
an  open-air  class   25 

Now  serving  on  tenure  18 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Katherine  E.  Hurley  (1905)     ...  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  J.  Ellis  Ames;  Assistant,  Special  Class,  Maud 
I.  Carter;  Assistants,  Vincent  L.  Kelley,  Mary  J.  Manning, 
F.  Irene  White  5 

—  24 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers.—  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Mary  E.  Rohrer  1 

—  2 

SHURTLEFF  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   789 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   771 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  18  grade  teachers  and  2  teachers  of 

ungraded  classes   20 

Now  serving  on  tenure  14 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  'pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Annie  H.  Fitzgerald  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
First  Assistant  in  Charge,  Mary  F.  Finneran;  Assistants, 
Helen  T.  Coholan,  Olga  H.  Pavlick  3 

—  18 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

Assistant,  Winifred  L.  McCabe  1 

  o 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


46 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


THEODORE  LYMAN  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,164 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,122 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  28  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 

ungraded  class  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  English  class     .      .  30 

Now  serving  on  tenure  11 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Mary  E.  Keenan,  Mary  E.  Lowder, 
John  J.  Murray,  Jennie  A.  Tyrrell  4 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Minnie  A.  Allen,  Mary  G.  Cropper,  Mary  F. 
Gile,  Ruble  E.  Hobbs,  Annie  V.  Hogan,  Frances  E.  Kelly, 
Margaret  J.  Lynch,  EHzabeth  T.  McNeil,  Grace  M.  Quirk, 
Anna  E.  Shields  10 

—  25 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  First  Assistant,  Bernice  A.  Hill  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Isabel  C.  French  1 

—  4 

THOMAS  GARDNER  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 

on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   1,370 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,344 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  33  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

an  ungraded  class   34 

Now  serving  on  tenure  20 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

Assistants,  Nellie  F.  Bates,  Annette  Campbell,  Louise  G. 

Farrington,  Agnes  C.  Grady,  Agnes  Keefe,  Caroline  B. 

MacLean,  Philena  A.  Parker,  Maude  L.  Plummer,  Rosa  E. 

Richardson,  Margaret  C.  Smith,  Edith  K,  Smythe       .  .11 

—  31 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  5 

Now  serving  on  tenure  4 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  First  Assistant,  Jessie  L.  Sweet  1 

 —  5 

Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS.  47 

THOMAS  N.  HART  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,120 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,097 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  27  grade  teachers  and  1  teacher  of 

a  special  class   28 

Now  serving  on  tenure  22 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.— Assistants,  Catherine  L.  Levins,  Bessie  M.  Manary,  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Arthur  W.  Kallom;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 
Anna  T.  Bliss;  Assistant,  Ora  M.  McDonnell       ...  3 

—  27 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  3 
Now  servina  on  tenure   2 

ULYSSES  S.  GRANT  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,305 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,291 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  31  grade  teachers,  1  teacher  of  an 
ungraded  class,  1  teacher  of  a  special  English  class  and  1 
teacher  of  a  special  class   34 

Now  serving  on  tenure  22 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Mary  A.  G.  Jones  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Special  Class,  Margaret  E.  Badger;  Assistants, 
Sarah  Needham  Boyce,  Margaret  A.  Falconer,  Susan  M. 
Hosmer,  Agnes  L.  Maclachan,  Alice  Murphy,  Frederick  J. 
Murphy  7 

—  30 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  6 

Now  serving  on  tenure  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Angela  M.  L.  Brown  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
First  Assistant,  Ethel  S.  Murkland;  Assistant,  Natalie 
Irving  2 

—  5 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


48 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


WARREN  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   1,054 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,039 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  26  grade  teachers        ....  26 

Now  serving  on  tenure  16 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Submaster,  James  T.  Donovan;  Assistants,  Mary 

E.  Mullen,  Susan  T.  Rooney   3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Isabel  M.  Curry,  Ellen  C.  Hayes,  Elizabeth  F. 
]\lerrigan,  Claire  F,  Shanahan  4 

—  23 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .  .  .  4 
Now  serving  on  tenure   3 

WASHINGTON  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 

on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914  "   1,732 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,712 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  40  grade  teachers,  3  teachers  of 

special  English  classes  and  1  teacher  of  an  open-air  class,  44 

Now  serving  on  tenure  36 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1916. — 

Assistants,  Cecilia  V.  Mara,  M.  Edith  Moran,  Mattie  A.. 

Ramsay,  Eva  M.  Rogerson  4 

—  40 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  4 

Now  serving  on  tenure  3 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Nye  W.  Griffiths  1 


—  4 

WASHINGTON  ALLSTON  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 


1914   837 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  AprH  1,  1914   800 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  21  grade  teachers       ....  21 


Mote. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS.  49 

Now  serving  on  tenure  17 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Bessie  E.  Warren  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Helen  P.  Kelly  1 

—  19 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Frances  Blumberg  1 

—  2 

WELLS  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   2,384 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   2,351 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  54  grade  teachers,  4  teachers  of 
special  English  classes,  1  teacher  of  a  special  class  and 
2  teachers  of  open-air  classes   61 

Now  serving  on  tenure   .  .35 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Martha  E.  Daniels,  Margaret  R. 
Kenneally,  Helen  C.  Schmidt,  Eileene  A.  Sweeney       .      .  4 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Daisy  F.  Burnell,  Mary  E.  Carrigan,  Eleanor  T. 
Cummings,  Marion  Daniels,  Eva  M.  Estey,  Helen  P.  Gor- 
man, Gertrude  E.  Johnson,  E.  Beatrice  Mahaney,  Agnes  K. 
Mallard,  Mercedes  E.  O'Brien,  Alice  B.  Plympton,  Helen  J. 
Roberts,  Sarah  Smith,  Rose  Stone,  Bella  Tishler   .      .  .15 

—  54 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      .      .  8 

Now  serving  on  tenure  6 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant,  Mary  L.  Holmes  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Elsie  F.  Guild  1 

—  8 

WENDELL  PHILLIPS  DISTRICT. 

Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 
1914   1,573 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,557 

Note.—  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  b.asis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


50 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Teachers. —  Entitled  to  33  grade  teachers,  7  teachers  of 


ungraded  classes  and  1  teacher  of  a  special  class    ...  41 

Now  serving  on  tenure  23 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Mary  C.  Culhane,  Winifred  M.  Folan, 
Marie  E.  McCue,  Katharine  W.  Moffatt      .      .      .      .      4  , 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  William  H.  Ryan;  Assistant,  Special  Class, 
Cora  E.  Bigelow;  Assistants,  Sarah  G.  Doherty,  Nellie  M. 
Foley,  Helen  Harvie,  Florence  M.  Hurley,  Angela  M.  Keenan, 
Marie  M.  Knowles,  Mary  A.  Magner,  Jessie  N.  Roberts, 

Carrie  M.  Schroeder  11 

—  38 

WILLIAM  E.  RUSSELL  DISTRICT. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 


on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914  ■      .      .      .  1,216 

Average  number  of  pupils  belonging  for  the  period  September 

1,  1913,  to  April  1,  1914   1,202 

Teachers. —  Entitled  to  30  grade  teachers   30 

No\o  serving  on  tenure  25 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistants,  Rose  A.  Conry,  William  J.  Renison      .  2 
Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Submaster,  Sidnej^  T.  H.  Northcutt;  Assistant,  Catherine 
C.  Lynch  2 

—  29 

Kindergartens. —  Teachers. —  Number  entitled  to  .      ,      .  2 

Now  serving  on  tenure  1 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  Josephine  L,  Kelly  1 

—  2 

UNASSIGNED  TEACHER. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  end- 
ing August  31,  1915. —  Assistant,  Ellen  S.  Bloomfield. 


HORACE  MANN  SCHOOL. 
Elementary  Grades. —  Largest  number  of  pupils  belonging 
on  any  one  day  between  September  1,  1913,  and  April  1, 

1914   146 

Teachers.  —  Entitled  to  15  grade  teachers   15 

Now  serving  on  tenure  •    .      .      .      .  15 


Note. —  Number  of  teachers  to  which  a  district  is  "entitled"  is  given  upon  the  basis 
of  forty  pupils  per  teacher.    See  page  3. 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


DAY  INDUSTRIAL  SCHOOLS. 

Trade  School  for  Girls. 
Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistants,  Lucy  B.  Conner,  Florence  M.  Fogarty 


CONTINUATION  SCHOOL. 

Now  serving  on  tenure  

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Assistant,  elementar}^  course,  Ellen  J.  Kiggen 


MANUAL  ARTS. 

Now  serving  on  tenure  

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.— Assistant  in  Manual  Arts,  Grace  E.  Hackett 

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Department  Instructors  in  Manual  Arts,  Edward  C.  Emer- 
son, Ludwig  Frank;  Assistant  in  Manual  Arts,  Frances  L. 
Nickerson  


MANUAL  TRAINING. 

Now  serving  on  tenure  

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Prevocational  Instructor,  Florence  P.  Donelson; 
Assistant  Instructors  in  Manual  Training,  Mary  H.  Baker, 
Mabel  E.  Bemis,  Eva  G.  Davis,  Madelaine  B.  Fisher,  Bessie 
D.  James,  Sallie  C.  Johnson,  Harriet  G.  Jones,  Annie  G. 
McCabe,  Karin  Sellman  

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Prevocational  Instructors,  Edward  D.  Dee,  William  A.  Eng- 
land, Andrew  J.  Leahy;  Instructor  in  Manual  Training, 
Katherine  Robinson;  Assistant  Instructors  in  Manual 
Training,  Mabel  F.  Alden,  George  Adamson,  M.  Gertrude 
Burnaby,  Ellen  F.  Coffin,  Kate  E.  Coney,  Jennie  G.  Cook, 
Ola  H.  Ferguson,  Aimee  C.  Person,  Amalia  F.  Grutzbach, 
Arthur  G.  Hamilton,  Sadie  M.  Knight,  Edward  W.  Malone, 
A.  Elizabeth  F.  Morse,  William  E.  O'Connor,  Bertha  A. 
Pettee,  Grace  L.  Pomeroy,  Grace  M.  Sawyer  .... 

HOUSEHOLD  SCIENCE  AND  ARTS. 
Cookery. 

Now  serving  on  tenure  

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Instructors,  Jessie  A.  Atkinson,  Florence  A.  Brady, 
Madalene  I.  Curry,  Margaret  M,  Downing,  Carrie  E.  Hoit, 


52 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Instructors,  Elizabeth  A.  Creedan,  Anna  G.  Flynn,  Fanny  B. 
Hall,  Annie  F.  Kinsley,  Isabelle  C.  Mclntyre,  Mary  T. 
Murphy,  Aloyse  Owen,  Eleanor  C.  Preble,  Helen  L.  Taylor,  9 

Sewing. 

Now  serving  on  tenure  37 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Instructors,  Helena  M.  Doherty,  Nellie  E.  Dunne, 
Alice  H.  Healy,  Ellen  J.  McMorrow,  Ellen  M.  Wight  .  .  5 
Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 
Instructors,  Mary  F.  Dutton,  Theresa  A.  Fitzpatrick,  Mary 
E.  Gannon,  Mary  L.  Green,  Anna  C.  Grimes,  Anne  A. 
Jenkins,  Evelyn  F.  Lall}',  E,  Marie  Lappen,  Katharine  E. 
Leary,  Marcelline  I.  Mora,  Mary  J.  Mullen,  Bertha  M. 
Pattee,  Margaret  L.  Ryan,  Mary  H.  Skelton,  Marcella  E. 
Slattery   15 


Music. 

Now  serving  on  tenure  (assistants).  

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915.- 
Assistants,  Frances  G.  French,  Esther  G.  O'Connor 


40 


—  57 


REAPPOINTMENTS. 


53 


PART  III. 


REAPPOINTMENTS   OF   TEACHERS   OF  PHYSICAL 
TRAINING  AND  MILITARY  DRILL. 


SCHOOL  HYGIENE. 


Now  serving  on  tenure: 


MILITARY  DRILL. 

Now  serving  on  tenure:  2 

Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee.—  Assistant  Instructor  in  Military  Drill      ...  1 

—  3 

PHYSICAL  TRAINING  INSTRUCTORS  IN  NORMAL,  LATIN, 

HIGH,  AND  DAY  INDUSTRIAL  SCHOOLS. 
Now  serving  on  tenure: 

Normal  School  

Girls'  Latin  School  

Brighton  High  School  

Charlestown  High  School  

Dorchester  High  School  

Girls'  High  School  

High  School  of  Practical  Arts  

Roxbury  High  School  

West  Roxbury  High  School  


Appointed:  To  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  School  Com- 
mittee: 

Girls'  High  School,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical  Train- 
ing, Cordelia  G.  Torrey. 

Hyde  Park  High  School,  Instructor  in  Physical  Training, 

Gertrude  A.  Poor  

Appointed:  To  serve  for  the  term  ending  August  31,  1915. — 

Normal  and  Girls'  Latin  Schools,  Assistant  Instructor  in 
Physical  Training,  Lulu  A.  Donovan. 

Dorchester  High  School,  Assistant  Instructors  in  Physical 
Training,  Pauline  Bromberg,  Helen  G.  Dolan. 


9 


54 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  2. 


East  Boston  High  School,  Instructor  in  Physical  Training, 
Florence  R.  Skinner, 

Girls'  High  School,  Assistant  Instructors  in  Physical  Train- 
ing, Mary  F.  Birch,  Marguerite  E.  Higgins. 

High  School  of  Practical  Arts,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physi- 
cal Training,  Mary  E.  Johnson. 

Roxbury  High  School,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical 
Training,  Bessie  W.  Howard. 

South  Boston  High  School,  Instructor  in  Physical  Training, 
Florence  M.  Young. 

West  Roxbury  High  School,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical 
Training,  Helen  R.  Lanagan. 

Trade  School  for  Girls,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physical 
Training,  Alice  L.  Higgins  11 

Respectfully  submitted, 

FRANKLIN  B.  DYER, 

Superintendent  of  Public  Schools. 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3-1914 

BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 


I  9  I  4 


THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


-The  Model  School  connected  with  the  Boston  Normal  School  is  used 
primarilj'  for  observation  by  first-year  students,  although  it  offers  oppor- 
tunities for  other  work  in  connection  with  the  study  of  method  in  the 
second  year  of  the  Normal  School  Course  and  practice  in  the  third  year. 
The  Martin  Grammar  School  and  the  (Farragut)  primary  school  con- 
nected with  it,  representing  a  typical  Boston  school  district,  constitute 
the  Model  School,  so  called.  The  number  of  pupils  to  a  teacher  is  the 
same  as  in  other  public  schools  in  the  city,  and  in  nearly  every  way  the 
school  is  subject  to  the  regulations  as  to  course  of  study  and  methods 
of  administration  that  govern  other  schools.  The  teachers,  who  are  the 
best  that  can  be  obtained  from  the  city  schools,  are  paid  $8  a  month  in 
addition  to  the  regular  salary  of  their  respective  ranks,  and  the  school 
was  this  year  granted  in  addition  to  its  per  capita  allowance  for 

equipment  and  suppHes. 

The  school  is  administered  by  a  director  who  acts  as  principal  of  the 
Martin  and  Farragut  Schools  and  is  nominally  head  of  a  department  in 
the  Normal  School  and  a  member  of  its  faculty,  although  at  the  present 
time  he  does  no  teaching  in  the  Normal  School.  Since  no  instruction  in 
methods  of  teaching  is  given  during  the  first  year  of  the  Normal  School 
course  the  observation  work  of  this  year  is  intended  to  give  students  a 
general  survey  of  the  field  of  elementary  education  rather  than  a  knowledge 
of  specific  methods  in  teaching  different  subjects. 

Briefly  stated,  the  aim  of  first  year  observation  is  to  furnish  students 
with  a  broad  range  of  ideas  concerning  the  fundamental  principles  involved 
in  teaching,  and  to  give  opportunities  for  contact  with  individuals  and 
groups  of  children  in  as  manj^  ways  as  possible  in  order  that  they  may 
have  a  background  of  experience  to  which  they  can  refer  in  their  later 
study  and  practice  in  the  second  and  third  year  of  the  Normal  School 
course. 

This  is  accomplished  in  two  ways : 

(a.)  Observation  of  the  work  carried  on  by  teachers  in  the  Model 
School,  followed  by  conference  with  these  teachers  or  with  the  director 
of  the  Model  School. 

(6.)    Combined  observation  and  particii)ation. 


4 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3. 


A.   OBSEE  VATION  OF  WOEK  ( AEIIIED  ON 
BY  TEACHERS  IN  THE  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


Students  visit  the  school  in  divisions  of  twenty,  and  are  generally 
divided  into  groups  of  ten  for  observation.  This  arrangement  is  carried 
out  for  all  students  one  hour  a  week  for  thirty-six  weeks.  Eighty 
students  visit  the  school  one  hour  each  week  in  groups  of  twenty  on  four 
successive  days,  and  as  each  group  is  generally  divided  into  two  parts, 
only  two  rooms  a  day  are  under  observation. 

For  the  first  three  weeks  students  observe  in  Grade  I.,  the  next  three 
in  either  II.  or  III.,  next  in  either  IV.,  V.  or  VI.,  and  next  in  VII.  or  VIII. 
When  twelve  weeks  have  passed  the  same  course  is  followed  again,  but 
the  kindergarten  is  included  in  the  first  period  of  three  weeks.  Another 
series  of  twelve  observations  completes  the  year's  work. 

Generally  speaking  the  students  who  visit  Grade  IV.  in  the  first  series 
are  assigned  to  Grade  V.  in  the  second  series  an*d  Grade  VI.  in  the  third 
series,  and  so  on,  so  that  every  student  observes  all  grades  in  the  course 
of  the  year,  and  sees  the  progressive  development  of  three  or  four  important 
subjects  through  four  grades,  excepting,  of  course,  that  in  the  kindergarten 
and  first  grade  the  differentiation  of  subject  matter  has  not  been  carried 
very  far. 

In  each  visit  a  variety  of  activities  may  be  observed,  but  the  school 
program  of  the  rooms  under  observation  is  reorganized  for  the  three  weeks 
when  observers  are  present,  so  that  students  give  chief  attention  to  subjects 
as  follows: 

Series    I.    Twelve  weeks.  English. 

Scries  II.    Twelve  weeks.  Arithmetic. 

Series  III.    Twelve  weeks.    History  and  Geography. 

This  observation  occurs  during  the  first  period  in  the  morning  aiul 
students  report  fifteen  minutes  before  the  opening  of  the  session.  During 
this  time  they  are  brought  into  direct  contact  with  the  children  as  much 
as  possible,  and  nearly  always  watch  individual  children  or  help  them 
in  work  that  they  are  doing  before  school.  The  daily  correction  and 
discussion  of  the  diaries  of  children  in  the  third  grade  is  an  example  of 
the  kind  of  work  thus  carried  on  outside  of  the  regularly  arranged  subjects 
for  observation.  The  teachers  frequently  use  part  of  this  time  for  talks 
with  students,  and  both  the  teachers  and  the  director  try  in  every  way 
to  have  the  students  feel  at  home  in  the  schoolroom  and  get  into  the  spirit 
of  friendly  professional  relationship  with  everyone. 

There  is  little  if  any  departure  from  the  regular  plan  of  work  in  the 
Model  School  when  students  are  observing  excepting  the  change  of  program 
before  mentioned. 

Since  the  director  is  present  for  a  portion  of  the  time  at  nearly  all  the 
periods  of  observation  his  conferences  are  largely  an  outgrowth  of  the 


THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


5 


particular  activities  occurring  in  each  room  from  day  to  day;  but  frequent 
conferences  with  teachers  on  all  phases  of  the  work  with  particular  refer- 
ence to  the  interpretation  of  general  principles  have  given  rise  to  a  unity 
of  purpose  and  a  common  understanding,  so  that  it  is  possible  for  the 
director  to  organize  the  material  at  hand  in  a  clear  and  coherent  manner 
in  his  conferences  with  students. 

Take  for  example  the  second  series  of  observations  deahng  primarily 
with  arithmetic,  and  including  the  kindergarten.  The  outlines  given 
below  show  the  nature  of  discussion  carried  on  with  students  in  conference, 
after  observation  in  the  grades  designated  in  each  case. 

It  will  be  noted :  (1)  that  the  influence  of  the  kindergarten  or  the  develop- 
ment of  the  individual  along  the  lines  of  natural  interests  are  generally 
dwelt  upon;  (2)  that  attention  is  called  to  the  growth  of  power  in  oral 
or  written  expression  (the  chief  subject  of  the  first  twelve  weeks  of  observa- 
tion) ;  and  (3)  that  stress  is  laid  on  points  observed  in  arithmetic. 

Students  are  asked  to  give  illustrations  of  the  different  points  from  their 
recollection  and  from  notes  taken  in  class.  At  the  end  of  this  series 
(twelve  weeks)  students  write  a  paper  discussing  any  single  lesson  or 
series  of  lessons  so  as  to  show  that  they  understand  the  significance  of 
the  three  elements  summed  up  in  the  outline  headed  "General  Conference 
of  Arithmetic." 

These  outlines  are  not  presented  as  final.  They  represent  the  develop- 
ment of  a  point  of  view  that  has  grown  out  of  the  work  of  the  school, 
and  include  such  ideas  as  seem  to  have  been  within  the  reach  of  first- 
year  students  and  likely  to  aid  them  to  a  thoughtful  consideration  of  their 
later  work.  At  best  a  formal  outline  can  only  suggest  the  nature  of  the 
discussion. 

The  memorandum  on  page  9  illustrates  the  nature  of  instructions 
issued  to  teachers,  though  it  should  be  understood  that  suggestions  of 
this  sort  are  much  better  conveyed  in  personal  conferences  from  day  to  day. 


6 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3. 


OUTLINES  OF  CONFERENCES. 


I.  Kindergarten. 

1 .  Play  a  universal  form  of  acti\'ity. 

(a.)    With  young  animals. 
(6.)    With  children. 

2.  Reason  for  and  meaning  of  education  through  play. 

(a.)    Active  participation  and  original  personal  effort  are  always 

characteristic  of  play. 
(6.)    Kindergarten  activities  result  in  adjustment  to  environment 

of  varied  character:  size,  color,  form,  number,  weight,  etc.; 

animate  and  inanimate  tilings;  human  activities  and  social 

usages. 

3.  Individual  development  a  result  of  natural  adjustment. 

(a.)  Development  of  initiative  through  reasonable  freedom  from 
artificial  restraint,  exercise  of  indi\'idual  choice,  opportunity 
for  individual  expression. 

(6.)    Danger  of  too  much  unregulated  individual  freedom. 

4.  Social  development  the  result  of  the  right  kind  of  indi\'idual  develop- 

ment.   (Significance  of  the  idea  of  social  development.) 

II.  First  Grade. 

1.  Underlying  principles  of  kindergarten  maintained  to  some  extent  in 

Grade  I. —  (a)  games,  etc.;  (6)  songs;  (c)  storj'-telling;  (d)  dram- 
atization; (e)  constructive  acti'saties. 

2.  Beginning  of  conventional  class  work. 

3.  Reading  (Review  of  previous  discussion):  • 

(a.)    Originates  from  story-telhng  and  repetition. 

(6.)    Deals  with  sentences  and  words  as  wholes. 

(c.)    Supplemented  by  study  of  sounds  of  letters  and  phonograms. 

(d.)    Aims  always  to  express  complete  thought  in  a  natural  manner. 

4.  Number. 

(a.)    Origin  of  number  ideas. 

(h.)    Number  combinations  learned  hy  manipulating  objective 

material  in  great  variety, 
(c.)    Addition,  subtraction,  multiphcation  not  taught  as  separate 

processes  (by  tables)  but  the  number  facts  are  grasped. 

III.    Second  and  Third  Grades. 

1.  Evidences  of  adaptation  of  school  program  and  methods  to  life  of 
children. 

2.  Development  of  reading  and  language  abihties  (comparison  with 
the  stage  of  development  earlier  in  year). 

3.  The  teaching  of  number.    A,  Grade  II.;  B,  Grade  III. 


THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


7 


A.    Grade  II. 

Learning  about  Number  Combinations.    Number  Facts  and  Relations  Asso- 
ciated Directly  with  Objective  Material. 

1.  Numbers  dealt  with  serially, —  variety  of  material. 

(a.)    Number  stories  with:  sticks,  cubes,  square  inches,  circular 

tablets,  chalk,  pencils,  buttons,  etc. 
(6.)    Number  stories  using,  for  example,  18  children:  9  groups  of  2; 

6  groups  of  3;  2  groups  of  9;  3  groups  of  6;  10  and  8;  21  less  3. 

(Responsibility  of  whole  number  and  of  each  group.) 
(c.)    Number  stories  expressed  on  board  by  drawing  number 

groups  of  objects,  lines,  circles,  etc. 

2.  The  way  opened  for  formal  addition,  subtraction,  multiphcation, 

di\dsion.    (Recognition  of  necessary  facts.) 

3.  Work  with  figures. 

B.    Grade  III. 
Facility  in  Number  Combinations. 

1.  Familiarity  with  tables  as  such. 

2.  Oral  work  in  multiplication,  division. 

3.  Written  work  in  addition,  subtraction,  multiplication,  short  di^'ision. 

4.  Informal  recognition  of  fractional  relation.  (Objective.) 

5.  Drill  work;  kinds. 

6.  Application  of  number  to  measurements  of  length,  area,  weight, 

money  value. 

7.  Original  number  stories.    (Should  be  a  natural  growth  from  early 

stories  and  constructive  work.) 

IV.    General  Conference  on  Arithmetic. 

A.  Acquisition  of  Ideas  About  Number  and  Number  Relations. 

1.  Use  of  objects:  kind;  variety. 

2.  Use  of  lines,  surfaces,  volumes,  having  common  unit  of  measure. 

3.  Use  of  representations,  drawings,  folded  paper. 

4.  Use  of  symbols:  their  meaning. 

5.  The  figure  as  an  expression  of  a  number  idea. 

B.    Drill  in  the  Use  of  Figures  and  Processes. 

1.  Aim:  formation  of  habit. 

2.  Drill  in  the  fundamental  operations  and  processes. 

(a.)    Grades  II.  and  III.:  addition,  subtraction. 
(5.)    Grade  III.:  the  tables. 

(c.)    Grades  IV.,  V.,  VI.:  extension  of  drill  work,  and  its  appUcation 

to  fractions  and  decimals. 
{d.)    Grades  VII.  and  VIII.:  extension  of  drill  work  with  special 

reference  to  percentage  relations. 

3.  The  organization  and  motivation  of  drill. 

4.  Speed  and  accuracy.    (A  discussion  of  relative  values.) 


8 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3. 


C.    Application  of  Arithmetical  Knowledge. 

1.  Just  as  all  ideas  of  number  originate  from  objects  and  magnitudes 

so  the  use  of  these  ideas  terminates  in  their  appropriate  application 
to  concrete  situations  involving  number  relations. 

2.  Problem  work. 

(a.)    Its  increasing  scope  throughout  the  grades. 
(b.)    The  relation  of  the  problem  to  the  child's  experience.  (Store 
problems.) 

(c.)    The  original  problem;  its  significance, 
(d.)    Work  in  actual  measurement. 
(6.)    Drawing  to  scale;  construction. 

(/.)    Explanation  of  the  problem.    (Avoid  so-called  formal  explan- 
ation with  its  language  diflBculties.) 

3.  The  final  aim  of  work  in  application. 

(a.)    Adjustment  to  actual  en\'ironment. 
(6.)    The  production  of  "social  eflficiency." 
Teach  children  to  know  in  order  that  they  may  use  knowledge. 


THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


9 


SUGGESTIONS  TO  TEACHERS,  GRADES  IV.,  V. 

AND  VI. 

To  BE  Carried  Out  During  Observation  of  Arithmetic  Lessons. 


1.  Natural  Interests  of  Children. 
Consideration  for  these  ought  to  be  in  evidence  incidentally  in  many 
forms  of  school  work  and  in  the  recreation  periods,  as  well  as  in  the  regular 
class  work.  Teacher  can  suggest  specific  ways  in  which  she  considers 
these  interests,  in  addition  to  any  that  the  students  have  an  opportunity 
to  observe. 

2.    Oral  and  Written  Expression. 
A  few  moments  devoted  to  recitation,  story-telling,  personal  narration 
or  reproduction  of  stories  read  will  serve  to  keep  in  mind  some  of  the 
aims  sought  and  the  development  accompUshed  in  silent  reading  and  oral 
expression.    Some  interesting  compositions  may  be  examined. 

3.    Teaching  of  Arithmetic. 

(a.)  Figure  work  to  illustrate  processes  taught  and  facility  gained  in 
whatever  stage  of  development  children  have  reached.  Oral  and  written 
abstract  work  to  show  nature  and  quaUty  of  performance.  Review  and 
new  work  both  desirable. 

(6.)  Practice  with  addition  drill  sheets  and  Thompson  drill  sheets 
with  chance  for  individual  drill,  this  being  the  only  way  to  discover  and 
eUminate  individual  faults. 

(c.)  Problem  work,  both  assigned  by  teacher  and  devised  by  pupils. 
Any  process  well  understood  by  children  should  soon  fijid  expression  in 
their  original  problems,  stated,  solved  and  criticised  by  the  children 
themselves. 

(d.)  Special  work  in  measurement  in  which  application  is  made  of 
tables  learned  and  involving  whole  numbers  and  fractional  relations; 
the  aim  being  to  show  that  we  teach  children  to  know  in  order  that  they 
may  apply. 

These  suggestions  are  intended  to  be  applied  within  the  field  of  actual 
work  in  each  grade.  Teachers  may  well  consult  Smith's  ''Teacliing  of 
Arithmetic"  and  Suzzalo's  ''Teaching  of  Primary  Arithmetic"  for 
illuminating  suggestions.  Teachers  in  Grade  IV.  will  probabh'  emphasize 
the  long  division  process  and  the  approach  to  and  development  of  formal 
work  with  simple  fractions  for  process  work;  in  Grade  V.  decimal 
notation  and  processes;  in  Grade  VI.  the  formal  apphcation  of  fractional 
operations;  but  there  is  no  fixed  demand  upon  the  teacher  to  depart  from 
progressive  work  with  the  class  merely  for  the  sake  of  illustration. 

All  forms  of  work  require  such  frequent  review  and  application  that  it  is 
beheved  to  be  possible  to  interpret  practically  all  the  above  mentioned 
ideas  in  the  period  of  observation. 


10 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3. 


B.   COMBINED  OBSERVATION  AND 
PARTICIPATION. 


One  hour  a  week  for  thirty-six  weeks  is  devoted  to  this  phase  of  work, 
although  some  of  this  time  is  given  for  written  work,  as  students  are 
allowed  no  outside  time  for  that  purpose.  One  hour  during  the  year  is 
taken  under  this  head  for  each  of  the  following  selected  exercises  with 
groups  of  children : 

1.  A  walk  in  the  Fenway  Park  in  October. 

2.  Bulb  planting  in  November. 

3.  Preparation  of  dramatization. 

4.  Seed  planting  (when  time  allows). 

5.  An  outdoor  arithmetic  lesson. 

6.  A  walk  in  the  Fenway  Park  in  April  or  May. 
These  special  exercises  will  be  referred  to  later. 

The  first  hour  in  the  afternoon  (the  last  hour  in  the  Normal  School 
program)  is  given  to  combined  observation  and  participation.  Students 
are  assigned  in  pairs  to  ten  rooms  each  day  four  days  a  week,  each  one  of 
the  eighty  students  visiting  the  school  once  a  week.  At  first  they  are 
given  very  little  to  do  except  assisting  the  teacher  in  small  duties  or  helping 
individual  children,  but  after  one  or  two  visits  they  begin  to  conduct 
some  of  the  easier  exercises  such  as  spelhng  or  writing  lessons,  dictation, 
gymnastics  and  review  drills.  The  purpose  of  this  w^ork  is  to  give  each 
student  a  chance  to  face  the  class,  to  learn  how  to  speak  -with,  ease  and 
clearness,  and  to  come  easily  into  the  necessary  relations  of  class  manage- 
ment. Gradually  the  students  are  given  a  "wider  opportunity.  A  story 
is  told,  a  poem  read  and  talked  over  with  the  children,  and  sometimes  a 
regular  lesson  is  taught  in  some  subject  in  which  the  student  is  partic- 
ularly interested.  Little  attempt  is  made  to  give  definite  training  in 
"method"  because  the  purpose  of  the  exercise  is  to  estabUsh  simply  a 
natural  and  easy  relationship  with,  the  class  through  the  medium  of  a 
subject  that  is  well  enough  understood  to  enable  the  student  to  express 
herself  without  undue  restraint  and  to  begin  to  appreciate  from  experience 
some  of  the  requisites  which  may  or  may  not  be  present  in  her  conduct 
of  the  exercise  attempted. 

This  work  invariably  results  in  a  quickened  interest  in  observation 
and  a  better  comprehension  of  what  constitutes  good  teaching.  A  vague 
question,  or  an  ineffective  illustration,  a  tone  of  voice  that  does  not  carry 
to  all  parts  of  the  room,  these  defects  and  others,  generally  noted  by  the 
student  herself,  awaken  her  to  the  need  of  careful  study  of  the  child's 
mind,  careful  preparation  of  the  lesson,  and  vigorous  personal  effort. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  she  succeeds  in  holding  the  attention  and  stimulating 
the  interest  of  a  class  of  children  she  comes  away  from  the  experience 


THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


11 


with  a  new  sense  of  power  and  a  new  interest  in  her  work.  The  pupils  in 
the  school  have  a  decided  spirit  of  cooperation,  and  it  is  seldom  that  they 
fail  to  assist  the  beginner  in  every  possible  way. 

In  about  half  of  the  participation  exercises  students  are  allowed  to 
work  with  small  groups  of  pupils  either  giving  lessons  in  reading  in  the 
lower  grades,  or  helping  individual  children  in  arithmetic,  or  in  the  cor- 
rection of  written  work. 

The  assignment  of  these  exercises  is  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  teacher, 
influenced  to  some  extent  by  the  student's  choice  and  special  adaptability. 
Their  chief  value  lies  in  the  fact  that  they  are  not  formal  imitations  or 
copyings  of  a  "model"  lesson,  but  they  are  intended  so  far  as  possible  to 
bring  students  into  such  relations  with  the  pupils  as  will  best  enable  them 
to  observe  and  study  the  working  of  children's  minds  under  the  conditions 
described.  This  is  believed  by  the  director  of  the  school  to  be  the  natural 
mode  of  approach  to  teaching. 

This  procedure  is  based  on  the  belief  that  teaching  is  and  always  will 
be  more  of  an  art  than  a  science;  that  the  establishment  of  personal 
mental  relationships  based  on  an  informal  study  of  individuals  and  groups, 
and  supplemented  by  limited  experience  with  whole  classes,  is  the  proper 
introduction  and  incentive  to  the  study  of  the  scientific  side  of  education ; 
and  that  exercises  of  the  character  above  described  furnish  ample  oppor- 
tunity for  self-examination,  and  stimulate  a  desire  for  the  study  of  educa- 
tional psychology  and  special  method.  There  is  certainly  some  appre- 
ciation of  ''method"  and  there  is  much  that  associates  with  the  study  of 
psychologj^,  but  the  formal  study  of  neither  of  these  things  is  sought.  The 
purpose  is  rather  to  enable  the  student  to  pursue  certain  definite  aims 
under  conditions  that  stimulate  the  study  of  individual  children  and  at 
the  same  time  accustom  her  to  some  of  the  necessary  restraints  and  for- 
malities that  are  a  necessary  accompaniment  to  the  teaching  and  man- 
agement of  large  numbers  of  children  in  the  schoolroom. 

While  the  room  teacher  frequently  offers  suggestion  and  advice  it  is 
generally  understood  that  it  shall  be  encouraging  rather  than  too  critical, 
and  the  student  is  r^ted  on  her  power  of  adaptability  and  self-expression 
rather  than  her  mastery  of  any  formal  instructions. 


12 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3. 


SPECIAL  EXERCISES. 


The  autumn  walk  in  Fenway  Park,  the  bulb  planting,  the  sowing  of 
seeds  and  the  walk  in  the  springtime  are  all  managed  so  as  to  emphasize 
not  any  set  methods  conducting  such  exercises,  but  the  underlying  principle 
that  makes  them  valuable. 

Children  are  naturally  interested  in  all  forms  of  life,  but  nature  lessons 
presented  in  the  schoolroom  frequently  result  in  little  or  no  real  stimulus 
or  development  of  this  natural  interest.  The  chief  value  of  these  exercises 
lies  in  the  active  participation  of  children  in  securing  the  end  sought,  and 
there  must  be  present  on  the  part  of  the  teacher  a  real  enthusiasm  and 
interest  that  enables  her  to  meet  her  pupils  on  the  level  of  a  common 
interest. 

The  walk  in  the  autumn  aims  to  establish  an  appreciation  of  the 
approaching  period  of  dormant  life  in  nature.  Any  or  all  of  the  following 
conditions  may  form  subjects  of  conversation  and  objects  of  observation: 

1.  The  scattering  of  seeds  and  their  protection. 

2.  The  falUng  of  leaves  and  the  formation  of  dormant  buds. 

3.  The  migration  of  birds. 

4.  The  metamorphosis  of  insects. 

If  later  on  the  interest  aroused  results  in  further  inquiries  by  the  children 
which  can  be  satisfied  by  more  careful  study  and  discussion  of  specimens 
in  the  class  room,  the  purpose  of  the  excursion  will  have  been  reaUzed. 

The  same  spirit  animates  the  other  exercises.  In  every  case  each 
student  has  charge  of  from  three  to  five  pupils.  A  brief  report  is  made 
by  the  student  and  children  are  encouraged  to  write  the  story  of  what 
they  have  seen  and  done.  This  gives  students  a  chance  to  see  how  much 
(or  little)  the  children  have  really  got  as  a  result  of  their  efforts,  and 
furnishes  them  with  their  first  opportunity  to  help  children  organize  their 
ideas.  So  there  is  developed  the  conception  of  an  exercise  in  written 
language  based  on  a  mutual  experience ;  and  the  correction  and  discussion 
of  the  results  bring  students  face  to  face  with  some  of  the  problems  of 
securing  correct  form  and  orderly  thought  in  oral  and  written  expression. 

Besides  all  this,  students  have  an  excellent  chance  to  see  what  children 
are  like  out  of  school,  and  enter  into  much  more  natural  relations  with 
them  than  they  are  apt  to  acquire  in  the  schoolroom.  It  is  believed  that 
the  kind  of  contact  thus  established  is  of  the  greatest  possible  value  in 
its  influence  on  the  point  of  view  that  the  young  teacher  adopts  in  her 
later  relations  with  pupils. 

In  the  bulb  planting  project  four  students  are  joined  with  the  same 
number  of  children  chosen  from  all  roonis  in  the  school.  The  soil  is  pre- 
pared and  bulbs  are  planted  in  8-inch  and  10-inch  bulb  pots.  Their 
habit  of  growth  is  explained  and  the  bulbs  are  put  away  (generally  in  a 
pit  out  of  doors).    In  December  they  are  distributed  among  the  rooms 


THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


13 


and  their  development  is  watched  with  interest  and  satisfaction  by  all 
concerned.  In  this  way  about  a  thousand  bulbs  arc  brought  to  bloom 
in  the  darkest  and  dreariest  part  of  the  year.  The  different  varieties  of 
narcissus  are  most  used,  and  their  beautiful  blossoms  are  the  chief  attrac- 
tion and  decoration  of  the  schoolrooms  for  several  weeks  in  January  and 
February. 

The  arithmetic  field  lesson  requires  a  brief  description  because  of  its 
significant  influence  on  all  teaching  which  involves  measurement. 

Each  student  is  assigned  to  a  group  of  three  pupils.  She  provides  a 
stout  cord  one  rod  long,  marked  off  in  yards.  One  of  the  children  brings 
a  foot  rule.  A  distance  is  selected  for  measurement,  and  each  member 
of  the  group  records  a  preliminary  estimate.  It  is  then  measured  and  the 
result  recorded.  The  idea  of  measuring  by  pacing  the  distance  is  then 
developed.  The  length  of  each  one's  pace  is  determined  by  pacing  a 
measured  distance  several  times  and  the  result  recorded.  The  next  dis- 
tance selected  is  first  estimated,  then  paced,  and  lastly  exactly  measured. 
In  the  course  of  this  exercise  it  is  easy  to  see  that  several  practical  examples 
in  multiplication,  division  and  reduction  may  arise.  The  real  significance 
and  relation  of  inches,  feet,  yards  and  rods  begin  to  become  matters  of 
interest.  In  the  higher  grades  the  scope  of  the  exercise  is  extended  to 
include  areas.  An  interesting  field  of  experience  is  opened  up,  and  the 
foundation  is  laid  for  useful  apphcation  of  facts  learned.  It  not  infre- 
quently happens  that  some  of  the  children  are  keener  than  the  students 
themselves  in  judging  distances.  The  whole  exercise  stimulates  keen 
interest  and  attention  and  results  in  definite  satisfaction  and  growth  of 
power. 


14 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3. 


ACTIVITIES  OF  THE  SCHOOL. 


In  addition  to  the  activities  designed  especially  for  the  training  of 
students  it  is  the  purpose  of  the  school  to  be  responsive  to  a  broad  range 
of  educational  ideas  and  to  work  out  some  practical  problems  in  educa- 
tion each  year.  It  is  not  an  "experimental"  school,  and  cannot  be  so 
under  present  conditions;  nor  is  it  a  "model"  school  in  the  sense  of  being 
a  perfect  school.  In  many  ways  it  is  difficult  to  secure  more  than  average 
results  in  school  work,  owing  to  the  location  and  equipment  of  the  building, 
the  school  population  and  other  conditions  outside  of  administrative 
control.  It  is  believed,  however,  that  any  good  school  should  do  some 
work  of  an  experimental  character,  that  it  should  have  some  definite 
constructive  aims,  and  that  its  teachers  should  be  animated  by  a  spirit 
of  professional  study.  In  these  respects  and  in  others  that  pertain  to 
progressive  school  management  and  practice,  the  school  maintains  a 
standard  of  effort  that  may  well  serve  as  an  example  for  students  in  the 
Normal  School  and  others  interested  in  education.  Three  general  lines 
of  effort  have  characterized  the  work  of  the  past  year: 

1 .  Work  in  connection  with  standard  measurements  of  school  efficiency. 

2.  Dramatization  in  connection  with  reading  and  literature. 

3.  Special  projects  with  classes  and  groups  of  children. 

1.    Standard  Measurements. 

A.  English. 

The  Courtis  tests  in  English  have  been  given  in  all  grades  above  the 
third,  largely  for  the  purpose  of  determining  their  value  for  practical  use. 
The  nature  of  these  tests,  the  fact  that  they  were  new  to  teachers  and 
children,  and  the  character  and  amount  of  correction  and  computation 
required  in  connection  with  them,  made  this  a  task  of  really  tremendous 
diflBculty  to  carry  on  in  addition  to  the  regular  work.  The  tabulations 
of  results  from  these  tests  were  analyzed  and  a  report  is  being  prepared 
for  the  School  Department  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  presenting  an  estimate 
of  the  value  of  these  particular  tests  and  some  suggestions  as  to  the  kind 
of  English  tests  that  may  be  wisely  undertaken. 

B.  Arithmetic. 

The  Courtis  tests  in  arithmetic  have  been  given  for  two  successive 
years  by  Normal  School  students  under  direction  of  a  department  in  the 
Normal  School.  This  year  an  attempt  has  been  made  by  the  Model 
School  to  improve  the  performance  of  pupils  in  the  four  fundamental 
operations  in  arithmetic  by  means  of  practice  sheets  similar  to  the  Courtis 
tests  but  presented  and  used  in  a  manner  suited  to  drill  rather  than  simply 
to  testing  of  ability.    These  sheets  were  printed  and  distributed  at  cost 


THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


15 


to  other  schools  in  the  city  and  elsewhere.  Nearly  350,000  of  them  were 
used  in  Boston,  Cambridge,  Fall  River,  Lawrence,  Newton,  Everett,  New 
Bedford  and  other  places.  The  same  forms  will  be  issued  again  next 
year.  They  have  proved  to  be  valuable  for  the  purpose  intended,  especially 
when  used  as  directed  in  connection  with  the  individual  score  sheet  designed 
to  accompany  them.  There  are  sixteen  sheets  of  addition  combinations, 
and  eight  sheets  each  of  subtraction,  multiplication  and  division.  Infor- 
mation concerning  these  may  be  had  by  addressing  the  director  of  the 
Model  School. 

C.  Reading  List  on  Standard  Measurements. 
The  following  books  and  pamphlets  have  been  added  to  the  school 
library  this  year,  and  a  list  of  them  has  been  distributed  to  large  numbers 
of  teachers  and  principals  with  a  view  to  encouraging  reading  and  study 
of  available  sources.  Some  of  these  books  are  valuable  in  this  connec- 
tion only  in  small  part,  but  all  have  been  found  to  contain  matter  of 
considerable  usefulness  either  of  an  elementary  or  advanced  character. 

Standard  Measurements  —  Reading  List. 
Published  by  Teachers  College,  New  York: 

Handwriting.    E.  L.  Thorndike.    Teachers  College  Record.   Vol.  XI., 

No.  2,  March,  1910.    Price  30  cents. 
Scale  in  Handwriting.    E.  L.  Thorndike.    Price  10  cents. 
A  Scale  for  the  Measurement  of  Quality  in  English  Composition  of 

Young  People.   M.  B.  Hillegas,  Teachers  College  Record,  September. 

1912.    Vol.  XIIL.  No.  4. 
Arithmetical  Abilities  and  Some  Factors  Determining  Them.    C.  W. 

Stone,  1910. 

Spelling  Ability:   Its  Measurement  and  Distribution.    B.  R.  Buck- 
ingham, 1913. 
Published  by  The  Macmillan  Company : 

Brief  Course  in  the  Teaching  Process.   G.  D.  Stray er.    1913.  Chap. 
XIX.    Measuring  Results  in  Education,  247-26.5. 

Educational  Administration.   Strayer  and  Thorndike.   1913.   Part  IV. 
Means  of  Measuring  Educational  Products,  207-249. 
Published  by  the  Russell  Sage  Foundation,  New  York : 

Bulletin  E  126,  The  Spelling  Vocabularies  of  Personal  and  Business 
Letters.    Price  5  cents. 

A  Scale  for  Measuring  the  Quality  of  Handwriting  of  School  Children. 
Price  5  cents. 

The  Measurement  of  Educational  Processes  and  Products. 
The  Binet-Simon  Measuring  Scale  for  IntelUgence:  Some  Criticisms 
and  Suggestions. 

Published  by  the  Psychological  Clinic  Press,  Philadelphia,  Penn.: 

Some  Results  of  Standard  Tests.    D.  C.  Bliss.    The  Psychological 
Clinic.    March  15,  1912,  Vol.  VI.,  No.  1. 

Published  by  Harvard  College: 

Proceedings  of  the  Harvard  Teachers'  Association,  1913. 

Published  by  Warwicke  &  Yorke,  Baltimore,  Md.: 

Manual  of  Mental  and  Physical  Tests.    G.  :M.  Whipple,  1910.. 


16 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3. 


Published  by  Department  of  Cooperative  Research,  Detroit,  Mich.; 
Bulletin  No.  2 — Courtis  Standard  Tests  —  Second  Annual  Accounting 

—1912-13. 
Other  PubUcations: 

Outline  of  a  Tentative  Scheme  for  the  Measurement  of  Teaching  Efl&- 

ciency.  ElUott.   State  Department  of  Education,  Madison,  Wis. 
Report  of  the  Committee  of  the  National  Council  of  Education  on 

Standards  and  Tests  for  Measuring  the  Efficiency  of  Schools  or 

Systems  of  Schools.     Stray er.     Bureau  of  Education  —  Bulletin 

No.  521.  1913. 

The  Courtis  Test  in  Arithmetic.    Courtis.    Report  of  the  Committee 
on  School  Inquiry,  City  of  New  York.   391-546.  1911-12. 

2.    Dramatization . 

Dramatizing  stories  has  long  been  a  part  of  the  work  in  reading  in  the 
lower  grades.  This  year  an  attempt  has  been  made  to  carry  on  such  work 
rather  freely  in  all  grades  in  the  school.  Nearly  all  the  reading  matter 
suited  for  use  in  elementary  schools  ought  to  stimulate  visualization  and 
imagination  and  arouse  a  desire  for  natural  and  vigorous  interpretation. 
That  it  does  not  always  tend  to  do  so  is  due  in  large  part  to  the  fact  that 
so  little  opportunity  is  given  the  child  to  express  himself  in  the  manner 
most  natural  for  children,  namely,  by  physical  action.  When  children 
are  encouraged  to  so  express  themselves  —  to  create  a  setting  appropriate 
for  the  reproduction  of  a  story  and  to  devise  means  of  carrying  out  the 
action  and  conversation  necessary  for  its  proper  interpretation  —  the  desire 
for  intelligent  and  forceful  expression  is  increased.  Initiative,  resource- 
fulness and  self-confidence  are  developed.  The  spirit  of  team  work  and 
mutual  helpfulness  is  aroused.  Opportunities  abound  for  leadership  and 
for  cooperation. 

The  experiments  tried  in  various  rooms  and  in  hall  exercises  have  given 
teachers  a  good  idea  of  the  possibiUties  and  limitations  of  independent 
work  by  the  pupils,  and  have  enabled  them  to  make  the  most  of  the  crea- 
tive instincts  of  children  without  sacrificing  the  guidance,  suggestion  anii 
training  that  need  to  come  from  the  teacher. 

In  the  following  partial  list  of  stories  dramatized  this  year  will  be  found 
some  that  were  taken  from  history  work,  others  from  reading  books,  and 
still  others  from  dramatic  readers  and  books  of  plays.  Many  of  these 
stories  have  been  acted  in  the  hall  at  Friday  afternoon  exercises,  and  out 
of  the  practice  of  ''Friday  afternoon  dramatics"  has  grown  the  plan  of 
having  one  or  more  rooms  furnish  a  little  entertainment  each  Friday  for 
the  rest  of  the  school  and  for  such  parents  as  may  come. 

In  general  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  larger  use  of  dramatization 
has  greatly  increased  the  interest  of  children  in  oral  reading  and  in  each 
other.  It  has  helped  bring  teachers  and  children  into  closer  and  more 
companionable  relations  and  has  socialized  the  spirit  of  the  school.  Several 
of  the  children  have  written  or  adapted  little  plays.  It  is  believed  that 
the  influence  of  this  work  carries  over  into  the  life  of  all  the  children  to  a 
considerable  extent,  even  when  they  do  not  frequently  take  an  active  part 
in  it. 


THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


A  Partial  List  of  Stories  Dramatized. 

Grade  II. 
Three  Piggy  Wigs. 
The  Gingerbread  Man. 
The  Three  Goats. 
The  Three  Bears. 

The  Country  Mouse  and  the  City  Mouse. 
The  Boy  who  cried  "Wolf." 

Grade  III. 
The  Rich  Goose. 
The  Stone  in  the  Road. 
Johnny  Cake. 
Billy  Binks. 

The  Three  Little  Pigs  and  the  Ogre. 

The  Wolf  and  the  Kid. 

The  Ant  and  the  Mouse. 

The  Marriage  of  Robin  and  Wren. 

The  Tar  Baby. 

The  Wish  Bird. 

Grade  IV. 

Little  Pilgrims. 
Jack  Horner's  Pie. 
Reynard  the  Fox. 
The  Sleeping  Beauty. 
Wise  Men  of  Gotham. 
The  Gorgon's  Head. 
Daniel  Boone. 

Daniel  Webster's  First  Plea. 

Grade  V. 
The  Gingerbread  Man. 
The  Three  Bears. 
Cinderella. 
Abraham  Lincoln, 
Cosette. 

Little  Snowdrop. 
Brought  to  Trial. 

Grade  VI. 
His  Word  of  Honor. 
Sleeping  Beauty. 
William  Tell. 
William  Haverly. 
The  Birds'  Christmas  Carol. 
The  Three  Wishes. 
The  Soldier's  Reprieve. 


18 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3. 


Dinner  at  the  Cratchit's. 
A  Brave  Boy. 
Scrooge  and  Marley. 
Hansel  and  Gretel. 


Grade  VII . 

Cinderella. 
Persephone. 

Columbus  Seeking  Assistance  from  Royalty. 

The  First  Thanksgiving. 

General  Gage  and  the  Boston  Boys. 

Nimble  Wit  and  Fingerkins. 

A  Lesson  on  George  Washington. 

The  Boston  Tea  Party. 

The  Capture  of  Fort  Ticonderoga. 

Opportunity. 

Grade  VIII . 
The  Vicar  of  Wakefield. 
Little  Men. 
The  Sleeping  Beauty. 
Nathan  Hale. 
The  Diamond  Necklace. 
The  Treason  of  Benedict  Arnold. 
Rebecca  of  Sunn3'brook  Farm. 


A  Friday  Afternoon  Program. 
Martin  School,  Friday,  May  15,  1914- 
Grade  V.    Chorus,  "O  ye  Hours." 

Grade  V.    Poem, ''I'd  Like  to  Be."  "  Eugene  Field 

Recited  by  Charlotte  Peterson. 
Grade  VL    Class,  "A  Song  of  the  Year." 

Grade  VL    Story,  ''How  the  Camel  Got  his  Hump."  Kipling 

Told  by  Louise  Gietzen. 
Grade  VL    Boys'  Chorus,  "Star  of  Peace." 
Grade  V.    Poem,  "The  Four-Leaf  Clover." 

Recited  by  Eleanor  Fitzgerald. 

Grade  V.    Folk  Dance. 

Grade  VI.    Song  by  Class,  "To  a  Bird  Singing." 

Grade  VI.    Story,  "The  Elephant's  Child."  Kipling 

Told  by  Rose  Casler. 
Grade  VI.    Song  by  Class,  "Ariel's  Song." 
Grade  VI.    Scene  from  "Little  Lord  Fauntleroy." 
Grade  V.    "Dixie"  Polka. 

Grade  VI.    Class  Recitation,  "The  Flag."  Van  Dyke 

Grade  VI.    Song  by  Class,  "  Wake!   Wake! " 
Grade  V.    Story,  "The  Little  Hero  of  Harlem." 

Told  by  William  Gardner. 
Grade  V.    Chorus,  "Evening  Song." 


THE  BOSTON  MODEL  SCHOOL. 


19 


3.    Special  Projects. 

Under  this  head  a  great  variety  of  activities  might  be  included,  but 
only  a  few  can  be  referred  to  here. 

A.    Nature  Study  and  Gardening. 

It  is  believed  by  the  writer  that  no  argument  is  needed  to  support  the 
theory  that  an  appreciation  of  nature  and  an  interest  in  growing  things 
are  vital,  practical  elements  in  any  complete  scheme  of  education.  That 
they  are  difficult  of  accomplishment  in  a  city  school  should  not  prevent 
some  effort  being  made  to  at  least  partly  achieve  results  by  suggestion  and 
demonstration,  even  though  every  child  cannot  participate.  A  small 
garden  is  maintained  in  both  of  the  school  yards  in  the  district  and  a 
considerable  number  of  children  plant  seeds  every  year  and  bring  plants 
from  their  home  gardens.  Seeds  are  started  in  boxes  in  the  school,  and 
although  the  results  are  not  very  satisfactory  owing  to  poor  conditions,  it 
is  surprising  to  see  how  many  children  are  encouraged  to  do  some  planting 
at  home  and  how  interested  they  are  in  the  process.  In  addition  to  tlie 
seeds  sent  from  Washington  every  year  for  free  distribution,  several 
hundred  small  packets  are  made  up  by  the  children  from  seed  bought  at 
wholesale  and  sold  at  cost  to  pupils. 

The  most  successful  form  of  gardening  for  city  children  in  school  has  been 
found  to  be  bulb  growing,  both  because  the  results  are  fairly  certain  and 
because  the  operations  are  easily  arranged  anywhere,  and  may  be  duplicated 
successfully  in  the  home. 

In  accordance  with  its  policy  of  cooperation  the  school  extends  to  all 
teachers  in  the  city  an  opportunity  to  share  in  the  results  of  its  efforts 
in  this  direction.  Bulbs  and  pots  are  furnished  at  cost  to  all  who  want 
them.  In  this  way  about  8,000  bulbs  and  several  hundred  pots  were 
distributed  last  fall. 

If  the  School  Department  would  furnish  proper  potting  soil  and  take 
charge  of  the  distribution  of  bulbs  and  pots,  a  long  step  forward  would  be 
taken  in  estabUshing  a  permanent  interest  in  indoor  gardening  of  a  practical 
character.  As  to  the  educational  value  of  bulb  growing  one  has  only  to 
visit  the  Martin  School  when  the  bulbs  are  in  flower  to  be  convinced  of  the 
influence  that  this  enterprise  has  upon  the  children  individually  and  upon 
the  school  as  a  whole. 

About  a  thousand  bulbs  of  the  following  varieties  are  grown  at  the 
school  each  year.  All  these  varieties  have  been  found  suitable  for  indoor 
use  except  the  Darwin  tulips,  which  are  only  for  outdoor  planting.  Of 
the  other  tulips  Yellow  Prince  seems  to  be  the  best  for  indoors. 

List  of  Bulbs  Suitable  for  School  Use. 

Single  Tulips. —  Couleur  de  Cardinal.  Pink  Beauty.  Yellow  Prince 
(best  for  indoors).    White  Swan.  Murillo. 

Darwin  Tulips. —  Barron  de  la  Tonnaye.  Pride  of  Haarlem.  Extra 
fine  mixed. 

Narcissi. —  Double  Von  Sion.  Campernelle  Rugulosus.  Emperor. 
Empress.  Golden  Spur.  Mrs.  Langtry.  Princeps.  SirWatkins.  Paper 
White. 


20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  3. 


The  situation  of  the  school  near  the  Fenway  makes  it  possible  to  encour- 
age bird  study,  though  no  attempt  is  made  to  follow  any  set  course  of 
instruction.  Children  are  quick  to  develop  an  intelligent  interest  in  nature 
in  any  form,  and  it  is  noticeable  that  often  those  who  go  on  a  field  trip 
while  in  a  primary  grade  will  refer  to  it  in  the  following  year  or  two  years 
afterwards.  The  attitude  taken  by  the  teacher  on  such  excursions  is  not 
wholly  that  of  an  instructor,  but  rather  that  of  an  intelhgent  parent  or 
companion  of  children,  interested  to  help  the  little  ones  to  share  in  an 
appreciation  of  the  truly  wonderful  life  that  is  revealed  to  the  observant 
mind. 

B.  Miscellaneous  Field  Trips. 
Field  work  with  classes  of  forty  or  fifty  children  presents  some  difficul- 
ties, but  most  of  them  are  soon  overcome  as  the  teacher  and  children 
become  accustomed  to  the  changed  situation  and  adjust  themselves  to  it. 
The  most  important  thing  to  be  assured  of  is  that  the  teacher  has  a  definite 
and  comprehensive  knowledge  of  what  she  wants  the  children  to  get  from 
the  trip.  Of  course  it  is  important  that  the  thing  should  be  worth  getting, 
and  that  it  will  contribute  to  better  comprehension  of  social,  political, 
industrial,  historical,  commercial,  or  other  facts.  Teachers  who  have  done 
the  most  in  this  line  of  work  with  children  find  increasing  interest  and 
satisfaction  in  it.  Not  a  great  deal  is  attempted  by  any  one  teacher,  but 
this  form  of  education  is  encouraged  in  the  school  and  its  extension  is 
believed  to  be  desirable.  The  following  excursions  have  been  made  this 
year,  some  by  one  room  only  and  some  by  four  or  five  rooms. 


Field  Trips . 
Kindergarten.    Trip  to  Reservoir. 

Trip  to  Fenway  several  times. 
Blacksmith's  shop. 
Baker's  shop. 
Carpenter's  shop. 
Trip  to  Fenway.  ~  . 

Trip  to  Reservoir. 
Trips  to  Fenway. 
Trip  to  Reservoir. 
Trip  to  Fenway. 
Trip  to  Children's  Museum. 
Trip  to  Fenway  —  measuring  —  geography. 
Trip  to  Reservoir. 
Trip  to  Children's  Museum. 
Trip  to  Fenway  —  nature  study. 
Trip  to  Fenway  —  geography. 
Trip  to  Fenway  —  arithmetic. 
Trip  to  Parker  Hill  —  geography. 
Trip  to  Fenway  —  measuring. 
Trip  to  Fenway  —  bird  walk. 

Trip  to  Fenway  —  bird  walk  with  Mr.  Taylor  of  Children' 
Museum, 

Trip  to  Fenway  —  observation  of  soil  formation. 


Grade  I, 

Grade  II, 
Grade  III, 


Grade  IV. 


Grade  V. 


Grade  VI. 


TIIIC  liOWTON  MODEL  HCllDOl, 


21 


Trij)  to  Nav}'  Yard. 

Trij)  to  Franklin  Park. 

Trip  to  Cambridge  Museums. 
Grade  VII.    Trip  to  Filene's  Panama  Canal  Exhibit , 

Trip  to  Children's  Museum. 

Trip  to  Fenway  —  bird  walk. 

Trip  to  Fenway  —  sketching. 

Trip  to  Fenway  —  measuring. 
Grade  Vlll.    Trips  to  Art  Museum. 

Trip  to  Stock  Exchange,  American  Trust  Company,  Post 
Office,  City  Hall. 

Trip  to  steamsliii)  ^' Franconia." 

Observation  of  buildings  under  coiistruclioii. 

In  this  account  of  the  activities  of  the  school  special  emphasis  has  not 
been  laid  upon  the  routine  work  of  class  room  study  and  instruction. 
It  should  not  be  supposed,  however,  that  the  school  believes  in  minimizing 
the  intellectual  discipline  that  comes  from  careful  study  and  systematic 
drill,  or  the  develoi)ment  of  character  that  results  from  obedience  to 
authority  and  from  the  i)erformance  of  required  tasks  whether  they  are 
interesting  or  not.  A  great  deal  of  the  work  in  any  school  is  bound  to 
make  demands  upon  the  will  power  and  determination  of  })upils.  It 
ought  so  to  do  as  a  preparation  for  the  requirements  of  practical  life. 
But  if  in  addition  to  this  a  spirit  of  social  and  individual  activity  can  be 
encouraged  and  wholesome  interests  aroused  and  quickened  by  other 
means  than  text  book  study  and  schoolroom  recitation,  then  these  other 
aims  are  worthy  of  encouragement  and  emphasis.  It  is  the  conscious 
aim  of  the  school  to  utiHze  as  many  of  the  natural  interests  of  children  as 
possible,  and  to  connect  class  room  instruction  with  real  life  in  as  large 
a  measure  as  the  present  limitations  of  school  organization  allow. 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4-1914 

BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 
SYLLABDS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES 

SEPTEMBER,  1914 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
I  9  I  4 


INTEODUCTION. 


This  syllabus  for  special  classes  has  been  compiled  from  material  con- 
tributed by  each  of  the  special  class  teachers. 

During  the  school  year  1913-14  there  were  thirty-four  special  classes 
conducted  in  the  Boston  public  elementary  schools.  While  no  single  class 
attempted  all  of  the  work  outlined  in  this  syllabus,  in  the  aggregate  it 
was  covered  by  their  combined  work. 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

Basketry   55 

(See  Reed  and  Raffia  Baskets.)     .  55,  60 

Brass  work   61 

Materials  for  '     .      .  61 

Models  for   61 

Suggestions  for   61 

Chair  caning   53 

Cobbling   63 

Crocheting   77 

Cutting   52 

Advanced   52 

Circular   52 

Conventional   52 

Straight  line   52 

Domestic  science   21 

Drawing   48 

Color   48 

Design   49 

Illustrative   49 

Nature   49 

Object                                                                           .  48 

Entertainments   78 

Kinds  of   78 

Value  of   78 

Folding   51 

Reference  books   51 

Folk  dancing   16 

Lists  of  dances   16 

Preliminary  work   16 

Games   10 

Balance   13 

Ball   10 

Bean  bag   11 

Circle   11 

Guessing   11 

Gymnastics   13 

Out-of-door   13 

Races   11 

Tag   10 

Gymnastics,  Formal   15 

Knitting   75 

Materials  for   75 

Models  for   75 


4  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 

Page 

Language   28 

Materials  for   28 

Suggestive  books   40 

Leather   62 

Lunches   18 

After  lunch   20 

Cost  of   18 

Equipment  for  kitchen  for   20 

Equipment  for  lunches   18 

How  supported   18 

Recipes   18 

Serving  of   18 

Supplies  for   19 

Modeling   50 

Reference  books   50 

Nature   45 

Animals,  Study  of   45 

Birds,  Study  of   45 

By  drawing   45 

By  observation   45 

Fish,  Study  of   45 

Places  to  visit   46 

Plants,  Study  of   45 

References   46 

Trees,  Study  of   45 

With  specimens   46 

Number   23 

Devices   23 

Out-of-door  nature  work   46 

Equipment  for   46 

Garden   47 

School  garden   47 

Tools  for  class  of  1915   47 

Penmanship   44 

Raffia  work   60 

For  beginners   60 

Preliminary  lessons  in   60 

Weaving   60 

Reading   26 

Phonics   26 

Vocabulary   27 

Reed  baskets   55 

Borders  for   57 

Materials  for   55 

Mats   56 

Simple  baskets   55 

Trays   57 

Weaving  of   55 

Woven   56 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES.  5 

Page 

Sense  training   7 

Auditory   8 

Gustatory   9 

Large  and  intense  sensations   7 

Olfactory   9 

Sight   7 

Tactile   9 

Sewing   72 

For  high  grade  cases   74 

For  middle  grade  cases   73 

For  low  grade  cases   72 

Spelling   43 

Weaving   53 

Woodwork   64 

Models  for   64 

Tools  for   64 

Woods,  Study  of   64 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


7 


SENSE  TRAINING. 


1.    Large  and  Intense  Sensations. 

Flash  a  large  red  cloth  before  the  child.  Let  him  hear  a  loud  noise 
suddenly,  such  as  a  policeman's  rattle.  Let  him  touch  something  very 
rough  or  sharp.  Have  the  child  smell  a  very  strong  odor  as  that  of  gas- 
olene or  peppermint;  taste  a  strong  flavor  such  as  lemon  or  vinegar. 

2.    Sight  Training. 

A.  Color  Discrimination. 

Let  the  child  sort  large  pieces  of  red  and  yellow  cloth  or  other  materials, 
gradually  add  other  colors  and  diminish  size  of  materials  until  he  can  sort 
all  six  colors  of  small  squares,  pegs,  pieces  of  cloth  or  worsted.  Then  add 
tints  and  shades. 

Have  boxes  divided  into  eight  compartments,  each  painted  a  different 
color,  using  the  six  standard  colors  and  black  and  white.  Have  small 
squares  of  corresponding  colors  and  let  the  children  place  them  in  right 
compartments. 

B.  Form  Discriminations. 

Let  the  child  sort  large,  solid  forms,  using  two  contrasting  forms  first, 
as  cube  and  ball.  Later  add  other  solid  forms:  cylinder,  cone,  pyramid. 
Have  two  of  each  form  and  let  him  put  them  in  pairs.  Increase  the 
difficulty  by  adding  color.  Do  the  same  with  plane  forms:  circle,  square, 
oblong,  triangle,  diamond,  oval,  egg-shape,  pentagon,  hexagon. 

Draw  forms  on  board  and  let  the  child  match  cardboard  forms  to  them. 
Increase  the  difficulty  by  having  forms  of  different  sizes.  Have  a  series 
of  cubes  graduating  from  one  to  ten  inches.  Let  the  child  arrange  con- 
secutively.   Use  plane  forms  in  the  same  way.    (Use  Seguin's  inset  boards.) 

Have  boxes  divided  into  twenty-seven  compartments.  Have  letters 
of  the  alphabet  pasted  on  the  bottom  of  each.  Give  the  child  a  box  of 
letters  printed  on  cardboard  and  let  him  place  each  in  its  own  compartment. 
These  letters  can  also  be  used  in  building  words.    Use  picture  puzzles. 

C.  Correct  Observations. 
Have  several  objects  on  a  table.  Let  the  child  look  at  them  while  you 
count  three,  then  have  him  turn  away  and  tell  you  what  he  saw.  Let  the 
child  look  at  a  picture,  put  it  away  and  have  him  tell  what  he  saw.  Have 
child  describe,  draw  and  model  objects  seen.  Paste  on  cards,  6  by  9,  2-inch 
parquetry  squares,  circles,  oblongs,  triangles  of  different  colors.  Have 
different  numbers  of  them  and  in  different  positions  on  each  card.  Hold 
one  up  before  the  child  an  instant,  then  take  it  away  and  have  him  tell 
what  color  he  saw,  what  form,  or  how  many.  ■  • 


8  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 

Place  several  colored  balls  in  a  row,  such  as  the  kindergarten  worsted 
balls;  while  child  blinds  his  eyes  take  one  away;  have  him  open  his  eyes 
and  tell  which  one  is  gone.  Take  away  two  or  more  and  have  him  tell 
how  many  are  gone. 

Let  one  child  leave  the  room  and  have  the  children  guess  who  is  gone. 
Have  a  number  of  children  go  out  of  the  room.  Place  colored  ball  where 
it  can  be  seen  from  the  center  of  the  room.  Let  the  children  in  and  have 
each  one  take  seat  when  he  has  seen  the  ball. 

Build  with  large  wooden  blocks  and  have  chUd  imitate  you.  Have 
child  imitate  simple  gymnastic  movements. 

D.  Aim. 

Play  Bean  Bag  games,  throwing  them  into  box  or  through  hoop.  Roll 
balls  through  hoops  or  into  circle.    Play  Nine-Pins  and  Ring-Toss. 

3.    Auditory  Training. 

Have  a  box  of  different  instruments  such  as  a  whistle,  ball,  horn,  clap- 
pers, sleigh-bells,  rattle,  cow-bell.  Begin  with  two  sounds.  Blindfold  the 
child  and  let  him  hear  first  one  sound  and  then  another.  Gradually  add 
other  sounds  and  have  him  name  them,  also  point  in  the  direction  from 
which  the  sound  comes. 

Use  kindergarten  game  of  "Bell  Ringer"  in  the  Reed  book.  One 
child  is  blindfolded  and  another  child  rings  a  bell.  The  blindfolded  child 
points  in  the  direction  of  sound  and  then  chases  the  child,  who  continues 
to  ring  the  bell  until  caught. 

"Bell  the  Cat"  is  played  by  having  several  blindfolded  children  chasing 
the  child  with  the  bell  at  the  same  time. 

"Coo-coo  Game."  One  child  hides  and  says  "Coo-coo"  while  another 
child  follows  the  sound  to  find  him.  Game  of  "Pussy."  Put  a  block 
under  a  towel  and  call  it  a  pussy.  While  one  child  is  out  of  the  room  another 
takes  "Pussy"  from  under  the  towel,  goes  back  to  his  seat  and  meows 
like  a  cat.  When  the  first  child  comes  back  and  finds  "Pussy"  gone  he 
listens  for  her  and  tries  to  find  her  by  following  the  sound. 

Hide  a  ball  or  stone  and  have  chUd  hunt  for  it  by  listening  to  music; 
loud  when  he  is  near;  soft  when  away  from  object. 

Have  children  listen  to  music  and  do  as  it  indicates  —  march,  run,  skip, 
fly,  creep. 

Have  child  blindfolded  and  guess  other  children  by  sound  of  their  voices. 

One  child  is  blindfolded  and  says  "Where  art  thou,  Rachel?"  Another 
answers  "Here  I  am!"  First  child  tries  to  catch  him  by  following  the 
sound  of  the  voice. 

Have  child  listen  carefully  to  simple  commands,  then  perform  them. 
Example  —  Shut  the  door  and  open  the  window.  Gradually  increase  the 
number  of  commands  given  at  one  time. 

Have  child  repeat  numbers  after  you,  also  sentences. 

Play  notes  on  the  piano  and  have  child  tell  if  they  are  high  or  low. 

Play  simple  music  and  have  child  sing  it. 

Rap  on  table  a  number  of  times.  Have  the  children  tell  the  number  of 
raps. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


9 


4,    Tactile  Training. 

Have  a  wonder  bag.  Put  in  one  object  such  as  a  cup.  Let  child  put  his 
hand  in  and  try  to  tell  what  it  is  by  feeling  of  it.  Add  another  object  and 
ask  him  to  find  you  the  cup.    Make  this  more  difficult  by  adding  objects. 

Let  child  feel  of  different  objects  while  blindfolded  and  tell  if  they  are 
rough,  smooth,  hard,  soft,  wet,  dry,  hot  or  cold.  Let  him  lift  different 
objects  and  tell  if  heavy  or  light. 

Have  boxes  of  same  size  but  different  weights.  Have  child  arrange 
consecutively. 

Have  book  of  materials  such  as  linen,  cotton,  silk,  velvet.  Have  child 
name  while  blindfolded. 

Put  a  form  into  a  child's  hand  behind  his  back.  Take  form  away  and 
let  him  describe,  name  or  draw  it  on  board. 

Do  the  same  with  cut  letters.  Let  child  arrange  different  sized  forms 
consecutively  while  blindfolded. 

5.  Olfactory  Training. 

Have  in  a  box  bottles  of  sugar,  vinegar,  salt,  castor  oil,  molasses,  vanilla, 
lemon,  spearmint,  pepper,  ginger,  cloves.  Begin  with  two  contrasting 
tastes  such  as  vinegar  and  sugar  and  have  a  blindfolded  child  tell  how 
they  taste.  Add  others  and  let  him  name  them.  Use  small  bottles  which 
are  large  at  the  top,  with  glass  stoppers. 

6.  Gustatory  Training. 

Use  same  as  in  olfactory  training  but  add  turpentine,  kerosene,  perfume. 
Let  children  smell  and  name  while  blindfolded. 

Let  them  smell  of  different  flowers  and  name  while  blindfolded.  Have 
cheese  cloth  blinders  for  each  child. 


10 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


GAMES. 


Most  of  them  are  taken  from  the  carefully  prepared  ''Provisional 
Course  in  Physical  Education  for  Elementary  Schools."  PubHshed  by 
City  of  Boston  in  1909. 

Tag  Games. 

Hand  Tag,  page  20. 
Skipping  Tag,  page  22. 
Squat  Tag,  page  24. 
Token  Tag,  page  46. 

Swedish  Fox  and  Geese. —  Children  line  up  with  arms  around  waists, 
holding  on  tightly.  First  child  holds  arms  out  straight.  Fox  tries  to 
tag  child  on  end. 

Ball  Games. 

Circle  Tag  Ball,  page  57. 
Dodge  Ball,  page  46. 
Guess  Ball,  page  68. 
Umbrella  Ball,  page  68. 

Ball  Drill. —  Left  hand  behind  back.  Bounce  ball  and  catch  with  right 
hand.  Change  hands.  Both  hands  in  front,  bounce  and  catch  with 
alternate  hand. 

Toss  Ball. —  Toss  the  ball,  swing  the  hand  about  the  head  and  then 
catch  ball.    Change  hands. 

Pat  Ball. —  Kneel,  and  with  the  hand  flat,  pat  the  ball  as  many  times 
as  possible. 

Clap  Ball. —  Toss  ball,  clap  once,  and  catch  ball.  Toss  ball,  clap 
twice,  and  catch  ball.  Toss  ball,  clap  three  times,  and  catch  ball.  Toss 
ball,  clap  four  times,  and  catch  ball.  Toss  ball,  clap  five  times  (in  front 
for  first  clap). 

Fan  Ball. —  Have  two  hoops  placed  at  one  side  of  room.  Place  two  paper 
balls  at  a  distance  of  20  feet.  Let  two  children  fan  balls  up  through  the 
hoops  and  base. 

Toss  and  Pass. —  Two  lines  facing  in.  Two  boys  at  either  end  on  crosses. 
Leader  runs  with  ball  to  line,  throws  ball  to  boy  on  cross  at  the  other 
end  who  carries  the  ball  to  line.  Ball  passes  down  line  to  end  boy  who 
throws  it  to  boy  on  the  cross.  Next  boy  in  line  then  takes  place  of  boy 
on  cross. 

Time  Ball. —  Boys  on  two  lines.  Leaders  run  forward  to  line  and  one 
catches  ball,  tosses  back  and  returns  to  end  of  line.  (Second  boy  starts 
after  leader  has  passed  him) . 

Variations. —  Boy  carries  ball  back  and  passes  it  to  next  boy  in 
line  who  then  runs  to  line  and  does  the  same.  Third  boy  goes 
back  to  line  with  ball  and  passes  it  over  his  head  to  the  next  boy 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


11 


and  so  on  until  the  last  boy  in  line  gets  it  and  he  runs  to  line  and 
tosses  to  captain  on  cross.    Fourth,  can  also  be  played  by  passing 
the  ball  between  the  feet  as  in  medicine  ball. 
Call  Up. —  Children  in  circle.    Child  in  middle  tosses  ball  up  and  calls 
name  of  child;  at  once  the  child  runs  into  ring  and  catches  ball. 

Bean  Bag  Games. 
Drop  the  Bean  Bag,  page  20. 
Bean  Bag  Game,  page  22. 
Bean  Bag  Relay,  page  26. 
Bean  Bag  Game,  page  36. 
Relay  Bean  Bag,  page  54. 
Bean  Bag  Overhead,  page  42. 
Throwing  Bean  Bag,  page  40. 
Throwing  Bean  Bag,  page  54. 

Round  Robin  Bean  Bag. —  Two  lines  with  bean  bags  at  feet.  Circle 
drawn  at  one  end.  All  pick  up  bean  bags  when  whistle  blows.  Boy 
farthest  from  circle  runs  up  middle,  puts  bVg  into  ring,  runs  back  on 
outside  and  tags  next  boy. 

Circle  Games. 

Jump  the  Shot. 

Races. 

Eraser  Relay,  page  26. 
Race,  touching  wall,  page  48. 
Relay  Flag  Race,  page  69. 
One-legged  Relay,  page  84. 
Derby  Jig,  page  86. 

Throw  and  Catch. —  Have  line  across  room  from  one  jumping  standard 
to  another.  Children  stand  in  two  lines.  Leaders  run  with  ball  to  line. 
Toss  from  one  side,  go  under  and  catch,  run  back,  and  give  ball  to  next 
child.    (Mark  balls  so  that  they  may  not  get  mixed.) 

Race  with  Blocks. —  Two  towers  of  blocks  are  at  one  end  of  room  and 
are  to  be  moved,  one  by  one,  to  another  side  (20  feet).  Two  children 
race  to  build  towers. 

Potato  Race,  page  136. 

Circular  Relay. —  Two  lines  of  boys.  Leader  runs  with  ball  to  line, 
tosses  into  goal  and  returns.  Two  ways  of  counting  winners  —  the  side 
where  captain  gets  back  first,  and  the  side  which  makes  most  goals. 
(Leader  runs  with  marker  around  two  jumping  standards  and  passes  it 
to  next  boy.) 

Guessing  Games. 

I  Saw,  page  40. 
Hunt  the  Key,  page  48. 
Button,  Button,  page  50. 
New  York,  page  34. 
Who  Art  Thou?  page  114. 
Blind  Man,  page  24. 
Blind  Man  with  a  Wand,  page  54. 
•  French  Blind  Man's  Buff,  page  68. 


12 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Ball  Game. —  Circle  formed.  Child  blindfolded  in  center,  another 
child  rings  bell  in  different  parts  of  room  (in  front  of  child,  behind  child, 
at  right,  at  left,  over  head)  and  blindfolded  child  points  in  the  du-ection 
of  sound. 

Hide  the  Thimble,  page  56. 

Hide  the  Thimble. —  Appoint  a  doorkeeper  for  dressing  room  door,  a 
child  to  hide  thimble  and  one  to  search  for  thimble.  The  searcher  goes  in 
dressing  room  while  the  one  who  hides  the  thimble  puts  it  in  sight  in  some 
part  of  room,  until  searcher  is  called  in  by  doorkeeper.  The  children  in 
seats  sing  "Marching  Through  Georgia"  softly  when  child  is  far  from 
thimble,  louder  when  near,  and  quite  loud  when  very  near.  When 
thimble  is  found,  the  class  may  clap. 

Have  You  Seen  my  Sheep?  pages  32  and  68. 

Circle  Games. 

Calling  Numbers,  page  95. 
Hands  Up,  page  52. 
Ball  Game.    (See  Guessing  Games.) 
Cat  and  Mice,  pages  32  and  48. 
Herr  Slap  Jack,  page  26. 

Have  You  Seen  my  Sheep?  (Guessing  Games),  page  32. 
Drop  the  Bean  Bag  (see  Bean  Bag  Games),  page  20, 
Drop  the  Handkerchief,  pages  50  and  84. 
Jump  the  Shot,  page  124. 

Circular  Rope  Jump. —  Children  stand  on  circle;  one  in  center  with 
bean  bag  on  the  end  of  heavy  twine  (or  light  rope)  which  he  keeps  swinging 
around  in  circle.  The  children  try  to  avoid  being  hit.  Child  sits  down 
if  he  is  hit.    Last  child  to  stay  up  wins. 

See-Saw. —  Children  in  circle  in  groups  of  three.  One  has  arms  raised 
sideways  for  see-saw.  One  child  stands  on  each  side,  one  on  tiptoe,  the 
other  with  knees  bent.  They  rise  and  sink  to  music.  One  goes  up  as 
the  other  comes  down. 

Swing  Game.  (Song  —  "How  do  you  like  to  go  up  in  a  swing?"  Red 
Jenks.) —  Children  stand  in  circle  in  groups  of  three.  Two  take  hands  to 
make  swing,  other  one  swings  to  music.  Every  eighth  count  he  goes  under 
swing  and  runs  to  next  group  and  plays. 

Squirrel  Game,  page  18. —  The  squirrel  loves  a  merry  chase.  Children 
form  circle,  one  is  squirrel,  who  runs  about  outside  circle,  and  when  they 
come  to  part  of  song,  "Hold  out  your  hands  so  we  will  see,"  the  squirrel 
touches  a  child's  hands  and  is  chased  to  place  by  that  child.  If  caught 
the  squirrel  goes  into  center  of  ring  until  end  of  game. 

Who  Art  Thou?  page  114. 

Place  or  Seat  Games. 
Cross  and  Re-cross,  page  75. 
Changing  Seats,  pages  40  and  94. 
Vis-a-vis,  page  77. 
Thanksgiving  Day,  page  18. 
I  Say  Stop,  pages  16  and  76. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


13 


Variation. —  Put  crosses  on  floor,  one  less  than  the  number  of 
children.  Have  children  walk,  skip  or  run.  When  music  stops, 
the  child  who  cannot  find  a  vacant  X  drops  out  of  game.  The 
extra  X  is  then  rubbed  out  and  game  starts  again.  This  continues 
until  game  is  won  by  last  child. 

Balance  Games. 
The  Farmer  and  Crow,  page  49. 

Play  Indian.  (Marching  Game.) —  Tiptoe,  swing  body  from  side  to 
side,  hands  over  eyes. 

Extra  Games  or  Unclassified  Games. 
Follow  my  Leader,  pages  20  and  44. 
Huckle  Buckle  Bean  Stalk,  pages  32  and  52.  ' 
Spin  Cover. 
Foot  Ball. 

Outdoor  Games. 

Foot  Ball. —  Sides  may  be  chosen  and  goals  placed  and  game  played 
simply. 

Basket  Filling  Race,  page  118. 
Touch  Ball,  No.  1,  page  120. 
Catch  Ball,  page  122. 
Straddle  Ball,  page  123. 
Circular  Rope  Jump,  page  124. 
Tag  and  Wall  Race,  page  122. 
Fish  and  Net,  page  122. 
Mr.  Slap  Jack,  page  120. 
The  Miller  is  Without,  page  118. 
London  Bridge,  pagfi  113. 
Follow  the  Leader,  page  112. 
Drop  the  Handkerchief,  page  112. 
Catch  the  Handkerchief,  page  114. 
I  Saw,  page  115. 

Here  We  Go  Round  the  Mulberry  Bush,  page  115. 

Lame  Wolf,  page  116. 

Have  You  Seen  My  Sheep,  page  117. 

Adam's  Seven  Sons,  page  117. 

Catching  Numbers,  page  118. 

Catch  the  Third,  page  126. 

Potato  Relay  Race,  page  136. 

One  Hundred  and  Fifty  Gymnastic  Games. 
(Published  by  G.  A.  Ellis,  Waverley.) 

Zig-Zag  Ball. 
Chase  Ball. 
Medicine  Ball. 
Gold  Throwing. 
Arch  BaU. 


14 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Rachel  and  Jacob. 
Widower. 

Hurly-Burly  Games. 

Bears  and  Cattle. — *Tag  children,  red  and  blue.  Have  pens  for  bears. 
Cows  in  opposite  parts  of  rectangle.  Cows  sit  down  when  caught.  Vary 
by  going  on  all  fours,  or  hop-skip-jump. 

Jump  the  Shot. 

Going  to  Jerusalem. 

Musical  Chair. 

See-Saw  in  Gaynor  Songbook. —  Five  boys  stand  in  seats  of  middle 
row,  rhythmically  moving  arms  outstretched  up  and  down.  Outside  rows 
stoop  and  rise  with  motions  of  center  row,  all  singing  "Oats,  peas,  beans 
and  barley  grow." 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


15 


FORMAL  GYMNASTICS— SHORT  PERIOD. 


Breathing  Exercises. 

Arms  raising,  circling,  flinging, 

stretching,  and  swimming. 
Head  movements,  bending  and 

twisting. 
Trunk  movements,  bending  left 

and  right,  twisting. 
Knee  bending. 
Heel  and  toe  raising. 
Hips  firm  and  neck  firm. 
Balancing  exercises  on  balance 

beam. 
Walk. 

Step  —  Point,  Step  —  Dip. 

Ladder. 

Walking  on  each  round. 
Walking  in  each  of  the  spaces. 
Skipping  one  round  and  then  two. 
Skipping  spaces. 
Walking  on  side. 
Walking  on  side  and  then  on  a 
round. 

Wand  Drill. 

Forward  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Upward  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Left  sideways  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Right  sideways  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Forward  —  1,  2,  3,  4, 
Right  sideways  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Forward  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Left  sideways  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 


Upward  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Right  sideways  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Upward  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Left  sideways  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 

Dumb-bells. 

Forward  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Upward  —  1,  2,  3,  4.  . 
Sideways  —  1,  2,  3,  4.  . 
Backward  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Forward  —  up  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Sideways  —  up  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Forward  and  back  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Sideways  and  back  —  1,  2,  3,  4. 
Forward  and  sideways  —  1,  2,  3, 
4. 

Upward  and  sideways  —  1,  2,  3, 
4. 

Marching  Steps. 
Mark  time. 
Running  on  toes. 
Hopping  on  one  foot. 
Skipping. 

Games. 

Marching  to  Jerusalem. 
Cat  and  Mouse. 
Simon  Says. 
Birds  Fly. 

Drop  the  Bean  Bag. 
Ring-Toss. 


16 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


FOLK  DAXCIxXG. 


I.    Preliminary  work  in  simple  rhythmical  exercises,  just  for  keeping 
time  to  music. 

II.    Marching  in  time  to  music  —  varying  from  fast  to  slow,  watching 
to  see  that  children  respond  to  the  musical  changes. 

III.  Skipping  in  time  to  music. 

IV.  Teaching  simple  steps: 

1.  Stamping  —  right,  left,  right. 

2.  Running  steps  —  short,  quick,  etc. 

3.  Clapping  hands  in  time  to  music,  while  different  steps  are 

being  used. 

4.  Circle  —  facing  center,  hands  on  hips. 

5.  Double  circle. 

6.  Bowing  to  partner. 

7.  Polka  steps. 

8.  Chain  step. 

9.  Follow  step. 

10.  "Heel,  toe,  and  one,  two,  three." 

11.  Different  motions  used  in  various  dances,  like: 

Digging  the  ground. 

Pulling  thread  tight  in  shoemaker's  dance. 
Holding  fan  —  in  Japanese  dances. 
Bending  and  springing  in  Indian  dances. 

List  of  Dances,  as  Gr-ex  ix  C.  Ward  Cr-^pton's  Folk  Daxce  Book. 


The  Chimes  of  Dunkirk. 

Danish  Dance  of  Greeting. 

Shoemaker's  Dance. 

Children's  Polka. 

Vineyard  Dance. 

EngHsh  Harvester's  Dance. 

TantoH. 

Lassie's  Dance. 

Nixie  Polka. 

Swedish  Clap  Dance. 

Bleking. 

Finnish  Reel. 

Frj'ksdalspolka. 

Norwegian  Mountain  March. 

Highland  Schottische. 

German  Hopping  Dance. 

Hop,  Mor  Annika. 

Swedish  Ring  Dance. 

Ace  of  Diamonds. 


The  Irish  Lilt. 
The  Oxen  Dance. 
Highland  Fling. 
TaOor's  Dance. 
I  See  You. 
The  Carrousel. 
German  Clap  Dance. 
The  Rill. 

Washing  Song  and  Game. 

Chain  Dance. 

Irish  Jig. 

Csardas. 

Reap  the  Flax. 

Rheinlander. 

Russian  Dance. 

Russian  Cossack  Dance. 

Swedish  Polka. 

Tyrolean. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


List  of  Dances  Taught  by  Mrs.  Storrow. 
(Music  may  be  obtained  from  her  at  25  cents  a  copy.) 
English. 


Row  Well,  Ye  Mariners! 
Black  Nag. 
My  Lady  Cullen. 
Gathering  the  Pea  Pods. 


Shubogar. 
Circassian  Circle. 
Swedish  Schottische. 
Shean  Trews. 


18 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


SCHOOL  LINCHES. 


School  lunches  should  serve  to  contribute  to  the  training  of  every  child, 
lesson  in  table  manners  for  the  neglected  child,  and  a  valuable  lesson  in 
rational  simplicity  to  the  well-to-do. 

Equipment. 

1.  Mat  of  oilcloth  15  inches  by  16  inches  to  be  used  on  top  of  table. 

2.  A  tray  8|  inches  diameter,  made  by  child  in  manual  training  hour. 

3.  A  paper  mat,  cut  by  child,  to  place  in  tray  daily. 

4.  A  cup. 

5.  Clean  hands,  as  no  napkins  are  used. 

How  Supported. 

The  lunch  is  supported  by  the  children,  who  sometimes  average  twenty- 
five  to  thirty  cents  daily.  It  takes  time  and  patience  to  get  the  parent 
to  the  point,  but  it  can  be  done.  The  children  bring  the  money  they  would 
otherwise  spend  for  candy. 

Serving. 

The  lunch  is  served  by  the  children.  Food  is  placed  on  large  tray. 
Cocoa  is  put  in  a  large  pitcher.    Two  boys  do  the  serving. 

When  there  are  two  or  more  teachers,  one  prepares  the  lunch,  while  the 
other  takes  charge  of  the  morning  exercises.  A  child  assists  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  the  lunch,  equipped  with  apron,  sleeve  protectors  and  clean  hands. 

One-cent  Lunch. 

One  small  cup  of  cocoa. 

One  cracker  or  one-half  slice  of  bread  with  jam,  marmalade  or  peanut 
butter. 

Two-cent  Lunch. 
The  above  mentioned,  with  a  cooky  and  five  peanuts  or  fruit,  raisins, 
dates,  a  piece  of  chocolate  or  cheese  tidbits. 

Supplies. 

Jellies,  jams  and  marmalade  can  be  made  in  the  summer  time  at  very 
small  expense.  The  following  recipes  for  marmalade  and  brown  bread 
produce  much  with  little  expense. 

Marmalade.  (Carrot.) 

Boil  1  pound  chopped  carrots  until  three-fourths  done  .      6  to  8  cents. 

Drain,  cook  juice  and  chopped  rind  of  two  lemons  .  5  cents. 

Mix  and  add  to  same  measure  1  quart  of  sugar  .    12  cents. 

Add  1  cup  of  water.    Boil  slowly  till  clear.   

Make  nine  glasses  at  3  cents  per  glass    .      .  .    23  or  25  cents. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECLVL  CLASSES. 


19 


Brown  Bread. 

1  cup  Indian  meal,  1  cent. 
\  cup  white  flour,  1|  cents. 
\  teaspoon  salt. 
\  cup  molasses,  cents. 

I  rounded  teaspoonful  soda  (mixed  with  1  cup  sour  milk). 
Four  cents  per  loaf. 

Note  on  Buying  Supplies. —  Buying  quantities.  Watch  sales  at  Cobb, 
Bates,  National  Biscuit  Company,  and  other  wholesale  houses. 

Average  for 
Fifteen  Children. 

SO  10 

2  ounces,  OOf 
1  can,  07^ 

15  crackers,  02 

01 
$0  211 

Average  for  one  child,  If  cents. 

We  serve  the  above  lunch  for  one  cent.  If  the  children  bring  two  cents 
we  add  one  or  two  of  the  following  list.  If  all  the  children  bring  two  cents 
we  have  8|  cents  to  spend  on  the  "extras."  If  some  of  them  bring  only 
one  cent  we  serve  them  the  lunch  which  costs  If  cents  and  make  the  cost 
of  the  whole  of  the  lunch  for  the  day  average  up  to  the  entire  amount  paid 
in  for  the  day. 

Extras. 

Average  for 
Fifteen  Children. 


Ginger  snaps  at  8  cents  a  pound  (80  in  a  pound)    .  .15       SO  02 

Saltines  at  12|  cents  a  pound  (128  in  a  pound)  ...    15  01 1 

Cookies  at  8^  cents  a  pound  (60  in  a  pound)  .15  02 § 

Tidbits  at  20  cents  a  pound  (75  in  ounce)    .  .15  01  j 

Lump  sugar  at  7  cents  a  pound  (68  in  a  pound)  .15  02 

Peanuts,  4  quarts  for  25  cents   75  03 

Walnuts  at  12  cents  a  pound  (60  in  a  pound)     ...    15  03 

Raisins  at  10  cents  a  pound  (18  in  an  ounce)      ...    45  01  i 

Prunes  at  8  cents  a  pound  (64  in  a  pound)  ....    15  02§ 

Dates  at  8|  cents  a  pound  (64  in  a  pound)  ....    30  03 

Oranges  at  12  cents  per  dozen  (serve  one-half  orange)  .      .      8  OS 

Apples,  vary  in  price  (serve  one-half  apple)  ....  *  8  05 
Bananas,  8  or  10  cents  per  dozen  (serve  one-half  banana; 

buy  at  the  banana  boat)  8  05 

Homemade  candy. 

Broken  chocolate  from  the  factories. 


Horlick's  Malted  Milk,  5  pound  can,  S4  . 

Cocoa  shells,  4  cents  per  pound  retail,  2^  cents  per 

pound  wholesale  

Milk,  evaporated,  case  (4  dozen  cans),  $3.60  . 
Bread  (homemade),  or  crackers,  soda,  6^  cents  per 

pound,  68  crackers  

Jelly,  jam  or  peanut  butter,  10  cents  per  pound 

(spread  thin)  


About. 


20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


After  Lunch. 
Brush  teeth  (paste  twice  a  week) . 

Two  boys  carry  away  the  things  and  clean  kitchen  according  to  the 
posted  schedule. 

Work  to  be  Done  in  the  Wash  Room. 
Take  plates  to  closet. 
Take  pitcher  to  wash  room. 
Empty  spit  pails  in  toilet. 

Wash  pitchers,  spoon  and  strainers  (using  hot  water  and  a  little  soap). 
Wash  all  the  cups. 

Wash  all  the  basins,  inside  and  outside. 
Wipe  soap  dishes  with  a  wet  cloth. 
Wash  the  benches. 

Hang  the  towels  so  they  do  not  touch  the  floor. 
Sweep  floors. 

Fill  basins  with  hot  water. 
Wash  all  towels  and  cloths. 


Equipment  for  Kitchen. 


1  large  kettle,  strainer,  spoon. 
15  basins. 
15  cups. 
15  soap  dishes. 
15  cakes  of  soap. 
15  tooth  brushes. 
15  nail  brushes. 
15  hair  brushes. 
15  combs. 
15  face  cloths. 


30  towels. 

15  looking  glasses. 

15  nail  files. 

2  pitchers. 

1  dish  pan. 

4  pails. 

1  sink  brush. 

1  small  mop. 

1  large  mop. 

1  soap  shaker. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECL^L  CLASSES. 


21 


D03IESTIC  SCIENCE  AND  HYGIENE. 


Build  Doll  House,  the  larger  the  better. 

Paint,  paper,  furnish  and  decorate  it. 

Exercise  great  care  as  to  color  scheme. 
Care  of  Corridor  and  Schoolroom. 

Use  of  doormat. 

Train  child  to  see  dust  and  remove  it. 

Use  of  broom,  dust-pan  and  brush. 

Use  of  dry  cloth,  damp  cloth  and  of  furniture  polish. 
Clean  erasers  by  clapping  together,  not  by  striking  singly  on  a  wall. 
Clean  off  finger  marks  near  doorknobs. 
Care  of  piano. 
Care  of  cut  flowers. 

As  there  is  a  time  to  gather  flowers,  so  there  is  a  time  to  remove  them. 
Care  of  plants,  window  boxes,  aquarium,  etc. 
Use  wooden  or  paper  pie  plates  for  holding  scraps  from  cutting. 
Care  of  Materials. 

Arrange  and  keep  in  boxes  or  in  neat,  orderly  piles. 

Take  out  required  amounts  and  put  remainder  away  neatly. 

Open  supply  packages,  and  store  supplies. 

Record  amounts  received,  amounts  used,  and  estimate  values. 

Teach  how  to  open  a  new  book. 

Clean  drawers  and  cabinets. 

A  place  for  everything  and  everything  in  its  place. 
Cleanliness. 

Bathing.    (Fre3  public  baths  available  in  some  parts  of  the  city.) 
Care  of  all  parts  of  body. 

Eyes,  ears,  nose,  hair,  teeth,  nails,  hands,  feet,  etc. 
Clothing. 

Keep  clean  and  change  often  (especially  underclothing). 
Mend. 

Teach  pride  in  having  tie  on  straight  or  tied  in  a  fashionable  knot. 
Mirror  of  good  size  a  valuable  part  of  the  equipment  of  a  special  class 
room. 

Teach  when  and  where  to  wear  kimonas,  school  and  best  dresses,  thick 

and  thin  clothing,  sweaters,  rubbers,  etc. 
Pressing  and  ironing  are  practical  where  electric  lights  or  a  stove  are 
available. 
Food  and  Drink. 
See  School  Lunches. 
Importance  of  mastication. 

Simple,  nourishing  foods,  well  cooked  and  taken  in  reasonable  quantity, 

e.  g.,  cereals,  eggs,  milk,  cocoa,  fruits,  etc. 
Avoid  strong  drinks,  tea,  coffee,  highly  spiced  foods,  pickles,  etc. 


22 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Protection  of  food  from  flies  and  dirt. 

Clear  the  table  immediately  after  a  meal. 
Care  of  milk,  butter,  etc. 
Refrigerators. 
Dish  Washing. 

Value  of  Exercise  in  Fresh  air. 

Posture  and  carriage. 

Correct  breathing. 

Give  reasons  for  avoiding  dusty  and  foul  air. 
Sleep  and  Rest  in  Fresh  Air. 

Teach  child  to  relax,  when  awake. 

Hours  of  sleep  needed. 

Regularity  of  hours. 

"Early  to  bed  and  early  to  rise." 

Hard  bed. 

Care  of  beds. 
Airing. 

Making  beds  neatly. 
Necessity  for  clean  bedding. 
Treatment  of  Simple  Cuts,  Bruises  and  Burns. 
Removal  of  sUver. 
Removal  of  a  particle  from  the  eye. 
Dangers  from  Overuse  of 

Candy.  Alcoholic  drinks. 

Soda.  Cigarettes. 
Chewing  gum. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


NUMBER. 


(For  Low  Grade  Children.) 

1.  Combinations  of  bead  stringing  (with  color  and  language  correlated). 

2.  Counting  and  direction. 

One  step  to  the  right. 
Two  steps  to  the  left. 
Three  steps  forward,  etc. 

3.  Use  of  sandpaper  or  tin  letters.    (Draw  around  and  cut.) 

4.  Associating  the  abstract  idea  of  number  with  concrete  objects: 

Blocks. 

Pegs. 

Slats. 

Schoolroom  furniture. 
Toys,  etc. 

5.  Many  number  games.    (See  Miss  Jane  Shaw's  Number  Game.) 

(a)    Bouncing  ball  to  waltz  music  and  counting. 
(6)    Wet  ball  game.    Throwing  ball,  hitting  numbers  in  a  square 
on  blackboard  for 

Addition.  Subtraction. 

Multiplication.  Division. 

Keeping  Records.      Choosing  sides. 

(c)  Playing  store  —  either  as  bookkeeper  in  large  department  store 

or 

Market.  Trace  all  kinds  of  money. 

Grocery.  Use  all  kinds  of  money. 

Florist. 

Apothecary,  etc. 

(d)  Fish  Pond  Game  (with  magnets). 

6.  Recognition  of  number. 

(a)    Use  old  calendars. 

(6)    Find  pages  in  reading,  etc. 

(c)  Errands  from  stores  to  houses  (numbered  odd  or  even). 

(d)  Use  of  number  charts. 

(e)  Use  of  number  charts  made  and  creased  like  fans. 

(/)    Oral  drills.    With  cards  and  stories  for  all  four  processes, 
working  for  concentration. 

(g)  Bouncing  ball  to  waltz  music,  for  tables,  2,  5,  10. 

7.  For  improvable  children. 

(a)    Regular  grade  work,  written  and  oral. 

(h)  Judgments  expressed,  tested  and  corrected  frequently, 
(c)    Individual  and  group  work. 

{d)    Individual  blank  books  of  arithmetic  knowledge,  including 
Tables. 

Examples  of  different  processes. 
Liquid  and  dry  measure,  etc. 


24 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Books  of  reference: 

Natural  Number  Primer  —  David  Gibbs. 
First  Journeys  in  Numberland. 

Devices  for  Teaching  Numbers. 
Use  metronome.    Let  child  put  down  a  peg  for  every  tick.  Stop 
the  metronome.    Let  them  count  pegs  and  tell  how  many  times  it  ticked. 
Use  tin  or  sandpaper  numbers.    Draw  around  them,  cut. 


1 

11 

21 

31 

41 

51 

61 

71 

81 

91 

2 

12 

22 

32 

42 

52 

62 

72  , 

82 

92 

3 

13 

23 

33 

43 

53 

63 

73 

83 

93 

4 

U 

24 

34 

44 

54 

64 

74 

84 

•)4 

5 

15 

25 

35 

45 

55 

65 

75 

85 

95 

6 

16 

26 

36 

46 

56 

66 

76 

86 

96 

7 

17 

27 

37 

47 

57 

67 

77 

87 

97 

8 

IS 

2X 

38 

48 

58 

()S 

78 

88 

9S 

9 

19 

29 

39 

49 

59 

69 

79 

89 

99 

10 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

100 

Give  each  child  such  a  card  as  this  to  keep  in  his  desk  —  to  be  copied  as 
busy  work,  etc. 

For  children  who  have  no  appreciation  of  number,  make  a  series  of 
houses  or  circles  or  squares,  etc.,  and  tell  the  child  to  put  two  pegs  into 
each  house,  etc. 

The  number  of  pegs  can  be  gradually  increased. 


27 


 >) 


®  ® 

®  ® 

®  0  © 

e  ® 


ONIT3  TENS 


HUNDREDS 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


25 


Board  for  Reading  Numbers. 
In  holes  marked  1,  put  1  skewer. 
In  holes  marked  10,  put  10  skewers. 
In  holes  marked  100,  put  100  skewers. 

Ask  child  to  read  the  number  21;  with  the  aid  of  his  board  he  can  show 
you  two  lO's  and  a  1  and  read  the  number  correctly. 

Checker  Board. 
Child  measures  inches  and  rules  lines. 
Color  alternate  squares. 

Number  squares  (gives  opportunity  for  drill  in  even  and  odd  numbers). 
Use  pictures  for  teaching  weights  and  measures. 

Hammett's  Cabinet  of  Weights  and  Measures,  retail  price  $8  —  very 
valuable  piece  of  equipment. 


26 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


READING. 


I.    Use  "I  have"  with  objects,  as:  A  doll;  a  cup;  a  drum;  a  ball. 
Teach  with  objects. 

Teach  with  as  many  objects  as  you  like.  Seven  is  a  good  number 
to  start  with. 

II.    Use  "I  can"  with  "see,"   "run,"   "hop,"   "play,"  "sing," 
"skip,"  "jump." 

III.  "I  can  see"  with  object  words.   Enlarge  vocabulary. 

IV.  Teach  "Can  you  see"  with  object  words. 
V.    Teach  "Can  you"  with  action  words. 

VI.    Teach  "Do  you  see"  with  objects.    Enlarge  vocabulary. 
VII.    Teach  "This  is"  with  objects. 
Teach  "w?/." 

This  is  my  book,  my  ball,  etc. 
VIII.    Teach  "This  is"  with  objects. 
Teach  little  and  big. 
IX.    Teach  "pretty"  and  "red,"  as: 
I  have  a  pretty  ball. 
I  have  a  red  top,  etc. 
X.    Review  preceding  steps,  using  little,  pretty,  big,  red,  with  objects. 
XI.    Teach  "I  like"  with  object  words. 
Use  adjectives,  as  I  like  a  little  doll. 
Also  use  mij.    I  like  my  slate. 
XII.    Teach  "Willie"  and  "AHce"  with  can  and  action  words: 
Willie  can  run. 
Alice  can  hop. 

XIII.  Teach  Mamma  can  \ 

Papa  can        >  with  new  action  words. 
Baby  can  ) 

XIV.  Review  XII.  and  XIII.  and  use. 
I  can  and  Kitty  can. 

Baby  can. 
XV.    Teach  "likes,"  as: 

Willie  likes  to  ride. 
XVI.    Use  as  in  XV.  with  object  words,  as: 

Willie  likes  a  ball. 
XVII.    Teach  "has"  with  nouns. 
Teach  bird,  horse,  cow. 
Use  adjectives,  as: 

Willie  has  a  little  bird. 
Enlarge  vocabulary. 
XVIII.    The  bird  can    ^  fly. 

The  horse  can  V  run. 
The  cow  can     )  give  milk. 
Teach  give  and  milk. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


27 


XIX.    Lesson  on  bird,  fly,  nest,  tree. 
XX.    Teach  "the  bird,"  "the  book,"  "the  slate,"  etc. 
XXI.    Teach  phrases,  as: 

on  a  tree. 

in  a  nest. 

on  a  horse. 

in  a  box. 

XXII.    Review  *all  steps,  increasing  object  words  and  action  words  and 
adjectives. 

Vocabulary. 


I  have 

like 

gives 

a  doll,  the  doll 

likes 

milk 

a  cup,  the  cup 

my 

has 

a  top,  the  top 

Willie 

nest 

a  flag,  the  flag 

Alice 

tree 

a  kitty,  the  kitty 

Mamma 

in 

a  bed,  f/ie  bed 

Papa 

on 

a  drum,  the  drum 

Baby 

white 

a  book,  the  book 

ride 

the 

a  ball,  the  ball 

sew 

can  sing 

this  is 

to 

see  skip 

little 

bird 

run  hop 

big 

horse 

jump  you 

pretty 

cow 

flag  do 

red 

fly 

These  reading  steps  cover  about  six  weeks'  work. 
The  work  is  all  done  on  the  blackboard. 


When  these  words  are  conquered,  begin  reading  in  primer,  teaching 
new  words. 


28 


SCHOOL  DOCU.MEXT  XO.  4. 


LANGUAGE. 


September. 

1.  Object  lessons. 

Visit  Garden.    Fruit  and  vegetable. 

Garden  flowers. 

Sense  training  —  smelling. 

Fruits  and  vegetables  in  room. 

Visit  vegetable  cellar. 

Pig  (alive). 

Qualities. 

Squirrels.    Prang's  envelope. 
Lessons  on  nuts. 
Lesson  out  of  doors. 

2.  Correct  English. 

(a)  Oral. 

1.  Errors  of  speech.    To  meet  the  needs  of  children. 

2.  Compositions.    Sentence  habit  —  formation  of  short 

sentences. 

3.  Composition  habit  —  formation  of  short  compositions. 
(6)  Written. 

1.  Beginning. 

(a)    Formation  of  sentences  with  a  uniform  basis 

about  different  objects. 
(6)    Formation   of   sentences   with   variety  about 

different  objects, 
(c)    Formation  of  sentences  about  the  same  object. 

2.  LHtimate  aim. 

Short  compositions  and  friendly  letters. 

3.  Pictures. 

(a)    In  place  of  objects  and  to  supplement  object 
lessons. 

(h)    Trade  or  occupational.    Correlated  with  object 
lessons. 

(c)  Of  the  season. 

(d)  Historical. 

3     Suggestive  stories  (preferably  told). 

N.  B. —  The  stories  mentioned  are  correlated  with  the  object  lessons  of  the  month. 

{a)\FoT  pleasure  and  possible  reproduction  by  dramatization  or 
drawing. 
Nature  stories. 

"Fanciful  Flower  Tales"  and  "The  Second  Book  of  Stories 
for  the  Story-teller." 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


29 


Pig  stories. 

"East  o'  the  Sun  and  West  o'  the  Moon." 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 

"The  Pig  Brother,"  by  Laura  Richards. 

"The  Gingerbread  Man"  in  "Stories  to  Tell  to  Children." 
Indian  stories.    (See  list.) 
(6)    For  oral  reproduction  and  otherwise. 

Stories  on  Pigs  and  Larks. 

"Children's  Classics  in  Dramatic  Form." 

.^sop's  Fables. 

4.  Reproduction  by : 

(a)  Dramatization. 
(6)  Drawing, 
(c)  Oral. 

Note. —  The  children  can  understand  a  great  deal  which  they  can  express  only  by 
means  of  dramatization  and  drawing. 

5.  Poetry  and  songs. 

To  be  memorized. 

N.  B. —  In  general  only  the  simplest  kind,  e.  g.,  Mother  Goose  Melodies  or  equally 
simple  rhymes  and  kindergarten  songs.  Many  short  songs  can  be  taught  as  poems,  e.  g., 
"Songs  of  a  Little  Child's  Day,"  and  vice  versa.  Mother  Goose  Melodies  and  many  of 
R.  L.  Stevenson's  poems  are  set  to  music. 

A  Child's  Garden  of  Verses. 

"At  the  Seaside." 

"Autumn  Fires." 

"The  Hay  Loft." 

"The  Gardener." 
Mother  Goose  Songs  for  Little  Ones. 

"Little  Boy  Blue." 

"Wee  Willie  Winkie." 
Songs. 

The  Farmer  and  Squirrel,  "Songs  and  Games  for  Little  Ones." 
The  Bluebird,  "Small  Songs  for  Small  Singers." 
To  be  read  to  children. 
Selections  from  "Nature  in  Verse"  and  "Three  Years  with  the 
Poets,"  etc. 

October. 

L    Object  lessons. 

Horse  and  zebra. 
Harness. 
Autumn  leaves. 
Animal  chart. 
Pack  animals. 

Wheat  and  its  derivatives  —  all  cereals  except  corn,  baker's  bread. 

Winter  homes  of  insects,  birds,  animals. 

Qualities. 

Johnson's  tree  charts,  apple,  cherry,  plum,  pear  and  peach. 
Johnson's  trees,  all  not  used  on  day  previous. 
Human  body,  child  name  parts. 


30 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Human  body,  Bancroft's  charts. 

Races  of  man.    Charts  and  pictures. 

Dolls. 

Optional. 

Relationship. 

Occupations  in  general  —  Prang's  chart. 

Sheep  (alive). 

Wool  and  woolen  fabrics. 

Prang's  envelopes  (hollow-horned  ruminants;  solid-horned  cud- 
chewers). 

2.  Correct  English. 

3.  Pictures. 

4.  Stories. 

(a)    For  pleasure. 
Horse. 

''Stories  and  Story-telling"  or  "Black  Beauty." 

"Fifty  Famous  Stories." 

"East  o'  the  Sun  and  West  o'  the  Moon." 
Pumpkin  seed. 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 

"The  Lambkin  and  an  Autumn  Story." 

"Stories  to  Tell  to  Children." 
Nature  stories. 

"Fanciful  Flower  Tales." 

"The  Miller  of  the  Dee." 

"Fifty  Famous  Stories." 
Windmill. 

"Songs  and  Stories  for  Little  Ones." 
Home. 

"The  Second  Book  of  Stories  for  the  Storj'-teller." 
(See  history  list.) 
(6)    For  reproduction. 

' '  Pilgrim  Stories ' '  (begun) . 
Lamb. 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 
"Mother  Stories,"  Lindsa\'. 
^sop's  Fables. 

5.  Reproduction. 

6.  Poetr}'  and  songs.    To  he  memorized. 

Family,  sheep,  leaves  and  baker. 

"Songs  and  Games  for  Little  Ones." 
Sheep. 

"Mother  Goose  Melodies." 
Mill,  family  and  hunter. 

"Song  Development  for  Little  Children." 
Songs  about  wool,  seasons,  horse,  bread. 
^  "Songs  of  the  Child  World." 

To  he  Read. 

"The  Body"  and  others,  from  "Nature  in  Verse." 

Season  and  October  selections  from  "Three  Years  With  the  Poets." 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


31 


November. 

1.  Object  lessons. 

Camel. 

Election  day,  ballots,  etc. 
Cotton  charts  and  specimens. 
Cotton  fabrics. 
Silk  and  silkworm. 
Flax  and  hemp. 
Block  D. 

Dr.  Howe's  birthday. 

Visit  handwork  department;  looms  and  spinning-wh('ol, 

Different  kinds  of  buildings.  Pictures. 

Bricks  and  brick  making;  tiles  and  specimens. 

Quarries  and  stones,  specimens. 

Surveying  and  tools,  foundation,  plaster,  mason. 

Sense  training. 

Bees  and  honey. 

Spices,  Prang's  farmyard  pictures. 
Turkey. 

Thanksgiving  stories. 
Logging,  tools,  sled,  pictures. 
Engine  and  circular  saw. 

2.  Correct  English. 

3.  Pictures. 

4.  Stories. 

(a)  For  pleasure. 

Camel. 

''Stories  and  Story-telling." 
"Seven  Little  Sisters." 
"Children  of  the  Palm  Lands." 
Tailor. 

"Stories  to  tell  to  Children." 
Thanksgiving. 

"Pilgrim  Stories." 

"The  Story  Hour." 
Indians.    (See  history  list.) 

(b)  For  reproduction. 

"Merry  Animal  Tales." 
Short  stories. 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 
Camel. 

"Stories  to  tell  to  Children." 

"The  Mill  that  Ground  Hot  Porridge." 

"Children's  Classics." 

5.  Reproduction. 

6.  Poetry  and  songs. 

(o)    To  he  memorized. 

Songs  of  Thanksgiving: 

"Songs  of  the  Child  World." 
"Song  Development." 


32 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


"The  Man  on  the  Dromedary." 

"Mr.  Duck  and  Mr.  Turkey." 

"Thanksgiving  Day"  (as  a  song). 
(6)    To  he  read.  j 
Selections  on  Thanksgiving,  etc. 
"Nature  in  Verse." 
"Three  Years  with  the  Poets." 
Selection  from  "Hiawatha." 

December. 

1.  Object  lessons. 

Wood  specimens. 

Glass,  paint,  putty,  glazier  points  and  mercury. 

Sense  training. 

Carpenter  and  tool  chest. 

Wooden  building  material. 

Fastenings. 

Lighting  and  heating  (candle,  gas,  lantern,  lamps,  etc.). 
Block  E. 

Significance  of  Christmas  work. 
Reindeer. 
Evergreen  trees. 
Christmas  stories. 

2.  Correct  English. 

3.  Pictures. 

4.  Stories. 

(a)    For  pleasure. 

Christmas  stories. 

"The  Bird's  Christmas  Carol."  —  TFz^^in.    PubHshed  by 
Houghton  Mifflin  Company. 

"The  Story  Hour." 

"Stories  to  Tell  to  Children." 

"Th?  Second  Book  of  Stories  for  the  Story-teller." 

"The  Aldine  Third  Reader." 
Stove. 

"The  Story  hour." 

"Pocahontas." 

"Moon." 

"Wondering  Jack."  (Wood.) 
"The  Second  Book  of  Stories  for  the  Story-teller." 
&tar. 

"Songs  and  Stories  for  Little  Ones." 

"The  Old  Street  Lamp."    Grimm's  Fairy  Tales. 

"Star  Dollars."    Grimm's  Fairy  Tales. 
History. 

"Capt.  John  Smith." 
(6)    For  reproduction. 

"The  Christmas  Pitcher." 

"Stars." 

"Moon." 

"Woodman." 

"  Children's  Classics  in  Dramatic  Form  " 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


5.  Reproduction. 

6.  Poetry  and  songs. 

(a)    To  he  memorized. 

Mother  Goose  Melodies. 
Little  Jack  Horner,  etc. 
Christmas  Songs. 

"Songs  of  the  Child  World." 

"Songs  and  Games  for  Little  Ones." 
Carpenter. 

Miss  Blow's  Songs  and  Music  for  Froebel's  Mother  Play. 

"Why  Do  Bells  for  Christman  Ring?" 
(6)    To  he  read. 

"Jes'  for  Christmas." — Eugene  Field. 
"The  Little  Pine  Tree." 
"Nature  in  Verse." 

January. 

1.  Object  lessons. 

Forms  of  water. 

Plumbing,  pipes,  piping,  soldering,  etc. 
Visit  engine  house. 
Two  animal  charts. 

Water  transportation,  water  and  wind. 
Water  transportation,  steam  power. 

Visit  Domestic  Science  Department,  kitchen,  dining  room,  and 

chamber  furniture. 
Lighthouses,  lifeboat,  sailor. 
Paints  and  varnishes. 
Whale. 
Visit  bakery. 
Fish  and  fishing  tackle. 
Blacksmith. 

Weasel  family.    (Prang's  charts  and  envelopes.) 
Trail,  path,  road,  street,  sidewalk  and  bridge. 
Vehicles,  man-power. 

Surrey,  double  sleigh,  auto,  hack,  delivery,  express,  carriage. 
Visit  laundry. 
Ice,  ice  cart. 
Alligator. 

2.  Correct  English. 

3.  Pictures. 

4.  Stories. 

(a)    For  pleasure  —  on 
Horseshoe. 
Winter. 

Stories  and  Story-felling. 
Water  —  "The  Story  Hour. " 
"Gold  Children." 
"Snow  Queen." 

Grimm^s  Fairy  Tales. 
Sea  —  "East  o'  the  Sun  and  West  o'  the  INIoon." 


34 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO. 


(6)    For  reproduction. 

"The  Little  Fish." 
"Torn  Dresses." 
"The  Track  to  the  Den." 
"  Children's  Classics." 

5.  Reproduction. 

6.  Poetrj'  and  songs. 

To  he  memorized. 
"A  Chill." 

"  The  Months  and  Others. " 

Three  Years  with  the  Poets. 
"The  Four  Winds." 
"Jack  Frost." 

"Come  Here,  Little  Robin." 

Nature  in  Verse,  etc. 
"Footprints." 

"Tiddlely-winks  and  Tiddlely-dee." 

Small  Songs  for  Sjnall  Singers. 
"Blacksmith  and  Cartwheel." 

Songs  and  Games  for  Little  Ones. 

To  be  read. 
More  difficult  selections.    (See  list.) 

February. 

1.  Object  lessons. 

Railroad  stations,  signals. 

Candlemas  Day,  woodchuck. 

Freight  train. 

Passenger  train. 

Horse  and  electric  car. 

Telegraph  and  telephone. 

Forms  of  water  (2). 

Refer  to  birthday  of  Boone,  Edison. 

Celebrate  Lincoln's  Birthday. 

Valentine  Day. 

Gardening  in  boxes. 

Mail  and  post  office. 

Box  of  measuring  instruments. 

Box  of  metals. 

Washington  stories. 

Washington's  Birthday. 

Mines  and  mining  coal. 

Iron. 

Celebrate  Longfellow's  Birthday. 

Ducks  and  geese  (alive).    Prang's  envelopes. 

2.  Correct  English. 

3.  Pictures. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECL\L  CLASSES. 


4.  Stories. 

(a)  For  pleasure. 

"Margery's  Garden." 
''The  Little  Cotyledons." 

Stories  to  Tell  to  Children. 
George  Washington : 

''The  Story  Hour." 

"A  History  Reader." 
Lincoln  : 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 

"A  History  Reader." 
Ducks,  "The  Ugly  Duckling." — Hans  Christian  Andersen. 
"East  o'  the  Sun  and  West  o'  the  Moon." 
Scarecrow  and  Geese,  "Stories  and  Story-telling." 

(b)  For  reproduction. 

Coal. 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 
Some  History  Stories  (short). 
Fables. 

5.  Reproduction. 

6.  Poetry  and  songs. 

(a)    To  he  memorized. 

"What  the  Coal  Says,"  and  similar  appropriate  selections. 
"Nature  in  Verse,"  etc. 

Patriotic  songs,  e.  g.,  Songs  of  the  State  Relationship,  and 
"The  Song  of  Iron." 

Songs  of  the  Child  World. 
'       (b)    To  he  read. 

Optional. 

March. 

1.    Object  lessons. 
Birds  of  prey. 

Scratchers,  hens  and  chicks  (alive). 

Ostrich. 

Bears. 

Common  birds.  Chart  1. 
Common  birds.  Chart  2. 
Nest  and  eggs. 

Elephants,  rhinoceros  and  hippopotamus. 

Lincoln  stories. 

Rochester  box  of  minerals. 

Seal  and  walrus. 

Beaver. 

Evacuation  Day  stories.    Windmill,  pump. 
Fur. 

Mountjoy's  chart,  animal  section. 

Groceries  —  visit  store. 

Visit  meat  room. 

Sugar  —  beet,  cane,  corn. 

Maple  sugar. 


36 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


2.  Correct  English. 

3.  Pictures. 

4.  Stories. 

(a)    For  pleasure. 
Nature. 

"Fanciful  Flower  Tales." 

"The  Story  Hour." 
Hens  and  chickens. 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 

"Stories  to  Tell  to  Children." 

"The  Aldine  Second  Reader." 

"  Chicken-Licken." 
History  stories. 

Boston  Tea  Party  and  Evacuation  Day.  (History.) 
(6)    For  reproduction. 

Birds  (including  eagle  and  hawk). 

"Children's  Classics  in  Dramatic  Form." 
Animals. 

"Merry  Animal  Tales." 

"The  Three  Bears." 

5.  Reproduction. 

6.  Poetry  and  songs. 

(a)    To  be  memorized. 

Poems  of  wind,  birds,  seeds,  etc. 

("A  Child's  Garden  of  Verses,"  "Nature  in  Verse," 
"Three  Years  with  the  Poets,"  "The  Plant  Baby  and 
its  Friends.") 
Nature  songs. 

"Song  Development  for  Little  Children." 
"Songs  and  Games  for  Little  Ones." 
"Songs  of  the  Child  World." 
(6)    To  be  read. 

"The  Three  Bears." 
"The  Graywings." 

"Stories  in  Prose  and  Rhyme  for  Little  Children."  Frances 
McKeen. 


Can  and  dried  fish  (cod,  salmon,  herring,  sardines). 
Shell  fish.    (Domestic  Science  Department.) 
Shell  boxes. 
Sponges  and  coral. 

Farms  and  farming  tools  —  plow,  rake,  etc. 
General  inspection  of  insects. 
Mountjoy's  chart  —  insects. 
Mountjoy's  chart  —  optional. 
Patriots'  Day  stories  —  Dry  Measure. 
Patriots'  Day  stories. 


1. 


Salt. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


37 


Poisonous  plants  —  Prang's  envelopes. 

Roots  and  leaves. 

Coffee  prepared  in  pitcher. 

Paper. 

Moths  —  butterflies. 

Ants. 

Beetles. 

Wasps  and  hornets. 

2.  Correct  English. 

3.  Pictures. 

4.  Stories. 

(a)    For  pleasure.  * 
Animal  and  insects. 

"Merry  Animal  Tales." 

''Thumbling." 

"The  Queen  Bee." 

"The  White  Snake." 

"The  Fisherman  and  His  Wife." 
Grimm. 
Bee,  ants,  nightingale. 

"Stories  to  Tell  to  Children." 
Wasp. 

"The  Maple  Leaf  and  the  Violet." 
"The  Story  Hour." 
Coffee. 

"Children  of  the  Palm  Land." 
Nature. 

"Fanciful  Flower  Tales." 

"How  the  Robin  Got  His  Red  Breast." 

"Aldine  Third  Reader." 
(6)    For  reproduction. 
Birds. 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 
"Children's  Classics  in  Dramatic  Form." 

5.  Reproduction. 

6.  Poetry  and  songs. 

(a)    To  be  memorized. 

Nature,  birds  and  rain  poems. 
"A  Child's  Garden  of  Verses." 
"Nature  in  Verse." 
(6)    To  he  read. 

Optional.    (See  list.) 

May. 

L    Object  lessons. 

Grasshopper,  dragon-fly,  mosquito. 

Spider. 

Reptiles. 

Turtles. 

Sense  training,  optional. 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Frogs  and  toads. 
Leaves  and  flowers. 

Chocolate  and  cocoa,  prepared  in  pitcher. 

Tea  prepared  in  pitcher  (bread). 

Milk,  butter  and  cheese,  cream  for  butter. 

Geography  cards. 

Rubber. 

Visit  handwork  department. 

Stringed  instruments  —  music  department. 

Liquid  measure. 

Scales  in  cabinet. 

Prang's  flower  envelopes  —  lily,  pink  and  rose. 
"Decoration  Day"  story. 
Correct  English. 
Pictures. 
Stories. 

(a)    For  pleasure. 

Tea  and  cocoa. 

"Aunt  Martha's  Corner  Cupboard." 
Nature. 

"Fanciful  Flower  Tales." 
Fiddle. 

"East  o'  the  Sun  and  West  o'  the  Moon." 
Frogs. 

"Stories  to  Tell  to  Children." 
"The  Story  Hour." 

"Grimm's  Fairy  Tales."    "The  Frog  Prince." 
(6)    For  reproduction. 
Insects. 

"Children's  Classics  in  Dramatic  Form." 
"Stories  and  Story-telling." 
"Merry  Animal  Tales." 
Rose. 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 
Tea. 

"Aunt  Martha's  Corner  Cupboard." 
Tea,  chocolate  and  cocoa. 

"Children  of  the  Palm  Land." 
Reproduction. 
Poetry  and  songs. 

(a)    To  he  memorized. 

"The  Cow."    A  Child's  Garden  of  Verses. 
Simple  nature  poems  and  songs,  trade  song. 
(6)    To  he  read. 

More  difficult  nature  poems. 

June. 

Object  lessons. 
Cat  family,  lion,  tiger  and  leopard.    (Prang's  envelopes.) 
Dogs.    Prang's  large  picture. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


39 


Shapes  of  flowers.    (Prang's  envelopes.) 
Leather. 

Shoemaker  and  tools. 
Musical  instruments.  (Wind.) 
Fire  engine  and  ladder. 
Stork  and  peacock. 
Monkeys  and  kangaroo. 
Flag  Day. 
Foreign  flags. 
Bunker  Hill  stories. 
Holiday. 

Bancroft's  charts  —  animal. 
Bancroft's  charts  —  vegetable. 
Bancroft's  charts  —  mineral. 
Porcupine. 
Rats  and  mice. 

2.  Correct  English. 

3.  Pictures. 

4.  Stories. 

(a)    For  pleasure. 

Animals  mentioned  above. 

"The  Story  Hour." 

"Merry  Animal  Tales." 

"Fifty  Famous  Stories." 

"East  o'  the  Sun  and  West  o'  the  Moon." 

"The  Second  Book  of  Stories  for  the  Story-teller." 
Storks. 

"Puss  in  Boots."    Grimm's  Fairy  Tales. 

"Pilgrim  Stories." 
Nature  stories. 

"Fanciful  Flower  Tales." 
Epaminondas. 

"Stories  to  Tell  to  Children." 
Shoemaker. 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 
(6)    For  reproduction. 
Animals. 

"Merry  Animal  Tales." 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 

"Fifty  Famous  Stories."  (Lion.) 
Cobbler. 

"Stories  and  Story-telling." 
Cat  stories. 

"A  Piece  of  Cheese." 

"The  Fairy  and  the  Cats." 

"The  Cat  that  Waited." 

"The  Two  Holes." 

"Children's  Classics  in  Dramatic  Form." 

5.  Reproduction. 


40 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


6.    Poetry  and  songs. 

(a)    To  he  memorized. 
"Singing." 
"Bed  in  Summer." 
"The  Little  Shoemaker." 
"Songs  of  the  Child  World." 
A  Child's  Garden  of  Verses. 
(6)    To  be  read. 
Optional. 

Suggestive  Books  for  Language. 
For  Reproduction. 

iEsop's  Fables. 

"Stories  and  Story  Telling."  (50  short  stories.)  Angela  M.  Key es.  Pub- 
lished by  D.  Applet  on  &  Co.,  New  York. 

"Merry  Animal  Tales."  M.A.Bingham.  Published  by  Little,  Brown 
Company. 

"Children's  Classics  in  Dramatic  Form."    Book  I.    Augusta  Stevenson. 

Published  by  Houghton  Mifflin  Company. 
"Myths  Every  Child  Should  Know." 
"Fables  Every  Child  Should  Know." 

Mabie. 

For  Pleasure. 

History : 

"  Pilgrim  Stories."    Margaret  Pumphrey .    Published  by  Rand,  McNally 
&  Co. 

"Stories    of    Colonial  Children."     Pratt.     Educational  Publishing 
Company. 

"A  History  Reader  for  Elementary  Schools."    L.  L.  W.  Wilson,  Ph.  D. 
Published  by  The  MacMillan  Company. 
Animals : 

"Merry  Animal  Tales."    M.  A.  Bingham.    Published  by  Little,  Brown 

Company. 
Series  by  Laura  Smith: 
"Little  Bear." 
"Bunny  Cotton  Tail." 
"Seventeen  Little  Bears,"  etc. 

Published  by  Rand,  McNally  Company. 

Flowers : 

"Fanciful  Flower  Tales."     M.  A.  Bingham.    Published  by  Little, 
Brown  Compan5^ 
Miscellaneous : 

"East  o'  the  Sun  and  West  o'  the  Moon."    Gudrum  Thorne  Thomson. 

Published  by  Row,  Peterson  &  Co. 
"A  Wonder  Book."    Hawthorne.     Published  by  Houghton  Mifflin 

Company. 
"Book  of  Golden  Deeds."  Yonge. 

"Stories   and   Story   Telling."    Angela    M.  Keyes.    Published  by 

D.  Appleton. 
"The  First  Book  of  Stories  for  the  Story  Teller." 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECL\L  CLASSES. 


41 


"The  Second  Book  of  Stories  for  the  Story  Teller."    Fanny  E.  Coe. 

Published  by  Houghton  IMifflin  Company. 
"The  Little  Lame  Prince."    Mulock.    Published  by  L.  C.  Page,  Boston. 
"Heart  of  Oak  Books."    I.,  II.,  III.    Norton.    PubUshed  by  D.  C. 

Heath. 

"Play  Days."  Sara  Orne  Jewett.  Published  by  Houghton  Mifflin 
Company. 

"Stories  of  Long  Ago."    Kupfer.    Published  by  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co. 
"The  Pig  Brother."    Laura  Richards. 

"In  Story  Land."    Harrison.    Sigma  Publishing  Company,  Chicago. 

"Kindergarten  Stories."    Boston  Collection.    J.  L.  Hammett. 

"For  the  Children's  Hour."    Bailey  and  Lewis.    Published  by  Milton 

Bradlej'  Company. 
" In  the  Child's  World."  Poulsson. 

"The  Fairy  Readers."  1.  and  II.  James  Baldwin.  Published  by 
American  Book  Company. 

"Mother  Stories." 

"  More  ^Mother  Stories." 

Lindsay.    Pubhshed  by  Milton  Bradley  Company. 

"Fairy  Books."    ("Red,  Blue,  Green  and  Yellow.")    Andrew  Lang. 

"The  Tree  Dwellers."    Book  I. 

"Early  Cave  Men."    Book  II. 

"Later  Cave  Men."    Book  III. 

"Early  Sea  People."    Book  IV. 

Katherine  E.  Doff.    Published  by  Rand,  McNally  Company. 

"Songs  and  Stories  for  the  Little  Ones."  E.  Gordon  Browne.  Pub- 
lished by  Houghton  Mifflin  Company. 

Poetry. 

"The  Land  of  Song."    Books  I.  and  II.    Katharine  Shute.  Published 

by  Silver,  Burdett  &  Co. 
"Love  Songs  of  Childhood."    Eugene  Field.    Published  by  Charles 

Scribner's  Sons. 

"Stories  and  Poems  for  Children."  Celia  Thaxter.  Published  by  Hough- 
ton IMifflin  Company. 

"Rhymes  of  Childhood."  Riley.  Published  by  Bowen,  Merrill  Company, 
Indianapolis. 

"The  Posy  Ring."  Wiggin.  Pubhshed  by  McClure,  PhiUips  &  Co., 
New  York. 

"Poems."    Cary  Sisters.    Pubhshed  by  Houghton  Mifflin  Company. 
"A  Child's  Garden  of  Verses."    R.  L.  Stevenson.    Published  by  L.  C. 

Page  &  Co.,  Boston. 
"Nature  in  Verse."    Mary  I.  Lovejoy.    Pubhshed  by  Silver,  Burdett 

&  Co. 

"The    Listening    Child."    Thacher.    Published    by    The  MacMillan 

Company,  New  York. 
"Child  Life."    Whittier.    Published  by  Houghton  Mifflin  Company. 
"Three  Years  with  the  Poets."    Bertha  Hazard.    Published  by  Houghton 

IMifflin  Company. 

Trade  or  Occupation  Pictures.  A.  Flanagan  Company,  Chicago.  Pub- 
lished by  Houghton  Mifflin  Company. 


42 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Songs. 

"Song  Development  for  Little  Children."    Frederic  Ripley  and  H.  L. 

Heartz.    Published  by  White-Smith  Company. 
''Thirty  Songs  for  Children."    Half-dollar  series.    Published  by  O.  Ditson 

Company. 

"Song  Echoes  from  Childhood."  Gertrude  Walker  and  Harriet  L.  Smith. 
Published  by  O.  Ditson  Company. 

"Songs  and  Games  for  Little  Ones."  Gertrude  Walker  and  Harriet  Jenks. 
Published  by  O.  Ditson  Company. 

"Songs  of  the  Child  World."  I.  and  II.  Gaynor.  Published  by  John 
Church,  New  York. 

"Songs  of  a  Little  Child's  Day"  and  "Holiday  Songs."  Poulsson.  Pub- 
lished by  Milton  Bradley  Company. 

"Small  Songs  for  Small  Singers."  Neidlinger.  Published  by  G.  Schirmer, 
New  York. 

"  Mother  Goose  Songs  for  Little  Ones."    Ethel  Crowninshield.  Published 

by  Milton  Bradley  Company. 
"Songs  for  Little  Singers."    Helen  Blanche  Foster  and  Florence  Ednah 

Chipman.    Published  by  J.  L.  Hammett  Company. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECL\L  CLASSES. 


43 


SPELLING. 


1.  Recognition  of  letters. 

Aids. 

Matching. 

Crossing  out  from  a  printed  page  of  large  type  all  O's  or  A's. 

Building  letters  out  of  pegs. 

Covering  outlines  of  letters  with  lentils. 

Filling  in  outline  of  letters  with  colored  crayon. 

Cutting  out  letters. 

(a)    Following  outline. 

(6)    Later  freehand. 

2.  Word  building. 

Simple  words. 

Most  familiar  letters. 

From  board. 

From  book  or  paper. 

3.  Spelling. 

Learn  words  by  making  them  with  letters. 

If  spelling  is  written  have  children  use  blackboard. 


44 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


i 


PENMANSHIP. 


Legibility  chief  object. 

Sandpaper  letters  or  patterns  may  be  first  used  to  gain  idea  of  form  by 
feeling. 

Tracing  to  fix  ideas  of  form  and  size. 

Following  the  outlines  of  letters  with  meat  skewer  or  pencil. 

Where  children  have  difficulty  in  learning  to  write  it  seems  advisable 
to  use  any  method  to  get  results.  The  rhythm  of  the  Palmer  method 
helps  some  children  to  gain  facility  and  arouses  interest. 

Others  respond  better  to  the  vertical. 

Good  healthful  positions  should  be  cultivated,  but  insistence  upon 
certain  positions  of  pen,  pencil  and  paper  must  be  varied  somewhat  or 
even  omitted,  according  to  the  individual  child. 

Uniformity  of  movement  depends  upon  the  class  of  children. 

Many  classes  cannot  work  well  in  concert. 

When  possible,  teach  to  criticise  own  work. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES.  45 


NATURE  STUDY. 


1.  By  observation. 

Talks  and  stories  by  children  on  what  they  have  seen  out  of  doors. 

2.  With  specimens  of 

Animals. 

Insects. 

Birds. 

Minerals. 

Plants. 

Flowers. 

Fruits  (berries,  nuts,  etc.). 

3.  By  drawing  plants,  flowers,  birds,  etc. 

Freehand.  , 

Colored. 

Crayon. 

Water  color. 
Outlines  —  to  be  colored. 
Paper-cutting. 
Modeling. 

Study  of  Plants. 

1.  Germination  in 

(a)  Soils. 

Gravel. 
Sand. 

Loam.  ' 
Clay. 
(6)  Water. 

Fish  globe, 
(c)    On  blotting  paper. 
Planting  and  care  of 
Seeds. 
Bulbs. 

Growth  from  seed  or  bulb  to  plant. 
Flower  or  frait  studied  as  suggested  above. 

2.  Study  of  trees  —  common. 

Their  names. 
Their  leaves. 
Their  fruit. 

.  Make  chains,  designs,  etc.  Specimens  of  evergreen  may  be 
obtained  from  Miss  Griffin,  Children's  Museum,  Jamaica 
Pond. 

3.  Study  of  birds. 

Names  and  some  characteristics  of  common  ones. 
Appearance. 


46 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Nests.    When  made. 

Where  made. 

Children's    Museum,   Pine   Bank,   Jamaica   Plain,    and  Bird 
House,  Franklin  Park. 
4.    Study  of  animal  life. 

Frogs.    Obtain  pollywogs  if  possible. 

Caterpillar.    From  cocoon. 

Bee.    Show  honeycomb. 

Cow  and  other  domestic  animals. 

Fish.    Gold  fish  in  globe.    Visit  wharves  or  markets.  Visit 
Aquarium,  City  Point,  South  Boston. 

Places  to  Study  Nature  in  and  About  Boston,  Mass. 
The  Children's  Museum,  Pine  Bank,  Jamaica  Pond. 
The  Natural  History  Rooms,  Boylston  street. 
The  Aquarium,  South  Boston. 
Franklin  Park. 

Norumbega  Park,  Auburndale,  Mass. 

The  Agassiz  and  Peabody  Museums,  near  Harvard  square,  Cambridge. 
Helps  to  the  study  of  nature.    Pictures,  charts,  toy  animals,  help  to 
hold  the  children's  interest. 
On  authorized  list 

Mountjoy's  chart  covers  almost  everything. 

Prang's  pictures  are  good. 

Common  bird  charts  1  and  2  are  good. 

i|c  *       •*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  % 

Outdoor  Nature. 
Equipment  for  Each  Child. 

One  camp  stool. 

One  bag  10  inches  by  18  inches,  to  hold  pencil  and  paper. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


47 


SCHOOL  GARDENS. 


There  is  health,  pleasure  and  profit  in  gardening;  prove  it  by  — 

1.  Locating  a  lot  belonging  to  either  a  private  individual,  city  or  town . 

2.  Interest  people  locally  in  the  project. 

3.  Begin  early  in  March  in  the  study  of  seeds  —  planting  in  sawdust 
for  observation. 

4.  Draw  plan  for  garden,  each  pupil  writing  name  on  space  for  bed. 

5.  Get  seed  catalogues.  Cut  out  pictures  of  vegetables  or  flowers  to 
be  raised;  color  same  and  mount. 

6.  Cut  out  pictures  of  tools  needed. 

7.  Make  models  of  tools  in  manual  hours,  also  have  each  pupil  make  a 
dozen  plant  labels. 

8.  Lessons  in  modeling  with  plasticine  —  beets,  carrots,  turnips, 
radishes,  beans,  etc.    Same  with  flowers. 

9.  Make  the  garden  ready.    Plant  the  seeds. 
10.    Give  lessons  on  care  of  garden. 


Equipment  for  Class  of  15. 


15  trowels. 
6  hoes. 
6  rakes. 
3  forks. 


3  spades. 
15  weeders. 
2  sprinkling  pots. 


48 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


DRAWING. 


A.  Color. 

Recognition  of  primary  colors. 

1.  Aids. 

Colored  paper. 

Colored  cardboard  forms,  circle,  etc 

Colored  pencils.  y 

2.  Methods. 

Naming  and  matching  colors. 

Collecting  objects  of  one  color  (introducing  shades). 

Coloring  patterns  (traced  or  drawTi  around  outline  by  children) . 


As  borders. 

For  decorating  cards,  calendars,  or  for  surfaces  (wall  paper, 
etc.). 

Coloring  patterns  of 

Birds. 

Animals. 

Butterflies. 

Flowers. 
Designing 

Rugs. 

Cloth  —  plaids. 
Blankets,  etc. 


1.  Introduction  to  children  through  placing  sticks,  pegs  or  splints. 

Horizontally. 

Vertically. 

Obliquely. 

2.  Recognition  aided  through  arrangement  of  sticks,  pegs  or  splints 

to  form. 
Fences. 

Telegraph  poles. 
Houses,  etc. 

3.  Appreciation  of  shapes  developed  through  observation  and  draw- 


Singly. 


B.    Object  Drawing. 


Lines. 


ing  of 
Flags. 
Rugs. 


Cars. 
Trains. 
Sleds. 
Houses. 


Blankets. 


Plaids. 
Wagons. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


49 


4.    Ability  results  —  to  draw  such  objects  as 

Brushes.  Shields. 

Shovels.  Toys. 

Umbrellas.  Tools,  etc. 

Hatchets.  Rows  of  houses  (street  scenes). 

C.    Nature  Drawing. 

1.  Knowledge  acquired  by  observation  of 

Buds.  Grasses. 

Leaves.  Trees. 

Twigs.  Fruits. 

Blossoms.  Vegetables. 

2.  Familiarity  by  filling  in  with  color. 

Outlines  of  above  prepared  for  children. 

3.  Ability  to  draw  above  either  with  crayon  or  with  pencil,  later  coloring. 

D.    Illustrative  Drawing  of 

Fables.  Vacations. 

Rhymes.  Interesting  topics  or  visits  made  by 

History  stories.  children. 

Historical  events.  Occupations. 

Games.  Seasons. 

Picnics.  Life  in  other  countries. 

E.  Design. 

1.  Simple  unit. 

Practical  repeating  in  rhythm  (piano  if  possible). 

2.  Rows  of  units. 

For  borders. 

3.  Inventing  units. 

Around  a  center  —  to  be  used  for  decorating  basket  bottoms. 

4.  Applying  units  for 

Borders.  Calendars. 
Cards.  Basket  bases. 

Boxes.  Brass  work,  etc. 


50 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


MODELING. 


Free  play  with  clay  or  plasticine  to  teach  the  adaptability  of  the  material. 
ModeHng  simple  geometric  forms.    Objects  based  on  these  forms, 
as:  Fruits,  animals,  houses,  trunk,  rolling  pin,  dumb-bells,  etc. 
Illustration  of  stories  correlating  with  the  topics  of  the  season. 
Objects  adapted  for  use  —  pottery. 
Formal  distinction  of  borders,  etc. 

Reference  Books. 
Plastic  Methods  for  Plastic  Minds.    Mrs.  Van  Harbutt. 
Plasticine  as  a  Home  Amusement. 
Clay  Work.    Katherine  Morris  Lester. 
ModeHng  in  Public  Schools.    Walter  Sargent. 
Clay  Modeling  for  Infants.    F.  H.  Brown. 
Clay  Modeling.  Holland. 
Prang  Art  Instruction. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


51 


FOLDING. 


Paper  squares.    (6  inches  desirable.)    Colors  preferred. 
Object. —  Accuracy.    Creating  for  use. 

Series  I. 

1.  Book. —  Double  once.  Repeat  several  times.  Place  within  one 
another.    Fasten.    Find  a  use. 

2.  Napkin. —  Double  book,  making  square.  Repeat.  Pile.  Sort 
colors. 

3.  Wall  Pocket. —  Napkin.  Find  free  corners.  Double  back  one. 
Repeat  with  larger  paper.    Hang  on  wall.  Use. 

4.  Pocketbook  or  Bag. —  Repeat  pocket.  Turn  over.  Double  back 
one  corner. 

5.  Soldier  Cap. —  Repeat  pocket.  Turn  over.  Double  three  corners. 
Repeat  in  newspaper.    Wear  and  march. 

6.  Fireman's  Cap. —  Repeat  soldier  cap.  Press  open,  bringing  together 
bottom  corners,  forming  square.  Double  back  one  corner.  Insert  thumb 
for  effect.    Repeat  in  newspaper.  Play. 

Series  II. 

1.  Envelope. —  Fold  on  each  diagonal.  Fold  corners  to  center.  Write 
letter  and  put  in.    Address.    Fasten  with  gummed  disc. 

2.  Picture  Frame. —  Repeat  envelope.  Fold  corners  back  to  edges. 
Paste  in  picture.    Hang  on  wall. 

Series  III. 

1.  House. —  Fold  book.  Open.  Fold  book  other  way.  Fold  edges 
to  center,  making  sixteen  squares.  Open.  Repeat  book.  Notice  long 
open  edge.  Fold  one  corner  back  to  center  fold  on  open  edge.  Press 
down  top  for  roof.  Turn  over.  Fold  top  corner  square  on  diagonal  to 
complete  roof. 

2.  Barn. —  Repeat  house  through  first  end  of  roof.  Second  likewise, 
making  barn  doors. 

3.  Settee  or  Piano. —  Repeat  barn.  Fold  center  lower  squares  to  right 
angles  of  roof  for  seat.    Fold  ends  to  meet  seat. 

Series  IV. 

1.  Dish  or  Table. —  Fold  sixteen  squares,  also  diagonals.  Fold  opposite 
edges  to  center  fold.  Open.  Strengthen  diagonals  of  outside  squares  to 
make  dish.    Invert  for  table. 

2.  Sailboat. —  Repeat  dish.  Bring  four  edges  together  at  center  of 
square.  Press,  forming  hexagon.  Fold  back  on  center  fold.  Find  one 
back  corner.  Bring  down  to  right  angles  of  front.  Press.  Tuck  in  pro- 
jecting triangle  at  bottom. 

Books  of  Reference. 
Paper  and  Scissors  in  the  Schoolroom.    Emily  Weaver. 
A  Year  of  Primary  Occupation.    Etta  Merrick  Graves. 
What  and  How.    Palen  and  Henderson. 


52 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


CriTLXG. 


For  the  training  of  eye  and  hand. 

Go  slowly.  Demand  painstaking  work.  Outlines  for  beginners  should 
be  broad,  preferably  drawn  with  brush.    Later  crayon,  pencil,  fold. 

Straight-Line  Cutting. 

Exercise  I. —  Long  strip  narrow  paper  with  parallel  lines.  One  snip  of 
scissors  cuts  across. 

Exercise  II. —  Repeat  I.,  with  wider  paper  necessitating  several  move- 
ments of  scissors  for  each  strip. 

Exercise  III. —  Cut  newspapers  on  colunm  hues. 

Exercise  IV. —  Cut  squares.  Prepare  paper  with  outlines  extending  to 
edges.    Cut  each  time  beyond  corner.    Thus  corners  are  square. 

Exercise  V . —  Cut  magazine  pictures  in  same  manner. 

Exercise  VI. —  Fringe  towels,  napkins,  shelf  paper,  etc. 

Exercise  VII. —  Cut  simple  life  forms  in  straight  lines.  Stop  at  a  corner. 
Continue  from  edge  of  paper. 

Circular  Cuttin-g. 
Alwaj's  keep  scissors  open,  cutting  with  part  of  blades  near  pin  to  avoid 
angles.    Turn  paper  with  each  cut.    Broad  outlines. 
Exercise  I. —  Circular  outlines;  large,  small. 
Exercise  II. —  Fruits,  etc.,  outlines  in  large,  simple  curves. 

Adv.\nced  Cutting. 
Outline  and  Free. 
I.    Simple  letters  and  figures. 
11.  Animals. 

III.  Familiar  objects. 

IV.  Illustrative. 

Seasons,  occupations,  amusements.  Story-telling. 

CON^TINTIONAL  CUTTING. 

I.  Doubled  strip.    Cut  tree  on  outline  and  unfold. 

II.  Doubled  strip.    Cut  doll  on  outline  and  unfold. 

III.  Similar  outlines. 

IV.  Doubled  strip.    Border  patterns  —  free. 
V.  Folded  square.    Repeat  indefinitely. 

VI.  Similarly  cut  folded  hexagons  for  snow  crystal  forms. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECL\L  CLASSES. 


53 


WEAVING. 


Oil  Cloth  Mats. 
Twelve  inches  square;  slits  one  inch  apart.    Use  wooden  splints  for 
weavers.    Good  for  children  who  have  poor  control  of  their  hands. 

KlXDERGARTEX  WeAVIXG  MaTS. 

Wide  papers  best  for  beginners.    Various  designs  may  be  worked  out. 
Iron  Holders. 

Use  weaving  frame  of  any  desired  size.  Warp  and  woof  both  of  roving. 
Finish  with  loop  or  ring  at  one  corner. 

Dolls'  Mats. 

Use  carpet  warp,  and  any  of  the  following  materials  for  weaving:  Raffia, 
roving,  jute  or  worsted.  Make  stripes  across  the  ends  of  some  contrasting 
color.    Finish  by  knotting  the  warp  strands  into  a  fringe. 

Rugs. 

Use  as  large  frames  as  it  is  possible  to  secure.  Make  the  same  as  the 
dolls'  rugs,  using  roving  or  jute  as  the  weaving  material. 

Wash  Cloths. 
Use  white  Dexter  cotton  yarn  for  both  warp  and  woof. 

Dolls'  Caps. 

Woven  or  worsted  over  a  cardboard  disc. 

Blotter  Tops. 

Woven  of  raffia  over  a  cardboard  disc.  The  needle  may  be  put  under  the 
warp  strands  and  then  brought  back  in  such  a  way  as  to  give  the  effect 
of  ribs  radiating  from  center  when  the  blotter  is  finished. 

Raffia  Sofa  Pillows. 
Weave  two  raffia  mats  large  enough  for  pillows.  Fasten  the  two  mats 
together  by  knotting  the  fringe.  The  pillows  may  be  made  of  natural 
raffia  with  a  border  of  some  color.  A  good  effect  is  obtained  by  weaving 
over  five  and  under  five  strands,  also  using  five  strands  of  raffia  in  the 
needle. 

CHAIR  CANING. 
Materials  for  Chair  Caning. 
Chair;  bundle  of  cane;  piece  of  binding;  two  or  three  pegs. 


54 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Caning. 

If  possible,  mark  the  holes  where  the  first  of  the  upright  rows  of  cane 
started,  and  the  first  of  the  horizontal  rows,  before  cutting  out  the  old  seat 
of  a  chair. 

If  the  cane  seat  has  been  cut  out,  find  the  center  holes  and  work  towards 
the  ends,  for  the  first  step.    There  are  two  methods  of  caning  a  chair  used. 

First  Method. 

1.  Put  in  a  row  of  vertical  lines  of  cane. 

2.  A  row  of  horizontal  lines  of  cane. 

3.  Another  row  of  vertical  lines. 

4.  A  row  of  horizontal  lines  —  first  across  one  of  the  upper  vertical 
canes  —  then  under  the  lower  vertical  one,  pulling  the  upper  vertical 
cane  in  each  group  to  the  right  and  going  under  or  over  as  the  case  may  be. 

5.  A  diagonal  row  of  cane,  start  at  the  lower  left-hand  corner.  The 
new  piece  of  cane  goes  under  the  vertical  pairs,  and  over  the  horizontal 
pairs  to  the  right. 

6.  A  diagonal  row  —  starting  in  the  lower  right-hand  corner  and  going 
over  the  vertical  groups  and  under  the  horizontal  groups.  If  the  seat  is 
a  round  one,  there  will  be  places  where  the  diagonal  canes  will  begin  or 
end  in  the  same  hole.  Either  cut  the  cane  and  start  again  or  start  from 
opposite  corner. 

Binding. 

Start  a  length  of  binding  at  one  corner  of  the  chair.  Lay  it  along  the 
chair,  covering  the  holes.  Turn  up  a  piece  of  fine  cane  through  every  other 
hole,  across  the  binding  and  back  again.  If  the  chair  is  a  square  one,  start 
a  new  piece  of  binding  in  each  corner.  Hold  binding  in  place  at  the  corners 
by  putting  in  pieces  of  hea\'y  reed  or  small  dowels. 

Second  Method. 

1.  *  Put  in  a  row  of  vertical  lines  of  cane. 

2.  A  row  of  horizontal  lines  of  cane. 

3.  A  diagonal  row. 

4.  A  vertical  row. 

5.  A  horizontal  row  (over  and  under  weaving).    See  4,  Method  1. 

6.  A  diagonal  row. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECLIL  CLASSES. 


55 


EEED  BASKETS. 


Materials. 

1.  Reed  is  a  kind  of  palm  that  grows  in  India.  It  twines  around  trees. 
When  ready  for  use  it  is  stripped  of  its  bark  and  leaves  and  split  into 
round  and  flat  strips  of  various  sizes. 

Nos.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  6  are  the  sizes  of  round  reed  most  commonly  used. 
Reed  comes  in  its  natural  color  or  dyed  —  brown  and  green  being  the 
best  of  the  dyed  colors. 

2.  Tools. —  Cutters;  pinchers;  awl;  knife;  ruler;  deep  pail  for  water. 

Preparation. 
Soak  reed  in  warm  water  before  using. 

Roll  ends  of  weavers  and  fasten  by  twisting  the  ends  in  and  out. 

Weaving. 

Simplest  form  —  over  and  under  weaving. 

Paring. —  Start  two  weavers  behind  two  succeeding  spokes  and  crossed 
between  them  so  that  that  was  the  under  weaver  becomes  the  upper 
weaver  each  time. 

Triple  Twist. —  Start  three  weavers  behind  three  consecutive  spokes. 
Starting  with  the  back  one  —  put  it  over  two  and  under  one  spoke.  Do 
same  each  time  —  always  beginning  with  the  back  one  of  three  weavers. 

Simple  Baskets. 

The  simplest  baskets  for  children  are  those  begun  on  wooden  bases. 
These  bases  may  be  round,  oval,  square  or  rectangular.  If  square  or 
rectangular  bases  are  used,  always  put  dowels  in  the  four  corners  to  keep 
the  shape  of  the  basket. 

/.    Small  Work  Basket. 
Wooden  base  8^  inches. 
Twelve-inch  stakes  of  No.  V.  reed. 
Six-inch  bi-stakes  of  No.  V.  reed. 
Glue  stakes  into  wooden  base. 

Start  basket  with  four  rows  of  triple  twist  if  possible  —  No.  III.  reed  — 
if  not,  use  simple  weaving. 

For  the  hody  of  the  basket  use  flat  reed  over  and  under  weaving. 
Bi-stake  the  basket  —  putting  bi-stakes  in  on  the  right  of  first  stakes. 
When  basket  is  5  inches  high,  finish  with  triple  twist  No.  III.  reed. 
Wet  long  stakes  and  finish  with  border  No.  III. 

//.    Pencil  Basket. 
Wooden  base  3  inches  in  diameter. 
Twelve-inch  stakes  of  No.  V.  reed. 
Follow  directions  for  work  basket,  but  do  not  bi-stake. 
Finish  with  border  I.,  II.  or  III. 


56 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


///.    Waste  Basket. 
Eight  and  one-half  inches  wooden  base. 
Thirty-two-inch  stakes,  No.  V.  reed. 

Push  stakes  through  the  wooden  base  and  lock  underneath. 

Begin  basket  with  triple  twist  —  six  rows  —  No.  III.  reed. 

Four  rows  flat  reed. 

Five  rows  triple  twist  No.  III.  reed. 

Body  of  the  basket  made  of  flat  reed. 

Repeat  lower  border  at  top  of  basket. 

Finish  with  border  No.  III.,  IV.  or  V. 

Border  No.  V.  is  the  most  difl&cult,  but  it  is  also  the  prettiest. 

IV.    Flower  Basket. 

Oval  wooden  base. 

Stakes  15  inches  of  No.  III.  reed. 

Bi-stakes  8  inches  of  No.  III.  reed. 

Weavers,  No.  II.  reed. 

Make  the  basket  wholly  of  triple  twist. 

Handle  (see  Handles). 

Colored  reed  may  be  used  to  great  advantage  for  design. 
Baskets  made  with  woven-reed  bases  are  more  difficult,  so  I  place  them 
second. 

Mats. 

Eight  twelve-inch  stakes  of  No.  V.  reed. 
One  long  weaver.  No.  I.  reed. 
Two  long  weavers,  No.  III.  reed. 

Split  four  of  the  stakes  through  the  center.  Slip  the  remaining  four 
stakes  through  these  openings. 

Double  the  weaver  No.  I.  Slip  loop  thus  made  over  four  of  the  stakes 
and  do  two  rows  of  paring,  using  each  group  of  four  stakes  as  one.  Use 
raffia  for  first  few  rows  of  weaving,  if  preferred.  Then  separate  each  group 
of  four  into  groups  of  two  and  continue  two  more  rows  of  paring.  Separate 
each  group  of  two  into  single  stakes  and  continue  after  two  or  three  more 
rows,  slip  in  the  two  pieces  of  No.  II.  reed  and  cut  off  the  No.  I.  reed. 

Continue  paring  until  mat  is  large  enough.  Bind  and  finish  with  open 
border  of  No.  I.  or  No.  II. 

Mats  are  used  as  tea  rests  or  two  may  be  fastened  together  as  brush- 
broom  holders. 

Woven  Baskets. 
Hanging  Basket. 
12  20-inch  stakes,  No.  III.  reed. 
Weavers  of  No.  I.  and  No.  II.  reed. 
Glass  fish  bowl. 

Start  as  in  mat.  When  base  of  basket  is  the  size  of  base  of  fish  bowl, 
wet  stakes  and  bend  upwards,  away  from  you.  Put  in  No.  II.  weavers. 
Continue  weaving,  shape  to  fish  bowl.  New  weavers  are  put  in  by  simply 
crossing  behind  a  stake.    Finish  with  border  No.  III.  a.    (See  Handles.) 

Violet  Bowl. 
16  25-inch  stakes.  No.  III.  reed. 
Weavers  of  No.  I.  and  II.  reed. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


57 


Follow  directions  for  fish  bowl  but  shape  over  a  finger  bowl. 

Top. —  First.  Stakes  I.  and  II.  brought  behind  stakes  III.  and  IV. 
Stakes  III.  and  IV.  behind  V.  and  VI.,  etc. 

Second.  All  stakes  carried  down  over  outside  of  bowl  to  outside  of  edge 
of  base.  Slip  stakes  through  two  rows  of  weaving  to  hold  in  place  and 
finish  by  locking. 

There  are  many  different  kinds  of  work  baskets,  covered  baskets,  flower 
baskets,  etc.,  that  can  be  made. 

Sandwich  Tray. 
10  12-ineh  stakes,  No.  V.  reed. 
Weavers  of  No.  I.  and  No.  II. 

Split  five  stakes  and  put  five  stakes  through.  Start  as  in  mat.  As  soon 
as  groups  are  entirely  separated,  put  in  No.  II.  reed,  three  pieces,  and 
continue  flat  surface  of  triple  twist.  When  nearly  at  end  of  stakes  finish 
off  the  triple  twist  by  using  six  pieces  of  No.  II.  reed  in  groups  of  two  —  do 
one  row  of  triple  twist.  Finish  and  starting  towards  the  left  do  another 
row.    This  makes  the  "Arrow  Stitch." 

On  each  side  of  stakes  run  in  three  pieces  of  No.  II.  reed,  16  inches  long. 

Clip  off  any  ends  of  No.  V.  reed  which  may  show. 

Border. 

Count  each  group  of  three  as  one  stake.  Kegin  No.  1  in  back  of  next 
two  groups  to  the  right,  in  front  of  next  two  groups,  in  back  of  next  two 
groups  and  in  front  of  one  group,  ending  on  back  of  basket. 

Continue  in  same  way,  under  two,  over  two,  under  two,  over  one,  until 
all  groups  are  woven  in. 

Turn  basket  over  to  underside  and  finish  by  locking  each  group. 

Handle.    (See  Handles.) 

Large  Oval  Tray. 
Eighteen-inch  stakes,  No.  III.  reed. 
Weavers,  No.  II.  reed. 
Oval  board. 

Mark  off  half  inches  around  board. 

Put  tacks  in  No.  III.  reed  stakes,  4  inches  from  ends.  Tack  stakes 
on  board. 

Do  three  rows  of  triple  twist  on  base  of  tray,  finish  by  locking. 
Do  five  rows  of  triple  twist  above  the  board.    Finish  with  border 
No.  IV.  or  V. 

Pinch  and  wet  stakes  before  making  border. 

Use  12  pieces  of  No.  I.  reed.  Roll  into  groups  of  four.  Braid  flat 
braid.  Tack  around  tray  with  brass  tacks.  Finish  by  slipping  the  three 
groups  of  ends  into  the  beginning  of  braid,  following  pattern. 

Borders  of  Tops  of  Baskets. 
/.    Open  Border. 

Cut  stakes  of  finished  basket  to  uniform  size  with  a  slanting  cut.  Wet. 
Push  stake  No.  I  down  beside  stake  No.  II.,  stake  No.  II.  beside  stake 
No.  HI.,  etc. 


58 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


11.  Border. 

Spoke  No.  I.  crosses  in  front  of  spoke  No.  II.,  and  is  pushed  in  beside 
spoke  No.  III.,  etc. 

///.    Border  for  Work  Basket. 

Stake  No.  I.  is  put  back  of  stake  No.  II.,  and  brought  forward.  Stake 
No.  II.  is  put  back  of  stake  No.  III.,  and  brought  forward,  etc.  Then 
stake  No.  I.  is  brought  in  front  of  stake  No.  II.,  and  pushed  in.  Stakes 
Nos.  II.,  III.,  etc.,  are  done  Ukewise. 

Spokes  cut  off  inside  the  basket. 

This  top  may  be  varied,  for  instance: 

Stake  No.  I.  is  put  back  of  next  two  stakes;  stake  No.  II.  Hkewise,  etc. 
Then  stake  No.  I.  in  front  of  two  stakes  and  in,  etc, 

IV.    More  Difficult  Border. 
Each  stake  is  brought  over  the  stake  on  the  right,  back  of  the  next  one, 
over  the  next,  back  of  the  next,  and  then  out.    The  first  part  of  border 
should  be  left  loose  so  that  last  stakes  may  be  woven  in. 

V.    Border  for  Trays  and  Waste  Baskets. 

Pinch  stakes. 

Pull  three  stakes  down  towards  you. 

Stake  No.  I.  is  brought  over  two  stakes  and  under  stake  No.  IV.  Bring 
down  stake  No.  IV.  Stake  No.  II.  is  brought  over  two  stakes  and  under 
stake  No.  V. 

Stake  No.  III.  is  brought  over  two  stakes  and  under  stake  No.  VI. 
You  will  now  have  three  stakes  going  towards  center  of  basket  and  three 
bending  outwards. 

Stakes  Nos.  I.,  II.,  III.  are  inside. 
Stakes  Nos.  IV.,  V.,  VI.  are  outside. 
Bring  stake  No.  I.  down  beside  No.  VI. 

Put  stake  No.  IV.  up  under  stake  No.  VII.;  bring  down  stake  No.  VII.; 
bring  down  stake  No.  II.  beside  it. 

Put  up  stake  No.  V.  under  stake  No.  VIII. 

Bring  down  stake  No.  VIII.    Bring  down  stake  No.  III.  beside. 
You  will  now  find  two  spokes  ready  to  put  up  under  stake  No.  IX.,  and 
two  stakes  ready  to  be  brought  down. 

Continue  until  you  find  three  ready  to  be  put  up. 
Drop  the  inside  or  shortest  one  each  time. 

Continue  weaving.    End  to  be  woven  in  following  same  system. 
Begin  border  loose. 

Covers. 

Covers  may  be  made  following  same  pattern  as  the  mats. 

Handles  for  Hanging  Baskets. 
Twelve  pieces  of  No.  I.  or  No.  II.  reed. 

Slip  the  twelve  pieces  through  the  finished  top  of  the  basket,  six  on 
each  side  of  a  stake.  Make  a  three-strand  braid.  When  braid  is  long 
enough,  attach  to  the  opposite  side  of  basket  by  weaving  each  piece  in 
and  out  until  it  is  firm  and  the  whole  resembles  the  beginning  of  handles. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


59 


Handles  for  Sandwich  Tray. 
Piece  of  No.  V.  reed  as  long  as  desired. 

Sharpen  the  ends.  Push  each  end  through  the  rows  of  triple  twist 
on  the  basket  close  to  two  opposite  stakes. 

Slip  through  eight  pieces  of  No.  I.  reed  at  one  end  and  make  a  four- 
strand  braid  over  the  No.  V.  reed.  Fasten  on  other  side  as  in  hanging 
basket. 

Handles  for  Large  Tray. 
Four  pieces  of  No.  V.  reed,  6  inches  long. 

Sharpen  ends.  Put  two  pieces  in  beside  stakes  on  each  side  of  basket 
in  place  desired. 

Slip  in  four  pieces  of  No.  I.  reed  (as  in  hanging  basket)  and  wind  handles. 
Fasten  the  weavers  by  putting  inside  of  basket,  then  cut  across  a  spoke, 
then  inside  again,  where  they  are  cut  short. 


60 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


EAFFIA  WORK. 


1.  Beginners. 

(a)    Wrap  raffia  around  thick  rope. 

(6)    Wrap  raffia  around  cardboard,  for  frames;  then  knot  it  around 

picture  frames  —  circular,  oval   and   oblong.    Looks  Uke 

buttonhole  stitch  when  finished, 
(c)    Use  in  toy  knitter  for  horse  reins. 
More  advanced  children. 

Preliminary  lessons  in  braiding  raffia,  to  be  used  for: 

Mat.  Tumbler  case. 

Belt.  Wall  pocket. 

Hat.  Calendar  back. 

Basket.  Napkin  ring. 

Handkerchief  case.  Sandpaper  back,  for  a  match-scratcher. 
Tray. 

2.  Weaving. 

(a)    Use  small  cardboard  looms  (.4,  B,  C)  to  make  mats,  hats, 

baskets,  bags,  etc. 
(6)    Use  square  or  round  wooden  bases  into  which  long  nails  have 

been  driven.    Weave  with  raffia  to  make  baskets, 
(c)    Make  Indian  baskets,  winding  raffia  in  Lazy  Squaw  stitch, 

over  reed,  and  using  not  more  than  two  colors.  Exception: 

three  colors  —  cream,  orange  and  brown. 
{d)    Indian  baskets,  same  as  above,  winding  raffia  over  raffia 

instead  of  over  reed. 

Hammocks. 
One  shuttle  10  inches  by  1^  inches  by  \  inch. 
One  mesh  board  5  inches  by  2|  inches  by  \  inch. 
Two  pounds  of  hammock  cord  (white). 

Eighteen  feet  of  i^^-inch  white  cotton  rope  for  finishing  ends  and  sides 

of  hammock. 
Two  iron  rings  3  inches  diameter. 

Spreaders. 

Made  from  wooden  barrel  staves  or  curved  white  wood. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


61 


BRASS  WORK. 


Materials. 
Brass  30-inch  gauge. 
Awl. 

Heavy  scissors. 

Soft  wood  —  newspaper. 

Small  hammer. 

Carbon  paper  —  patterns. 

Brass-headed  nails,  paper  fasteners,  paper  fasteners  on  rings. 
Models. 

Penwiper  tops. 

Blotter  tops. 

Blotter  pad  corners. 

Picture  frames. 

Calendar  backs. 

Candle  shades. 

Pen  and  pencil  trays. 

Teapot  tiles. 

Book  rack  ends. 
Suggestions. 

Allow  brass  for  doubling  edge  of  model. 

Cut  brass  at  least  one  inch  larger  than  finished  pattern  requires. 

For  children  who  find  difficulty  in  distinguishing  pattern,  mark  with 

a  pencil  or  crayon  the  areas  they  are  to  punch. 
After  a  child  has  acquired  skill  enough  to  make  one  model  well, 

punched  brass  work  has  little  educational  value. 


62 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


LEATHER  WORK. 


1.  Preparation  of  leather. 

(a)    Trace  forms  and  cut  with  care.    Insist  that  forms  be  planned 

and  traced  so  as  not  to  waste  material. 
(6)    Cut  with  a  sharp  knife  on  glass  or  with  shears. 

2.  Preparation  of  leather  for  tooling. 

(a)  Place  leather  form  on  glass. 

(b)  Moisten  slightly  with  damp  cloth  or  sponge. 

(c)  Rub  down  figures  and  border.    The  tooling  iron  is  inexpensive 

and  may  be  curved  on  both  ends  or  straight  on  one. 
Beginners  use  sheep  ooze  and  a  whole  skin  of  good  color,  as  tan  or  brown 
is  the  most  economical  to  buy.  Russian  calf  is  durable  and  excellent 
for  tooling.  Sheep  ooze  may  be  used  plain  or  decorated  with  ink  or 
paint.  Tooled  leather  work  is  not  suitable  for  low  grade  or  careless 
children. 

Simple  Models. 
(Most  models  may  be  used  for  plain  or  tooled  leather.) 
Penwipers. 

Circular. 

Book-shaped. 

Leaf -shaped. 

Hexagonal. 
Pencil  holders.    Laced  or  stitched. 
Scissors  and  knife  cases.    Laced  or  stitched. 
Book  marks. 

Plain  fringed. 

Arrow-shaped. 

Corner. 

Slit. 
Shoe  polishers. 

Circular  sheepskin  pocket. 

Folding  with  sheepskin  pocket  and  clasp. 

Laced  or  stitched. 
Needle  books. 

Book-shaped. 

Circular. 

Leaf -shaped. 

Hexagonal.  v 
.   Lined  and  rolled  or  folded. 
Handkerchief  cases.    Pocket  or  folding. 
Purses. 

Circular  coin. 

Square  coin. 

Glove  coin. 

Bill  folders. 
Card  cases.    Double  or  single  pocket. 
Book  covers. 

Calendars.    Plain,  with  picture  and  calendar  attached.    Tooled,  with 
calendar. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


63 


COBBLING. 


Materials. 

1.  A  supply  of  medium  weight  sole  leather.  Order  by  pound.  (About 
1  pound  to  square  foot.) 

2.  Nails.  Improved  iron  cobblers'  nails  f  inch  for  soles  and  f  inch 
for  heels. 

3.  Very  sharp  thin  knife. 

4.  Iron  standard  with  three  or  more  lasts  of  different  sizes. 

5.  Hammer  —  ordinary  one  will  do. 

6.  After  the  children  gain  some  skill,  burnishing  fluid  and  burnishing 
iron  may  be  added. 

Lesson  I. 

1.  Choose  boot  with  hole  in  sole  (not  on  edge). 

2.  Cut  piece  of  sole  leather  with  diameter  about  one  inch  greater  than 
hole. 

3.  Bevel  leather  on  wrong  side  to  a  thin  edge  and  with  awl  mark  for 
nails.    (About  |  inch  from  edge  and  |  inch  apart.) 

4.  Nail  in  position. 

Lesson  IL 

Choose  shoe  with  hole  extending  to  edge  of  sole.  Proceed  as  before 
but  do  not  bevel  the  edge  of  patch  which  is  to  come  on  edge  of  sole. 

Lesson  III.    Half  Soles. 

Prepare  shoe.  With  scoring  awl  or  screw-driver  and  strong  pinchers, 
tear  off  to  the  shank  the  outer  sole,  leaving  the  inner  one  to  which  the 
top  is  sewed.  Shave  thin  the  part  of  sole  left  in  shank  to  which  the  new 
sole  is  to  be  attached. 

Make  pattern  and  cut  the  leather  slightly  larger.  Bevel  the  edge  on 
wrong  side.    (At  the  shank  only.) 

Soak  leather  in  hot  water  till  pliable.  Hammer  the  middle  surface  to 
make  it  slightly  cup-shaped.  Nail  to  shoe  with  two  nails,  one  at  toe 
and  one  at  shank. 

Make  path  for  nails  and  with  awl  (pointing  slightly  toward  the  center 
of  shoe)  make  holes  in  which  to  plant  the  nails. 

Nails  to  be  placed  about  ^  inch  apart,  beginning  at  shank. 

Trim,  file  and  sandpaper  edge. 

Use  burnishing  fluid  and  hot  burnishing  iron. 


64 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


WOODWOEK. 


1.  Hammer  nails  into  wood  to  form  child's  name. 

Thick  wood  and  fairly  large  nails. 

2.  Hammer  nails  into  wood  to  form  alphabet.    Use  long  piece  of  stock, 

width  about  2|  inches. 

3.  Make  samples  of  different  kinds  of  wood.    INIeasure  6  inches  by 

3  inches.  Hole  in  center  top  for  hanging.  Name  of  wood  printed 
and  pasted  on  center  of  label.    Plant  labels  7  inches  by  1^  inches. 

4.  Match  scratcher. 

Hammer  small  nails  into  the  four  corners  of  the  sandpaper.  Two 

holes  in  center  top.    Children  choose  measurements. 
Picture  mounts  may  be  made  in  a  similar  way. 

5.  Puzzle.    (See  Youth's  Companion  for  December  4,  1913.) 

6  blocks  4  inches  by  2^  inches  by  1^  inches;  10  pieces  of  j-i^ch  black 
tape  —  6  inches  long;  5  pieces  ^-inch  white  tape  —  6  inches  long. 

On  each  of  five  pieces  two  black  tapes  are  tacked  ^  inch  from  side 
on  one  end  and  a  white  one  at  center  of  other  end. 

Lay  a  block  with  the  tapes  on  the  underside,  bring  them  across 
the  top  of  the  block.  Lay  another  on  the  top  in  the  same  posi- 
tion, pull  the  tapes  from  the  under  block  tightly  up  and  tack 
to  upper  side  of  this  one.  Bring  the  tapes  from  the  underside 
over  the  top  of  this  as  before.  Repeat,  tacking  the  last  tapes  to 
the  block,  leaving  none  attached. 

6.  Door  stop.    7  inches  by  1|  inches  by  1^  inches;  If -inch  or  2-inch 

wood  may  be  used. 

7.  Sandpaper  block.    4  inches  by  2  inches  by  |  inch.    Have  |-inch  hole 

I  inch  from  top. 

8.  Simple  square  basket  base. 

Use  |-inch  stock  or  thicker.    Saw,  plane  and  sandpaper  a  square 

base  3  inches  by  3  inches.    Hammer  3-inch  brads  for  spokes. 
Raffia  or  red  weavers. 

9.  Plant  label.    8  inches  by  1^  inches  by  ^  inch. 

10.  Swing  board.    13  inches  by  5j  inches  by  f  inch. 

11.  Clappers. 

Any  fairly  hard  wood.    6  inches  by  1  inch  by  |  inch. 

12.  Flat  iron  rest. 

Whitewood.    12  inches  by  6  inches  by  f  inch. 
Bevel  I  inch  on  side,  I  inch  on  top. 

Gouge  for  wax,  y\  inch  deep,  l|-inch  circle.  Asbestos  on  one  end. 
Emery  cloth  on  the  other. 

13.  Basket  bases. 

Square,  oblong. 

Window  box  bases,  24  inches  by  6  inches. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


66 


14.  Necktie  rack. 

Saw,  plane  and  sandpaper  oblong  piece  of  wood,  whitewood 
preferred.  Insert  four  hooks,  with  two  screw  eyes  2  inches  from 
ends. 

15.  Key  rack. 

Same  as  necktie  rack,  using  small  cup-hooks,  and  more  of  them. 

16.  Kitchen  rack. 

Same  as  14  and  15,  only  chamfer  the  edges.  Use  hooks  for  holding 
kitchen  utensils. 

17.  Coat  rack.  . 

Same  as  kitchen  rack,  using  large  hooks  for  hats  and  coats. 

18.  Square  basket  base. 

Saw,  plane,  sandpaper,  etc.,  a  square  piece  of  wood  6  inches  by 
6  inches  (or  any  size  to  suit).  Bore  an  even  number  of  holes  if 
the  children  are  to  hairpin  in  the  reed  spokes,  uneven  if  ordinary 
insertion  is  to  be  used. 

19.  Pencil  stand. 

Prepare  two  pieces  of  wood,  6  inches  by  4  inches  by  |  inch.  Divide 
one  piece  into  squares  with  pencil.  Have  children  bore  15  holes 
at  intersections  of  lines.  Countersink  holes  for  a  finish.  Then 
nail  the  other  piece  of  wood  for  a  base.  Sandpaper.  (One 
nail  in  each  corner  should  be  sufficient.) 

20.  Easel.  Gum. 

Sides,  8f  inches  by  |  inch  by  |  inch;  supports,  5  inches  by  ^  inch 
by  I  inch;  top  piece,  3|  inches  by  ^  inch  by  I  inch;  brace,  6§ 
inches  by  |  inch  by  I  inch. 

21.  Trellis.    |-inch  stock,  f  inch  wide;  two  outside  strips  20  inches;  center 

strip,  16  inches;  upper  strip,  llf  inches;  cross  center  strip, 

9f  inches;  lower  strip,  7f  inches. 
Pine,  white  or  any  light-weight  wood. 
Nail. 

22.  Half  round  kej^board.    8f  inches  by  Ij  inches  by  f  inch. 

Gum,  cherry  or  maple. 

23.  Boxes  for  various  purposes.    With  or  without  partitions. 

9|  inches  by  6  inches  by  6^  inches  (for  colors). 

7  inches  by  4  inches  by  4|  inches  (for  cards).  • 

12  inches  by  5|  inches  by  4|  inches  (for  balls). 

24.  Soap  box. 

6-inch  by  4-inch  measurement  but  not  thick  wood.  Bore  holes  in 
base.  Drive  nails  for  spokes,  and  weave  with  raffia  (like  a 
basket);  put  over  sink  for  soap.  One  boy's  original  idea. 

25.  Knife,  fork  and  spoon  box.   14^  inches  by  9  inches  by  2|  inches. 

f-inch  stock,  except  ends  which  are  j\  inch. 
Sides,  2|  inches  high;  center,  10|  inches  long. 

26.  Woodworking  models  for  matching  forms. 

Square.   Circle.   Diamond.   Oblong.   Oval.   Triangle.  Hexagon. 
See  Seguin  Form  Board  for  size. 

27.  Peg  board. 

Designs  traced  to  suit  taste  (animal  outlines,  as  squirrel,  teddy 
bear,  rabbit,  horses,  fruit,  etc.).  Size  depends  on  pattern  used. 
Use  automatic  drill.   Bore  holes  at  top  for  hanging. 


66 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


28. 


29. 


30. 


31. 


32. 
33. 
34. 


35. 


36. 


37. 


38. 


39. 


40. 


inch  apart.  Bore 
Sandpaper  at  end. 


Lacing  stick. 

Prepare  chestnut  12  inches  by  If  inches  by  f  inch.    Then  |  inch 
on  each  side  mark  off  Hne  and  make  dots  | 
holes  (small  ones  preferred),  23  on  each  side. 
Tile  for  large  pegs. 
Whitewood,  6  inches  by  6  inches.    Draw  verti- 
cal, horizontal  and  obhque  lines  from  corner 
to  corner.   Bore  holes  1  inch  apart  and  one 
in  middle.    Bore  holes  so  that  pegs  will  fit. 
Sandpaper.    Different  designs  may  be  drawn . 
Looms.    (See  Grade  Outline.)   15^  inches  by  10 

inches  by  2  inches. 
Sword. 

Rather  hard  to  make.    Have  an  extra  piece 

nailed  on  crosspiece  marked  A  and  it  will 

make  foundation  firmer  and  prevent  wood 

from  splitting  when  it  is  being  sawed. 
See  directions  for  wooden  gun  to  accompanj- 

this  model. 
Penholder.    7  inches  by  ^  inch  by  ^  inch. 


Dolls'  furniture.    (Mission  style.) 
Chair. —  Back,  8^  inches  by  4|  inches  by  f  inch;  arms  and  seat, 

4  inches  by  3  inches  by  f  inch. 
Table. —  Top,  7  inches  by  4  inches  by  f  inch;  legs,  4  inches  by 

3  inches  by  f  inch;  shelf,  4  inches  by  2^  inches  by  f  inch. 
Bedstead. —  Overall  dimensions,  13 1  inches  by  9  inches  by  8  inches. 
Hall  seat. —  8^  inches  by  4^  inches  by  2|  inches. 

See  Manual  Training  Magazine  for  April,  1910. 
Coat  and  trousers  hanger. 

Coat  hanger,  15^  inches  by  3|  inches  by  f  inch. 
Two  pieces,  12  inches  b}-  |  inch  by  I  inch. 
Two  pieces,  2  inches  by  |  inch  by  I  inch. 
Screwed  to  center  of  the  back  piece  at  the  bottom. 
Waste  basket. 

One  may  have  j-inch  holes  bored  j  inch  from  sides  and  lace  them 
together  or  make  two  sides  twice  the  thickness  wider  than  the 
other  two  and  screw  them. 
Sides,  9|  inches  by  6f  inches  by  I  inch;  bottom,  4f  inches  by 
4f  inches  by  I  inch,  supported  by  cleats  on  two  opposite  sides 
or  screwed  to  sides  if  they  are  screv/ed  together. 
Meat  board. 

Rounded  top  and  base,  but  straight  sides,  14^  inches  by  8^  inches. 
Cake  board. 

Like  meat  board  but  smaller,  12  inches  by  6  inches. 
Lap  board. 

A  flat  piece  of  whitewood  curved  to  fit  child.    Use  §-inch  wood. 
Bodkins.    On  which  to  wind  roving  and  jute, 
(a.)    With  rounded  curve. 
(6.)    With  square  cut. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


41.  Photograph  holder. 

Front,  16  inches  by  1|  inches  by  I  inch;  back,  16  inches  by  .3  inches 
by  J  inch;  bottom,  16  inches  by  1  inch  by  f  inch. 

Curve  upper  corners  ^  inch.  Bore  two  holes  in  back  2^  inches 
from  end  and  If  inches  from  top,  by  which  to  hang  it.  Nail 
with  f-inch  brads. 

42.  Match  safe  or  toothpick  holder.    Base,  2|  inches  by  If  inches  by 

i  inch;  top,  2|  inches  by  2|  inches  by  1|  inches. 
Bore  two  f-inch  holes,  If  inches  deep.    Screw  or  nail  together. 

43.  Scholar's  companion. 

Cover  and  bottom,  11  inches  by  2|  inches  by  -ff,  inch. 
Center  piece,  11  inches  by  2|  inches  by  f  inch. 
Screw  together,  cover  swinging  on  one  screw. 

44.  Sleeve  board. 

Top,  21  inches  by  4|  inches  by  |  inch;  base,  16|  inches  by  5  inches 
by  f  inch;  support,  3  inches  by  2f  inches  by  f  inch;  dowel, 
3 J  inches  by  f  inch  by  f  inch. 

45.  Pencil  sharpener.    6  inches  by  1|  inches  by  j  inch.  Sandpaper, 

4  inches  by  1^  inches. 

46.  Animals.    (Ducks,  bears,  rabbits,  etc.) 

Saw  on  outline  —  mount  on  platform  and  use  ends  of  spools  for 
wheels.    Put  on  wheels  with  screw  eyes. 

See  Manual  Training  Magazine  for  June,  1908. 

47.  Wooden  gun. 

Get  toy  gun,  mark  around  it,  cut  and  paint  with 
gay  colors. 

48.  Candlestick. 

Use  1-inch  wood  for  5|-inch  base.  Standard,  7 
inches  high.  About  3  inches  square  at  bot- 
tom, 1|  inches  square  at  top.  Top  piece 
about  12  inches  square,  ^  inch  thick,  covered 
with  brass  which  has  had  hole  cut  for  candle. 
Brass  applied  at  top.  Use  small  brass- 
headed  tacks.  The  top  piece  must  have 
hole  bored  and  be  nailed  to  standard  before 
covering  with  brass. 

Base,  4|  inches  by  4^  inches  by  |  inch. 

Block,  2  inches  by  2  inches  by  2  inches,  bore 
f-inch  hole  for  candle. 

Handle,  If  inches  by  If  inches  by  |  inch,  bore 
f-inch  hole  for  finger. 

Bevel  holder  j\  inch.    Screw  together. 

49.  Cart. 

Body,  9-inch  by  4f-inch  by  f-inch  stock.    Sides  2  inches  high. 
Wheels,  5  inches  by  5  inches  by  ^  inch. 
Axle,  51  inches  by  |  inch  by  |  inch  slanted  to  f  inch. 
Handle,  24  inches  by  f  inch  by  f  inch  left  square  for  6  inches,  then 
made  round. 


68 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


50.  Knife  polishing  box. 

Bottom,  85  inches  by  5|  inches  by  |  inch. 
Sides,  8|  inches  by  1  inch  by  f  inch. 
Ends,  4f  inches  by  1  inch  by  |  inch. 
Center,  5  inches  by  li  inches  by  1  inch. 

51.  Necktie  rack. 

(a)  Back,  9  inches  by  3  inches  by  f  inch;  tie-rod.  If  inches  from 
bottom,  3|  inches  by  f  mch  by  |  inch;  i-inch  hole  1|  inches  from 
top.    Bevel  sides  of  back. 

(6)  Back,  14  inches  by  2  inches  by  f  inch;  block  in  center, 
If  inches  by  f  inch  by  f  inch;  rod,  12  inches  by  1  inch  by  j  inch. 

52.  Twine  holder. 

Back,  6|  inches  by  3|  inches  by  f  inch. 

Two  sides,  3|  inches  by  4^  inches  by  |  inch;  rod,  5|  inches  by 
J  inch  by  j  inch.    Put  1^  inches  from  front  of  end. 

53.  Pencil  holder. 

Base,  12  inches  by  6  inches  by  f  inch. 
Top,  12  inches,  by  5  inches  by  -^^  inch. 
Two  ends,  4  inches  by  3f  inches  by  §  inch. 

This  gives  room  for  36  pencils,  holes  bored  in  9  rows,  1  inch  apart, 
5  in  a  row,  f-inch  space,  clear  through  top  piece  and  i  inch  in 
top  of  base. 

54.  Book  racks. 

Trough  rack. —  Ends,  7f  inches  by  7  inches  by  |  inch;  trough  sides, 

18  inches  by  4  inches  by  |  inch. 
Fasten  by  mortises  through  ends. 

55.  Toy  kites. 

A  fine  book  on  kites  by  Charles  Miller,  published  by  the  Manual 
Arts  Press,  Peoria,  111.,  for  20  cents. 

56.  Hat  support. 

Base,  6  inches  by  6  inches  by  |  inch. 
Post,  8  inches  by  |  inch  tapered  to  ^  inch  at  top. 
Base  might  be  made  of  two  strips,  6  inches  by  1  inch  by  |  inch, 
with  halved  together  joint. 

57.  Hockey  stick.    66  inches  by  If  inches  by  |  inch. 

Handle  |  inch  then  knob  widened  for  6  inches. 

58.  Bat. 

For  battledore  and  shuttlecock,  as  played  in  playgrounds.  Width 
across  oval,  6  inches. 

59.  Razor  strop. 

When  finished,  a  strip  of  crocus  cloth  should  be  pasted  on  one  side 
for  actual  use,  14  inches  by  If  inches. 

60.  Large  box  to  hold  looms,  two  long  sides  14  inches  by  10  inches. 

Two  end  pieces  10  inches  by  9|  inches. 

61.  Pen  trays. 

Various  sizes  and  shapes,  some  to  contain  an  ink  bottle. 

62.  Stationery  holder. 

63.  Picture  frames. 

Make  small  frame  of  one  piece  of  wood  with  opening  to  suit  the 
picture. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


69 


Miter  or  halved  together  joint  frames  might  be  used  in  some 
cases. 

64.  Ruig-Toss  Game. 

Base,  9  inches  by  9  inches  by  f  inch;  2  cleats,  9  inches  by  1^ 

inches  by  5i  inches. 
Post,  12  inches  by  |  inch  by  f  inch. 

65.  Solitaire  board,  or  "Fox  and  Geese." 

To  be  played  with  pegs  instead  of  marbles. 
6^  inches  by  6^  inches  by  ^  inch;  j-inch  border, 

or  make  each  square  1  inch. 
Use  brads  instead  of  pegs  if  desired. 

66.  Windmill. 

Made  of  whitewood,  colored  with  paints. 

67.  Number  board  for  United  States  money. 

Made  of  a  barrel  head.    Draw  on  head  a 
large  star;  at  each  point  put  in  a  small  hook, 
and  beside  it  write  different  denominations 
of  United  States  money.    Use  rubber  rings  from  Mason  jars  for 
the  games. 

68.  Three-fold  screen. 

Whitewood,  |  inch  or  1  inch;  six  pieces,  5^  feet  by  1  inch  by 
\\  inches;  six  pieces,  1  inch  by  Ij  inches  by  16  inches  (or  18 
inches) ;  three  pieces,  1  inch  by  4  inches  by  16  inches. 
Put  together  with  2-inch  slender  screws.  Corner  construction: 
Use  two  double  action  hinges  for  each  joint,  being  careful  to  ask 
for  |-inch  double  action  hinges,  for  |-inch  wood,  or  1-inch  hinges 
for  1-inch  wood.    Put  textile  cover  on  with  brass-headed  tacks. 


69.  Whisk  broom  holder. 

End  pieces  are  for  screwing  or  nailing  to  wall.  Pattern  to  come  out 
flat  from  wall  in  order  to  drop  in  whisk  broom. 

70.  Cricket. 

End,  12  inches  by  6|  inches.    Use  thick  stock. 

One  teacher  spends  considerable  time  repairing  sleds,  carts,  chairs, 

picture  frames,  etc.   Sled  tops  make  a  good  problem,  using  some 

decoration,  as  houses,  flights  of  birds,  etc. 

71.  Magazine  stand. 

Stock. —  One  top,  |  inch  by  15|  inches  by  16|  inches;  one  shelf, 
I  inch  by  11|  inches  by  12\  inches;  one  shelf,  |  inch  by  12^  inches 
by  14f  inches;  one  shelf,  |  inch  by  13^  inches  by  16§  inches. 
Two  sides,  |  inch  by  14|  inches  by  33 ^  inches. 


70 


SCHOOL  DOCUISIENT  NO.  4. 


72.  Toys. 

A  good  work  on  Coping  Saw  Work  by  Benjamin  W.  Johnson  may 
be  had  for  20  cents  from  the  Manual  Arts  Press,  Peoria,  111. 

A  fine  book  on  toys  by  Harris  W.  Moore  may  be  had  from  the 
same  press  for  SI. 

Buzzer,  on  page  20  of  the  last  book. 

Tops,  on  pages  20-27. 

Whistle,  on  page  32. 

Gun  elastic,  on  page  88. 

Running  wheel,  on  page  73. 

Sword,  on  page  36. 

"Happy  Jack"  windmill,  on  pages  44  and  47. 

Bow  and  arrow. 

Animals. 

Simple  mechanical  toys. 

Balance  swing,  swing  hung  from  a  balance  rod  held  by  two  supports. 

73.  Teapot  stand.    7  inches  by  7  inches  by  f  inch. 

Four  legs  bored  with  a  |-inch  center  bit. 

74.  Plant  stand. 

Four  slats,  51  inches  by  f  inch  by  \  inch;  two  legs,  5|  inches  by 
f  inch  bj^  I  inch.    Slats  nailed  so  spaces  are  f  inch. 

75.  Bread  board. 

Ellipse  11^  inches  by  8f  inches  by  |  inch  or  board  16  inches  by  7^ 
inches  by  f  inch.    Shoulder,  2f  inches  from  end. 

76.  Spade.    18  inches  by  3  inches  by  |  inch. 

Goes  well  with  cart  for  sand  digging.  Broad  part,  4f  inches  from 
handle  which  is  |  inch  round;  slant  is  6  inches;  curves,  ^  inch  each. 

77.  Tabourets. 

Halved  together  joints  brace  and  support,  9^  inches  by  If  inches  by 
f  inch;  (4  pieces)  four  legs,  16  inches  by  If  inches  by  f  inch; 
top,  14  inches  by  14  inches  by  f  inch,  square,  round  or  octagonal. 
Screw  legs  to  both  lower  and  upper  brace  and  upper  brace  to  top. 
Lower  brace  4  inches  from  bottom. 

78.  Seat  with  woven  splint  style  reed  top. 

Mortise  seat  to  legs,  having  a  bar  lower  down  on  each  end.  Put 
in  a  dowel  over  which  to  weave. 

79.  Ironing  board. 

Top,  52  inches  by  15  inches  by  |  inch;  brace,  44^  inches  by  9^  inches 
by  f  inch. 

Second. —  Brace,  17  inches  by  7  inches  by  |  inch;  two  cleats,  15 
inches  by  2  inches  by  f  inch;  one  cleat,  7  inches  by  2  inches  by 
I  inch. 

This  grips  the  edge  of  a  table  and  braces  against  the  floor.  Many 
of  these  are  from  Sloyd  Training  School  models  and  drawings  of 
them  may  be  obtained  there. 

80.  Bird  house. 

Picture  and  plan  in  "  Manual  Training  Magazine  "  for  December, 
1907. 

81.  Umbrella  rack. 

In  same  magazine  for  February,  1910. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


71 


82.  Fire  screen. 

83.  Toy  theater. 

"Golden  Hair  and  Three   Bears,"  staged,  "Manual  Training 
Magazine  "  for  December,  1912. 

84.  Jacob's  Ladder. —  Whittling. 

85.  Work  table. 

Three  supports,  1|  inches  by  Ij  inches  by  30  inches. 
One  large  round  cheese  box. 

Box  covered  with  cretonne  or  paper,  fastened  and  decorated  with 
brass  upholstery  nails. 

86.  Make  utility  shirt-waist  boxes,  etc.,  from  cracker  or  sugar  boxes. 

Cover  with  burlap  and  decorate  as  in  "Work  Table." 


72 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


SEWING. 


For  Low  Grade  Cases. 
Dr.  Fernald's  wooden  lacing  strips. 

Make  of  §-inch  whitewood  —  16  inches  by  1^  inches. 

Parallel  rows  of  f-inch  holes. 

Use  corset  lacings. 
Child  laces  his  own  shoes. 

Lace  for  another. 
Lacing  strips  of  cardboard  —  same  size  as  wooden. 

Colored  carpet  rovings  good  for  string. 
Animals,  birds,  flowers,  etc.,  outline  by  dots  on  large  pasteboard. 

Child  punches  hole  through  dots  with  large  bone  knitting  needle,  then 
sews. 

Kindergarten  sewing  cards,  using  colored  worsteds. 
Later  can  make  his  own  card  with  steel  knitting  needle. 

(Helps  for  punched  brass  work  later.) 
String  kindergarten  beads;  chains  of  squash  or  melon  seeds. 
Old-fashioned  sampler. 

Of  pasteboard.    Draw  pencil  lines  over  which  to  sew  stitches. 

Use  darning  needles  and  macrame  cord. 
Stitches  taught  in  the  following  order: 

Long  basting.    Running.    Overcasting.    Short  basting.  Backstitching. 
Overhanding. 

Repeat  above  on  unbleached  cotton  cloth  with  red  tambo  cotton. 
Add  hemming  and  felling. 
Prett}^  and  serviceable  jump  rope. 

Buttonhole  stitch  over   clothesline  rope  with   colored  rovings.  No 
needle. 

The  above  with  raffia  is  more  difficult. 
Rings  for  ring  toss. 

Buttonhole  with  rovings  over  three  or  four  heavy  reeds. 
Napkin  rings,  match  holders,  etc. 

Using  tapestry  needle,  buttonhole  with  raffia  over  brass  curtain  rings. 

See   "Raffia  and  Reed  Weaving."    Knapp.    Published  by  Milton 
Bradley  Company,  pages  128-130. 
Teach  buttonhole  with  coarse  colored  thread  on  white  cloth,  red  best 

color. 
Iron  holders. 

Of  bed  ticking. 

Sew  over  and  over  through  white  stripes  with  colored  worsted. 
Sew  edges  over  and  over. 
More  iron  holders. 
Cut  old  stocking  tops  into  7-inch  squares.    Sew  edges  over  and  over 
with  a  bright  color  of  silkateen  and  tack  like  a  quilt. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECL^L  CLASSES. 


73 


Mittens. 

Cut  from  old  stocking  tops. 

Draw  around  hands  for  pattern. 
Sew  on  two-hole  buttons. 
Sew  on  four-hole  buttons. 
Worsted  ball  for  baby. 

Cut  two  circular  pieces  of  cardboard,  4  inches  in  diameter  with  1-inch 
hole  in  center. 

Lay  the  two  cardboards  together.    Wind  as  for  raffia  picture  frame, 
but  fuller. 

Cut  outer  edge,  slipping  scissors  between  cardboards. 
Tie  with  stout  string,  tightly  around  center. 
Shear  ball  to  desired  size. 
Pin  cushion. 

Cut  rectangle  4  inches  by  8  inches,  of  material. 
Double  and  sew  on  two  sides. 

Stuff  with  woolen  rags  or  shearings  from  worsted  ball,  and  sew  up  third 
side. 

Squares  for  pillows. 

Unbleached  cotton  cloth. 

On  6-inch  squares  draw  pictures  or  designs. 

Outline  in  color. 

Put  squares  together  like  a  bed  quilt. 
Child  may  sew  rips  and  do  simple  mending  of  his  own  clothing. 
Ten-cent  store  has  some  tray  cloths,  pillows,  etc.,  stamped  well  for  out- 
lining. 

For  Middle  Grade  Cases. 
Fringe  for  brass  candle  shades. 

String  small  glass  beads  and  attach  to  cotton  tape. 
Sew  on  four-hole  button. 
Simple  darning  of  small  holes,  weaving. 
Caps. 

27-inch  circle  of  gingham. 

Hem  and  insert  elastic. 
Kitchen  aprons,  plain  or  with  bib. 

Gingham,  coarse  checks. 
Holders  of  gingham,  cross  stitched. 
Apron  borders,  cross  stitched. 

Sofa  pillows  of  gingham  with  cross  stitching  and  with  "spider  web  stitch" 
corners. 

Bloomers,  from  old  woolen  skirt. 

Pin  middle  of  front  and  back  of  skirt  together. 

Cut  out  a  V  and  sew  up  seams. 

Insert  elastic  around  the  legs. 
Petticoats. 

Outing  flannel. 

''Ladies  Home  Journal"  pattern  No.  7635,  for  age  12.    Cost  10  cents. 
Takes  2  yards  of  36-inch  material. 
Dolls'  clothes. 

Encourage  girls  to  trim  their  own  hats. 


74 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


RafRa  hats. 

Make  thick  braids  of  raffia. 

Sew  over  and  over  into  large  shade  hat  for  summer. 

Trim  simply  with  ribbon. 
Dolls'  hats  like  above. 
Rugs  for  floor. 

Braid  2-inch  wide  strips  of  old  woolen  cloth. 

Sew^  into  desired  shape. 

Better  to  have  a  piece  of  carpet  for  center. 
Bedroom  wash  rugs. 

Same  as  above  of  cotton  rags. 

For  High  Grade  Cases. 

Table  covers. 

Hemstitch  square  3^ards  of  burlap  (green). 

Double  hemstitching  on  burlap  not  difficult. 

Paint  borders  with  oil  paints. 
Mattress  cover. 

Cheese  cloth  pad,  line  with  cotton  and  tack  with  silkateen. 
Quilts. 

Light  and  dark  calico  pieces. 

Interesting  patterns  for  patchwork  to  be  obtained  in  Textile  Depart- 
ment of  the  Art  Museum. 
Sew  on  hooks  and  eyes. 
Sampler. 

Ball  stitch  and  feather  stitch. 

Use  stitch  on  flannel  petticoats. 
Silk  "crazy  quilts"  for  dolls. 
Sheets  and  pillow  slips. 

Plain  hems  or  hemstitched. 

Initial  outlined  or  worked  in  satin  stitch. 
Apron. 

Butterick  pattern  No.  2582  for  10  year  old.    Takes  3  yards  27-inch 
material. 
Petticoat  (with  waist  attached). 

Threading,  care  and  use  of  machine,  few  attachments. 
Apron  (small  lawn  tea  aprons).    Dainty  aprons. 

Varies  but  little  from  two  rectangles.   Curve  neck  and  sleeves  a  little. 

Edge  with  lace. 

Three  buttonholes  on  each  shoulder. 

Buttonholes  under  arms,  through  which  tie  ribbons. 
Kilt  skirts  may  be  cut  over  by  Butterick  pattern  No.  5021  for  more 

fashionable  skirt. 
Kimona  (self  and  dolly  to  match). 

Butterick  pattern  No.  3989,  age  13,  cost  10  cents.    Takes  3f  yards 
36-inch  figured  material  and  1  yard  of  contrasting  material. 
Darn  ragged  tears. 
Hem  napkins  and  table  linen. 
Dolls'  clothes  of  all  kinds. 


/ 

SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECIAL  CLASSES. 


75 


KNITTING. 


Hammett's  toy  knitters. 

Pins.    i\lat.    Sew  strips  in  coil. 
Teach  plain  knitting  stitch  on  No.  2,  10-inch  bone  needles. 
Neck-piece  for  winter. 

Bone  needles.  Germantown. 

Cast  on  25  stitches. 

Knit  rectangle,  18  inches  long. 

Sew  on  pearl  button. 

Crochet  and  attach  chain  for  buttonhole. 
Holder. 

Knit  rectangle,  5  inches  by  10  inches. 
Fill  with  cotton. 

Sew  three  sides,  making  a  5-inch  square. 
Face  cloth. 
Knit  rectangle  desired  size. 

WTiite  warping  works  well,  washes  well,  but  shrinks  much. 

Crochet  shell  edge. 
Baby's  ball. 

Knit  rectangle,  5  inches  by  8  inches. 

Sew  5-inch  ends  together  over  and  over. 

Fill  with  cotton  wrapped  around  a  sleigh  bell. 

Get  bells  for  two  for  five  cents. 

Gather  both  ends  tightly. 

Can  be  thrown  hard,  won't  break  glass. 
Doll's  sweater. 

Cast  on  24  stitches. 

Knit  desired  length  for  front  and  roll  at  bottom. 

Cast  on  18  more  stitches  for  left  sleeve.    Knit  across  and  cast  on  IS  for 
right  sleeve. 

When  sleeve  is  half  wide  enough,  slip  and  bind  the  middle  12  stitches 
for  neck. 

Cast  on  the  12  stitches  again  in  the  next  row. 
Sew  together  sleeve  and  under  arm. 
Sailor  collar  and  pockets  may  be  added. 
1  skein  of  Germantown  will  make  a  sweater. 
Cap. 

For  small  boy  cast  on  60  stitches.    Add  tassel. 
Bedroom  slippers. 
Rectangle  knitted  plain. 
Sew  ends  together  for  toe. 

Lamb's  wool  soles  can  be  bought  for  children  for  ten  cents. 

Crochet  scallops  on  top  edge. 

Crochet  chain  or  use  ribbon  for  draw  strings. 


76 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  4. 


Afghan. 

8-inch  squares  of  a  tint  and  a  shade  of  one  color  of  Germantov.  n. 
Sew  together  alternately. 
Shawl. 

Cast  on  100  stitches.  Knit  loosely  the  desired  length. 
Finish  ends  with  single  knot  fringe. 
Four-in-hand  tie. 

Silkateen  and  steel  needles. 
Begin  at  small  end  of  tie. 

Very  high  grade  cases  with  much  supervision  can  be  taught  to  knit 
stockings,  sweaters  and  stocking  hats  for  themselves  but  cannot  study 
out  a  pattern  from  printed  directions. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECL\L  CLASSES.  77 


CROCHETING. 


Teach  chain  stitch,  single  and  double  crochet  with  large  bone  hook 
and  macrame  cord. 
Book  bag. 

Rectangle  of  plain  double  crochet. 

Chains  for  use  as  draw  strings  in  underwear. 

Tassels  and  balls  for  ornamental  ends. 

Most  of  the  suggestions  for  knitting  can  be  worked  out  in  crocheting, 
but  crocheting  is  far  more  difficult.  Most  articles  are  heavier  if 
crocheted. 

For  thread  work  for  purses,  lace,  etc.,  use  coarse,  unbleached  D.  M.  C. 
and  No.  9  steel  needles. 

High  grade  cases  can  make  simple  lace  patterns,  especially  in  worsted 
for  flannel  petticoats. 


78 


SCHOOL  DOCU-MEXT  XO.  i. 


ENTERTAINMENTS. 


There  are  three  important  factors  which  enter  into  the  plans  for  our 
parties: 

1.  The  development  of  play  spirit. 

2.  The  cooperation  of  the  parents  with  the  school. 

3.  The  cooperation  of  social  service  workers. 

(a)  The  love  of  fun  and  enjoj-ment  for  itself  and  what  we  can  contribute 
for  the  others  brings  about  a  splendid  spirit  of  happj'  usefulness,  especiallj- 
among  the  older  children. 

(b)  ^Mothers'  meetings,  both  with  and  without  children,  bring  us  in 
closer  touch  with  the  home  and  school  life. 

(c)  The  working  with  and  linking  ourselves  with  the  outside  enter- 
tainments and  social  service  workers  gives  us  a  knowledge  of  the 
children  on  the  playgrounds  and  in  the  neighborhood  houses  that  can 
be  gained  in  no  other  way. 

Their  interest  in  the  children  outside  of  the  school  and  home  help  us  as 
to  the  best  way  to  plan  oiu*  parties. 

Especial  reference  should  be  made  here  of  the  hst  of  Social  Service  Centers 
and  Homes  provided  for  the  entertainment  of  our  children  dm'ing  vacations 
and  all  seasons  of  the  year. 

What  is  a  Party  For  ? 
First. —  To  develop  judgment. 

To  develop  coordination  of  the  senses. 
Second. —  A  goal  toward  which  the  children  work. 
Third. —  Disciplinary. 
Fourth. —  Educational. 

Ever\'thing  that  is  done  at  a  part}'  should  be  of  distinct  educational 
value. 

A  party  also  develops  the  spmt  of  true  hospitality,  good  manners,  and 
it  improves  bad  habits,  creating  a  spirit  of  happy  helpfulness  that  no  other 
form  of  work  can  bring  about. 

"What  Kinds  of  Parties  Do  We  Haat:  ? 
Celebration  of  all  birthdays  at  end  of  each  month. 
Celebrate  all  national  holidaj'S  and  special  historical  events  throughout 
the  school  year. 

September. —  Special  good  time  for  new  members. 
October. —  Hallowe'en  or  harvest  party. 
November. —  Thanksgiving  party. 

Pilgrim  party. 
December. —  Christmas  entertainments. 

January. —  New  Year's  party.    (The  twelve  months  represented.) 
February. —  Celebration  of  Abraham  Lincoln's  Birthday. 
Celebration  of  Washington's  Birthday. 


SYLLABUS  FOR  SPECL\L  CLASSES. 


79 


March. —  Easter  party. 

April. —  Hi.storical  party.    Ride  of  Paul  Revere. 

Battle  of  Lexington  and  Concord. 
May. —  May  pole.    Folk  dances. 
June. —  Celebration  of  Seventeenth  of  June. 
All  birthdays  for  July  and  August. 
Farewell  to  mothers  and  children. 
None  of  these  entertainments  should  tax  the  teacher,  or  be  of  an  expensive 
form  of  party. 

Peanut  Party. 

Orchestra  selection. 
Three  folk  dances. 
One  solo  dance. 

Three  recitations  (one  a  concert  selection). 

Vocal  solo. 

Two  songs  by  class. 

Peanut  games,  for  which  the  peanuts  were  the  prizes. 

1.  Guess  how  many  peanuts  in  a  quart  fruit  jar.  Each  child  writes 
his  name  and  his  guess  on  paper. 

2.  Give  each  child  a  paper  plate  and  ten  nuts.  At  a  given  signal, 
all  shell  their  peanuts,  removing  inner  brown  husk  —  trying  to  keep  nuts 
whole  and  nicely  arranged. 

3.  Without  measuring,  guess  how  many  peanuts  of  ordinary  size  it 
will  take  to  reach  from  one  end  of  the  piano  to  the  other.  Later,  laj'  the 
nuts  and  count. 

4.  Each  child  has  five  peanuts.  A  wide-mouthed  jar  or  vase  stands  in 
the  middle  of  the  floor.  Child  stands,  with  right  arm  extended  and  tries 
to  drop  one  nut  at  a  time  into  the  jar.  The  ones  who  can  drop  all  of  the 
nuts  into  the  receptacle  wins. 

5.  Large  hoop  suspended  in  a  doorway.  Child  has  two  peanuts  tied 
to  the  end  of  a  long  string  or  raffia.  Child  tries  to  swing  the  peanuts 
through  the  ring. 

6.  See  how  many  peanuts  he  can  grasp  and  hold,  picking  them  up  with 
palm  down. 

7.  Same  with  palm  up. 

8.  Peanut  race.  Dishes,  each  holding  eight  or  ten  nuts  placed  in  row, 
at  one  side  of  room.  Empty  receptacles  at  the  opposite  side  of  the  room. 
Children  race,  trj-ing  to  carry  the  peanuts  on  a  knife  blade,  one  at  a 
time,  to  the  empty  receptacles.  One  who  carries  them  all  across  first  and 
deposits  them  in  the  proper  receptacle  wins. 

9.  Peanuts  hidden  about  the  room,  none  higher  than  shortest  child 
can  reach.  Each  child  is  supplied  with  paper  bag.  At  a  signal,  children 
race  to  find  the  most. 

10.  Throwing  peanuts  into  a  bean  bag  board.  Into  smaller  holes 
scoring  more  than  into  larger. 


i 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5- 1914 

BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  FOR 
APPOINTMENT  AS  TEACHERS 

JULY,  1914 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
1914 


I 

j 


CONTENTS. 


Page 

Names  of  Holders  of  Elementary  School  Special  Certificates  combined 


with  Holders  of  Class  B  Certificates   5 

Visitation  and  Re-rating  of  Holders  of  Elementary  School,  Class  A 

and  Class  B,  Certificates   6 

Assistant  Nurses:  Regulations  with  Respect  to  Appointment  and 

Removal  of  Teachers  Applicable  to   6 

Appointments  from  Eligible  Lists  and  Age  Limitations       ...  7 

Appointments  not  Governed  by  Eligible  Lists   7 

Dates  of  Certificate  Examinations   7 

Removals  and  Restorations  of  Names  from  and  to  Eligible  Lists  .      .  8 

Change  in  Rating  by  Re-examination   9 

Normal  School  Graduates  May  Obtain  Ratings  on  Examined  Lists   .  9 

Expiration  and  Revocation  of  Certificates   10 

Temporary  Certificates   12 

Eligible  Lists: 

High  School  Certificates: 

Ancient  Languages   13 

Botany  —  Zoology   13 

Commercial  Branches   13 

Economics   14 

EngHsh   14 

French   15 

German   15 

History   15 

Manual  Arts   16 

Mathematics   16 

Physics  —  Chemistry   17 

Spanish   17 

High  School  Special  Certificates   18 

Special  Certificates  Valid  in  High  Schools: 

Commercial  Branches   18 

Manual  Arts  .      .      .   18 

Physical  Training  .      .   19 

Salesmanship   19 

Industrial  Instructors,  Day  High  Schools,  Certificates  ...  19 

Normal  School  Elementary  Certificates,  1914   20 

Normal  School  Elementary  Certificates,  Prior  to  1914  ...  23 
Elementary  Certificates,  Examined  Candidates: 

Class  A  (Men)   28 

Class  B   28 


4 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Page 

Kindergarten  Certificates: 

Normal  School,  1914  31 

Normal  School,  Prior  to  1914     .      .      .      .   ^  .      .  .31 

Examined  Candidates  ,31 

Special  Certificates  Valid  in  Elementary  Schools : 

Cookery  Certificates    .  31 

Sewing  Certificates  32 

Manual  Training  Certificates  32 

Special  Class  Certificates  33 

Assistant  in  Music  Certificates  33 

Department  Instructor  in  Manual  Arts  Certificate       ...  33 

Assistant  in  IManual  Arts  Certificates  33 

Assistant  Nurse  Certificates  34 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  5 


Boston  Public  Schools, 
Office  of  Board  of  Superintendents, 

Mason  Street,  July,  1914. 

This  document  comprises  the  ninth  list  of  candidates 
ehgible  for  appointment  to  permanent  positions  in  the 
public  day  schools  of  Boston,  revised  and  completed  to 
date.  It  contains  the  names  of  all  candidates  included 
in  the  list  issued  in  July,  1913,  who  have  not 
yet  been  appointed  to  permanent  positions  in  the 
service,  and  whose  certificates  are  still  valid,  with  the 
exception  of  those  who  have  asked  that  their  names  be 
omitted  from  the  list.  It  also  contains  the  names  of 
persons  entitled  to  a  rating  because  they  have  success- 
fully passed  examinations  held  since  that  date,  including 
Boston  Normal  School  graduates  of  June,  1914,  and 
the  names  of  holders  of  valid  certificates  which  have 
been  restored  upon  application  and  in  accordance  with 
the  rules  of  the  School  Committee. 

Graduates  of  the  Boston  Normal  School  prior  to  June, 
1914,  whose  names  appeared  in  the  eighth  list,^' 
and  whose  names  are  also  entered  in  this  list,  have  been 
regraded  by  the  Board  of  Superintendents  in  accordance 
with  the  provision  of  the  rules  of  the  School  Committee 
(section  141,  paragraph  2),  and  their  present  ratings 
supersede  those  given  in  the  previous  list. 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  SPECIAL  CERTIFICATES. 

In  this  eligible  list,  in  accordance  with  an  order  passed 
by  the  School  Committee  on  July  1,  1912,  the  names  of 
holders  of  the  Special'^  certificate,  the  certificate  issued 
to  graduates  of  the  Boston  Normal  School  who  are  grad- 
uates of  a  college  or  university  approved  by  the  Board 
of  Superintendents,  are  combined  with  the  names  of 
holders  of  the  Normal  School,  Class  B,  certificate. 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


VISITATION   AND   KE-KATING   OF   HOLDEKS   OF  ELEMEN- 
TARY SCHOOL,  CLASS  A  AND  CLASS  B,  CERTIFICATES. 

In  accordance  with  the  plan  adopted  by  the  Board 
of  Superintendents  in  January,  1913,  candidates  for 
the  Elementary  School,  Class  A,  and  the  Elementary 
School,  Class  B,  certificates  in  the  January,  1914, 
examinations  who  received  a  mark  on  their  written 
examinations  satisfactory  to  the  Board  of  Superintend- 
ents, were  personally  visited  in  the  class-room  by  a 
member  of  the  Board  of  Superintendents,  and  the  credit 
allowed  such  candidates  for  '^Experience  in  Teaching'' 
has  been  based  in  part  upon  this  personal  visitation. 

Holders  of  the  Elementary  School,  Class  A  and  Class 
B,  certificates  whose  names  appeared  on  the  eligible 
list  for  the  year  1913-14,  whose  ratings  were  not  based 
in  part  upon  a  personal  inspection  of  their  work  in  the 
class-room  by  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Superintendents, 
and  who  requested  a  visitation  and  a  re-rating  based 
thereon,  have  also  been  visited  during  the  past  year  and 
have  been  re-rated  on  the  results  of  such  visits,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  order  passed  by  the  School  Committee  at 
its  meeting  of  June  23,  1913.  In  some  few  cases  the 
visits  have  not  resulted  in  any  change  in  the  mark 
originally  given  for    Experience  in  Teaching." 

The  names  of  candidates  who  have  been  visited  are 
starred  (*)  on  the  respective  lists. 

ASSISTANT  NURSES. 

This  document  also  contains  the  list  of  candidates 
now  eligible  for  appointment  as  assistant  nurse  in 
the  public  schools.  The  regulations  of  the  School 
Committee  with  respect  to  the  appointment,  reappoint- 
ment, tenure  of  ofl^ice,  and  removal  of  teachers  apply 
in  general  to  nurses,  and  their  certificates  cease  to  be 
valid  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  governing 
the  expiration  and  revocation  of  teachers'  certificates 
of  qualification. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


7 


APPOINTMENTS    FROM    THE    ELIGIBLE    LISTS    AND  AGE 
LIMITATIONS. 

Except  as  provided  in  the  following  paragraph,  no 
person  may  be  appointed  to  a  permanent  position  as 
a  member  of  the  supervising  staff,  or  as  a  teacher  in 
the  public  schools,  whose  name  does  not  appear  among 
the  highest  three  of  the  names  on  the  proper  eligible 
list  willing  to  accept  such  appointment,  without  regard 
to  the  dates  on  which  the  names  were  placed  on  said 
Hst;  nor  may  any  person  be  appointed  iii  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  this  paragraph  to  take  effect 
later  than  the  thirtieth  day  of  June  following  the 
fortieth  birthday  of  such  person.  These  restrictions, 
however,  do  not  affect  the  promotion  of  a  permanent 
teacher  to  a  higher  rank  in  a  school  of  the  same  class 
as  that  in  which  the  teacher  is  already  employed;  nor 
does  the  limitation  as  to  age  affect  the  promotion  of 
permanent  teachers  to  any  position  in  the  public  schools, 
nor  the  validity  of  certificates  issued  prior  to  January 
1,  1909. 

APPOINTMENTS  NOT  GOVERNED  BY  ELIGIBLE  LISTS. 

•Appointments  as  principal  of  a  school  or  district,  as 
director  or  assistant  director  of  a  special  subject  or 
department,  as  supervisor  or  assistant  supervisor  of  a 
special  subject  or  department,  as  teacher  in  the  Normal 
School,  as  instructor  of  military  drill,  as  medical  inspector 
of  special  classes,  as  supervising  nurse,  as  temporary 
teacher,  as  substitute,  as  special  assistant  in  elementary 
schools,  and  as  teacher  in  evening  or  continuation 
schools,  or  playgrounds,  are  not  governed  by  the  ehgible 
lists. 

DATES  OF  CERTIFICATE  EXAMINATIONS. 

The  Board  of  Superintendents  holds  examinations 
of  candidates  for  appointment  as  teachers  in  the  public 


8 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


schools  during  the  week  beginning  with  the  last  Mon- 
day of  January  in  each  year.  These  examinations  are 
usually  confined  to  candidates  who  desire  certificates 
to  teach  in  the  day  schools.  Examinations  for  evening 
school  certificates  are  usuallj^  held  annually  during  the 
latter  part  of  August  or  the  early  part  of  September.* 
Other  examinations  may  be  held  whenever,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Superintendent,  the  needs  of  the  schools  require. 
Detailed  information  with  regard  to  such  examinations 
may  be  obtained  in  advance  by  apphcation  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  School  Committee. 

REMOVALS  AND  RESTORATIONS  OF  NAMES  FROM  AND  TO 
ELIGIBLE  LISTS. 

The  names  of  persons  holding  certificates  which 
include  certificates  of  a  lower  grade  may,  upon  request, 
be  included  in  the  eligible  list  of  such  lower  grade  or 
grades  according  to  the  rating  of  such  holders  of  certifi- 
cates in  their  respective  examinations,  but  they  shall 
not  be  entitled  to  a  higher  rating  on  such  lower  hst  or 
Hsts  by  reason  of  their  holding  higher  grade  certificates. 

The  names  of  persons  appointed  to  permanent  posi- 
tions in  the  day  school  service  are  removed  from  the 
eligible  lists. 

A  person  whose  name  appears  upon  the  ehgible  lists 
may,  upon  request,  have  the  same  removed  therefrom 
at  any  time,  and  may  have  it  restored  to  the  next  eligible 
lists  in  June  of  any  year  during  the  hfe  of  the  certificate, 
upon  \\Titten  apphcation,  with  the  same  rating  as  before, 
or,  if  a  graduate  of  the  Boston  Normal  School,  ^^dth  such 
re-rating  as  the  Board  of  Superintendents  ma}'  deter- 
riiine;  provided,  that  such  restoration  shall  not  affect 
the  validity  of  the  certificate  and  shall  not  operate  to 
extend  the  original  period  for  which  the  certificate  is  valid. 

*  The  annual  examinations  for  evening  school  certificates  of  qualification  will  be  omitted 
in  the  fall  of  1914. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  9 

The  names  of  persons  appointed  as  substitutes,  tem- 
porary teachers,  or  special  assistants  in  elementary 
schools,  or  as  teachers  in  evening  schools,  in  continuation 
schools,  or  in  playgrounds,  are  not  removed  from  their 
respective  eligible  lists  because  of  such  appointment. 

The  name  of  any  person  appearing  on  any  eligible 
list  who  has  failed  of  selection  on  five  separate  occasions 
when  another  person  on  said  list  has  been  selected  and 
appointed,  may  be  dropped  from  such  list  by  action  of 
the  Board  of  Superintendents,  and  shall  not  be  restored 
thereto  except  by  another  examination.  The  name  of 
any  person  that  has  been  on  any  eligible  list  six  years 
shall  be  removed  therefrom,  and  may  be  restored  thereto 
only  by  examination.  The  name  of  any  person  appear- 
ing on  any  eUgible  list  who  has  refused  three  offers  of 
permanent  employment  shall,  by  action  of  the  Board 
of  Superintendents,  be  dropped  from  said  Ust  for  the 
remainder  of  the  current  school  year.  Any  person 
taking  more  than  one  examination  of  the  same  class 
shall  be  rated  on  the  eUgible  list  of  that  class  solely  on 
the  results  of  the  latest  examination. 

CH.\XGE  IN  RATING. 

Persons  whose  names  appear  on  any  eligible  list  and 
who  desire  to  have  their  ratings  changed,  may  have 
this  done  by  passing  another  examination. 

NORMAL  SCHOOL  GRADUATES  MAY  OBTAIN  RATING  UPON 
OTHER  LISTS. 

Boston  Normal  School  graduates  may  obtain  posi- 
tions on  the  regular  Elementary,  Class  B,  list  by  pass- 
ing the  prescribed  examination.  In  that  event  they  will 
be  rated  on  the  '^Examined  List"  according  to  the 
results  of  such  examination,  and  their  names  will  be 
removed  from  the  list  of  Normal  School  graduates. 


10 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


EXPIRATION  AND  REVOCATION  OF  CERTIFICATES. 

Certificates  issued  on  examination  after  June  1,  1906, 
cease  to  be  valid  on  the  thirtieth  day  of  June  of  the 
sixth  year  following  the  date  of  issue;  provided,  that 
no  certificate  shall  remain  valid  after  the  thirtieth  day 
of  June  next  following  the  fortieth  birthday  of  the  holder 
thereof,  except  as  hereinafter  specified.  This  limitation 
as  to  age  does  not  affect  the  validity  of  certificates  issued 
prior  to  January  1,  1909,  nor  the  validity  of  certificates 
which  do  not  render  the  holders  eligible  for  appointment 
to  permanent  positions  as  members  of  the  supervising 
staff  or  as  teachers  in  the  public  schools,  nor  the  vaUdity 
of  certificates  hereafter  issued  to  permanent  teachers  in 
the  public  schools. 

Certificates  issued  on  examination  prior  to  June  1, 
1906,  ceased  to  be  valid  on  the  thirtieth  day  of  June  of 
the  second  year  following  the  date  of  issue,  except  as 
hereinafter  provided. 

*  Certificates  issued  to  graduates  of  the  Boston 
Normal  School  prior  to  June  1,  1906,  ceased  to  be  valid 
June  30,  1912,  except  as  hereinafter  specified;  provided, 
that  the  limitation  as  to  age  shall  not  affect  the  validity 
of  certificates  issued  prior  to  January  1,  1909. 

*  Certificates  issued  to  graduates  of  the  Boston 
Normal  School  after  June  1,  1906,  cease  to  be  valid  on 
the  thirtieth  day  of  June  of  the  sixth  year  following  the 
date  of  issue,  except  as  hereinafter  provided. 

Certificates  issued  on  examination  prior  to  June  1, 
1906,  and  valid  on  that  date  by  reason  of  renewal  or  of 
service  in  the  Boston  public  schools,  ceased  to  be  valid 
June  30,  1908,  except  that  regular  high  school  certifi- 
cates held  by  teachers  serving  during  the  year  ending 

*  By  action  of  the  School  Committee  on  April  22,  1912,  the  validity  of  Normal  School 
certificates  issued  in  June,  1906,  and  prior  to  that  date,  was  extended  to  June  30,  1913, 
vnih  the  distinct  understanding  that  under  no  circumstances  shall  the  vaUdity  of  other 
certificates  as  now  determined  by  the  rules  be  extended. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  U 


June  30,  1906,  in  permanent  positions  in  the  elementary 
day  schools  of  Boston,  ceased  to  be  valid  June  30,  1912, 
except  as  hereinafter  provided. 

The  validity  of  certificates  issued  prior  to  June  1, 
1906,  which  include  positions  in  day  schools  of  a  differ- 
ent class,  but  which  also  include  the  position  in  which 
the  holder  thereof  is  employed,  expired  with  respect  to 
such  day  schools  of  a  different  class  on  June  30,  1912; 
nor  shall  the  validity  of  any  certificate  issued  after  June 
1,  1906,  extend  beyond  the  thirtieth  day  of  June  of 
the  sixth  year  following  the  date  of  issue  by  reason  of 
the  service  of  the  holder  thereof  in  schools  of  a  different 
class  than  that  in  which  the  holder  is  employed. 

All  certificates  under  which  appointments  are  made 
to  permanent  positions  in  the  day  school  service,  and 
certificates  of  a  higher  grade,  but  including  the  position 
in  which  the  holder  thereof  is  employed,  remain  valid 
with  respect  to  the  class  of  schools  in  which  the  holder 
thereof  is  employed  during  the  term  of  such  service. 

All  certificates,  except  those  under  which  appoint- 
ments are  made  to  permanent  positions  in  the  day  school 
service,  cease  to  be  valid  when  the  names  of  the  holders 
are  removed  from  the  eligible  lists. 

Certificates  VII.,  Elementary  School,  Class  A,  or  VIIL, 
Elementary  School,  Class  B,  or  equivalent  certificates 
issued  prior  to  January  1,  1908,  and  held  on  that  date  by 
persons  serving  in  permanent  positions  in  the  Parental 
School,  remain  valid  during  the  term  of  such  service. 

Certificates  under  which  appointments  are  made  to 
permanent  positions  in  the  Parental  School,  under  the 
same  conditions  governing  appointments  to  similar 
positions  in  the  public  schools  of  the  City  of  Boston, 
and  certificates  of  higher  grade,  but  including  the  posi- 
tion in  which  the  holder  thereof  is  emploj^ed,  remain 
valid  during  the  term  of  such  service,  so  far  as  elementary 
school  service  is  concerned. 


12 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Any  certificate  may  be  revoked  by  the  Board  of 
Superintendents  if,  in  its  opinion,  the  good  of  the  service 
so  demands. 

TEMPORARY  CERTIFICATES. 

All  certificates  are  non-renewable,  but  the  Board  of 
Superintendents  may  issue  instead  thereof  temporary 
certificates  to  holders  of  regular  certificates  of  qualifica- 
tion which  are  no  longer  valid,  under  such  conditions 
as  that  Board  may  determine,  which  entitle  the  holders 
to  serve  in  temporary  positions  of  such  rank  and  in  such 
schools  as  are  specified  in  the  certificate. 

These  certificates  are  valid  for  such  length  of  time 
as  the  Board  of  Superintendents  may  determine,  but  not 
beyond  the  thirtieth  day  of  June  of  the  sixth  year 
following  the  date  of  issue. 


A  copy  of  the  eligible  lists,  as  soon  as  printed,  is  mailed 
to  persons  whose  names  appear  thereon. 

THORNTON  D.  APOLLONIO, 

Secretary. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.      ,  13 


HIGH  SCHOOL  CERTIFICATES. 
Ancient  Languages. 


Men. 

Rating.                          Name.  Certificate  Expires 

912       Carroll  H.  May   June  30,  1919 

861       William  H.  J.  Kennedy   "    30,  1920 

860  Hugh  M.  Parrish    .   "30,  1918 

839       Max  Levine   "    30,  1920 

830      Eugene  W.  Russell   "30,  1918 

827       Cornelius  A.  Guiney   "    30,  1920 

812       Wayne  M.  Shipman   "    30,  1920 

797       John  J.  Desmond,  Jr   "30,  1918 

785  Melvin  T.  Holbrook   "30,  1916 

Women. 

875       Louise  Adams   June  30,  1917 

861  Anna  A.  Raymond   "    30,  1920 

855       Laura  Smith  Clark   "    30,  1917 

832       Florence  E.  Johnson   "30,  1915 

807       Helener  G.  Robertson   "30,  1916 

806       Mabel  L.  Abbott   "30,  1915 

794  Helen  J.  Goodspeed   "    30,  1920 

777       Lillian  L.  Decatur   "30,  1917 

768      Ellen  L.  Foley   "30,  1916 

752      Edith  M.  Cook   "30,  1916 

722      Addie  E.  Flanders   "30,  1915 

Botany  —  Zoology. 
Men. 

834      Philip  W.  L.  Cox   June  30,  1915 

712       Alfred  L.  G.  Gundersen   "30,  1918 

Women. 

795  Annie  P.  O'Hara   June  30,  1918 

786  Isabel  McClare   "30,  1919 

728       Mary  J.  Rogers   "30,  1916 

Commercial  Branches, 
bookkeeping  and  commercial  arithmetic. 
Men. 

763       Walter  J.  Goggin   June  30,  1920 

714      Ernest  M.  Hunt     .......  "30,  1915 


14 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


High  School  Certificates  (Continued). 


Women. 

Rating,  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

744       Carrie  M.  Goulding   June  30,  1920 

660       Helen  F.  Keefe   «    30,  1916 

645       Mabel  L.  Hayes   "30,  1915 

PHONOGRAPHY  AND  TYPEWRITING. 

Women. 

752  Elizabeth  K.  Nagle   June  30,  1919 

750       Margaret  Little   "    30,  1920 

713      Edna  Willis   "    30,  1920 

Economics. 
Men. 

740      James  E.  O'Neil   June  30,  1920 

737       Daniel  V.  O'Flaherty   "    30,  1920 

English. 
Men. 

871       Thomas  F.  McSherry    ......  June  30,  1917 

836       Edward  A.  Post   "    30,  1920 

817       Walter  L.  Leighton   "30,  1917 

804       George  M.  Glover   "30,  1919 

803       Frederic  R.  Willard   "30,  1917 

766       Edwin  B.  Richards   "  30,1918 

753  Harold  W.  Gammans   "    30,  1920 

680       Joseph  F.  O'Sullivan   "30,  1918 

Women. 

853       Madge  E.  McElroy   June  30,  1915 

846       Elizabeth  Chase   "    30,  1920 

838       Adelaide  Haley   "30,  1916 

825       Blanche  F.  Kingsley   "30,  1918 

823       Helen  A.  Taff   "30,  1918 

817       Marion  A.  Guilford   "    30,  1920 

813       Clara  L.  Buswell   "30,  1915 

813       Grace  W.  Heartz   "30,  1918 

807       Bessie  H.  Jaques   "    30,  1920 

803       Edith  Everett   "30,  1916 

792       Laurie  B.  W.  Browne   "30,  1917 

784       Mary  L.  Sheehy   "30,  1916 

778       Frances  Burnce   "    30,  1920 

773       Susan  F.  Burbank   "  30,1915 

773       Grace  A.  Buxton   "30,  1917 

770       Gertrude  F.  Peirce   "30,  1918 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


High  School  Certificates  {Continued). 


Rating.                           Name.  Certificate  Expires 

770  Margaret  R.  Piper   June  30,  1915 

762  Edna  T.  Wilson   "    30,  1920 

740  Helen  Thomas   "    30,  1916 

728  Mary  Wilbar  Bauer   "30,  1915 

720  Minerva  Ford  Shirley   "30,  1918 

719  Alice  L.  Crockett   "30,  1918 

704  Margaret  S.  Lunt   "30,  1918 

French. 
Men. 

905  George  H.  Derry   June  30,  1918 

823  James  F.  Conlin   "    30,  1916 

798  Eugene  M.  Lebert   "30,  1917 

732  Albert  W.  Hopson   "30,  1919 


Women. 

852  Katharine  G,  Powers 

847  Frances  A.  Hodgkins 

839  Winifred  B.  Rogerson  . 

836  Marion  Renfrew 

816  Ethel  G.  McElroy  . 

811  Rebecca  D.  Moore  . 

807  Julia  A.  Dorrington 

803  Gertrude  Karman  . 

776  Mabel  F.  Knight  . 

739  Eva  H.  Williams  . 

709  Ethel  M.  Piper 

704  Marietta  L.  Kirby  . 

German. 


Men. 

896       Cecil  T.  Derry   June  30,  1918 

782       J.  Albert  Brack   "30,  1919 

782       William  G.  S.  Mclntyre   "30,  1916 

Women. 

840       Wilhelmine  B.  Ernst   June  30,  1917 

837       Gertrude  F.  Merrill   "30,  1917 

830       Katharine  T.  Copeland   "30,  1917 

812       Eleanor  L.  Cox   "    30,  1920 

796       Mary  M.  Gaffey   "    30,  1920 

History. 
Men. 

885       Edmund  W.  Foote   June  30,  1919 

866       Carey  P.  Ladd   "30,  191S 


June  30,  1918 

"  30,  1918 

"  30,  1918 

«  30,  1917 

"  30,  1920 

"  30,  1918 

"  30,  1920 

"  30,  1920 

"  30,  1919 

"  30,  1919 

"  30,  1915 

"  30,  1920 


16 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


High  School  Certificates  {Continued). 

Rating, 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

849 

June  30,  1918 

849 

William  T.  Morgan  

« 

30,  1919 

824 

Albert  Farnsworth  

u 

30,  1919 

811 

Alfred  W.  Smith  

u 

30,  1919 

772 

Sidney  C.  Hazelton  

u 

30,  1918 

725 

Gustaf  A.  Lundquist  

u 

30,  1915 

Women. 

884 

Catharine  T.  "\Mialen  

June  30,  1916 

866 

Ethel  E.  Caryl  

u 

30,  1919 

862 

Allies  G.  Porter  

u 

30,  1918 

861 

Mary  E.  Greene  

u 

30,  1919 

861 

Alice  L.  Halligan  

u 

30,  1920 

839 

.Tospnhinp  A  Whitp 

t/WOv^L/Jlilii:;   Xi..      IT  U.Jll.\^  •••••• 

u 

30,  1918 

814 

Florence  E.  Hutchinson  

u 

30,  1919 

803 

Grace  E.  Lingham  

u 

30,  1917 

801 

Clara  E  Parker 

u 

30,  1917 

776 

Ruth  J.  Cummings  

u 

30,  1919 

771 

Amy  C.  Farhn  

u 

30,  1920 

Manual  Arts. 

DRAWING. 

745 

June  30,  1915 

TVT  ATFTRM  ATirS 

Men, 

960 

June  30,  1917 

866 

u 

30,  1919 

837 

u 

30,  1915 

828 

u 

30,  1920 

821 

u 

30,  1915 

814 

u 

30,  1920 

784 

u 

30,  1919 

782 

u 

30,  1920 

781 

u 

30,  1919 

763 

a 

30,  1917 

758 

William  E.  Fay  

a 

30,  1919 

739 

u 

30,  1920 

734 

Robert  E.  Frink  

u 

30,  1919 

734 

u 

30,  1919 

725 

Edmund  D.  Styles  

a 

30,  1919 

724 

u 

30,  1915 

718 

u 

30,  1918 

CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


17 


High  School  Certificates  (Concluded). 


Women. 

Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

806  Margaret  J.  Griffith   June  30,  1920 

805  Elizabeth  J.  Martin   "    30,  1920 

785  Ella  L.  Townsend   "30,  1919 

784  Lillian  J.  Hopkins   "30,  1917 

756  Hazel  Donham   "30,  1915 

737  Ethel  T.  Burpee   "30,  1918 

735  Isabella  M.  Gillpatrick   "30,  1916 

730  Frances  E.  McDufifee   "30,  1915 

Physics  —  Chemistry. 
Men. 

842  John  C.  Gray   June  30,  1918 

838  Max  Weiss   •"    30,  1920 

836  Warren  E.  Robinson   "    30,  1920 

833  George  G.  Bulfinch,  Jr   "    30,  1918 

829  Harry  F.  Doe   "    30,  1920 

821  John  A.  David  ,     •      •  "30,  1919 

821  Allen  C.  Hutchinson   "30,  1917 

816  Howard  A.  Newton   "30,  1919 

807  Henry  G.  Blount   "    30,  1920 

797  Lewis  P.  Chapin   "30,  1915 

794  Maurice  A.  Norton   "30,  1918 

791  George  P.  Campbell   "    30,  1915 

773  Leighton  S.  Thompson   "    30,  1920 

772  Albert  B.  Dunning   "30,  1916 

771  Charles  A.  Blatchley   "30,  1919 

766  James  M.  McNamara   "30,  1916 

764  Elbert  C.  Wixom   "30,  1917 

763  Thomas  D.  Ginn   "30,  1918 

747  Willis  C.  Campbell   "30,  1918 

745  William  J.  Nutter   "    30,  1920 

665  Robert  I.  Haseltine   "  30,1916 

Women. 

879  Edna  M.  Hurlin   June  30,  1920 

844  Abbie  O.  Stoddard   "    30,  1917 

841  Harriet  H.  Parmenter   "    30,  1918 

796  Ruth  E.  Thomas   "30,  1917 

771  Helen  M.  Stevens   "    30,  1920 

Spanish. 

820  Katharine  F.  Garrity   June  30,  1920 


18 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


HIGH  SCHOOL  SPECL^L  CERTIFICATES. 

Rating.                         Name.  Certificate  Expires 

760       Daniel  J.  Higgins  June  30,  1915 


SPECIAL  CERTIFICATES  VALID  IX  HIGH  .SCHOOLS. 

Commercial  Br.^ches. 
bookkeeping  and  commercial  arithmetic. 
Men. 

Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

731       Lewis  A.  Newton  June  30,  1919 

670       George  A.  Fellows   «    30,  1918 

Women. 

733  Anna  T.  Kelley   June  30,  1919 

716  Florence  L.  Hamblin   «    30,  1916 

709  Elizabeth  E.  Haggerty   "30,  1917 

703  Susie  J.  McCloskey   «    30,  1917 

688  Elizabeth  V.  Cloney   «    30,  1917 

687  Ilda  D.  Mann   "30,  1916 

PHONOGRAPHY  AND  TYPEWRITING. 

716       F.  Louise  Dacey  June  30,  1920 

Manual  Arts. 

DRAWING. 

Men. 

729       Robert  W.  Broderick   June  30,  1919 

Women. 

801       EUzabeth  M.  P.  Bartlett   June  30,  1920 

793       Clara  E.  Glover   "30,  1919 

776       Abby  W.  Sullivan   "30,  1919 

768       Laura  W.  Cook   "30,  1916 

727       AUce  S.  Willoughby   "30,  1919 

708       Harriet  M.  Simpson   "30,  1915 

698       Elvira  T.  Harvey    .   "    30,  1920 

MANUAL  TRAINING. 

Men. 

708       Bertram  P.  Kewer  June  30,  1918 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  19 

Special  Certificates  {Concluded). 
Physical  Training. 
Men. 

Rating.                          Name.  Certificate  Expires 

748      John  J.  O'Donnell,  Jr   June  30,  1915 

650      James  H.  Crowley   "    30,  1916 

Women. 

854      Agnes  S.  Thompson   June  30,  1920 

809       Margaret  McCarthy   "30,  1919 

780       Izannah  A.  Lucas   "    30,  1920 

776       Josephine  A.  McLaughlin   "    30,  1920 

759       Helen  P.  Shepardson   "    30,  1920 

744       Katharine  French   "    30,  1920 

743       Rachel  Rosnosky   "    30,  1920 

721       Marguerite  A.  Cahill   "    30,  1920 

684       Lucy  Hunter  Hynes   "    30,  1915 

Salesmanship. 

861       Helen  E.  Parker   June  30,  1919 

825       Helen  A.  Taflf   "    30,  1920 

764       Mildred  Ivy   "    30,  1919 


INDUSTRIAL  INSTRUCTORS,  DAY  HIGH  SCHOOLS, 
CERTIFICATES. 

Household  Science. 


Rating.                         Name.  Certificate  Expires 

817  Mary  B.  Whiting   June  30,  1917 

810  Agnes  C.  Early   "30,  1919 

785  Ethel  G.  Wooldridge   "30,  1917 

781  Agnes  M.  Best   "30,  1917 

Dressmaking. 

805  Mabelle  B.  Rimbach   June  30,  1918 

793  Theresa  A.  Fitzpatrick   "30,  1918 

758  Mary  L.  Dermody   "30,  1919 

757  Annie  V.  Tracy   "    30,  1920 

732  Winifred  Dalton     .......  "30,  1916 

731  Marcelline  I.  Mora   "30,  1916 

717  Alice  H.  Healy   "    30,  1920 

703  Mary  A.  Fitzpatrick   "30,  1916 

680  Mary  A.  Shea   "30,  1916 

663  Katherine  Bergen   "30,  1915 

654  Mary  L.  Crawford   •    "    30,  1916 


20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Industrial  Instructors  (Concluded). 


Millinery. 


Rating.  Name. 

828  Marion  L.  Emerson 

824  Annie  F.  Timberlake 

816  Marie  C.  Rollins  . 

774  Alice  M.  Croke 

769  Eileen  M.  Harrington 

732  Mary  Travers  . 

714  Katherine  M.  Casey 

627  Mary  T.  Naphen  . 


Certificate  Expires 

June  30,  1915 

"  30,  1915 

«  30,  1916 

«  30,  1920 

"  30,  1919 

"  30,  1920 

"  30,  1917 

"  30,  1916 


NORMAL  SCHOOL  ELEMENTARY  CERTIFICATES,  CLASS  OF 
;914,  AND  OTHERS  AS  INDICATED. 


Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

833 

Gladys  A.  Ringer  

June  30,  1920 

829 

Sylvia  E.  Donegan  *  

30,  1920 

829 

Marguerite  J.  Rich  

u 

30,  1920 

823 

Agnes  L.  Harrington  

u 

30,  1920 

820 

Sigrid  B.  Anderson  

u 

30,  1920 

818 

Elizabeth  L.  Willis  

a 

30,  1920 

818 

Mary  V.  Driscoll  

u 

30,  1920 

817 

Beatrice  M.  McNally  

u 

30,  1920 

815 

Jeannette  A.  Wall  

u 

30,  1920 

815 

Charlotte  L.  Childs  

u 

30,  1920 

814 

Adeline  R.  Cropper  

u 

30,  1920 

814 

Gertrude  A.  Smith  

u 

30,  1920 

812 

Mary  L.  Bradley  

u 

30,  1920 

810 

Alice  G.  Mason  

u 

30,  1920 

810 

Josephine  M.  Friery  

u 

30,  1920 

809 

M.  EHzabeth  Gay  

u 

30,  1920 

808 

Margaret  J.  O'Brien  

u 

30,  1920 

808 

Lillian  C.  O'Neil  

u 

30,  1920 

807 

Anna  C.  Gallagher  

u 

30,  1920 

807 

Sadie  G.  Kennedy  

u 

30,  1920 

805 

Katharine  M.  Schubarth  (Class  of  1913)  . 

u 

30,  1919 

805 

Joseph  A.  Fitzgerald  *  

u 

30,  1920 

804 

Ruth  A.  Sharkey  

u 

30,  1920 

803 

Helen  M.  Baker  

u 

30,  1920 

802 

Marion  R.  Kanter  

u 

30,  1920 

802 

Ruth  I.  Larson  

u 

30,  1920 

*  Holds  Elementarj-  School  Special  Certificate. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  21 
Normal  Elementary,  Class  of  1914  {Continued). 

Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

801  Ida  M.  Ridlon   June  30,  1920 

801  Mabel  L.  Augusta   «  30,  1920 

801  Marion  C.  Moreland  *   "  30,  1920 

800  Francis  J.  Horgan  *   «  30,  1920 

800  Irene  L.  Hines   «  30,  1920 

800  Mary  T.  Dowling   «  30,  1920 

799  Mildred  L.  Fryer  (Class  of  1910)        ...  «  30,  1916 

798  Dora  F.  Smith   "  30,  1920 

797  Mildred  E.  Hastings  *   "  30,  1920 

796  Katherine  M.  Kelly   "  30,  1920 

795  Bessie  M.  Lassen   "  30,  1920 

795  Mary  M.  Lordan   "  30,  1920 

794  Grace  M.  Curry     .......  "  30,  1920 

794  Bessie  R.  Blair   "  30,  1920 

792  Esther  E.  Brooks   "  30,  1920 

791  Leonora  P.  Lordan   "  30,  1920 

790  Florence  Driscoll  *   "  30,  1920 

790  Helen  C.  M.  Lynch   "  30,  1920 

788  Eleanor  P.  FitzGerald   "  30,  1920 

787  Margaret  E.  O'Connor   "  30,  1920 

787  Mary  M.  O'Hearn   "  30,  1920 

786  Eleanor  A.  Dordoni   "  30,  1920 

784  Alice  E.  Manning   "  30,  1920 

783  Mary  C.  Levins   "  30,  1920 

782  Helen  E.  Rourke   "  30,  1920 

782  Alice  G.  Flynn   "  30,  1920 

782  John  J.  Connelly,  Jr.  *   "  30,  1920 

780  Veronica  R.  Grant   "  30,  1920 

780  Eileen  E.  Rogers   "  30,  1920 

780  Mary  A.  Hanlon   "  30,  1920 

779  Helen  L.  Cronin  *   "  30,  1920 

778  Crystal  D.  Bird   "  30,  1920 

778  Ruth  M.  Drury   "  30,  1920 

777  Birdie  O.  Bird   "  30,  1920 

775  Charles  M.  Herlihy  *   "  30,  1920 

772  Anna  M.  Galvin   "  30,  1920 

772  Edith  A.  West   "  30,  1920 

771  Frances  A.  Flynn   "  30,  1920 

771  Marion  B.  D.  Curley     ......  "  30,  1920 

770  Ruth  M.  Gemmel   "  30,  1920 

770  Anna  M.  Buckley   "  30,  1920 

767  Katherine  F.  Breen   "  30,  1920 


*  Holds  Elementary  School  Special  Certificate. 


22  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 

Normal  Elementary,  Class  of  1914  (Concluded). 

Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

766  Mary  V.  O'Neill   June  30,  1920 

766  Josephine  L.  Broderick   "  30,  1920 

765  Mildred  E.  Frazier   "  30,  1920 

764  Helen  I.  MuUiken   "  30,  1920 

763  Helen  T.  Hannon   "  30,  1920 

763  Ellen  G.  Sullivan   "  30,  1920 

762  Elizabeth  A.  Good   "  30,  1920 

762  Agnes  P.  Goggin  *   "  30,  1920 

762  Irene  E.  Cox   "  30,  1920 

761  Mary  E.  Buckley   "  30,  1920 

760  Dorothy  L.  Devine   "  30,  1920 

760  Anastasia  K.  White   "  30,  1920 

760  Ethel  M.  Ruth   "  30,  1920 

759  Margaret  E.  Maloney   "  30,  1920 

757  Mary  M.  Facey   "  30,  1920 

755  Rose  A.  Brady   "  30,  1920 

754  Jennie  F.  Boles   "  30,  1920 

753  Mary  E.  Loughman   "  30,  1920 

751  Mary  E.  Driscoll   "  30,  1920 

749  Bridget  C.  Ridge   "  30,  1920 

749  Frances  B.  Mea   "  30,  1920 

747  Mary  C.  Murphy   "  30,1920 

745  Florence  P.  Saunders   "  30,  1920 

744  Ruth  V.  Tobin   "  30,  1920 

743  Sadie  M.  Boles  (Class  of  1913)    ....  "30,  1919 

743  Esther  E.  Cahill   "  30,  1920 

743  Gladys  P.  Eaton   "  30,  1920 

743  Nelly  G.  Fannon   "  30,  1920 

740  John  L.  Mayer  *   "  30,  1920 

736  Louise  J.  Smith   "  30,  1920 

733  Jeannette  Ascolillo   "  30,  1920 

733  E.  Priscilla  Mullan  (Class  of  1913)     ...  "  30,  1919 

732  Vincent  J.  Readdy  *  *  .  "  30,  1920 

731  Mary  H.  Stroup   "  30,  1920 

730  Mary  M.  J.  Egar   "  30,  1920 

728  James  E.  Fihelly  *   "  30,  1920 

727  Blanche  L.  Donohoe   "  30,  1920 

720  Francis  J.  Murphy  *   "  30,  1920 

719  Margaret  M.  J.  McAndrew   "  30,  1920 

713  Thomas  P.  Dooley  *   "  30,  1920 

709  Ruth  T.  Church  (Class  of  1913)  ....  "30,  1919 

709  Joseph  H.  GHdea  *   "  30,  1920 

701  Edith  Sonnabend  (Cla^s  of  1913)      ...  "  30,  1919 

655  Thomas  S.  Foley  *   "  30,  1920 


*  Holds  Elementary  School  Special  Certificate. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  23 


NORMAL  SCHOOL  ELEMENTARY  CERTIFICATES,  PRIOR 

TO  1914. 

(Ratings  which  are  exactly  alike  are  connected  by  a  brace.  In  other  cases  of 
similar  ratings,  there  is  a  decimcd  difference  in  favor  of  the  name 
appearing  first  on  the  list.) 


Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

918 

Elsie  V.  Karlson  

June  30,  1919 

915 

Marion  A.  Maguire  

u 

^0  IQIQ 

901 

Alice  C.  Manning  

u 

30,  1919 

896 

John  F.  Lj  nch  *  

u 

.^0  1Q1Q 

896 

Ellen  A.  Barry  *  

u 

.^0  1Q1Q 

890 

Lydia  M.  Gore  *  

u 

^0  IQIQ 

890 

Elizabeth  F.  B.  MacKay  

u 

885 

John  J.  Connolly  *  

u 

.^0  IQIQ 

%J\J  y    X  iJ  X  iJ 

884 

Gertrude  R.  Lynch  

u 

QO  IQIQ 

884 

Ehzabeth  M.  Hayes  

u 

30  1919 

883 

Ahce  M.  P.  Higgins  

u 

QO  IQIQ 

0\J,  i.V  ±v 

883 

Margaret  M.  Riley  

u 

^0  IQIQ 

883 

Margaret  G.  Stanwood  *  

u 

^0  IQIQ 

882 

Margaret  G.  Ford  .      .      .    -  . 

u 

30  1919 

882 

Agnes  G.  Phelps  

« 

30  1919 

tJ\J  y     X  *J  X  %J 

880 

Mildred  C.  Sullivan  

u 

•^0  IQIQ 

880 

Agnes  B.  Kelly  

u 

^Ci  IQIQ 

879 

Catherine  E.  Lenihan  

u 

30  1919 

Kjyj  y    X  \J  X  nJ 

876 

Ethel  M.  Hiltz  

u 

.^0  IQIQ 

OV,   LV  LV 

875 

Adehne  C.  Leve  

u 

^0  1Q17 

OV/j    X%J  X  i 

875 

Lillian  M.  Connors  

« 

30  1919 

%J\J  y     XU  XU 

875 

Mary  C.  McMahon  

u 

30  1918 

KfyJy  XJ7XO 

874 

Alice  M.  Smith  

u 

30  1918 

873 

Agnes  F.  Kelly  

u 

30,  1915 

872 

Theresa  A.  Ratta  

u 

30,  1918 

872 

xxlJL^U  1 V J.  •   X  •   JLiCtUl^iXXl  •••••• 

u 

30,  1919 

872 

Marion  Church  

u 

30,  1919 

870 

Margaret  M.  O'Connell  

u 

30,  1916 

870 

M adehne  B.  Murphy  

u 

30,  1919 

870 

Esther  E.  Larson  

u 

30,  1919 

870 

Mildred  A.  Hersey  

u 

30,  1918 

869 

Gertrude  M.  Reilly  

u 

30,  1919 

869 

Ehnor  Neilon   .      .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1916 

869 

William  S.  Lenihan  *  

u 

30,  1919 

869 

Anne  M.  Cassidy  

u 

30,  1916 

{  868 

Ehzabeth  J.  Miley  

u 

30,  1919 

I  868 

Eva  G.  Ridley  

u 

30,  1919 

868 

Ruth  Holland  

u 

30,  1919 

*  Holds  Elementary  School  Special  Certificate. 

24 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Normal  Elementary,  Prior  to  1914  (Continued). 

Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

868     Matilda  I.  Coveney   June  30,  1919 

867     Anna  P.  Duggan   "30,  1919 

867     Anne  D.  Allard   «    30,  1917 

867     Edith  Stahl   "30,  1918 

867     Helen  L.  Mahoney   "30,  1918 

866     Mildred  M.  Colton   "30,  1919 

866     Lillian  E.  Enos   "30,  1916 

865     Melvina  Urban   "    30,  1918 

{  865     Ellen  A.  Leahy   "30,  1919 

<  865     Francis  J.  O'Hara  *   "30,  1918 

864     Mary  F.  Reagan   "    30,  1916 

864  Laura  I.  Miller  "30,  1915 

863     AHce  P.  George   "30,  1919 

863     Thomas  E.  Mahoney  *   "    30,  1918 

862     Margaret  M.  Biggy   "30,  1917 

862     Ehzabeth  M.  Carten   "    30,  1918 

862     A.  Florence  Pow   "30,  1918 

862     Walter  C.  Winston  *   "30,  1918 

862     Emily  A.  Brady   "30,  1919 

862     Florence  J.  Mills  *   "30,  1919 

861     Katherine  M.  Finn   "    30,  1918 

861     Ruth  H.  Soelle   "30,  1917 

861     Irma  A.  Perkins   "    30,  1917 

860     Josephine  J.  Lynch   "30,  1919 

859     Helen  F.  McGlinchy   "30,  1919 

859     Annie  V.  Devine   "30,  1918 

859     Ehzabeth  F.  Laughhn   "30,  1919 

859     F.  Josephine  Rogers   "30,  1918 

859  M.  AUce  Murphy    .....*..  "30,  1919 

858     Mary  A.  C.  Doyle   "30,  1918 

\  858     Katherine  A.  Mahoney   "    30,  1918 

(  858     Marguerite  R.  O'Neill   "30,  1916 

858     Anna  B.  Klein   "30,  1917 

858     Emma  S.  Libourel   "30,  1919 

857     Agnes  M.  Finn   "30,  1916 

857     Margaret  B.  Lynch                                      .  "30,  1918 

857     Marguerite  T.  Rones   "    30,  1918 

856     Marguerite  T.  Brooks   "30,  1918 

856     Daisy  E.  Cohen   "30,  1918 

855     Marie  A.  DeNeill   "30,  1918 

855     Regina  L  Driscoll   "30,  1919 

855     Elsie  M.  Crispin   "30,  1916 

854     Annie  E.  Molloy   "30,  1919 


*  Holds  Elementary  School  Special  Certificate. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  25 


Normal  Elementary,  Prior  to  1914  (Continued). 


Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

854 

Agnes  J.  Drea  

June  30,  1915 

854 

Agnes  C.  Loughlin  .... 

30,  1919 

854 

Rose  Bloom  

a 

OA    1  n  1  fv 
oU,  1919 

853 

Marion  E.  Mellen  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

853 

Elizabeth  0.  Coffin 

u 

OA     1  A1 n 

853 

Miriam  Cohen  .... 

u 

OA      1  A  1  A 

30,  1919 

853 

Mary  E.  Manning  .... 

u 

OA     1 A1 A 

ou,  lyiy 

853 

EHzabeth  F.  Stone  .... 

K 

OA     1  A  1  C 

30,  1910 

852 

Laura  M.  Payson  .... 

u 

OA     1  A 1  O 

30,  1918 

851 

Caroline  C.  Moy  .... 

u 

OA     1  A1  A 

851 

Marguerite  Eliott  .... 

u 

OA     1  A1  £! 

30,  191d 

851 

Mildred  F.  Carroll  .... 

u 

OA     1 A1 O 

30,  1918 

851 

Marguerite  C.  Cloney  . 

« 

OA     1  A1  Q 

oU,  191o 

851 

Grace  M.  Richmond 

u 

OA     1  A1  O 

60,  lyio 

851 

Mary  A.  Hartigan  .      .  . 

li 

OA     1  A1  C 

du,  lyio 

850 

WiUiam  A.  Billings  *      .      .  . 

u 

OA  1A1A 

850 

Miriam  G.  Smith  .... 

u 

OA      1  A  "1  A 

30,  1919 

849 

John  J.  Boyan  *      .      .      .  . 

30,  1919 

849 

Marie  J.  Alexander       .  . 

u 

OA     1  A1  O 

30,  1918 

849 

Anna  E.  McGirr  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

849 

Esther  E.  Cunningham  . 

u 

OA    1  Ol  A 

848 

Louise  W.  Vaughan 

OA     1  A  1  O 

30,  1918 

848 

Marjorie  0.  Symmes 

u 

QO  1Q1Q 

848 

Josephine  M.  Gately     .  . 

OA     1  A  1  o 

30,  1918 

848 

Alice  L.  Gannon  .... 

u 

OA     1 A1 C 

60,  lyio 

848 

Ethel  M.  F.  Schumann  . 

u 

OA     1 A1 A 

30,  1919 

847 

Madeline  M.  Daley 

u 

OA     1  A1  A 

30,  1919 

847 

Alvia  A.  Colton  .... 

a 

OA     1  A1 A 

60,  lyiy 

847 

Sarah  M.  Dooley  .... 

u 

OA     1 A1 Q 

30,  lyio 

847 

Harriet  F.  Wilkinson 

a 

OA     1 A1 O 

30,  lyio 

846 

Dorothy  J.  McNally 

a 

on   1 Q1 Q 

60,  lyiy 

845 

Flora  N.  Elliott  .... 

u 

OA     1  A  1  T 

30,  1917 

845 

Dora  Slepian  

u 

OA     1  A  1  A 

30,  1919 

844 

Grace  D.  O'Brien  .... 

u 

OA     1 A1 Q 

60,  lyio 

844 

Bessie  A.  Love  well  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

844 

Helen  C.  Rogers  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

Louisa  A.  Gilbert  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

'  844 

Edith  M.  Smith  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

843 

Mary  J.  McLaughhn 

u 

30,  1918 

843 

Catherine  M.  Burke 

u 

30,  1919 

842 

Annie  F.  Daniel  *    .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

841 

Helena  E.  Casey  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

841 

Anna  M.  Devin  .... 

30,  1916 

*  Holds  Elementarj'  School  Special  Certificate. 


26 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Normal  Elementary,  Prior  to  1914  {Continued). 


Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

841 

Ina  M.  Wooster  .... 

June  30,  1919 

841 

Ellen  C.  Hennessey 

u 

30,  1919 

840 

Marie  C.  Reardon  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

840 

Helen  R.  Jones  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

839 

Mary  C.  Hawkes  .... 

u 

30,  1916 

839 

Inez  M.  Jameson  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

839 

Beatrice  Xathanson 

u 

30,  1916 

838 

Margaret  E.  O'Brien 

u 

30,  1919 

837 

Grace  D.  Lennon  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

837 

Bertha  0.  Ives  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

837 

Gertrude  Southall  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

837 

Edith  D.  Rodgers  .... 

u 

30,  1916 

837 

Frank  A.  Clarke  *  .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

837 

EUzabeth  A.  Crowley 

u 

30,  1918 

836 

Adelaide  T.  Kennally 

u 

30,  1917 

836 

Katharine  V.  O'Hara  . 

u 

30,  1916 

835 

Katharine  A.  Finn  *      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

835 

Gertrude  M.  Finn  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

833 

Anna'L.  Lawler  .... 

30,  1918 

833 

Dorothy  S.  Starr att  *    .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

833 

Loretta  I.  McDonough  , 

u 

30,  1918 

833 

Sarah  B.  Brennan  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

833 

H.  Lauretta  Spittle 

u 

30,  1916 

833 

Marion  A.  Fields  .... 

u 

30,  1916 

832 

Blanche  CM.  Chapelle 

u 

30,  1917 

832 

Harriet  Aver  *  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

831 

Florence  M.  Hawes 

u 

30,  1916 

831 

William  P.  McDonough  * 

u 

30,  1918 

829 

Frances  S.  Rodgers 

u 

30,  1919 

827 

Mabel  S.  Young  .... 

u 

30,  1917 

827 

Josephine  V.  Hogan 

u 

30,  1918 

826 

Ernest  W.  Anderson  *    .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

826 

Margaret  A.  Ford  .... 

u 

30,  1917 

825 

Ahce  E.  Mills  *      .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

{  825 

Lucile  F.  Donaldson 

u 

30,  1917 

I  825 

Grace  W.  Gormley  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

825 

Florence  L.  Brennan 

u 

30,  1918 

825 

Margherita  R.  Milliken 

u 

30,  1919 

825 

Annie  V.  McGonagle 

u 

30,  1918 

824 

Mary  St.  A.  Casey  .... 

u 

30,  1915 

824 

Marie  E.  Murray  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

823 

Agnes  C.  Lavery  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

823 

Florence  A,  Cose  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

*  Holds  Elementary  School  Special  Certificate. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE 

AS  TEACHERS. 

27 

Normal  Elementary,  Prior  to  1914  {Continued). 

Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

823 

Helen  A.  Barry 

June  30,  1919 

823 

Florence  J.  Keelan  . 

30,  1919 

822 

liidwara  M.  McDonougn 

30,  1918 

821 

Mary  E.  Kennelly  . 

30,  1919 

820 

Stella  M.  Ives  .... 

30,  1916 

819 

Alice  J.  Barry  .... 

30,  1917 

819 

Marion  L.  Sharp  *  . 

30,  1918 

819 

Selma  S.  Stern  .... 

30,  1919 

817 

Mary  A.  E.  Connolly 

30,  1919 

816 

Adene  L.  Ferreira  . 

30,  1919 

(  814 

Charles  E.  V.  Mansfield  * 

30,  1917 

I  814 

Marion  B.  Nye 

30,  1918 

814 

A.  Loretto  Garrity  . 

30,  1918 

814 

M.  Frances  McNelhs 

30,  1918 

812 

Minnie  W.  Silverman    .  .  . 

30,  1919 

812 

Ethel  F.  Love  .... 

30,  1919 

810 

Cora  M.  Nicoll 

30,  1919 

810 

Zetta  Morrison 

30,  1918 

807 

Dora  Lipsitz  

30  1917 

806 

Helen  L.  Cunningham  . 

30  1919 

806 

Elizabeth.  Drea       .      .      .  . 

30  1917 

806 

Georgia  V.  De  L.  Hill  . 

30  1916 

803 

Mildred  M.  Baatz  .      .      .  . 

30,  1916 

801 

Grace  F.  Laughlin  .      .      .  . 

30,  1919 

801 

Olive  M.  Crane      .      .      .  . 

30,  1917 

799 

Mary  L.  Greenlaw  .      .      .  . 

30,  1915 

798 

Margaret  F.  Murray 

u 

30,  1919 

797 

A.  Russell  McCormick  * 

30,  1919 

797 

Eleanor  Bernard     .      .      .  . 

30,  1916 

795 

Kathryn  M.  Goff    .      .      .  . 

30,  1919 

793 

Rosa  A.  Vogel  

30,  1916 

787 

Marguerite  A.  Connick  . 

30,  1918 

779 

Louise  F.  Barry  .... 

30,  1919 

778 

Lelia  P.  Severy       .      .      .  . 

30,  1917 

774 

Miah  J.  Falvey  *    .      .      .  . 

u 

on    1 oi Q 

772 

Laura  F.  Carter  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

772 

L/oretto  ix.  lielley   .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

770 

Denis  F.  Sullivan  *  ... 

u 

30,  1916 

764 

Katherine  R.  Higgins 

u 

30,  1918 

762 

Mildred  M.  Doyle  .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1917 

761 

IMary  C.  Falvey  .... 

a 

30,  1919 

761 

Claire  A.  Bulger  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

753 

John  J.  Lally  *       .      .      .  . 

a 

30,  1917 

*  Holds  Elementary  School  Special  Certificate. 


28  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 

Normal  Elementary,  Prior  to  1914  (Concluded). 


Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

753       Florence  A.  Marmaud   June  30,  1919 

748       Mary  M.  Dw^-er   "30,  1919 

729       Thomas  J.  McGrath   «    30,  1917 

726       Marj^  G.  Murray   «    30,  1916 

686      .  EUen  C.  Connell   «    30,  1918 

615       John  P.  McEleney  *   «    30,  1918 

558       John  J.  Mahoney  *   "30,  1918 


*  Holds  Elementarj-  School  Special  Certificate. 


ELEMENTARY  CERTIFICATES. 
Examined  Candidates. 


Class  A  (Men). 


Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

873 

Charles  A.  A.  Weber     .      .      .  -  , 

June  30,  1918 

CO  i 

Larl  L).  Lytle  ..... 

u 

30,  1920 

John  M.  JNlcUonnell  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

814 

Richard  T.  Tobin  *  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

806 

George  W.  Gammon  *    .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

805 

Frank  M.  Rich  

a 

30,  1915 

801 

WUlis  S.  Fisher  *  

u 

30,  1918 

800 

Francis  M.  Morrissey  *  . 

u 

30,  1920 

799 

John  E.  Barr  *  

u 

30,  1918 

797 

John  H.  Parker  *  

u 

30,  1916 

785 

John  H.  Graham  *  

u 

30,  1918 

755 

James  L.  Early  *  

u 

30,  1920 

755 

Isaiah  A.  Whori  *  

u 

30,  1919 

748 

Robert  W.  Martin  

u 

30,  1915 

743 

Walter  L.  Putnam  *      .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1916 

739 

Robert  B.  Houghton  *   .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

739 

William  A.  Nickerson  .... 

u 

30,  1916 

736 

Everett  N.  Hollis  

u 

30,  1915 

716 

H.  Forrest  Wilson  

u 

30,  1917 

714 

Emmanuel  J.  Goulart  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

712 

Francis  P.  McNamara  .... 

u 

30,  1917 

707 

John  J.  Salmon  

u 

30,  1915 

706 

Charles  W.  Walter  .... 

u 

30,  1915 

Class  B. 

879 

Nellie  M.  Famsworth  *  . 

June  30,  1920 

821 

Maud  B.  Kennerson  *    .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1920 

Visited  in  class-room  by  member  of  the  Board  of  Superiatendenta. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


29 


Elementary  Certificates,  Examined  Candidates  (Continued). 


Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

816 

Anna  J.  A.  McQuaid  *  .      .  . 

June  30,  1918 

812 

Augusta  M.  Harris  *      .      .  . 

30,  1920 

812 

Elizabeth  A.  Killion  *    .      .  . 

30,  1916 

811 

Mary  E.  Martell  *  .      .      .  . 

« 

30,  1919 

808 

Bessie  M.  Cosgrove 

u 

30,  1917 

801 

Alice  K.  Rourke  *  .      .      .  . 

30,  1917 

801 

Edna  F.  Scott  

u 

30,  1916 

800 

Carolyn  E.  Macdonald  * 

u 

30,  1917 

800 

Marion  E.  Powers  *       .      .  . 

30,  1919 

798 

Joanna  Z.  Connell  *       .      .  . 

u 

30,  1918 

796 

Mary  A.  McCool  *  .      .      .  . 

30,  1918 

795 

Louise  K.  Morss  *  . 

30,  1917 

794 

Corinne  M.  Faxon  *      .      .  . 

30,  1918 

794 

Mary  E.  Regan  .... 

30,  1915 

791 

30,  1917 

789 

30,  1920 

786 

Lucy  A.  B.  Grady  *       .      .  . 

u 

30,  1920 

786 

Sara  E.  Kir  wen  *    .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1917 

785 

Maud  B.  Hubley  *  .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

783 

Margaret  E.  Kerrigan  * 

30,  1919 

782 

u 

30,  1917 

782 

u 

30,  1917 

781 

u 

30,  1916 

780 

Lillian  H.  Kenney  *      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

779 

Elizabeth  M.  Anthony 

u 

30,  1916 

776 

u 

30,  1916 

776 

Edith  B.  Ricles  .... 

u 

30,  1918 

775 

Mary  Decker  

30,  1916 

774 

Olive  W.  Taylor  *  f  ... 

u 

30,  1920 

770 

Katherine  G.  O'Brion  *  . 

M 

30,  1919 

770 

Helen  M.  O'Rourke  *    .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

769 

Helen  M.  Albee*t 

30,  1917 

768 

Nora  A.  0' Connell  *      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

767 

Catherine  G.  McCool  . 

u 

1 Q1 7 

ou,  lyi/ 

767 

Hilda  F.  Russell  *    .      .      .  . 

u 

30,  1920 

763 

u 

30,  1916 

760 

Gertrude  L.  Reid  .... 

« 

30,  1916 

756 

May  B.  Clutterbuck  *  f        .  . 

u 

30,  1919 

756 

EvaShaber*  .... 

a 

30,  1920 

755 

u 

30,  1917 

755 

Ellen  L.  Welch  *  .... 

K 

30,  1920 

754 

u 

30,  1918 

*  Visited  in  class-room  by  member  of  the  Board  of  Superintendents. 

t  Holds  Class  A  Certificate. 


30 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Elementary  Certificates,  Examined  Candidates  (Concluded). 

Rating.                          Name.  Certificate  Expires 

754  Katherine  R.  Eames   June  30,  1916 

753  John  A.  Bergin  *   "    30,  1920 

753  Helen  A.  Boyce   "30,  1915 

753  Nellie  E.  March   "30,  1916 

749  Maria  T.  Cogger   "30,  1917 

749  May  H.  Wentworth   "30,  1917 

748  Azniv  Beshgeturian   "    30,  1916 

742  Mary  E.  Williams   "    30,  1916 

741  Susan  Casey   "    30,  1919 

741  Ruth  E.  Remon   "30,  1917 

740  Gladys  L.  Flieger   "    30,  1919 

739  Ellen  E.  Bennett   "30,  1918 

738  Dora  Leadbetter   "30,  1917 

735  Nellie  F.  McAuliffe  "30,  1917 

734  Catherine  E.  Crowe   "30,  1915 

734  Ruth  W.  Peabody   "    30,  1917 

733  Emma  M.  Thompson   "    30,  1916 

731  Susie  A.  Lurvey   "30,  1916 

723  Mary  E.  Merrill   "    30,  1917 

722  Ellen  F.  Foley   "30,  1917 

721  Anna  C.  Crowley   "30,  1917 

719  Mary  M.  Hurley   «    30,  1919 

718  Helen  G.  Moran   "30,  1919 

715  Lydia  T.  MiUs   "30,  1916 

711  Irene  F.  Thompson   "30,  1916 

710  Gladys  F.  Burnham  *   "    30,  1920 

709  Mary  E.  Graham   "30,  1916 

708  Alma  A.  Thomas   "30,  1916 

708  Helen  H.  Wollahan   "    30,  1919 

707  Edna  L.  Taylor   "30,  1916 

706  Anna  F.  Higgins  *   "30,  1916 

705  Mary  E.  Ryan   "30,  1916 

704  M.  Emma  Roberts   "30,  1916 

703  Adele  Rabmovitz   "30,  1916 

694  Mary  E.  Galvin   "30,  1916 

693  Louise  I.  Gove   "30,  1916 

668  Mary  E.  Quu-k   "30,  1916 

666  Alice  P.  Killam  '  "30,  1916 

654  Frances  E.  Craffey   "30,  1916 


Visited  in  class-room  by  member  of  the  Board  of  Superintendents. 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  31 


KINDERGARTEN  CERTIFICATES. 


Normal  School,  Class  of  1914. 


Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

815 

Edith  H.  Newcomb  ..... 

June  30,  1920 

784 

Ida  M.  Fields  

u 

30,  1920 

773 

Margaret  A.  Mahoney  ..... 

u 

30,  1920 

770 

Esther  B.  Cavanagh  ..... 

u 

30,  1920 

763 

Ruth  B.  Todd  

u 

30,  1920 

763 

Charlotte  M.  McMorrow  .... 

u 

30,  1920 

743 

Alice  L.  Linnehan 

u 

30,  1920 

Normal  School,  Prior  to  1914- 

793 

Beatrice  L.  Wheeler  

June  30,  1919 

Examined  Candidates. 

887 

Evelyn  Carter  

June  30,  1920 

859 

Evalyn  M.  Margin  

« 

.30,  1920 

839 

Lillian  Cherry  

u 

30,  1920 

837 

Vesta  M.  Turner  

u 

30,  1919 

824 

Dorothy  L.  Mitchell  

u 

30,  1920 

818 

Marietta  Nute  

u 

30,  1919 

817 

Claire  Z.  Levy  

« 

30,  1920 

814 

Edna  F.  Hawes  

u 

30,  1919 

802 

Ruth  Allen  

fi 

30,  1915 

772 

Sally  S.Allen  

u 

30,  1920 

770 

Marjorie  G.  Short  ...... 

u 

30,  1920 

740 

Mary  E.  Brazil  

u 

30,  1920 

739 

Anna  H.  Dro^\Ti  

u 

30,  1920 

737 

Maude  B.  Leatherbee  

u 

30,  1920 

731 

Lydia  W.  Howes  

u 

30,  1920 

SPECIAL  CERTIFICATES  VALID  IX  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS. 


Cookery. 


Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

856 

Mabel  J.  Crosby  .... 

.     June  30,  1919 

851 

Catharine  Sheehan  .... 

"    30,  1918 

828 

"    30,  1918 

826 

Helen  L.  Meserve  .... 

«    30,  1918 

818 

"    30,  1918 

818 

"    30,  1918 

816 

"    30,  1918 

815 

•   .      .      .        "30,  1919 

32 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Special  Certificates  Valid  in  Elementary  Schools  (Continued). 

Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

809  Ruth  Sinnett                                              .  June  30,  1919 

800  Ernestine  Y.  Cox   "30,  1917 

790  Christine  M.  Newton   "30,  1918 

787  Marion  A.  Bryant   "30,  1915 

786  Marian  Gage   "30,  1916 

784  EUzabeth  A.  Marsh   "30,  1919 

776  Teresa  B.  Killilea   "30,  1919 

774  Mabel  A.  Leighton   "30,  1919 

774  Agnes  E.  Perkins   "30,  1919 

770  Charlotte  E.  Leary   "30,  1919 

752  Annie  G.  Cauley   "30,  1917 

742  Helen  C.  Ready   "30,  1918 

740  M.  Gertrude  Sawyer   "30,  1917 

739  Elizabeth  R.  Tyler   "30,  1919 

734  Frances  G.  McMuUen   "30,  1918 

728  Eleanor  F.  Wells   "30,  1917 

Sewing. 

883  Helen  T.  Shaw   June  30,  1919 

833  Gladys  C.  Sullivan   "30,  1918 

814  Mary  A.  Shane   "    30,  1920 

783  Helen  A.  Finn   "30,  1918 

771  Marion  H.  Pratt   "30,  1919 

748  Lillian  A.  McCabe   "30,  1918 

742  Marion  Shepherd   "30,  1919 

740  Grace  B.  Longdyke   "30,  1918 

739  Annie  V.  Tracy   "    30,  1920 

731  Ellen  E.  Magee   "30,  1918 

726  Martha  B.  Mason   "30,  1919 

705  Helen  MacNeil   "30,  1917 

697  Mabel  G.  Rice   "30,  1916 

Manual  Training, 
woodw^orking. 

799  Alice  L.  Tucker   June  30,  1917 

782  Charles  H.  Parsons,  Jr.  .      .      .      .      .      .  "30,  1915 

780  John  Black,  Jr   "    30,  1920 

768  Lettie  R.  Moore   "    30,  1920 

750  Fred  E.  Fossett   "    30,  1920 

748  Ethel  I.  Gray   "30,  1916 

714  Mary  E.  Doyle   "30,  1919 

696  Caroline  K.  Blackburn   "30,  1919 

687  Olive  G.  Haszard   "  .3,1916 

682  Arvid  J.  Wahlstrom   "30,  1919 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


33 


Special  Certificates  Valid  in  Elementary  Schools  {Concluded). 


SHOP  WORK. 

Rating.                          Name.  Certificate  Expires 

856       Martin  L.  Olson   June  30,  1918 

749  Hugh  J.  Cox   "30,  1918 

737       Maurice  J.  Moriarty   "    30,  1920 

CLAY  MODELING. 

720      Teresa  F.  Gleason   June  30,  1920 

Special  Class. 

828      Edith  M.  Perry   June  30,  1920 

773      AUce  Meston   "    30,  1920 

771       Ellen  E.  G.  O'Toole   "    30,  1920 

750  Katharine  Haley   "    30,  1919 


ASSISTANT  IN  MUSIC  CERTIFICATES. 

Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

830       Emma  C.  Diehm  June  30,  1920 

790      Ruth  B.  Mitchell   "    30,  1920 

761       Cecelia  M.  Bainton  "30,  1917 


DEPARTMENT  INSTRUCTOR  IN  MANUAL  ARTS  CERTIFICATE. 

Drawing. 

Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

818      Helen  E.  Cleaves  June  30,  1919 


ASSISTANT  IN  MANUAL  ARTS  CERTIFICATES. 
Drawing. 
Men. 

Rating.                          Name.  Certificate  Expires 

727       Francis  W.  Brackett   June  30,  1917 

Women . 

841       Grace  M.  Bourne   June  30,  1918 

819       Margaret  Lovell   "    30,  1920 

798       Blanche  A.  Russell  .......  "30,  1917 

794       Florence  S.  Bennett   "30,  1918 

792      Florence  L.  Coding   "30,  1918 

784  "  Ethel  M.  James   "30,  1918 

762       Florence  L.  Tarbell   "30,  1916 

755       Charlotte  I.  Lewis   "    30,  1920 

730      EHzabeth  M.  P.  Bartlett   "30,  1916 


34 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Assistant  in  Manual  Arts  Certificates  (Concluded). 
Manual  Training. 

Rating.  Name.  Certificate  Expires 

722       Walter  H.  Naylor  June  30,  1916 

717       George  F.  Hatch   "30,  1916 


ASSISTANT  NURSE  CERTIFICATES. 


Rating. 

Name. 

Certificate  Expires 

898 

Jean  C.  Eraser  .... 

June  30,  1917 

862 

Alice  C.  Russell  .... 

30,  1915 

855 

Kathryn  M.  Reynolds 

30,  1917 

851 

Mabelle  S.  Welsh  .... 

30,  1916 

845 

Mary  F.  Downs  .... 

u 

30,  1920 

824 

Frederica  L.  Hallett 

(( 

30,  1915 

816 

Genevieve  R.  Jules 

u 

30,  1920 

802 

Frances  A.  B.  Myles 

u 

30,  1920 

791 

Agnes  G.  Kelleher  .... 

a 

30,  1920 

789 

Mary  E.  Ellis  

a 

30,  1916 

783 

Catharine  A.  T.  Cahill  . 

u 

30,  1916 

778 

Sarah  M.  Waterman 

30,  1920 

775 

Mary  G.Welsh  .... 

u 

30,  1916 

774 

Sara  MacGillivray  .... 

» 

30,  1915 

749 

Catherine  F.  O'Toole 

u 

30,  1916 

737 

Emelie  A.  Watson  .... 

u 

30,  1916 

727 

Theresa  V.  Kelley  .... 

u 

30,  1919 

727 

Anna  E.  Ray  

u 

30,  1919 

725 

Louise  A.  Laporte  .... 

a 

30,  1918 

711 

Esther  I.  Cooper  .... 

ii 

30,  1920 

679 

Adaline  M.  Tucker 

11 

30,  1920 

CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


35 


ALPHABETIC  LIST  OF  CANDIDATES. 

[Unless  otherwise  indicated,  all  addresses  are  in  Massachusetts.] 


A. 

Page 

Abbott,  ]Mabel  L  6  Franklin  street,  Watertown  13 

Adams,  Louise  194  Dorchester  street.  South  Boston  13 

Albee,  Helen  M  2  Franklin  avenue,  Chelsea  29 

Alexander,  Marie  J  68  Eutaw  street,  Ea.st  Boston  25 

AUard,  Anne  D  48  N  street.  South  Boston  24 

Allen,  Ruth  5  Eliot  place,  Jamaica  Plain  31 

Sally  S  34  Wales  street,  Porchester  31 

Anderson,  Ernest  W  191  West- Fifth  street,  South  Boston  26 

Sigrid  B  430  Hyde  Park  avenue,  Roslindale  20 

Anthony,  Elizabeth  M  rear  37  North  square,  Boston  "29 

Ascohllo,  Jeannette  206  Hanover  street,  Boston  22 

Augusta,  Mabel  L  131  Mill  street,  Dorchester  21 

Ayer,  Harriet  30  Agassiz  street,  Cambridge  28 

B. 

Baatz,  Mildred  M  13  Dennis  street,  Roxbury  27 

Bainton,  Cecelia  M  9  Lawrence  street,  Yonkers,  N.  Y.  33 

Baker,  Helen  M  10  Tremont  street,  Charlestown  20 

Howard  B  18  Bridgham  street.  Providence,  R.  I.  16 

Barr,  John  E  178  First  street,  Lowell  28 

Barrj-,  Alice  J  51  Neptune  road.  East  Boston  27 

Ellen  A  102  Trowbridge  street,  Cambridge  23 

Helen  A  212  Emerson  street.  South  Boston  27 

Louise  F  116  Myrtle  street,  Boston  27 

Bartlett,  Elizabeth  M.  P  9  Jefferson  Hall,  Trinity  court,  Boston  18,  33 

Bassett,  Ormon  E  171  Tremont  street,  Taunton  16 

Bauer,  IVIary  Wilbar  236  Pleasant  street.  South  Weymouth  15 

Belcher,  Arthur  W  26  Allerton  street,  Plymouth  16 

Bennett,  Ellen  E  East  Pepperell  30 

Florence  S  Warren,  R.  I.  33 

Bergen,  Katherine  7  Marshall  terrace,  AUston  19 

Bergin,  John  A  70  Francis  street,  Roxburj'  30 

Bernard,  Eleanor  19  Gaston  street,  Roxbury  27 

Beshgeturian,  Azniv  14  Harvard  avenue,  Dorchester  30 

Best,  Agnes  M  39  North  Bennet  street,  Boston  19 

Biggy,  Margaret  M  746  Fifth  street.  South  Boston  24 

Billings,  William  A  326  Dorchester  street,  South  Boston  25 

Bird,  Birdie  O  30  Laurel  street,  Dorchester  21 

Crystal  D  30  Laurel  street,  Dorchester  21 

Black,  John,  Jr  43  Milton  avenue,  Dorchester  32 

Blackburn,  Caroline  K  23  Holbrook  street,  Jamaica  Plain  32 

Blair,  Bessie  R  21  Mellen  street,  Dorchester  Centre  21 

Blatchley,  Charles  A  219  Blatchley  avenue,  New  Haven,  Conn.  17 


36 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Page 

Bloom,  Rose  130  Elmo  street,  Dorchester  25 

Blount,  Henry  G  Charleston,  Me.  17 

Boles,  Jermie  F  34  Medford  street,  Charlestown  22 

Sadie  M  34  Medford  street,  Charlestown  22 

Bourne,  Grace  M  274  Lexington  street.  East  Boston  33 

Boyan,  John  J  175  Princeton  street,  East  Boston  25 

Boyce,  Helen  A  41  Mountain  avenue,  East  Lynn  30 

Brack,  J.  Albert  13  Otis  place,  Newburyport  15 

Brackett,  Francis  W  South  Acton  33 

Bradley,  Mary  L  29  St.  Rose  street,  Jamaica  Plain  20 

Brady,  Emily  A  34  Greenbrier  street,  Dorchester  24 

Rose  A  406  Arborway,  Jamaica  Plain  22 

Brazil,  Mary  E  41  Whiting  street,  Roxbury  31 

Breen,  K?therine  F  116  P  street.  South  Boston  21 

Brennan,  Florence  L  30  Chestnut  street,  Charlestown  26 

Sarah  B  162  Webster  street.  East  Boston  26 

Broderick,  Josephine  L  40  Custer  street,  Jamaica  Plain  22 

Robert  W  1  Pentucket  street,  Haverhill  18 

Brooks,  Esther  E  66  Perkins  street,  Jamaica  Plain  21 

Marguerite  T  238  Vermont  street,  West  Roxbury  24 

Browne,  Laurie  B.  W  57  Madison  street.  West  Medford  14 

Brj'^ant,  Marion  A  70  Walker  street,  NewtonvUle  32 

Buckley,  Anna  AI  29  Newport  street,  Dorchester  21 

Msxry  E  30  Bunker  Hill  street,  Charlestown  22 

Bvdfinch,  George  G.,  Jr  526  Harvard  street,  Brookline  17 

Bulger,  Claire  A  61  Monmouth  street,  East  Boston  27 

Burbank,  F.  Susan  130  Bowers  street,  Lowell  14 

Burke,  Catherine  M  48  Norfolk  street,  Dorchester  25 

Burnce,  Frances  76  Allen  street,  Boston  14 

Burnham,  Gladj-s  F  Washington  street,  Topsfield  30 

Burpee,  Ethel  T  20  Pear  street,  Lakeport,  N.  H.  17 

Buswell,  Clara  L  30  Wendover  street,  Dorchester  14 

Buxton,  Grace  A  211  Winthrop  street,  Winthrop  14 

c. 

Cahill,  Catherine  A.  T  14  Leeds  street.  South  Boston  34 

Esther  E  21  Allston  square,  Allston  22 

Marguerite  A  19  Greenwood  avenue,  Jamaica  Plain  19 

Campbell,  George  P  Marblehead  17 

Willis  C  30  Lincoln  street.  New  Rochelle,  N.  Y.  17 

Cannell,  Winbum  S  22  Park  avenue,  West  Somerville  16 

Carroll,  Mildred  F  160  Rutherford  avenue,  Charlestown  25 

Carten,  Elizabeth  M  10  Beach  street,  Dorchester  24 

Carter,  Evelyn  235  Mt.  Vernon  street.  West  Newton  31 

Laura  F  1  Arlington  street,  Boston  27 

Car>-1,  Ethel  E  157  Highland  street,  Brockton  16 

Casey,  Helena  E  833  East  Third  street.  South  Boston  25 

Katherine  M  10  Trenton  street,  Charlestown  20 

Mary  St.  A  15  Wales  street,  Dorchester  26 

Susan  59  Hersey  street,  Hingham  30 

Cassidy,  Anne  M  19  Laurel  street,  Roxbury  23 

Cauley ,  Annie  G  63  Baldwin  street,  Charlestown  32 

Cavanagh,  Esther  B  50  Adams  street,  Dorchester  31 

Chamberlin,  Edwin  M  2  Avon  street,  Cambridge  16 

Chapelle,  Blanche  CM  133  Green  street,  Worcester  26 

Chapin,  Lewis  P  28  Frj-e  street,  Lewiston,  Me.  17 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  37 


Page 

Chase,  Elizabeth  23  Church  street,  Great  Barrington  14 

Cherry,  Lillian  68  Topliff  street,  Dorchester  31 

Childs,  Charlotte  L  3  Merrill  street,  Dorchester  20 

Church,  Marion  26  Alaska  street,  Roxbury  23 

Ruth  T  26  Alaska  street,  Roxbury  22 

Clark,  Laura  Smith  49  Spear  street,  Quincy  13 

Clarke,  Frank  A  826  East  Seventh  street,  South  Boston  26 

Cleaves,  Helen  E  41  Bullard  street,  Dorchester  33 

Clement,  Alice  W  275  Warren  street,  Roxbury  31 

Cloney,  Elizabeth  V  39  Tonawanda  street,  Dorchester  18 

Marguerite  C  39  Tonawanda  street,  Dorchester  25 

Clutterbuck,  May  B  North  Scituate  29 

Coffin,  Elizabeth  O  1 10  Eutaw  street,  East  Boston  25 

Cogger,  Maria  T  25  Union  street,  Charlestown  30 

Cohen,  Daisy  E  55  Hartford  street,  Dorchester  24 

Miriam  66  Allen  street,  Boston  25 

Colton,  Alvia  A  77  Mountain  avenue,  Dorchester  25 

Mildred  M  77  Mountain  avenue,  Dorchester  24 

Conlin,  James  F  8  Miller  avenue.  North  Cambridge  15 

Connell,  Ellen  C  26  Fayette  square,  Cambridge  28 

Joanna  Z  ;  57  Richmond  street,  Weymouth  29 

Connelly,  John  J.,  Jr  145  L  street,  South  Boston  21 

Connick,  Marguerite  A  104  Robinwood  avenue,  Jamaica  Plain  27 

Connolly,  John  J  65  Dix  street,  Dorchester  23 

Mary  A.  E  200  Amory  street,  Jamaica  Plain  27 

Connors,  Lillian  M  46  Rossmore  road,  Jamaica  Plain  23 

Cook,  Edith  M  58  Glenwood  avenue,  Brockton  13 

Laura  W  22  Park  street,  Newton  18 

Cooper,  Esther  I  29  Magnolia  street,  Dorchester  34 

Copeland,  Katharine  T  208  Winthrop  road,  Brookline  15 

Cose,  Florence  A  40  Saunders  street,  Allston  27 

Cosgrove,  Bessie  M  Nebraska  street,  Hopkinton  29 

Courtney,  Anna  B  183  Cross  street,  Maiden  29 

Coveney,  Matilda  1  1087  Hyde  Park  avenue,  Hyde  Park  24 

Cox,  Eleanor  L  67  Brooks  avenue,  NewtonvUle  15 

Ernestine  Y  21  Wren  street.  West  Roxbury  32 

Hugh  J  37  West  Cottage  street,  Roxbury  33 

Irene  E  '.  3  Chester  park,  Mattapan  22 

Philip  W.  L  161  Glenway  street,  Dorchester  13 

Coxe,  Charles  6014  Kimback  avenue,  Chicago,  111.  16 

Craffey,  Frances  E  122  South  street,  Westboro  30 

Crane,  Olive  M  23  Trenton  street,  Charlestown  '  27 

Crawford,  Mary  L  41  Wales  street,  Dorchester  19 

Crispin,  Elsie  M  31  Chandler  street.  West  Somerville  24 

Crockett,  Alice  L  37  Bellevue  street,  Dorchester  15 

Croke,  Alice  M  22  Mather  street,  Dorchester  20 

Cronin,  Helen  L  65  Winthrop  street,  Charlestown  21 

Cropper,  Adeline  R  146  Thornton  street,  Roxbury  20 

Crosby,  Mabel  J  Box  301,  North  Easton  31 

Crowe,  Catherine  E  Hopkinton  30 

Crowley,  Anna  C  168  Walnut  street,  Abington  30 

Elizabeth  A  17  Mt.  Ida  road,  Dorchester  26 

James  H  20  Decatur  street,  East  Boston  19 

Cummings,  Ruth  J  West  Tisbury  16 

Cxmningham,  Esther  E  36  Westwood  street,  Dorchester  25 

Cunningham,  Helen  L  799  Blue  Hill  avenue,  Dorchester  27 


38  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 

Page 

Curlej-,  Marion  B.  D  156  South  street,  Jamaica  Plain  21 

Cmry,  Grace  M  51  Tremont  street,  Charlestown  21 

Mary  M  51  Tremont  street,  Charlestown  31 

jy. 

Dacey,  F.  Louise  196  Walnut  avenue,  Roxburj-  18 

Daley,  Madeline  M  14  Roseland  street,  Dorchester  25 

Dalton,  Winifred  495  Broadway  SomervUle  19 

Damon,  Adeline  C  16  Worcester  square,  Boston  29 

Daniel,  Annie  F  29  Chandler  street,  West  Somen-ille  25 

Da\-id,  John  A  201  CaUfomia  avenue,  Avalon,  Penn.  17 

Decatur,  Lillian  L  23  Kearsarge  avenue,  Roxbury  13 

Decker,  Mary  403  Langley  road,  Newton  Centre  29 

DeXeill,  Marie  A  3  Doris  street,  Dorchester  24 

Dermody,  Mar\-  L  94  Charles  street,  Boston  19 

Derrj-,  Cecil  T  12  Trowbridge  street,  Cambridge  15 

George  H  High  School,  Milford  15 

Desmond,  John  J.,  Jr  53  G  street.  South  Boston  13 

De^-in,  Anna  M  12  Thomdike  street,  Brookline  25 

De%'ine,  Annie  V  38  Brookford  street,  Dorchester  24 

Dorothy  L  787  Broadway,  South  Boston  22 

Diehm,  Emma  C  20  Maxwell  road,  Winchester  33 

Doe,  Harrj- F  6  George  street,  Chelsea  17 

Donaldson,  Lucile  F  830  North  La  Salle  street,  Chicago,  111.  26 

Donegan,  Syh-ia  E  134  M  street,  South  Boston  20 

Donham,  Hazel  Hebron,  Maine  17 

Donohoe,  Blanche  L  22  Leamington  road,  Brighton  22 

Donovan,  Marj-  A  460  Union  street,  Rockland  29 

Dooley,  Sarah  M  1  Atlantic  street,  South  Boston  25 

Thomas  P  320  Silver  street.  South  Boston  22 

Dordoni,  Eleanor  A  336  Beech  street,  Roslindale  21 

Dorrington,  Julia  A  Blackstone  15 

Dowling,  Mar>-  T  72  Garden  street,  Brighton  21 

Downs,  Mar>'  F  Ill  Beach  street,  Revere  34 

Doyle,  Mary  A.  C  10  Granada  avenue,  Roslindale  24 

Mar\-  E  428  Centre  street,  Jamaica  Plain  32 

Mildred  M  36  Elm  street,  Chariestown  27 

Drea,  Agnes  J  1007  Hyde  Park  avenue,  Hyde  Park  25 

Elizabeth  1007  Hyde  Park  avenue,  Hyde  Park  27 

Driscoll,  Florence  65  Astor  street,  Boston  21 

Mary  E  4  Mill  street,  Charlestown  22 

Mary  V  14  Sagamore  street,  Dorchester  20 

Regina  1  555  Fifth  street,  South  Boston  24 

Drown,  Anna  H  50  Milwood  street,  Dorchester  31 

Drurj'.  Ruth  M                                                   .51  Thomas  park,  South  Boston  21 

Duggan,  Anna  P  46  Hillside  street,  Roxbury  24 

Dunning.  Albert  B  43  Druce  street,  Brookline  17 

Dwyer,  Mary  M  249  North  Beacon  street,  Brighton  28 

E. 

Eames,  Katherine  R  39  Lincoln  street.  South  Framingham  30 

Early,  Agnes  C  2322  Washington  street,  Newton  Lower  Falls  19 

James  L  123  River^-iew  street,  CampeUo  28 

Eaton,  Gladys  P  10  White  terrace,  Dorchester  Centre  22 

Egar,  Mary  M.  J  66  Mt.  Hope  street,  Roslindale  22 

Eliott,  Marguerite  11  Morse  street,  Dorchester  25 

Elliott,  Flora  N                                               .1047  Saratoga  street.  East  Boston  25 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS.  39 

Page 

Ellis,  Mary  E  157  West  Concord  street,  Boston  34 

Emerson,  Marion  L  74  Fuller  street,  Ashmont  20 

Enos,  Lillian  E  122  Mehalle  avenue,  Dorchester  24 

Ernst,  Wilhelmine  B  40  Danforth  street,  Boston  15 

Everett,  Edith  3  Aspen  street,  Roxbury  14 

F. 

Facey,  Mary  M  54  Pemberton  street,  Cambridge  22 

Falvey,  Mary  C  86  Bartlett  street,  Charlestown  27 

Miah  J  28  Harriet  street,  Brighton  27 

Fannon,  Nelly  G  74  Edwin  street,  Dorchester  22 

Farlin,  Amy  C                                                       56  Central  avenue,  Hyde  Park  16 

Farnsworth,  Albert  9  Bancroft  Hall,  Andover  16 

Nellie  M  ^  82  Central  avenue,  Hyde  Park  28 

Faxon,  Corinne  M  54  Camp  street.  New  Britain,  Conn.  29 

Fay,  William  E."  217  Crafts  street,  Newtom-ille  16 

Fellows,  George  A  57  Clark  street,  Paterson,  N.  J.  18 

Ferreira,  Adene  L  97  Lexington  street.  East  Boston  27 

Fields,  Ida  M  31  Harlem  street,  Dorchester  31 

Marion  A  31  Harlem  street,  Dorchester  26 

Fihelly,  James  E  38  Woodville  street,  Roxbury  22 

Finn,  Agnes  M  118  Edgemont  road.  Upper  Montclau-,  N.  J.  24 

Gertrude  M  23  Cordis  street,  Charlestown  26 

Helen  A  77  Ruthven  street,  Roxbury  32 

Katharine  A  Dedham  26 

Katherine  M  77  Ruthven  street,  Roxbury  24 

Fisher,  Willis  S  24  Vine  street,  Melrose  28 

FitzGerald,  Eleanor  P  ;.  .  .89  Humboldt  avenue,  Roxbury  21 

Fitzgerald,  Joseph  A  179  St.  Alphonsus  street,  Roxbury  20 

Fitzpatrick,  Mary  A  161  Leyden  street,  Orient  Heights  19 

Theresa  A. . .'  161  Leyden  street.  Orient  Heights  19 

Flanders,  Addie  E  84  Burke  street,  Nashua,  N.  H.  13 

Flieger,  Gladys  L  162  Arlington  street,  WoUaston  30 

Flynn,  Alice  G  28  Mansfield  street,  AUston  21 

Frances  A  29  Bellflower  street,  Dorchester  21 

Foley,  Ellen  F  70  Ossipee  road,  Somerville  30 

Ellen  L  Raynham  Centre  13 

Thomas  S  45  Mapleton  street,  Brighton  22 

Foote,  Edmund  W  107  Macon  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  15 

Ford,  Margaret  A  37  Leicester  street,  Brighton  26 

Margaret  G  87  Etna  street,  AUston  23 

Fossett,  Fred  E  8  Bata\'ia  street,  Boston  32 

Eraser,  Jean  C  57  Birch  street,  Roslindale  34 

Frazier,  Mildred  E  21  Longfellow  street,  Dorchester  22 

French.  Katharine  135  School  street,  Roxbury  19 

Friery,  Josephine  M  169  Chestnut  avenue,  Jamaica  Plain  20 

Frink,  Robert  E  Stony  Point,  N.  Y.  16 

Fryer,  :\Iildred  L  4429  Thirty-ninth  avenue,  S.  Seattle,  Wash.  21 

G. 

GafJey,  Marj^  M  147  Market  street,  Brighton  15 

Gage,  Marian  57  CjiDress  street,  Brookline  32 

Gallagher,  Anna  C  56  Delle  avenue,  Roxbur>-  20 

Galvin,  Anna  M  4G  King  street,  Dorchester  21 

Mary  E  119  Winthrop  street,  Taunton  30 

Gammans,  Harold  W  48  Monument  avenue,  Chariestown  14 


40 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


Page 

Gammon,  George  W  371  Union  street,  Rockland  28 

Gannon,  Alice  L  18  Gaston  street,  Roxbury  25 

Garland,  Harold  B  Box  36,  West  Rj-e,  N.  H.  16 

Garrity,  A.  Loretto  62  Adams  street,  Dorchester  27 

Katharine  F  30  Dysart  street,  Quincy  17 

Gately,  Josephine  M  35  Worley  street.  West  Roxbury  25 

Gay,  M.  Elizabeth  2  Vine  avenue.  Roxbury  20 

Gemmel,  Ruth  M  32  Tappan  street,  Roslindale  21 

George,  Alice  P  197  Foster  street,  Brighton  24 

Gilbert,  Louisa  A  21  Reed  avenue,  Everett  25 

Gildea,  Joseph  H  96  H  street.  South  Boston  22 

Gillpatrick,  Isabella  M  27  Paisley  park,  Dorchester  17 

Ginn,  Thomas  D  109  Watennlle  street,  Waterbury,  Conn.  17 

Gleason,  Teresa  F  2  Stillman  place,  Boston  33 

Glover,  Clara  E  22  Brown  avenue,  Roslindale  18 

George  M  1421  Arch  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  14 

Coding,  Florence  L  Franklin  33 

Goff,  Kathryn  M  37  High  street,  Charlestown  27 

Goggin,  Agnes  P  12  Seminary  street,  Charlestown  22 

Walter  J  84  Atlantic  street.  New  Bedford  13 

Gohlke,  George  H   South  Sudburv^  16 

Good,  Elizabeth  A  35  Woodbine  street,  Roxbury  22 

Goodspeed,  Helen  J  150  Main  street,  Franklin  13 

Gore,  Lydia  M  South  Lincoln  23 

Gormley,  Grace  W  885  Adams  street,  Dorchester  Centre  26 

Goulart,  Emmanuel  J  ,  12  Pierce  court,  North  Weym.outh  28 

Goulding,  Carrie  M  1  Kalada  park,  Roxburv-  14 

Gove,  Louise  1  18  Cobden  street,  Roxburj'  30 

Grady,  Lucy  A.  B  85  Heath  street,  Somerv-ille  29 

Graham,  John  H  9  Westminster  road,  Roxburj'  28,  29 

MarjrE  28  Myrtle  street,  Springfield  30 

Grant,  Veronica  R  24  Monument  square,  Charlestown  21 

Gray,  Ethel  I  2043  Columbus  avenue,  Roxbury-  32 

John  C  St.  John's  College,  Annapolis,  Md.  17 

Greene,  Mary  E  138  Pleasant  street,  Brockton  16 

Greenlaw,  Mary  L  2  Pearl  street,  Charlestown  27 

Grifl&th,  Margaret  J  157  Elm  street.  West  Somerv  ille  17 

Guilford,  Marion  A  Woodbine  street,  Auburndale  14 

Guiney,  Cornelius  A  ;  79  East  Brookline  street,  Boston  13 

Gundersen,  Alfred  L.  G  60  Partridge  street,  West  Roxbury  13 

H. 

Haggerty,  Elizabeth  E  12  Port  Norfolk  street,  Dorchester  18 

Haley,  Adelaide  18  Central  avenue,  Salem  14 

Katharine  32  Summer  street,  Everett  33 

Hallett,  Frederica  L  10  Franklin  street,  Somerville  34 

Halligan,  Alice  L  84  Windham  street,  Willimantic,  Conn.  16 

Hamblin,  Florence  L  499  Columbus  avenue,  Boston  18 

Hani  on,  Mary  A  545  West  Park  street,  Dorchester  Centre  21 

Hannon,  Helen  T  21  Glenway  street.  New  Dorchester  22 

Harrington,  Agnes  L  1  Washington  terrace,  Charlestown  20 

Eileen  M  259  Spring  street,  Medford  20 

Harris,  Augusta  M  Millbur^-  29 

Hartigan,  Mary  A  191  Third  street,  South  Boston  25 

Harv-ey,  Elvira  T  51  Hyde  street,  Newi;on  Highlands  18 

Haseltine,  Robert  I  City  College,  Baltimore,  Md.  17 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


41 


Page 

Hastings,  Mildred  E  29  Wellington  street,  Boston  21 

Haszard,  Olive  G  Massachusetts  Hospital  School,  Canton  32 

Hatch,  George  F  125  Corey  street,  West  Roxbury  34 

Hawes,  Edna  F  7  Stevens  street,  Winchester  31 

Florence  M  331  Washington  street,  Dorchester  26 

Hawkes,  Mary  C  15  Durham  street,  Boston  26 

Hayes,  Elizabeth  M  10  Pontiac  street,  Roxbury  23 

Mabel  L  Durham,  N.  H.  14 

Hazelton,  Sidney  C  164  Brook  road,  Mattapan  16 

Healy,  Alice  H  56  Thomas  park.  South  Boston  19 

Gertrude  A..  545  Pleasant  street,  Worcester  29 

Heartz,  Grace  W  Brewster  Academy,  Wolfeboro,  N.  H.  14 

Hennessey,  Ellen  C  18  Church  street,  Dorchester  26 

Herlihy,  Charles  M  32  East  Brookline  street,  Boston  21 

Hersey,  Mildred  A  64  Wyman  street,  Jamaica  Plain  23 

Higgins,  Alice  M.  P  60  Romsej'  street,  Dorchester  23 

Anna  F  89  Galen  street,  Watertown  30 

Daniel  J  13  Palmer  street,  Waltham  18 

Katherine  R  24  Monument  square,  Charlestown  27 

Hill,  Georgia  V.  de  L  96  Elm  street,  Charlestown  27 

Hiltz,  Ethel  M  764  East  Fifth  street.  South  Boston  23 

Hines,  Irene  L  204  Eighth  street.  South  Boston  21 

Hodgkins,  Frances  A  61  Reynolds  avenue,  Chelsea  15 

Hogan,  Josephine  V  20  Old  road,  Dorchester  26 

Holbrook,  Melvin  T  474  Centre  street,  Wallingford,  Conn.  13 

Holland,  Ruth  250  Lamartine  street,  Jamaica  Plain  23 

Hollis,  Everett  N  151  Randolph  street,  South  Weymouth  28 

Hopkins,  Lillian  J  89  Beach  street.  Revere  17 

Hopson,  Albert  W  40  Greenwood  avenue.  Greenwood  15 

Horgan,  Francis  J  85  P  street.  South  Boston  21 

Houghton,  Robert  B  51  Davis  street,  North  Andover  28 

Hovey,  Horace  M  Litchfield,  Conn.  16 

Howes,  Lydia  W  1142  Smith  street.  Providence,  R.  I.  31 

Hubley,  Maud  B  ,.  20  Duxbury  road,  Worcester  29 

Humphries,  Elijah  H.  B  55  Suburban  avenue,  Stamford,  Conn.  16 

Hunt,  Ernest  M  Box  373,  Lowell  13 

Hurley,  Mary  M  70  Bolton  street,  Marlboro  30 

Hurlin,  Edna  M  77  Mayfield  street,  Dorchester  17 

Hutchinson,  Allen  C  93  Kemble  street,  Utica,  N.  Y.  17 

Florence  E  4  Worcester  street,  Framingham  16 

Hynes,  Lucy  Hunter  57  Washington  street,  Charlestown  19 

I. 

Indlekofer,  John  Morristown  School,  Morristown,  N.  J.  16 

Ives,  Bertha  0  31  Cotton  street,  Roslindale  26 

SteUa  M  31  Cotton  street,  RosHndale  27 

Ivy,  Mildred  83  Fairmont  avenue,  Newton  19 

J. 

James,  Ethel  M  673  Washington  street,  Brookline  33 

Jameson,  Inez  M  419  Main  street,  Charlestown  26 

Jaques,  Bessie  H  South  Berwick,  Me.  14 

Johnson,  Florence  E  3  Norwood  street,  Worcester  13 

Jones,  Helen  R  45  Pratt  street,  Allston  26 

Jules,  Genevieve  R  92  Chatham  street.  East  Lynn  34 


42 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


K. 

Page 

Kanter,  Marion  R  3  Davis  street,  Boston  20 

Karlson,  Elsie  V  21  Selwyn  street,  Roslindale  23 

Karman,  Gertrude  38  Arlington  street,  Hyde  Park  15 

Keefe,  Helen  F  63  Palmer  street.  Roxbury  14 

Keelan,  Florence  J  82  Thetford  avenue,  Dorchester  27 

Kelleher,  Agnes  G  17  Plain  street,  Natick  34 

Kelley.  Anna  T  163  Sixth  avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  18 

Loretto  R  613  Third  street,  South  Boston  27 

Theresa  V  199  Union  street.  South  Natick  34 

Kelly,  Agnes  B  1059  Tremont  street,  Roxbury  23 

Agnes  F  95  Devon  street,  Roxbury  23 

Katherine  M  39  Stanley  street,  Dorchester  21 

Kennally.  Adelaide  T  2173  Dorchester  avenue,  Dorchester  26 

Kennedy,  Sadie  G  12  Thomas  park.  South  Boston  20 

William  H.  J  49  Woodbine  street,  Roxbury  13 

Kennelly,  Mary  E  147  Harrishof  street,  Roxbury  27 

Kennerson,  Maud  B  173  Bellevue  avenue,  Melrose  28 

Kenney,  Lillian  H  4  Greenough  avenue,  Cambridge  29 

Kerrigan,  Margaret  E  66  Central  street,  Stoneham  29 

Kewer,  Bertram  P  16  Poplar  road,  Brockton  18 

Killam,  Alice  P  63  Webster  street,  Haverhill  30 

Killilea,  Teresa  B  44  King  street,  Worcester  32 

Killion,  Elizabeth  A  130  Russell  street.  Maiden  29 

Kingsley,  Blanche  F  207  Newbury  street,  Boston  14 

Kirby,  Marietta  L  63  Tonawanda  street,  Dorchester  15 

Kirwen,  Sara  E  194  Winthrop  street,  Medford  29 

Klein,  Anna  B  '  416  Saratoga  street.  East  Boston  24 

Knight,  Mabel  F  18  Hazel  park,  Everett  15 


Laid,  Carey  P  South  Sudbury  15 

Lally,  John  J  11  St.  Margaret  street,  Dorchester  28 

Lanigan,  Alice  M.  P  2161  Dorchester  avenue,  Dorchester  23 

Laporte,  Louise  A  13  Quimby  avenue,  Lowell  34 

Larson,  Esther  E  90  Falcon  street.  East  Boston  23 

Ruth  1  90  Falcon  street.  East  Boston  20 

Lassen,  Bessie  M  90  Monument  street,  Charlestown  21 

Laughlin,  Elizabeth  F  52  Green  street,  Charlestown  24 

Grace  F  28  Monument  street,  Charlestown  27 

Lavery,  Agnes  C  546  Saratoga  street,  East  Boston  26 

Lawler,  Anna  L  11  Hancock  street,  Boston  26 

Leadbetter,  Dora  12  Dover  street,  Cambridge  30 

Leahy,  Ellen  A  3  Sprague  street,  Charlestown  24 

Leary,  Charlotte  E  Box  113,  West  Upton  32 

Leatherbee,  Maude  B  1243  Commonwealth  avenue,  AUston  31 

Lebert,  Eugene  M  20  Isabella  street,  Boston  15 

Leighton,  Mabel  A  70  Chestnut  street,  Marlboro  32 

Walter  L  10  Dana  street,  Cambridge  14 

Lenihan,  Catherine  E  16  North  avenue,  Roxbury  23 

William  S  16  North  avenue,  Roxbury  23 

Lennon,  Grace  D  86  South  street,  Jamaica  Plain  26 

Leve,  Adeline  C  255  Cambridge  street,  AUston  23 

Levine,  Max  Hobart  College,  Geneva,  N.  Y.  13 

Levins,  Mary  C  125  Draper  street,  Dorchester  21 

Levy,  Claire  Z  64  Brighton  avenue,  AUston  31 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


43 


Page 

Lewis,  Charlotte  1  45  Highland  avenue,  Haverhill  33 

Libourel,  Emma  S  20  Ashfield  street,  Roslindale  24 

Lingham,  Grace  E  499  Columbia  road,  Dorchester  16 

Linnehan,  Alice  L  31  Roslin  street,  Dorchester  31 

Lipsitz,  Dora  27  Allen  street,  Boston  27 

Little,  Margaret  1824  Beacon  street,  Brookline  14 

Longdyke,  Grace  B  342  Main  street,  Melrose  32 

Lordan,  Leonora  P  44  Jamaica  street,  Jamaica  Plain  21 

Mary  M  44  Jamaica  street,  Jamaica  Plain  21 

Loughlin,  Agnes  C  20  Broadway,  South  Boston  25 

Loughman,  Mary  E  5  Oswald  street,  Roxbury  22 

Love,  Ethel  F  740  East  Sixth  street.  South  Boston  27 

Lovell,  Margaret  8  State  street,  Worcester  33 

Lovewell,  Bessie  A  6  Capen  street,  Dorchester  25 

Lucas,  Izannah  A  48  Chestnut  street,  Wakefield  19 

Lundquist,  Gustaf  A  592  Huron  avenue,  Cambridge  16 

Lunt,  Margaret  S  120  Hutchings  street,  Roxbury  15 

Lurvey,  Susie  A  35  Carmel  street,  Chelsea  30 

Lynch,  Gertrude  R  15  Ruthven  street,  Roxbury  23 

Helen  CM  46  Bailey  street,  Dorchester  21 

John  F  29  Dudley  street.  North  Cambridge  23 

Josephine  J  4  Bellflower  street,  Dorchester  24 

Margaret  B  9  Westmoreland  street,  Ashmont  24 

Lyons,  Sadie  A  20  Pond  street,  Natick  29 

Lytle,  Carl  D  31  Sargent  street,  Melrose  Highlands  28 

M. 

Macdonald,  Carolyn  E  100  Gore  street,  Cambridge  29 

MacGillivray,  Sara  Somerville  Hospital,  Somerville  34 

MacKay,  Elizabeth  F.  B  21  Hamilton  street,  Dorchester  23 

MacNeil,  Helen  90  Abbotsford  road,  Brookline  32 

Magee,  Ellen  E  360  Walnut  avenue,  Roxbury  32 

Maguire,  Marion  A  34  Gaston  street,  Roxbury  23 

Mahoney,  Helen  L  28  Binney  street,  Fenway,  Boston  24 

John  J  43  Charter  street,  Boston  28 

Katherine  A  30  Newport  street,  Dorchester  24 

Margaret  A  35  Hartwell  street,  Roxbury  31 

Thomas  E  _  1  Carmen  street,  Dorchester  16,  24 

Maloney,  Margaret  E  54  Woodbine  street,  Roxburj'  22 

Mann,  Ilda  D  Scituate  18 

Manning,  Alice  C  10  Holden  street,  Dorchester  23 

Alice  E  722  Fourth  street,  South  Boston  21 

Mary  E  4  Glenvale  terrace,  Jamaica  Plain  25 

Mansfield,  Charles  E.  V  75  Dorchester  street,  South  Boston  27 

March,  Nellie  E  150  Hermon  street,  Winthrop  30 

Marmaud,  Florence  A  64  Harold  street,  Roxbury  28 

Marsh,  Elizabeth  A  6  Slater  street,  Gloucester  32 

Martell,  Mary  E  389  Front  street,  Weymouth  29 

Martin,  Elizabeth  J  23  Windsor  street,  Arlington  17 

Evalyn  M  171  Brown  avenue,  Roslindale  31 

Robert  W  Bar  Harbor,  Me.  28 

Mason,  Alice  G  106  Buttonwood  street,  Dorchester  20 

I.  Louise  63  Court  street,  Exeter,  N.  H.  16 

Martha  B  16  Gregory  street,  Marblehead  32 

Matson,  Eleanor  H  Box  65.  Norwood  29 

May,  Carroll  H  Brown  Hall,  Urbana,  O.  13 

Mayer,  John  L  258  Gold  street.  South  Boston  22 


44 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


IMcAndrew,  Margaret  M.  J  77  Waverly  street,  Roxbury  22 

McAuliffe,  Nellie  F  Union  street,  Randolph  30 

McCabe,  Lillian  A  147  Neponset  avenue,  Dorchester  32 

McCarthy,  Margaret  146  Thorndike  street,  Brookline  19 

McClare,  Isabel  723  East  Third  street,  South  Boston  13 

McCloskey,  Susie  J  55  Minot  street,  Neponset  18 

McCool,  Catherine  G  25|  Grove  street,  Milford  29 

Mary  A  7  Norwood  street,  Worcester  29 

McCormick,  A.  Russell  108  Highland  street,  Roxbury  27 

McDonnell,  John  M  27  DubUn  row,  Rockland  28 

]\IcDonough,  Edward  M  10  Jerome  street,  Dorchester  27 

Loretta  1  36  Winthrop  street,  Charlestown  26 

William  P  36  Winthrop  street,  Charlestown  26 

McDuffee,  Frances  E  21  Clayton  street.  Maiden  17 

McEleney,  John  P  105  Hammond  street,  Roxbury  28 

AIcElroy,  Ethel  G  31  Gray  street,  Cambridge  15 

Madge  E  820  G  street,  Marj-sville,  Cal.  14 

McGlinchy,  Helen  F  12  Cordis  street,  Charlesto'WTi  24 

McGonagle,  Annie  V  37  Allston  street,  Charlestown  26 

:McGirr,  Anna  E  5  Craft  place.  Forest  Hills  25 

McGrath,  Thomas  J  63  Perkins  street,  Brockton  28 

Mclntyre,  William  G.  S  45  Bellevue  street,  Dorchester  15 

]\IcLaughHn,  Josephine  A  428  Broadway,  Cambridge  19 

Mary  J  931  Broadway,  South  Boston  25 

McMahon,  Mary  C  33  Wenham  street,  Jamaica  Plain  23 

ISIcMorrow,  Charlotte  M  195  Brunswick  street,  Roxbury  31 

McMullen,  Frances  G  32  Magnolia  street,  Dorchester  32 

McNally,  Beatrice  M  31  Monument  square,  Charlestown  20 

Dorothy  J  31  Monument  square,  Charlestown  25 

McNamara,  Francis  P  North  Walpole,  N.  H.  28 

James  M  44  Eaton  street,  Fitchburg  17 

McNellis,  M.  Frances  8  Albion  place,  Charlesto\\Ti  27 

McQuaid,  Anna  J.  A  809  Main  street,  Worcester  29 

McSherr5%  Thomas  F  14  Park  street,  Clinton  14 

Mea,  Frances  B  23  Morse  street,  Dorchester  22 

MeUen,  Marion  E  487  East  Sixth  street,  South  Boston  25 

Merrill,  Gertrude  F  7  Boardman  street,  Salem  15 

Mary  E  228  Broadway,  Somerville  30 

Meserve,  Helen  L  Normal  School,  Framingham  31 

Meston,  Alice  991  Beacon  street,  Newton  Centre  33 

MUey,  Elizabeth  J  22  Morrill  street,  Dorchester  23 

Miller,  Laura  I  R.  F.  D.  No.  2,  Ossining,  N.  Y.  24 

IMUliken,  Margherita  R  472  Warren  street,  Roxbury  26 

Mills,  Alice  E  Franklin  Square  House,  Boston  26 

Florence  J  Franklin  Square  House.  Boston  24 

Lydia  T  25  Falmouth  street,  Portland,  Me.  30 

Mitchell,  Dorothy  L  Fordham  court,  Forest  Hills  31 

Ruth  B  27  Summer  street,  Andover  33 

Molloy,  Annie  E  50  Chestnut  street,  Charlestown  24 

Moore,  Lettie  R  10  Hunnewell  avenue,  Brighton  32 

Rebecca  D  429  Brookline  avenue,  Boston  15 

Mora,  MarceUine  1  28  Baldwin  street,  Cambridge  19 

Moran,  Helen  G  West  Boylston  30 

Moreland,  Marion  C  159  Princeton  street.  East  Boston  21 

organ,  William  T  42  College  House,  Cambridge  16 

]\Ioriarty,  Maurice  J  3  Bird  street,  Dorchester  33 

Morrison,  Zetta  9  Falcon  street,  East  Boston  27 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


45 


Page 

Morrissey,  Francis  M  East  Walpole  28 

^lorss,  Louise  K  Hyannis  29 

Moy,  Caroline  C  60  Child  street,  Jamaica  Plain  25 

MuUan,  E.  Priscilla  15  Clement  avenue,  West  Roxbury  22 

MuUiken,  Helen  1  26  Perrin  street,  Roxbury  22 

Murphy,  Francis  J  5  Mather  street,  Dorchester  22 

M.  Alice  1019  Blue  Hill  avenue,  Dorchester  24 

Madeline  B  152  Homes  avenue,  Dorchester  23 

Mary  C  ;  50  Cohasset  street,  Roxbury  22 

Murray,  Margaret  F  100  G  street.  South  Boston  27 

Marie  E  27  Trescott  street,  Doi Chester  2Cy 

Mary  G  22  Draper  street,  Dorchester  28 

Sarah  D  421  High  street,  Dedham  31 

Myles,  Frances  A.  B  51  Hyde  street,  Newton  Highlands  34 

Nagle,  Elizabeth  K  92  Coolidge  street,  Brookline  14 

Naphen,  Mary  T  19  Silloway  street,  Dorchester  20 

Nathanson,  Beatrice  278  Humboldt  avenue,  Roxbury  26 

Naylor,  Walter  H                                                 .  16  Chipman  street,  Dorchester  34 

Neilon,  Elinor  14  Cambria  street,  Somerville  23 

Newcomb,  Edith  H  26  Bradlee  street,  Dorchester  31 

Newton,  Christine  M  56  Linden  street,  Reading  32 

Howard  A  Box  33,  Holden  17 

Lewis  A  113  Main  street,  Maiden  18 

Nickerson,  William  A  592  Trapelo  road,  Waverley  28 

NicoU,  Cora  M  159  Bellevue  avenue,  Roslindale  27 

Nolan,  Mary  0  458  Main  street.  South  Weymouth  29 

Norton,  Maurice  A  102  Grove  street,  Lynn  17 

Nute,  Marietta  461  Washington  street,  Dorchester  Centre  31 

Nutter,  WiUiam  J  Box  496,  East  Bridgewater  17 

Nye,  Marion  B  77  Munroe  street,  Roxbury  27 

o. 

O'Brien,  Grace  D  80  Shepton  street,  Dorchester  25 

Margaret  E  56  Bennett  street,  Brighton  26 

Margaret  J  10  Edison  green,  Dorchester  20 

O'Brion,  Katherine  G  34  Savin  street,  Roxbury  29 

O'Cormell,  Margaret  M  55  Snow  Hill  street,  Boston  23 

Nora  A  183  Vernon  street,  Wakefield  29 

O'Connor,  Margaret  E  161  Ashland  street,  Roslindale  21 

O'Donnell,  John  J.,  Jr  104  Byron  street.  East  Boston  19 

O'Flaherty,  Daniel  V  7  Howes  street,  Dorchester  14 

O'Hara,  Annie  P  32  Cottage  avenue,  Winthrop  13 

Francis  J  140  Huron  avenue,  Cambridge  24 

Katharine  V  28  Farragut  avenue,  Medford  26 

O'Hearn,  Mary  M  11  Copley  street,  Roxburj'  21 

Olson,  Martin  L  113  Florence  street,  Roslindale  33 

O'Neil,  James  E  36  Winship  street,  Brighton  14 

Lillian  C  20  Gushing  avenue,  Dorchester  20 

O'Neill,  Marguerite  R  16  Almont  street,  Mattapan  24 

Mary  V  6  Wrentham  park,  Dorchester  22 

O'Rourke,  Helen  M  33  North  Central  street,  Peabody  29 

O'SuUivan,  Joseph  F  22  Newcastle  road,  Faneuil  14 

O'Toole,  Catherine  F  6  Annabel  street,  Dorchester  34 

Ellen  E.  G  541  Commonwealth  avenue,  Boston  33 


46 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 


P. 

Page 

Parker,  Clara  E  Stoughton  16 

Helen  E  190  Pleasant  street,  Winthrop  19 

John  H  138  Groveland  street,  Haverhill  28 

Parmenter,  Harriet  H  80  Upland  road,  North  Cambridge  17 

Parrish,  Hugh  M  912  Monroe  street,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  13 

Parsons,  Charles  H.,  Jr  42  Union  park,  Boston  32 

Payson,  Laura  M  80  Mascot  street,  Dorchester  25 

Peabody,  Ruth  W  Kennebunkport,  Me.  30 

Peirce,  Gertrude  F  52  Gifford  street,  Brockton  14 

Perkins,  Agnes  E  69  Fremont  street,  Somerville  32 

Irma  A  11  Bruce  street,  Ashmont  24 

LleweUyn  R  Dean  Academy,  Franklin  16 

Perry,  Edith  M  44  South  street,  Jamaica  Plain  33 

Phelps,  Agnes  G  1  Foster  street,  Brighton  23 

Piper,  Ethel  M  14  Bird  street,  Dorchester  15 

Margaret  R  58  Kensington  avenue,  Northampton  15 

Porter,  Allice  G  140  AUston  street,  West  Medford  16 

Post.  Edward  A  Box  283,  Great  Barrington  14 

Pow,  A.  Florence  42  Brookford  street,  Dorchester  24 

Powers,  Katharine  G  Lancaster  15 

Marion  E  10  Clark  avenue,  Chelsea  29 

Pratt,  Marion  H  54  Centre  street,  Dorchester  32 

Putnam,  Walter  L  10  Otis  street.  Watertown  28 

Q. 

Quirk,  Marj'  E  263  River  street,  Waltham  30 

R. 

Rabinovitz,  Adele  311  Huntington  avenue,  Boston  30 

Ratta,  Theresa  A  61  Carver  street,  Boston  23 

Ray,  Anna  E  204  Lexington  street.  East  Boston  34 

Raymond,  Anna  A  Laselle  Seminary,  Auburndale  13 

Readdy,  Vincent  J  •.  7  Allston  street,  Charlestown  22 

Ready,  Helen  C  25  Bennett  street,  Brighton  32 

Reagan,  Mary  F  49  Creighton  street,  Jamaica  Plain  24 

Reardon,  Marie  C  57  Thomas  park.  South  Boston  26 

Regan,  Marj^  E  6  Normal  street,  Worcester  29 

Reid,  Gertrude  L  62  Shawmut  street.  East  Weymouth  29 

Reilly,  Gertrude  M  13  Union  avenue,  Jamaica  Plain  23 

Remon,  Ruth  E  Juniper  Point,  Salem  30 

Renfrew,  Marion  12  Nottingham  street,  Dorchester  15 

Reynolds,  Kathryn  M  8  Perkins  street,  Roslindale  34 

Rice,  Mabel  G  196  Spring^'ale  avenue,  Everett  32 

Rich,  Frank  :M  North  Weymouth  28 

Marguerite  J  85  Harrishof  street,  Roxbury  20 

Richards,  Edwin  B  21  Shore  avenue,  Salem  14 

Richmond,  Grace  I\I  135  I  street.  South  Boston  25 

Ricles,  Edith  B  91  Savin  street,  Roxbury  29 

Ridge,  Bridget  C  27  Story  street.  South  Boston  22 

Ridley,  Eva  G  25  Nelson  street,  Dorchester  23 

Ridlon,  Ida  M  7  Alpine  street,  Roxbury  21 

Riley,  Margaret  M  3  Willoughby  place,  Roxbury  23 

Rimbach,  Mabelle  B  147  Crafts  street,  Newtonville  19 

Ringer,  Gladys  A  18  Griggs  place,  Allston  20 

Roberts,  ^1.  Emma  415  Court  street,  Los  Angeles,  Cal.  30 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS, 


47 


P;;ge 

Robertson,  Helener  G  23  Whittemore  street,  Arlington  13 

Robinson,  Warren  E  36  Jason  street,  Arlington  17 

Roche,  John  F  65  Belmont  street,  Worcester  16 

Rodgers,  Edith  D  163  Huntington  avenue,  Boston  26 

Frances  S  163  Huntington  avenue,  Boston  26 

Rogers,  Eileen  E  45  Woodcliff  street,  Dorchester  21 

F.  Josephine  492  Centre  street,  Jamaica  Plain  24 

Helen  C  45  Woodcliff  street,  Dorchester  25 

Katherine  A  107  Richmond  street,  Dorchester  29 

Mary  J  20  Robinwood  avenue,  Jamaica  Plain  13 

Rogerson,  Winifred  B  15  West  street,  Mansfield  15 

Rollins,  Marie  C  48  Princeton  street.  East  Boston  20 

Rones,  Marguerite  T  38  Juniper  street,  Roxbur>-  24 

Rosnosky,  Rachel  29  Richfield  street,  Dorchester  19 

Rourke,  Alice  K  177  Central  street,  Abington  29 

Helen  E  25  Hobson  street,  Brighton  21 

Russell,  Alice  C  1538  Tremont  street,  Roxbury  34 

Blanche  A  6  Strathmore  road,  Brookline  33 

Eugene  W  Andover  13 

Hilda  F  1654  Massachusetts  avenue,  Cambridge  29 

Ruth,  Ethel  M  21  Dix  street,  Dorchester  22 

Ryan,  Mary  E  541  Trapelo  road,  Waverley  30 


Salmon,  John  J  40  Russell  street,  North  Cambridge  28 

Saunders,  Florence  P  3  Westminster  terrace,  Roxbury  22 

Sawyer,  M.  Gertrude  43  Oread  street,  Worcester  32 

Schubarth,  Katharine  M  20  Mayfair  street,  Roxbury  20 

Schumann,  Ethel  M.  F  1  Glenvale  terrace,  Jamaica  Plain  25 

Scott,  Edna  F  75  Munroe  street,  Somerville  29 

Severy,  Leila  P  108  Huntington  avenue,  Boston  27 

Shaber,  Eva  35  Factory  street,  Nashua,  N.  H.  29 

Shane,  Mary  A  16  Faulkner  street,  Dorchester  32 

Sharkey,  Ruth  A  28  Cedar  street,  Charlestown  20 

Sharp,  Marion  L  12  Fairbanks  street,  Brookline  27 

Shaw,  Helen  T  55  Virginia  street,  Dorchester  32 

Shea,  Mary  A  56  Catawba  street,  Roxbury  19 

Sheahan,  John  F  129  Minden  street,  Roxbury-  16 

Sheehan,  Catharine  479  Pleasant  street.  Maiden  31 

Sheehy,  Mary  L  401  Broad  street.  East  Wej^mouth  14 

Shepavdson,  Helen  P  18  Maple  avenue,  Newton  19 

Shepherd,  Marion  33  Garfield  street,  Cambridge  32 

Shipman,  Wayne  M  56  Oakland  street,  Mattapan  13 

Shirley,  Minerva  Ford  33  Keith  avenue,  Campello  15 

Short,  Marjorie  G  43  Holbrook  street,  Jamaica  Plain  31 

Silverman,  Minnie  W  ,  151  Charles  street,  Boston  27 

Simpson,  Harriet  M  149  Upland  road,  Cambridge  IS 

Sinnett,  Ruth  624  Asylum  avenue,  Hartford,  Conn.  32 

Slepian,  Dora  15  Motte  street,  Boston  25 

Smith,  Alfred  W  Box  55,  Newmarket,  N.  H.  16 

Alice  M  5  Menlo  street,  Brighton  23 

Dora  F  878  East  Broadway,  South  Boston  21 

Edith  M  27  Elgin  street.  West  Roxbury  25 

Gertrude  A  147  Harrishof  street,  Roxburj'  20 

Louise  J  8  St.  John  street,  Jamaica  Plain  22 

Miriam  G  3  Congreve  street,  Roslindale  25 

Soelle,  Ruth  H  3  Maple  place,  Jamaica  Plain  24 


48  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  5. 

Page 

Sonnabend,  Edith  189  Grampian  way,  Dorchester  22 

Southall,  Gertrude  12  Pleasant  avenue  .Somervolle  26 

Spittle,  H.  Lauretta  7  Corwin  street,  Dorchester  26,31 

Stahl,  Edith  1875  Commonwealth  avenue,  Brighton  24 

Stanwood,  Margaret  G  11§  Spring  Park  avenue,  Jamaica  Plain  23 

Starratt,  Dorothy  S  87  St.  Stephen  street,  Boston  26 

Stem,  Selma  S  46  La  Grange  street,  Boston  27 

Stevens,  Helen  M  5  Rogers  street,  Nashua,  N.  H.  17 

Stoddard,  Abbie  O  11^  Joy  street,  Boston  17 

Stone,  Elizabeth  F  46  Wrentham  street,  Dorchester  25 

Stroup,  Mar>'  H  8  Haley  street,  Roxbury  22 

Styles,  Edmund  D  17  Longwood  avenue,  Fitchburg  16 

Sullivan,  Abby  W  23  Winthrop  street,  Roxbury  18 

Denis  F  180  Paiis  street.  East  Boston  27 

Ellen  G  169  H  street.  South  Boston  22 

Gladys  C  33  Stanley  street,  Dorchester  32 

Mildred  C  254  Bunker  Hill  street,  Charlestown  23 

Symmes,  Marjorie  O  22  Berkeley  street,  Reading  25 

T. 

Taff,  Helen  A  10  Folsom  street,  Dorchester  14, 19 

Tarbell,  Florence  L  72  Firglade  avenue,  Springfield  33 

Taylor,  Edna  L  19  Wolcott  street,  :Malden  30 

Olive  W  Lynnfield  29 

Thomas,  Alma  A  122  Summ«r  street,  Medford  30 

Helen  40  Mather  street,  Dorchester  15 

Ruth  E  22  Shafter  street,  Dorchester  17 

Thompson,  Agnes  S  164  Angell  street.  Providence,  R.  I,  19 

Emma  M  24  Chestnut  street.  Maiden  30 

Irene  F  24  Chestnut  street,  Maiden  30 

Leighton  S  135  Hawthorn  street,  East  Weymouth  17 

Timberlake,  Annie  T  6  Holly  street,  Salem  20 

Tobin,  Richard  T  23  Sacramento  street,  Cambridge  28 

Ruth  V  11  Union  street,  Brighton  22 

Todd,  Ruth  B  59  Telegraph  street.  South  Boston  31 

Townsend,  Ella  L  243  Massasoit  street,  Springfield  17 

Tracy,  Annie  V  38  Winthrop  street,  Charlestown  19,  32 

Travers,  Mary  637  Dudley  street,  Roxbury  20 

Tucker,  Adaline  :M  28  Concord  square,  Boston  34 

Alice  L  40  Berkeley  street,  Boston  32 

Turner,  Vesta  M  Braintree  31 

Tjder,  Elizabeth  R  Milk  street,  Westboro  32 

u. 

Urban,  Melvina  408  Codman  street,  Ashmont  24 

V. 

Vaughan,  Louise  W  90  Tremont  street,  Charlestown  25 

Vogel,  Rosa  A  11  Howland  street.  Roxbury  27 

w. 

Wahlstrom,  Arvid  J  Highland  Falls,  N.  Y.  32 

Wall,  Jeanette  A  61  Monadnock  street,  Dorchester  20 

Walter,  Charles  W  38  Fayette  street,  Watertown  28 

Waterman,  Sarah  M  R.  F.  D.  No.  2,  Box  95,  Attleboro  34 

Watson,  Emelie  A  52  Murdock  street,  Brighton  34 

Weber,  Charles  A.  A  60  Johnswood  road,  Roslindale  28 


CANDIDATES  ELIGIBLE  AS  TEACHERS. 


49 


Page 

Weiss,  Max  6  Chatham  street,  Cambridge  17 

Welch,  Ellen  L  61  Gardner  street,  West  Roxbury  29 

Wells,  Eleanor  F  Wellesley  Farms  32 

Welsh,  Mabelle  S  276  Harvard  street,  Cambridge  34 

Mary  G  48  Harvey  street,  North  Cambridge  34 

Wentworth,  May  H  10  Prescott  street,  Maiden  30 

West,  Edith  A  96  Vernon  street,  Roxbury  21 

Whalen,  Catharine  T  1714  Beacon  street,  Brookline  16 

Wheeler,  Beatrice  L  8  AUston  square,  AUston  31 

White,  Anastasia  K  314  K  street,  South  Boston  22 

Josephine  A                                              Central  High  School,  Springfield  16 

Whiting,  Mary  B  163  Holabird  avenue,  Winsted,  Conn.  19 

Whitney,  Alberta  M  85  Mt.  Auburn  street,  Watertown  31 

Whorf,  Isaiah  A  Norwood  28 

Wilkinson,  Harriet  F  24  York  street,  Grove  Hall  25 

Willard,  Frederic  R  71  Ocean  avenue,  Salem  14 

Williams,  Eva  H  Baldwinsville  15 

Mary  E  3  Dudley  place,  Roxbury  30 

Willis,  Edna  47  Wheatland  avenue,  Dorchester  14 

Elizabeth  L                                                  .5  Gates  street.  South  Boston  20 

Willoughby,  Alice  S  291  School  street,  Watertown  18 

Wilson,  Edna  T  152  Williams  street,  New  Bedford  15 

H.  Forrest  127  Glendale  road,  Quincy  28 

Winston,  Walter  C  545  Shawmut  avenue,  Boston  24 

Wixom,  Elbert  C  Winchester  17 

WoUahan,  Helen  H  164  Sylvan  street.  Danvers  30 

Wooldridge,  Ethel  G  180  Bellevue  avenue,  Melrose  19 

Wooster,  Ina  M  174  Princeton  street.  East  Boston  26 

Y. 

Young,  Mabel  S  Storer  College,  Harpers  Ferry,  W.  Va.  26 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6-  1914 

BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

ANNUAL  STATISTICS  OF  THE 
BOSTON   PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

CALENDAR  YEAR  1913 
AND  SCHOOL  YEAR  1913-1914 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
1914 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page 

Continuation  School   48,  49 

Class  Rooms,  Normal,  High  and  Latin   51 

Class  Rooms,  Elementary   52 

Day  Schools: 

Ages  and  Grades  of  Pupils,  June  30,  1914    ....  14,  15 

Ages  of  Admission  to  and  Leaving,  High  and  Latin  .      .  29 

Admissions  —  September,  1913,  Normal,  High  and  Latin,  28 

Graduates,  June,  1914     .      .      .      •.      .      .      .      .  20,  21 

September,  1914  (Summer  Review  Schools)     .  22 

Hearing  Mutes  Class   5 

Industrial  Schools     .      .    '   13,21 

Intermediate  Classes   5 

Kindergartens,  Number  of.  Morning  and  Afternoon  .      .  30 

Kindergartens,  Membership  and  Attendance     .      .      .  11,  12 

Non-Promotions,  Elementary,  June,  1914    .      .      .      .  25,  26 
Elementary,  September,  1914  (Summer 

Review  ^hools)   27 

Private  Schools   5 

Promotions,  Elementary,  June,  1914   23,  24 

Elementary,  September,  1914  (Summer  Re- 
view Schools)   27 

Pupils  per  Teacher,  Number  of   19 

Rapid  Advancement  Classes  .   5 

Registration,  Average  Number  Belonging,  Average  Attend- 
ance, etc.: 

School  Year   5-13 

Calendar  Year   16-19 

Semi-Blind  Classes   5 

Special  Classes  .   5 

Special  English  Classes   5 

Stammerers  Classes   4,  5 

Summaries   5-7 

Ungraded  Classes     .      .     •   5 

Evening  Centers   58-63 

Evening  Schools: 

Ages  and  Grades  —  High  Schools   42 

Elementary  Schools     ....  43 

Industrial  Schools        ....  44 

Summary   45 

Countries  of  Birth  of  Pupils   47 

Extension  of  Term   41 

Membership  and  Attendance,  etc.   39,  40 

Non-English  Speaking  Pupils   46 

Playgrounds   50 

School  Districts,  Number  of   30 

Schoolhouse  Summary   50 

Schoolrooms  and  Sittings   51 

Seating  Capacity  by  Schools   53-57 

Summer  Review  Schools   4,  5,  22,  27,  49 

Trade  School  for  Girls  (Summer  Term,  1914)  ....  13 
Teachers : 

Elementary,  Summary   33 

Elementary,  by  Schools   34-36 

High  and  Latin,  Summary   31 

High  and  Latin,  by  Schools    .......  32 

Normal  School   30 

Summary,  all  Teachers,  June  30,  1914   30 

January  31,  1914    ....  38 

Supervisors  and  Directors,  June  30,  1914    ....  37 

Attendance  Officers   38 

Nurses   38 

School  Physicians   38 


4 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


In  School  Committee, 
Boston,  November  16,  1914. 


To  the  School  Committee: 

I  submit  herewith  the  fifth  annual  report  of  the  statistics  of  the  Boston 
Pubhc  Schools. 

The  total  registration  in  all  schools*  during  the  year  was  142,022;  the 
average  membership  119,485;  and  the  average  number  in  daily  attendance 
108,519.  The  total  registration  was  far  in  excess  of  any  previous  regis- 
tration and  6,293  greater  than  during  the  school  year  next  preceding. 

The  total  registration  was  distributed  as  follows : 

Regular  day  schools  119,105 

Evening  schools  21,604 

Continuation  School  1,313 

Four  thousand  five  hundred  eighty-four  (4,584)  pupils  were  registered 
in  the  Summer  Review  Schools.  With  few  exceptions  these  pupils  were 
registered  in  public  day  schools  during  the  regular  term  ending  in  June, 
1914,  and  are  included  in  the  foregoing  totals.  Only  pupils  who  failed 
in  the  work  of  the  regular  term  and  who  sought  an  opportunity  to  make 
up  their  deficiencies  during  the  summer  vacation  were  admitted  to  the 
Summer  Review  Schools. 

The  increases  in  registration  were  as  follows : 


There  were  16  less  pupils  in  the  Normal  School  and  117  less  in  the 
kindergartens.  The  average  daily  number  belonging  in  all  day  schools 
was  106,549, —  3,471  greater  than  the  previous  year.  This  is  the  largest 
annual  increase  recorded  in  the  daily  membership  of  the  day  schools.  The 
increase  in  the  average  daily  number  belonging  in  the  elementary  schools 
(grades  and  kindergartens)  was  2,357,  which  is  also  the  largest  increase 
recorded  for  the  Boston  Public  Schools. 

The  total  number  of  principals  and  teachers,  including  members  of  the 
supervising  staff,  in  the  employ  of  the  city  on  June  30,  1914,  was  3,108, 
or  51  more  than  at  the  corresponding  date  of  the  preceding  year.  The 
additional  teachers  were  distributed  as  follows:  high  and  Latin  schools, 
11;  elementary  grades,  25;  kindergartens,  4;  special  schools,  16;  there 
were  5  less  teachers  in  the  Normal  School.  Of  the  total  number  of  teachers, 
451  were  men  and  2,657  were  women. 

Notwithstanding  the  increase  of  25  grade  teachers,  the  number  of 
pupils  per  teacher  in  the  grades  was  increased  from  42.7  to  43.4. 

In  addition  to  the  classes  for  stammerers  previously  located  in  the 
Lewis  and  Washington  Districts,  an  additional  class  was  opened  on  April 


High  and  Latin  schools 
Elementary  grades 
Special  schools 
Evening  schools 
Continuation  School 


784 
2,822 

126 
2,414 

280 


STATISTICS. 


5 


21,  1914,  in  the  Emerson  District.-  The  total  number  of  pupils  attending 
these  classes  during  the  year  was  293.  The  class  for  semi-blind  children 
was  continued  in  the  Thornton  Street  Schoolhouse,  Dillaway  District,  the 
number  of  pupils  registered  in  the  class  during  the  year  being  19.  The 
class  for  hearing  mutes  was  consolidated  on  March  20,  1914,  with  the 
classes  for  stammerers.  The  number  of  rapid  advancement  classes 
was  increased  until  at  the  end  of  the  year  there  were  five.  There  were 
also  twelve  intermediate,  or  junior  high  school,  classes.  The  number  of 
classes  for  defective  children,  known  as  special  classes,  was  increased  from 
twenty-six  to  thirty-five.  At  the  close  of  school  in  June  there  were 
thirty-six  special  English  classes  and  forty-seven  ungraded  classes.  The 
detailed  reports  of  membership  and  attendance  of  pupils  assigned  to  the 
classes  mentioned  in  this  paragraph  are  included  in  the  totals  of  the 
respective  districts  in  which  they  were  registered. 

Summer  Review  Schools  were  opened  for  the  first  time  on  June  22) 
1914,  and  were  continued  in  session  six  days  per  week  up  to  and  including 
August  8,  1914.  There  was  one  Summer  Review  High  School  conducted 
in  the  Roxbury  High  Schoolhouse.  There  were  six  Summer  Review 
Elementary  Schools  and  two  branches. 

Following  is  a  summary  of  the  distiibution  of  children  of  public  school 
grade  in  all  of  the  day  schools  of  the  city  for  the  past  six  years,  based  on 
the  daily  average  number  belonging: 


School  Year. 

1908-09. 

1909-10. 

1910-11. 

1911-12. 

1912-13. 

1913-14. 

Public  schools  

98,067 

100,059 

99,269 

101,021 

103,078 

106,426 

Parochial  schools  

16,748 

16,946 

17,269 

17,598 

20,090 

20,706 

All    others    of  public 

school  grade  

5,553 

4,024 

4,121 

3,901 

4,942 

Totals  

Increase  over  the  pre- 

120,368 
2,754 

121,029 
661 

120,659 
*370 

122,520 
1,861 

128,110 
5,590 

*  Decrease. 


Respectfully  submitted, 

FRANKLIN  B.  DYER, 

Superintendent  of  Public  Schools. 


6 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


GENERAL  SUMMARIES. 


AVERAGE    MEMBERSHIP    SCHOOL    YEARS     1909-1910  TO 

1913-1914. 


Day  Schools. 

1909-10. 

1910-11. 

1911-12. 

1912-13. 

1913-14. 

Normal  

217 

224 

226 

210 

188 

11,050 

12,121 

12,893 

13,331 

14,393 

82,739 

81,366 

81,819 

83,170 

85,577 

5,694 

5,133 

5,636 

5,769 

5,719 

Special  

.357 

425 

447 

598 

672 

Totals  

100,059 

99,269 

101,021 

103,078 

106,549 

Increase  over  previous  year.  . 

1,992 

*790 

1,7.52 

2,057 

3,471 

Decrease. 


ENROLLMENT  ON  JUNE  30  OF  EACH  OF  THE  LAST  FIVE 

YEARS. 


Day  Schools. 

1910. 

1911. 

1912. 

1913. 

1914. 

216 

221 

225 

215 

186 

9,982 

10,989 

11,793 

12,289 

13,339 

80,935 

79,468 

81,134 

82,358 

85,737 

Kindergartens  

5,982 

5,548 

6,131 

6,210 

•6,316 

Special  

281 

360 

432 

510 

578 

Totals  

97,396 

96,586 

99,715 

101,582 

106,156 

STATISTICS. 


7 


TOTAL  REGISTRATION. 

School  Year  Ending  June  30,  1914. 


Boys. 


Girls. 


Normal  School   

Latin  and  High  Schools 

Elementary  Grades  

Kindergartens  

Special  Schools  , 

Totals  


15 
7,367 
49,414 
3,706 
293 


184 
8,200 
45,604 
3,661 

661 


60,795 


58,310 


SUMMARY. 

School  Year  Ending  June  30,  1914- 


Schools. 

Total  Registration. 

Average  Number 
Belonging. 

Average 

Attendance. 

Per  Cent  of 
Attendance. 

Number  Enrolled  June 
30,  1914,  of  the  Fol- 
lowing Ages. 

Under  5. 

5  to  7. 

7  to  14. 

14  to  16. 

16  and  over. 

199 
15,567 
95,018 
7,367 

188 
14,393 
85,577 
5,719 

183 
13,570 
79,225 
4,453 

97 
94 
92 
78 

186 
5,100 
348 

High  and  Latin  

2,120 
62,916 
16 

6,119 
4,769 

Elementary  Grades  

17,704 
1,889 

Kindergartens  

4,411 

Totals  

118,151 
954 

105,877 
672 

97,431 
598 

92 
89 

4,411 

19,593 
11 

65,052 
95 

10,888 
246 

5,634 
226 

Special  Schools  

All  Day  Schools  (except 
the  Continuation  School), 

119,105 

106,549 

98,029 

92 

4,411 

19,604 

65,147 

11,134 

5,860 

Evening  High  

6,587 
14,066 
786 
165 

4,328 
7,855 
427 
91 

3,470 
6,422 
325 
71 

80 
82 
76 
78 

Evening  Elementarv  

Evening  Industrial  

Evening  Trade  

Totals  

21,604 

12,701 

10,288 

81 

1,313 

235 

202 

Totals  of  all  Day  and 
Evening  Schools. ..  . 

142,022 

119,485 

108,519 

8 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


DAY  SCHOOLS. 


NORMAL,  LATIN  AND  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 
School  Year  Ending  June  30,  1914- 


Schools. 


Normal  

High  and  Latin: 

Public  Latin  

Girls'  Latin  

Brighton  High  

Charlestown  High. .  .  . 

Dorchester  High  

East  Boston  High.  .  .  . 

English  High  

Girls'  High  

High  School  of  Com- 
merce  

High  School  of  Prac- 
tical Arts  

Hyde  Park  High  

IMechanic  Arts  High. . 

Roxbury  High  

South  Boston  High. .  . 

West  Roxbury  High.  . 

Totals,  Normal,  High 
and  Latin  

Totals,     High  and 
Latin  


_  M 


199 

873 
630 
444 
426 
1,954 
688 
1,983 
2,245 

1,267 

730 
470 
1,511 
976 
666 
704 


15,766 
199 


15,567 


Average  Number 
Belonging. 


774 


117 
104 
627 
246 
1,834 


L,181 


201 
1,390 


178 
132 


,795 
11 


r84 


613 
287 
269 
1,183 

386 


2,052 


246 


915 
446 
522 


7,786 
177 


7,609 


188 

774 
613 
404 
373 
1,810 
632 
1,834 
2,052 

1,181 

690 
447 
1,390 
915 
624 
654 


14,581 
188 


14,393 


Average 
Attendance. 


745 


111 

98 
589 
225 
1,750 


1,149 


193 
1,332 


165 
124 


,492 
11 


6,481 


172 


596 
270 
255 
1,098 
357 


1,897 


637 
234 


846 
418 
481 


7,261 
172 


7,089 


183 

745 
596 
381 
353 
1,687 
582 
1,750 
1,897 

1.149 

637 
427 
1,332 
846 
583 
605 


13,753  I  846 
183 


13,570 


STATISTICS. 


9 


ELEMENTARY  GRADES. 
School  Year  Ending  June  30,  1914. 


Average  Number 
Belonging. 

i 

Average  } 
Attendance.  , 

mce. 

1 

ige  Al 

Boys. 

Girls. 

Total 

Boys. 

Girls. 

Total 

Avert 

1,042 

1,192 

2,234 

981 

1,112 

2,093 

142 

614 

69 

683 

585 

61 

646 

36 

619 

539 

1,158 

585 

501 

1,086 

72 

1,026 

188 

1,214 

980 

171 

1,151 

62 

298 

290 

588 

274 

267 

541 

47 

273 

798 

1,071 

249 

745 

994 

77 

275 

768 

1,043 

250 

700 

950 

93 

378 

368 

746 

353 

342 

695 

52 

607 

569 

1,176 

555 

515 

1,070 

106 

549 

521 

1,070 

514 

477 

991 

79 

421 

443 

864 

390 

406 

796 

68 

615 

552 

1,167 

577 

515 

1,092 

76 

976 

852 

1,828 

898 

777 

1.675 

152 

216 

1,007 

1,223 

191 

923 

1,114 

110 

1,174 

327 

1,501 

1,093 

288 

1.381 

120 

757 

207 

964 

709 

185 

894 

70 

308 

298 

606 

288 

276 

564 

41 

753 

707 

1,460 

701 

648 

1,349 

111 

539 

581 

1,120 

504 

539 

1,043 

i  " 

1,880 

396 

2,276 

1,818 

374 

2,192 

1 

657 

589 

1,246 

602 

536 

1,138 

109 

143 

702 

845 

128 

637 

765 

1  81 

328 

315 

643 

311 

296 

607 

37 

395 

979 

1,374 

360 

903 

1,263 

112 

765 

130 

895 

720 

120 

840 

56 

448 

440 

888 

428 

417 

845 

43 

175 

811 

986 

164 

762 

926 

61 

822 

769 

1.591 

762 

700 

1,462 

129 

469. 

421 

890 

442 

391 

833 

57 

488 

1,716 

2,204 

459 

1,614 

2,073 

130 

464 

394 

858 

431 

366 

797 

60 

320 

296 

616 

297 

267 

564 

52 

695 

724 

1,419 

642 

664 

1,306 

114 

981 

596 

1,577 

928 

553 

1,481 

97 

165 

801 

966 

147 

734 

881 

85 

348 

303 

651 

324 

278 

602 

49 

School  Districts. 


Abraham  Lincoln . . . 

Agassiz  

Bennett  

Bigelow  

Blackinton  

Bowditch  

Bowdoin  

Bunker  Hill  

Chapman  

Charles  Sumner. .  .  . 
Christopher  Gibson. 

Comins  

Dearborn  

Dillaway  

Dudley  

Dwight  

Edmund  P.  Tileston 

Edward  Everett  

Elihu  Greenwood. . . 

Eliot  

Emerson  

Everett  

Francis  Parkman. . . 

Frankhn  

Frederic  W.  Lincoln. 

Frothingham  

Gaston   

George  Putnam .... 
Gilbert  Stuart. .» . . . 

Hancock  

Harvard  

Henry  Grew  

Henry  L.  Pierce. . . . 

Hugh  O'Brien  

Hyde  

Jefferson  


e2 


2,679 

722 
1.200 
1,294 

705 
1.157 
1.232 

852 
1.349 
1.131 

884 
1.292 
2,038 
1.324 
1.581 
1,023 

668 
1.573 
1,296 
2,525 
1,356 

980 

746 
1,445 

975 

916 
1,051 
1,661 

932 
2.316 

935 

726 
1,730 
1,662 
1,032 

699 


10 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


ELEMENTARY  GRADES. 
School  Year  Ending  June  30,  1914. —  Concluded. 


School  Districts. 

Total 

Registration. 

Average  Number 
Belonging. 

Average 
Attendance. 

Average  Absence. 

Per  Cent  of 
Attendance. 

Boys. 

Girls. 

Total.  1 

Boys. 

Girls. 

Tota. 

John  A.  Andrew  

1,438 

717 

567 

1,284 

672 

518 

1,190 

94 

93 

729 

337 

340 

677 

311 

312 

623 

54 

92 

John  Winthrop  

1,396 

695 

618 

1,313 

1 

636 

562 

1,198 

115 

91 

1,171 

792 

293 

1,085 

1 

764 

275 

1,039 

47 

96 

Lewis  

2,039 

1,016 

906 

1,922  : 

930 

809 

1,739 

183 

90 

1,198 

578 

586 

1,164  ' 

542 

540 

1,082 

82 

93 

Lowell  

1,199 

594 

533 

1,127 

564 

499 

1,063 

64 

94 

800 

363 

343 

706 

344 

318 

662 

44 

94 

Mary  Hemenway  

1,730 

763 

768 

1,531 

1 

708 

702 

1,410 

104 

92 

Mather  

2,496 

1,164 

1,092 

2,256  j 

1,080 

1,002 

2,082 

174 

92 

]\Iinot  

630 

320 

282 

602 

299 

261 

560 

42 

93 

1,173 

265 

836 

1,101 

245 

789 

1,034 

67 

94 

Oliver  Hazard  Perry .... 

980 

380 

512 

892 

357 

472 

829 

63 

93 

OUver  Wendell  Holmes. . 

3,193 

1,529 

1,383 

2,912 

1,382 

1,233 

2,615 

297 

90 

1,865 

759 

798 

1,557 

692 

723 

1,415 

142 

91 

957 

426 

425 

851 

398 

392 

790 

61 

93 

1,107 

474 

440 

914 

417 

382 

799 

115 

87' 

1,409 

944 

222 

1,166 

900 

204 

1,104 

62 

95 

1,095 

570 

361 

931 

528 

332 

860 

71 

92 

1,245 

455 

473 

928 

419 

431 

850 

78 

92 

1,782 

790 

780 

1,570 

733 

716 

1,449 

122 

92 

2,512 

1,211 

1,045 

2,256 

1,118 

952 

2,070 

186 

92 

1,038 

745 

197 

942 

689 

176 

865 

78 

92 

Shurtleff  

916 

155 

605 

760 

144 

572 

716 

45 

94 

1,327 

606 

521 

1,127 

562 

477 

1,039 

88 

92 

1,448 

662 

676 

1,338 

624 

632 

1,256 

82 

94 

Thomas  N.  Hart  

1,183 

894 

200 

1,094 

853 

186 

1,039 

55 

95 

Ulysses  S.  Grant  

1,459 

650 

629 

1,279 

595 

676 

1,171 

108 

92 

1,152 

527 

512 

1,039 

491 

471 

•  962 

76 

93 

1,883 

894 

811 

1,705 

826 

742 

1,568 

138 

92 

801 

421 

378 

799 

391 

347 

738 

61 

92 

Wells  

3,013 

741 

1,604 

2.345 

669 

1,464 

2,133 

211 

91 

Wendell  Phillips  

1,680 

1,494 

62 

1,556 

1,399 

56 

1,455 

101 

94 

William  E.  Russell  

1,287 

630 

577 

1,207 

588 

532 

1,120 

87 

93 

Totals  

95,018 

44,544 

41,033 

85,577 

41,510 

37,715 

79,225 

6,344 

92 

STATISTICS. 


11 


KINDERGARTENS. 

School  Year  Ending  June  30,  1914. 


School  Districts. 

Total 

Registration. 

Average  Number 
Belonging. 

Average 

]  AtTEN'DANX'E. 

9i 
O 

c 

< 

o 

Eti 
eS 

O 
> 
< 

Per  Cent  of 

Attendance.  1 

Boys. 

Girls. 

Total. 

Boys. 

Girls.  . 

Total. 

Abraham  Lincoln  

142 

54 

46 

100 

41 

34 

75 

25 

75 

Agassiz  

42 

12 

21 

33 

9 

17 

26 

7 

79 

Bennett  

93 

37 

44 

81 

1 

28 

35 

63 

18 

77 

Blackinton  

70 

20 

31 

51, 

16 

26 

42 

9 

82 

Bowditch.  

100 

43 

39 

82 

32 

31 

63 

19 

76 

Bowdoin  

231 

70 

89 

159 

56 

67 

123 

36 

77 

Bunker  Hill  

65 

18 

.28 

46 

12 

18 

30 

16 

65 

Chapman  

120 

46 

53 

99 

35 

41 

76 

22 

77 

Charles  Sumner  

140 

50 

42 

92 

38 

32 

70 

21 

76 

Christopher  Gibson  

60 

24 

20 

44 

18 

14 

32 

12 

73 

Coming  

212 

79 

77 

156 

61 

55 

116 

40 

74 

Dearborn  

71 

25 

32 

57 

1 

19 

24 

43 

14 

75 

Dillaway  

126 

44 

49 

93  i 

37 

39 

76 

17 

81 

Dudley  

124 

54 

40 

94 

43 

32 

75 

19 

80 

Dwight  

56 

29 

19 

48  1 

22 

13 

35 

13 

73 

Edmund  P.  Tileston  

39 

19 

12 

31 

15 

9 

24 

6 

77 

Edward  Everett  

59 

22 

21 

43  ' 

16 

16 

32 

11 

74 

Elihu  Greenwood  

120 

41 

37 

78 

32 

27 

59 

20 

76 

Eliot  

94 

38 

38 

76  i 

31 

30 

61 

16 

80 

Emerson  

-  87 

43 

31 

74  1 

32 

25 

57 

18 

77 

Everett  

67 

28 

21 

49  \ 

19 

14 

33 

15 

67 

67 

22 

24 

46 

19 

21 

40  i 

6 

87 

Franklin  

148 

53 

49 

102 

42 

38 

SO 

22 

78 

Frederic  W.  Lincoln .... 

56 

30 

18 

48 

25 

15 

40 

8 

83 

58 

21 

23 

1 

44 

18 

20 

38 

6 

86 

Gaston  

56 

25 

18 

43 

22 

15 

37  1 

6 

86 

George  Putnam  

141 

62 

64 

126 

48 

45 

93 

34 

74 

Gilbert  Stuart  

118 

48 

47 

95 

38 

37 

75 

20 

79 

Hancock  

367 

127 

145 

272 

109 

123 

232 

41 

85 

108 

34 

45 

79 

28 

33 

61  ' 

18 

77 

Henry  Grew  

101 

46 

39 

85 

32 

29 

61 

24 

71 

Henry  L.  Pierce  

123 

40 

49 

89 

32 

39 

71 

18 

80 

Hugh  O'Brien  

120 

51 

49 

100 

40 

40 

80  ! 

20 

80 

Hyde  

115 

48 

48 

96 

38 

39 

77  [ 

19 

80 

Jefferson  

80 

27 

36 

63 

20 

27 

47  ; 

16 

74 

12 


•    SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


KINDERGARTENS. 
School  Year  Ending  June  30,  1914- —  Concluded. 


School  Districts. 

Total 

Registration. 

Average  Number 
Belonging. 

Average 
Attendance. 

Average  Absence. 

Per  Cent  of 
Attendance. 

Boys. 

Girls. 

Total. 

Boys. 

Girls. 

Total. 

John  A.  Andrew  

52 

25 

17 

42 

20 

14 

34 

8 

81 

55 

26 

18 

44 

19 

14 

33 

11 

75 

John  Winthrop  

139 

46 

51 

97 

35 

37 

72  1 

24 

74 

Lawrence  

56 

24 

22 

46 

20 

17 

37 

8 

80 

125 

53 

55 

108 

38 

41 

79 

29 

73 

Longfellow  

60 

32 

20 

52 

23 

15 

38 

13 

73 

Lowell  

124 

55 

55 

110 

45 

45 

90 

21 

82 

Martin  

52 

23 

18 

41 

18 

15 

33 

s 

80 

Mar  J'  Hemenway  

128 

41 

51 

92 

32 

39 

71 

21 

77 

Mather  

126 

53 

55 

108 

41 

43 

84 

23 

78 

Minot  

37 

17 

18 

35 

13 

13 

26 

8 

74 

107 

43 

42 

85 

35 

35 

70 

16 

82 

Oliver  Hazard  Perry. .  .  . 

51 

25 

22 

47 

20 

17 

37 

10 

78 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes. . 

260 

104 

102 

206 

78 

75 

153 

54 

74 

Phillips  Brooks  

113 

51 

40 

91 

37 

28 

65 

26 

71 

Prescott  

67 

29 

20 

49 

18 

13 

31 

18 

63 

Prince  

65 

21 

23 

44 

15 

17 

32 

11 

73 

Qiiincy  

205 

75 

78 

153 

63 

66 

129 

24 

84 

Rice  

35 

13 

1^ 

25 

11 

11 

22 

3 

88 

Robert  G.  Shaw  

72 

23 

17 

40 

17 

12 

29 

10 

73 

Roger  Wolcott  

106 

43 

57 

100 

33 

46 

79 

21 

79 

Samuel  Adams  

316 

117 

141 

258 

84 

101 

185 

73 

72 

Sherwin  

57 

25 

21 

46 

22 

17 

39 

7 

85 

Shurtleff  

56 

29 

24 

53 

22 

18 

40 

13 

75 

Theodore  Lyman  

128 

45 

51 

96 

35 

39 

74 

22 

77 

138 

56 

57 

113 

45 

44 

89 

24 

79 

Thomas  N.  Hart  

89 

42 

30 

72 

35 

25 

60 

13 

83 

Ulysses  S.  Grant  

182 

65 

57 

122 

52 

45 

97 

25 

80 

Warren  

106 

48 

42 

90 

37 

34 

71 

19 

79 

Washington  

129 

48 

57 

105 

42 

47 

89 

16 

85 

57 

26 

18 

44 

20 

14 

34 

10 

77 

WeUs  

233 

98 

85 

183 

80 

70 

150 

33 

82 

William  E.  Russell 

65 

23 

25 

48 

18 

20 

38 

10 

79 

Totals  

7,367 

2,874 

2,845 

5,719 

2,246 

2,207 

4,453 

1,264 

78 

STATISTICS. 


13 


SPECIAL  SCHOOLS. 

School  Year  Ending  June  30,  1914- 


Schools. 


Horace  Mann  

Boston  Industrial  School 
for  Boys  

Trade  School  for  Girls .  . 
Totals  


.2 

m 


151 

209 
594 


Average  Number 
Belonging. 


77 
164 


63 


368 


140 

164 
368 


Average 
Attendance. 


70 
148 


54 


326 


124 

148 
326 


954 


241 


431 


672 


218 


380 


598 


TRADE  SCHOOL  FOR  GIRLS. 

Summer  Term,  1914- 

Total  registration  201 

Average  number  belonging  175 

Average  attendance  .      .      .      .      .      .      .      .      .      .      .  157 

Per  cent  of  attendance  '    .      .  90 

Length  of  term  —  July  6  to  August  30,  1914. 
Number  of  teachers  employed:  July,  19;  August,  15. 


DISTRIBUTION  OF  PUPILS  IX 


RESPECT  BOTH 

The  age  given  is 


Grades. 

£ 

2 

09 

2 

.05 
O 

i 

<3 
O 

i 

OS 

03 

(3 
V 

© 

>^ 

>^ 

> 

O 
>^ 

o 

Males 

AU  Grades  j 

Females 

Totals  

« 

Fourth-vear  Group  < 

Boys 

Girls  , 

c 
e 

Bovs.  .  . 

« 

Second-year  Group  

Girls 

>* 

First-vear  Group  ^ 

■*» 

I 

Girls 

d 

Out-of-course  Group  I 

Boj-3. . . 

'2 

V.   Class  Latin  Schools .  . 

S 

I 

Girls 

1 

VI.    Class  Latin  Schools, 

\ 

Boys 

4 

Girls... 

1 

S 

Totals  

6 

1  1 

Eighth  Grade  

Seventh  Grade  

Sixth  Grade  

Fifth  Grade  

Fourth  Grade  

Ungraded  

Third  Grade  

Second  Grade.  

First  Grade  

Special  Classes  

Pre-Vocational  Classes. 
Special  English  Classes. 
Open- Air  Classes  


Rapid  Advancement 
Classes  


Semi-Blind  Class. 
Hospital  Classes. 


Boys. 
Girls. 
Boys. 
Girls. 
Boys. 
Girls. 
Boys. 
Girls. 
Bovs . 
Giris. 
Boys . 
Girls. 
Bovs . 
Girls. 
Boys. 
Girls. 
Boys. 
Girls. 
Boys. 
Girls. 
Boys. 
Girls. 
Bovs. 
Girls. 
Boys. 
Girls. 
Bovs. 
Girls. 
Boj-s. 
Girls. 
Bovs. 
Girls. 


5 
3 

240* 
260* 
4,014* 
3,656* 


7 

35* 
27 


3 
8 
14 
14 
221 
266 
2,203 
2,198 
2,367 
2,039 


5 

203 
218 
24 
16 
1,703 
1,786 
2,112 
1,782 
791 
770 
17 
22 


3 
13 
187 
223 
1,468 
1,450 
49 
49 
1,770 
1,625 
846 
706 
184 
148 
45 
28 


Totals. 


8,256    9,448    9,571  8,964 


All  Classes. 


Bovs. . 
Girls.. 


2,234t 
2,177t 


828 
836 


112 
113 


Totals. 


4,411 


1,664 


225 


16 


Horace  Mann  School.  . 


Trade  School  for  Girls .... 
Boston  Industrial  School  \ 


for  Boj-s . 


Bovs . 
Girls. 
Girls. 

Boys. 


10 


Totals. 


17 


10 


16 


Total  all  Day  Schools   4,411    9,927    9,677    9,595    8,981    9,470  9,640 


*  Includes  pupils  under  5  on  September  1  but  not  at  time  of  admission, 
t  Includes  pupils  4  years  and  under. 


14 


TO  AGE  AND  TO  GRADE  JUNE  30,  1914. 
that  of  September  1,  1913. 


11  Years. 

12  Years. 

13  Years. 

14  Years. 

15  Years. 

16  Years. 

i 

r> 

18  Years. 

19  Years. 

20  Years. 

t 

Over  21  Years. 

Totals. 

11 
16 

11 

175 

8 

27 

54 

47 

23 

8 

27 

54 

47 

23 

27 

186 

2 

3 
5 
71 
121 
424 
575 
836 
933 

65 
118 
291 
444 
561 
608 
521 
490 

232 
378 
396 
460 
365 
292 
233 
126 

304 
371 
296 
223 
142 
107 
58 
35 
4 

25 

240 
245 
89 
49 
24 
24 
9 
9 
3 
32 

104 
75 
30 
10 
5 
3 
1 
2 
5 
5 

19 
12 

3 
3 

4 

8 
2 
1 

981 
1,206 
1,183 
1,318 
1,605 
1,969 
2,144 
2,620 
18 
80 
31 
36 
79 
70 

4 
8 
74 
351 
368 
841 

2 

7 
6 
107 
182 

2 

1 
1 

3 

2 

8 
1 

1 

6 
3 

1 

13 
1 

1 

4 
2 
8 
17 

5 
14 

25 
18 

10 

8 
20 
23 

1,709 

11 

8 
16 
7 

3,010 

2 
4 
4 

1 

2 

40 

364 

3,109 

2,498 

1,565 

724 

241 

49 

8 

17 

13,340 

192 
205 
1,102 
1,143 
1,518 
1,449 
1,118 
960 
503 
347 
155 
115 
77 
102 
16 
18 
5 
10 
38 
28 
17 
7 

111 

93 
10 
6 
26 
21 
1 
2 
3 

903 
1,054 
1,431 
1,359 
1,056 
980 
617 
493 
212 
156 
110 
67 
33 
27 
3 
8 
2 
6 
32 
11 
59 
17 
100 
95 
9 
1 
20 
14 
1 
2 
2 

1,341 
1,318 
1,066 
971 
609 
486 
277 
195 
117 
79 
92 
52 
16 
10 
4 
3 
2 
2 
19 
11 
120 
29 
101 
80 
2 
1 
9 
4 

872 
803 
401 
399 
214 
180, 
120 
57 
38 
31 
45 
28 
9 
2 

368 
320 
118 
121 
60 
39 
21 
15 
19 
16 
33 
9 
4 

69 
84 
31 
29 
4 
8 
4 
2 
3 
2 
4 
11 

12 
17 

3 
5 
4 

2 
4 
1 

3,774 
3,822 
4,381 
4,244 
4,926 
4,689 
5,376 
4,980 
5,467 
4,822 
820 
617 
4,998 
4,831 
5.767 
5,238 
7,443 
6,694 
285 
188 
324 
70 
750 
622 
220 
187 
98 
54 
6 
6 
21 
17 

1 

5 
1 

2 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

3 
10 

6 
84 
13 
89 
73 

1 

1 

1 

2 
35 

2 
49 
44 

8 

1 
1 

5 

14 
2 
1 

4 

6 

1 
1 

1 

1 

4 

2 

9,398 

8,884 

7,021 

3,488 

1,281 

277 

55 

16 

85,737 

3,181 
3,135 

6,316 

8 
4 

6 
2 

6 
7 

6 
1 

35 

40 

5 
8 
109 

42 

5 
6 
68 

26 

2 
8 
43 

12 

4 
1 

25 

4 

77 
64 
300 

137 

10 
1 

5 
1 

2 

3 

11 

12 

8 

24 

82 

164 

105 

65 

34 

11 

6 

2 

3 

578 

9,450 

9,256 

8,754 

6,580 

4,554 

2,880 

1,693 

801 

306 

102 

33 

47 

106,157 

15 


16 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


CALENDAR   YEAR  1913. 


NORMAL,  LATIN  AND  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 

Membership,  Attendance  and  Absence. 


Schools. 

Number 
Belonging. 

Average 
Attendance. 

Average 
Absence. 

202 

199 

3 

High  and  Latin  Schools: 

PubUc  Latin  

775 

749 

26 

Girls'  Latin  

589 

560 

29 

Brighton  High  

377 

358 

19 

Charlestown  High  

385 

362 

23 

Dorchester  High  

1,726 

1,607 

119 

East  Boston  High  

584 

547 

37 

1,773 

1,675 

98 

Girls'  High  

1,968 

1,812 

156 

1,086 

1,054 

32 

High  School  of  Practical  Arts  

628 

576 

52 

Hyde  Park  High  

406 

388 

18 

1,310 

1,259 

51 

Roxbury  High  

827 

761 

66 

South  Boston  High  

647 

610 

37 

West  Roxbury  High  

652 

606 

44 

High  and  Latin  Totals  

13,733 

12,926 

807 

STATISTICS. 


17 


CALENDAR   YEAR  1913. 


ELEMENTARY  GRADES  AND  KINDERGARTENS. 

Membership,  Attendance  and  Absence. 


School  Districts. 


Average 
Number 
Belonging. 


Average 
Attendance. 


Abraham  Lincoln.  .  . 

Agassiz  

Bennett  

Bigelow  

Blackinton  

Bowditch  

Bowdoin  

Bunker  Hill  

Chapman  

Charles  Sumner .  .  .  . 
Christopher  Gibson . 

Comins  

Dearborn  

Dillaway  

Dudley  

D  wight  

Edmund  P.  Tileston 
Edward  Everett .  .  .  . 
Elihu  Greenwood .  .  . 

Eliot  

Emerson  

Everett  

Francis  Parkman .  .  . 

Franklin  

Frederic  W.  Lincoln. 

Frothingham  

Gaston  

George  Putnam .... 

Gilbert  Stuart  

Hancock  

Harvard  

Henry  Grew  

Henry  L.  Pierce .... 
Hugh  O'Brien  


2,334 
713 
1,181 
1,212 
635 
1,139 
1,174 
797 
1,265 
1,128 
912 
1,337 
1,867 
1,321 
1,603 
1,006 
583 
1,489 
1,186 
2,279 
1,271 
931 
686 
1,389 
967 
940 
1,047 
1,651 
932 
2,391 
980 
675 
1,443 
1.643 


2,170 
673 
1,093 
1,150 
581 
1,055 
1,034 
733 
1,143 
1,020 
819 
1,230 
1,688 
1,208 
1,466 
925 
533 
1,382 
1,098 
2,188 
1,150 
829 
638 
1,250 
896 
885 
974 
1,505 
859 
2.213 
890 
60S 
1,327 
1,523 


18  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 

ELEMENTARY  GRADES  AND  KINDERGARTENS.— ConcZwded. 


School  Districts. 

Average 
Number 
Belonging. 

Average 
Attendance. 

Average 
Absence. 

Hyde  

1,079 

969 

110 

743 

684 

59 

1,350 

1,245 

105 

694 

632 

62 

1,424 

1,265 

159 

1,127 

1,072 

55 

1,949 

1,746 

203 

1,158 

1,063 

95 

1,257 

1,167 

90 

762 

711 

51 

1,572 

1,444 

128 

2,276 

2,092 

184 

653 

606 

47 

1,157 

1,078 

79 

963 

890 

73 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  

2,990 

2,644 

346 

1,569 

1,391 

178 

921 

849 

72 

956 

829 

127 

1,353 

1,250 

103 

Rice  

939 

868 

71 

920 

844 

76 

1,606 

1,483 

123 

2,291 

2,072 

219 

1,000 

916 

84 

808 

755 

53 

1,123 

1,029 

94 

1,411 

1,305 

106 

Thomas  N.  Hart  

1,163 

1,095 

68 

1,360 

1,240 

120 

1,131 

1,028 

103 

1,789 

1,614 

175 

847 

774 

73 

2,477 

2,228 

249 

1,558 

1,423 

135 

1,272 

1,180 

92 

89,755 

82,217 

7.538 

STATISTICS.  19 
CALENDAR  YEAR  1913. 


SPECIAL  SCHOOLS. 


Special  Schools. 

Average 
Number 
Belonging. 

Average 
Attendance. 

Average 
Absence. 

136 

121 

15 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  

137 

127 

10 

346 

308 

38 

619 

556 

63 

NUMBER  OF  PUPILS  PER  TEACHER. 


January  31. 

Normal. 
(Excluding 
Head-Master.) 

High  and  Latin. 

Elementary. 

(.Excluding 
Head-Masters.) 

Grades. 
(Excluding 
Principals.) 

Kindergarten. 

1896  

26 

0 

28.5 

51 

8 

30.9 

1897  

26 

1 

28.4 

51 

5 

28.6 

1898 

26 

9 

28.2 

49 

5 

30.9 

1899  

26 

1 

28.0 

51 

4 

29.0 

1900  

23 

1 

27.9 

52 

7 

29.4 

1901  

18 

9 

27.5 

49 

8 

28.2 

1902  

18 

7 

25.8 

48 

9 

28.6 

1903  

18 

8 

26.4 

48.0 

28.5 

1904  

19 

3 

26.5 

48 

3 

27.1 

1905  

19 

9 

.  27.3 

48 

4 

28.5 

1906  

20 

3 

27.4 

48 

2 

28.1 

1907  

17 

0 

26.9 

47 

9 

26.8 

1908  

16 

4 

26.9 

47 

1 

27.4 

1909  

14 

0 

29.2 

45 

6 

25.7 

1910  

15 

6 

27.5 

43 

6 

25.6 

1910-11  

16 

0 

28.9 

42 

2 

23.4 

1911-12  

16 

1 

28.8 

40 

3 

25.9 

1912-13  

14 

0 

27.8 

42 

7 

25.4 

*  1913-14  

13 

4 

29.4 

43.4 

25.6 

*  The  average  number  of  teachers  was  :  Normal,  14;  Latin  and  High,  489;  elemen- 
tary grades,  1,969;  kindergarten,  223. 

Note  1.  From  1896  to  1910  this  table  is  based  on  the  number  of 
teachers  in  the  service  and  the  number  of  pupils  belonging  in  the  schools 
on  January  31  of  the  respective  years.  For  the  last  four  years  it  is  based 
on  the  average  number  of  pupils  and  the  average  number  of  teachers 
employed  during  the  school  year. 

Note  2.  In  determining  the  number  of  pupils  per  teacher  in  the  high 
and  Latia  schools  the  special  high  and  Latin  teachers,  who  were  listed 
separately  in  the  printed  reports  prior  to  1909,  are  included  in  this  table. 


20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO. 


GRADUATES,  JUNE,  1914. 


School  or  District. 


School  or  District. 


Normal  

High  and  Latin. 

Public  Latin  

Girls'  Latin  

Brighton  High  

Charlestown  High. . . 
Dorchester  High.  .  .  . 
East  Boston  High. . . 

EngUsh  High  

Girls*  High  


High  School  of  Com- 
merce   


High  School  of  Practical 
Arts  


Hyde  Park  High  

Mechanic  Arts  High. 

Roxbury  High  

South  Boston  High. . 
West  Roxburj'  High. 

Elementary. 

Abraham  Lincoln  

Agassiz  

Bennett  

Bigelow  

Blackinton  

Bowditch  

Bowdoin  

Bunker  Hill  

Chapman  

Charles  Sumner  

Christopher  Gibson. . 

Comins  

Dearborn  


73 


12 
14 
76 
25 
305 


126 


34 
170 


873 

74 
*78 
47 
79 
25 


102 


87 
61 
40 
165 
59 


326 


113 

73 

87 
II  73 

54 
241 

84 
305 
326 

126 


101 

101 

37 

71 

170 

124 

124 

77 

102 

95 

108 

1,172 

2,045 

103 

177 

78 

48 

95 

79 

27 

52 

66 

66 

67 

67 

35 

63 

53 

102 

52 

113 

53 

100 

45 

84 

61 

135 

Dillaway  

Dudley  

D^v-ight  

Edmund  P.  Tileston. 

Edward  Everett .... 

Ehhu  Greenwood .  .  . 

Eliot  

Emerson  

Everett  

Francis  Parkman .  .  . 

Franklin  

Frederic  W.  Lincoln . 

Frothingham  

Gaston  

George  Putnam  

Gilbert  Stuart  

Hancock  

Harvard  

j  Henrj'  Grew  

Henry  L.  Pierce.  .  .  . 

I  Hugh  O'Brien  

jHyde  

!  Jefferson  

John  A.  Andrew .... 

John  Cheverus  

j  John  Winthrop  

LawTence  

Lewis  

Longfellow  

Lowell  

Martin  

Marj'  Hemenway.  .  . 

Mather  


81 
59 
29 
68 
38 
t  68 
55 


26 


33 
32 
26 
49 
80 

103 
50 
47 
26 
63 

101 


81 


29 
59 
60 

50 
67 
26 
70 

43 
108 
91 
32 
168 
41 
32 
78 
69 
65 
36 
31 
44 
58 

104 
39 
50 
40 
85 

131 


*  Also  3  given  Pre-Vocational  diplomas, 
t  Also  18  given  Pre-Vocational  diplomas. 
t  Also  19  given  Pre-Vocational  diplomas. 
§  Also  40  given  Pre-Vocational  diplomas. 
II  In  addition  there  were  six  post  graduates. 


STATISTICS. 


21 


GRADUATES,  JUNE,  19U.— Concluded. 


School  or  District. 


Minot  

Norcross  

Oliver  Hazard  Perry. .  .  . 
Oliver  Wendell  Holmes, 

Phillips  Brooks  

Prescott  

Prince  

Quincy  

Rice  

Robert  G.  Shaw  

Roger  Wolcott  

Samuel  Adams  

Sherwin  

Shurtleff  

Theodore  Lyman  

Thomas  Gardner  

Thomas  N.  Hart  


26 


45 
170 
62 
42 
50 
78 
83 
30 
75 
75 
57 


38 
74 
63 
168 
51 
45 
50 


64 
74 
108 
338 
113 
87 
100 
78 
133 
73 
168 
127 
57 
65 
53 
117 
76 


School  or  District. 


Ulysses  S.  Grant. .  .  . 

Warren  

Washington  

Washington  Allston . 

Wells  

Wendell  Phillips .  .  .  . 
William  E.  Russell.  . 

Horace  Mann  


Summary. 

Normal  

High  and  Latin. 
Elementary .... 
Horace  Mann.  . 


47 


176 
84 


3,511 
10 


3,521 

11 
873 
3,521 
10 


4,415 


22 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


SUMMER  REVIEW  SCHOOLS. 

Graduates,  September,  1914- 


School  or  District. 

m 

,2 

Is 

School  or  District. 

03 

3 

ffl 

o 

o 

H  ! 

o 

o 

Summer      Review  High 
School: 

Dudlev  

3 

3 

1 

1 

3 

3 

6 

1 

1 

Dorchester  High  

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

o  1 

1 

Gilbert  Stuart  

1 

1 

1 

3 

A  \ 

TT                 T  -I-.- 

4 

1 

5 

Summer  Review  1i,lemen- 

1 

1 

TARY  Schools. 

\ 
I 

1 

1 

Charlestown    Summer  Re- 
view Elementary  School: 

2 

2 

3 

1 

1 

4 

Oliver  v\  endell  Holmes. . 

10 

3 

13 

City      Summer  Review 
Elementary  School: 

T>T.-1T          -T)  1 

1 

1 
1 

2 
1 

E 

o 
1 

1 

6 
1 

South     Boston  Summer 
Review  Elementary 
School: 

1 

1 

Bigelow  

10 

10 

2 

2 

2 

2 

Hyde  

2 

2 

1 

1 

2 

John  A.  Andrew  

2 

1 

5 

3 
5 

Lowell  

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

Quincy  

3 

3 

William  E.  Russell  

1 

1 

2 

Q 
O 

Q 
O 

West  End  Summer  Review 
Elementary  School: 

■D        A  • 

1 

1 
1 

3 

3 

1 

1 

X 

X 

2 

2 

1 

1 

East  Boston  Summer  Re- 
\new  Elementary  School: 

2 

2 

Wendell  Phillips  

12 

12 

2 

2 

4 

Ulysses  S.  Grant  

1 

1 

86 

43 

129 

Roxburj'   Summer  Review- 
Elementary  School: 

Summary. 
High  

1 

3 

4 

6 

3 

9 

Elementarj'  

S6 

43 

129 

1 

1 

Dillaway  

1 

1 

87 

46 

133 

STATISTICS. 


23 


ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  PUPILS  PROMOTED. 

June  30,  1914. 


District. 


50 
o. 


to 


6  S 


Abraham  Lincoln  .  .  . 

Agassiz  

Bennett  

Bigelow  

Blackinton  

Bowditch  

Bowdoin  

Bunker  Hill  

Chapman  

Charles  Sumner  

Christopher  Gibson . 

Comins  

Dearborn  

Dillaway  

Dudley  

D^-ight  

Edmund  P.  Tileston. 
Edward  Everett .... 
Elihu  Greenwood  .  . . 

Eliot  

Emerson  

Everett  

Francis  Parkman  .  .  . 

Franklin  

Frederic  W.  Lincoln. 

Frothingham  

Gaston  

George  Putnam  

Gilbert  Stuart  

Hancock  

Harvard  

Henry  Grew  

Henr>-  L.  Pierce .... 

Hugh  O'Brien  

Hyde  

Jefferson  


177 
81 
190 
100 
52 
66 
67 
63 
101 
113 
100 
84 
135 
83 
79 
58 
58 
127 
103 
68 
104 
67 
52 
70 
77 
94 
108 
167 
74 
66 
74 
57 
136 
148 
65 
69 


152 
88 
67 
93 
58 
81 
64 
38 
106 
125 
96 
107 
101 
119 
124 
81 
36 
149 
99 
88 
108 
83 
67 
91 
93 
93 
88 
134 
81 
95 
87 
67 
149 
191 
83 
52 


214 
90 
114 
116 
43 
97 
80 
58 
107 
115 
87 
137 
146 
133 
148 
75 
68 
160 
114 
120 
100 
84 
82 
113 
105 
97 
106 
181 
90 
137 
80 
74 
147 
156 
107 
78 


270 
100 
148 
135 
56 
95 
92 
58 
149 
99 
88 
150 
201 
142 
150 
91 
58 
177 
117 
211 
108 
101 
89 
111 
124 
116 
135 
174 
82 
156 
120 
61 
177 
198 
124 
70 


264 
95 
137 
131 
52 
105 
88 
62 
117 
136 
106 
123 
208 
146 
173 
92 
63 
181 
114 
284 
146 
67 
60 
78 
89 
104 
99 
201 
106 
210 
83 
62 
152 
173 
69 
79 


216 
50 
129 
111 
74 
140 
98 
76 
99 
104 
74 
126 
230 
117 
187 
118 
82 
166 
105 
173 
147 
72 
87 
193 
77 
79 
85 
178 
99 
199 
95 
67 
182 
117 
75 
90 


158 
48 
158 
112 
85 
162 
162 
81 
149 
144 
61 
127 
213 
127 
176 
107 
79 
175 
146 
211 
135 
95 
85 
202 
118 
87 
99 
196 
115 
251 
90 
84 
178 
133 
93 
70 


228 

38 
170 
114 

91 
197 
180 

94 
162 
148 

78 
159 
283 
147 
226 
133 
101 
186 
165 
301 
195 
103 

95 
308 
100 
102 
117 
197 
118 
312 

87 

88 
178 
135 
124 

82 


62 


23 
tl7 


29 


21 


44 


14 


325 


278 


28 


19 


26 


39 


70 

1,907 

29 

621 

70 

1.183 

912 

40 

554 

59 

1,002 

51 

935 

30 

565 

68 

1,076 

102 

1,086 

39 

754 

119 

1,161 

41 

1,593 

80 

1,118 

66 

1,329 

45 

825 

20 

582 

37 

1,358 

60 

1,052 

61 

1.868 

65 

1,118 

26 

718 

41 

658 

79 

1.257 

42 

844 

37 

809 

37 

874 

122 

1.571 

88 

853 

162 

2,009 

63 

779 

78 

638 

84 

1.383 

87 

1.353 

62 

848 

60 

650 

*  Included  in  other  grades. 


t  Hospital  classes. 


24 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  PUPILS  PROMOTED. 
June  30,  1914  — Concluded. 


> 

> 

> 

> 

> 

•ade 

Tl 
c3 

rade 

-ade 

:ade 

rade 

rade 

o 

O 

(1 

o 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

63 

199 

132 

178 

126 

127 

129 

130 

70 

88 

86 

75 

75 

58 

70 

74 

107 

119 

123 

123 

123 

157 

162 

174 

80 

72 

90 

86 

105 

127 

146 

166 

207 

210 

195 

234 

193 

236 

236 

288 

89 

94 

145 

136 

142 

157 

181 

186 

97 

119 

105 

126 

113 

120 

124 

135 

66 

86 

87 

91 

78 

55 

45 

69 

154 

156 

171 

167 

182 

168 

184 

213 

231 

217 

249 

258 

232 

242 

250 

307 

64 

85 

80 

60 

57 

56 

64 

52 

74 

76 

126 

71 

91 

138 

155 

171 

110 

101 

95 

75 

86 

108 

81 

111 

353 

286 

250 

281 

311 

364 

383 

416 

112 

107 

165 

154 

137 

208 

217 

214 

87 

104 

89 

112 

68 

78 

98 

80 

100 

96 

99 

86 

103 

118 

116 

87 

78 

53 

82 

67 

127 

73 

119 

136 

133 

86 

146 

110 

116 

76 

44 

65 

74 

89 

129 

123 

122 

87 

97 

148 

168 

166 

180 

204 

175 

166 

203 

254 

128 

138 

205 

225 

247 

235 

258 

259 

44 

66 

100 

92 

104 

100 

78 

106 

65 

52 

75 

79 

68 

97 

79 

89 

53 

69 

86 

123 

129 

121 

137 

254 

117 

147 

109 

96 

109 

130 

188 

202 

78 

97 

105 

107 

118 

146 

150 

154 

119 

79 

129 

162 

133 

123 

163 

158 

82 

81 

112 

138 

115 

145 

120 

144 

122 

122 

143 

166 

179 

177 

181 

245 

93 

97 

98 

73 

80 

80 

84 

77 

136 

117 

153 

142 

171 

291 

375 

463 

176 

200 

251 

224 

235 

40 

39 

34 

149 

151 

172 

166 

110 

103 

114 

132 

,212 

7,459 

8,521 

9,143 

9,015 

9,024 

9,782 

11,335 

District. 


So 


SO 


o  a 
CM 


John  A.  Andrew  

John  Cheverus  

John  Winthrop  

Lawrence  

Lewis  

Longfellow  

Lowell  

Martin  

Mary  Hemenway  

Mather  

Minot  

Norcross  

Oliver  Hazard  Perrj^  

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes . 

PhiUips  Brooks  

Prescott   

Prince  

Quincy  

Rice  

Robert  G.  Shaw  

Roger  Wolcott  

Samuel  Adams  

Sherwin  

Shurtleff  

Theodore  LjTiian  

Thomas  Gardner  

Thomas  N.  Hart  

Ulysses  S.  Grant  

Warren  

Washington  

Washington  AUston .... 

Wells  

Wendell  Phillips  

William  E.  Russell  


15 


26 


55 


30 


33 
18 
52 
t  28 
33 


23 


98 


56 


46 


22 


76 


119 
106 


115 


24 


25 


40 


15 


62 


41 

1,167 

37 

647 

98 

1,195 

48 

935 

99 

1,898 

37 

1,167 

78 

1,043 

33 

610 

93 

1,488 

100 

2,203 

32 

550 

81 

1,038 

39 
155 

806 
2,802 

77 

1,421 

38 

754 

50 

883 

121 

1,000 

20 

845 

45 

914 

96 

1,612 

207 

2,008 

35 

783 

52 

708 

70 

1,070 

107 

1,238 

55 

1.010 

108 

1,259 

71 

1,008 

98 

1,509 

48 

730 

157 

2,201 

1,403 

40 

1,137 

*  Included  in  other  grades. 


t  Includes  special  English  class. 


STATISTICS. 


25 


ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  PUPILS  NOT  PROMOTED. 

June  30,  1914. 


District. 


.2§ 
«6 


o 


a 

O  03 


Abraham  Lincoln . . .  . 

Agassiz  

Bennett  

Bigelow  

Blackinton  

Bowditch  

Bowdoin  

Bunker  Hill  

Chapman  

Charles  Sumner  

Christopher  Gibson .  . 

Comins  

Dearborn  

Dillaway  

Dudley  

D  wight  

Edmund  P.  Tileston. 

Edward  Everett  

Elihu  Greenwood. .  .  . 

Eliot  

Emerson  

Everett  

Francis  Parkman .  .  .  . 

Franklin  

Frederic  W.  Lincoln. , 

Frothingham  

Gaston  

George  Putnam  

Gilbert  Stuart  

Hancock  

Harvard  

Henry  Grew  

Henry  L.  Pierce  

Hugh  O'Brien  

Hyde  

Jefferson  


14 


35 
12 
19 
48 
21 
26 
55 
35 
40 
15 
15 
40 
65 
39 
51 
56 
28 
36 
33 
118 
44 
40 
17 
34 
22 
48 
14 
32 
27 
58 
41 
10 
36 
50 
29 
20 


24 


49 


13 
t21 


10 


19 


47 


32 


12 


15 


25 


14 


15 


24 


17 


11 


40 

378 

g 

96 

19 

94 

294 

13 

97 

^7 
o  / 

159 

108 

259 

19 

229 

51 

216 

21 

110 

15 

165 

OO 

1  7  A 

1  7 

9  An 

91 
Zio 

A  a 

9Q7 

zy  1 

O 

o 

99^ 

1  "7 
J.  I 

Qfi 

yo 

1  7 

1  J.Q 

34 

ibi 

16 

OO 

9  9  J. 

24 

1  7fl 

12 

AT 

24 

1  CO 

7 

82 

23 

165 

5 

137 

29 

183 

36 

177 

111 

386 

45 

179 

21 

70 

13 

142 

25 

324 

47 

235 

8 

54 

*  Included  in  other  grades. 


t  Hospital  classes. 


26 


SCHOOL  DOgUMENT  NO.  6. 


ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  PUPILS  NOT  PROMOTED. 
June  30,  JfPi^.— Concluded. 


lish 

"3 
a 

d 

o 

District. 

de  Vll 

dc  VII 

de  VI. 

> 
-§ 

dc  IV. 

de  III. 

de  11. 

1 

;raded. 

W  . 
.5  S 

.2  c3 

n-Air 
lass. 

•Vocati 

<A 

c3 
u 

c3 

c3 
(I 

u 

au 

a 

OJ 

5 

o 

o 

o 

O 

o 

O 

6 

o 

O 

m 

O 

Eh 

7 

22 

22 

29 

19 
9 

22 

20 
8 

8 

154 
86 

1 

14 

13 

1 

4 

20 

16 

5 

25 

23 

35 

25 

25 

26 

21 

6 

3 

194 

10 

8 

15 

20 

33 

23 

15 

50 

13 

187 

14 

13 

14 

16 

16 

13 

16 

30 

* 

* 

* 

21 

153 

Longfellow  

3 

2 

5 

6 

3 

7 

9 

13 

14 

62 

LowgH 

9 

9 

6 

13 

17 

13 

12 

50 

3 

15 

* 

37 

184 

"IVTq  T+1  Tl 

8 

22 

16 

20 

20 

5 

7 

10 

15 

14 

137 

IVTnTv  TTptyipti wf* V 

3 

15 

24 

20 

30 

18 

30 

49 

22 

211 

7 

9 

27 

20 

23 

16 
6 

12 

67 

13 

2 

20 

216 

Minot  

24 

37 

11 

10 

1 

5 

4 

98 

5 

11 

18 

5 

5 

15 
6 

25 

43 

14 

* 

18 

159 

Oliver  HiiZcird.  Perry .... 
Oliver  ^^endell  Holmes. 

12 
8 

18 

10 

16 

13 
38 

10 

12 

13 

7 

117 

26 

42 

56 

32 
3 

42 

115 

12 

74 

445 

11 

27 

27 

42 

35 

10 

46 

14 

12 

227 

Prescot't 

2 

23 

19 

23 

17 

9 

10 

39 

10 

152 

5 

20 

3 

5 

13 

20 
60 

66 

6 

11 

17 

23 

38 

14 

21 

15 

27 

12 

21 

7 

26 

298 

Rice 

3 

30 
6 

6 

28 

12 

6 

3 

15 

37 

* 

10 

150 

"Rnhprf.  O  RViPw 

7 

8 

13 

12 

14 

12 

24 

96 

3 

3 

2 

12 

8 

15 

16 

31 

10 

100 

Ss^mviel  ^cl3.ixis 

3 

28 

9 

30 

63 

19 

42 

184 

27 

25 

15 

9 

79 

533 

STi  AT  win 

10 

9 

13 

13 

6 

24 

89 

11 

15 

5 

5 

13 

213 

Shurtleflf 

1 

25 
8 

8 

4 

15 

10 

29 

92 

6 

17 

19 

25 

45 

t37 

46 

203 

TV.             n  A 

12 

17 

31 

16 

O/ 

QC 
OO 

59 

31 

263 

17 

22 

18 

17 

19 

10 

12 

12 

18 

145 

22 

44 

5 

13 

41 

139 

2 

4 

22 

8 

22 

15 

5 

13 

33 

37 

153 

7 

37 

48 

31 

51 

75 

18 

* 

12 

287 

2 

69 

5 

19 

15 

5 

15 

11 

11 

152 

Wells  

2 

19 

28 

21 

20 

22 

61 

89 

7 

7 

25 

301 

Wendell  Phillips  

18 

18 

13 

14 

33 

1 

7 

7 

2 

2 

30 

145 

William  E.  Russell  

5 

22 

15 

16 

17 

19 

18 

35 

11 

158 

Totals  

452 

1,266 

1,160 

1,270 

1,284 

873 

1,270 

2,699 

495 

221 

381 

71 

28 

1,681 

13,151 

*  Included  in  other  grades. 


t  Includes  special  English  class. 


STATISTICS. 


27 


SUMMER  REVIEW  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  PUPILS 
PROMOTED. 

September,  1914- 


•  Summer  Review  School. 

Grade  VIII. 

Grade  VII. 

Grade  VI. 

Grade  V. 

Grade  IV. 

Total. 

Charlestown  

55 

37 

42 

30 

4 

168 

City  

90 

95 

91 

124 

28 

428 

East  Boston  

87 

102 

76 

73 

5 

343 

Roxbury  

136 

147 

180 

186 

49 

698 

South  Boston  

81 

90 

102 

84 

24 

381 

West  End  

168 

68 

63 

66 

19 

384 

Totals  

617 

539 

554 

563 

129 

2,402 

SUMMER  REVIEW  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  PUPILS 
NOT  PROMOTED. 

September,  1914- 


Summer  Review  School. 

Grade  VIII. 

Grade  VII. 

Grade  VI. 

Grade  V. 

Grade  IV. 

Total. 

13 

22 

12 

25 

72 

City  

81 

65 

64 

67 

12 

289 

69 

54 

45 

38 

5 

211 

Roxbury  

82 

142 

137 

127 

12 

500 

87 

81 

102 

135 

27 

432 

West  End  '  

60 

40 

40 

37 

1 

178 

Totals  

392 

404 

400 

429 

57 

1,682 

SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


H  a 
5< 


fa 

O  CO 

2 


fa  « 

H  ^  05 

o  a  H 

H  i-J  t2 

poo 
m 


>  05 

<i  o 


00     <N  C<l 


o    CO    --I  ec 


""5  <^ ^  • 


2  - 


•i?ils 

^  to 


(N     CO  «0 


Ills 


^  .-H 

CO  »-o 

.-1      lO  (N 


iM  00 

o  CO 

lO  CO 


.-H  CO 

lO  CO 


CO 

°2  S 


-a 

w 

0 

o 

"m 

•c 

o 

PQ 

o  o 
W  CO 


O    Q    W    H    O  W 


STATISTICS.  29 


SUMMARY  OF  ALL  PUPILS  WHO  WERE  IN  THE  HIGH  OR  LATIN  SCHOOLS 
AT  ANY  TIME  DURING  THE  SCHOOL  YEAR  1913-1914,  SHOWING  THEIR 
AGES  AT  THE  TIME  OF  THEIR  ORIGINAL  ADMISSION  TO  A  BOSTON 
HIGH  OR  LATIN  SCHOOL  AND  THE  AGES  REACHED  AT  THE  TIME 
OF  DISCHARGE  BY  ALL  PUPILS  WHO  DROPPED  OUT  DURING  THE 
YEAR. 

High  Schools. 


Age  at  Date  of 
Original  Admis- 
sion TO  Boston 
High  Schools. 

Total  Number 
Registered 
During  1913-14. 

Number  Who  Dropped  Out  Between  September  1, 
1913,  AND  June  16,  1914,  and  Their  Respec- 
tive Ages  at  Date  of  Discharge. 

Number 

Graduated  in 
June,  1914. 

a 

•go 

1 9 
1  z. 

f  X 

IS. 

16. 

1  7 

1  R 
lo. 

10 

Over 
19. 

10  years  

2 
64 
1,151 
4,537 
4,656 
2,514 
874 
295 
156 

2 
15 

*  214 

*  569 
t  588 

*  282 
118 

50 
53 

2 
8 
30 
78 
97 
63 
51 

47 
850 
3,440 
3,341 
1,678 
538 
156 
56 

12  years  

4 

15 
102 

27 
198 
262 

25 
97 
225 
208 

5 
78 
121 
185 
102 

3 
22 
32 
47 
36 
25 

8 

13  years  

1 
8 
11 
13 
10 
16 

14  years  

1 

6 
4 
3 
23 

15  years  

Totals  

14,249 

4 

117 

487 

555 

491 

329 

173 

59 

37 

1,891 

10,106 

*  Including  1  post  graduate.  t  Including  3  post  graduates. 


Latin  Schools. 


Age   at  Date  of 
Original  Admis- 
sion TO  Boston 
Latin  Schools. 

Total  Number 
Registered 
During  1913-14. 

Number  Who  Dropped  Out  Between  September  1, 
1913,  and  June  16,  1914,  and  Their  Respec- 
tive Ages  at  Date  of  Discharge. 

Number 

Graduated  in 
June,  1914. 

Number 
Remaining 
June  16,  1914. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

Over 
19. 

34 
154 
274 
460 
381 
153 
51 
11 
12 
11 

29 
117 
211 
351 
271 
116 
25 
8 
6 
7 

10  years  

1 

2 
5 
23 

4 
16 
41 
52 
31 
10 

6 

11  years  

8 

3 
7 

5 
2 
8 
37 

4 
8 
12 
14 

2 
2 
8 

17 
4 

13 

1 
1 
6 
10 
5 
3 
2 

1 

3 
3 
3 
3 

2 

1 

14  years  

15  years  

1 
1 
1 

3 

16  years  

1 

4 

Over  18  years  

Totals  

1,542 

8 

10 

31 

52 

38 

46 

28 

15 

6 

6 

160 

1,142 

30 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


TEACHERS. 


SUMMARY  OF  ALL  TEACHERS  —  JUNE  30,  1914. 

Number  of  Schools. 


Schools.  \ 

Number 
of  Schools. 

Number  of  Teachers. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

1 
15 
*  70 
t  129 

4 

240 
166 

9 

265 
1,903 
230 
250 

13 
505 
2,069 
230 
291 

Elementary  

Kindergarten  

Special  

41 

Totals  

219 

451 

2,657 

3,108 

*  Represents  the  number  of  districts. 

t  Includes  nine  afternoon  classes  as  follows:  Bowdoin  District  (1) ;  Ehot(l);  Hancock 
(1) ;  Phillips  Brooks  (1) ;  Quincy  (1) ;  Samuel  Adams  (2) ;   Ulysses  S.  Grant  (1) ;  Wells  (1). 

X  Horace  Mann,  Trade  School  for  Girls,  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boj-s,  and  the  Con- 
tinuation School.  The  number  of  teachers  given  includes  the  teachers  of  these  special 
schools  and  all  general  supervisors  and  directors. 


NORMAL  SCHOOL  TEACHERS. 
June  SO,  1914. 


Rank. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

1 

*3 

1 
3 
2 
7 

First  Assistants,  Heads  of  Departments  

2 
7 

Totals  

4 

9 

tl3 

*  Excludes  one  master,  head  of  department,  who  is  assigned  principal  of  the  Model  School, 
t  In  addition  there  was  one  instructor  who  was  assigned  to  the  English  High  School  for 
the  school  year  1913-14.    He  is  included  in  the  high  and  Latin  school  teachers. 


STATISTICS. 


31 


SUMMARY  OF  HIGH  AND  LATIN  SCHOOL  TEACHERS. 
June  SO,  1914. 


Rank. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

14 
49 

14 
49 
33 

18 
130 
164 
36 
37 
2 
10 
1 
8 

Masters,  Heads  of  Departments  

First  Assistants,  Heads  of  Departments  

33 
3 

18 
130 

164 
11 

37 
2 

10 
1 
4 

Instructors  in  Special  Brandies 

25 

Temporarily  Assigned  for  the  School  Year  

4 

Totals  

240 

265 

505 

32 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


HIGH  AND  LATIN  SCHOOLS. 
Number  and  Rank  of  Teachers,  June  30,  1914. 


Schools. 

Head  Masters. 

Masters,  Heads  of 
Departments. 

First  Assistants, 
Heads  of 
I  )epartmcnts.  ; 

Assistant 
Principals. 

03 
O 

to 
03 

Junior  Masters. 

G 

03 

.2 

01 
< 

1  :is(  riicl  ors  in 
Hranches. 

Assistant  In- 
structors in 
Special 
Branches. 

Special 

Assistants. 

Industrial 
Instructors. 

Vocational 
A  ssistants. 

Temporarily 
Assigned  for 
the  School  Year. 

Total. 

5 
2 
2 
2 
*3 
2 
7 
3 
6 

2 
1 
8 
2 
2 
2 

5 

15 
2 

26 
23 
16 
15 
62 
22 
57 
65 
38 

29 
20 
50 
29 
26 
27 

3 
1 
2 
3 
4 

13 
7 

-3 
31 
9 

36 

7 
9 
4 
19 
13 
13 

1 

2 
2 
4 
3 
1 
3 
5 

1 

3 
7 
1 
1 

2 

tl 
2 
4 
7 
1 

1 

1 
7 
2 

39 
4 

24 

1 
1 
27 
1 
3 
3 

1 

1 

1 

§3 

English  High  

8 

1 
1 

Girls'  High  

4 

12 

1 

High  School  of  Commerce, 

2 

3 
1 
1 

3 
4 
4 

4 
2 

9 

1 

Hyde  Park  High  

2 

1 

2 

Roxburj'  High  

2 
1 
1 

tl 

West  Roxbury  High  

1 

Totals  

14 

49  1  33 

3 

18 

130 

164 

36 

37 

2 

10 

1 

8 

505 

*  Including  1  Master,  Head  of  Department,  assigned  as  Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Evening  and  Continuation 
Schools  from  February  1  to  August  31,  1914. 

t  Also  assigned  to  Normal  School.  , 
i  Assignment  took  effect  October  20,  1913. 

5  In  addition  there  were  three  special  assistants,  industrial  department,  not  classified  as  teachers. 


STATISTICS. 


33 


SUMMARY  OF  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  TEACHERS. 

June  30,  1914. 


R  ^NK. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

63 
82 

6 

69 
82 

7n 
lU 

33 

98 

1 

47 

36 

32 

1,601 

Submasters  

aI  asters  Assistants  

7n 
/u 

33 

98 

1 

47 

36 

32 

1,580 

First  Assistants,  Grammar  School  

Assistants,  Ungraded  Classes  

Assistants,  Special  English  Classes  

•Assistants,  Special  Classes  .... 

Other  Assistants  

21 

Grade  Totals  

166 

1,903 

121 
109 

2,069 

121 
109 

Kindergartens: 

First  Assistants  

Assistants  

Totals  

166 

2,133 

2,299 

34 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


ele:mentary  schools. 

Number  and  Rank  of  Teachers,  June  30,  1914- 


.ants. 

3, 

hool. 

-  o 

05 
CO 

c3 

'S  OO 

m 

Kinder- 

GARTENS. 

Schools. 

Masters. 

Submastcrs. 

Masters'  Assist 

First  Assistant: 
Grammar  Sc 

First  Assistant! 
in  Charge. 

First  Assistanl, 
Primary  Sdi 

Assistants, 
Ungraded  CI 

o  tn 
a  c3 

cog 
5  fi 

< 

Assistants, 
Special  Class 

"c 

eS 

CQ 

c 

Total  Number 
Grade  Teach 
Juno  30,  191' 

.First 

Assistants. 

Assistants. 

2 

2 

1 

2 

3 

IV 

53 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

17 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

22 

27 

2 

1 

1 

2 

1 

3 

2 

21 

30 

1 

1 

1 

1 

11 

15 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

19 

24 

*2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

19 

25 

3 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

15 

21 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

28 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

19 

25 

2 

2 

Christopher  Gibson  

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

16 

21 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

20 

28 

3 

3 

1 

2 

1 

1 

3 

1 

1 

t  35 

45 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

1 

1  .so 

30 

2 

2 

3 

2 

1 

9ft 
Zo 

36 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

16 

25 

1 

'  1 

1   1    T>  'T'^I^^x^^ 

1 

1 

16 

1 

1 

Edward  Everett  

1 

1 

1 

ou 

35 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

21 

27 

1 

2 

3 

3 

1 

35 

55 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

t24 

29 

1 

3 

Everett  

1 

1 

1 

17 

22 

1 

1 

1 

13 

16 

1 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

26 

33 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

16 

22 

1 

1 

Frothingham  

1 

1 

1 

17 

22 

1 

1 

1 

1 

22 

26 

1 

1 

George  Putnam  

1 

2 

1 

31 

38 

3 

2 

*  Includes  one  temporary  teacher  ser\'ing  in  place  of  a  first  assistant,  kindergarten,  who  was 
temporarily  assigned  as  acting  director  of  kindergartens  for  the  school  year  1913-14. 

t  Includes  one  temporary  teacher  each  in  the  Dearborn,  Dillaway  and  Emerson  Districts 
serving  in  place  of  elementary  assistants  temporarily  assigned  to  classes  for  stammerers.  One  of 
these  assignments  was  for  the  school  year,  a  second  from  April  21  to  August  31  and  the  third 
from  May  4  to  August  31,  1914. 


STATISTICS. 


35 


ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS. 
Number  and  Rank  of  Teuchers,  June  30,  1914- —  Continued. 


Schools. 


Gilbert  Stuart  

Hancock  

Harvard  

Henry  Grew  

Henry  L.  Pierce  

Hugh  O'Brien  

Hyde  

Jefferson  

John  A.  Andrew  

John  Cheverus  

John  Winthrop  

Lawrence  

Lewis  

Longfellow  

Lowell  

Martin  

Mary  Hemenway  

Mather  

Minot  

Norcross  

Oliver  Hazard  Perry...  . 
OUver  Wendell  Holmes , 

PhilUps  Brooks  

Prescott  , 

Prince  , 

Quincy  

Rice  

Robert  G.  Shaw  

Roger  Wolcott  

Samuel  Adams  


CM 


.2  >> 

<  a 


O 

^  bC 
.2 


.5 

'o  ai 

cog 


10 


lis 


KlXDER- 
GARTEXS. 


16 

20 

2 

2 

35 

54 

5 

5 

16 

21 

2 

1 

12 

15 

2 

*  1 

26 

32 

2 

2 

30 

37 

2 

2 

18 

25 

2 

2 

14 

17 

2 

1 

26 

32 

1 

1 

12 

17 

1 

1 

24 

32 

2 

2 

19 

25 

1 

1 

37 

46 

2 

2 

22 

26 

1 

1 

23 

30 

2 

1 

13 

18 

1 

1 

29 

36 

2 

2 

t43 

51 

2 

1 

11 

15 

1 

20 

27 

2 

2 

16 

22 

1 

1 

60 

69 

4 

4 

32 

37 

2 

2 

16 

20 

1 

1 

18 

23 

1 

1 

22 

31 

3 

3 

16 

23 

1 

18 

22 

1 

30 

35 

2 

2 

t41 

51 

5 

5 

*  Includes  one  temporary  assistant,  kindergarten,  on  dutj'  throughout  the  year. 


t  Includes  one  temporary 
place  of  assistants  temporaril 


teacher  each  in  the  ^Mather  and  Samuel  Adams  Districts  ser\-ing  in 
y  assigned  to  a  high  school  for  the  school  year  1913-14. 
J  Includes  one  teacher  specially  assigned  from  the  Oliver  Hazard  Perry  District  to  serWce 
in  special  class  while  retaining  rank  of  elementary  assistant.    This  teacher  is  not  included  under 
"  Other  Assistants  "  since  her  place  was  not  filled. 


36 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS. 
Number  and  Rank  of  Teachers,  June  30,  1G14- —  Concluded. 


Schools. 


CO  — 

<  5 


< 


sit 


-t^  n 


Sherwin  

Shurtleff  

Theodore  Lyman . . . 
Thomas  Gardner. . . 

Thomas  N.  Hart  

Ulysses  S.  Grant. .  . . 

Warren  

Washington  

Washington  Allston . 

Wells  

Wendell  Phillips .... 
William  E.  Russell.  . 


17 
13 
20 
27 
"21 
22 
19 
*  33 
14 
45 
24 
25 


25 
19 
26 
32 
28 
31 
24 
41 
19 
55 
t  39 
30 


Totals 


69     82     70     33     98      1     47     36     32    1,601    2,069   121  109 


*  Includes  one  temporary  teacher  each  in  the  Washington  District  serving  in  place  of  an 
elementarj-  assistant  temporarily  assigned  to  classes  for  stammerers.  This  assignment  was  for 
the  school  year. 

t  Includes  one  teacher  specially  assigned  from  the  Wendell  Phillips  District  to  service  in  a 
special  class  while  retaining  rank  of  elementary  assistant.  This  teacher  is  not  included  under 
"Other  Assistants"  since  her  place  was  not  filled. 

t  Includes  one  temporary  teacher  serving  in  place  of  an  assistant,  elementary  schools,  assigned 
to  the  Department  of  Manual  Arts  for  the  school  year  1913-14. 


STATISTICS. 


37 


SPECIAL  TEACHERS,  SUPERVISORS  AND  DIRECTORS. 


June  30,  1914. 


■ 

vv  omGn. 

Total. 

Horace  Mann  School: 

1 

1 

1 

1 

14 

14 

Day  Industrial  Schools: 
Trade  School  for  Girls: 

1 

1 

3 

3 

1 

1 

Assistants  

2 

2 

3 

3 

7 

7 

14 

14 

11 

11 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boj^s:  * 

1 

9 

1 

9 

3 

3 

Household  Science  and  Arts: 

1 

1 

40 

40 

57 

57 

Department  of  Manual  Arts: 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

9 

t  9 
5 

3 

2 

1 

10 

11 

4 

t  50 

54 

1 

1 

Continuation  School: 

1!  2 

2 

1 

1 

Supervisor  of  Special  Classes  

1 

1 

1 

1 

Director  of  Promotion  and  Educational  Measurement  

1 

1 

School  Hygiene: 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Instructor  in  Athletics  

1 

1 

3 

3 

Music  Department: 

1 

1 

4 

4 

6 

6 

Practice  and  Training: 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

3 

Speech  Improvement  Classes: 

4 

4 

2 

2 

1 

1 

Military  Drill: 

1 

1 

1 



1 

1 

Totals  

41 

250 

291 

*  In  addition  there  were  two  special  assistants  in  the  Mechanical  Department  who 
were  not  classified  as  teachers. 

t  Includes  one  temporary  teacher  from  Hj^de  Park. 

i  Includes  one  teacher  temporarily  assigned  from  an  elementarj'  school  for  the  school 
year  1913-14. 

§  A  teacher  in  the  Dorchester  High  School  was  temporarily  assigned  as  Assistant  to  the 
Director  of  Evening  and  Continuation  Schools  from  February  1  to  August  31,  1914. 
II  In  addition  there  were  four  assistants,  elementary  course,  on  part  time. 
Note.  —  For  Summer  Review  School  teachers  see  page  49. 


• 


38 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


MISCELLANEOUS  SUPERVISORS. 


Nurses  (including  supervising  nurse)   35  • 

School  Physicians   87 

Attendance  Officers  (including  deputy  chief  attendance  officer)      .  22 

Supervisor  of  Licensed  Minors   1 

Special  Inspector  of  Minors'  Certificates   1 

Medical  Inspector,  Special  Classes   1 

Acting  Director  and  Associate  Director  of  the  Extended  Use  of 

Public  Schools   2 

NUMBER  OF  TEACHERS. 
January  SI,  1914- 

1.  Normal  School  *  14 

2.  Latin  and  High  Schools  t  503 

3.  Elementary  Schools: 

Principals   70 

Grade  Teachers  %  1,964 

  2,034 

4.  Kindergartens  §  221 

5.  Horace  Mann  School  16 

6.  Special  Teachers: 

Supervisor  of  Household  Science  and  Arts       .      .  1 

Cooking   40 

Sewing   57 

Department  of  Manual  Arts     '  ||  82 

Director  of  Evening  and  Continuation  Schools       .  1 

Director  of  Kindergartens   1 

Supervisor  of  Special  Classes  .  .  .  .  .  1 
Director  of  Practice  in  Courses  in  Salesmanship  ,  1 
Director,  First  Assistant  Director  and  Assistant 

Directors  of  Practice 'and  Training       ...  5 

Music  Department   11 

Department  of  School  Hygiene   7 

Instructor  and  Assistant  Instructor  in  Military  Drill  2 
Speech  Improvement  Classes: 

Classes  for  Stammerers   2 

Class  for  Hearing  Mutes   1 

Class  for  Semi-BUnd   1 

Teacher  of  Penmanship   1 

—  214 

7.  Day  Industrial  Schools: 

Trade  School  for  Girls   43 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys     ....  14 

—  57 

8.  Continuation  School  ^2 


Total  Number  of  Teachers      .      .      .      .    '  .      .      .  3,061 


*  Includes  one  teacher  assigned  from  an  elementary  school.  Excludes  one  teacher 
temporarily  assigned  to  a  high  school  and  one  master,  head  of  department,  assigned  as 
principal  of  the  ^lodel  School. 

t  Includes  five  temporary  teachers,  four  teachers  assigned  from  elementary  schools, 
one  teacher  assigned  from  the  Normal  School,  two  teachers  vsdth  the  rank  of  special 
assistant,  all  on  full  time,  and  excludes  one  teacher  of  salesmanship  assigned  to  part-time 
service  in  the  East  Boston  High  School. 

t  Excludes  two  teachers  assigned  to  classes  for  stammerers,  two  teachers  temporarily 
assigned  to  the  Manual  Arts  Department,  four  teachers  temporarily  assigned  to  high 
schools,  and  one  teacher  temporarily  assigned  to  the  Normal  School. 

§  Excludes  one  teacher  temporarily  assigned  as  director  of  kindergartens  but  includes 
the  temporary  teacher  who  served  in  her  place. 

I|  Includes  two  teachers  temporarily  assigned  from  elementary  schools. 

K  In  addition  there  were  four  assistants,  preparatory  course;  four  assistants,  elementary 
course;  two  assistants,  advanced  course,  and  six  assistants,  modern  language  course, 
on  part  time. 


STATISTICS. 


39 


EVENING  SCHOOLS. 


Summary  of  Statistics  —  School  Year  1913-1914- 


lools. 

chers. 

o 

6 
« 

of  Sell 

of 

ir  Tea 

Total  Registration. 

5  til 

d 

03 

a 

1 

< 

u 

a 

o 

Number 

Si  M 

c3 

i-2 

S3 

^lales. 

Females. 

Total. 

< 

< 

p 
< 

9 

140 

3,755 
8,685 

2,832 
5,381 

6,587 
14,066 

4,328 
7,855 

3,470 
6,422 

858 

80 

Elementary  Schools  

19 

284 

1,433 

82 

*  Industrial  Schools  

1 

20 

760 

26 

78() 

325 

102 

76 

Evening  Trade  School .  .  . 

1 

7 

165 

165 

91 

71 

20 

78 

Totals  

30 

451 

13,200 

8,404 

21,604 

12,701 

10,288 

2,413 

81 

*  Central  Industrial  and  four  branches. 


EVENING  SCHOOLS. 
School  Year  1913-1914  —  Continued. 


High  Schools. 


Total  Registration. 


Males.    Females.  Total 


3  M 


"^3 

-a1 


il 


Central  

Charlestown . . 
Dorchester.  .  . 
East  Boston . . 

Girls'  

Hyde  Park.  .  . 

North  

Roxbury  

South  Boston. 


Totals. 


1,223 
203 
635 
345 


52 
158 
648 
491 


129 
237 
473 
196 
794 
52 
132 
480 
339 


1,352 
440 

1,108 
541 
794 
104 
290 

1,128 
830 


793 
325 
678 
351 
555 
60 
206 
752 


625 
268 
523 
280 
464 
44 
174 
605 
487 


3,755 


2,832 


6,587 


4,328 


3,470 


168 
57 

155 
71 
91 
16 
32 

147 

121 


S5S 


80 


66 


40 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


EVENING  SCHOOLS. 
School  Year  1913-1914.—  Concluded. 


Elementary  Schools. 


Total  Registration. 


Males.    Females.  Total 


Abraham  Lincoln . .  . 

Bigelow  

Bowdoin  

Comins  

Dearborn  

Eliot  

Franklin  

Frederic  W.  Lincoln. 

Hancock  

Hyde  Park  

John  Cheverus  

Marshall  

Phillips  Brooks  

Quincy  

Theodore  Lj-man  .  .  . 

Warren.  

Washington  

Washington  Allston . 
Wells  


273 
608 
391 
671 
198 
1,672 
642 
179 


196 
428 
783 
308 
102 


302 
123 
132 
461 
730 
672 
146 
562 
251 
672 


490 
142 
617 
73 
157 
268 
416 
251 
329 
217 
427 
177 


1,036 
1,174 
979 
300 
1,672 
1,132 
321 
617 
375 
280 
400 
877 
981 
1,001 
363 
989 
428 
672 


229 
629 
695 
515 
180 
871 
617 
197 
392 
167 
151 
199 
481 
512 
576 
256 
558 
230 
400 


193 
524 
565 
430 
152 
720 
505 
157 
338 
142 
121 
140 
367 
430 
465 
154 
487 
194 
338 


Totals. 


,685 


5,381 


14,066  7,855 


,422 


1,433 


Industrial  School  and 
Branches. 


Central  

Brimmer  Branch. . .  . 
East  Boston  Branch. 
Hyde  Park  Branch. . 
Roxbury  Branch. . .  . 


347 
186 
55 
31 
141 


26 


347 
186 
55 
31 
167 


177 
96 
35 
17 

102 


139 
71 
27 
12 


Totals. 


26 


•86 


427 


325 


Evening  Trade  School . 


165 


STATISTICS. 


41 


EVENING  SCHOOLS. 

School  Year  1913-1914. —  Extension  of  Term. 


Schools. 


Total  Registration. 


Males.    Females.  Total 


3  M 


OS 


Bigelow  

Bowdoin  

Eliot  

Franklin  

Hancock  

Phillips  Brooks. 

Quincy  

L  jTnan  

Washington. . . . 


108 
133 
459 
240 


128 
191 
178 
188 


101 
258 


147 
650 
107 
117 
142 
157 


209 
391 
459 
387 
650 
235 
308 
320 
345 


182 
316 
364 
302 
295 
204 
254 
276 
285 


163 
269 
319 
275 
261 
162 
225 
244 
252 


Totals. 


1,625 


1,679 


3,304 


2,478 


2,170 


309 


20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO. 


W5 


Bj  o  a 
O 


•89^1^ 


•ea]Bj\[ 


•ea^Buiaj 


•gapj\[ 


•ea^Braaj[ 


•ea^Bp^ 


•saiBraaj 


•sa|Bi\[ 


•sapraaj 


•ea^Bi,\[ 


•sa^'Buiaj 


•sa|'Braaj[ 


•sa^'B]/^ 


•sa^Braaj 


•eaiBj\[ 


•sa^Braoj 


•ss^Binaj 


•sa]'Bi\r 


•So 

c3  03 


I 


>  a 
Si -a 


■3  o 


STATISTICS. 


43 


Totals  for  Each 
Grade  or  Subject. 

1,G2G 
900 
1,012 
22G 
50 
5,340 
1,582 
1,495 
444 
30 
54 
517 
189 
359 

13,824 

CT>OOMOOOOOOOOO-*'r^C5C3 

12 

987 
615 
GGG 
103 
40 

3,972 
864 

1,016 
234 
22 

C5 

'4 

a 

^          n      •          --I  cc 

00     00  o 
O      CO  CO 

(M 

Over  21  and 
Under  31 
Years. 

■*Tj(iO(N               •<»<'-HO(N  COOOOCO 
^      r-                                  IN  .-H 

CO 

00 

o 
o 

CO 

•sal's 

(NO.-iO<N'+i-Ot^OO 
T}<t^.-iiOi-iOOO— lO 
,-1                 (N                                     Oi       rjt  ^ 

o 

EC 

_  K 

•S9{BUI9J 

O-Hr-ir0f0C0C<3Tt<(M,-(C000O(N 

t< 
o 

fO                                                 O      >-H      (N  .... 

CO  .... 

20 

Years. 

o 

M          LO                05    00    00    1-1  .... 

CO  .... 

19 

Years. 

OOC501rHC5i-(-OO.-l(N'-H00t^ 

o 

o 
CO 

lO      00      w      X      -O              lO              C<l  —I 
lO      00      O                                lO      C<l  (N 

lO        ^  -H 

X 

o_ 

—  5q_ 

18 

Years. 

OO-*Oi-i.-iTj<l>t^.-(C0OI>O 

o 

00 

O        O                                -t<        r-l        C)  OO 

oo 
q_ 

17 

Years. 

.-hO'^O        -      OOENOCO        -  TtHO-HIM 

o 
o 
o 

00 

00      CO      lO                       CO              O  .-H 
^0 

lO 

(N 

C0_ 

EC 

■  a 
>^ 

iOicOTp.-Huo-orO'-ic^ 

,-H      CO      CO                       ^      lo  ,-1 

o 

—  cs 

oseocooiNOGOOO-^ 

t>.      00                                O      CO  CO 

X 
UO 

a> 

00 

a 
>^ 

CO      T-i      ^      i-H      !N  T}< 
00      CO  (N 

■  1-1 

(N 

o 

(N                                T}(  rf. 

(M      O  (N 

(N 

i-O      iM  (N 

o 

C<l 

CO 

in 

14 

Y 10  a  us. 

00      O      »      1-1         •  ^ 
CO  (N 

e> 

  04 

1      O      Tt<                 •      i-(  (M 

1    2    '-'^  ; 

CO 

o 
o 
-si 

I 

<» 

S 


C       =3  .2 

111 


EC 


^     S       %  ^ 


►5  pq 


H         H    h:i  O 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  b. 


a  ^ 

<i 
H  3 

oc 
? 

o 

CO 

cc 

o 

OC 

C5 
CO 

IN 
<N 

00 

cc 

C5 

§^ 

2^ 

w 

cc 

cc 

oc 

o 

cs 

iC 

O 

OS 
t> 

«-5  <: 

oc 

^) 

  05 

a 

c 

o 

"5 

X 

<r 

<N 

CO 

_5 

(N 

I— 

cc 

C5 

— 

M  ■< 

>^ 

o 

X 

LC 

o 

OB 

©  « 

(M 
iC 

o 

—  o 

>< 

o 

X 

o 

(M 

o 

B 
>^ 

— 

o 

X 

>^ 

1 

-i 

1 

B 
>- 

O 

& 
CO 

c 

^ 
c 
c 
X. 

a: 

u 
c 

-  1 

f 

> 

c 
t 

tj 

r 
c 

; 

c 

a 
.£ 

'  1 

c 

: 

« 

"S 

o 
H 

"c 
'a 

3 
O, 

"o 

(1 

¥ 

1 

STATISTICS. 


45 


Totals  for  Each 
Grade  or  Subject. 

6,649 
13,824 
938 

21,411 

2,822 
5,305 
179 

o 
o 
co_ 

CO 

3,827 
8,519 
759 

o 

CO 

05  CS 

K  a 
> 

■ 

—  z 

O       Tt<  C3 
O  l> 

CO 
to 

a 
o 

•sa|Bi\[ 

00      O  (N 
^      00  ^ 

7-1        Tf<  T-H 

2  1 

co_ 

Q 

«s  a  <; 
K  S  ^ 

o 

391 
1,132 
54 

l> 

00 

582 
293 

co" 

o 

lO 

CO       Tj<  C5 
(N  O 

Ci 
CO 

O      00  00 
I>  LO 

o 
o 

20 

Years. 

g  s  ^ 

1-1  lO 

00 

CO 

■S8pXN[ 

O  <M 

,-1  LO 

(N  t> 

00 

o 

co__ 

^     00  ir- 
es) ^ 
(M  O 

CO 

00 

o 

a 
>^ 

354 
1,048 
59 

CO 

—  CO 
CM 

18 

Years. 

CO  -H 

CO  o 

o 

457 
1,093 

84 

CO 
CO 

CO_ 
CO 

17 

Years. 

CO  o 

CO     o  >-< 

o_ 

00 

o 

CO    lO  CO 

lO       CO  C5 

eo_ 

co" 

16 

Years. 

•S9|BUI9J 

lO      CO  — 1  ■ 
O  --1 

Tf< 

oo 

00 

o 

■S9|BX\[ 

— (  Tj< 

Tl<  oo 
O  lO 

1  CO 
CO 
C0_ 

co" 

15 

Years. 

•S9^Bra9J 

in  ,-1 

O  Tl< 

Tj<  CO 

o 

o 
o 

LO  CO 
05  CO 
CO 

00 

00 

•Bai'Bin9j 

o  o 

UO        -it  t-H 

CO 

CM  CO 

o 

00 

c 
c 

a: 

Elementary  Schools. .  .  . 
Industrial  Schools  

1 

c 

Total   number  of 
pupils  of  each  age, 

SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


5° 


•sa{'Bni9j[ 


STATISTICS.  47 


Countries  of  Birth  of  Pupils  in  Evening  Schools. 


T. 

c  2 

Country  of  Birth. 

o 
o 

•7-  O 

c  c 

m  ei 

S  t- 

u 

K 

31 

297 

2 

7 

526 

724 

164 

2 

26 

1 

11 

384 

22 

181 

13 

90 

3,439 

16 

3 

1 

9 

45 

7 

3 

64 

545 

5,244 

111 

3 

18 

Sweden  

20 

236 

29 

51 

639 

9 

United  States  

5,300 

2,300 

•  570 

Other  Countries  

33 

220 

14 

Totals  

6,649 

13,824 

938 

*  Includes  Hebrews.  Poles,  Finns  and  Lithuanians, 
t  Includes  Albanians,  Armenians  and  Syrians. 


48 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


CONTINUATION  SCHOOL. 


School  Year  1913-1914. 


Classes. 

33 

a 
2 

33 

'Jl 
3 

3 

33 

3 

33 

£ 

3 

O 

1  );tys  of  Sessions. 

1 

Date  of  Opening. 

Date  of  Closing. 

Average  Age  of 
Pupils. 

Certificates 
Granted. 

Dry  Goods  

47 

P.  M. 

^londay, 

1913. 

1913. 

22 

30 

4-6 

Friday. 

Sept.  22 

1914. 
Jan.  5 

Dec.  12 

1914. 
Mar.  27 

344 

A.  M 

^Monday, 
Tuesday, 
Wednesday 
Thursday, 
Friday. 

1913. 

1914. 

19 

55 

9-11 
P.  M. 
3-5 

Sept.  15 

June  5 

249 

A.  M. 

Monday, 
Tuesday, 
Wednesday 
Thursday, 
Friday. 

1913. 

1914. 

19 

47 

10-12 
P.  M. 

1— O 
3-5 

Dec.  4 

June  16 

Preparatory  Salesman- 
ship. 

320 

A.  M. 

8.30-10.30 

Tuesday, 
Wednesday 

X  U  1X1  OLiOijr  1 

Friday. 

1913. 
Sept.  16 

1914. 
June  5 

16 

96 

Salesmanship  

129 

A.  M. 

Tuesday, 
Wednesday 
Thursday, 
Friday. 

1913. 

1914. 

21 

16 

8.30-10.30 

P.  M. 
o  on  A  ic\ 
z.oU— 4.oU 

Oct.  24 

June  5 

Shoe  and  Leather  

46 

P.  M. 

Monday, 
Friday. 

1913. 

1913. 

21 

35 

3.30-5.30 

Sept.  15 

1914. 
Jan.  12 

Dec.  5 

1914. 
April  3 

French 

228 

P.  M. 

Tuesday, 
Wednesday 
Thursday, 
Friday. 

1913. 

1914. 

4.30-5.30 

Sept.  30 

May  8 

Italian  

293 

P.  M. 

Mondajs 
Tuesday, 
Wednesday 
Thursday, 
Friday. 

1913. 

1914. 

3.30-4.30 
4.30-5.30 

Sept.  22 

May  8 

Spanish  

168 

P.  M. 

Monday, 
Tuesday, 
Wednesday 
Thursday. 

1913. 

1914. 

4.30-5.30 

Sept.  17 

]May  7 

Totals  

1,824 

279 

STATISTICS. 


49 


CONTINUATION  SCHOOL. 

School  Year  1913-1914- 


Classes. 

Total 
Registration. 

Average 

Membership 
(Per  Class). 

Average 
Attendance 
(Per  Class). 

Percentage  of 
Attendance. 

Pupils  Employed 
by  Boston 
Firms. 

Pupils  Living  in 
Boston. 

Pupils  Living  Out- 
side Boston. 

34 

16 

15 

91 

32 

30 

4 

215 

64 

55 

85 

214 

213 

2 

Household  Arts  

66 

10 

9 

93 

66 

54 

12 

Preparatory  Salesmanship  

212 

20 

17 

85 

212 

160 

52 

63 

19 

17 

91 

63 

41 

22 

Shoe  and  Leather  

45 

19 

17 

89 

32 

22 

23 

259 

28 

23 

81 

113 

227 

32 

Italian  

259 

26 

22 

84 

150 

217 

42 

160 

33 

27 

79 

91 

129 

31 

Totals  

1,313 

235 

202 

86 

973 

1,093 

220 

SUMMER  REVIEW  SCHOOLS. 


o 

6 

c  o 

>> 

Name  of  School. 

c3 

CO 

rage 
emben 

rage 
ttcndar 

entage 
:tei)dar 

2|  g 

< 

< 

< 

High  

433 

413 

396 

95.9 

16.0 

Elementary: 

Charlestown  

240 

234 

220 

96.0 

8.0 

City  

735 

666 

624 

93.7 

21.6 

East  Boston  

557 

490 

450 

91.8 

16.0 

1,222 

1,121 

1,054 

94.0 

35.0 

828 

734 

695 

94.6 

25.1 

West  End  

569 

516 

488 

94.6 

17.0 

Totals: 

4,1-51 

3,761 

3,531 

93.9 

122.7 

High  

433 

413 

396 

95.9 

16.0 

4,584 

4,174 

3,927 

94. 1 

13S.7 

Note. —  For  other  Summer  Review  School  statistics  see  pages  22  and  27. 


50 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  XO.  6. 


PLAYGROUNDS. 

Xumber  of  Teachers,  School  Year  1913-1914^. 


r. 

s 

—  y 

x 

Seasons. 

X 

'S 
c 

I 
c 

C  "Z 

_x 

1 

< 

"  X 

'x 

\ 

X 

—  X 

=  < 

< 

- 

1913. 

Fall  (September  10  to  October  31): 

\ 

Men  



55 

55 

Women  

19 

9 

- 

3 

3S 

Totals  

19 

9 

3 

00 

93 

1914. 

1 

Men  

59 

59 

Women  

22 

12 

3 

2 

39 

Totals  

■■>2 

12 

3 

2 

59 

9S 

Summer  (June  17  to  September  Sj : 

Men  

1 

2 

Women  

44 

45 

40 

2 

131 

Totals  

44 

45 

4:1 

0 

2 

133 

SCHOOLHOUSE  SUMMARY. 

School  Year  Ending  June  30.  1914- 


Gr-vde  of  School. 


Xumber 
of 

Buildings. 


Assemblv 
Halls.' 


DriU  Halls 

and 
Gymnasia. 


CONSTBUCTIOX  OF 
SCHOGLHOUiES. 


Wood. 


Brick. 


Fire- 
proof. 


Normal  j  1 

High  and  Latin   1-4 

Elementary-  \  *  352 

Trade  School  for  Girls   1 

Horace  Mann  School   1 

Totals   369 


13 


tl77 


1 
14 
175 
1 
1 


94 


19i 


39 


*  Two  are  used  as  high  schools  and  one  by  the  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys. 

t  Including  105  portable  schcolhouses.  ,    .       ,       ,     ,  ,     ,  „  • 

XoTE  —  In  addition  to  the  above  there  were  m  use  dunns  the  school  year  the  following 

rented  quarters:  Elementar>-,  29  (wood  7,  brick  22;;   high,  3  (wood  1,  brick  2);  total, 

32  (wood  8.  brick  24). 


STATISTICS. 


51 


SCHOOLROOMS  AND  SITTINGS. 


Schools. 


Day 
Rooms. 


Evening 
Rooms. 


Day 
School 
Sittings. 


Normal  

•High  and  Latin  (including  all  rooms  in  which  instruction 
of  any  character  is  given)  

Elementary  

Horace  Mann  School  

Spectacle  Island  School  

Industrial  Schools  

Totals  


42 

476 
2.320 
15 
1 

36 


141 
274 


31 


224 

17,432 
106,527 
180 
12 


2.890 


446 


124,375 


CLASS  ROOMS  IN  NORMAL,  HIGH  AND  LATIN  SCHOOLS. 

(Including  Laboratories  and  all  Other  Rooms  in  which  Instruction  of  any 
Character  is  Given.) 


Schools. 

Rooms. 

Gvmnasia  and 
brill  Halls. 

42 

*G. 

Public  Latin  School  

31 

t  D.  H.  and  G. 

Girls'  Latin  School  

21 

*  G. 

20 

D.  H.  and  G. 

18 

G. 

59 

G. 

16 

G. 

49 

t  D.  H.  and  G. 

Girls'  High  School  

52 

G. 

25 

G. 

High  School  of  Practical  Arts  

42 

G. 

Hyde  Park  High  School  

17 

D.  H. 

31 

36 

D.  H. 

South  Boston  High  School  

24 

G. 

West  Roxbury  High  School  •.  

21 

G. 

Total  

504 

*  Used  jointly.  t  Used  jointlj'. 


9 


52 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  6. 


CLASS  ROOMS  IN  ELEMENTARY  DISTRICTS. 

(Including  Regular  Schoolhouses,  Portables,  Hired  Quarters  and  Impro- 
vised Rooms  in  Halls,  Corridors  and  Basements.) 

June  30,  1914. 


District. 


District. 


Abraham  Lincoln  

Agassiz  

Bennett  

Bigelow  

Blackinton  

Bowditch  

Bowdoin  

Bunker  Hill  

Chapman  

Charles  Sumner  

Christopher  Gibson  

Comins  

Dearborn  

Dillaway  

Dudley  

Dwight  y. 

Edmund  P.  Tileston  

Edward  Everett  

Elihu  Greenwood  

Eliot  

Emerson  

Everett  

Francis  Parkman  

Franklin  , 

Frederic  W.  Lincoln  

Frothingham  

Gaston  

George  Putnam  

Gilbert  Stuart  

Hancock  

Harvard  

Henry  Grew  

Henry  L.  Pierce  

Hugh  O'Brien  

Hyde  

Jefferson  


John  A.  Andrew  

John  Cheverus  

John  Winthrop  

L  awrence  

Lewis  

Longfellow  

Lowell  

Martin  

Mary  Hemenway  

Mather  

Minot  

Norcross  

Oliver  Hazard  Perry .  .  . 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes. 

Phillips  Brooks  

Prescott  

j  Prince  

Quincy  

j  Rice  

j  Robert  G.  Shaw  

!  Roger  Wolcott  

Samuel  Adams  

Sherwin  

I  Shurtleff  

j  Theodore  Lyman  

Thomas  Gardner  

Thomas  N.  Hart  

Ulysses  S.  Grant  

Warren  

Washington  

Washington  Allston. . .  . 

Wells  

Wendell  Phillips  

William  E.  Russell  

Horace  Mann  (Special) . 

Total  


STATISTICS. 


53 


SEATING  CAPACITY. 


NORMAL,  LATIN  AND  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 
(Seats  Available  for  "Home"  Seating.) 
June  80,  1914. 


Schools. 


Regular  Hall 
Seats.  Seats. 


Portable 
Seats. 


In 
Rented 
Quarters. 


In  Base- 
ments. 


Normal  

Public  Latin  

Girls'  Latin  

Brighton  High  

Charlestown  High  

Dorchester  High  

East  Boston  High  

English  High  

Girls'  High  

High  School  t)f  Commerce .  .  . 
High  School  of  Practical  Arts. 

Hyde  Park  High  

Mechanic  Arts  High  

Roxbury  High  

South  Boston  High  

West  Roxbury  High  


224 
1,324 
633 
533 
448 
1,599 
659 
995 
2,217 
1,254 
811 
457 
1,202 
971 
879 
610 


216 
140 


99 


149 


37 
37 
210 
302 
44 
106 


276 


176 


t724 


Totals. 


14,816 


604 


1,268 


724 


*  In  recitation  room. 


t  Tremont  street,  284;  Franklin  Union,  440. 


OS 

,A 

S  c 
o 

2,428 
901 
1,480 
1,328 
704 
1,429 
1,240 
1,099 
1,436 
1,342 
1,040 
1,537 
2,198 

-J^puT^J 

CO  C<l 

O         Tjl  o 

L^Ot^COCOrfTfOO 

2,325 
859 
1,388 
1,328 
649 
1,319 
1,123 
1,050 
1,316 
1,192 
976 
1,393 
2,140 

< 

< 
a 
t< 

X 

total 
numukr  of 

EXTRA  SEATS. 

00 

CO 

CO      O      lO              O      "-I  (N 
05      CO      O      O              --I  CO 
<M  (N 

O       05  <© 
»0      CO  CO 

CO 
o 

iC 

CO 

CO    o    lo          ir>    --I  CO 

O      CO      O      05  CO 

c  o 
lO  CO 

o 
o 

ii 

«  < 

a 

-japni^j 

•apBJO 

5  g 
«  :^ 

O  -3 

00 

iC  o 

o 

lO 

-japui"^ 

•9pBJQ 

00 

UO  O 

o 

1.0 

z 
s 

30 
< 

CO 

-J9pUI^J 

•apBjQ 

CO 

-i9pUI"V[ 

•apBJO 

CO 

* 

PORTABLE 
HKATH  IN 
REGULAU 
ROOMS. 

CO 

00 

O      O      O      O      O      "-I  CO 

CO          ^  ,1 

CO 
CO 

-japuiX 

X 

■<tl 

.     o       ■       ■  • 

•apBJO 

CO 

•    c;     -o  o 

CO 

-o    ^  CO 
'-I 

C5  CO 
CO  CO 

Regulau  Skats. 

2,290 
901 
1,387 
1,292 
639 
1,225 
1,164 
1,088 
1,204 
1,342 
990 
1,498 
2,132 

-J3pUI^[ 

■  to 

■  o 

CO      O     O  00 
^      ^      C5      O      O  IC 

•apBJO 

2,290 
859 
1,295 
1,292 
584 
1,225 
1,047 
1,045 
1,084 
1.192 
92() 
1,354 
2,074 

District. 

c 
1 
c 

1 

c 
c 

X. 
c. 

c 

5 

a 
c 

\  ^ 

c 

c 
1 

i  _ 

a 

Ii 

< 
54 


I  g  1 
<   «  eq 


P3   «  cq 


o  o  o 


c  c^j  00  'O    '-2  ^ 

o  CO    o    'C  c^i  -r 

^^tS^^C^OOC^t^'M 


r;  'M 

o 

Ci 


rH       ,-H  (N 


lO     CO  o 

CO    CO  X 

^        ^  !M 

t--  CO 

O  — '     CO  CO 

O      O      --I      ^  X 

CO     CO    CO    CO    o  -H 

C2      lO      O               ^  (N 

CO  -H 

c 

•  lO 

CO  X 
lO  ^ 

CO 

C: 

i-O 

»0      CO  O 

CO      C5  X 

^  ^ 

(N  C 

(N  r-t 

o          CO    CO  o 

00                  O        rH        ^  00 

CO      O               CO      ^  —t 
C3                       ^      CO  IM 
CO                           Tt<  .-1 

(N 

X 

CO 

X 

<N 
(N 

•  lO 

•  CO 

Tj<  X 

^  X 

O      X  (N 
O 

CO  >-i 

o 

lO         •  uO 
(N         •  LO 

X 

X 

X 
CO 

o 

o 

X 
X 

CO 
lO 

X 
X 

o 

OQ 
UK 

CO 

IC      CO  C: 
CO  O 

-1 

(N  — 1  Tf< 

O    CO          CO    0^  ^ 

O      CO      X      lO  --I 
CO              t>      --H  (N 

Lo      •      ■      ■      ■  ■ 

.           .      .  . 

luO      CO  o 

CO  o 

^  2 

O      lO      CO  (N 
X  — 1  Tf< 

CO      CO      t>      lO      Tt<  ^ 
CO                       --H  (M 

05  CO 

CO 

CO 


<N  '<  O 
^  X 

^         tN  r-l 


S  CO 


uO  CI 
C5  O 


55 


O    O    O    W    ffi    W  ffi 


2  o 

^-^ 
a  o 


H  O 

c 

1,022 
1,505 

782 
1,987 
1,273 
2,159 
1,355 
1,492 

987 
1,870 
2,752 

741 
1,431 

930 
1,444 

732 
1,875 
1,220 
2,027 
1,295 
1,306 

927 
1,767 
2,622 

701 
1.337 

Extra  Seats. 

TOTAL 
NUMBER  OF 
EXTRA  SEATS. 

(N  r- 

5 

o 

(N    O  rc 
O 

r-l                                            (M  >— 1 

ii 

z  s 
k| 

-japuix 

•apBiO 

a  00 
J  o 
a  z 

eS 

9  3 
-  o 

o 
o 

o  c 

00  05 

□0 

o  o 

-japnix 

•apBJLO 

30  ?5 

X 

z 
s 

OD 

<: 
a 

•T'BIO  T 

■U9JJB3 

-japai}>j 

■apBJQ 

c 

o 

o 

00 

•uaiiBS 
-japniAj 

•ap^jQ 

00 

1 

PORTABLE 
SEATS  IN 
REGULAR 
ROOMS. 

c;          -.o          --I  o 
:o    --I  o 

•ua^aBS 
-japni;N{ 

O               •                                            •  • 

o            •    o            •  o 

•apBjQ 

CO 

!M      -X:      00      ^     •-I  O 

-lapur^ 


•apBjr) 


:^  s  s 


-J  o 

I  ^ 


56 


CO  lO 

o  CO 

O  CO 


O  CO  t- 
10  o 

Tt<  (N 


^<     fO     o5     S  EC 

CO  05 
.-I      ,-H  (N 


lO 


,-1  (M 


i-H        .-I  C^^ 


Tf5  

00  ^ 
o  ^ 


CO  C5 


00      00  —I 
C3  O 
00  .-H 


^  1  s 

2  I  i 


57 


2  W 


s  s 

o  o 

h  Eh 


^      ^      ^      ^      ^  ^ 


58 


SCHOOL  DOCUMEXT.no.  6. 


EXTENDED   USE    OF  THE   PUBLIC  SCHOOLS  1913-14. 


EVENING  CENTERS. 


Activity. 

Total 
Attendance. 

Average 
Nightly 
Attendance. 

Evening  Centers  

216,822 
23,157 
16,259 
62,324 

586 
374 
246 
252 

Use  of  School  Accommodations  

Aggregate  Total  

318,562 
16,042 

Net  Total  Attendance  

302,520 

DETAIL  OF  DUPLICATIONS. 

Eight  Activities  reported  both  as  "Non-Enghsh  Lectures"  and  as 
"L'se  of  School  Accommodations." 

Total  Duplication  1,205 

Thirty-Three  Activities  reported  both  as  "Public  Lectures"  and  as 
"Evening  Centers"  activities. 

Total  Duplication  14,337 

One  Activity  reported  both  as  "Use  of  School  Accommodations" 
and  as  "Evening  Centers"  activit}'. 

Total  Duplication   500 


Gross  Total  of  Duplications 


16.042 


STATISTICS. 


59 


WORKERS  EMPLOYED. 


Title. 

Charlestown 
Evening 
Center. 

Dorchester 
Evening 
Center. 

East  Boston 
Evening 
Center. 

Roxbury 
Evening 
Center. 

South  Boston 
Evening 
Center. 

Washington 
Evening 
Center. 

*  1 

1 

1 

1 

Assistant  Managers  

1 

tl 
2 

Conductors  

3 

1 

4 

2 

1 

Leaders  

8 

3 

7 

5 

5 

Special  Leaders  

8 

5 

2 

10 

7 

4 

3 

1 

1 

2 

3 

5 

4 

3 

4 

1 

2 

1 

Matrons  

2 

1 

1 

2 

1 

Patrols  

1 

1 

2 

Totals  

30 

16 

23 

23 

21 

11 

Numbers  varied  from  month  to  month.  The  above  figures  taken  from 
the  April,  1914,  pay  roll. 


*  Time  of  the  Associate  Director  divided  between  Roxbury  and  South  Boston, 
t  Time  of  the  Assistant  Manager  divided  between  Roxbury  and  South  Boston. 


Washington 
Evening  Center. 

•snoTsssg 

South  Boston 
Evening  Center. 

a3BJ8AY 

CO 

O     —1  CO 

o  • 

o 

00 

•suoissag 

CO 

o 

CM      O  O 
O  CM 

o 

CM 

•^oaBpu^^c^Y 

a 

11,305 

38 
4,875 
1,258 

CM  - 
CO 

ROXBURY 

Evening  Center. 

•aou'Bpu8c>aY 

o 

CM 

C:      CM  O 
CM      LO  CO 

C<l 

CO 

•saoissag 

CM 

.^^      _  O 

LO  CM 

CO 

c; 

•aouBpua^-jY 

o 

4,950 

27 
321 
2,585 
930 

o 
CO 

East  Boston 
Evening  Center. 

•aouBpua^^^Y 

aS^jaAY 

CO 

00  • 

CO 

•snoissag 

(N 

CM 

CM 

•aou'Bpna:>:>Y 

O 

CO 

CO 

lO 
C2 

Dorchester 
Evening  Center. 

•aouBpuauY 

aSBjaAY 

l> 

CM 

•suoTssag 

oi 

CM 

-o 

CM 

•aou^pua^^^Y 

2,745 

•  5 

CM 

Charlestown 
Evening  Center. 

•aon'Bpua^^Y 

aSBjaAY 

^      X     ^  ^ 

•      00  C2 
CM  CM 

C. 
1- 

00  • 

•saoissag 

o    c  c; 
CM  L-: 

■  o 

CM  O 

CM 

o  • 

•aou'Bpua^'^Y 

344 
4,379 
82 
101 

5G0 
1,492 

L. .  _ 

1,020 

•  o  • 

•  CO 

Activity. 

z 

b 

J 
) 

XI 

c 

:  - 

a 
3 

■;  I 
■ 

1 

•  C 

2 
3 

■  - 

■  I 

5  : 

n 

6  ^ 


.S    Q    O  O 


«   eq   CQ   cQ  P3 


5  o 
§  s 


CO 

CO 

(N 

CO      CO      CO      O  00 

<N  CO 

CM 

(M 

(M      C               C  .  CO 
^      ^      OA  Oi 

o 

o 

lO 

160 
1,934 
297 
766 
416 

l> 

1,112 
1,747 

lO 
lO 
CO 

00     >o     O     -H  o 
.-1    (N  ec 

lO  CO 
."(  (N 

o 

TfH  lO 

iM  CO 
.-1  CO 

CM 

X 

O      !N      O      O  O 
o     00      iC  —1. 

^        l-H        00        1-1  1> 

00  CO 

CM 

C> 
00 

00  lO 

CO      CO  t> 
CM     »c  ^ 

CO 

^  o 

00 

C  "O 

T-H 

o 

LO  lo 

'l^  CM 

1,624 
60 

80 
1,364 

1,061 
1,321 
416 

o 

O 

o 
CO 

lO 

o 

00 

t> 

CD 
O 

CO 

•  o 

00 

t>.    o  o 
M    ^  ^ 

•    CO  CO 

CM  CO 

CO 

CO 

lO 

O      CO  00 

Tjl  lO 

i-O 
(N 

CM  CM 

•  o 
■  ^ 

1,336 
133 
948 

O 
lO 

CO 

593 
1,683 

CO 

•      CO  CM 

1 

1 
P 

:  ^ 

;  V. 

'.  1 
< 

0 

I  } 
I  I 

c 

= 

5 

3 

3 

I  ^ 
I  -J 

3 

:  i 
:  c 

1  1 

3  « 

>p  + 

2  I 

D  !■ 

D  ; 

}  V. 

3  ■} 

X 

:  c 

i  § 

3  t 

3  C 

D 

:  c 

3  c 
)  C 

i 
J 

3  i 
^  i 

3  .! 
3  c 

i  i 
3  c 

3  : 

3  c 

!  i 

3  c 

:  c 

c  0 

2  J. 
3 

3  I 

i 
3 

3  i 

Q 

>> 

J  J 

3  . 

\ 

5  c 

0 
3 

3 

2  0 

3  U 

a 

;  J 

:  c 
: 

3  T 

3 

3  ^ 
-( 

I  } 
I  i 

^  ■ 

J  - 

3 

U 

i  i 

\  i 

^  i 

3  c 

5  c 

:  i 
:  c 

3  " 

3  \ 

-  \ 
5  i 

c  "b 

-  "i 

5  c 

3 

3 

3  X 
3  ; 

3  0 

=  j 

3  C 

3 

CI  : 
t>  - 

3  ^ 

'■^  2 

^  1 

3  ^ 

^  1 

3  a 

^  i 

3  c 

1  1 

3  i 

3  ^ 

n 

a 

\  1 
^  \ 

\  ^ 
\  I 

3  'i 

3  ! 
3  '\ 
3  : 

a 

^  J 
3  : 

\  ^ 
c 

?  £ 
;  c 

5  § 
c 

3  I 
I  > 

1 

: 

3 

3 

5 

i 

I 

i 
3 

1  g 

ii 

1 

■  S  ^ 

1  •Bnoiss8<5 

—  ?j 

i  I'^l^X 

1^ 

i  ii 

1     o  a 
cc  > 

1  1^ 

M 

X 

•saoissag 

■aonBpuaiiy 

X 

X 

J 
s  a 

"  o 
o  z 

a 
> 

•aouspuaaiy 

33sa9Ay 

X      r;:              X  ri 

•snoTssag 

rt    ^.    r:    M    X  CO 

•aouBpuany 

r5   'a   r   r  5^ 

-3    :^    —     fi  ~' 

<i 

K 

•aonBpu^^jy 
aSBjaAy 

—    "  S 

•suotssag 

—    ?^    ^^  M 

•8onBpu9i^y 

T}<                 Li  rc 
c;    (N    X  CO 
ro    o    »c  lo 

— *    (N*  cT 

M 
X 

t>. 

DomilKHlKH 
KvfcJNINO  CENTIin. 

•80nt?pnaj;y 

aSsjaAy 

CO      O  <N 

(N    ■*!    (N  ;^ 

•BUOTSSag 

^      jC               X  • 

X 

•aouBpua^iy 

^  i  S  ^  • 

o 

chari.e8town 
Evening  Cknteh. 

•aouBpuany 

aSEjaAy 

•suoTssag 

5i    r-i  u- 

•aonepna^^y 

c;    ->c    30  c 

X     N  o 
^      —      O  (N 

— '    ?i    -jj"    -T  ; 

^  o  r. 


71 

3 

o 

u 

O 

O 

5  i 


62 


5  I  ^  §  2  ^ 
li   t  o  ^  ^ 


(M 

O 

(M 

S: 

CO 

CO 

(N      00      O  O 

rH        C^J  (M 

- 

m    o  CO 

IM         Tt<  .-H 

00 

CO 

CO      iM  O 

GO      O      O  O 

(N         T-l  ^ 

<M 

»o 
o 

CO 

GO  O 
lO  (M 

CO 

GO      O  ^ 

O  00 
iM  —1 

O      O  05 

.-H  C5 

o  n 
.-1  CO 

CO 

CO 
rj* 
00 
Ol" 

CO 
CO 
o 

to 

00 
iC 

00 

CO 

l> 

o 

lO 

o 

lO 
IC 

CO 

e 

o 

C 
c 
c 

c 

T 

3 

cr 

c 

en 

6 

0  bi 
C 

OJ 

K 

Recreation  Club  fSocial  Dancine'*  

TO 

c 

o 
PS 

T3 

e 

3 
o 
PS 

3 

bi 
d 
c 

> 

3 

O 

PS 

3 
O 
tJ 
c 

is 

<u 

South  Boston  Girls  

TO 

Xi 

z 

O 
_o 

!S 

D 
c3 

W 

o 

3 

a 

m 

TO 

9 

< 

3 

O 

o 

Youne  Women's  Civic  Clubs  

w 
o 

SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  7-1914 

BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

SUPPLEMENTARy  LIST  OF  HyTHORIZED 
TEH  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  BOOKS 


[Supplementary  to  School  Document  No.  8,  1913.] 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
1914 


SUPPLEMENTARY  AUTHOEIZED  LIST. 


The  following-named  books  have  been  added  to  the  Authorized 
List  which  was  last  published  as  School  Document  No.  8,  1913: 


Elementary  Schools. 

Grades. 

List  Price. 

Arithmetic. 

Text-hooks. 

Durrell  &  Hall's  Arithmetics: 

Book  I  

IV 

$0.50 

Book  II   

Tr  TT'T 
V,  VI 

.  56 

Book  III   

VII,  VIII 

.60 

Morev's  Arithmetics  (six  book  series) : 

Part  I  

III 

.25 

Part  II  

IV 

.25 

Part  III  

V 

.25 

Advanced : 

Part  I  

VI 

.25 

Part  II  

VII,  VIII 

.25 

Part  III  

VIII 

.25 

The  Stone-Millis  Arithmetics  (revised  edition  *) : 

III,  IV 

.30 

Intermediate  

V,  VI 

.35 

Advanced  ........ 

Vli,  Viii 

.  40 

Wentworth  &  Smith's  Arithmetics  (three  book 

series) : 

Book  I  

IV,  V 

.35 

Book  II  .      .  .  

V,  VI 

.40 

Book  III  

VII,  VIII 

.45 

English. 

Grammar,  Language  and  Spelling. 

Text-hook. 

Brj'ce  &  Spaulding's  Aldine  First  Language  Book 

(complete)  

II,  III,  IV 

.48 

Supplementary  Books. 

Akin's  Word  Masterv     .      .  . 

I,  II,  III 

.25 

Ideal  Sound  Exemplifier,  The  .... 

I,  II,  III,  IV 

.20 

Robbins's  Phonetics  for  Schools  .... 

II,  III,  IV 

.20 

*  To  take  the  place  of  old  edition  as  new  books  are  needed. 


4 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT 


NO.  7. 


Elementary  Schools. 


Grades. 


Re.\dixg. 

Text-books. 

Bender's  The  Bender  Primer  . 
Dopp's  The  Early  Sea  People 


Fassett's  The  Beacon  First  Reader 
Fassett's  The  Beacon  Primer       .      .  . 
Fassett's  The  Beacon  Second  Reader  . 
Howe,  Prit chard  &  Brown's  The  Howe  Reader, 

Book  Six  

Murray's  The  Wide  Awake  Fourth  Reader 

Supplementary  Books. 

Blaisdell's  Twilight  Town  

Burgess's  Mother  West  Wind's  Animal  Friends  . 

Canfi eld's  The  White  Seneca  

Coe  &  Christie's  Story  Hoiu*  Primer  . 
Coe  &  Christie's  Storv  Hour  Reader: 

Book  I    .  .   

Book  II   

Eastman's  Indian  Child  Life  

Elson  Primary  School  Reader,  Book  III 
Free  &  Treadwell  Readers,  Fourth  Reader  . 
Grenf ell's  Adrift  on  an  Ice  Pan  .... 
Haliburton's  The  Haliburton  Primer  . 
Hervej-  &  Hix's  Horace  Mann  Readers: 

Introductory  Second  

The  Fifth  

Lewis's  The  Princess  and  the  Goblin  . 

Lippincott's  Fourth  Reader  

Lucia's  Peter  and  Polly  in  Winter 

McDonald's  Colette  in  France  .... 

McKeen's  Stories  in  Prose  and  Rhyme  for  Little 

Children  

Miller  and  Dunne's  In  the  Heart  of  the  Forest 

Muir's  Stickeen  

Porter's  Polly  anna  

Robinson's  At  the  Open  Door  .... 
Wiley's  Mother  Goose  Primer  .... 

French. 

Text-hooks. 
Aldrich  &  Foster's  A  French  Reader  . 


Ballard's  Short  Stories  for  Oral  French 
Bruce's  Lectures  Faciles  .      .      .  . 


I 

so.  30 

T^yp— 1/ r»  r>  Q  — 

X  1       V  \J\^£Xi 

r^lpQQPQ  fnt* 

Girls 

.50 

I,  11 

.35 

I 

.  oO 

TT  TTT 

-LX,  J.XX 

VI 

.  OO 

IV  V 

J.  V  ,  V 

.  ou 

II,  III 

.40 

III 

1.00 

VI,  VII,  VIII 

1.25 

I 

.30 

I 

.30 

II  III 

.  OO 

vi,vii,  VIII 

.50 

IV 

.45 

V 

.50 

VIII 

.25 

I 

.30 

TT 
11 

.40 

V 

.65 

IV 

.50 

IV,  V 

.60 

III 

.35 

VI 

.45 

Special  Classes 

.42 

VI 

.50 

VII,  VIII 

.25 

VII,  VIII 

1.25 

I,  II 

.40 

I 

.32 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 


AUTHORIZED  TEXT-BOOKS,  ETC. 


5 


Elementary  Schools. 


Grades. 


French. —  Text-hooks,  concluded, 

Davis's  Seulette  (Hachette's  Elementary  French 
Readers)    .      .      .      .  . 


Guerber's  Contes  et  Legendes.  Premiere  Partie 


Pichon's  Premieres  Lecons  de  Vocabulaire  et 
d' Elocution  


Talbot's  Le  Francais  et  sa  Patrie  . 

Geography.  * 

Supplementary  Books. 
Allen's  Industrial  Studies  —  Europe 


Rocheleau's  Great  American  Industries: 

Manufactures  

Minerals  

Products  of  the  Soil  

Transportation  

Shillig's  The  Four  Wonders  —  Cotton,  Wool, 
Linen  and  Silk  


German. 

Text-Books. 
Foster's  Geschicten  und  Marchen 

Gronow's  Jung  Deutschland  

Guerber's  Marchen  und  Erzahlungen,  Part  I 

Manley's  Ein  Sommer  in  Deutschland 

Pichon-Sattler's  Deutsches  Lese  und  Redebuch  . 

History. 

Supplementary  Books. 
Bourne  &  Benton's  History  of  the  United  States, 
Gordy's  American  Beginnings  in  Europe 


Foreign 
Language 
Classes 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 


YH,  VIII  and 
Pre- Voca- 
tional 
Classes 

VI,  VII,  VIII 

VII,  VIII 
VII,  VIII 
VIII 

IV,  V,  VI  and 
Pre-Voca- 
tional 
Classes  for 
Girls 


Foreign 
Language 
Classes 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 

Foreign 
Language 
Classes 


VII,  VIII 
VII.  VIII 


6 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  7. 


Elementary  Schools. 

Grades. 

List  Price. 

History. —  Supplementary  Books,  concluded. 

Gordy's  Stories  of  Early  American  History 
Perry  &  Price's  American  History,  First  Book  . 
Sparks' s  The  Expansion  of  the  American  People, 
Tomlinson's  Boys  of  the  Revolution  . 
Tomlinson's  The  Young  Defenders 

VI 
VI 
VIII 
VI,  VII 
VI,  VII 

$0.50 
.60 
.60 
.48 
.48 

Household  Science  and  Arts. 

Text-Book. 

Kittredge's  Practical  Homemaking 

Music.  • 

Pre-Voca- 
tional 
Classes  for 
Girls 

.50 

Text-Books. 

Congdon  Music  Readers,  The,  No.  Ill 
Mitchell's  The  PubUc  School  Class  Method  for 

the  Violin  

Tnfts  ^  Holt's  The  Xpw  Kormnl  Mimio  rnnrsp 

-L  tli  to  iX   J-±\Jlt  o    -L  lie;  ^>  C\\    -».>WllllCll   1.>X  U.0IU  V-^vJUloCj 

Book  III,  Part  II  

IV 
VII 

.16 
.50 
.32 

Physiology  and  Hygiene. 

Text-Book. 

Ritchie  &  Caldwell's  Primer  of  Physiology  . 

VII 

.60 

0 


AUTHORIZED  TEXT-BOOKS,  ETC.  7 


HIGH  AND  LATIN  SCHOOLS. 


High  and  Latin  Schools. 

List 

Price. 

Civics. 

Suppletnentary  Books. 

Dunn's  The  Community  and  the  Citizen  ..... 

.  <  O 

Garner's  Government  in  the  United  States  

1 

00 

Dictionaries. 

Text-hook. 

Webster's  Secondary  School  Dictionary,  without  Index 

1 

50 

English. 

Composition  —  Rhetoric  and  Spelling. 

Text-hooks. 

Altmaier's  Commercial  Correspondence  and  Postal  Information 

1 

25 

Eldridge's  Business  Speller  and  Vocabulary  

*  Hagar's  Applied  Business  English  and  Exercises  .... 

25 

1 

00 

Hitchcock's  Rhetoric  and  The  Study  of  Literature 

1 

00 

Palmer's  Self-Cultivation  in  English  

35 

Thomas,  Howe  &  O'Hair's  Composition  and  Rhetoric  . 

1 

20 

Literature. 

Text-hook. 

Halleck's  New  English  Literature  f  

1 

30 

Supplementary  Books. 

Guerber's  The  Book  of  the  Epic  

2 

00 

t  Kipling's  The  Day's  Work  ........ 

1 

35 

*  For  use  in  intensified  commercial  courses  in  the  Roxbury  High  SchooL 
t  Revised  edition  of  Halleck's  History  of  English  Literature. 
t  Editions  of  Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.  or  Grosset  &  Dunlap. 


8 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  7. 


HIGH  AND  LATIN  SCHOOLS. 
Literature. 

Supplementary  Books  * 
Addison  &  Steele:  Selections  from  the  Tatler  and  Spectator. 
Mneid,  The. 

Austen's  Pride  and  Prejudice. 

Boswell's  Life  of  Johnson:  Selections. 

Browning:  Selections. 

Burney's  Evelina. 

Byron's  Childe  Harold. 

Coleridge's  Christabel. 

Coleridge's  Kubla  Khan. 

Collection  of  English  and  Scottish  ballads. 

Collection  of  essays  by  Bacon,  Lamb,  DeQuincey,  Emerson,  Hazlitt  and  later 
writers. 

Collection  of  letters  by  various  standard  writers. 

Collection  of  short  stories  by  various  standard  writers. 

Dana's  Two  Years  Before  the  Mast. 

Defoe's  Robinson  Crusoe,  Part  I. 

Dickens's  A  Tale  of  Two  Cities. 

Edgeworth's  Castle  Rackrent. 

Edgeworth's  The  Absentee. 

Eliot's  Mill  on  the  Floss. 

Franklin's  Autobiography. 

Huxley's  Autobiography  and  Selections  from  Lay  Sermons. 

Iliad,  The. 

Lincoln:  Selections. 

Lincoln's  Cooper  Union  Address. 

Lockhart's  Life  of  Scott:  Selections. 

Macaulay's  Goldsmith. 

Macaulay's  Ivry. 

Macaulay's  Life  of  Johnson. 

Macaulay's  Madame  D'Arblay. 

Macaulay's  Speech  on  Copyright. 

Macaulay's  The  Armada. 

Macaulay's  The  Battle  of  Naseby. 

Macaulay's  Warren  Hastings. 

Malory's  Morte  d'Arthur. 

Odyssey,  The. 

Old  Testament,  The. 

Parkman's  The  Oregon  Trail. 

Ruskin:  Selections. 

Selections  from  Anierican  Poetry,  with  special  attention  to  Poe,  Lowell,  Long- 
fellow and  Whit  tier. 
Southey's  Life  of  Nelson. 
Swift's  Gulliver's  Travels. 

Thackeray's  Lectures  on  Swift,  Addison  and  Steele. 
Thoreau's  Walden. 

Trevelyan's  Selections  from  the  Life  of  Macaulay. 
Washington's  Farewell  Address. 
Webster's  Bunker  Hill  Oration. 


*  Authorized  for  college  entrance  requirements  in  English  only  in  editions  published  by  any 
of  the  following-named  publishers:  Allyn  &  Bacon,  American  Book  Company,  D.  Appleton  Com- 
pany, Ginn  &  Co.,  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  Houghton,  Mifflin  Company,  Long- 
mans, Green  &  Co.,  The  Macmillan  Company,  Charles  E.  Merrill  Company,  Scott,  Foresman  &  Co., 
Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  Silver,  Burdett  &  Co. 


AUTHORIZED  TEXT-BOOKS,  ETC. 


9 


High  and  Latin  Schools. 

Price  List. 

French. 

Text-hooks. 

Ballard's  Short  Stories  for  Oral  French  

Fraser  &  Squair's  A  Shorter  French  Course  

TnDT>'<?  T.a  Fran  CP  niii  Travaille                        .  ... 

$0 
1 

.75 
.80 
.10 
50 

Supplementary  Book. 

50 

German. 

Text-book. 

Mosher  &  Jenney's  Deutsches  Lern-und  Lesebuch 

1.25 

Suppletnentciry  Book. 

40 

History. 

American. 

Text-hooks. 

Channing's  A  Student's  History  of  the  United  States  (third 

revised  edition)  

McLaughlin's  A  History  of  the  American  Nation  (new  edition)  . 

1 
1 

40 
50 

History. 

Ancient. 

Text-hooks. 

West's  The  Ancient  World  (revised  edition,  one  volume) 
West's  The  Ancient  World  (revised  edition,  two  volumes) : 
Part  I  —  Greece  and  the  East  

1 

1 
1 

50 

00 
00 

t  Howe  &  Leigh's  A  History  of  Rome  

Webster's  Ancient  History  

W^ebster's  Readings  in  Ancient  History 

2 
1 
1 

00 
50 
00 

Mediseval  and  Modern. 

Text-hook. 

Andrews's  A  Short  History  of  England  

1 

40 

Supplementary  Books. 
Howe's  Essentials  in  Early  European  History  .... 
Turner's  Eginhard's  Charlemagne  

1 

50 
30 

*  Nine  numbers  a  year,  not  more  than  forty  subscriptions  to  any  school, 
t  Four  numbers  a  year,  not  more  than  forty  subscriptions  to  any  school. 
t  Transferred  from  list  of  text-books. 


10 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  7. 


High  and  I^atin  Schools. 

List  Price. 

Household  Science  and  Arts. 

Text-hooJcs. 

Kinne  &  Cooley's  Foods  and  Household  Management 

Kinne  &  Cooley's  Shelter  and  Clothing  

$1. 10 
l!l0 

Supplementary  Book. 

Conley's  Nutrition  and  Diet  

.60 

Latin. 

Text-hooks. 

Comstock's  Virgil's  .Eneid,  Books  I-VI,  VIII,  IX  .      .      .  . 
Greenough  &  Kittredge's  Virgil's  .^^neid,  Books  I-VI,  with 

Bucolics  (edition  of  1895)  

Johnston  &  Sanford's  Csesar's  Gallic  Wars,  Books  I-V  (edition  of 

1913)   

Nutting's  Latin  Primer  (edition  of  1911)  

Potter's  New  IVIethod  for  Csesar  

Smith's  Latin  Lessons  

1.40 
1.60 

1.00 
.50 
.50 

l.OO 

Mathematics. 

Text-hooks. 

Southworth  &  Stone's  An  Exercise  Book  in  Arithmetic,  without 

Wells's  The  Essentials  of  Plane  and  SoHd  Geometry  (1899) 
Wells's  The  Essentials  of  Plane  Geometry  (1898)  .... 
Wells's  The  Essentials  of  Sohd  Geometry  (1899)  .... 
Wells's  New  Plane  and  Solid  Geometry  (1908) 

Wells's  New  Plane  Geometry  (1908)  

Wells's  New  SoUd  Geometry  (1908)  

Wentworth's  Plane  and  Solid  Geometry  (revised  by  Wentworth 

&  Smith)  

Wentworth's  Solid  Geometry  (revised  by  Wentworth  &  Smith)  . 
Wentworth  &  Smith's  Arithmetic,  Book  Three,  without  answers  . 
Wright's  Exercises  in  Concrete  Geometry,  without  answers  . 

.45 
1.25 
.75 
.  75 
1  25 
^75 
.75 

1.30 
.75 
.45 
.40 

Music. 

Text-hooks. 

*  Armitage's  Laurel  Songs  

t  New  Educational  Music  Course,  Book  I     .      .  ... 
t  Ripley  &  Tapper's  Natural  Music  Course,  Harmonic  Readers, 
Book  II  

.65 
.30 

.35 

Phonography  and  Typewriting. 

Supplementary  Book, 
t  Dement's  Pitmanic  Phonography  

2.00 

*  For  first-year  pupils  in  Girls'  Latin  School  and  girls'  high  schools. 

t  For  fourth-year  pupils  in  high  schools  preparing  for  admission  to  the  Normal  School. 

t  For  use  in  the  High  School  of  Commerce. 


AUTHORIZED  TEXT-BOOKS,  ETC. 


11 


High  and  Latin  Schools. 

List  Price. 

Science. 
Chemistry. 
Text-hook. 

AUyn's  Elementary  Applied  Chemistry  

General  Science. 
Physics. 
Text-books. 

Black's  A  Laboratory  Manual  in  Physics  

Black  &  Davis's  Practical  Physics  

Carhart  &  Chute's  First  Principles  of  Physics  

Millikan  &  Gale's  A  First  Course  in  Physics  (revised  edition)  . 

Spanish. 

,  Text-books. 

Bonilla's  Spanish  Daily  Life  

Hartzenbush's  La  Co] a  v  el  Encoddo  

Ingraham's  Brief  Spanish  Grammar  

$0.60 

.50 
1.25 

1.25 
1.25 

.90 
.60 
1.10 

Boston  Clerical  School. 
In  accordance  vdth  an  order  of  the  School  Committee,  passed 

k:^C^ LCJLLlUCi  ^J-j  S-ui-^j  UUUJvoclU.lliUliZjtrU.lUl  tcAt  d^lJLU  kSU-JJ^JlcllltllLo/l J 

use  in  the  high  schools  also  authorized  for  use  in  the  Boston 
Clerical  School. 

Text-books. 

Nichols  &  Rogers's  A  Short  Course  in  Commercial  Law 

Van  Tuyl's  Essentials  of  Business  Arithmetic  .... 

$0.60 
.70 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys. 
Text-book. 

Timbie's  Essentials  of  Electricity  

$1.25 

Continuation  School. 
Text-book. 

Berlitz's  Premiere  Livre  

$1.00 

Horace  Mann  School  for  the  Deaf. 
Text-book. 

Nichols's  New  Graded  Lessons  in  Arithmetic,  Book  II  . 

$0.25 

Trade  School  for  Girls. 
Text-book. 

Williams  &  Fisher's  Elements  of  Theory  and  Practice  of  Cookery  . 

$1.00 

12 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  7. 


Normal  School. 

List  Price. 

Text-books. 

Baker  &  Huntington's  Principles  of  Argumentation 
Davis's  Atlas  for  Practical  Exercises  in  Physical  Geography 
Davis's  Practical  Exercises  in  Physical  Geography 

Lincoln:  Letters  and  Speeches  

Macaulay's  History  of  England :  Third  Chapter  .... 

Martin's  The  Human  Body,  ninth  edition  

Nutter,  Hersey  &  Greenough's  Specimens  of  Prose  Composition  . 

Palmer's  Self  Cultivation  in  English  

Salisbury's  Physiography,  Advanced  Course  

Schulze's  Experimental  Psychology  and  Pedagogy  (translated 

bv  R.  Pintner)  

Smith's  Industrial  and  Commercial  Geography  .... 
Stanrner's  4  Tp'xt-Bonk'  on  thp  Tpaohinfy  nf  ATnthmpfip 
Strayer's  A  Brief  Course  in  the  Teaching  Process 
Thomas  &  Howe's  Composition  and  Rhetoric  .... 
Wentworth  &  Smith's  Plane  and  Solid  Geometry  .... 

Supplementary  Book. 
Zoology  I,  printed  Laboratory  Notes  

$1.25 
.30 
.45 
.35 
.30 
2.50 
1.25 
.35 
3.50 

3.75 
3.50 
1  00 
1.25 
1.20 
1.30 

.25 

Evening  Schools. 

In  accordance  with  an  order  of  the  School  Committee,  passed 
September  14,  1914,  the  Superintendent  is  authorized,  in  his  discre- 
tion, to  approve  for  use  in  the  day  or  evening  industrial  schools 
books  authorized  for  use  in  the  day  elementary  and  high  schools. 

Evening  Schools. 

List  Price. 

Evening  High  Schools. 
Text-book. 

Costa's  Italian  Lessons  

Evening  Elementary  Schools. 

Supplementary  Book. 
Fowler's  How  To  Obtain  Citizenship  

$1.00 
1.50 

Maps  and  Charts. 

The  following  maps  and  charts  authorized  for  reference  use  in  any 
of  the  schools: 

List  Price. 

Hammett-Walker  Revised  Map  of  Greater  Boston  History  . 
Hart's  History  Charts,  mounted  (10  in  a  set)  

$18.00 
5.00 

AUTHORIZED  TEXT-BOOKS,  ETC. 


13 


BOOKS  DISCONTINUED. 


The  following-named  books  have  been  dropped  from  the  Authgrized 
List,  as  indicated,  and  no  further  copies  thereof  may  be  purchased 
except  that,  in  accordance  with  the  order  of  the  School  Committee, 
passed  September  14_,  1914,  the  Business  Agent  shall  furnish  within 
a  period  of  two  years,  on  special  approval  of  the  Assistant  Superin- 
tendent in  charge,  as  many  copies  of  the  book  as  a  principal  certifies 
to  be  necessary  to  complete  the  number  of  books  required  for  a 
division : 


Elementary  Schools. 


Grades. 


Arithmetic. 

Text-hooks. 
Appleton  Arithmetics,  The: 

The  Primary  Book      .      .      .  . 

The  Second  Book  

The  Third  Book  

Cole's  Graded  Arithmetics: 

Book  III  

Book  IV  

BookV  .  

Book  VI   

Book  VII      .      .  .  . 

Harris  &  Waldo's  First  Journeys  in  Numberland, 
Myers's  Arithmetics: 

Book  I  

Book  II  .      .  .  

Book  III  

Sensenig- Anderson  Series  of  Arithmetics: 

An  Introductory  Arithmetic      .      .      .  . 

Essentials  of  Arithmetic  

English. 
Spelling. 
Text-hook. 
Alexander's  Spelling  Book: 

Part  I  

Part  II  

Music. 
Text-hook. 

Cecilian  Series  of  Study  and  Song,  Book  III 


IV 

V,  VI 
VII,  VIII 

III 

IV 

V 

VI 

VII,  VIII 

I,  II,  III 

IV 

V,  VI 
VII,  VIII 

IV,  V,  VI 

VI,  VII,  VIII 


I  to  IV 
V  to  VIII 


VII 


14 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  7. 


High  and  Latin  Schools. 

List 

Price. 

English. 

Text-hook. 

Altmaier's  Commercial  Correspondence  

$0 

60 

Supplementary  Book. 

25 

Hall^ck's  History  of  English  Literature  

1 

I-T  T  GT^     T>  "V 

XllblUrv  1  • 

Text-books, 

Adams  &  Trent  s  History  of  the  United  States  .... 

1 

50 

Channmg  s  A  Student  s  History  of  the  United  States  . 

1 

40 

McLaughlin  s  A  Histor}'-  of  tne  American  Nation  .... 

1 

40 

West's  The  Ancient  World  

1 

50 

Woodburn  &  Moran's  American  History  and  Government  . 

1 

00 

Supplementary  Books. 

jjctiiict)  t>  Jjiici  xxiJsiuiy  ui  iTLiiuiciiu  -T  cupicb  ..... 

I 

00 

Botsford's  An  Ancient  History  for  Beginners  

1 

50 

1 

oU 

Fyffe's  History  of  Greece  

Green's  Readings  from  English  Historv  

Whitcomb's  History  of  Modern  Europe  

35 

35 

1 

50 

1 

50 

1 

50  . 

Latin. 

Text-books. 

Frieze's  Virgil's  ^Eneid  (revised  edition) : 

1 

Complete  

1 

50 

Harkness  &  Forbes's  Caesar: 

7  books   

1 

25 

1 

.00 

1 

.20 

Mathematics.  * 

Text-hooks, 

Wp11'=?'«!  GpoTYiptrv  T*lanp  and  Solid 

1 

.25 

.75 

.75 

Science. 

Physics. 

Text-hooks. 

1 

Millikan  &  Gale's  First  Course  in  Physics  

1 

.25 

Spanish. 

Text-hook. 

Garner's  Spanish  Grammar  

1 

.25 

AUTHORIZED  TEXT-BOOKS,  ETC. 


15 


Normal  School. 


List  Price. 


Normal  School. 

Supplementary  Book. 
Salisbury's  Physiography  (college  edition) 


$3.50 


Atlases. 


Ginn's  Classical  Atlas 


SI.  25 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8-1914 

BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 


PROVISIONAL  MINIMOM  ANO  Wli- 
MENTAfif  LISTS  OF  SPELLING  WORDS 
FOR  PUPILS  IN  GRADES  I,  TO  VIII. 


Bulletin  No.  I.  of  the  Department  of 
Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement 


NOVENIBER,  1914 


BOSTON 
'  PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
1914 


In  School  Committee,  Boston,  October  5,  1914. 

On  motion  of  the  Superintendent,  it  was  Ordered^ 
That  three  thousand  (3,000)  copies  of  the  Bulletin  on 
Spelling  of  the  Department  of  Educational  Investiga- 
tion and  Measurement  be  printed  for  distribution 
among  the  elementary  school  teachers. 

Attest: 

ELLEN  M.  CRONIN, 

Secretary  "pro  tempore. 


INTRODUCTION. 


In  order  that  the  results  of  the  work  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement 
may  be  made  available  to  the  school  system  of  Boston 
in  the  most  convenient  form  and  at  the  earliest  possible 
moment,  brief  bulletins  will  be  published  from  time  to 
time.    This  is  the  first  of  the  series  to  be  issued. 

This  bulletin  reports  the  preliminary  results  of  an 
investigation  to  determine  what  words  children  should 
be  taught  to  spell  in  the  various  grades  of  the  elementary 
school.  The  need  of  such  an  investigation  is  easily 
demonstrated.  The  spelling  books  in  common  use 
contain  from  10,000  to  15,000  or  more  words.  Investi- 
gation elsewhere  shows  that  the  average  number  of 
different  words  used  by  eighth  grade  pupils  in  their 
written  work  is  about  2,100.  Even  taking  a  larger 
number  of  words  as  a  fair  writing  vocabulary  for  an 
eighth  grade  pupil,  it  is  easy  to  see  that  our  spelling 
books  contain  many  times  as  many  words  as  pupils  use. 
In  view  of  this  situation,  it  would  seem  that  an  important 
educational  service  could  be  rendered  the  teachers  of 
Boston  by  indicating  the  words  which  pupils  actually 
use  in  their  written  work  and  which  they  therefore 
should  know  how  to  spell. 

Our  investigation  thus  far  has  had  to  do  with  collect- 
ing from  teachers  lists  of  commonly  used  words  which 
they  find  that  children  misspell  in  their  written  work. 
The  ultimate  purpose  of  the  investigation  is  to  prepare 
lists  of  words  for  spelling  purposes  which  shall  include 
all  words  commonly  used  by  pupils  in  each  grade  in 
their  written  work.  The  lists  of  words  contained  in 
this  bulletin  are  only  the  first  results  and  are  necessarily 
incomplete.  By  following  the  suggestions  made  in  this 
bulletin,  however,  teachers  can  assist  us  to  prepare 
reasonably  comprehensive  lists  for  each  grade. 


4 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


Subcommittees  on  Spelling  of  the  Course  of  Study 
Committees  have  already  proposed  some  changes  in 
these  spelling  Hsts,  particularly  in  Grades  I.,  II.  and 
III.  Likewise  the  principals  and  teachers  in  the 
Summer  Review  Schools  made  valuable  suggestions 
after  using  the  lists.  However,  to  have  incorporated 
these  changes  would  have  delayed  materially  the  pubh- 
cation  of  this  bulletin.  Also  it  was  thought  better  to 
submit  the  lists  as  originally  prepared  to  all  teachers  of 
the  city.  The  suggestions  already  made  will  be  utilized 
in  the  revision  of  the  lists  at  the  close  of  this  school  year. 

To  make  a  wise  selection  of  the  words  to  be  taught  is 
the  first  step  toward  increased  efficiency  in  spelling 
instruction.  The  second  step,  which  may  wisely  follow 
the  first,  will  be  to  consider  the  methods  of  teaching 
spelling. 

FRANK  W.  BALLOU, 

Director, 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


5 


PROVISIONAL  MINIMUM  AND  SUPPLEMEN- 
TAEY  LISTS  OF  SPELLING  WORDS  FOR 
PUPILS  IN  GRADES  L  TO  VIII.  IN  THE 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS. 


I.    REPORT  OF  THE  INVESTIGATION. 

The  Problem. 

In  spite  of  systematic  efforts  to  find  out  why 
elementary  school  pupils  are  not  able  to  spell  better, 
and  also  in  spite  of  corresponding  efforts  to  improve 
the  instruction  in  spelling,  the  elementary  school  con- 
tinues to  graduate  pupils  who  are  criticised  by  employ- 
ers and  the  public  generally  because  of  their  inability 
to  spell  the  common  words  which  they  use,  particularly 
in  their  correspondence.  While  much  of  this  criticism, 
undoubtedly,  is  justifiable,  some  of  it  may  be  unwar- 
ranted. Absolute  perfection  in  spelling,  as  in  any  other 
human  activity,  is  a  high  standard  of  achievement. 
One  word  misspelled  on  ten  different  occasions  by  a 
boy  or  a  girl  is  likely  to  give  the  same  impression  to  the 
employer  that  ten  different  misspelled  words  would 
give.  The  lay  critics  of  spelling  have  failed  to  realize 
that,  after  all,  the  actual  number  of  words  which  any 
one  misspells  is  comparatively  small.  The  problem  for 
the  teaching  profession  would  seem  to  be  to  find  out 
what  common  words  are  most  often  misspelled  by 
pupils  in  their  writing  and  to  center  instruction  at  the 
proper  time  on  those  words  until  they  are  mastered. 

An  Investigation  of  Material,  not  of  Methods. 

The  reason  for  this  conceded  lack  of  the  desu-ed 
ability  of  elementary  school  graduates  to  spell  may  be 
either  the  kind  of  words  which  the  teacher  has  attempted 
to  teach  or  the  method  of  instruction  employed.  This 


6 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


investigation  of  the  problem  of  spelling  which  has  been 
started  in  Boston  is  confined  to  the  words  used,  or  the 
material  of  instruction,  and  leaves  out  of  consideration, 
for  the  present,  the  methods  of  instruction. 

How  THE  Words  w^ere  Collected. 

Representative  teachers  in  each  of  the  seventy 
elementary  school  districts  in  Boston  were  asked  to 
prepare  lists  of  from  twenty-five  to  forty  words  most 
often  misspelled  by  pupils  in  their  written  work.  Teach- 
ers were  instructed  not  to  include  purely  spelling  words : 
the  lists  were  to  be  made  up  from  the  words  actually 
used  by  pupils  in  their  written  work.  Many  teachers 
had  already  prepared  such  lists  for  their  own  individual 
use.  In  making  up  the  lists,  each  teacher-representative 
was  asked  to  secure  the  cooperation  of  the  other  teachers 
of  the  same  grade  in  his  or  her  school  district.  While 
only  a  portion  of  the  districts  reported  in  each  grade,  a 
large  part  of  the  elementary  school  system  was  covered. 
In  all,  15,223  words  were  sent  in,  distributed  by  grades 
as  follows: 


Grades. 

Number  of  Teachers 
Reporting. 

Number  of  Words. 

I  

13 

644 

II  

46 

2,224 

Ill  

51 

2,999 

IV  

39 

1,919 

V  

29 

1,413 

VI  

42 

2,186 

VII  

27 

1,388 

VIII  

48 

2,450 

Totals  

295 

15,223 

How  THE  Words  were  Handled. 

The  words  sent  in  by  the  teachers  of  each  grade  were 
combined  into  a  composite  list  for  that  grade,  arranged 
in  alphabetical  order.  After  each  word  was  indicated 
the  number  of  teachers  reporting  that  word.  When  a 
word  was  reported  by  a  large  number  of  teachers  in  a 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


7 


given  grade,  it  may  mean  one  of  two  things:  either  that 
the  word  is  out  of  place  in  that  grade  or  that  it  is  really 
a  difficult  word  and  should,  therefore,  receive  special 
attention.  For  example,  the  word  always"  appeared 
in  each  grade  from  II.  to  VIII.,  inclusive.  In  the  various 
grades  it  was  reported  as  follows: 


Grades. 

Number  of 
Teachers 
Reporting. 

Number  of 
Teachers 
Reporting 
This  Word. 

Per  Cent 
of  Total 

Number  of 
Teachers 

Reporting. 

I  

13 

II  

46 

9 

19.56 

Ill  

51 

13 

25.49 

IV  

39 

13 

33.33 

V  

29 

3 

10.34 

VI  

42 

6 

14.28 

VII  

27 

3 

11. 11 

vm  

48 

3 

6.25 

It  is  obvious  that  teachers  feel  that  this  is  a  difficult 
word,  particularly  teachers  of  third  and  fourth  grade 
pupils. 

Teachers  may  be  attempting  to  teach  the  word 
'^always"  too  early  when  they  put  it  in  the  second 
grade.  On  the  other  hand,  it  does  seem  reasonable  to 
expect  that  pupils  in  the  seventh  and  eighth  grades  at 
least  should  know  how  to  spell  the  word.  The  word 
^'always"  probably  belongs  somewhere  from  the  third 
to  the  sixth  grade.  We  have  placed  it  in  the  minimum 
list  of  words  for  the  third  grade  and  in  the  review  words 
for  the  fourth  grade. 

Even  though  the  number  of  times  a  word  was  reported 
may  not  be  a  perfect  index  of  its  difficulty,  it  is  at  least 
an  indication  of  it.  From  the  composite  alphabetical 
list  of  words  sent  in,  the  minimum  and  supplementary 
lists  were  selected,  largely  on  the  basis  of  the  number  of 
times  words  were  reported.  Teachers  are  in  a  position 
to  decide  where  a  word  properly  belongs  by  observing  in 
what  grade  pupils  generally  have  need  of  such  a  word 
in  their  written  work. 


8 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


The  words  reported  most  often  as  difficult  words  were 
which,"  "their:'  '^separate"  and  'Hhere."    The  fol- 
lowing table  shows  the  number  of  times  each  one  of  these 
words  was  reported  in  each  grade. 


Grades. 

I. 

II. 

III. 

IV. 

V. 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 

Total. 

"Which"  

18 
12 

34 
25 

22 
16 
12 
7 

15 
11 
16 
5 

11 
13 
24 
4 

6 
8 
15 
3 

9 
13 
26 

8 

115 

98 
93 
75 

"Separate"  

"There"  

31 

17 

The  above  table  is  eloquent  testimony  of  the  need  of 
such  minimum  lists  of  spelling  words  as  are  contained 
in  this  bulletin.  Three  of  these  four  words  were 
reported  by  teachers  in  every  grade  from  II.  to  VIII., 
inclusive.  They  are  words  which  children  in  the  early 
grades  use  and  which  they,  therefore,  should  know  how 
to  spell.  Yet  they  are  also  reported  by  teachers  in  the 
eighth  grade  as  being  words  which  pupils  still  have 
difficulty  in  spelling.  This  investigation  shows  just 
what  might  be  expected,  namely,  that  our  spelling 
material  for  the  various  grades  is  not  well  selected,  that 
the  pupils  misspell  over  and  over  the  most  common 
words,  and  that  there  is  need,  therefore,  of  concentrating 
instruction  on  the  common  words  of  the  child's  writing 
vocabulary. 

The  writing  vocabulary  of  children  in  Grade  VIII. 
averages  only  about  2,100  words.*  Hence,  the  problem 
of  teaching  spelling  is  not  a  large  problem,  provided  the 
words  to  be  spelled  are  wisely  selected. 

One  of  the  common  errors  in  teaching  spelling  at  the 
present  time  is  to  confuse  or  to  consider  identical  a 
child's  writing  vocabulary  and  the  words  of  which  he 
recognizes  the  meaning  in  his  reading.  According  to 
Jones,  "the  writing  vocabulary  of  any  student  lingers 

*  Concrete  Investigation  of  the  Material  of  English  SpeUing.  Jones,  University  of 
South  Dakota. 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


9 


behind  his  auditory,  visual,  and  lingual  vocabularies  for 
one,  two,  three,  or  even  more  years. Ultimately,  in 
the  minimum  list  for  a  given  grade,  it  is  our  purpose 
to  include  only  such  words  as  are  within  the  writing 
vocabulary  of  the  pupils  of  that  grade.  The  lists  in  this 
bulletin  should  be  studied  and  revised  by  teachers  in 
accordance  with  this  principle  of  selection. 

Although  there  were  15,223  words  sent  in  by  teachers, 
they  included  only  5,231  different  words.  Out  of  the 
5,231  different  words,  2,883  (55  per  cent)  were  reported 
by  only  one  teacher.  This  means  that  two  or  more 
teachers  agreed  on  only  2,348  words  (45  per  cent  of  the 
total)  as  being  difficult  words.  The  following  table 
shows  by  grades  the  distribution  of  the  number  of  words 
reported  once,  twice,  three  times,  etc. 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


spjo 

JO  jaqranf^  ib^ojl 


CO        r-l  (N 


rH        CO  (N 


t>      00  <N 


(N 


CO      O      CO      (N  .-H 


O      CO  (N 


CO        T}!  X' 


Ol      CO      —I  (N 


Cq      Tt      '-I  T}- 


O  O  IM 


^  Tt<  ^  O 


T}<ooc:t^c^ccicot:^ 


CD      00      CO  O 


00     t--  o 


O  w 


00      (M  O 


00      C5  O      Tft      00      (N  I 


Tt<       CO  LO 


-I      <N  (N 


o    CO  t~- 

CO      CO  (N 


00    CO  05 


00 

O  C3 

CO  (N 


CO    CO    c  CO 

rf<      O      O      C5  (N 

^        Tt<  L-O  CO 


.-(      O      C3  O 
CO      (N  IC 
CO      lO      »0  CO 


lO  <33  1-1 
CSI  t^.  CO 
C5       t>  O 


5     >  >  >  > 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS.  H 

The  preceding  table  shows  that  in  Grade  I.  13  teachers 
reported  a  total  of  143  different  words,  and  that  46  of 
those  words  were  reported  only  once,  18  only  twice,  11 
three  times,  and  so  on.  Three  words  were  reported  by 
13  different  teachers. 

The  significance  of  the  preceding  table  lies  in  the  fact 
that  such  a  large  percentage  of  the  words  was  reported 
by  only  one  or  two  teachers.  In  general,  the  minimum 
lists  for  the  eight  grades  contain  less  than  one-sixth  of 
the  words  covered  in  the  above  tabulation.  Of  course, 
the  words  included  are  those  reported  most  frequently 
as  being  difficult. 

II.    HOW  THE  LISTS  WERE  SELECTED. 

For  assistance  in  selecting  the  lists  we  naturally 
turned  to  the  Committee  on  Standards  in  English. 
Since  this  committee  had  completed  its  work  for  the 
year,  the  results  of  this  investigation  could  not  be  pre- 
sented to  the  committee  as  a  whole.  After  conference 
with  the  chairman,  it  was  agreed  to  ask  a  member  of 
the  committee  *  to  make  a  study  of  the  results  of  the 
investigation  and  to  select  the  minimum  and  supplemen- 
tary lists  of  words  for  each  grade.  _ 

Basis  of  Selection. 

With  some  exceptions  words  were  selected  on  the 
following  basis : 

1.  A  word  was  usually  assigned  to  that  grade  in 
which  it  was  reported  most  often  as  being  a  difficult 
word. 

2.  A  word  was  placed  in  the  minimum  list  if  it 
occurred  in  three  different  grades;  or  if  it  occurred  in 
only  two  grades  and  was  reported  by  at  least  five 
teachers.  Words  reported  fewer  times  were  placed  in 
the  supplementary  list  only. 


*  Mr.  Arthur  W.  Kallom,  Sub-Master,  Thomas  N.  Hart  District. 


12 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


3.  In  some  cases,  the  course  of  study  determined  in 
what  grade  the  word  was  placed;  e.  g.,ii  Si  word  occurred 
in  the  reading  book  of  a  given  grade. 

4.  No  word  appears  in  the  Usts  of  more  than  two 
grades. 

5.  All  words  in  the  minimum  list  in  each  grade  appear 
in  the  supplementary  list  of  the  following  grade  for 
review  purposes. 

6.  Plurals  are  not  included  in  either  list,  unless  the 
plural  of  the  word  is  the  form  which  gives  the  difficulty. 

7.  All  proper  names,  except  Massachusetts  and 
Boston,  are  excluded  from  the  lists. 

The  minimum  list  should  contain  words  which  every 
child  in  a  given  grade  ought  to  know  how  to  spell  at 
the  close  of  the  year's  work.  The  supplementary  list 
contains  the  words  of  the  previous  grade,  introduced  for 
review  purposes,  and  also  additional  words  which 
children  find  difficulty  in  spelling,  and  which  they  prob- 
ably ought  to  know  how  to  spell.  The  chief  difference 
between  these  lists  lies  in  the  fact  that  the  words  in 
the  minimum  list  are,  in  most  cases,  the  more  difficult 
words  in  common  use  in  writing. 

The  minimum  list  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  each 
teacher  for  the  purpose  of  indicating  the  words  on 
which  enough  emphasis  should  be  placed  to  insure  each 
pupil's  obtaining  a  knowledge  of  how  to  spell  them. 
The  minimum  list  should  not  be  thought  of  as  includ- 
ing all  the  words  which  should  be  taught.  Neither 
should  the  teacher  feel  that  she  is  confined  in  the  teach- 
ing of  spelling  merely  to  the  words  in  both  lists.  In 
addition  to  mastering  the  words  in  the  minimum  list, 
children  may  be  taught  the  words  in  the  supplemen- 
tary list,  and  such  additional  words  as  the  teacher  deems 
necessary  or  desirable. 

The  lists  herewith  presented  are  undoubtedly  too 
small.  To  complete  these  lists  and  make  them  what 
they  should  be,  we  invite  the  cooperation  of  the  teachers, 
whose  problem  the  teaching  of  spelling  really  is.  The 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS.  13 


number  of  words  in  the  minimum  and  supplementary- 
lists  by  grades  is  as  follows : 


Grades. 

Minimum. 

Supplementary  .* 

T   

99 

24 

II  

134 

161 

Ill  

210 

332 

IV  

99 

318 

V  

62 

258 

VI  

108 

443 

VII  

73 

386 

VIII  

55 

603 

Totals  

840 

2,525 

The  preparation  of  this  minimum  list  is  in  the  nature 
of  an  experiment.  It  is  for  the  purpose  of  indicating  to 
each  teacher  a  group  of  words  which  are  considered 
essential  for  every  pupil  and  on  which,  therefore,  particu- 
lar emphasis  should  be  placed  in  the  teaching  of  spelling. 
At  the  close  of  a  year's  trial  use  of  this  list,  teachers  will 
be  asked  to  suggest  addition  to  or  elimination  from  the 
minimum  and  supplementary  lists.  By  this  plan  it  is 
hoped  that  the  teaching  effort  will  be  concentrated  on 
f he  words  most  useful  to  pupils  and  that  the  results  from 
the  teaching  of  spelling  will  be  improved. 

Important  Questions  Not  Answered. 
The  following  important  questions  on  the  material  of 
spelling  have  been  raised: 

1.  Should  derivative  words  be  included  in  the 
minimum  lists?  i.  e.,  words  formed  by  adding  ^'ed,'' 
''mg;'  etc. 

2.  Should  homonyms  be  taught  in  the  same  grade? 

3.  Should  synonyms  be  taught  together? 

4.  When  should  the  rules  for  spelling,  as  stated  in  the 
course  of  study,  be  taught? 

5.  Are  there  other  rules  for  spelling  that  should  be 
included? 


*  Most  of  the  840  words  in  the  minimum  lists  are  also  included  within  the  2,525  words 
of  the  supplementary  lists. 


14 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


6.  When  should  the  spelHng  of  the  cardinal  numbers 
be  taught? 

7.  Should  the  ordinal  numbers  be  taught  in  the  same 
grade? 

Suggestions  to  Teachers. 

In  using  these  two  lists  of  words,  it  is  suggested  that 
teachers  give  attention  to  the  following  matters: 

1.  Study  the  writing  vocabularies  of  your  pupils 
when  they  are  free  to  use  words  of  their  own  selection;!,  e., 
for  example,  when  they  are  not  writing  reproduction. 
This  is  the  real  basis  for  preparing  a  minimum  list  of 
words  for  each  grade. 

2.  Revise  the  minimum  and  supplementary  lists  con- 
tained in  this  bulletin  by  adding  words  which  you  find 
the  children  use  or  by  eliminating  words  which  you  find 
they  do  not  use. 

3.  Shift  words  from  one  list  to  the  other  in  accordance 
with  the  results  of  your  study  proposed  in  Suggestion  I. 
Teachers  will  be  asked  to  submit  revised  lists  toward  the 
close  of  the  present  school  year. 

4.  Study  the  questions  raised  and  be  prepared  to  offe.r 
suggestions  which  you  think  will  help  to  answer  them. 
These  suggestions  will  also  be  asked  for  toward  the  close 
of  the  present  school  year. 

III.  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Teachers  will  be  able  to  find  in  the  following  references 
valuable  information  on  the  problem  of  teaching  spelling. 
Some  of  the  references  have  to  do  with  the  particular 
words  to  be  taught  and  some  of  them  with  the  methods 
of  teaching  spelling. 

1.  Spelling  Ability;  Its  Measurement  and  Distribu- 
tion. Buckingham,  1913.  Teachers  College,  New  York. 
Columbia  Contributions  to  Education,  No.  59. 

According  to  the  author's  introduction,  ''The 
purpose  of  this  dissertation  is  to  derive  a  scale 
for  the  measurement  of  spelling  ability  and  to 
show  some  of  its  uses  and  applications."    This  is 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


15 


the  most  careful  study  that  has  thus  far  been 
made  to  determine  the  relative  difficulty  of  the 
words  which  children  spell. 

2.  The  Teaching  of  Spelling.  A  Critical  Study  of 
Recent  Tendencies  in  Method.  Suzzallo.  ^'Riverside 
Educational  Monographs"  series.  Houghton,  Mifflin 
&Co.,  1913. 

A  study  of  the  contemporaneous  tendencies  in 
the  teaching  of  spelling.  ''It  is  a  summary  of 
the  situation  in  which  every  elementary  teacher 
finds  himself,  with  some  explanation  of  the  forces, 
traditional  and  radical,  which  have  molded  it." 
As  indicated  in  the  title,  this  study  deals  with 
methods  of  teaching  rather  than  with  the  words  to 
be  taught. 

3.  Spelling  Efficiency.  In  relation  to  age,  grade  and 
sex  and  the  question  of  transfer.  Wallin.  ^^Educa- 
tional Psychology  Monographs"  series.  Warwick  and 
York,  Baltimore,  1911. 

A  study  of  the  relative  value  of  the  drill  method 
as  opposed  to  the  incidental  method  of  teaching 
spelhng.  It  is  an  experimental  and  critical  study 
of  the  functions  of  method,  carried  on  in  the 
schools  of  Cleveland.  The  results  of  this  investi- 
gation seem  to  contradict  some  of  the  more 
important  conclusions  of  Cornman. ' 

4.  Spelling  in  the  elementary  school.  An  Experi- 
mental and  Statistical  Investigation.  Cornman.  Ginn 
&  Co.    Boston,  1902. 

A  study  made  in  the  elementary  schools  of  Phil- 
adelphia. Shows  that  the  amount  of  time  devoted 
to  specific  drill  in  spelling  bears  no  discoverable 
relation  to  success  in  spelling.  The  degree  of 
mental  development  of  the  pupil  is  the  most 
important  factor  in  accurate  spelling.  Concludes 
that ''it  is,  therefore,  advisable  .  .  .  to  rely  upon 
the  incidental  teaching  of  spelling  to  produce  a 
sufficiently  high  average  result."    This  Wallin 


16 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


appears  to  disprove.    Lists  of  words  used  in  the 
experiment  in  the  various  grades  are  given. 

5.  A  Spelling  ^^HospitaP'  in  the  High  School. 
Charters.  The  School  Review,  pages  192-195.  1910. 
Chicago. 

This  brief  article  reports  a  plan  for  improving 
the  spelling  of  high  school  students  in  the  School 
of  Education  connected  with  the  Missouri  State 
University.  It  is  suggestive  for  elementary 
school  teachers. 

6.  Spelling.  Chancellor.  Journal  of  Education, 
1910,  pages  488,  517,  573,  607  and  699.  Boston. 

A  series  of  articles  covering  the  subject  of 
spelling  and  containing  Hsts  of  words. 

7.  Spelling  in  Milwaukee.  Journal  of  Education, 
1910,  pages  153,  270,  383  and  410. 

Lists  of  words  for  the  first,  second  and  third 
grades.  The  heading  states  that  these  are  the 
words  in  which  perfection  is  very  nearly  attained 
by  the  pupils  in  these  grades. 

8.  The  Spelling  Vocabularies  of  Personal  and  Business 
Letters.  Ayres.  Russell  Sage  Foundation,  Publication 
No.  E  126. 

A  study  of  the  vocabularies  of  a  large  number 
of  personal  and  business  letters  to  show  the  words 
used  in  correspondence. 

9.  The  Child  and  His  Spelling.  William  A.  Cook 
and  M.  V.  O'Shea.    Bobbs  Merrill  Co.,  1914. 

This  book  is  the  result  of  an  investigation  of  the 
psychology  of  spelling,  the  effective  methods  of 
teaching  spelling,  spelling  needs  of  typical 
Americans,  and  words  pupils  should  learn. 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


17 


IV.    THE  LISTS  OF  WORDS  BY  GRADES. 


GRADE  I.* 

Number  of  Teachers  Reporting  Words,  IS.f 
Minimum  List. 


all 

4 

egg 

1 

in 

10 

papa 

5 

am 

12 

eye 

1 

is 

11 

pet 

1 

an 

7 

it 

12 

play 

6 

and 

12 

fan 

1 

are 

6 

fat 

3 

jump 

8 

ran 

2 

at 

9 

fed 
feed 

1 
2 

kitty 

6 

rat 
read 

4 
2 

baby 

6 

fish 

1 

like 

9 

red 

3 

ball 

2 

fly 

5 

little 

11 

ride 

2 

bat 

1 

for 

6 

look 

5 

run 

8 

be 

1 

fun 

6 

bed 

2 

mamma 

4 

saw 

3 

big 

6 

gave 
girl 

give 

2 

man 

5 

see 

12 

book 

9 

12 

mat 

1 

she 

9 

boy 

16 

3 

may 

Q 
O 

sing 

Q 
O 

by 

1 

go 

11 

me 

1  1 
11 

sun 

1 

can 
cat 
cow 
cut 

12 
8 
4 
2 

good 

had 
has 
hat 

10 

1 

12 

4 

men 
milk 
my 

nest 

i 
1 

13 
8 

that 
the 
this 
to 

1 
11 

7 
6 

day 

1 

have 

13 

new 

1 

5 
2 

did 
do 

5 
11 

he 
hen 

10 

5 

no 
not 

6 
9 
1 

up 

us 

dog 

11 

her 

6 

now 

was 

3 

doll 

11 

him 

5 

of 

1 

we 

3 

ear 

1 

his 

6 

on 

7 

wet 

1 

eat 

1 

hot 

1 

one 

1 

will 

5 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


 >  

*  Although  pupils  in  Grade  I.  in  Boston  are  not  taught  to  write,  they  do  learn  to  spell. 
These  are  the  words  selected  for  this  grade. 

t  The  figure  following  each  word  shows  the  number  of  teachers  reporting  that  word. 
With  the  whole  number  of  teachers  reporting  given  at  the  head  of  each  of  the  following 
lists,  anyone  can  find  what  portion  of  the  teachers  reported  each  word. 


18 


SCHOOL"  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


Supplementary  List. 


away 

box 

cup 

mi 

fit 
fox 


get 
got 
gun 

hit 
hop 

jam 


kite 

let 

mice 

nut 

ox 


1 

X 

pin 

1 

spin 

1 

ten 

2 

top 

2 

tree 

6 

win 

1 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


GRADE  M. 

Number  of  Teachers  Reporting  Words,  46. 
Minimum  List. 


about 

5 

brother 

12 

done 

17 

goes 

24 

after 

4 

but 

1 

don't 

1 

gone 

9 

again 

13 

buy 

13 

great 

11 

any 

28 

by 

1 

each 

4 

half 
head 

apple 
ate 

5 
1 

came 

4 

east 
eight 

2 
10 

8 
7 

aunt 

9 

catch 

12 

ever 

6 

hear 

23 

cent 

12 

every 

23 

here 

18 

been 

23 

come 

19 

high 

2 

bird 

24 

could 

25 

father 

26 

horse 

18 

black 

2 

cried 

9 

flower 

10 

house 

11 

blue 

14 

four 

14 

himgry 

2 

bread 

12 

dear 

7 

from 

19 

hurt 

4 

bright 

5 

desk 

3 

bring 

1 

does 

43 

garden 

4 

I 

2 

PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


19 


kitten  3 

knew  15 

knife   >  9 

know  32 

laid  1 

large  1 1 

laugh  8 

leaf  5 

lesson  2 

love  15 

many  24 

might  1 

mother  16 

name  12 

never  2 

next  1 

none  2 

north  2 

off  3 


once  23 

one  18 

only  5 

other  8 

our  5 

own  5 

pencil  5 

played  2 

please  20 

present  3 

pretty  26 

put  14 

quick  2 

said  29 

say  1 

says  8 

school  27 

shall  6 

shoes  2 

should  18 


small 

4 

some 

17 

south 

3 

street 

3 

such 

1 

summer 

2 

sure 

12 

table 

4 

talk 

18 

that 

6 

then 

4 

there 

31 

these 

7 

they 

24 

think 

5 

those 

4 

three 

5 

today 

1 

tried 

10 

two 

18 

walk  15 

want  12 

warm  7 

water  4 

wear  8 

went  8 

were  30 

what  26 

when  13 

where  29 

white  12 

who  21 

why  3 

wish  2 

with  22 

work  6 

would  16 

write  21 

wrote  4 

year  1 

your  9 


sister 


use 


Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


Supplementary  List. 


age 

1 

barn 

1 

captain 

1 

count 

1 

among 

1 

bath 

1 

care 

3 

crumb 

1 

ant 

1 

bear 

1 

carry 

3 

arms 

1 

boat 

1 

cart 

1 

daisy 

1 

ask 

3 

body 

1 

chair 

5 

dark 

1 

away 

1 

book 

1 

chicken 

1 

did 

1 

boy 

2 

clean 

2 

do 

2 

baby 

5 

cleaned 

1 

door 

2 

ball 

9 

call 

4 

coat 

5 

down 

4 

bank 

1 

candy 

2 

cold 

1 

dress 

1 

20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


dried 

1 

drink 

1 

ear 

2 

earn 

1 

eat 

5 

egg 

1 

even 

4 

eyes 

14 

face 

fr 
0 

far 

1 

J. 

last 

1 

leet 

1 

i 

fence 

1 
1 

few 

1 

fine 

1 

1 

fingers 

1 

follow 

1 

food 

1 

for 

11 

front 

1 

full 

1 

fur 

1 

gave 

3 

girl 

31 

give 

10 

good 

7 

grew 

3 

grow 

7 

had 

1 

hair 

2 

hand 

1 

happen 

1 

hard  1 

has  1 

have  9 

heart  1 

help  2 

her  4 

him  2 

home  2 

how  1 

ice  4 

jump  3 

keep  1 

kind  1 

lamb  1 

late  1 

left  2 

like  3 

lion  1 

little  16 

live  6 

long  1 

made  3 

make  3 

mamma  2 

marbles  1 

match  1 

mouse  1 

nails  1 

near  4 

new  10 


nice 

A 

night 

1 
i 

no 

now 

5 

of 

10 

old 

1 

orange 

2 

out 

2 

over 

1 

paid 

1 
i 

papa 

3 

paper 

2 

peace 

1 

place 

5 

play 

3 

pull 

1 

purple 

1 

rain 

1 

1 

read 

14 

reading 

1 

robin 

1 

rode 

1 

roll 

3 

room 

1 

roots 

1 

round 

1 

salute 

1 

saw 

29 

season 

1 

sent 

1 

seven 

2 

sick 

1 

skate 

1 

sled 

2 

snow 

2 

soap 

1 

spell 

1 

store 

1 

tail 

1 

teeth 

o 
z 

thank 

o 

tnen 

o 
o 

thing 

2 

this 

3 

time 

9 

to 

3 

tries 

1 

true 

1 

turn 

under 

2 

violet 

1 

was 

33 

wash 

3 

west 

1 

wind 

1 

window 

1 

word 

1 

yard 

2 

yellow 

1 

yes 

6 

you 

8 

young 

1 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


21 


GRADE  in. 

Number  of  Teachers  Reporting  Words,  51. 


Minimum  List. 


afraid 

11 

countries 

1 

honest 

2 

nothing 

7 

almost 

D 

country 

11 

hoping 

1 

notice 

1 

although 

2 

cousin 

24 

hour 

7 

November 

5 

always 

13 

cries 

1 

animal 

8 

iron 

5 

obey 

4 

another 

3 

daughter 

3 

January 

o?)lige 

3 

answer 

16 

December 

6 

7 

o'clock 

3 

April 

7 

dictation 

2 

juice 

2 

October 

6 

apron 

4 

dishes 

2 

2 

often 

13 

August 

9 

divide 

2 

July 

4 

ought 

8 

autumn 

o 
O 

doctor 

7 

June 

r 

o 

beauty 

doesn't 

2 

just 

o 

pair 

5 

o 

dollar 

6 

people 

10 

between 

o 

Z 

dozen 

4 

kept 

4 

piano 

3 

blew 

o 
O 

drive 

1 

knives 

o 

picture 

23 

Boston 

2 

driving 

1 

knock 

2 

piece 

31 

bought 

1 

dropped 

2 

knocked 

1 

pitcher 

8 

break 

c 
o 

known 

1 

pleasant 

23 

breakfast 

1  o 

early 

10 

impil 

2 

breath 

1 

1 

earth 

5 

laughed 

Q 
O 

bridge 

o 

either 

5 

learn 

11 

quart 

6 

broke 

1 

eleven 

4 

leave 

1 
J 

quarter 

2 

broken 

A 
'* 

empty 

2 

leaving 

1 
1 

question 

2 

brought 

Q 

enough 

21 

listen 

D 

quiet 

23 

bUUQ 

1  n 

evening 

3 

lose 

a 
D 

quite 

20 

building 

1 

loving 

0 

built 

4 

family 

4 

racing 

1 

busy 

farther 

3 

making 

2 

raise 

2 

February 

25 

March 

3 

ready 

5 

careful 

2 

field 

11 

May 

3 

really 

2 

carried 

3 

fierce 

1 

meant 

3 

replied 

2 

carries 

1 

first 

13 

minute 

13 

right 

18 

caught 

16 

forty 

1 

Monday 

10 

rough 

9 

chair 

2 

fourth 

4 

money 

8 

running 

9 

chasing 

1 

Friday 

9 

month 

21 

children 

11 

friend 

37 

morning 

11 

Saturday 

22 

chimney 

4 

fruit 

15 

mouth 

4 

saucer 

2 

chopped 

1 

move 

1 

scholar 

4 

Christmas 

5 

grade 

2 

moving 

2 

September 

4 

cities 

1 

grocer 

1 

much 

7 

shining 

1 

climb 

4 

guess 

11 

sleigh 

3 

clothes 

18 

naughty 

6 

squirrel 

4 

color 

18 

having 

6 

neither 

1 

stairs 

2 

comb 

5 

heard 

16 

nickel 

5 

stooped 

1 

coming 

7 

holiday 

2 

noise 

6 

stopped 

2 

22 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


stories 

2 

thought 

23 

umbrella 

3 

Wednesday 

28 

stretch 

2 

threw 

9 

uncle 

12 

which 

34 

study 

1 

through 

28 

upon 

4 

while 

4 

sugar 

16 

throw 

3 

used 

9 

whole 

8 

Sunday 

7 

Thursday 

18 

using 

1 

whose 

24 

surely 

2 

to-morrow 

4 

woman 

8 

too 

8 

vacation 

5 

women 

7 

taught 

2 

touch 

8 

very 

15 

world 

3 

teacher 

7 

towards 

1 

visit 

\ 

\^Titing 

6 

their 

25 

true 

1 

visitor 

■wTitten 

1 

themselves 

1 

truly 

1 

wrong 

7 

third 

3 

Tuesday 

23 

wagon 

1 

though 

16 

twelve 

5 

watch 

7 

yesterday 

9 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


3 
3 
1 
2 

22 
1 
1 
1 

13 
1 
3 
1 
1 
2 
6 
1 

10 

2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
3 
5 
3 
2 
2 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
9 
2 
1 
3 
3 
1 
6 
2 

11 
I 
1 
1 

12 
1 

1 
1 


NAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


23 


Supplem 


catch 

10 

cent 

6 

chalk 

4 

cheese 

1 

chestnut 

1 

chUd 

1 

china 

1 

choice 

1 

choose 

2 

church 

2 

circle 

2 

city 

11 

close 

1 

closet 

2 

cloth 

2 

coal 

2 

coast 

1 

come 

1 

company 

1 

concert 

1 

corner 

2 

cotton 

1 

cough 

2 

could 

on 

1 

creature 

o 
Z 

cried 

A 

4 

crowd 

1 

daisies 

2 

dancing 

1 

dear 

1 

desk 

1 

die 

1 

dinner 

1 

does 

31 

done 

10 

double 

1 

doughnut 

1 

draw 

4 

drawing 

1 

dries 

1 

drowned 

1 

dusted 

1 

dusty 

1 

dying 

1 

each 

3 

east 

2 

easy 

1 

itary  List. 


edge 

2 

eight 

13 

else 

1 

even 

2 

ever 

1 

every 

32 

example 

1 

expect 

1 

fail 

1 

fair 

2 

fairy 

2 

fare 

1 

father 

26 

feel 

1 

feeling 

1 

fifteen 

1 

fifth 

1 

figure 

1 

filled 

1 

fishes 

1 

flies 

1 

floor 

1 

flour 

3 

flower 

4 

fond 

1 

forth 

1 

fortune 

1 

found 

1 

four 

Q 

o 

frighten 

1 

from 

A 

4 

front 

o 

6 

frozen 

i 

garden 

3 

getting 

2 

giant 

1 

glad 

1 

gnaw 

1 

goes 

13 

gone 

4 

great 

20 

half 

9 

halves 

5 

hasn't 

1 

head 

2 

hear 

10 

heavy 

5 

helped  2 

hemming  1 

here  8 

herself  1 

high  2 

hitting  1 

hole  2 

honey  1 

hopped  1 

horse  5 

house  7 

hundred  1 

hungry  1 

hurried  2 

hurry  1 

hurt  1 

inch  1 

inches  1 

instead  1 

join  1 

kitten  1 

knee  4 

knew  16 

knife  17 

knot  1 

know  23 

lace  1 

laid  1 

large  2 

laugh  14 

lawn  1 

lesson  3 

licked  1 

light  1 

lived  1 

loaves  1 

loose  3 

many  19 

meadow  1 

meat  1 

might  1 

mother  7 

Mr.  1 

Mrs.  2 

multiply  1 

music  3 


24 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


name 

named 

nearly 

never 

next 

none 

north 

nose 

off 

once 

one 

only 

open 

other 

our 

own 

parlor 

peaches 
pencil 
perhaps 
pie 

played 

please 

polite 

pond 

poor 

present 

pretty 

primary 

quick 

quickly 

quietly 

rabbit 
rainy 


4 
1 
2 
2 
3 
3 
1 
1 

5 
18 
3 
3 
1 
6 
4 
2 

2 
1 

16 
2 
1 
3 

18 
3 
2 
1 
5 

14 
1 

4 
1 
1 

1 
1 


reach 

reached 

ribbon 

rogue 

rolled 

ruler 

said 

salt 

says 

school 

seasons 

seat 

second 

see 

seem 

self 

sew 

shelf 

shelves 

shoes 

short 

shot 

should 

sister 

sitting 

size 

small 

some 

something 

sometimes 

somewhere 

sorry 

south 

speak 

spelling 

sphere 

spring 


1 
1 
4 
1 
1 
1 

16 
1 
4 
9 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
9 
1 
1 

17 
3 
2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 


square 

4 

valentine 

1 

squash 

1 

visited 

1 

stayed 

1 

voice 

2 

steak 

1 

stem 

1 

wait 

2 

stockings 

1 

walk 

8 

stood 

1 

want 

2 

street 

2 

wanted 

1 

strike 

1 

warm 

4 

such 

4 

water 

4 

suit 

1 

wear 

8 

summer 

4 

wears 

1 

supper 

1 

week 

3 

sure 

18 

went 

7 

surface 

1 

were 

8 

sword 

1 

what 

4 

when 

7 

table 

1 

where 

11 

taking 

1 

whine 

1 

talk 

3 

whisper 

1 

then 

3 

whistle 

2 

there 

17 

white 

4 

these 

1 

who 

12 

they 

7 

why 

1 

think 

3 

winter 

2 

thirsty 

1 

wish 

1 

those 

3 

with 

11 

three 

5 

won 

2 

today 

3 

wonderful 

1 

toward 

1 

work 

2 

toys 

1 

worth 

1 

tried 

8 

would 

16 

trouble 

2 

wouldn't 

1 

try 

1 

write 

18 

two 

8 

wrote 

3 

ugly 

1 

year 

3 

use 

4 

your 

2 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


25 


Number 


accept  4 

ache  7 

across  1 

against  3 

already  6 

answered  2 

arithmetic  8 

avenue  2 

beautiful  17 

because  24 

beginning  13 

believe  22 

birthday  1 

biscuit  1 

boimdary  1 

breathe  3 

busily  1 

business  11 

capital  1 

carriage  10 

cellar  7 

certain  4 

collar  6 

corner  4 

curtain  6 

decimal  1 

difficult  1 

dining  2 

direction  1 

easily  5 

eighth  6 

engine  2 

envelope  3 

errand  8 


GRADE  IV. 

Teachers  Reporting 
Minimum  List. 


escape  1 

except  4 

fourth  1 

furniture  3 

geography  12 

grocery  1 

handkerchief  5 

happened  2 

headache  1 

health  2 

here  4 

island  8 

isthmus  4 

journey  2 

kitchen  6 

ladies  3 

language  11 

learned  2 

lilies  1 

Massachusetts  3 

mountain  7 

muscle  4 

neighbor  8 

nephew  3 

niece  8 

nineteen  4 

nineteenth  1 

ninety  3 

ninth  2 

obedient  2 

ocean  5 


\,  39. 


parade 

3 

piazza 

Q 

possible 

1 

pumpkin 

1 

quarrel 

2 

quotation 

1 

quotient 

2 

T"^  i<3in 

X  ct  J.OU.X 

1 

1  CoCl  V  c 

16 

recess 

q 

scissors 

3 

sentence 

3 

shoulder 

7 

since 

4 

soldier 

11 

2 

stop 

1 

straight 

15 

strait 

1 

strength 

8 

suppose 

1 

surprise 

.  2 

tired 

10 

together 

2 

tongue 

7 

until 

14 

used  to 

1 

useful 

5 

usual 

2 

usually 

2 

vegetable 

4 

village 

1 

weather 

13 

whether 

12 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


I 

26  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


able 

1 

absent 

1 

addition 

1 

afraid 

2 

almost 

3 

alone 

1 

although 

1 

always 

13 

animal 

6 

ankle 

1 

another 

1 

answer 

12 

apron 

1 

arrange 

1 

autumn 

9 

bargain 

1 

barrel 

1 

basin 

1 

beggar 

1 

beneath 

1 

between 

4 

blouse 

1 

bonfire 

1 

bought 

6 

bowl 

1 

break 

1 

breakfast 

1 

breath 

1 

bridge 

5 

broken 

1 

brought 

6 

build 

3 

building 

2 

built 

1 

busy- 

7 

button 

1 

Supplementary  List. 


candy  1 

canoe  1 

careful  4 

caught  10 

chair  1 

cheeks  1 

children  3 

chimney  4 

Christmas  1 

circus  1 

cities  1 

clean  1 

climb  3 

clothes  9 

coffee  2 

color  10 

comb  1 

coming  8 

composition  2 

contains  1 

continent  2 

copied  1 

correct  1 

coimtry  6 

courage  1 

cousin  11 

crooked  1 

crumb  1 

daughter  5 

deserve  1 

dictation  1 

dishes  1 

divide  1 

dividend  1 

division  1 

divisor  1 


doctor  4 

doesn't  2 

dollar  2 

don't  1 

doubt  1 

dough  1 

dozen  1 

dropped  1 

early  2 

earth  1 

either  1 

elephant  1 

eleven  1 

empty  2 

enemies  1 

enemy  1 

enjoy  2 

enough  26 

evening  4 

exercise  1 

family  2 

farther  1 

faucet  1 

favor  1 

favorite  2 

February  17 

field  4 

fierce  1 

fight  1 

find  1 

first  1 

fly  1 

forty  2 

forward  1 

fought  1 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS.  27 


friend 

26 

lose 

4 

piano 

3 

frighten 

1 

lovely 

1 

picked 

1 

frightened 

1 

loving 

7 

picture 

11 

fruit 

1 

piece 

18 

furnace 

1 

market 

1 

pigeon 

2 

mayor 

1 

pitcher 

6 

gentle 

meant 

2 

pleasant 

17 

ghost 

1 

measure 

1 

poem 

1 

glisten 

1 

middle 

1 

poison 

1 

going 

1 

mine 

1 

potato 

2 

grocer 

1 

minute 

18 

potatoes 

2 

guess 

7 

money 

3 

prayers 

1 

guide 

1 

monkeys 

1 

president 

1 

month 

4 

prompt 

1 

happiness 

1 

morning 

2 

prove 

1 

harbor 

mouth 

5 

hatch 

1 

movable 

1 

quart 

1 

having 

moving 

3 

quarter 

2 

heard 

much 

3 

question 

3 

helped 

multiplication 

1 

quiet 

13 

holiday 

myself 

1 

quite 

11 

honest 

honor 

natural 

1 

raise 

1 

hope 

needle 

1 

readily 

1 

hoping 

neither 

1 

ready 

3 

horizon 

nickel 

2 

recite 

2 

hour 

northern 

1 

regard 

1 

idea 

nothing 

1 

relatives 

1 

iioiice 

o 

remainder 

1 

instead 

replied 

3 

into 

oats 

1 

right 

1 

isn't 

obeyed 

1 

rosy 

1 

January 

oblige 

3 

rough 

3 

juice 

o'clock 
often 

3 
7 

running 

4 

juicy 
just 

onion 

1 

Saturday 

7 

opened 

1 

saucer 

2 

kept 

ought 

1 

scholar 

1 

kettle 

\ 

ourselves 

1 

shall 

1 

knead 

1 

owned 

1 

shining 

1 

knives 

4 

sleigh 

2 

knock 

3 

pain 

1 

slipped 

1 

knocked 

1 

pane 
passed 

1 

2 

smiling 
sneeze 

1 
1 

laughed 

6 

past 

1 

soaked 

1 

learn 

5 

peace 

2 

squirrel 

3 

leave 

2 

peninsula 

2 

stairs 

1 

leaving 

1 

penmanship 

1 

station 

1 

listen 

4 

people 

12 

stirred 

1 

looked 

1 

period 

2 

stopped 

3 

28 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


stories 
stretch 
studied 
study- 
subtraction 
suddenly 
sugar 
surely 
sweep 
swept 

take 
taught 

teach 

Thanksgiving 
their 

themselves 

thimble 

thirteenth 

though 

thought 

threw 

through 

throw 

told 

tomorrow 


1 
1 
1 

2 
1 
1 

6 
5 
1 
2 

1 

4 
1 
1 

16 
1 
2 
1 

16 

17 
2 

27 
1 
1 
2 


tonight 

too 

took 

touched 

towards 

traveler 

traveled 

treasure 

truly 

Tuesday 

twelve 

twice 

umbrella 

uncle 

upon 

urge 

used 

using 

vacation 

valuable 

very 

visit 

visitor 


1 
6 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
15 
8 
2 
1 

2 
3 
4 
1 
6 
2 

6 
2 
4 
2 


wagon 

waist 

waited 

washed 

waste 

watch 

watching 

Wednesday 

weigh 

weight 

which 

while 

whole 

whose 

wiped 

woman 

women 

wonder 

wooden 

world 

wound 

writing 

written 

wrong 

yesterday 


1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

24 
2 
2 

22 
1 
9 

15 
1 
3 
6 
1 
1 
1 
1 
7 
2 
4 


Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


29 


GRADE  V. 

Number  of  Teachers  Reporting  Words,  29. 
Minimum  List. 


accurate 

1 
i 

fertile 

q 
o 

practise 

1 
1 

aisle 

4 

glacier 

1 

promise 

3 

all  right 

A 

promoted 

1 

area 

attention 

1 
1 

halves 

1 

promotion 
pursue 

1 
1 

awful 

2 

laundry 

1 

really 

5 

banana 

league 

i 

review 

2 

breadth 

1 

length 

3 

bruise 

1 

lettuce 

2 

scene 

1 

bureau 

3 

separate 

16 

captain 
ceiling 

machine 

2 

several 

1 

3 

misspell 

3 

stepped 

1 

6 
1 

molasses 

4 

swimming 

2 

celery- 

S3mipathy 

1 

cipher 

1 

odor 

1 

cocoa 

1 

orphan 

1 

thief 

1 

column 

3 

thousandths 

1 

daily- 

1 

paragraph 

2 

twelfth 

4 

debt 

1 

patience 

1 

veranda 

1 

denominator 

1 

patient 

2 

view 

1 

different 

7 

planned 

2 

vinegar 

1 

plateau 

1 

excuse 

3 

plural 

1 

wholly 

4 

expense 

1 

possessive 

1 

whom 

2 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


30  SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


Supplementary  List. 


accept 

1 

cocoanut 

1 
1 

fulfill 

luinii 

o 

ache 

D 

collar 

Q 
O 

furniture 

1 

3 

2 

future 

\ 

4 

pnmmnnrl 

almanac 

2 

conquer 

general 

1 

3 

generally 

1 

alternately 

1 

corner 

geography 

0 

anchor 

1 

courteous 

glorious 

1 

1 

ancient 

1 

covered 

goal 

1 

angry 

1 

crowd 

govern 

1 

answered 

1 

curtain 

gradually 

1 

anything 

1 

1 

appear 

1 

decide 

grieve 

1 

arithmetic 

4 

decimal 

groceries 

1 

arrive 

1 

delighted 

1 

attack 

1 

design 

guessed 

1 

badge 
bathe 
beautiful 

.1 

1 
6 

determmed 
dictation 

handkerchief 

5 

didn't 

3 

because 

9 

UIiilCU.lt 

ndtcnei/ 

1 

1 

beginning 
believe 

7 

19 

diligence 
direction 

headache 
health 

1 
1 

birthday 
biscuit 

1 

5 

disagree 
distinct 

heaven 
here 

1 
1 

bluing 
board 

1 
1 

divisible 
double 

j 

hidden 
his 

1 
1 

both 

bowling 

breathe 

1 

doubly 

hopped 

1 

1 

3 

draught 
dwarf 

hopping 
hundred 

1 

o 

brown 

1 

Cdl  llCU 

Vilin/^TPfl  f  n 

11  uimi  cu.  til 

Q 
o 

buffalo 

1 

inaugurcitiou 

inquire 

interesting 

1 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

bury 

bushy 

business 

1 
1 
16 

ease 

easily 

echo 

eighth 

ironed 

1 
1 

called 

1 

elevator 

island 

A 

calmly 

1 

else 

1 C!^  r»  tin  1 1  a 

isinmuo 

A 
t 

capital 

1 
1 

engine 

capitol 

1 

envelope 

journey 

Q 
O 

carriage 

Q 
O 

errand 

cease 

1 

escape 

kitchen 

0 

cellar 

6 

excellent 

kneel 

1 

certain 

2 

except 

certainly 

2 

extremely 

ladies 

1 

chews 

1 

language 

4 

choose 

2 

famous 

lantern 

1 

chopped 

1 

fifth 

lawyer 

1 

chose 

1 

frigid 

leaf 

1 

coast 

1 

front 

learned 

1 

PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


31 


lightning  1 

lilies  1 

loaned  1 

lonely  1 

Massachusetts  3 

measles  1 

measuring  1 

merely  1 

merrily  1 

million  2 

mountain  3 

muscle  1 

negroes  1 

neighbor  5 

nephew  1 

niece  11 

nineteen  1 

ninety  4 

ninth  2 

number  1 

obey  1 

ocean  2 

opinion  1 

papered  1 

parade  1 

parcel  1 

passage  1 

pebbles  1 

penny  1 

persuade  1 

piazza  1 

picnic  1 

polar  2 

position  1 

possible  1 

prairie  2 

primer  1 

pumpkin  1 

putting  1 


quarrel  1 

queer  1 

quotation  3 

quotient  2 

raisin  1 

reach  1 

reason  1 

receive  21 

recess  2 

remember  1 

rhubarb  1 

rode  1 

scarce  '  1 

scent  1 

scissors  7 

scratch  1 

search  1 

sentence  4 

serving  1 

sew  1 

sewing  1 

sign  2 

signature  1 

since  1 

singular  1 

sixth  1 

skating  1 

soldier  3 

something  2 

sorry  1 

sphere  1 

splendid  1 

sprain  1 

square  1 

stayed  1 

stitch  1 

straight  1 

strength  3 

succeed  1 

suggest  1 

suppose  1 

surprise  3 


sword 
syrup 

talked 
tear 

temperate 

terrible 

tired 

toboggan 

together 

tongue 

torrid 

town 

trouble 

trough 

true 

truth 

turned 


union 

united 

until 

9 

usual 

3 

usually 

2 

valentine 

1 

valley 

2 

valleys 

vegetable 

volcanoes 

waits 

watched 

weather 

10 

weighing 

western 

whether 

11 

width 

wish 

wished 

woolen 

wrapped 

wreck 

wrestle 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


32 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 
Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


GRADE  VI. 

Number  of  Teachers  Reporting  Words,  42. 
Minimum  List. 


absence 

12 

behavior 

4 

description 

5 

accepted 

1 

bicycle 

8 

difference 

1 

accident 

2 

disappear 

12 

advertise 

1 

calendar 

11 

advertisement 

6 

camera 

2 

electric 

3 

affectionate 
affectionately 

1 

3 

cancel 
cashier 

3 
2 

electricity 
elevated 

2 
3 

altogether 

2 

celebrate 

4 

especially 

5 

ancient 

4 

cemetery 

1 

examination 

1 

anxious 

7 

cereals 

1 

exercise 

4 

apostrophe 
appetite 

4 
1 

certificate 
choir 

1 
1 

experience 

2 

application 

1 

citizen 

1 

appreciate 

3 

commerce 

5 

familiar 

4 

asylum 

1 

courtesy 

3 

faucet 

6 

athletic 

2 

finally 

1 

author 

2 

deceive 

1 

foreign 

12 

automobile 

6 

depth 

1 

foreigner 

6 

awkward 

3 

describe 

7 

fortieth 

3 

PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS.  33 


government  13 

governor  7 

guest  1 

height  14 

hospital  5 

hundredths  1 

icicle  2 

immediately  6 

immense  3 

industrious  4 

initial  3 

kerosene  6 

knead  4 

luncheon  4 

lying  1 

machinery  2 

medicine  3 

meridian  1 

mosquito  3 


museum  3 

musician  4 

necessary  20 

nonsense  2 

obedience  1 

occasion  4 

omitted  1 

opposite  8 

orchestra  1 

pecuHar  2 

persuade  4 

plumber  3 

possession  6 

preparation  3 

receipt  7 

recognize  5 

referred  1 

route  3 


salary  6 

scenery  7 

schedule  1 

skilful  1 

soldier  1 

stomach  5 

stopped  2 

studying  7 

syllable  8 

telegraph  2 

telephone  6 

temperature  5 

theater  4 

thorough  3 

thoroughly  1 

vertical  1 

wharf  2 

wrong  2 

yacht  3 


Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


34 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO, 


8. 


abbreviate 

1 

abbreviation 

1 

accent 

1 

accide^ntal 

1 

accurate 

1 

acre 

1 

adult 

1 

agricultural 

1 

agriculture 

2 

aisle 

1 

alcohol 

1 

all  right 

8 

alphabet 

2 

altar 

1 

ammonia 

1 

ancestor 

1 

angel 

1 

anthracite 

1 

apothecary 

1 

area 

1 

asphalt 

1 

atmosphere 

1 

attached 

2 

attacked 

2 

attention 

1 

authority 

1 

awful 

1 

baggage 
balcony 

1 
1 

banana 

3 

beach 

1 

beggar 

1 

boisterous 

1 

bough 

breadth 

1 

break 

1 

bruise 

2 

bureau 

4 

burglar 

1 

busily 

2 

calm 

1 

camel 

1 

canal 

2 

canoes 

1 

captain 

3 

catalogue 

1 

cataract 

1 

catechism 

1 

Supplementary  List. 


cathedral  3 

ceiling  9 

celebration  1 

celery  2 

century  1 

chalk  1 

chestnut  1 

chiefly  1 

chorus  1 

cipher  2 

civilize  2 

civilized  1 

cleansed  1 

clumsy  1 

coarse  2 

cologne  1 

colonists  2 

colony  2 

colored  1 

column  1 

commence  1 

compass  1 

complete  2 

conquer  3 

conquered  2 

contractions  1 

corduroy  1 

cotton  2 

cough  1 

couple  1 

courage  1 

courageous  3 

courteous  1 

creased  1 

credible  1 

crowded  1 

curiosity  2 

daffodils  1 

dahlia  1 

dangerous  1 

debt  1 

deceit  1 

decision  3 

decorated  1 

delightful  1 

denominator  2 

descend  1 

descendant  2 

dessert  1 


dictionary 

different 

dining 

discourage 

discovered 

discoveries 

disobey 

dispute 

district 

doughnuts 

dressed 

drowned 

during 

eager 

early 

earn 

easier 

eaves 

economy 

edge 

education 
eels 

eighteen 

eightieth 

elevation 

emigrants 

emigrate 

employer 

enemies 

enemy 

entry 

equality 

equally 

exact 

excellence 

exclamation 

excursion 

excuse 

exhaustion 

expect 

explorer 

extra 

factory 

faint 

fairies 

fairly 

familiar 

familiarity 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


fascinate 

1 

faucet 

3 

fairy 

1 

falsehood 

1 

families 

1 

fasten 

2 

fastened 

3 

fertile 

2 

fiercely 

flexible 

I 

floating 

1 

fourteenth 

fractions 

frequent 

friendly 

frigid 

genteel 

1 

gCil  UlClllCll 

genuine 

1 

gingham 

glacier 

graduate 
greased 

half 

half-past 

I 

halves 

I 

hammer 

I 

hammock 

harbor 

healthy 

heavy 

heights 

heir 

I 

heroine 

]^ 

heroism 

hiccough 

hindrance 

I 

history 

honest 

I 

horse 

I 

hour 

1 

hurry 

1 

hustle 

1 

hydrophobia 

hyena 

hyphen 

ignorant 

imaginary 

immigrants  1 

impossible  1 

increased  1 

industries  1 

injurious  1 

inning  1 

innocent  1 

instead  1 

interrogation  2 

interrupt  1 

irregular  1 

jealous  2 

juice  1 

kept  2 

known  1 

knuckle  1 

laughter  1 

laundry  1 

league  1 

length  4 

lengthened  1 

leopard  2 

linen  2 

listening  1 

longitude  1 

loose  2 

losing  1 

machine  1 

magazine  1 

magician  1 

manager  1 

manual  2 

material  1 

mechanical  2 

memorial  1 

mercy  1 

message  1 

messenger  1 

mimic  1 

mining  1 

miracle  1 

mirror  1 

mischief  1 

misspell  1 

molasses  7 

monarchy  1 

money  2 


morning 

mourned 

moving 

mucilage 

multiplicand 

mystery 

nasturtium 

nationality 

navigable 

near 

need 

new 

ninetieth 
now 

numerator 

obedient 

obliging 

oblique 

occupation 

odor 

offered 

onion 

opportunity 

ordinary 

orphan 

ostriches 

ourselves 

own 

oysters 

palace 

pamphlet 

paragraph 

parents 

parrots 

particle 

particular 

partner 

patience 

patient 

pause 

perform 

perfume 

perhaps 

permission 

perspiration 

photograph 

pianist 

plaguing 


36 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


planned 

3 

plantation 

1 

plateau 

4 

pledge 

plural 

poem 

poetry 

policeman 

political 

popped 

portrait 

possessive 

potato 

practise 

precious 

precipice 

pretty- 

probably 

problem 

procession 

productions 

promise 

promoted 

pronounce 

pronunciation 

properly 

proprietary 

purpose 

pursue 

quantity 


rabbit 

raspberries 

realize 

really 

realm 

recipe 

relatives 

reluctant 

repair 

republic 

rescue 

resolute 

respectable 

respectfully 

review 

rhythm 

ribbon 

road 


saddle 

1 

f      CT^/^r^nf  111 
tCiabpiJUlil  ui 

sailors 

Q 
O 

btJltJg,!  din 

saucer 

•tenement 

sausages 

tennis 

scare 

than 

scene 

: 

scour 

thermometer 

scythe 

they're 

second 

thosp 

sensation 

+ Vi  m  1  c!n  n  H  t,  n  R 

2 

sensible 

XjIcU. 

2 

separate 

OA 

3 

separation 

touched 

serious 

trails 

^ 

settlement 

traitor 

several 

transient 

transportation 

I 

shepherd 

traveling 

I 

snipping 

tries 

I 

snoppiiig, 

tropical 

I 

snow  cu. 

twelfth 

I 

signed 

UIlliUl  1X1 

^ 

cifllfltpd 

situation 

urge 

sleepy 

used 

2 

sleeves 

Liocd  \jyj 

2 

sleigh 

I 

sloyd 

vacation 

soil 

vaccinate 

^nmptirnps 

vanilla 

soon 

variety 

special 

veil 

vein 

ofatiie 

ventilate 

stocking 

1 

veranda 

strengthen 

I 

vessels 

structure 

vicinity 

studious 

1 

view 

sufficient 

vigilance 

c-nlnhiTT 

vinegar 

summary 

\ 

visit 

superior 

V  Ul  U.11  UCCl 

swept 

1 

swimming 

sympathy 

wait 

systematic 

wander 
wandered 

taste 

ware 

teacher 

1  washed 

PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS.  •  37 


watch 

1 

won 

1 

wrap 

weapon 

1 

wonder 

1 

wrinkled 

week 

1 

wonderful 

1 

wharves 

3 

wood 

1 

yawn 

who's 

1 

woolens 

1 

yielded 

windows 

2 

worshiped 

1 

yolk 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


9 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  S. 


GRADE  VII. 


Number  of  Teachers  Reporting  Words,  27. 
Minimum  List. 


accuracy 

-1 
1 

grammar 

1  A 

14 

physician 

4 

address 

2 

gymnasium 

2 

physiology 

4 

analysis 

2 

hygiene 

pneumonia 

1 

appearance 

1 

3 

precede 

1 

approach 
athlete 

1 

2 

mdependence 

tr 
O 

principal 
principle 

11 

6 

iiiuepenuem/ 

9 

privilege 

6 

beautiful 

3 

invitation 

4 

beneficial 

1 

judgment 

9 

recommend 

1 

besiege 

2 

judicial 

2 

recommendation 

1 

besieged 

1 

references 

1 

bouquet 

4 

knowledge 

2 

reservou" 

ICloUl  C 

respect!  ully 

5 

character 

4 

Q 
o 

restaurant 

2 

chief 

3 

license 

1 
1 

college 
colonel 

4 

manage 

1 

scheme 

3 

4 

management 

1 

secretary 

2 

1 

manufacture 

1 

seize 

7 

convenience 

1 

massacre 

siege 

2 

debtor 

1 

mischievous 

2 

sieve 

1 

destroy 

1 

mortgage 

1 

sincerely 

18 

development 

1 

naphtha 

2 

sovereign 

2 

dictionary 

2 

stationary 

1 

disappearance 

2 

occurred 

1 

stationery 

2 

occurrence 

3 

successful 

2 

exhibition 

3 

superintendent 

3 

parallel 

10 

shepherd 

3 

formally 

1 

parliament 

3 

freight 

3 

pedler 

1 

yield 

2 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


ability 

1 
1 

abscess 

o 
Z 

absence 

4 

accepted 

o 

accident 

accused 

accustom 

achievement 

advertise 

advertisement 

•  1 

aerial 

affectionately 

afterward 

alien 

alley 

allowed 

aloud 

alphabetical 

anchored 

o 

£j 

another 

1 
1 

anxious 

c 

o 

apologize 

/I 
4 

apostrophe 

o 

appeared 

appetite 

appreciate 

appropriation 

arranged 

arrangement 

ascertain 

author 

automobile 

awkward 

awning 

barbarous 

bargain 

beginner 

behavior 

belief 

bicycle 

bigger 

bordered 

borrow 

boulevard 

brilliant 

bulletin 


Supplementary  List. 

calendar  4 
camera 
cancel 
cancellation 
canned 
cashier 
catarrh 
cautiously 
cayenne 
cede 

celebrate 
cemetery 
centennial 
cereal 
certainly 
certificate 
changeable 
cheered 
cheerfully 
chocolate 
choir 
cigarette 
circumference 
citizen  3 
clause  1 
cleanse  2 
climate  2 
cocoa  2 
colonies 
colonize 
column 
comparison 
compellative 
complaint 
complement 
complex 
conceal 
conceive 
conductor 
couldn't 
coupon 
criminal 
criticism 
curious 

daily 
deceive 
decide 
declarative 


declension 

defeat 

definitions 

delicious 

depreciate 

depth 

describe 

description 

descriptive 

desert 

determine 

diamond 

difference 

digestion 

director 

disagreeable 

disappear 

disappointment 

disguise 

distance 

dulness 


eaten 

echoes 

eclipse 

educated 

efficiency 

efficient 

electric 

electricity 

elevated 

enormous 

entertainment 

equator 

erase 

erosion 

especially 

established 

estuary 

examination 

exception 

excited 

exclamative 

exercise 

expedition 

experience 

experiment 

extravagant 


40 


SCHOOI.  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


factory 

faint 

fairies 

fairly 

familiar 

familiarity 

fascinate 

faucet 

favorite 

festival 

fiftieth 

finally 

flannel 

followed 

forehead 

foreign 

foreigner 

formerly 

fortieth 

fowl 

frequently 

frolic 

front 

frontier 

frozen 

fulfill 

germ 

gigantic 

government. 

governor 

guest 

hearth 

heartily 

height 

hemisphere 

hoarse 

hole 

hoped 

hospital 

hundredths 

hurriedly 

icicle 

illustration 

immediate 

immediately 

imperative 

independently 

indescribable 


inexperienced 

inhabitant 

initial 

integer 

intelligence 

interest 

interrogative 

janitor 
judge 
justice 
juvenile 

kerosene 
knead 

legislative 

legislature 

lettuce 

library 

literary 

lovely 

luncheon 

luscious 

luster 

lying 

machinery 

mackerel 

maize 

marriage 

martyr 

masculine 

measure 

mechanic 

medicine 

mensuration 

merchandise 

meridian 

military 

militia 

minister 

minnow^s 

modifies 

mosquito 

multiple 

museum 

necessary 
neuter 
neutral 
nominative 


18 


none 
nonsense 

oases 
oasis 

obedience 

objective 

occasion 

ocean 

offense 

omission 

omitted 

operations 

oppose 

opposite 

orchestra 

order 

owl 

oxygen 

pansies 

passed 

patriot 

pattern 

peculiar 

peculiarity 

pendulum 

peninsular 

perimeter 

permanent 

persecute 

perseverance 

persuade 

persuasion 

phrase 

physical 

picturesque 

plague 

plaid 

planning 

poisonous 

porcelain 

possession 

precedent 

preference 

preferred 

prejudice 

preparation 

preposition 

presence 

preserve 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


prettiest  1 

salary  1 

temperature 

probability  1 

scenery  3 

tenant 

procedure  2 

schedule  1 

terrier 

professional  1 

science  1 

textiles 

profit  1 

secret  1 

theater 

promoted  3 

seized  1 

therefore 

prophet  1 

seizure  1 

thief 

prosperous  1 

serenade  1 

thorough 

pyramid  1 

shepherdess  1 

touch 

similarly  1 

tough 

raining  1 

simplified  1 

transitive 

raising  1 

skein  1 

traveler 

raisins  1 

skilful  1 

treason 

rapidity  1 

sleeve  1 

treaty 

raspberry  1 

society  1 

tropics 

rearrange  1 

soldier  2 

tyranny 

rebellion  1 

solemn  1 

receipt  4 

souvenir  1 

university 

reckon  1 

specimen  1 

unusual 

recognize  4 

splendid  1 

rectilinear  1 

stayed  1 

vegetation 

re-establish  1 

steal  1 

vengeance 

referred  1 

stereopticon  1 

vertical 

regretted  1 

stomach  2 

vexation 

regular  1 

stooping  1 

villian 

relative  1 

stopped  3 

reliable  1 

stork  1 

wanted 

relief  1 

strategy  1 

wharf 

religious  1 

stretch  1 

whispered 

replied  2 

succeed  1 

worm 

result  1 

syllable  3 

worried 

ridicule  1 

symbol  1 

writ 

ridiculous  1 

sympathize  1 

wrong 

rogue  1 

synonymous  1 

route  1 

system  1 

yacht 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 
AKE  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


43 


GRADE  VIIL 

Number  of  Teachers  Reporting  Words,  48. 
Minimum  List. 


accommodate 

8 

counterfeit 

4 

lieutenant 

7 

acknowledge 

5 

courageous 

4 

milliner 

acknowledgment 

1 

2 

acquaintance 

4 

diphtheria 

10 

millinery 

8 

acquainted 

3 

disappoint 

11 

miscellaneous 

3 

agreement 
apology 

2 
2 

disappointed 
discipline 

1 

5 

• 

navigable 

Q 
O 

assistance 

4 

disease 

12 

necessity 

A 

■1 

attendance 

3 

O 

audience 

5 

executive 

1 

pleasant 

6 

auxiliary- 

3 

extraordinary 

3 

practise 

4 

avenue 

2 

fatigue 

3 

pursuit 

3 

benefit 

5 

feminine 

3 

relieve 

6 

financial 

3 

revenue 

3 

campaign 

7 

secede 

5 

chauffeur 

5 

guard 

3 

secession 

5 

commercial 

3 

guardian 

4 

similar 

3 

committee 

16 

immigrant 

sufficient 

5 

conscience 

12 

4 

conscious 

3 

interfere 

3 

tariff 

5 

convenient 

8 

irregular 

3 

thermometer 

3 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


Supplementary  List 


1 

X 

Q  OPPT^'^" 

ascem 

1 
1 

celery 

9 

8<CCGpta,bl6 

1 

ascertam 

9 

census 

J 

1 

X 

occoccino^p 

assbaosmate 

center 

account 

1 
1 

assent 

ceremony 

accumulate 

1 
i 

assets 

cession 

accuracy 

1 
1 

atheism 

chalk 

accustomed 

9 

athlete 

challenge 

acquiesce 

1 
1 

athletic 

changing 

accjuiooai 

1 
1 

attached 

character 

1  1 
11 

address 

1 

attorney 

chemical 

adequate 

1 
1 

auction 

cherish 

d/ U.U11  L  t  ctll  t/ C 

1 
1 

auditor 

chief 

advice 

1 
1 

authentic 

chieftain 

1 

X 

dUtllUllt  V 

Clll  V  <XM  U  US 

affect 

1 
1 

authorize 

chivalry 

ctgl  CCCtUltJ 

1 

X 

axiom 

cilarrUl 

1 

X 

chord 

alcohol 

q 
o 

bachelor 

chores 

<*  iiiiicii  ho/i  y 

1 

X 

bacteria 

chute 

pllporifir»pp 

2 

rSQloTiPP 

U<3>lctXXl/C 

piTPmi" 

4 

Vj<xVX\j\jlX 

amateur 

1 
1 

Danot 

civil 

cilXlUl  vlKJ  no 

2 

l^QnmiP'l" 
Uduqucv 

PlT7ll  GPV\rlPP 
l^xVXl  OCX  V  IL/C 

fi  mV»nl  fi  r*  pp 

VjKZai  LI  uXl  Lll 

plppnlinpQq 

i^lCctlXXXllCoo 

CI  TTiTTmi'ni'f  irin 
jj^n  11 1 1  Liiii  Liuii 

2 

V\pn  pn  PI  Q  1 

client 

Q 
o 

rkpn  P"\rT*  1  PTi  PP 

pnl  ipcp 

Q n  Ci  i'\r7P 

4 

.  rt 

VkPCl  PfTP 

pr^l  iww  Pl 

Q 
o 

Q  "n  "m  rPTG  Q  Tif 
ctxliii  V  d  octx  Y 

4. 

pnlnmn 
l^UiU.  1X1X1 

3 

Q  nn  /"^nn  pptyi  pti^ 

9 

bevel 

CUlixlxlUU.1  Ulco 

antecedent 

biennial 

comparative 

nn  Yipf  V 

- 

10 

pr^mnpf  pnf 
1XX|  J  c  u  cxx  l» 

nr»r»$iTpl 

brief 

prkmnpfif.inn 

\^     XXX             X  U 1  XX 

QT^T^PQ       n  PP 

l^L/llx^JlCljUJH 

, 

C*»          ^XJL\U.Al^ A  U AO 

complexion 

3 

Q  TiTkl  Q  11  GP 

primT^IPYin'nPM 

dJllllJlCAlUllCU 

2 

burial 

LUilipillllcll  t 

3 

apply 

Vvi  1  o  Vi  pi 

nC\X\  "f  pri  PTQ  O'KT 

CUlll  cU-Cl  ai\jy 

X 

Q  "MT^'PPT^  ^'  1  PP 

ct|jpi  Cll  1/J.ut; 

bye 

r*r\r\  CTTQ  "f  111  Q  "fp 
l^Ull^l  CXi  C  \Xl.£X 

1 

approaon 

p/^n  CP!  PT^  ^ir^i  1 G 
OUll&i^lcll  tlU  Ho 

2 

dpi  Ull 

camel 

p  An  GPi  r^n  GTl  PGQ 
dJlloCHJ  LlollCoiS 

1 

aquarium 

camphor 

LUllbpit^  U.U  Uo 

St  mipHiipf'. 

£t    LL  CVi.  U,  O  v 

canal 

pormtitiition 

V>WX10  \JX  U  (-l  uxwxx 

1 

arc 

candidate 

contagious 

3 

architecture 

capabilities 

contractor 

1 

argument 

capable 

convalescent 

1 

arrived 

capital 

convenience 

3 

article 

capitol 

conveyance 

1 

artificial 

catcher 

corps 

2 

ascend 

cavalry 

corpse 

1 

1 

2 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
3 
1 
3 
1 
3 
1 
1 
1 
2 

1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
2 
3 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 


LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS.  45 


dissatisfy 

1 

fiber 

1 

dissolve 

2 

fictitious 

2 

disturbance 

1 

fiery 

2 

ditch 

2 

finely 

1 

draught 

2 

flies 

1 

drawer 

1 

forfeit 

2 

dyeing 

2 

formerly 

2 

dying 

1 

foundries 

1 

freight 

4 

earnest 

1 

fugitive 

2 

economical 

2 

fulcrum 

1 

economy 

1 

effect 

.2 

garbage 

1 

elegance 

1 

gasoline 

1 

eligible 

1 

gauge 

1 

ellipse 

1 

goal 

1 

eloquence 

1 

gorgeous 

1 

emancipation 

1 

grammar 

25 

embarrass 

1 

grievous 

1 

embroidered 

1 

group 

1 

emigrant 

3 

guarantee 

2 

emperor 

1 

gymnasium 

2 

emphasis 

1 

emphatically 

1 

handsome 

1 

employee 

1 

harass 

1 

endeavor 

1 

harbor 

1 

engineer 

2 

hearse 

1 

entered 

1 

hereditary 

1 

enthusiasm 

2 

herself 

1 

enthusiastic 

1 

hiccoughs 

1 

epidemic 

2 

hideous 

1 

equilibrium 

1 

hoarse 

1 

etc. 

1 

hoeing 

2 

eulogy 

1 

hosiery 

2 

exaggerate 

2 

hundred 

1 

examine 

1 

hurricane 

1 

excellent 

2 

hurrying 

1 

exhausted 

1 

hygiene 

9 

exhaustion 

2 

hygienic 

1 

exhibit 

2 

hypotenuse 

1 

exhibition 

3 

existence 

1 

illustrate 

2 

expense 

1 

imagine 

1 

explain 

1 

immediate 

2 

exquisite 

1 

immense 

2 

extremely 

1 

impenetrabihty 

1 

improvement 

2 

failure 

1 

inaugural 

2 

famine 

1 

inaugurated 

1 

feature 

1 

incandescent 

1 

feudal 

1 

incessant 

1 

46 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


incident 

2 

inconvenient 

1 
1 

independence 

5 

independent 

inexcusable 

inference 

ingredients 

injurious 

instance 

intellectual 

intelligent 

interfered 

intransitive 

invention 

invitation 

irresistible 

irrigation 

isosceles 

2 

jewelry  2 


judgment 

23 

judicial 

3 

judiciary 

1 

JVCl  llCl 

kneel 

1 

knock 

1 

knocked 

2 

knot 

1 

knowledge 

6 

knuckles 

1 

laboratory 

1 

largely 

1 

lawyer 

1 

legislature 

1 

leisure 

6 

lenient 

1 

lessen 

2 

license 

4 

licorice 

1 

lighter 

1 

liniment 

1 

lonesome 

1 

machinist 

1 

majority 

1 

malaria 

1 

malleable 

1 

management 

4 

maneuver 

1 

manual 

Z 

manufacture 

o 
6 

manufacturers 

manufacturing 

martial 

massacre 

mayonnaise 

mechanical 

medal 

meddle 

melancholy 

merely 

metal 

meter 

minor 

mischievous 

moccasin 

modifiers 

moisten 

molecule 

mortgage 

motor-man 

movable 

mucilage 

municipal 

\ 

murmur 

musician 

\ 

mustache 

mysterious 

1 

naphtha 

naturalized 

naval 

necessarily 

\ 

neuralgia 

\ 

nineteenth 

noun 

HKJ  til  lollilldl  u 

OUol/tlUlcb 

occasionally 

occurred 

1  1 
i  i 

occurrence 

official 

opaque 

opera 

operate 

operation 

opportunity 

2 

origin 

1 

paid 

1 

pamphlet 

1 

parallel 

20 

paralyze 

1 

parliament 

2 

J.  ■  :  1 

participle 

2 

passenger 

1 

past 

1 

patiently 

1 

peaceable 

2 

peasantry 

i 

pedler 

1 

penetrate 

1 

perceiving 

1 

permanently 

1 

perpendicular 

1 

persevere 

2 

phlegm 

1 

phonograph 

2 

physician 

7 

physiology 

A 

4 

piercing 

1 

plain 

1 

plane 

1 

planing 

1 

plumber 

2 

pneumatic 

1 

pneumonia 

13 

politician 

1 

possess 

o 
L 

postpone 

1 

1 

poultice 

1 
1 

praising 

1 

precede 

A 

'± 

preceded 

1 

precious 

V 

preparations 

1 

prepare 

1 

presidential 

1 

previous 

1 

priest 

1 

principal 

24 

principle 

13 

privilege 

14 

proceed 

2 

proclamation 

1 

proprietor 

2 

psalm 

1 

PROVISIONAL  LIST  OF  SPELLING  WORDS. 


punctual  2 

root 

1 

stretched 

punctuate  1 

rout 

1 

studying 

purposes  1 

rummage 

1 

substance 

pursuing  2 

running 

2 

subtile 

safety 

subtle 

quadrilateral  1 

2 

succeeded 

quarantine  1 

salmon 

successful 

quarry  1 

sanitary 

1 

succession 

quoted  1 

saucy 
scarcely 

1 
1 

suffrage 

radiator  1 

scheme 

2 

superintendei 

ragged  1 
raisins  1 
realize  1 

scream 
screech 
seceded 

1 
1 
1 

esujj  ci  ScUc 

superstitious 
supplies 

receiver  1 

seceding 

1 

receiving  1 

secretary 

13 

surgeon 
surrender 

recently  1 

seize 

8 

receptacle  1 
recitation  1 

seminary 
senate 

2 
1 

suspicion 

suspicious 

syllable 

recollect  1 

senator 

1 

recommend  14 

sentinel 

1 

synonym 

recommendation  2 

separable 

1 

telegraph 

reconnoiter  1 

sergeant 

2 

telephone 

reference  3 

series 

1 

tendency 

regretted  1 

shepherd 

1 

thoroughly 

rehearsal  1 

sheriff 

1 

threatened 

reign  2 

shoulder 

'  2 

throat 

rein  1 

shrubbery 

1 

till 

release  1 

siege 

10 

tonsilitis 

religion  1 

sieve 

2 

torture 

remedy  1 

silence 

1 

toughen 

remember  1 

sincerely 

18 

treasurer 

reminiscence  1 

slept 

1 

treasury 

remittance  1 

socialism 

1 

twentieth 

repair  1 

soften 

1 

typhoid 

reparation  1 

solder 

1 

repetition  1 

solemn 

1 

umpire 

representation  1 

somebody's 

1 

unanimous 

representative  2 

sovereign 

2 

unconscious 

requirements  1 

sovereignty 

1^ 

unequalled 

reservoir  4 

spacious 

1 

imfulfilled 

respectfully  7 

stake 

1 

unparalleled 

response  1 

stationary 

4 

utensil 

responsibility  1 

stationery 

6 

responsible  1 

steak 

1 

vacancy 

restaurant  4 

stenographer 

1 

vacuum 

rheumatism  1 

stitches 

1 

valuable 

rhyme  1 

stitching 

1 

vaudeville 

rhythm  2 

straighten 

1 

vehicle 

robbed  1 

straightening 

1 

verbal 

roguish  1 

strengthened 

1 

vetoed 

48 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  8. 


vicinity 

1 

wasn't 

1 

yield 

3 

victuals 

1 

weary 

1 

yonder 

villainous 

1 

weird 

1 

youthful 

1 

virtue 

1 

weren't 

1 

visible 

1 

wield 

1 

zephyr 

1 

wrap 

2 

zinc 

1 

warrant 

2 

wrapped 

2 

warrior 

1 

wretched 

1 

Make  List  of  Additional  Words  Here. 


\ 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9-1914 

BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

PROVIINAL  MINIMUM  STANDARDS  IN 
ADDITION,  SDBTRACTIDN,  MULTIPLI- 
CATIDN  AND  DIVISION  FOR  PUPILS  IN 
GRADES  IV.  TU  fill. 

Bulletin  No.  II.  of  the  Department  of 
Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement 


NOVE^MBER,  1914 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
I  9  I  ^ 


Ix  School  Committee,  Boston,  October  5,  1914. 

On  motion  of  the  Superintendent,  it  was  ordered, 
That  three  thousand  five  hundred  (3,500)  copies  of  the 
Bulletin  on  Arithmetic,  prepared  by  the  Department  of 
Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement,  be  printed 
for  distribution  among  the  elementary  school  teachers. 
Attest: 

ELLEN  M.  CRONIN, 
Secretary  pro  tempore. 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  manuscript  for  this  bulletin  was  written  by  Miss 
Rose  A.  Carrigan  of  the  Boston  Normal  School,  who 
was  especially  assigned  by  the  Superintendent  of  Schools 
to  take  immediate  charge  of  the  testing  work  in  arith- 
metic during  the  school  year  1913-14.  Miss  Carrigan 
was  also  associated  with  Mr.  S.  A.  Courtis,  who  directed 
similar  work  the  previous  year.  Assistant  Superin- 
tendent Maurice  P.  White  has  supervised  the  arithmetic 
testing  during  both  years. 

The  first  bulletin  on  arithmetic  to  be  issued  by  the 
School  Committee  was  prepared  by  Miss  Carrigan,  and 
printed  in  January,  1914,  and  covered  the  standards  in 
arithmetic  derived  from  the  testing  done  previous  to 
that  date. 

This  second  bulletin  on  arithmetic  contains  a  detailed 
analysis  of  some  of  the  results  of  the  arithmetic  testing 
and  the  provisional  minimum  standards  in  the  four 
fundamentals  established  for  the  school  year  1914-15. 
These  standards  are  not  high,  inasmuch  as  they  are 
based  on  what  at  least  50  per  cent  of  the  20,000  children 
tested  actually  accomplished  in  the  arithmetic  tests 
last  April.  Teachers  should  consider  the  standard  for 
each  grade  as  representing  the  minimum  of  achieve- 
ment for  all  normal  pupils  who  do  satisfactory  work. 
The  standards  are  provisional  in  the  respect  that  some- 
what higher  or  different  standards  may  be  the  ultimate 
result  of  our  effort  to  improve  the  pupils'  work  in  the 
four  fundamentals  in  arithmetic. 

This  bulletin  was  intentionally  written  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  teachers  in  the  elementary  schools,  in  the 
belief  that  the  definite  standards  herein  established  and 
explained  will  be  helpful  to  the  teacher  and  an  aid  to 
the  pupil,  in  attaining  reasonable  standards  of  achieve- 
ment in  arithmetic.    By  a  careful  study  of  the  results 


4 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


of  the  arithmetic  testing  contained  in  this  bulletin,  and 
by  adopting  the  suggestions  proposed  concerning  cor- 
rective work,  it  is  confidently  expected  that  better 
results  can  be  obtained  without  any  increase  in  the  time 
devoted  to  drill  work,  and  without  increasing  in  the 
least  the  efforts  now  put  forth  by  conscientious  teachers 
in  arithmetic  instruction. 

FRANK  W.  BALLOU, 

Director. 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  5 


PEO VISIONAL  MINIMUM  STANDAEDS  IN  ADDITION, 
SUBTEACTION,  MULTIPLICATION  AND  DIVISION 
FOE  PUPILS  IN  GEADES  IV.  TO  VIII.  IN  THE 
ELEMENTAEY  SCHOOLS. 


The  Purpose  of  this  Bulletin. 

During  the  past  two  years  an  investigation  of  the 
abiUties  of  pupils  to  add,  subtract,  multiply  and  divide 
has  been  carried  on  in  a  large  number  of  the  public 
school  districts  of  Boston.  This  inquiry  has  resulted  in 
the  adoption  of  definite  standards  of  attainment  for  the 
grades  and  of  educational  policies  for  practice  or  cor- 
rective work.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this  bulletin  to 
acquaint  teachers  with  these  standards  and  policies,  and 
to  this  end  the  following  topics  will  be  considered: 

First. —  The  provisional  minimum  standards  which 
have  been  established  as  a  result  of  these  tests. 

Second. —  The  basic  principle  on  which  the  standards " 
were  set  up. 

Third. —  Methods  of  applying  standards  in  a  way 
which  may  effectively  improve  class  instruction. 

Fourth. —  Study  of  the  changes  in  ability  of  pupils 
from  January  to  April. 

Fifth. —  Suggestions  for  practice  or  corrective  work 
for  individual  pupils. 

Bulletin  No.  1,  in  arithmetic,*  which  was  printed 
before  the  organization  of  the  present  Department  of 
Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement,  contained 
detailed  results  of  the  test  given  in  January,  1914; 
also,  consequent  tentative  standards  which  were  estab- 
lished for  the  remainder  of  the  school  term.  The 
January  tests  will,  therefore,  be  referred  to  here  only  in 
connection  with  the  improvement  manifested  in  the 
April  returns. 

*  "Scientific  Measurements  of  Arithmetical  Abilities  in  Boston  Public  Schools.  January, 
1914." 


6 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


Provisional  Minimum  Standards  for  the  School 
Year  1914-15. 
The  following  provisional  minimum  standards  have 
been  established  for  Grades  IV.  to  VIII.  in  the  elemen- 
tary schools.  These  refer  to  examples  in  addition,  sub- 
traction, multiplication  and  division  of  integral  numbers 
which  are  exactly  equal  in  difficulty  to  the  examples 
used  in  the  Courtis  Standard  Tests  in  Arithmetic, 
Series  B. 

June  Standards  for  Individual  Pupils. 


Time  Allowed. 


Grades. 

ADDITION, 
8  MINUTES. 

1 

SUBTRACTION, 
4  MINUTES. 

MULTIPLICATION , 
6  MINUTES. 

DIVISION, 
8  MINUTES. 

i 

03 

O. 

ID 

a 

E 

1 

in 

S 

o 

a> 

-1-2 

M 

-u 

< 

< 

< 

< 

IV  

8 

6 

i 

.  8 

6 

6 

4 

4 

2 

V  

"  9 

7 

9 

7 

7 

5 

6 

4 

•VI  

10 

8 

10 

8 

9 

7 

8 

6 

VII  

11 

9 

11 

9 

10 

8 

10 

8 

Vlll  

12 

11 

12 

11 

11 

10 

12 

I 

11 

Choosing  addition  for  illustration,  the  above  table  is 
interpreted  as  follows:  The  eighth  grade  child,  who  in 
June  accomplishes  successfully  the  work  of  his  grade  in 
the  fundamentals  of  arithmetic,  will  be  able  in  eight 
minutes  to  solve  12  addition  examples  and  have  at 
least  11  of  them  correct.  Each  of  these  examples  should 
consist  of  three  columns  of  nine  figures.  A  seventh 
grade  child  will  in  the  same  time  solve  11  such  addition 
examples  and  have  at  least  9  of  them  right,  and  so  on. 

Standards  expressed  in  terms  so  unmistakable  as 
these  clearl}^  define  the  work  to  be  done.  They  leave 
no  doubt  in  the  mind  of  the  child  as  to  whether  he  has 
been  successful  or  not.  Also,  they  reward  successful 
effort  with  that  pleasurable  satisfaction  which  so  fre- 
quently lies  at  the  foundation  of  subsequent  effort. 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  7 


This  last  effect  is  of  greatest  importance.  If  the  habit 
of  continuous  effort  could  be  more  generally  developed 
in  pupils,  teaching  would  quickly  register  a  far  higher 
degree  of  efficiency  than  has  yet  been  attained. 

It  should  be  noticed  that  100  per  cent  of  accuracy  has 
not  been  required  in  the  present  provisional  standards, 
although  a  little  higher  degree  of  accuracy  is  set  for  the 
eighth  than  for  the  other  grades.  It  is,  of  course,  desira- 
ble that  pupils  should  be  trained  to  an  appreciation  of 
the  highest  possible  ideal  and  should  strive  to  get  every 
example  correct.  In  the  beginning,  however,  due  allow- 
ance has  been  made  for  the  fluctuating  character  of  all 
human  effort  in  the  belief  that  it  is  wiser  at  this  time 
to  set  a  standard  which  all  pupils  of  normal  intelligence 
can  be  trained  to  reach. 

It  will  be  noted,  further,  that  these  provisional  stand- 
ards require  pupils  to  do  a  certain  amount  of  work  in  a 
given  time.  From  a  practical  viewpoint  this  is  necessary. 
Unquestionably,  a  person  is  inefficient  if  he  works  too 
slowly  just  as  he  is  if  he  works  inaccurately.  A  young 
man  will  lose  a  good  position  if  he  accomplishes  so  little 
during  the  day  that  he  does  not  give  his  employer  suf- 
ficient service  for  his  wage;  he  is  thereby  as  useless  to  his 
employer  as  he  would  be  if  his  work  were  careless  and 
unreliable.  Furthermore,  the  amount  of  work  which  has 
been  attempted  must  be  known  in  order  to  calculate 
the  degree  of  accuracy  with  which  it  has  been  performed, 
because  accuracy  can  be  measured  only  when  the  amount 
of  work  attempted  is  related  to  the  amount  of  work 
correctly  done.  A  standard  speed,  therefore,  is  a 
necessity. 

How  THE  Standards  were  Derived. 
There  is  much  evidence  to  indicate  that  arbitrary 
requirements  established  by  the  teaching  profession 
have  failed,  hitherto,  to  bring  desired  results.  It  seems 
to  have  become  imperative,  therefore,  to  work  out 
standards  on  a  more  scientific  basis.  With  this  idea  in 
mind,  educators  are  turning  to  the  children  themselves, 


8 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


are  studying  their  natural  abilities,  and  are  formulating 
standards  in  the  various  school  subjects  on  the  basis 
of  what  a  reasonable  proportion  of  the  children  are  able 
to  do  satisfactorily  with  a  specific  amount  of  training. 
The  movement  is  a  general  one,  but  is  confining  itself 
to  those  elementary  skills  and  abilities  which  are  essential 
to  every  individual,  whatever  his  calling.  The  first 
systematic  effort  in  the  direction  of  educational  measure- 
ment in  Boston  has  concerned  itself  with  the  four  funda- 
mental operations  in  arithmetic. 

Arithmetic,  exclusive  of  the  problem  work,  has 
afforded  an  excellent  initial  subject  for  investigation  and 
standardization.  It  is  a  comparatively  simple  task  to 
make  a  comprehensive  classification  of  subject  matter 
in  the  mechanics  of  arithmetic.  Arithmetic  lends  itself 
easily  to  the  formulation  of  exact  and  definite  standards. 
Examples  can  be  scored  with  almost  perfect  uniformity 
by  a  large  number  of  persons.  Effective  corrective 
measures  can  presumably  be  applied  without  great  diffi- 
culty, since  the  causes  of  mistakes  can  be  readily 
detected  and  a  series  of  practice  examples  graded  from 
the  simple  to  the  more  difficult  can  easily  be  used. 
Experience  in  the  field  of  arithmetic  is  likely  to  provide 
us  with  valuable  suggestions  for  a  similar  line  of  proced- 
ure in  other  subjects. 

To  ascertain  the  abilities  of  pupils  as  a  basis  for  setting 
up  provisional  standards  of  achievement,  the  Courtis 
Standard  Tests  in  Arithmetic,  Series  B,  were  given  twice 
during  the  past  school  year.  Form  1  was  given  in 
January,  and  Form  2  in  April.  The  following  tables 
show  the  number  of  districts,  buildings,  classes,  grades, 
and  children,  where  the  tests  were  given: 

Table  I. 


January,  1914. 


April,  1914. 


Number  of  districts. . . . 
Number  of  buildings. .  . 
Number  of  class  rooms. 


35 
72 
525 


Number  of  districts. . .  , 
Number  of  buildings. .  . 
Number  of  class  rooms, 


35 
70 
532 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  9 


Table  11. 


Grade. 

January,  1914. 

Grade. 

April,  1914. 

Number  of 
Grade 

Number  of 
Pupils. 

Number  of 
Classes. 

Number  of 
Pupils. 

IV  

119 
118 
112 
108 
91 
5 

4,510 
4, .383 
4,213 
3,925 
3,498 
117 

IV  

119 

122 
110 

103 
93 
5 

4,553 
4,576 
4,225 
3,873 
3,512 
205 

V  

V  

VI  

VI  

VII  

VII  

VIII  

VIII  

Unclassified  *  

Unclassified  f  •  •  •  • 

553 

20,646 

Totals  

552 

20,944 

*  Prevocational  and  ungraded  classes  which  were  not  included  in  the  regular  grades, 
t  Prevocational  and  industrial  classes  which  were  not  included  in  the  regular  grades. 


The  work  of  the  testing  was  managed  in  the  following 
manner:  In  January,  fifty  senior  students  in  the  Nor- 
mal School  were  trained  to  give  the  tests  in  a  uniform 
manner  in  all  the  class  rooms  of  Grades  IV.  to  VIII. 
in  the  thirty-five  school  districts.  In  April,  fifty 
other  senior  students  were  similarly  trained  to  repeat 
the  tests.  These  examiners  explained  to  the  teachers 
the  method  of  scoring  papers,  distributing  frequencies 
and  computing  class  medians  and  per  cents  of  vari- 
ability. Duplicates  of  the  records  of  class  results  thus 
computed  were  returned  to  the  Normal  School,  where 
they  were  checked  and  tabulated  by  the  examiners 
who  gave  the  tests.  Each  teacher  retained  a  complete 
set  of  the  records  for  her  class,  thus  making  it  possible 
to  compare  her  own  class  achievement  with  the  cit}"- 
wide  result  when  it  was  published.  Each  child  made  a 
record  of  his  attainment  in  both  tests  on  an  individual 
record  card,  which  was  so  constructed  that  results 
of  successive  tests  could  easily  be  compared.  Each 
master  was  supplied  with  a  record  and  graph  of  the 
attainments  of  his  district  in  both  tests.  The  plan 
was  intended  to  provide  ample  information  so  that 
each  pupil,  each  teacher  and  each  master  might  study 


10 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


the  results  for  which  he  was  in  any  measure  responsible, 
and  might  compare  these  with  city-wide  results  or  with 
any  subsequent  standards  which  might  be  established. 

The  tabulations  made  at  the  Normal  School  by  the 
trained  examiners  included  all  the  returns  from  the 
total  number  of  children  tested,  almost  21,000.  From 
these  tabulations,  the  city-wide  class  medians  were 
computed.  On  the  basis  of  these  class  medians  the 
provisional  standards  of  achievement,  which  are  to 
serve  as  clearly  defined  aims  for  individual  children 
during  the  ensuing  school  year,  were  established.* 

When  it  is  remembered  that  the  class  median  indicates 
the  degree  of  efficiency  with  which  50  per  cent  of  the 
children  do  their  work  under  present  conditions,  and 
that  there  are  many  children  who  can  do  much  better 
than  this,  it  will  easily  be  seen  that  a  standard  based 
on  the  class  median  achievement  is  far  from  excessive. 
This  does  not  mean  that  the  individual  standard  should 
necessarily  exactly  coincide  with  the  class  median.  In 
fact,  some  adjustment  is  desirable  in  converting  this 
middle  point  of  class  attainment  into  a  standard  suitable 
for  the  individual.  If  pupils  aim  no  higher  than  the 
present  class  median,  subsequent  class  medians  will, 
without  question,  be  lowered.  For  this  reason  it  was 
deemed  justifiable  to  lift  the  individual  standards 
slightly  above  the  class  medians. 

In  view  of  the  above  considerations,  the  following 
adjustments  were  made.  Each  class  median  was 
changed  to  the  nearest  whole  number.  The  prevailing 
amount  of  failure  indicated  by  the  results  was  two 


*  After  work  upon  the  April  returns  was  completed,  and  the  standard  established,  an 
experiment  was  made  to  ascertain  the  degree  of  variability  which  would  appear  in  the 
class  medians  if  fewer  records  were  used  in  the  tabulations.  For  this  purpose  a  selection 
by  lot  was  made  of  460  individual  score  sheets  from  the  fifth  grade. 

A  second  computation  was  made  on  the  basis  of  920  individual  scores. 

A  third  computation  was  made  on  the  basis  of  1,380  individual  scores.  The  medians 
were  computed  in  each  one  of  the  four  operations  for  both  the  number  of  examples 
attempted  and  the  number  of  examples  correct.  This  gave  24  medians.  In  10  cases  out 
of  the  24,  the  median  exactly  coincided  with  the  median  which  hsA  resulted  from  the 
tabulation  of  the  total  returns  from  almost  21,000  children.  In  10  cases  the  median 
differed  but  one-tenth,  and  in  the  remaining  4  cases  it  differed  but  two-tenths.  The  result 
of  this  experiment  shows  that  it  is  probably  wasted  effort  to  tabulate  more  than  a  thousand 
representative  cases. 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  H 

examples.  Further  adjustment  was  then  made  by 
smoothing*  the  curve  in  the  requirements  from  the 
fourth  to  the  eighth  grade  so  as  to  allow  for  a  failure  in 
two  examples  in  every  grade  except  the  eighth,  where 
allowance  was  made  for  but  one  incorrect  example. 
It  was  believed  that  a  little  higher  degree  of  accuracy 
should  be  expected  in  this  grade  as  a  mark  of  progress. 
In  smoothing  the  curves,  as  just  described,  it  was 
necessary  in  several  cases  to  lift  the  requirement  one 
example.  Even  with  these  adjustments,  some  may 
consider  the  standards  too  low,  but  it  seems  a  wise 
provision  so  to  fix  the  standards  of  achievement  that 
both  teachers  and  pupils  will  be  encouraged  to  higher 
attainment  through  a  large  measure  of  success.  Later, 
as  ways  and  means  are  devised  for  reaching  individuals 
and  applying  corrective  instruction  exactly  suited  to 
the  special  need  of  each  pupil,  higher  standards  may 
naturally  be  evolved. 

The  Use  of  the  Standards. 

Experience  in  the  various  fields  of  human  endeavor 
furnishes  much  evidence  to  show  that  the  establishment 
of  definite  aims  is  the  necessary  prerequisite  to  satis- 
factory accomplishment.  Realizing  this  more  than 
ever  before,  educators  are  at  present  placing  new 
emphasis  on  this  principle.  An  aim  put  before  the  pupil 
in  terms  which  he  can  easily  understand  serves  as  a 
strong  incentive  to  work.  If  it  is  also  made  possible  for 
him  to  measure  frequently  the  degree  of  his  own  progress 
towards  the  desired  goal,  a  compelling  desire  to  improve 
may  easily  be  developed  in  him. 

Pupils  should,  therefore,  be  made  thoroughly  familiar 
with  the  provisional  standard  of  their  grade.  This  is 
often  done  by  giving  the  standards  a  permanent  place 
on  the  blackboard.  When  this  cannot  be  done,  they 
may  be  placed  upon  a  manilla  chart  of  home  manufac- 
ture. It  is  well  to  present  the  standards  both  in  figures 
and  graphs.  A  word  about  acquainting  pupils  with 
graphs  may  not  be  out  of  place. 


12 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


Graphs  offer  a  much  easier  and  clearer  interpretation 
of  statistical  facts  than  do  tables  of  figures.  This  is 
recognized  by  people  of  business  enterprise  who  advertise 
in  our  daily  newspapers  and  current  magazines.  We 
are  constantly  meeting  in  our  daily  reading  graphical 
representations  of  statistical  facts  important  to  everyday 
life.  This  alone  is  a  justification  for  time  expended  in 
the  class  room  to  teach  children  to  make  graphs  and  to 
interpret  them  when  made.  There  is  a  distinctly  broad 
utilitarian  argument  for  undertaking  work  with  graphs 
aside  from  the  narrow  application  of  the  knowledge 
gained  to  progress  in  the  mechanics  of  arithmetic. 
Children,  then,  should  be  made  familiar  with  this  phase 
of  illustration;  they  should  be  taught  to  make  graphs 
of  their  own  daily  scores,  to  interpret  them  when  made, 
and  to  compare  them  constantly  with  the  standard  set 
for  their  grade.  A  colored  line  may  be  used  to  represent 
the  grade  requirement.  Beside  it  the  child  draws  a 
line  which  represents  his  own  score.  He  thus  measures 
his  achievement  by  comparing  the  two  lines.  A  glance 
at  their  relative  positions  is  sufficient  to  tell  him  whether 
or  not  he  has  as  yet  acquired  that  degree  of  skill  which 
qualifies  him  for  the  next  grade.  Also,  he  sees  in  which  of 
the  four  operations  he  has  most  ability  and  in  which 
least  —  thus  he  is  led  to  apply  himself  zealously  to  the 
task  of  improving  where  improvement  is  needed.  (For 
illustration,  see  Charts  No.  1  and  No.  2.*) 

To  make  sure  that  his  ability  is  of  a  reasonably 
permanent  nature,  the  pupil  should  measure  up  to  the 
grade  standard  on  at  least  three  successive  occasions. 
Whereas  a  single  test  of  a  thousand  or  more  children 
is  adequate  to  demonstrate  the  efficiency  of  the  teaching 
process  in  general,  one  test  is  not  sufficient  to  determine 
the  ability  of  the  individual.  To  do  this  last  effectively, 
several  tests  are  necessary;  otherwise,  there  is  danger 
of  incorrect  conclusions  resulting  from  chance  scores. 


*  Copies  for  the  charts  in  this  bulletin  -nere  prepared  for  the  printer  by  IMr.  Edward  H. 
Temple,  Department  of  Drawing,  Mechanic  Arts  High  School. 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS. 


13 


A  careful  study  of  the  successive  graphs  which  a  pupil 
has  made  of  his  own  scores  and  a  comparison  of  these 
with  the  standard  graphs  for  his  grade  will  show  the 
child  his  strong  and  weak  points.  Also,  such  a  study- 
will  aid  the  teacher  in  selecting  wisely  this  pupil's  future 
daily  drills.    It  is  desirable  that  the  individual  pupil 

CHART   No.  I. 
EXCEPTIONAL  INDIVIDUAL  SCORE.     GRADE  3ZnL. 
GIRL,- AGE  13  YEARS.  JAN.-APRIL. 
SUBTRACTION  MULTIPLICATION  DIVISION 


ADDITION 


Attempts     Right3      AxTtMPra    Rights     Attempts     Rights     Attempts  Rights 


V-— 

r\  

 I 

5E.C0ND  TRIAL  -^^  \ 

FIRST 

TRIAL-*/ 

K  

-\--.. 

\ 

-V  ' 

\ 

f — : 

STANDARD  - 

The  solid  line  represents  the  standard,  the  dash  line  the  first  trial, 
the  dotted  line  the  second  trial.  Both  scores  are  above  the  standard, 
but  the  dotted  line  indicates  a  more  even  development  of  abihties  as  a 
result  of  three  months  of  practice.  There  was  improvement  at  the  point 
where  least  ability  was  shown  in  the  first  trial. 


should  develop  his  powers  to  add,  subtract,  multiply 
and  divide  as  evenly  as  possible.  Limitation  of  training 
in  a  given  operation  when  he  has  attained  the  grade  standard 
in  that  field  is,  therefore,  strongly  recommended.  Stress 
should  thereafter  be  placed  on  the  work  in  which  he  is 


14 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


deficient.  This  principle  applies  not  only  to  skills 
within  a  given  branch,  but  to  the  various  other  subjects 
in  the  elementary  school  curriculum.  Further  dis- 
cussion of  this  topic  will  be  found  under  the  head  of 
''Suggestions  for  Corrective  Work/'  on  another  page 
of  this  bulletin.  The  essential  facts  connected  with  a 
proper  use  of  grade  standards  may  be  summarized  as 
follows : 

First. —  A  simple  statement  of  the  individual  standards 


tlst  i.  (attempts 
add'nI 

I  RIGHTS 
TEST  2rATTtMPT5 

subtJ 

I  RIGHTS 

TEST  3  (ATTEMPTS 
MULT  { 

[  RIGHTS 

TESTAf  ATTEt^PTS 

divn] 

I  RIGHTS 


CHART   No.  2. 
INDIVIDUAL  IMPROVEMENT  5C0RL.  GRADE 
GIRL, -AGE  11  YEARS,  JAN.-APRIL. 


< 

— 7 

O  1 

MINU 

J 

JAN 

UAR 

r  5C 

ORE.- 

-APF 

IL  ^ 

COR 

L 

Z    3  A 


5   6    7   8    9    10   II    12   15  14  15  16  17  18 
NUMBER  OF  EXAMPLE-S 


The  solid  line  represents  the  standard,  the  dash  line  the  January  score, 
the  dotted  line  the  April  score.  At  the  first  trial  the  pupil  was  below- 
standard  in  addition  and  subtraction.  After  three  months  of  practice 
she  surpassed  the  standard  in  all  four  of  the  fundamental  operations. 
The  greatest  improvement  was  in  addition,  which  was  the  operation  in 
which  she  had  least  abihty  at  the  time  of  the  first  test.  Here  is  evidence 
that  practice  was  especially  effective  at  the  point  where  improvement  was 
most  needed. 

should  be  given  in  words  which  can  be  readily  understood 
by  every  child. 

Second. —  These  standards  should  be  posted  in  a 
conspicuous  place  in  terms  of  figures  and  terms  of  graphs. 

Third. —  Deliberate  effort  should  be  made  to  famil- 
iarize pupils  with  these  standards  and  to  acquaint  them 
with  the  fact  that  they  represent  the  lowest  attainment 
which  can  be  accepted  from  any  child  as  satisfactory  for 
his  grade. 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  15 

Fourth. —  Standards  should  be  applied  from  time  to 
time  to  the  work  of  individuals  in  whatever  way  the 
teacher  believes  will  most  effectively  stimulate  effort 
among  her  pupils  and  increase  in  them  the  desire  to 
improve. 

Fifth. —  Constant  reference  should  be  made  to  stand- 
ard graphs  in  their  relation  to  individual  graphs  which 
the  pupil  has  made  from  his  own  scores.  These  scores 
should  result  from  successive  tests  which  are  equal  in 
difficulty  to  the  standard  test. 

Sixth. —  Not  less  than  three  such  tests  resulting  in 
standard  attainment  should  be  regarded  as  a  reliable 
indication  of  a  pupil's  ability. 

Evidences  of  Changes  in  the  Ability  of  Pupils 
FROM  January  to  April. 
A  comparison  of  the  results  of  the  January  test  with 
those  of  the  April  test  makes  a  very  interesting  and 
instructive  study.  Some  of  the  most  important  facts 
which  it  discloses  will  now  be  stated,  and  discussed 
briefly. 

1.  Fewer  children  attained  very  low  scores* 
in  April  than  in  January,  and  some 
children  attained  much  higher  scores 
in  April  than  any  which  were  achieved 
in  January.  This  was  a  distinct  gain 
and  the  class  median  for  April  was 
consequently  higher  than  it  was  in  Janu= 
ary.  (For  illustration  see  Charts  No.  3 
and  No.  4.) 

In  January  23  per  cent  of  the  fourth  grade  children, 
or  more  than  one  child  in  every  five,  had  no  examples 
right  in  addition,  while  in  April  there  were  onl}^  9  per 
cent  of  the  children,  or  a  little  less  than  one  child 
in  every  ten,  who  had  a  zero  score.    In  division,  in 


*  By  score  is  meant  the  number  of  examples  which  an  individual  pupil  attempts  or  the 
number  of  examples  which  he  performs  correctly. 


16 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


January,  in  the  same  grade,  four  children  in  every 
five  had  no  examples  right,  while  in  April  there  were 
only  two  children  in  every  five  in  this  zero  score  class. 
Illustrations  of  the  same  kind,  though  smaller  in  the 


CHART    No  3 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  JANUARY  and  APRIL  SCORES  COMPARED. 

'^^       6  6  Subtraction  Rights     Grade.  3Z! 

JaViuar^  Median  —  r- April  Median 


< 

r' 

\ 

1 

\ 

t 

1 

\ 

/ 

/ 

nuar 

1  

— t — 

-Jo 

t 

-Ap 

nl 

/ 

/ 

/- 

\ 

-A 

14 
13 
IZ 
II 
10 
9 

fe« 

UJ 

O  I 

a: 

UJ  6 

Q.  • 

5 
4 
3 
Z 
I 

0 


0    12  3  4 


5   6   7   8  9   10   II    12  13  14  15   16  17  18  19  20  2i  22  23  24 

SCORES 


Solid  line  traces  the  January  distribution. 
Dotted  line  traces  the  April  distribution. 

Solid  vertical  line  shows  where  the  January  city-wide  median  falls. 

Dotted  vertical  line  shows  where  the  April  city- wide  median  falls. 

The  figures  along  the  base  line  indicate  the  number  of  examples  right. 

The  figures  at  the  left  indicate  the  per  cent  of  children  making  each  score. 

Two  important  factors  are  illustrated  by  this  chart;  namely,  the  more 
extended  distribution  of  the  April  scores  and  the  advancement  of  the  April 
median.  For  January  the  number  of  examples  correct  ranges  from  no 
examples  to  eighteen  examples,  while  for  April  the  range  is  from  no 
examples  to  twenty-four  examples.  This  extension  of  the  distribution 
is  a  mark  of  increased  ineffectiveness  in  the  teaching.  The  January  median 
is  4.5  examples,  the  April  median  is  6.6  examples.  This  advancement  of 
the  median  is  a  mark  of  improvement. 

degree  of  change,  can  be  shown  in  the  other  grades 
where  the  tests  were  applied.  Evidently,  a  number  of 
children  who  showed  no  abihty  in  January  made  progress 
in  three  months,  and,  although  some  of  the  January 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS. 


17 


zeros  may  have  been  chance  scores,  it  is  fair  to  assume 
that  much  of  the  progress  recorded  was  due  to  teaching 
and  to  practice.    In  the  fourth  grade  the  median  score 


15 
14 
13 
12 
II 
10 

uJ  9 
tt  Q 
O  7 
V)  6 
5 
4 
3 

a 

I 

0 


CHART  No.  A. 

CITY- wide:  CLA55  MEDIAN  RESULTS    for   JANUARY  and  APRtL. 
DEVELOPMENT  CURVES. 
Test  No. I.  Addition. 


Test  No. 2.  Subtraction. 


APRIL  ATTEMF 

>TSjj,^-^ 

JANUARY  ATTEMPTS 

^"  \ 

^APRIL  F 

<lGHT5 

i 

^JANUARY  R1GHT3 

15 


5  6 
GRADES 


o 
u 

(O  6 
5 
4. 
3 
2 
I 

0 


APRIL  ATTEMPTS 

JANUAR 

Y  ATTEMPTa^^X^ 

\- APRIL 

RIGHTS 

^  JANUARY  RIGHTS 

5  6 
GRADES 


Test  No  3.  Multiplication. 


Test  No. 4  Division. 


APRIL  ATTEM 

pts 

JANU 

ARY  ATTEMPTS 

"-APRIL  R 

I6HT5 

-■'\ 

^JANUAR 

Y  RIGHT 

S 

5  6 
GRADES 


15 

14 

13 
12 
II 
10 

tr  8 

^  7 
6 
3 
A 
3 

I 

0 


APRIL  ATTEMPTS   ^ 

^  y  ^ 

JANUARY  ATTEMPTS  -\ 

-APRIL  P 

IGHTJ 

y 

^JAN 

OARY  RIGHTS 

1 

4.5         S         7  8 
GRADES 


Solid  lines  indicate  median  attempts;  dotted  lines  median  rights. 

The  distance  between  the  solid  and  dotted  lines  of  the  same  month 
show  the  degree  of  accuracy. 

It  will  be*  noticed  that  in  every  case  the  April  medians  surpassed  the 
January  medians,  also  that  the  degree  of  accuracy  was  in  general  higher 
in  April  than  in  January.  This  is  especially  noticeable  in  the  sixth, 
seventh  and  eighth  grades  in  division. 

in  the  number  of  correct  examples  in  division  was  one 
example  higher  in  April  than  it  was  in  January,  while 
in  the  seventh  grade  it  was  2.8  examples  higher. 


18 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


2.  There  was  a  large  overlapping  of  abilities 
in  the  fourth  and  eighth  grades  in  both 
the  January  and  the  April  tests. 

In  January  the  overlapping  of  the  fourth  and  eighth 
grades  in  the  number  of  addition  examples  right  was 


CHART   No.  3. 
EQUAL  ABILITY    IN  GRADLS  12:  and  MK . 
January  Addition.  Rights. 


0    I   2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9  10  II  12  13  14  15  16  17  18  19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

5C0RLS 


Charts  5  and  6  represent  the  per  cent  of  children  making  each  score. 
The  portion  double  shaded  represents  the  per  cent  of  children  in  both 
fourth  and  eighth  grades  whose  abiUty  is  the  same. 


29  per  cent.  This  meant  that  almost  one  child  in  three 
could  be  exchanged  between  the  fourth  and  eighth 
grades,  and  the  average  of  neither  grade  be  altered  in 
the  sHghtest.  In  other  words,  one  child  out  of  every 
three  had  entirely  failed  to  profit  from  four  years  of 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS. 


19 


practice  in  addition.  In  April  this  condition  was  not 
improved  in  the  slightest  degree.  In  the  other  opera- 
tions, subtraction,  multiplication  and  division,  there 
was  also  an  astonishingly  large  per  cent  of  eighth  grade 
pupils  who  showed  only  fourth  grade  ability.  These 
are  facts  which  place  further  emphasis  on  the  necessity 
of  devising  ways  and  means  for  reaching  more  effectively 


CHART  No.  6. 
EQUAL  ABILITY   IN  GRADES  lYANDmU 
April  Addition.  Rights. 


0    I    2  5  4  3  6  7  8  9  10  II  12  13  14  15  16  17  18  19  20  l\  ZZ  23  24  25 

5C0RES 


the  individual  needs  of  the  pupils.  (For  illustration 
see  Charts  Nos.  5  and  6.) 


3.  The  range  in  scores  was  wider  in  April 
than  in  January,  and  this,  taken  by 
itself,  is  a  regrettable  fact. 

This  widening  of  the  range  in  scores  was  particularly 
noticeable  in  the  number  of  correct  examples.  For 


20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


illustration,  in  the  fourth  grade  in  addition,  the  scores 
for  January  had  a  range  of  from  zero  to  fifteen,  while  in 
April  they  extended  from  zero  to  twenty-four.  In  the 
fifth  grade  in  division  the  January  results  showed  a 
range  of  from  zero  to  sixteen  examples;  in  April  from 
zero  to  twenty-one.  Similar  illustrations  could  be  given 
in  the  other  grades  in  each  of  the  four  operations.  This 
broadening  of  the  distribution  of  scores  in  a  class  indi- 
cates many  levels  of  ability  in  the  same  grade,  or  teach- 
ing which  has  failed  to  reach  a  large  number  of  the 
pupils,  or  possibly  both  of  these  factors. 

Statements  of  the  types  of  corrective  work  which 
were  used  during  the  three-month  interval  between  the 
two  tests  were  collected  from  teachers.  These  state- 
ments gave  evidence  of  the  prevalence  of  class  instruc- 
tion, which  would  easily  account  for  the  increased 
range  in  scores,  since  mass  instruction  invariably 
increases  instead  of  diminishing  the  individual  differ- 
ences which  were  present  in  the  group  at  the  start.  The 
absence  to  any  great  #xtent  of  corrective  work  suited 
to  the  needs  of  individual  pupils  would,  without  question, 
result  in  an  extended  distribution. 

This  is,  undoubtedly,  what  happened;  the  children 
to  whom  the  particular  kind  of  class  instruction  was 
adapted  profited  by  it,  many  to  a  marked  degree,  and 
their  scores  went  up ;  those  to  whom  it  was  not  adapted 
profited  very  little,  or  not  at  all,  and  they  either  remained 
where  they  were  or  fell  backward.  Efficiency  in  any 
field  of  endeavor  means  above  all  things  economy — 
economy  of  effort  and  economy  of  time  in  securing  a 
desired  result.  The  widening  of  these  distributions  has 
indicated  both  wasted  effort  and  wasted  time.  When 
teachers  expend  effort  in  fruitless  teaching,  as  in  the 
case  of  children  who  do  not  profit  by  instruction,  clearly 
it  is  a  waste,  and  better  methods  should  be  devised.  It 
is  probable,  too,  that  for  children  who  constantly  attain 
exceptionally  high  scores  further  participation  in  class 
drills  is  also  a  waste,  since  they  evidently  do  not  need 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  21 


the  practice.  The  remedy  in  both  cases  lies  in  finding  for 
each  child  the  type  of  work  which  will  exactly  meet  his 
specific  needs. 

4.  The  range  in  the  medians  attained  by  the 

different  classes  in  each  grade  was  as 
wide  in  April  as  in  January. 

In  January,  one  eighth  grade  class  attained  a  class 
median  in  addition  as  low  as  1.6  examples  right;  another 
class  of  the  same  grade  attained  a  class  median  as  high 
as  12.7  examples  right.  The  corresponding  range  in 
April  was  from  3.3  to  15.8  examples.  This  would  seem 
to  indicate  the  presence  in  some  class  rooms  of  conditions 
which  prevent  the  teaching  from  being  in  any  degree 
effective,  and  in  other  class  rooms  teaching  of  a  very 
high  degree  of  excellence.  The  tabulations  recorded 
between  these  extremes  represent  all  degrees  of  quality 
in  the  teaching.  It  is  confidently  expected  that  the 
establishment  of  a  definite  standard  for  each  grade  will 
make  the  attainment  throughout  the  city  less  varied. 
When  the  present  standards  have  passed  somewhat 
beyond  the  provisional  stage,  and  the  promised  results 
of  the  corrective  work  now  being  tried  are  attained  in 
the  various  grades,  teachers  and  pupils  will  then  have 
a  more  definite  and  immediate  purpose  in  their  work. 

5.  The  scores  of  an  astonishingly  large  number 

of  children  remained  unchanged  in  the 
second  test,  and  those  of  many  others 
showed  a  decline. 

Practically  from  35  per  cent  to  50  per  cent  of  all  the 
children  tested  were  entirely  unaffected  by  their  study 
and  practice  in  the  fundamentals  during  three  months, 
while  from  10  per  cent  to  14  per  cent  actually  fell 
backwards  in  their  ability  to  add  correctly.  This 
information  was  obtained  from  a  careful  classification 
of  the  score  sheets  of  individual  children  b}^  grades.  A 


22 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


little  better  record  was  obtained  from  a  cumulative 
city-wide  tabulation  of  changes  in  accuracy  which 
disregarded  separation  into  grades.  This  may  be 
observed  on  Chart  No.  7,  which  shows  that  a  little  less 
than  27  per  cent  of  the  children  neither  advanced  nor 
fell  back.  Both  tabulations  indicate  a  distinct  improve- 
ment over  the  record  of  the  previous  year,  which 
showed  that  two-thirds  of  the  children  had  failed  to 
profit  from  their  instruction  and  practice.  However, 
we  have  not  yet  arrived  at  an  accomplishment  which 
should  satisfy  the  zealous  teacher. 

Chart  No.  7. —  Addition  (City=wide)  —  Per  Cent  of  Pupils  Making 
Gains  or  Losses. 


in 
H 
E 
O 


t/5  !>• 

z 
< 

O 


o 
o  z 
z  < 
E 
CJ 

o 


UJ 
t/3 
t/5 
O 


ATTEMPTS 

LOSSES  NO  GAINS 

7  to  12  1  to  6    CHANGE    1  to  6         7  to  12 


.02 


5.6 


1.8 


04 


.01 


5.1 


6.2 


26.8 


1.7 


1.5 


42.2 


3.5 


4.9 


.03 


0 


This  chart  is  to  be  interpreted  as  follows:  26.8  per  cent  of  all  the 
pupils  tested  throughout  the  city  attained  precisely  the  same  scores  in 
both  attempts  and  rights  in  April  as  they  did  in  Januar}^;  5.6  per  cent 
lost  in  April  from  1  to  6  examples  in  speed,  but  made  a  corresponding 
gain  in  accuracy;  5.1  per  cent  lost  from  1  to  6  examples  in  speed  and  lost 
also  in  accuracy  an  equal  number;  42.2  per  cent  gained  in  both  speed  and 
accuracy  from  1  to  6  examples,  and  so  on. 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS. 


23 


6.  About  60  per  cent  of  all  the  children  tested 
made  a  gain  in  the  number  of  addition 
examples  right. 

As  this  per  cent  may  be  considered  typical  because 
of  the  sUght  variability  in  the  other  operations,  an 
intensive  study  of  changes  in  these  addition  scores 


CHART  No.8 


ADDITION  -  GRADE  IT 
6 


23456  0  1234 

RIGHTS  ATTEMPTS 
CHART   No. a  —  ADDITION  —  GRADL  3ZI 

6 


I 


0        123456  0I2345S 
RIGHTS  ATTEMPTS 

may  prove  profitable.  Of  the  60  per  cent  making  a 
gain  in  accuracy  in  addition  very  few  made  large  gains, 
only  about  5  per  cent  gained  from  seven  to  twelve 
examples.  The  remaining  55  per  cent  made  a  moderate 
gain  of  from  one  to  six  examples,  and  the  majority  in 
this  group,  42  per  cent,  had  to  their  credit  an  accompa- 


/ 


24 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


njdng  equivalent  gain  in  the  number  of  examples  per- 
formed. In  other  words,  the  strikingly  characteristic 
feature  about  the  work  of  these  children  who  increased 
their  accuracy  was  a  corresponding  increase  in  speed. 
Not  only  did  they  work  more  accurately,  and  also  more 


0        \        Z       3      A       3       6  0  123^56 

R1GHT5  ATTEMPTS 

rapidly,  but  there  was  almost  perfect  correlation  in 
the  development  of  these  two  powers.* 

Furthermore,  in  cases  where  pupils  fell  off  in  speed, 
they  were  as  likely  to  lose  in  accuracy  as  they  were  to 
gain  in  that  respect.    Chart  No.  7  indicates  two  notice- 

*  For  illustrations,  see  Chart  No.  7  and  the  series  of  Charts  Nos.  8  to  11.  Charts  Nos. 
8  to  11  indicate  the  degree  of  correlation  which  was  found  to  exist  between  the  increase 
in  accuracy  and  the  increase  in  speed  in  the  groups  which  gained  from  one  to  six  examples 
in  both. 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  25 


able  groups  of  these  children  who  worked  more  slowly 
in  the  second  test.  It  will  be  observed  that  they  were 
evenly  divided  in  their  gains  and  losses  in  accuracy, 
5  per  cent  registering  a  gain  of  from  one  to  six  in  the 
number  of  examples  correct,  and  5  per  cent  registering 
a  loss  of  from  one  to  six  in  the  number  of  examples 
correct.  No  evidence  was  found  to  prove  that  children 
who  worked  more  slowly  than  before  had  a  tendency 
to  work  more  accurately.  On  the  contrary,  increased 
skill  was  indicated  by  growth  in  power  to  work  both 
more  quickly  and  more  exactly. 

Charts  8  to  11  indicate  correlations  of  gains  in  speed 
and  accuracy  in  addition  in  the  group  which  improved 
in  both  respects  from  one  to  six  examples.  To  illustrate 
the  proper  interpretation  of  these  charts,  attention  is 
called  to  Chart  No.  8,  which  will  be  read  as  follows: 
For  the  children  who  gained  one  example  in  rights  the 
median  gain  in  attempts  was  2.1  examples.  In  the 
group  which  gained  two  in  rights  the  median  gain  in 
attempts  was  2.3  examples,  and  so  on.  It  will  be  noted 
that  the  slant  of  the  lines  in  all  the  charts  approaches 
an  angle  of  45  degrees,  an  angle  which  indicates  perfect 
correlation;  in  other  words,  as  the  speed  increased  the 
accuracy  increased  in  almost  corresponding  degree. 


City=wide  Distribution  Growths  Between  January  and  April,  1914. 
Gains  from  1  to  6  Examples  in  Attempts  and  Rights  in  Addition. 

Grade  V.  Grade  VI. 


Gain 

IN  Attempts. 

Gain 

in  Attempts. 

(Scores.) 

(Scores.) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1 

169 

131 

51 

7 

11 

1 

134 

101 

59 

31 

12 

5 

i 

M 

2 

162 

135 

62 

23 

10 

4 

n 

2 

120 

129 

73 

26 

18 

6 

3 

116 

98 

75 

35 

19 

5 

3 

101 

108 

88 

49 

23 

13 

4 

74 

78 

51 

41 

15 

5 

4 

62 

90 

67 

58 

32 

11 

z^ 

< 

5 

34 

47 

34 

34 

23 

7 

< 

5 

43 

53 

45 

39 

34 

17 

O 

6 

10 

23 

26 

37 

19 

8 

6 

15 

26 

31 

29 

32 

18 

26 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


Grade  VII. 


Grade  VIII. 


Gaix 

IN  Attempts. 

Gain 

IN  Attempts. 

(Scores.) 

(Scores.) 

1 

2 

-? 

o 

A 

5 

6 

2 

1 

o 

A 

5 

6 

1 

1 

112 

9C 

43 

27 

9 

7 

1 

91 

76 

36 

14 

8 

9 

m 

2 

109 

116 

57 

26 

18 

2 

a 

2 

82 

100 

55 

36 

12 

3 

S  g 

3 

87 

81 

85 

27 

18 

10 

3 

61 

84 

63 

27 

15 

5 

f-c 

4 

67 

74 

69 

53 

23 

6 

^  8 

-'CO 

4 

54 

61 

52 

48 

19 

7 

o 

5 

29 

59 

51 

37 

26 

20 

Gai 

5 

33 

43 

47 

37 

32 

6 

6 

33 

34 

51 

34 

25 

16 

6 

17 

24 

22 

30 

21 

11 

The  above  figures  are  the  basis  of  the  curves  in  Charts  8  to  11,  inclusive. 

7.    In  April  a  larger  per  cent  of  the  pupils 
tested  attained  high  per  cents  in  accuracy 
and  a  smaller  per  cent  of  the  children 
attained  very  low  per  cents  in  accuracy 
than  was  the  case  in  January. 
An  illustration  of  these  facts  is  drawn  from  subtrac- 
tion in  the  seventh  grade,  where  22.3  per  cent  of  the 
pupils  attained  from  96  to  100  per  cent  in  accuracy  in 
April  against  12  per  cent  showing  equal  attainment  in 
January.    At  the  other  end  of  the  scale,  we  find  only 
1.3  per  cent  with  a  zero  record  in  April,  against  3  per 
cent  with  a  similar  record  in  January.    Further  com- 
parison is  indicated  on  Chart  No.  12. 

Suggestions  for  Practice  or  Corrective  Work. 

Shortly  after  the  January  testing  a  meeting  was  called 
of  the  masters  of  schools  where  the  tests  were  given. 
The  purpose  of  this  meeting  was  to  determine  upon 
types  of  practice  or  corrective  work  which  might  be 
adopted  by  groups  of  schools  so  that  at  the  time  of  the 
April  test  the  relative  effectiveness  of  the  various  types 
of  practice  might  be  at  least  approximately  estimated. 
The  following  types  were  ultimately  selected: 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  27 


Group  A. 
each  week. 


Work  with  individuals  during  one  period 


25 
24 

23 
22 

z\ 

20 

19 

16 

17 

16- 

15 

14 

13 

12 

II  - 

10 

9 
8- 

7- 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

I 

0 


CHART   No  12   -  SUBTRACTION- GRADE  3ZII- 
Percent  of  Pupils  Attaining  Various  Percents  of  Accuracy. 


JANUARY 
ATTAINMENT 


APRIL 
ATTAINMENT 


7?f 


0to5   10  15  20  25  30  35  40  45  50  35  60  65  70  75  80  85  30  95  100 
PERCENT5   OF  ACCURACY 

The  shaded  portion  indicates  the  January  attainment  of  all  the  seventh 
grade  children  tested,  the  white  portion  the  April  attainment. 

In  April  22.3  per  cent  of  the  pupils  tested  achieved  from  96  to  100  per  cent 
of  accuracy,  while  in  January  only  12  per  cent  of  the  children  had  made  an 
equally  good  record. 

In  April  11.9  per  cent  of  the  children  attained  90  to  95  per  cent  of 
accuracy,  while  in  January  only  5  per  cent  of  the  children  had  the  same 
degree  of  success. 

At  the  other  end  of  the  scale,  we  find  only  1.3  per  cent  of  the  pupils 
having  a  zero  score  in  April  against  3  per  cent  who  were  in  the  zero  class  in 
January,  and  so  on. 

Group  B. —  Work  with  individuals  arranged  in  any 
way  that  the  teacher  desired. 


28 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


Group  C. —  The  use  of  some  kind  of  practice  pad  or 
graded  practice  examples. 

Group  D. —  Class  drills  only  —  absolutely  no  system- 
atic work  with  individuals. 

Group  E. —  Corrective  work  left  to  the  option  of  the 
master,  descriptive  statement  of  the  same  to  be  sent  to 
the  testing  headquarters  just  previous  to  the  April  test. 

Written  statements  of  individual  teachers  in  regard  to 
the  character  of  corrective  or  practice  work  in  their 
respective  class  rooms  were  collected  after  the  April 
test.  An  examination  of  these  statements  showed  that 
in  a  large  number  of  cases  several  kinds  of  work  pre- 
vailed in  a  single  class.  Nor  is  this  surprising.  It  was 
most  natural  for  each  teacher  to  wish  her  class  to  do  as 
well  as  possible,  and  for  each  master  to  wish  his  district 
to  make  an  excellent  record.  Also,  it  is  very  difficult, 
in  fact  practically  impossible,  for  a  teacher  to  change 
completely  a  long  accustomed  habit  of  class  work.  This 
was  especially  hard  when  teachers  had  received  but  one 
brief  explanation  of  the  scientific  phase  of  the  testing 
work.  It  was  not  strange,  then,  that  their  cooperation 
in  this  particular  was  ineffective.  Other  evidence 
besides  the  teachers'  written  statements  has  not  been 
wanting  to  indicate  that  in  all  probability  class  drills 
prevailed  to  some  extent  throughout  the  city,  and  that 
the  systematic  study  of  individual  needs  was  scarcely 
ever  unmixed  with  other  methods. 

As  before  stated,  the  extended  use  of  class  drills 
would  easily  account  for  the  wide  distributions.  The 
use  of  several  methods  in  each  of  a,  large  number  of 
classes  would  account  for  the  great  similarity  in  results 
in  the  different  groups  of  schools.  There  were  fluctua- 
ting changes  in  growths  among  the  various  groups,  and 
these  were  possibly  due  to  mere  chance  rather  than  to 
any  corrective  method  used,  since  the  differences  were 
not  consistent  in  the  four  operations.  At  all  events, 
the  tabulated  results  were  not  sufficiently  convincing  to 
enable  one  to  make  any  satisfactory  comparisons  of  the 
effectiveness  of  the  types  of  corrective  work  adopted. 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  29 


The  consensus  of  opinion  of  investigators  is  that  the 
one  essential  characteristic  of  all  effective  corrective 
work  is  that  it  must  be  suitably  adapted  to  the  need 
of  the  individual,  if  he  is  to  profit  by  it.  This  immedi- 
ately rules  out  the  general  and  constant  adoption  of 
class  exercises  in  which  all  pupils  are  required  to  par- 
ticipate. The  extreme  individual  differences  which 
characterize  the  mental  attitude  and  capacity  of  chil- 
dren, even  when  the  children  belong  to  the  normal  group, 
must  be  taken  into  consideration  in  assigning  practice 
work  if  it  is  to  prove  effective.  The  explanation  which 
clears  up  a  difficulty  for  one  pupil  puzzles  another. 
The  appeal  which  proves  adequate  for  one  is  without 
effect  on  another.  One  child  grows  rapidly  in  power, 
another  progresses  slowly.  No  one  remedy  can  be 
applied  to  the  educational  defects  of  all.  Specialization 
is  necessary.  The  problem  is  how  to  differentiate  in 
applying  drill  when  classes  are  so  large  and  time  so 
limited.  The  proper  use  of  standard  tests  and  of  grade 
standards  of  attainment  make  it  easy  for  the  teacher  to 
recognize  the  strong  and  weak  points  of  each  child. 
This  is  the  starting  point.  The  principle  of  economy 
next  demands  that  each  child  work  at  the  point  where 
he  needs  to  improve,  not  at  the  point  where  he  has 
already  arrived  at  standard  achievement.  From  the 
kinds  of  authorized  practice  material  available  for  use, 
it  is  possible  to  find  graded  practice  sheets  which  can 
be  given  in  regular  order  to  individuals  within  a  room 
as  rapidly  or  as  slowly  as  individual  needs  require, 
without  interfering  in  any  degree  with  the  organiza- 
tion of  class  work.  When  a  method  of  this  sort  is 
adopted,  care  should  be  taken  to  keep  the  assigned  task 
well  within  the  range  of  the  pupil's  power,  so  that  a 
successful  accomplishment  may  be  the  reward  for  effort. 
Again  it  may  be  stated  that  it  is  the  pleasurable  satis- 
faction of  successful  effort  which  so  frequently  lies  at 
the  base  of  subsequent  effort.  This  does  not  mean 
that  teachers  should  hasten  to  the  assistance  of  a  pupil 
at  the  very  first  sign  of  difficulty.    To  do  so  would 


30 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


deprive  the  pupil  of  the  good  effect  which  invariably 
accompanies  a  struggle  to  master  a  difficulty.  The 
child  should  be  permitted  to  make  several  attempts  to 
conquer  his  task  before  help  is  given.  After  three  or 
four  unsuccessful  trials,  the  teacher  should  go  to  his 
assistance.  She  should  first  determine  the  cause  of  his 
trouble  and  then  apply  the  remedy  which  in  her  judg- 
ment would  be  effective  in  removing  the  defect.  An 
intelligent  use  of  comparative  graphs,  based  on  succes- 
sive results  of  the  pupil's  work,  cannot  be  too  highly 
recommended,  not  only  as  an  incentive  to  the  pupil, 
but  as  an  aid  to  the  teacher  in  determining  what  should 
be  done  for  him. 

Conclusion. 

This  bulletin  proposes  a  new  series  of  provisional 
minimum  standards  in  the  fundamental  operations 
in  arithmetic.  The  children  of  each  grade  are  expected 
to  compare  their  own  attainments  with  these  require- 
ments and  to  make  effort  to  qualify  satisfactorily  in 
each  of  the  four  operations. 

The  mechanics  of  arithmetic  form  a  part  of  what 
many  people  term  the  essentials  of  an  elementary 
education.  Our  present  civilization  demands  that  every 
child  grasp  the  essentials  or  tools  with  which  his  daily 
work  must  be  done.  In  so  far  as  these  represent  elements 
of  skill,  as  is  the  case  in  the  mechanics  of  arithmetic, 
they  are  capable  of  exact  definition  and  precise  measure- 
ment, and  the  elementary  school  teacher  is  under 
obligation  to  see  that  every  normal  child  in  the  grades 
and  every  graduate  thereof  develop  that  degree  of 
facility  required  in  the  everyday  affairs  of  life. 

The  process  of  education  as  it  is  carried  on  in  school 
gives  place  to  two  phases  of  teaching;  that  which  aims 
to  bring  about  automatic  reaction  to  a  stimulus  and 
that  which  is  more  properly  adapted  to  develop  thought 
and  to  promote  the  power  of  initiative.  The  funda- 
mentals of  arithmetic  belong  unquestionably  to  the  first 
named  type  of  teaching.    Work  in  this  field  is  very 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  31 

elementary  in  character,  and  is  specifically  defined  by 
these  provisional  minimum  standards.  This  work 
should,  therefore,  be  properly  restricted  in  its  time 
allowance  in  the  program.  In  the  absence  of  experi- 
mental evidence,  it  is  not  possible  at  this  moment  to  set  a 
standard  time  allowance;  nevertheless,  reports  collected 
from  recent  questionaires  make  it  safe  to  say  that  not 
more  than  ten  minutes  daily  should  be  allowed  for 
practice  in  the  four  fundamentals  of  arithmetic  in  the 
grades  under  consideration.  Even  with  this  small 
expenditure  of  time,  standard  attainment  may  be 
required,  provided  tasks  are  suited  to  individual  advance- 
ment, proper  diagnosis  frequently  made  of  individual 
difficulties  and  well  adapted  remedies  applied,  and  pupils 
study  persistently  the  graphs  of  their  own  making  based  on 
the  results  of  successive  tests.  If  the  above  suggestions 
are  followed,  it  is  believed  that  every  normal  child  will 
be  able,  without  difficulty,  to  reach  the  standard  which 
has  been  provisionally  established  for  his  grade. 


32 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


BIBLIOGEAPHY. 


Among  the  following  references  will  be  found  some  of 
the  recent  contributions  by  educational  investigators 
to  the  subject  of  educational  measurement  in  general, 
and  to  special  inquiries  in  the  field  of  arithmetic.  There 
are  mentioned  also  several  books  which  contain  valuable 
suggestions  on  methods  of  teaching  arithmetic. 

Report  of  a  Survey  of  the  Public  School  System 
OF  Butte,  Montana. 
Chapter  IV.  deals  with  the  achievements  of  pupils. 
The  methods  which  were  used  to  measure  these  achieve- 
ments are  described  in  detail  and  the  results  are  shown 
in  tables  and  charts.  Pages  83  to  95  are  devoted  to  an 
account  of  the  tests  which  were  applied  in  the  subject 
of  arithmetic. 

Measuring  Educational  Processes  Through  Edu- 
cational Results. —  Leonard  P.  Ayres.  (School 
Review,  Vol.  20,  May,  1912,  pp.  300-309.) 
A  plea  for  the  substitution  of  evidence  for  opinion 
and  knowledge  for  speculation,  that  education  may 
become  an  art  and  a  science  and  its  practice  be  changed 
from  a  vocation  to  a  profession. 

The   Measurement  of  Educational  Products. — 
Edward  L.  Thorndike.    (School  Review,  Vol. 
20,  No.  5,  May,  1912.) 
A  paper  read  at  the  Harvard  Teachers'  Association, 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  March  9,  1912.    A  presentation  of 
the  need  for  the  measurement  of  differences  in  educa- 
tional results  produced  by  education. 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS. 


33 


^'Is  Scientific  Accuracy  Possible  in  the  Measure- 
ment OF  THE  Efficiency  in  Instruction?'^ — 
George  Drayton  Strayer.    (Education,  Vol.  34, 
December,  1913.) 
A  discussion  in  which  the  author  shows  that  the 
measurement  of  the  efficiency  of  instruction  has  long 
been  common  in  educational  practice,  that  there  has 
been  failure  to  evaluate  accurately  the  results  of  work, 
and  that  efficiency  in  instruction  is  measured  by  the 
results  achieved  by  pupils. 

Measurement  of  Efficiency  in  Elementary  and 
Secondary    Schools. —  Frank    E.  Spaulding. 
(Education,  Vol.  34,  December,  1913.) 
An  article  defending  educational  measurements.  The 

basis  of  the  argument  is  derived  from  experiments  in 

the  public  schools   of    Newton,  Mass.,  and  several 

charts  illustrating  the  facts  are  given. 

Increasing  the  Efficiency  of  Education. —  David 
Snedden.    (Journal  of  Education,  July  17,  1913.) 
A  plea  for  more  definite  aim,  greater  attention  to 

particular  processes  and  to  standards  of  efficiency  in 

each. 

Improvement  in  a  Practice   Experiment  under 
School  Conditions. —  M.  E.  Donovan  and  E.  L. 
Thorndike.    (American  Journal  of  Psychology, 
Vol.  24,  pp.  426-428.) 
A  brief  description  af  an  educational  experiment 

which  gives  evidence  that  equal  amounts  of  added 

training  have  little  power  to  reduce  individual  differences 

found  among  school  children. 

Arithmetic  and  Reasoning  in  Children. —  S.  Caro- 
lyn Fisher.    (Pedagogical  Seminary,  March,  1912.) 
A  resume  of  the  work  which  has  been  carried  on  in 

recent  years  in  the  field  of  educational  measurements  in 


34 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


arithmetic.  The  purpose  and  work  of  each  investigation 
is  described  in  chronological  order. 

Arithmetical  Abilities  and  Some  Factors  in  Deter- 
mining Them. — Cliff  Winfield  Stone.  (Teachers 
College  Contributions  to  Education,  No.  19,  1908.) 
A  research  thesis  in  answer  to  the  question,  '^What  is 
the  relation  between  theories  and  the  products  of  educa- 
tion?'^ It  concerns  itself  with  the  nature  of  the  product 
during  the  first  six  years  of  arithmetic  work  and  with  the 
^'relation  between  distinctive  procedures  in  arithmetic 
work  and  the  resulting  abilities.''    Attention  is  drawn 
to  the  variability  in  arithmetical  abilities,  also  to  the 
relation  between  abilities  shown  and  time  expended. 

A  Test  in  Arithmetic. —  J.  M.  Rice.    (Forum,  Vol. 

34,  p.  28.) 

A  presentation  of  facts  secured  by  a  test  in  arithmetic 
in  eighteen  school  buildings  in  seven  cities.  The  author 
endeavors  to  concentrate  attention  chiefly  on  two  fun- 
damental questions:  (1)  What  results  shall  be  accom- 
plished? (2)  How  much  time  should  be  devoted  to 
the  branch?  He  aims  to  establish  educational  confidence 
in  facts  rather  than  in  theories. 

Causes  of  Success  and  Failure  in  Arithmetic. — 
J.  M.  Rice.  (Forum",  Vol.  34,  pp.  437-452.) 
A  critical  examination  of  possible  causes  of  success 
and  failure  in  arithmetic,  with  elimination  of  unimpor- 
tant features  in  the  light  of  facts  brought  out  by  an 
educational  measurement  of  results.  In  the  author's 
words,  ^'The  controlling  factor  in  the  accomplishment 
of  results  is  regulated  by  the  demand,  the  establishment 
of  standards  and  the  testing  of  results." 

Measurements  of  Growth  and  Efficiency  in 
Arithmetic. —  S.  A.  Courtis.  (Elementary  School 
Teacher,  Vols.  10,  pp.  55-74;  11,  pp.  171-185;  pp. 
360-370;  pp.  528-539;  12,  pp.  127-137.) 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  35 


Reliability  of  Single  Measurements  with  Stand- 
ard Tests. —  (Elementary  School  Teacher,  March, 
1913,  and  June,  1913.) 
Both  of  the  1913  articles  answer  arguments  presented 
against  the  reliability  of  single  tests.    The  reasons 
advanced  by  the  author  in  support  of  the  reliability  are 
based  upon  the  results  of  tests  given  to  thousands  of 
children  in  New  York,  Boston,  Detroit  and  other  cities. 

The  Reasoning  Ability  of  Children  of  the  Fourth, 
Fifth  and  Sixth  School  Grades. —  Frederick 
G.  Bowser.    (Teachers  College  Contributions  to 
Education,  No.  37.) 
A  study  ^^to  secure  a  concrete  basis  for  some  insight 
into  the  capacity  of  children  of  the  fourth,  fifth  and 
sixth  school  grades  to  reason.^'    The  tests  employed 
included  arithmetic,  controlled  association,  word  selec- 
tions, choice  of  correct  definition  in  two  given,  inter- 
pretation of  literature. 

Practice   in  the   Case   of   School   Children.  — 
Thomas  Joseph  Kirby.    (Teachers  College  Con- 
tributions to  Education,  No.  58.) 
A  study  based  on  the  practice  of  1,350  children  of 
third  and  fourth  year  classes  in  the  schools  of  the 
Children's  Aid  Society  during  the  years  1911  and  1912. 
^^Two  different  experiments  were  conducted,  one  in 
addition,  the  other  in  division. The  material  used 
was  Thorndike  '^Addition  Sheets''  and  sheets  devised 
by  the  writer  on  the    Remainder  Division  Table"  plan 
worked  out  by  Thorndike  in  his  ''Exercises  in  Arith- 
metic," Nos.  2  and  3. 

Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  Schools  of  the 
United  States. —  International  Commission  on 
THE  Teaching  of  Mathematics.    (Bureau  of  Edu- 
cation Bulletin,  No.  13,  1911.) 
A  comprehensive  treatment  of  subject  matter  and 

present-day  methods.    A  thoroughly  modern  viewpoint. 


36 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  9. 


The  Teaching  of  Arithmetic. —  David  Eugene 
Smith.    (Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston,  1913.) 

The  book  contains  a  brief  history  of  arithmetic, 
reasons  for  teaching  it  and  a  statement  of  the  subject 
matter  that  may  properly  be  selected  for  school  pur- 
poses. It  divides  the  subject  into  work  for  the  various 
school  years  from  the  first  to  the  eighth,  and  gives 
certain  great  principles  in  the  teaching  of  arithmetic, 
as  well  as  many  helpful  suggestions  in  methods. 

The   Teaching   of   Primary   Arithmetic. —  Henry 
SuzzALLO.    (Riverside  Educational  Monographs, 
Houghton  Mifflin  Company.) 
This  small  book,  as  is  stated  on  the  title  page,  is  ^'a 
critical  study  of  recent  tendencies  in  method. The 
text  contains  abundant  suggestions  relating  to  approved 
methods  for  presenting  subjects;  also,  basic  reasons  for 
the  approval  given. 

How    TO    Teach    Arithmetic.     A    Manual  for 
Teachers  and  a  Text  Book  for  Normal  Schools. 
—  Joseph  C.  Brown  and  Lotis  D.  Coffman. 
(Row,  Peterson  &  Co.,  New  York,  1914.) 
A  simple  exposition  of  the  most  highly  approved 
methods  of  teaching  arithmetic.    ^^Part  I.  treats  of  the 
history  of  arithmetic  and  the  contributions  recent  scientific 
studies  have  made  towards  standardizing  the  subject; 
in  Part  II.  there  appears  a  treatment  of  certain  funda- 
mental principles  and  ideas  that  apply  to  arithmetic  in 
general;  in  Part  III.  the  methods  involved  in  teaching 
the  various  topics  or  divisions  of  the  ordinary  text- 
book in  arithmetic  are  described  in  detail." 

A  Text  Book  on  the  Teaching  of  Arithmetic. — 
Alva  Walker  Stamper.  (American  Book  Com- 
pany, 1913.) 

According  to  the  author's  preface,  this  book  was 
'^prepared  with  the  primary  aim  of  supplying  the  prac- 


PROVISIONAL  ARITHMETIC  STANDARDS.  37 


tical  needs  of  prospective  teachers,  or  teachers  new  in 
the  service.'^  While  it  contains  a  review  of  subject 
matter,  this  is  invariably  related  to  basic  principles  and 
the  teaching  point  of  view  is  maintained. 

Methods  in  Arithmetic. —  John  H.  Walsh.    (D.  C. 
Heath  &  Co.,  Boston,  1911.) 
A  book  which  contains  detailed  suggestions  for  the 
teaching  of  the  various  topics  which  are  found  in  the 
modern  text-book  in  arithmetic. 


1 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10-1914 

BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

EDUQTIONAL  STANDARDS  AND 
EDUQTIONAL  MEASUREMENT 


Bulletin  No.  III.  of  the  Department  of 
Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement 


NOVEIvIBER,  1914 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
1914 


In  School  Committee,  Boston,  November  2,  1914, 

On  motion  of  the  Superintendent,  it  was  ordered  that 
copies  of  the  address  of  the  Director  of  Promotion  and 
Educational  Measurement  at  the  meeting  of  principals 
on  October  13,  1914,  be  printed  as  School  Document 
No.  10,  1914,  for  distribution  among  the  Boston  public 
school  teachers,  at  an  expense  not  to  exceed  thirty 
dollars  ($30). 


At  its  meeting  on  November  16,  1914,  the  School 
Committee  voted  an  additional  sum  of  fifteen  dollars 
(SI 5)  for  the  above  purpose. 

Attest:  ELLEN  M.  CRONIN, 

Secretary  pro  tempore. 


INTRODUCTION. 


It  is  highly  important  that  all  the  teachers  of  our 
schools  should  have  an  opportunity  to  get  a  clear  under- 
standing of  the  work  that  is  contemplated  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement, 
because  it  is  the  intention  that  this  department  shall  be 
of  eminent  service  in  many  ways  that  will  vitally  affect 
the  interests  of  teachers. 

The  following  address  outlining  in  some  detail  the 
proposed  work  of  the  department  was  given  by  Mr. 
Frank  W.  Ballou  to  the  principals  of  the  City  of  Boston 
at  the  October  meeting,  with  the  intention  that  the 
principals  should  transmit  the  leading  ideas  to  the 
teachers.  Since  the  meeting  so  many  principals  have 
requested  copies  for  the  better  information  of  their 
staff  of  teachers  that  the  School  Committee  has  ordered 
the  printing  of  the  address  for  distribution.  As  the 
number  of  copies  is  limited,  teachers  are  requested  after 
reading  the  bulletin  to  pass  it  on  to  others. 

Especial  attention  is  called  to  that  part  of  the  circular 
which  treats  of  drills  and  practice  work  in  arithmetic 
for  corrective  purposes.  There  is  confusion  in  the 
minds  of  some  about  the  purposes  of  this  phase  of  the 
work  of  the  department.  So  far  from  intending  to 
increase  the  amount  of  time  spent  in  drill,  it  is  hoped 
with  the  aid  of  this  department  to  reduce  drills  to  a 
minimum  of  time  and  effort,  and  thereby  release  the 
teacher's  energies  for  the  higher  purposes  of  teaching. 

FRANKLIN  B.  DYER, 
Superintendent  of  Public  Schools. 


4 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10. 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS  AND  EDUCA- 
TIONAL MEASUREMENT 

With  Particular  Reference  to  Standards  in 
THE  Four  Fundamentals  in  Arithmetic* 


Introduction. 

When  an  entirely  new  and  distinct  department  is 
established  in  an  organization  as  complex  as  a  city  school 
system,  it  is  important  that  its  purpose  and  its  place  be 
understood,  in  order  that  the  new  department  may 
assume  its  proper  functions  in  the  school  system  as  soon 
as  possible,  and  also  in  order  that  the  several  other 
agencies  of  the  school  system  may  work  intelligently 
with  it.  This  is  especially  so  when  the  creation  of  a  new 
department  means  the  inauguration  of  an  entirely  new 
line  of  educational  work  in  the  city  school  system. 
When  your  Executive  Committee  invited  me  to  speak 
at  this  meeting,  your  first  of  the  year,  I  accepted  with 
much  pleasure,  for  I  felt  that  it  would  be  to  our  mutual 
advantage  for  me  to  outline  to  you,  as  well  as  I  can  in  a 
brief  paper,  some  of  the  present  work  and  the  future 
plans  of  this  new  Department  of  Educational  Investi- 
gation and  Measurement. 

In  the  establishment  of  such  a  department  Boston  was 
preceded  by  four  important  cities,  viz.,  Rochester  in 
1911,  Baltimore  in  1912,  New  Orleans  in  1912,  and  New 
York  City  in  1913."  Since  the  Boston  department  was 
established  in  April,  1914,  similar  departments  have 
been  established  in  Detroit,  Mich.,  Kansas  City,  Mo., 
and  Oakland,  Cal. 


*  An  address  by  Frank  W.  Ballou,  Director,  Department  of  Educational  Investigation 
and  Measurement,  before  the  Boston  Masters'  Association,  October  13,  1914. 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS. 


5 


These  departments  for  the  scientific  study  of  educa- 
tional problems  in  cities  have  largely  grown  out  of  the 
school  inquiries  or  educational  surveys  which  have  been 
carried  on  in  recent  years.  Beginning  with  1895,  when 
the  first  important  educational  survey  was  made  in  the 
city  of  Chicago,  more  than  a  dozen  cities  have  sub- 
jected themselves  to  partial  or  complete  educational 
surveys  of  state  or  national  significance.  Also,  the 
states  of  Ohio,  Vermont  and  Wisconsin  have  carried  on 
state-wide  educational  investigations.  These  surveys 
have  had  a  common  purpose,  viz.,  to  make  a  study  of 
what  the  school  system  is  doing;  to  pass  judgment  on 
how  well  it  was  doing  it ;  and  to  suggest  needed  reorgan- 
izations or  extensions. 

The  purpose  of  the  Department  of  Educational 
Investigation  and  Measurement  in  Boston  is  to  promote 
the  scientific  study  of  Boston's  educational  problems. 
The  department  seeks  to  promote  this  scientific  study 
by  gathering  and  interpreting  statistical  and  other 
information  as  a  basis  of  administrative  and  executive 
procedure;  by  conserving  in  reports  the  results  of  all 
experiments  now  going  on  in  the  school  system,  thus 
making  them  available  for  future  use;  by  fostering 
scientific  educational  experimentation  whenever  and 
wherever  practicable;  by  developing  standards  of 
achievement  for  each  subject  in  each  grade;  and  by 
seeking  to  establish  standards  of  measurement  of  school 
achievement  in  the  various  subjects  of  study  in  the 
different  grades  of  school  work. 

While  some  of  the  work  which  these  departments  are 
to  carry  on  has  been  done  by  other  administrative 
agencies  within  the  school  system,  most  of  it  has  not 
been  systematically  done  at  all.  In  other  w^ords,  the 
establishment  of  this  department  in  Boston  does  not 
supplant  any  other  educational  agency;  it  supplements 
the  work  already  being  done  and  is  largely  concerned 
with  developing  new  lines  of  educational  study  and 
investigation  demanded  by  new  conditions. 


6 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10. 


Educational  Measurement  Part  of  a  Larger 
Movement. 

The  movement  for  measuring  the  results  in  education 
is  but  one  phase  of  a  larger  movement  for  increased 
efficiency  in  all  departments  of  human  endeavor. 
Society  is  constantly  striving  for  improvement,  striving 
to  attain  a  higher  level.  In  so  doing  it  depends  for  its 
success  on  the  combined  efforts  of  all  social  agencies  of 
which  the  public  school  system  is  one.  There  is  an 
aggressive  movement  for  political  reform,  involving 
such  considerations  as  initiative,  referendum,  recall  and 
equal  suffrage.  Likewise,  there  are  numerous  associa- 
tions for  the  betterment  of  social  conditions.  No  age 
has  put  forth  more  earnest  efforts  than  ours  to  alleviate 
the  conditions  of  the  poor,  to  aid  the  unfortunates,  and 
to  help  to  educate  in  the  schools  those  suffering  from 
some  physical  infirmity  such  as  the  blind,  the  anaemic, 
the  tubercular,  the  deaf  and  the  stammerers. 

In  industry  the  employer  is  prevented  by  law  from 
exploiting  the  youth,  and  the  youth  may  receive  voca- 
tional guidance  in  the  schools  in  order  that  he  may 
avoid  the  pitfalls  of  undesirable  employment.  It  is 
undoubtedly  true  that  this  larger  movement  has  been 
brought  about  more  by  the  application  of  the  so- 
called  principles  of  scientific  management  to  industry 
than  by  any  other  single  factor. 

In  this  insistent  public  demand  for  increased  efficiency 
in  all  departments  of  human  activity  the  public  schools 
have  not  been  overlooked.  They  have  been  investi- 
gated by  laymen  and  professional  educators;  they  have 
been  scorned  and  ridiculed  by  the  ignorant;  they  have 
been  condemned  by  some;  at  times  they  have  been 
scuttled  by  the  politicians;  they  have  been  criticised  by 
some  for  undertaking  to  do  too  much,  and  by  others 
for  not  doing  enough;  they  are  criticised  by  some  for 
teaching  too  many  so-called  ''fads,"  and  by  others  for 
not  liberalizing  and  extending  their  courses  of  study  to 
meet  new  social  conditions. 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS. 


7 


Yet  through  it  all  the  sober,  sane  judgment  of  all 
thinking  people  is,  and  will  continue  to  be,  that  the 
public  schools  are  the  most  potent,  most  powerful,  and 
most  promising  single  agency  making  for  the  unifica- 
tion, stability  and  progress  of  our  American  institutions. 
Our  faith  in  the  public  schools  was  never  so  great  nor 
so  well  founded.  The  demands  on  the  public  schools 
are  constantly  increasing;  the  responsibilities  being 
assumed  by  the  public  schools  were  never  so  great.  The 
establishment  and  enforcement  of  the  compulsory 
attendance  laws  have  brought  all  classes  and  kinds  of 
children  into  our  schools.  Universal  education  in  a 
democracy  requires  that  each  boy  and  girl  shall  have 
an  equal  opportunity  to  secure  the  kind  of  education 
best  fitted  to  his  individual  and  social  needs.  Universal 
education  has,  therefore,  brought  into  the  public  schools 
problems  that  were  never  dreamed  of  by  our  forefathers. 

The  abundant  confidence  that  our  forefathers  had 
in  education  prompted  them  individually  to  make  great 
sacrifices  for  education,  and  it  also  prompted  them 
collectively  to  make  constitutional  provision  for  it. 
They  always  felt  that  somehow,  sometime,  somewhere, 
education  would  crown  each  pupil  with  a  laurel  wreath. 
Their  faith  in  education  we  have  inherited.  The 
demand  of  the  hour  is  not  that  we  abandon  that  con- 
fidence and  faith,  but  that  we  establish  as  far  as  possible 
a  fact  basis  for  our  educational  processes  and  procedure; 
that  where  possible  we  substitute  facts  for  opinion,  and 
that  we  measure  the  results  of  our  educational  endeavors 
as  we  are  already  measuring  the  results  of  other  pro- 
ductive agencies.  The  present  demands  do  not  indicate 
or  imply  that  we  have  less  faith  in  education  or  in  its 
social  efficacy.  On  the  contrary,  the  fact  that  the 
public  schools  are  continually  asked  to  bear  more  and 
more  responsibility,  and  the  further  fact  that  the  public 
was  never  more  keenly  concerned  in  the  work  of  the 
schools  both  indicate  that  this  is  our  professional  oppor- 
tunity to  increase  the  effectiveness  and  to  expand  the 
field  of  usefulness  of  the  public  schools. 


8 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10. 


Promoting  the  Efficiency  of  Instruction. 

The  ultimate  purpose  of  all  educational  measurement 
is  to  increase  the  effectiveness  of  the  instruction  which 
the  child  receives.  Every ,  administrative  agency,  every 
special  supervisor,  all  educational  equipment,  in  fact, 
everything  pertaining  to  the  public  school  system  is 
fundamentally  for  the  purpose  of  providing  the  instruc- 
tion which  the  child  needs  to  make  him  individually 
and  socially  efficient.  To  increase  the  effectiveness  of 
instruction  through  educational  measurement  it  is 
necessary  to  take  up  three  distinct  lines  of  work: 

1.  A  clear  definition  of  minimum  standards  of 
achievement  as  specific  ends  to  be  attained  in  each 
subject  and  grade. 

2.  The  exact  measurement  of  school  practice  for  the 
purpose  of  putting  such  standards,  when  finally  per- 
fected, on  a  fact  basis. 

3.  Scientific  experimentation  in  the  use  of  subject- 
matter  or  in  the  methods  of  instruction  for  the  purpose 
of  improving  the  work  of  the  schools. 

Definition  of  Minimum  Standards  of  Achievement. 

A  standard  of  achievement  is  the  aim  or  goal  toward 
which  the  teacher  and  the  pupil  work.  Without  a  well- 
defined  standard  of  achievement  a  teacher's  efforts 
are  likely  to  be  scattered  and  much  of  her  energy  mis- 
spent. With  such  a  standard  the  teacher's  problem 
in  teaching  and  the  pupil's  problem  in  learning  are  more 
definitely  defined,  and  the  chances  of  better  accomplish- 
ments are  materially  increased. 

It  is  probably  unnecessary  for  me  to  say  that  there 
are  few  such  standards  of  achievement  at  the  present 
time.  Our  courses  of  study  are  bare  outlines  of  work 
to  be  taught;  our  standard  of  achievement  has  been 
expressed  in  terms  of  a  passing  grade  —  say  60  per 
cent.  WTiether  that  60  per  cent  means  that  the  child 
has  mastered  60  per  cent  of  the  prescribed  course  of 
study,  or  w^hether  it  means  his  relative  position  in  the 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS. 


9 


class,  or  whether  it  means  one  of  a  number  of  other 
things,  might  be  difficult  for  any  one  of  us  to  explain. 

Suppose  one  wishes  to  find  out  how  effective  the 
teaching  of  spelling  is  in  the  sixth  grade.  Before  one 
can  measure  its  effectiveness,  he  must  define  in  specific 
terms  just  what  ability  to  spell  a  sixth  grade  pupil 
should  possess.  This  means  that  he  must  determine 
how  many  words  and  how  difficult  words  a  sixth  grade 
child  ought  to  know  how  to  spell.  This  I  call  fixing 
the  standard  of  achievement  in  this  subject  in  the 
sixth  grade.  To  teach  the  children  to  spell  the  words 
selected  for  sixth  grade  pupils  becomes  the  object  of 
attainment,  or  the  standard  of  achievement  for  both 
pupil  and  teacher.  After  this  standard  of  achievement 
has  been  established,  it  becomes  a  comparatively  easy 
matter  to  find  out  how  effective  the  spelling  instruction 
has  been.  We  shall  not  succeed  in  measuring  educa- 
tional results  very  effectively  until  we  have  established 
such  standards  of  achievement  for  each  subject  and 
grade. 

For  the  purpose  of  defining  more  definitely  the 
minimum  standards  of  achievement,  a  revision  of  the 
course  of  study  in  the  elementary  schools  has  been 
undertaken.  In  scope  this  revision  covers  each  grade 
and  most  of  the  subjects  within  each  grade. 

In  order  to  draw  on  the  experience  of  teachers  in 
using  the  course  of  study,  the  cooperative  method  of 
procedure  has  been  adopted.  Each  of  the  seventy 
elementary  school  districts  is  represented  in  the  con- 
ferences on  course  of  study  by  four  teachers.  These 
280  teacher  representatives  have  met  in  one  general 
conference,  in  one  special  conference  for  each  grade, 
and  in  one  special  conference  according  to  the  various 
subjects  of  study.  Following  these  conferences  the 
special  committees  are  proceeding  to  revise  the  course 
of  study  in  the  light  of  present-day  demands  and  of 
their  experience  in  using  the  course. 

In  re-writing  the  course,  teachers  have  been  asked  to 
define  the  specific  purpose  of  each  subject,  to  eliminate 


10 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10. 


obsolete  topics,  to  add  desirable  new  topics,  to  define 
minimum  essentials  in  each  subject,  to  suggest  minor 
or  supplementary  topics,  and  to  indicate  methods  of 
teaching  difficult  topics.  As  a  result  of  defining  the 
purpose  and  indicating  the  irreducible  minimum  essen- 
tials of  each  subject,  standards  of  achievement  in  the 
various  subjects  will  be  more  clearly  defined  than  they 
are  now.  Then  it  will  be  more  easily  possible  to  increase 
the  effectiveness  of  present  instruction. 

As  a  means  of  defining  the  problem  of  instruction  in 
spelling,  and  also  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating  a  method 
of  treating  each  subject  in  the  elementary  school  course, 
a  spelling  investigation  was  begun  last  spring.  The 
teacher  representatives  in  each  district  were  asked  to 
furnish  this  department  with  a  list  containing  from 
25  to  40  words  which  were  most  commonly  misspelled 
by  pupils  in  their  written  work.  From  these  lists  this 
department  selected  a  minimum  list  of  alleged  difficult 
words  which  each  pupil  in  each  grade  ought  to  know 
how  to  spell.  A  supplementary  list  was  also  prepared, 
which  contains  review  words  and  also  additional  words 
which  most  children  should  know  how  to  spell.  The 
total  number  of  words  in  both  of  these  lists  as  they  now 
stand  is  2,525.  To  secure  these  words  from  the  various 
teachers  required  the  tabulation  of  over  15,000  words 
and  the  handling  of  returns  from  295  teachers.  The 
School  Committee  has  authorized  the  printing  of  these 
lists  for  use  in  the  schools,  and  a  bulletin  will  be  pub- 
lished covering  the  investigation,  and  containing  the 
lists  of  words  for  each  grade.  Ultimately,  when  these 
lists  are  perfected  in  accordance  with  the  plan  proposed 
in  the  bulletin  they  may  properly  form  the  basis  of  all 
spelling  instruction  in  the  schools. 

Exact  Measurement  of  School  Practice. 
After  the  standards  of  achievement  have  been  defined, 
it  will  be  possible  to  measure  more  effectively  the 
results  of  educational  practice.    It  is  not  necessary  to 
tell  you  that  the  exact  measurement  of  educational 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS. 


11 


results  has  but  just  begun.  The  only  thoroughly  scien- 
tific measurement  of  school  practice  in  the  elementary 
school  thus  far  attempted  for  this  city  as  a  whole  has 
been  made  in  arithmetic.  The  Courtis  Standard  Tests  in 
addition,  subtraction,  multiplication  and  division  have 
already  been  given  several  times  in  Boston.  Last  year 
they  were  given  in  thirty-five  districts.  This  year  they 
are  being  given  in  fifty-three  districts,  leaving  only 
seventeen  districts  untested. 

Purpose  of  the  Courtis  Tests. 
The  Courtis  Standard  Tests  in  Arithmetic  are  not 
designed  as  a  means  of  giving  the  pupil  arithmetical 
ability.  If  a  pupil  should  take  the  tests  over  and  over 
from  day  to  day  he  would  acquire  no  greater  mathe- 
matical ability  than  he  would  by  practising  on  any 
series  of  problems  as  carefully  graded  as  are  the  Courtis 
tests.  The  purposes  of  the  Courtis  tests  as  used  in  Boston 
may  be  briefly  stated  as  follows : 

1.  The  tests  should  reveal  to  the  teacher  and  master 
the  arithmetical  ability  of  each  child  to  perform  the 
four  fundamental  operations.  From  the  results  of  these 
tests  the  teacher  can  learn  to  what  extent  the  pupil 
is  weak  or  strong  in  addition,  subtraction,  multiplica- 
tion and  division.  This  diagnosis  furnishes  the  teacher 
with  the  necessary  information  by  which  she  may  make 
her  teaching  more  effective,  because  she  can  devote 
her  attention  more  specifically  to  the  pupils  who  need 
help.  Further,  she  can  devote  her  energy  to  the  particu- 
lar weakness  of  each  child. 

2.  Likewise,  the  tests  show  the  child  just  what  ability 
he  possesses  in  performing  the  four  fundamental  opera- 
tions. Further,  the  individual  record  cards  and  graph 
sheets  provide  each  pupil  with  an  incentive  to  correct 
his  own  faults.  Also,  the  corrective  work  which  should 
be  introduced  now  offers  a  similar  incentive. 

3.  By  using  the  tests  throughout  a  school  system,  it 
is  possible  to  estabhsh  objective  standards  of  achieve- 
ment in  the  four  fundamental  operations.    Such  stand- 


12 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10. 


ards  have  already  been  published  in  the  arithmetic 
bulletin  issued  by  the  School  Committee  last  January, 
and  revised  standards,  derived  from  last  year's  testing, 
will  shortly  be  published.  These  standards  are  based 
on  what  50  per  cent  or  more  of  the  pupils  throughout 
the  city  are  able  to  do  in  addition,  subtraction,  multipli- 
cation and  division.  The  tests  showed,  for  example, 
that  50  per  cent  of  the  eighth  grade  pupils  will  attempt 
to  solve  at  least  twelve  examples  in  addition  and  will 
get  eleven  of  them  right.  Hence  these  standards  are 
stated  in  terms  of  the  number  of  problems  attempted, 
and  the  number  of  problems  correctly  solved. 

Some  teachers  feel  that  the  matter  of  accuracy  is  lost 
sight  of,  or  at  least  is  minimized,  in  such  a  statement  of  a 
standard.  It  should  be  remembered,  however,  that 
accuracy  can  only  be  measured  by  taking  into  account 
the  amount  of  inaccuracy;  hence,  it  is  an  indispensable 
essential  that  the  number  of  problems  attempted  be 
considered.  The  ideal  of  accuracy  is,  and  should  con- 
tinue to  be,  absolute  perfection;  the  standard  of  attain- 
ment will  probably  have  to  be  a  little  below  that  —  at 
least  under  present  conditions.  Ultimately,  we  should 
be  able  to  establish  a  standard  for  Boston  in  which  the 
present  amount  of  inaccuracy  is  somewhat  reduced. 

We  are  all  just  now  passing  through  the  experience  of 
giving  the  Courtis  tests  in  this  city.  To  give  them 
means  interfering  with  the  regular  schedule  of  the  school 
and  it  means  some  additional  work  on  the  part  of  the 
teacher  and  the  master.  With  our  present  equipment 
it  is  a  considerable  undertaking  for  the  Department  of 
Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement  to  prepare 
and  distribute  the  material,  to  train  the  thirty  examiners 
and  later  to  tabulate  the  results.  It  is  impossible  to 
carry  on  this  kind  of  work  without  interfering  somewhat 
with  the  regular  routine  of  the  school.  In  giving  the 
tests  this  year  we  have  especially  tried  to  minimize  as 
much  as  possible  the  interference  with  the  regular  class 
work.  The  amount  of  computation  required  of  teachers 
has  been  reduced  about  one-half.    This  reduction  has 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS. 


13 


made  it  possible  to  omit  one  of  the  teachers'  meetings 
held  last  year,  for  which  schools  were  excused  a  half  day. 
This  year  a  master  who  did  not  desire  to  do  so  was  not 
required  to  excuse  a  single  class  in  his  school  for  the 
purpose  of  giving  these  tests.  On  the  authority  of  the 
Superintendent  of  Schools,  permission  was  given  masters 
to  excuse  classes  a  half  hour  early  for  teachers  to  attend 
the  one  teachers'  meeting  if  masters  so  desired.  This 
year  arrangements  were  also  made  so  that  the  testing 
in  a  given  district  was  completed  in  a  single  day,  thus 
confining  to  one  day  w^hatever  interruption  there  may  * 
be  from  giving  these  tests. 

No  one  has  more  consideration  for  the  master  and 
his  work  and  for  the  teacher  and  her  work  than  I  have. 
I  want  to  assure  you  masters  that  I  shall  never  inten- 
tionally disregard  your  prerogatives,  nor  knowingly 
burden  unnecessarily  either  you  or  your  teachers  with 
the  work  of  my  department.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  my 
desire  to  minimize  as  far  as  possible  whatever  work  my 
requests  may  entail.  This  has  been  my  guiding  prin- 
ciple in  directing  this  year's  testing  in  arithmetic. 
Suggestions  for  improving  the  present  arrangements 
will  always  be  gladly  received. 

In  carrying  on  this  kind  of  work,  the  department 
must  make  its  plans  considerably  in  advance  of  their 
execution.  I  trust  that  you  will  not  consider  it  out  of 
place,  therefore,  if  I  tell  you  a  little  about  our  plans  for 
the  future  regarding  arithmetic.  The  department  now 
has  under  consideration  a  plan  which  will  require  the 
giving  of  the  Courtis  tests  only  once  each  year  — 
probably  in  April  or  May. 

Some  of  the  reasons  for  this  change  should  be  stated. 
We  all  know  that  masters  and  teachers  can  devote  only 
a  limited  amount  of  time  to  testing  work  without 
encroaching  unduly  on  their  time  for  other  work.  We 
have  thus  far  been  giving  most,  if  not  all,  of  our  atten- 
tion to  addition,  subtraction,  multiplication  and  divi- 
sion. While  these  are  the  four  fundamentals,  we  need 
soon  to  consider  fractions  and  other  phases  of  arithmetic 


14 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10. 


work.  We  need  also  to  take  up  the  establishment  of 
standards  and  the  testing  work  in  other  subjects. 
English,  history  and  geography  should  come  in  for  some 
of  the  time  which  has  been  devoted  to  arithmetic. 
One  of  the  reasons  for  omitting  one  of  the  arithmetic 
tests  is,  therefore,  that  we  may  save  enough  time  and 
energy  for  testing  work  in  these  other  subjects. 

Further,  the  arithmetic  work  has  advanced  to  a  stage 
where  such  frequent  testing  seems  unnecessary.  Suffi- 
cient impetus  has  been  given  the  work  so  that  one  test 
a  year  ought  to  conserve  the  results  thus  far  attained. 

Scientific  Experimentation. 

The  most  important  case  of  scientific  experimentation 
which  this  department  proposes  to  carry  on  in  the  public 
school  system  this  year  is  also  in  arithmetic.  The 
Courtis  Standard  Tests  have  already  been  given  to 
large  groups  of  pupils  during  a  considerable  period  of 
time.  These  tests  have  provided  us  with  much  infor- 
mation concerning  the  arithmetical  ability  of  pupils  in 
performing  the  four  fundamental  operations.* 

They  have  revealed  great  variations  in  the  ability  of 
pupils  to  add,  subtract,  multiply  and  divide.  They 
have  shown  that  we  have  at  the  present  time  practically 
all  grades  of  ability  from  the  fourth  to  the  eighth  in  each 
class  tested.  Twenty-eight  per  cent  of  the  pupils  in 
the  eighth  grade  could  exchange  places  with  a  like 
number  of  pupils  in  the  fourth  grade  without  changing 
in  the  slightest  the  arithmetical  ability  in  the  funda- 
mental operations  of  either  class  as  a  class. 

The  tests  also  show  that  from  35  to  50  per  cent  of  the 
children  tested  in  any  one  grade  did  not  increase  their 
ability  at  all  in  addition,  subtraction,  multiplication 
and  division  from  the  time  the  tests  were  given  in 
January  until  they  were  given  in  April  —  a  period  of 
about  three  months.  This  means  that  the  children  in 
these  grades  have  apparently  not  profited  in  the  least 
by  the  instruction  given.    For  example,  in  the  eighth 


*  See  School  Document  No.  9,  1914,  Bulletin  No.  II.  of  the  Department  of  Educational 
Investigation  and  Measurement,  for  detailed  results. 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS. 


15 


grade  in  division,  32  per  cent  of  the  children  tested 
showed  no  increase  in  abihty  to  solve  problems  cor- 
rectly. Also,  in  the  fourth  grade  50  per  cent  of  the 
children  tested  showed  no  increased  ability  whatever 
in  division,  although  that  is  the  particular  topic  of 
instruction  in  arithmetic  in  the  fourth  grade. 

What  is  the  reason  for  these  conditions?  It  seems 
probable  that  the  drill  work  in  the  fundamentals  carried 
on  at  the  present  time  is  not  adapted  to  all  pupils.  In 
fact,  it  has  been  pretty  conclusively  demonstrated  that 
there  is  no  one  drill  that  is  equally  well  adapted  to  any 
considerable  number  of  pupils.  Some  pupils  who  do 
profit  by  a  drill  get  more  than  they  need  under  present 
conditions,  while  those  who  do  not  profit  by  it  are 
merely  marking  time,  or,  as  is  shown  by  these  tests, 
are  actually  declining  in  ability.  This  means  that  by 
class  drills  the  variations  in  abihty  among  pupils  are 
being  constantly  increased  rather  than  decreased. 

As  has  been  said,  the  Courtis  tests  are  simply  means 
to  an  end,  that  end  being  the  improvement  of  the  work 
of  the  children.  The  tests  merely  reveal  conditions.  It 
is  necessary  to  provide  ways  and  means  of  improving 
those  conditions  if  they  are  unsatisfactory.  The  next 
step  in  our  study  of  the  problem  of  arithmetic  instruc- 
tion is  to  provide  the  teacher  with  the  desirable  material 
for  bringing  each  pupil  up  to  a  reasonable  standard 
of  achievement  in  each  one  of  the  four  fundamental 
operations. 

Authorized  Educational  Material  in  Arithmetic. 
The  Board  of  Superintendents  has  to  date  *  author- 
ized fourteen  different  kinds  of  practice  or  corrective 
work  in  arithmetic.  This  material  provides  suitable 
practice  work  for  all  grades.  The  list  of  such  material 
follows : 

Birch's  Lessons  in  Rapid  Calculation. 

Cole's  One  Hundred  Per  Cent  Number  Tests. 

Courtis  Practice  Tests. 

*  October  15,  1914. 


16 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10. 


Gray's  Number  Exercises  for  Object  Teaching. 
Hadley's  Arithmetical  Tables. 
Hammett  Arithmetic  Cards.  . 
Lamprey's  Practice  Sheets. 

Maxson's  Practical  Self-Keyed  Fundamental  Number 
Work. 

Pay  son's  Practical  Roman  Number  Cards. 
Sharp's  A  Practice  Book  in  Arithmetic. 
Shove's  Number  Cards  for  Primary  Schools. 
Thompson's  Quick  Test  Papers. 
Thorndike's  Exercises  in  Arithmetic,  No.  2. 
Walcott's  Numeral  Cards,  Nos.  1  and  2. 

Essentials  of  Practice  oe  Corrective  Material 
IN  Arithmetic. 
In  the  following  statements  I  have  set  forth  in  a  dog- 
matic way  what  I  believe  to  be  the  essential  character- 
istics of  the  practice  material  in  arithmetic  which  we 
should  use. 

1.  It  must  be  easily  handled  by  pupils  and  teachers 
within  a  limited  time  allotment  —  say  ten  minutes  ; 
that  is,  time  must  not  be  wasted  in  distributing  the 
material  or  in  collecting  it  after  the  work  has  been  done. 

2.  It  must  provide  for  the  correction  of  the  problems 
by  the  pupil  and  not  by  the  teacher.  The  necessary 
amount  of  practice  in  the  four  fundamentals  would 
entail  too  much  work  on  the  teacher,  if  she  must  correct 
all  of  the  papers. 

3.  It  must  provide  for  each  child  a  kind  of  work 
adapted  to  his  particular  needs.  If  need  be,  it  should  be 
possible  for  every  pupil  in  any  class  to  work  on  a  different 
kind  of  exercise. 

4.  It  should  provide  the  pupil  with  a  method  by 
which  he  can  keep  a  record  of  his  daily  progress.  This 
will  provide  him  with  an  additional  incentive  for  doing 
his  work  effectively. 

5.  It  should  be  progressively  graded  so  that  the  child 
may  pass  from  one  kind  of  exercise  to  another  as  his 
ability  increases,  always  finding  the  kind  of  exercise  that 
he  needs  practice  in. 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS. 


17 


6.  It  should  provide  a  means  of  keeping  a  record  of 
the  progress  of  the  class.  This  record  may  properly 
find  a  place  on  the  blackboard  of  the  schoolroom,  where 
it  is  a  constant  reminder  to  the  pupils  of  the  need  of 
cooperative  effort  to  keep  the  record  of  the  class  up  to 
the  standard. 

Proposed  Plan  for  Trying  Corrective  Work. 
We  have  conducted  the  Courtis  tests  earlier  this  year 
than  ever  before.  We  have  before  us  practically  a 
complete  year's  work  in  arithmetic.  What  can  w^e  do 
with  that  year's  work?  I  propose  that  we  experiment 
with  various  types  of  practice  material  to  determine 
which  types  are  most  effective.  I  propose  that  each 
master  select  several  types  of  material  for  use  during 
the  year.  We  will  tabulate  the  results  of  our  present 
testing  according  to  the  types  of  material  which  masters 
propose  to  use.  At  the  end  of  the  year  we  will  test  again, 
and  we  can  determine  which  corrective  work  seems  most 
effective.  This  plan  may  sound  fantastic,  but  it  is 
exactly  the  method  by  which  every  individual  settles 
such  matters  for  himself.  Why  can  not  this  matter  of 
practice  material  be  settled  for  this  school  system,  or  at 
least  for  districts  in  the  system,  in  this  way? 

Methods  of  Conducting  Work  of  Department. 

The  work  of  the  department  will  be  carried  on,  as  far 
as  possible,  on  the  cooperative  basis.  We  shall  not 
build  up  a  large  staff  of  workers  within  the  department. 
On  the  contrary,  we  shall  depend  on  the  cooperation 
and  support  of  all  school  people.  For  special  examiners, 
we  shall  continue  to  train  the  Normal  School  seniors  as 
a  part  of  their  regular  Normal  School  training.  For 
clerical  work  in  the  tabulation  of  the  results  of  the  testing 
we  have  already  made  arrangements  for  the  employ- 
ment of  whole  classes  from  the  new  Clerical  School. 
For  some  testing  trained  examiners  are  not  necessary. 
To  give  such  tests  we  need  some  one  in  each  district  to 
direct  the  work.  Soon  I  shall  invite  each  master  to 
designate  some  one  in  his  district  who  is  particularly^ 


18 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10. 


interested,  to  supervise  such  testing  work  as  is  carried 
on  in  the  district.  If  the  master  prefers  to  look  after 
the  details  of  such  work  himself  so  much  the  better. 
We  want  some  one  in  each  district  to  whom  we  can  give 
detailed  instructions  for  giving  the  tests.  In  addition 
to  these  methods  of  carrying  on  our  work,  we  shall  from 
time  to  time  ask  the  School  Committee  to  relieve  a  man 
or  woman  from  his  present  work  and  assign  him  to  the 
study  of  an  educational  problem  under  the  direction  of 
the  department.  By  these  methods  Boston  school 
people  will  all  be  contributing  in  a  very  specific  way  to 
the  solution  of  Boston's  educational  problems. 

The  results  of  the  investigation  of  any  problem  of 
general  interest  will  be  published  in  the  form  of  a  brief 
bulletin.  In  this  way  those  in  the  school  system  inter- 
ested may  receive  the  benefit  of  the  results  of  each 
investigation  as  soon  as  it  is  completed. 

Other  Work  of  the  Department. 

The  time  limits  of  my  paper  will  not  permit  of  my 
covering  in  detail  a  considerable  portion  of  the  work  of 
the  department.  I  shall  cherish  the  hope  that  some  time 
you  will  invite  me  to  speak  again  on  some  of  the  topics 
to  which  I  can  at  this  time  only  refer  briefly. 

I  have  referred  only  briefly  to  the  spelling  investiga- 
tion begun  last  spring  because  the  results  of  that  study 
and  the  lists  of  words  derived  from  it  will  shortly  be 
printed  for  distribution  to  all  elementary  teachers  of 
the  city. 

Likewise,  the  results  of  the  testing  work  in  arithmetic 
last  year  have  only  been  mentioned  because  those 
results  will  be  fully  discussed  in  another  bulletin  of  this 
department. 

Concerning  the  other  plans  of  the  department  I  can 
make  only  a  few  general  statements.  The  Committee 
on  Standards  in  English  will  continue  its  work  in  coopera- 
tion with  this  department.  As  you  know,  this  committee 
has  already  prepared  and  the  School  Committee  has 
printed  three  bulletins  in  which  are  set  forth  tentative 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS. 


19 


standards  of  achievement  for  eighth  grade  pupils  in 
certain  aspects  of  English  work.  Shortly  we  shall  test 
some  first  year  high  school  pupils  to  see  how  well  they 
are  able  to  meet  those  tentative  standards.  Toward  the 
close  of  the  year  similar  tests  will  be  conducted  among 
eighth  grade  classes  in  the  elementary  schools. 

Committees  on  Standards  in  Arithmetic,  Geography 
and  History  are  being  organized  and  each  committee 
will  carry  on  work  similar  to  that  which  has  been  carried 
on  so  effectively  by  the  Committee  on  Standards  in 
EngHsh. 

An  investigation  of  the  results  of  geography  instruc- 
tion will  be  begun  soon  for  this  department  by  Mr.  L.  0. 
Packard  of  the  Boston  Normal  School. 

I  have  not  mentioned  in  this  paper  the  difficult  prob- 
lem of  working  out  a  plan  for  the  promotion  of  teachers 
on  the  basis  of  merit  to  which  I  devoted  most  of  my  time 
last  spring.  It  is  the  ultimate  purpose  of  the  depart- 
ment to  formulate  a  plan  whereby  every  appointment 
to  a  position  of  higher  rank  shall  be  made  on  the  basis 
of  merit.  This  means  that  when  a  vacancy  occurs  every 
candidate  eligible  for  such  a  position  shall  receive  con- 
sideration and  the  appointment  shall  be  made  of  that 
person  whose  qualifications  best  fit  him  or  her  for  the 
position. 

Summary. 

The  work  which  has  been  outlined  for  this  department 
and  the  methods  by  which  that  work  is  to  be  accom- 
plished promises  splendid  results  for  the  teaching  pro- 
fession in  Boston.  And  yet  from  my  enthusiasm  over 
the  possibilities  of  educational  measurement  I  would 
not  have  any  master  go  aw^ay  from  this  meeting  with  the 
idea  that  I  believe  every  result  of  schooling  can  be 
subjected  to  objective  measurement.  The  influence  of 
the  strong  personality  of  the  teacher  on  the  pupil,  the 
moral  training  received  directly  or  indirectly  by  pupils 
from  all  which  we  as  educators  do,  the  ideals  of  truthful- 
ness, honor  and  patriotism  which  our  teaching  should 
inculcate; — these  results  and  others  are  outside  the 


20 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  10. 


field  of  educational  measurement.  Nevertheless,  because 
these  aspects  of  instruction  are  not  measurable  by 
objective  standards  we  need  not  be  deterred  from 
attempting  to  measure  those  aspects  which  seemingly 
can  be  measured. 

As  I  see  it,  the  movement  for  educational  measure- 
ment is  part  of  a  larger  movement  for  increased  efficiency 
in  all  lines  of  human  endeavor.  Before  we  can  increase 
the  efiiciency  of  school  work  we  must  find  out  what  we 
are  doing  and  how  well  we  are  doing  it.  Whether  we 
can  carry  on  our  school  work  more  effectively  cannot  be 
determined  by  a  priori  reasoning :  it  must  be  determined 
by  careful,  systematic  investigation  and  experimenta- 
tion. To  measure  our  success,  both  according  to  old 
methods  and  according  to  new,  we  need  objective  stand- 
ards of  measurement.  Educational  progress  must  be 
based  on  educational  facts,  not  on  personal  opinion. 
The  profession  has  seen  in  this  movement  for  the  objec- 
tive measurement  of  educational  results,  possibilities  of 
increased  success  in  school  work,  of  greater  efficiency, 
and  of  a  new  science  of  education.  The  increased 
prestige  of  the  educational  profession  depends  on  the 
adoption  by  the  profession  of  the  scientific  attitude. 
The  profession  demands  it,  the  public  demands  it,  and 
in  this  direction  lies  the  opportunity  of  our  profession. 

The  need  for  doing  the  work  which  this  department 
is  undertaking  is  seen  in  the  insistent  and  increasing 
demand  that  education  be  made  more  effective,  that 
the  schools  turn  out  boys  and  girls  better  trained  to 
become  individually  and  socially  efficient,  and  that 
educational  procedure  and  policies  be  determined  by 
facts  and  not  by  individual  opinion.  Increased  educa- 
tional efficiency  will  come  from  obtaining  the  largest 
educational  results  from  the  most  economic  expenditure 
of  time,  effort  and  money. 

In  this  paper  I  have  intentionally  confined  myself 
largely  to  measurement  in  arithmetic  because  that  is 
the  line  of  work  which  has  progressed  farthest  in  Boston 
and  hence  with  which  we  should  do  most  this  present 


EDUCATIONAL  STANDARDS.  21 


school  year.  The  Courtis  Standard  Tests  may  not  be 
perfect.  They  probably  can  be  improved.  In  their 
present  form  they  are  the  result  of  much  revision.  As 
they  stand  to-day,  however,  they  are  the  best  means 
of  diagnosing  the  ability  of  pupils  in  addition,  sub- 
traction, multiplication  and  division  that  has  yet  been 
devised.  By  their  use  in  Boston,  if  we  can  establish 
a  few  fundamental  facts,  if  we  can  assist  the  teachers 
better  to  understand  a  few  children,  if  we  can  set  up 
more  definite  standards  of  achievement  for  a  few  grades 
as  aids  to  teachers  and  as  incentives  to  pupils,  and  if  by 
the  use  of  proper  practice  material  we  can  make  the 
energy  now  expended  by  teachers  more  productive  — 
if  we  can  do  some  or  all  of  these  things  all  of  our  time 
and  energy  spent  in  educational  measurement  will  have 
been  amply  rewarded. 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE 
SCHOOL  COMMITTEE,  1914 


In  School  Committee,  January  18,  1915. 
Ordered,  That  this  Board  hereby  adopts  as  its  Annual 
Report  for  the  current  year,  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Superin- 
tendent as  contained  in  School  Document  No.  11,  1914. 
Attest  ■ 

ELLEN  M.  CRONIN, 
Secretary  pro  tempore. 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
I  9  I  5 


SCHOOL  DOCUMENT  NO.  ii.— 1914 
BOSTON    PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF 
THE  SUPERINTENDENT 

December,  19 14 


BOSTON 
PRINTING  DEPARTMENT 
1914 


Boston,  Mass.,  December  31,  1914. 

To  the  School  Committee: 

I  submit  herewith  the  thirty-third  annual  report  of  the 
Superintendent  of  Public  Schools. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

FRANKLIN  B.  DYER, 
Superintendent  of  Public  Schools, 


In  School  Committee,  January  18,  1915. 

On  motion,  it  was 

Ordered,  That  this  Board  hereby  adopts  as  its  annual  report 
for  the  current  year  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Superintendent 
as  contained  in  School  Document  No.  11,  1914. 


CONTENTS. 

Page 


I.    Introduction   5 

II.    Work  of  Assistant  Superintendents   6 

III.  Department  of  Educational  Investigation  and  Measure- 

ment   8 

1.  Promotion  of  Teachers   9 

2.  Testing  Results  in  the  Common  Branches  and 

Determining  Standards   11 

3.  Relation  of  the  Department  to  the  Course  of  Study  .  15 

IV.  Professional  Work  of  Teachers   17 

Improvement  Courses  '  .  19 

V.    Course  of  Study   20 

The  Three  R's                                                       .  22 

a.  Spelling   22 

b.  Reading   23 

c.  English   24 

d.  Penmanship    24 

e.  Arithmetic  *  .  26 

VI.    Special  Schools  and  Classes  for  Exceptional  Children  30 

1.  The  Deaf   31 

2.  The  Semi-Blind  or  Myopic  Children  ....  32 

3.  Children  with  Speech  Defects   32 

4.  Anemic  Children  and  Open  Air  Classes    ...  33 

5.  Tubercular  Children    .   33 

6.  Supernormal  Children   33 

7.  Mentally  Defective  but  Improvable  Children  .  34 

8.  Ungraded  Classes   35 

9.  Non-English  Speaking  Classes   36 

10.    A  Disciplinary  School   38 

VII.    The  Kindergarten  and  the  Transition  to  the  Primary     .  39 

VIII.    The  Transition  from  Granmiar  Grades  to  High  School     .  41 

1.  Prevocational  Classes   41 

2.  Intermediate  Classes   43 

IX.    Special  Opportunities  in  Art  and  Music      ....  46 

1.  Cooperative  Art  Course   46 

2.  Music  —  Credit  Courses  for  Outside  Music  in  High 

Schools       .    46 

X.    Development  of  Industrial  Education   48 

1.  Mechanic  Arts  High  School   49 

2.  Cooperative  Course  in  Hyde  Park  High  School  55 

3.  The  Trade  Schools   56 

XI.    Commercial  Education   58 

1.  Report  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce      ...  58 

2.  Report  of  the  Women's  Educational  and  Industrial 

Union   60 


4 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


Page 


3.  High  School  of  Commerce   61 

4.  Boston  Clerical  School   62 

5.  Cooperative  Store  and  School  Course      ...  64 
XII.    Compulsory  Continuation  Schools   65 

XIII.  Vocational  Guidance   66 

XIV.  Training  of  Teachers   67 

1.  Normal  School  Course  Approved            .      .      .  68 

2.  Kindergarten-Primary  Course   69 

XV.    Summer  Review  School   73 

XVI.    The  Certificating  Department  of  the  Superintendent's 

Office   74 

XVII.    Extended  Use  of  the  PubHc  Schools   84 

XVIII.    Conclusion  of  the  Superintendent's  Report       ...  86 

XIX.    Reports  of  Assistant  Superintendents   89 

1.  Jeremiah  E.  Burke   90 

2.  Walter  S.  Parker   103 

3.  Augustine  L.  Rafter   118 

4.  Mrs.  EUor  C.  Ripley   139 

5.  Frank  V.  Thompson   159 

6.  Maurice  P.  White   178 

APPENDIXES. 

A.  Report  of  the  Department  of  School  Hygiene    ....  197 

B.  Out  of  the  Ordinary  Features  in  the  PubUc  Schools    .      .      .  204 

C.  Educational  Organizations,  1913-14   231 

D.  Publications  of  Teachers,  1913-14   234 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OP  THE  SUPERINTENDENT 
OP  SCHOOLS. 


I.  INTRODUCTION. 

In  the  superintendent's  report  of  a  year  ago  the  work  in  the 
various  branches  of  the  school  department  was  described, 
the  purposes  of  the  different  activities  explained  and  the  next 
step  in  their  development  indicated.  The  chief  purpose  of  the 
present  report  is  to  show  what  the  year  has  brought  forth  — 
what next  steps"  have  been  taken,  and  with  what  result,  what 
new  activities  have  been  or  should  be  introduced,  and  how  the 
old  ones  have  been  or  should  be  modified.  It  will  be  unnecessary, 
therefore,  to  repeat  the  matter  of  the  former  report  except  to 
show  how  the  suggestions  made  therein  are  now  being  carried 
out.  The  following  are  a  few  of  the  matters  proposed  a  year 
ago  as  ''next  steps  to  be  taken": 

1.  More  individual  responsibility  to  be  placed  upon  assistant  super- 
intendents. 

2.  A  department  of  efficiency  to  be  established. 

3.  Promotions  of  teachers  to  be  made  upon  a  merit  basis. 

4.  Professional  improvement  of  teachers  to  be  secured  by  offering 
suitable  courses  of  instruction  by  expert  educators.  The  initiative  of 
teachers  to  be  developed,  and  as  many  as  possible  to  become  participants 
in  revising  courses  of  study,  in  setting  up  standards  of  efficiency,  and  in 
getting  a  scientific  attitude  toward  their  work. 

5.  Elementary  course  of  study  to  be  reorganized  and  simplified. 
Standards  of  attainment  for  children  in  the  grades  to  be  made  definite  in 
the  essential  subjects  and  a  minimum  insisted  upon.  Spelling  and  arith- 
metic to  receive  special  consideration. 

6.  Classes  for  exceptional  children  to  be  organized  or  increased;  stam- 
merers, semi-blind,  tubercular,  mental  defectives,  supernormal,  non-Eng- 
lish; gradual  abandonment  of  ungraded  classes;  change  of  method  of. 
dealing  with  truants. 

7.  The  transition  from  kindergarten  to  primary  grades  to  be  made 
more  gradual.  Kindergarten  teachers  to  help  in  first  grades  and  to  have 
more  extended  Normal  training. 

8.  The  transition  from  the  grades  to  the  high  school  to  be  made  more 
gradual.  Schools  to  fit  the  needs  of  children  from  12  to  14.  (1)  Prevoca- 
tional  schools  for  boys  in  convenient  centers ;  classes  for  girls  in  numerous 
schools.  (2)  An  opportunity  to  be  offered  for  children  in  the  seventh 
grade  to  choose  between  the  regular  grammar  school  course  and  the  inter- 


6 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


mediate  or  junior  high  school  course.  (3)  Closer  attention  to  the  indi- 
vidual pupil  in  the  first  year  of  high  school  to  meet  the  needs  of  backward 
children. 

9.  Plans  for  developing  industrial  education.  (1)  Reorganization 
of  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  and  enlargement.  (2)  The  coSpera- 
tive  plan  established  at  Hyde  Park.  (3)  The  reorganization  of  the 
Mechanic  Arts  High  School  on  an  industrial  basis. 

10.  A  study  to  be  made  of  the  needs  of  commercial  students.  Courses 
in  salesmanship  to  be  introduced.  A  cooperative  plan  between  shop  and 
school  to  be  developed. 

11.  Reorganization  of  courses  in  manual  arts  in  high  schools.  A 
cooperative  course  in  art  at  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts. 

12.  A  reorganization  of  the  work  of  the  music  department.  A 
cooperative  course  suggested. 

13.  A  complete  reorganization  of  the  Normal  School  course  on  a  three- 
year  basis,  a  part  of  the  work  to  be  of  college  standard. 

14.  Summer  schools  for  children  who  have  failed,  to  be  provided  in 
many  parts  of  the  city.    The  "over-age  "  situation. 

15.  Compulsory  continuation  schools  for  children  at  work  between 
14  and  16. 

16.  Closer  supervision  and  organization  of  the  night  school  courses  for 
foreigners. 

17.  The  use  of  schools  as  community  centers  to  be  developed  on  a  more 
self-sustaining  and  self -directing  basis  on  the  part  of  the  neighborhoods. 

18.  The  initiative  and  abihty  of  school  principals  and  individual 
schools  to  be  encouraged  and  a  report  of  their  special  efforts,  investigations, 
experiments  and  progress  to  be  invited. 

In  order  to  keep  this  volume  in  due  bounds  and  give  room 
for  the  valuable  reports  of  the  assistant  superintendents  and 
others,  the  superintendent  will  confine  himself  in  large  measure 
to  the  consideration  of  the  above  matters. 

II.    WORK  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 

The  school  committee  during  the  past  year  has  lodged  the 
final  responsibility  for  recommendations  concerning  the  course 
of  study  and  text-books  definitely  with  the  superintendent. 
This  is  a  modification  of  the  old  rules  which  in  one  place  said 
the  superintendent  shall  prepare  all  courses  of  study  and  sub- 
'mit  the  same  to  the  school  committee  for  approval,  and  in 
another  place  said  the  board  of  superintendents  shall  recom- 
mend to  the  superintendent  all  courses  of  study  and  changes 
therein. 

The  new  situation  has  been  meU  by  assigning  all  text-book 
questions  to  committees  of  assistant  superintendents  for  their 
written  recommendations  and  the  different  subjects  of  the 
course  of  study  to  individual  assistant  superintendents  for  their 


WORK  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


7 


special  consideration.  Likewise  the  different  school  activities 
have  been  distributed  among  the  assistant  superintendents  for 
their  special  supervision. 

How  well  the  assistant  superintendents  have  met  their 
greatly  increased  responsibihties  is  shown  in  Appendix  A  of 
this  report  in  which  their  reports  upon  their  special  assign- 
ments are  given  in  detail.  Especial  attention  is  called  to  these 
reports.  They  do  not  repeat  or  duplicate  each  other,  but  each 
makes  an  illuminating  contribution  on  different  school  activi- 
ties. This  is  the  distinctive  feature  of  the  present  report  and 
the  first  chapter  is  curtailed  to  give  them  room. 

The  'distribution  of  the  work  among  the  assistant  superin- 
tendents is  as  follows: 

Mr.  Burke. 

The  examination  and  rating  of  teachers;  the  articulation  of  the  ele- 
mentary grades  with  the  high  schools;  the  intermediate  or  junior  high 
schools;  the  general  high  school  course  of  study;  chairman  of  committee 
on  high  school  text-books;  home  and  school  organizations. 

Mr.  Parker. 

Supervision  of  schools  and  classes  for  children  with  physical  defects, 
such  as  deaf,  semi-blind,  stammerers,  anemic,  tubercular;  supervision 
of  classes  and  schools  for  those  who  are  mentally  defective;  supervision 
of  kindergartens,  first  grade  course  of  study,  and  the  harmonizing  of 
kindergarten  and  primary;  home  and  school  gardening;  the  course  of 
study  in  history  and  geography;  member  of  committee  on  high  school 
text-books. 

Mr.  Rafter. 

Supervision  of  the  attendance  department  of  the  disciplinary  school 
and  paroUed  children;  the  summer  review  schools;  the  department  of 
music;  rapid  advancement  classes  in  elementary  schools;  the  course  of 
study  in  English;  chairman  of  committee  on  elementary  text-books. 

Mrs.  Ripley. 

Supervision  of  the  department  of  household  science  and  arts  and 
prevocational  classes  for  girls;  professional  courses  for  teachers;  coopera- 
tive art  course  at  Museum  of  Fine  Arts;  Children's  Museum;  reading 
and  oral  expression;  especial  supervision  of  course  of  study  in  Grades 
II.  and  III.,  and  preparation  of  grade  syllabuses;  member  of  committee 
on  elementary  text-books. 

Mr.  Thompson. 

Supervision  of  evening  and  continuation  schools;  school  centei*s;  com- 
mercial courses  in  high  schools;  clerical  com-ses;  cooperative  store  and 
school  course  in  salesmanship;  trade  school  education;  cooperative  shop 
(mechanical)  and  school  course;  trade  training  of  teachers;  all  state- 
aided  industrial  and  commercial  work  and  cooperation  of  all  organiza- 


8 


SUPERINTEXDEXT'S  REPORT. 


tions  related  thereto;  vocational  counsel;  promotional  examination  of 
teachers;  member  of  committee  on  high  school  text-books. 

Mr.  White. 

Sui)ervision  of  manual  arts,  prevocational  schools  and  classes  for  boys; 
manual  training  in  general  high  schools;  ungraded  and  foreign  classes 
in  day  schools;  penmanship;  arithmetic;  hygiene;  promotional  courses 
for  teachers;  temporary  certification  of  teachers;  member  of  committee 
on  elementary  text-books. 

In  addition  to  the  above  topical  assignments,  each  assistant 
superintendent  acts  as  a  district  superintendent  with  approxi- 
mately fifteen  school  districts  or  high  schools  imder  his  imme- 
diate super^-ision.  He  visits  and  estimates  the  work  of  the  five 
or  six  hundred  teachers  in  these  districts  and  acts  as  ad\'isor  to 
the  principals  in  all  administrative  matters. 

The  above  sets  forth  only  in  part  the  arduous  duties  of  the 
assistant  superintendents,  for  they  have  numerous  special 
matters  assigned  to  them  and  in  addition  act  together  as  a 
•board  of  superintendents  and  as  an  examining  board,  which  in 
large  cities  is  usually  an  independent  body  with  no  other  duties. 
Through  their  topical  assignments  and  their  district  supervision 
they  are  making  their  indi^-iduaUty  strongly  felt  throughout 
the  sj'stem  in  a  constructive  and  progressive  way  as  will  be 
seen  in  theu'  reports.  Their  services  as  a  board  of  superin- 
tendents are  somewhat  more  advisory  than  they  were  but  they 
attend  to  a  vast  number  of  details.  Their  duties  as  a  board 
of  examiners  have  very  materially  increased  since  the}'  are 
personally  inspecting  the  class-room  teaching  of  applicants. 
In  short,  their  work  deser^^es  the  highest  appreciation. 

III.  depart:mext  of  educatioxal  investi- 
gation AND  :^ieasure:ment. 

In  accord  with  the  recommendation  of  the  last  annual  report 
a  director  of  promotion  and  educational  measurement  has  been 
appointed.  Dr.  Frank  W.  BaUou  began  this  work  in  April, 
1914,  and  was  assigned  three  duties: 

1.  To  arrange  a  system  of  promoting  teachers  to  higher 
positions  on  merit. 

2.  To  conduct  investigations  into  the  work  done  in  the 
fundamental  branches,  measure  the  results  accompHshed,  and 
set  up  minimum  standards  of  achievement  in  the  different 
grades  of  the  elementarj^  schools. 

3.  To  supervise  the  revision  of  the  course  of  study. 


EDUCATIONAL  INVESTIGATION. 


9 


1.    Promotion  of  Teachers. 

In  order  to  organize  a  plan  for  the  promotion  of  teachers 
conferences  were  called  of  all  sub-masters  of  the  city  and  also  of 
all  the  master's  assistants  to  consider  plans  of  promotion  to  the 
rank  of  master  or  principal.  Provisional  blanks  were  sub- 
mitted calling  for  information  covering  their  (1)  academic 
education;  (2)  professional  education;  (3)  teaching  and  execu- 
tive experience;  (4)  other  evidence  of  professional  interest  and 
growth.  Subsequent  conferences  were  held  to  improve  these 
blanks  so  that  they  would  contain  the  information  necessary 
in  order  to  bring  to  the  attention  of  the  superintendent  the 
qualifications  of  all  candidates  for  promotion. 

As  the  quality  of  work  which  candidates  are  now  doing  is 
of  the  greatest  importance  in  determining  merit,  the  director  of 
promotion  and  educational  measurement  gave  a  large  part  of 
his  time  to  visiting  and  rating  candidates  before  the  June 
appointments  were  made. 

From  report  of  the  director: 

1.  Sub-masters. 
Those  sub-masters  were  selected  for  visitation  and  rating, — 
(a.)    Who  held  the  proper  qualifying  certificate. 
(6.)    Who  had  been  appointed  previous  to  the  year  1909. 
(c.)    Who  had  been  rated  1.50,  or  better,  by  assistant  superintendents. 
(d.)    A  few  others  who  were  visited  at  the  special  request  of  the  super- 
intendent of  schools. 

2.    Master's  Assistants. 
Not  all  of  the  master's  assistants  held  certificates  quaHfying  them  to  be 
masters  of  elementary  schools.    In  general,  the  same  plan  was  followed 
in  selecting  master's  assistants  to  be  visited  as  was  foUowed  in  the  case 
of  the  sub-masters. 

3.  Assistants.  (Men.) 
The  assistants  who  were  candidates  for  sub-masters  consisted  of  six 
candidates  who  had  been  in  the  service  more  than  two  years  and  who 
already  had  obtained  their  sub-master's  certificates,  and  ten  candidates 
who  obtained  their  sub-master's  certificates  as  a  result  of  the  examination 
held  by  the  board  of  superintendents  in  January,  1914.  These  candidates 
were  visited. 

4.  Assistants.  (Women.) 
To  rate  the  assistants  who  were  candidates  for  master's  assistants  is  a 
more  difficult  problem  because  of  the  number.  Obviously  it  was,  and 
always  will  be,  impossible  for  the  director  of  promotion  and  educational 
measurement  to  visit  in  any  one  year  all  the  assistants  who  may  con- 
sider themselves  candidates  for  master's  assistant's  positions.  This  state- 
ment will  be  more  significant  when  it  is  pointed  out  that  six  assistant 
superintendents,  devoting  a  considerable  portion  of  their  time  to  the 


10 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


visitation  of  schools,  find  it  impossible  to  rate  all  candidates  more  often 
than  once  every  two  years.  Some  plan,  therefore,  is  yet  to  be  devised 
for  securing  a  uniform  citj^-wide  visitation  and  rating  as  a  basis  for  selecting 
those  teachers  who  are  to  be  visited  further  as  possible  candidates  for  pro- 
motion. This  year,  only  those  candidates  within  the  school  where  a 
vacancy  occurred  were  visited  and  rated  by  the  director  of  promotion 
and  educational  measurement. 

It  is  the  ultimate  purpose  of  the  department  to  work  out  a  plan  of 
promotion  whereby  every  appointment  to  a  position  of  higher  rank  shall 
be  made  on  the  basis  of  merit.  This  means  that  when  a  vacancy  occurs 
every  candidate  eligible  for  such  a  position  shall  receive  consideration, 
and  the  appointment  shall  be  made  of  that  person  whose  qualifications 
best  fit  him  or  her  for  the  position. 

Three  head  masters  of  high  schools,  five  masters  of  elementary  schools 
and  two  master's  assistants  were  appointed  in  June,  and  several  sub-masters 
and  master's  assistants  in  September.  As  far  as  possible,  these  appoint- 
ments were  made  on  the  basis  of, — 

(a.)    The  ratings  in  the  superintendent's  oflQce  given  by  assistant 

superintendents  in  previous  years. 
(6.)    The  ratings  of  candidates  by  the  director  of  promotion  and 

educational  measurement  after  personal  visitation, 
(c.)    Information  on  file  in  the  superintendent's  office  or  collected  by 

the  director  of  promotion  and  educational  measurement, 
(d.)  Information  obtained  by  the  director  of  promotion  and  educa- 
tional measurement  through  conferences  with  the  director 
of  evening  and  continuation  schools,  the  director  of  practice 
and  training,  and  masters  of  schools  under  whom  the  candidates 
have  worked. 

As  win  be  seen  from  the  above  statement,  the  plan  for  the  promotion 
of  teachers  is  in  its  initial  stage.  A  complete  plan  might  now  be  in  opera- 
tion if  it  had  been  thought  desirable  to  devise  and  promulgate  such  a  plan 
at  once.  Our  purpose  has  been,  however,  to  work  out,  on  a  cooperative 
basis,  a  plan  for  the  promotion  of  teachers.  As  a  result,  we  have  held 
general  conferences  with  all  the  candidates  concerned  and  have  held  many 
individual  conferences.  It  is  our  belief  that  a  better  plan  can  ultimately 
be  devised  as  a  result  of  proceeding  according  to  this  method,  even  though 
through  some  other  method  a  plan  might  have  been  more  speedily 
developed. 

Further,  it  has  been  our  purpose  to  utilize  agencies  already  established 
in  the  school  system  for  securing  ratings  of  candidates,  rather  than  to 
organize  an  office  force  within  the  department  of  educational  investiga- 
tion and  measurement  for  this  work;  hence  we  have  provided  for  the 
cooperation  of  the  masters  of  schools  and  of  the  assistant  superintendents 
in  passing  judgment  upon  the  qualifications  of  candidates  for  promotion. 
The  plan,  as  worked  out  with  the  master's  assistants  and  the  sub-masters, 
provides  for  a  rating  of  these  candidates  by  the  master  of  the  school  where 
the  candidate  teaches  and  also  by  the  master  of  another  school.  Another 
rating  will  be  given  by  the  assistant  superintendent  in  charge  of  the  dis- 
trict where  the  candidate  teaches.  All  master's  assistants  and  sub-masters 
who  are  candidates  for  promotion  will  be  visited  and  rated  by  the  director 
of  promotion  and  educational  measurement. 


EDUCATIONAL  INVESTIGATION. 


11 


A  comprehensive  basis  for  judgment  has  been  prepared 
by  the  department  after  a  study  of  the  plans  of  rating  teachers 
in  seventy  cities  in  the  United  States,  and  a  conference  has 
been  held  with  the  board  of  superintendents  looking  toward 
a  basis  for  securing  discriminating  and  comparable  ratings. 

The  chief  difficulty  encountered  so  far  is  in  arranging  a 
list  for  promotion  to  the  rank  of  master's  assistant,  as  there 
are  more  than  800  eligible  for  this  rank  and  to  select  the  few 
who  are  most  meritorious  from  so  great  a  number  is  obviously 
difficult. 

The  director  of  promotion  and  educational  measurement 
has  also  rendered  aid  in  the  promotion  of  high  school  teachers 
to  heads  of  departments  in  several  instances.  His  method  is 
to  accumulate  all  the  professional  information  about  each 
candidate  and  submit  it  to  the  superintendent  in  such  form 
that  an  intelUgent  judgment  can  be  reached.  The  power  of 
choice  is  not  unduly  limited  as  there  is  usually  more  than 
one  candidate  of  the  first  order  of  merit.  Among  candidates 
of  the  first  rank  the  selection  for  a  particular  position  is  deter- 
mined after  considering  seniority  of  service,  the  presence  of 
the  candidate  in  the  school  in  which  the  vacancy  occurs,  and 
especial  fitness  to  meet  the  difficulties  peculiar  to  the  place. 
The  selection  is  confined,  however,  to  candidates  of  the  first 
rank. 

2.    Testing  Results  in  the  Common  Branches 
AND  Determining  Standards. 
Mr.  Ballou  gives  the  following  outline  of  the  work  already 
done  this  year  and  the  work  contemplated: 

Arithmetic. 

1.    The  work  completed  or  now  going  on. 

(a.)    The  scope  of  the  testing  work  done  in  October  under  the 
immediate  direction  of  Miss  Carrigan  is  shown  by  the 


following  statement: 

Number  of  districts  tested        ...  53 

Number  of  buildings  tested  1 10 

Number  of  class  rooms  tested    .      .  845 

Number  of  fourth  grade  children  tested  .  7,644 

Number  of  fifth  grade  children  tested  7,356 

Number  of  sixth  grade  children  tested  7,169 

Number  of  seventh  grade  children  tested  7,066 

Number  of  eighth  grade  children  tested  .  5,711 

Number  of  unclassified  children  tested  273 


Total 


35,219 


12 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


(6.)    The  plans  according  to  which  the  tests  were  given  in  October. 

(1.)  The  amount  of  computation  required  of  teachers  was 
reduced  this  year  by  one-half.  Much  of  the  compu- 
tation which  teachers  had  been  asked  to  do  was 
transferred  to  this  office. 

(2.)  Teachers'  meetings  conducted  this  year  did  not 
require  the  excusing  of  classes. 

(3.)  All  testing  work  in  each  district,  including  holding 
teachers'  meeting,  was  completed  in  one  day. 

(4.)  The  testing  in  the  fifty-three  districts  tested  was 
completed  in  five  days. 

(5.)  Prospective  teachers  on  the  eligible  Ust  were  employed 
as  examiners. 

(6.)    Pupils  from  the  Clerical  School  did  very  satisfactory 
clerical  work  at  the  Normal  School  in  connection 
with  the  tabulation  of  results, 
(c.)    The  Courtis  tests  have  provided  much  valuable  information 
concerning  the  ability  of  pupils,  all  of  which  has  empha- 
sized the  need  of  getting  at  individual  pupils. 
(1.)    Practice  work  for  pupils  is  being  used  experimentally 
in  most  of  the  districts  in  the  city  during  this  year 
where  the  Courtis  tests  have  been  given. 
The  work  contemplated  for  the  remainder  of  the  year, 
(a.)    Test  all  schools  in  arithmetic  in  April. 
(b.)    Test  only  once  each  year  hereafter,  in  April, 
(c.)    Select  some  interested  person  in  each  district  to  assist  in  the 

details  of  all  testing  work  in  that  district. 
(d.)    Give  some  tests  in  fractions  which  shall  help  us  to  economize 
time  and  effort  in  the  teaching  of  fractions  and  ultimately 
set  up  for  use  suitable  standards  of  achievement  in  this 
phase  of  arithmetic  work.  _ 


The  standards  of  attainment  in  arithmetic  that  have  been 
arrived  at  for  the  different  grades  will  be  found  in  Bulletin 
No.  2,  just  issued  by  the  department  of  educational  investiga- 
tion and  measurement  —  School  Document  No.  9,  1914. 

English. 

The  bulletins  published  by  the  committee  on  standards  in  English 
set  up  theoretical  standards  which  were  authorized  by  the  board  of  super- 
intendents. The  committee  on  standards  is  cooperating  with  this 
department  to  put  these  standards  on  a  fact  basis;  that  is,  on  a  basis  of 
what  children  are  actually  able  to  do. 
1.    The  work  completed  or  now  going  on. 

(a.)  Test  in  accurate  copying,  to  ascertain  the  particular  weaknesses 
of  children  in  copying,  and  to  secure  a  basis  for  defining  a 
standard  of  achievement. 

By-products:   misspelled  words  for   our  spelling  list, 
material  for  studying  the  effectiveness  of  penmanship. 


EDUCATIONAL  INVESTIGATION. 


13 


(6.)    Test  in  written  memory  work. 

(1.)    This  test  required  the  pupils  to  write  in  twenty-five 
minutes  as  much  poetry  or  prose  as  they  remembered 
from  that  which  they  had  learned  in  the  elementary 
schools. 
(2.)    What  we  shall  find  out. 

(a.)    How  much  of  the  prose  or  poetry  taught 

remains  with  the  pupils. 
(jb.)    How  definite  the  children  are  when  they 
come  to  write  that  which  they  can  recite 
fairly  well. 

2.    The  work  contemplated  for  the  remainder  of  the  year, 
(a.)    Test  in  letter  writing. 

,  "To  write  from  simple  directions  a  friendly  letter  or  an 
application  for  a  position." 
(6.)    Dictation  test. 

"To  take  down  from  dictation  a  passage  of  simple  prose." 
From  Bulletin  of  Committee  on  Standards. 
The  following  tentative  minimum  requirements  in  English  for  graduation 
from  the  elementary  school  are  to  be  given  consideration,  but  are  not  to 
be  made  the  subject  of  testing  this  year: 

1.  Composition. —  The    mechanical  phase  of   composition  writing  is 

already  being  tested  in  the  dictation  and  accurate  copying  tests. 
It  was  thought  desirable  not  to  attempt  to  test  the  thought  side 
of  composition  writing  at  the  same  time. 

2.  Grammar. —  A  test  in  grammar  would  magnify  its  importance  to  the 

teachers.  The  minimum  essentials  must  be  determined  before  tests 
are  given. 

3.  Reading  at  Sight. —  More  attention  is  being  given  to  this  subject 

under  Mrs.  Ripley's  direction.  The  results  will  have  to  be  determined 
through  an  oral  examination  and  it  is  not  easy  to  carry  on  such 
an  examination  with  our  present  staff  of  examiners. 

4.  Talking  before  the  Class. —  This  again  is  a  subject  of  personal  inves- 

tigation. It  is  important,  however,  that  this  should  be  studied 
with  a  view  particularly  to  ascertaining  how  much  the  improvement 
in  oral  reading  shows  in  ability  to  talk  fluently  before  the  class  on 
some  subject  of  general  interest. 

Spelling. 

1 .    The  work  completed  or  now  going  on. 

(a.)  The  bulletin  already  published  by  this  department,  School 
Document  No.  8,  1914,  contains  a  minimum  fist  of  words 
for  each  grade  selected  with  the  advice  of  our  own  teachers, 
and  also  a  supplementary  list  for  those  who  can  do  more. 

(6.)  Considerable  material  has  been  gathered  on  the  problem  of 
spelling,  largely  in  the  nature  of  lists  of  words  used  in 
this  city  and  in  various  parts  of  the  country. 

(c.)  A  committee  has  been  appointed  to  study  this  material  and 
assist  in  the  preparation  of  tests  in  spelling  to  be  given 
before  the  end  of  the  year. 


14 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


2.  The  work  contemplated  for  the  remainder  of  the  year. 

(a.)    We  must  now  test  children  to  find  out 

(1.)    How  difficult  the  different  words  really  are. 
(2.)    Where  the  different  words  properly  belong  in  the 
grades. 

(6.)    As  an  illustration  of  what  it  is  desirable  to  do  on  a  larger  scale, 
the  following  report  is  given  of  an  experiment  which  has 
already  been  made: 
An  eighth  grade  class  was  given  approximately  100  words 
selected  from  each  one  of  the  eight  lists  of  words  pre- 
pared for  the  various  grades.    The  result  achieved  by 
that  class  was  as  follows: 
Of  the  100  words  of  Grade  I.  they  spelled  99  per  cent 
correctly. 

Of  the  100  words  of  Grade  II.  they  spelled  98  per  cent 
correctly. 

Of  the  100  words  of  Grade  III.  they  speUed  93  per  cent 
correctly. 

Of  the  100  words  of  Grade  IV.  they  spelled  86  per  cent 
correctly. 

Of  the  100  words  of  Grade  V.  they  spelled  81  per  cent 
correctly. 

Of  the  100  words  of  Grade  VI.  they  spelled  72  per  cent 
correctly. 

Of  the  100  words  of  Grade  VII.  they  speUed  67  per  cent 
correctly. 

Of  the  100  words  of  Grade  VIII.  they  spelled  64  per  cent 
correctly. 

3.  The  lists  which  have  been  published  are  the  result  exclusively  of  Boston 

teachers'  work,  as  we  have  made  no  study  of  lists  published  elsewhere 
and  have  made  no  comparisons  between  those  lists  and  the  lists 
which  have  been  published  in  Bulletin  No.  1.    This  is  yet  to  be  done. 

Geography. 

Mr.  Packard,  head  of  the  department  of  geography  at  the  Normal  School, 
has  worked  out  with  this  department  a  test  which  is  beiag  given  to  four 
selected  eighth  grade  classes  for  experimental  purposes. 

If  the  test  proves  adequate,  we  shall  try  to  give  it  to  1,000  children  early 
next  year. 

From  this  test  we  hope  to  learn  two  things: 

1.  The  comparative  effectiveness  of  instruction  in  "place  geography  "  and 

in  reasoning  about  geographical  data. 

2.  How  well  the  children  retain  the  results  of  their  geography  instruction 

after  it  has  been  given. 

Some  General  Plans  for  Carrying  on  so  Much  Testing  Work. 

1.  An  experimental  study  shows  that  what  1,000  children  can  do  is 

thoroughly  representative  of  what  10,000  children  will  do. 

2.  It  is  proposed,  therefore,  to  divide  the  schools  into  groups  according 

to  the  predominating  type  or  types  of  children  in  them. 


EDUCATIONAL  INVESTIGATION. 


15 


3.    It  is  the  plan  to  give  not  more  than  one  or  two  tests  in  any  one  school 
other  than  the  test  in  arithmetic  and  possibly  spelling. 

The  purpose  of  these  tests  is  not  at  all  that  of  the  examination 
of  former  days,  to  find  the  fitness  of  children  for  promotion  and 
the  unfitness  of  teachers  for  their  duties.  It  is  to  give  teachers 
definite  ideas  and  ideals,  to  determine  what  are  the  facts 
that  stick  and  what  are  reasonable  standards  of  attainment 
in  each  subject.  It  is  to  train  teachers  to  appraise  their  own 
work,  to  apply  the  principles  of  scientific  measurement  to 
their  results,  to  diagnose  the  difficulties  of  the  individual 
pupil  and  to  apply  the  appropriate  remedy.  It  is  to  enable 
the  pupil  to  discover  his  own  weaknesses  and  through  self- 
emulation  and  individual  effort  to  bring  himself  up  to  the 
standard  of  his  age  and  grade. 

It  is  the  basal  work  for  determining  a  minimum  course  of 
study  so  far  as  facts  and  drills  are  concerned. 

To  work  in  cooperation  with  this  department  in  the  work  of 
educational  measurement  committees  of  teachers  of  from  five 
to  twelve  members  each  have  been  appointed  by  the  superin- 
tendent as  follows: 

1.  Committee  on  Standards  in  Enghsh. 

2.  Committee  on  Standards  in  Geography. 

3.  Committee  on  Standards  in  Arithmetic. 

4.  Committee  on  Standards  in  History. 

5.  Committee  on  Standards  in  Penmanship. 

6.  Committee  on  Standards  in  Spelling. 

The  chairman  of  each  one  of  the  above  committees,  together 
with  four  additional  members,  constitute  an  advisory  commit- 
tee of  this  department.  , 

3.    Relation  of  the  Department  to  the  Course  of  Study. 

The  department  of  educational  measurement  is  attempting 
through  the  cooperation  of  committees  of  teachers  to  define 
the  minimum  essentials  of  the  various  subjects  in  the  grammar 
schools,  Grades  IV.  to  VIII.  The  purpose  is  to  indicate  the 
portion  of  each  subject  which  should  receive  emphasis  in 
teaching,  and  also  those  phases  of  the  subjects  in  which  it  is 
desirable  to  give  drills  and  tests.  These  committees  are  to 
report  March  1,  1915,  and  their  reports  will  then  be  reviewed 
and  edited  by  committees  of  teachers,  masters,  and  the  assistant 
superintendent  in  charge,  and  finally  by  the  board  of  superin- 


16 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


tendents.  It  is  the  business  of  this  department  to  see  that  all 
the  work  is  organized  and  kept  moving. 

The  following  outhne  of  the  purposes  of  the  conferences  on 
the  course  of  study  serves  as  a  working  basis  for  each  committee: 

Statement  of  the  Purposes  of  the  Teachers'  Conferences  on  the 
Courses  of  Study  in  the  Elementary  Schools. 

1.  To  make  such  revisions  in  the  courses  of  study  in  the  various  subjects 
as  experience  in  their  use  indicates  necessary  or  desirable. 

2.  To  eliminate  obsolete  topics  in  each  subject. 

3.  To  extend  the  remaining  outline  of  topics  to  be  covered  in  each 
subject  into  a  more  comprehensive  syllabus  where  that  is  desirable. 

4.  To  indicate  in  those  syllabuses  the  major  and  minor  topics. 

5.  To  separate  as  far  as  possible  the  matters  of  knowledge  or  content 
and  the  matters  of  ability  or  technique. 

(For  example,  in  arithmetic  a  pupil  should  acquire  a  knowledge  of  per- 
centage, interest,  taxes  and  insurance,  and  should  also  acquire  the  ability 
to  perform  accurately  the  fundamental  processes  in  computation.) 

6.  To  indicate  as  far  as  possible  an  irreducible  minimum  of  accomplish- 
ment stated  in  terms  of  content  or  technique,  or  both,  which  should  become 
the  permanent  acquisition  of  each  pupil  in  each  subject  in  each  grade. 

7.  To  indicate  supplementary  or  additional  work  which  teachers  should 
cover  in  each  subject  by  grades. 

8.  To  suggest  methods  of  teaching  difficult  topics  in  various  subjects 
by  giving  lesson-plans  on  such  topics. 

The  course  of  study  is  treated  later  in  this  report  and  only 
its  relationship  to  this  department  is  here  indicated. 

It  is  necessary  to  give  considerable  space  to  the  work 
of  the  department  of  educational  investigation  and  measure- 
ment in  order  that  its  purpose  may  be  understood.  The 
above  is  only  an  outline,  as  the  work  is  more  fully  set  forth 
in  bulletins  which  are  issued  from  time  to  time.  The  depart- 
ment has  been  in  operation  only  a  few  months  and  this  state- 
ment has  to  do  largely 'with  the  initiation  of  plans  of  work. 
By  the  time  of  another  annual  report,  its  investigations  will  be 
sufficiently  under  way  for  the  publication  of  a  comprehensive 
account  of  its  progress  in  at  least  the  three  major  subjects  of 
investigation:  Promotion  of  teachers,  attainable  standards  in 
the  elementary  subjects,  and  revision  of  course  of  study. 

Enough  has  been  given  to  show  that  the  purpose  of  the 
department  is  to  supplement  and  not  to  supplant  the  work  of 
any  other  educational  agency  in  the  school  system.  It  is  the 
purpose  of  the  department  to  capitalize  all  educational  experi- 
ence within  the  city  school  system  for  the  solution  of  Boston's 


PROFESSIONAL  WORK  OF  TEACHERS.  17 


educational  problems.  To  do  that  we  need,  first,  to  define  after 
due  investigation  what  the  schools  ought  to  do;  second,  to 
measure  the  results  that  they  actually  get;  and,  third,  to  provide 
the  necessary  corrective  work,  in  order  to  bring  about  the 
desired  improvements.  We  must  get  a  clear  vision  of  what  we 
are  in  the  light  of  what  we  should  be  and  then  put  forth  intel- 
ligent effort  to  bring  the  actual  attainment  up  to  the  desirable 
standard  of  excellence. 

IV.    PROFESSIONAL  WORK  OF  TEACHERS. 

There  is  no  better  way  of  judging  the  condition  of  a  school 
system,  whether  reactionary,  static  or  progressive,  than  by 
making  an  inquiry  into  the  voluntary  contributions  the  teachers 
are  making  to  the  cause  of  education  and  their  efforts  at  self- 
improvement.  In  some  places  the  teachers'  professional 
activities  are  restricted  to  securing  teachers'  rights  through 
legislation  and  agitation.  This  may  be  due  to  agitators  who 
are  never  so  happy  as  when  they  are  making  trouble,  or  to 
oppressive  methods  of  a  school  administration  that  attempts  to 
rule  by  fiat.  No  great  staff  of  teachers  will  long  be  driven. 
Arbitrary  treatment  will  quickly  bring  them  together  in  a 
united  resistance  and  their  professional  spirit  will  manifest 
itself  in  partisan  strife  for  their  interests.  Certain  of  these 
interests  are  fundamental  and  teachers  will  be  supported  by 
the  public  in  contending  for  them,  such  as:  Appointment  on 
civil  service  rules,  recognition  of  merit  in  promotion  to  higher 
positions,  reasonable  compensation  for  services,  tenure  of  office 
that  will  not  permit  of  arbitrary  dismissal,  security  against  old 
age  by  suitable  provisions  upon  retirement,  and  last,  but  not 
least,  some  voice  in  the  educational  side  of  school  administration. 

When  through  some  system  of  organization  yet  to  be  devised 
the  teachers  themselves  have  a  larger  share  in  examinations 
and  ratings,  courses  of  study  and  teaching  apparatus,  educa- 
tional investigation  and  research,  and  even  the  regulations  and 
restrictions  of  teachers  themselves,  there  will  not  be  the  reaction 
and  retrogression  that  some  fear,  for  the  integrity  and  ability 
of  teachers  are  such  that  they  will  place  the  standards  of  teach- 
ing as  high  as  those  of  other  learned  professions. 

This  new  freedom  will  soon  be  achieved  by  teachers  when 
it  is  certain  that  they  would  meet  it,  not  by  a  union  of  those 
who  seek  to  serve  self-interest,  but  by  the  dominance  of  the 
high  minded,  disinterested,  truly  patriotic  and  professional 


18 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


ideals  that  undoubtedly  animate  the  majority  of  teachers. 
The  political  agitator  in  the  ranks  is  not  advancing  the  higher 
interests  of  the  profession  so  much  as  is  the  constructive  worker 
who  is  contributing  to  the  science  of  education  and  the  art  of 
teaching.  It  is  a  matter  of  congratulation,  therefore,  that 
there  is  no  turmoil  among  our  teachers.  On  the  other  hand, 
they  are  increasingly  active  and  cooperative  in  strictly  educa- 
tional investigation. 

The  motive  for  giving  teachers  added  opportunities  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  responsibilities  of  school  administration  is  not 
only  to  give  recognition  to  the  spirit  of  democracy  that  must 
eventually  prevail  to  a  greater  degree  in  so  great  an  American 
institution  as  our  school  system.  Even  more,  it  is  the  motive, 
through  added  responsibihties,  to  develop  the  higher,  con- 
structive, creative  powers  of  teachers  themselves  and  to  avail 
ourselves  of  their  united  wisdom  in  improving  our  schools  in 
every  possible  way.  Interest  in  the  material  or  financial 
advancement  of  their  group  is  a  higher  incentive  for  teachers 
than  mere  self-interest  in  perquisites  and  preferment,  but  interest 
in  the  spiritual  influence  and  intellectual  progress  of  their 
group  and  interest  in  the  efficiency  and  improvement  of  their 
work  are  the  most  worthy  incentives  of  all. 

The  following  is  only  a  partial  summary  of  the  activities  of 
our  teachers  at  present,  showing  how  they  are  participating  in 
the  solution  of  educational  questions: 

1.  The  principals,  sub-masters,  master's  assistants,  and  first  assistants 
in  charge  of  primary  buildings  each  have  monthly  meetings  of  a  distinctly 
educational  character.  There  are  similar  meetings  of  the  household  arts 
teachers,  Aianual  training  teachers,  music  teachers,  and  weekly  meetings  of 
the  kindergarten  and  special  class  teachers.  The  latter  have  prepared  a 
course  of  study  during  the  year. 

2.  The  teachers  of  the  high  schools  are  organized  into  councils,  one 
council  for  each  subject,  which  meet  monthly  for  discussion  of  course, 
text-books  and  methods.  They  report  to  the  head  masters,  and  the  latter 
to  the  superintendent,  advising  changes  in  courses  and  text-books.  The 
council  on  art  and  the  council  on  manual  training  have  prepared  new 
courses  of  study  in  the  past  year. 

3.  The  School  Men's  Club  has  organized  a  department  for  the  investiga- 
tion of  educational  problems.  (It  is  hoped  that  this  department  may  make 
valuable  contributions  which  will  assist  in  the  development  of  newer 
activities.) 

4.  The  elementary  teachers  are  engaged  in  revision  of  the  course  of 
study.  There  are  forty  committees  representing  every  school  district 
and  including  359  teachers,  who  are  engaged  in  the  work.    They  have  had 


PROFESSIONAL  WORK  OF  TEACHERS.  19 


innumerable  conferences  and  will  submit  reports  about  March  1.  It  is 
intended  to  submit  their  reports  to  eight  committees  on  standards  to 
harmonize  and  unify  the  course.  The  activity  of  these  committees  is  such 
that  wherever  a  group  of  teachers  is  assembled  it  will  usually  be  found  that 
the  course  of  study  is  under  discussion. 

5.  A  committee  of  elementary  teachers  on  text-books  makes  recom- 
mendations that  are  usually  accepted.  Thus  it  wilj  be  seen  there  is  a 
partial  organization  of  our  teachers  for  participating  in  school  adminis- 
tration, and  this  influence  is  becoming  rapidly  greater,  though  there  is  as 
yet  no  organized  or  permanent  faculty  plan. 

Improvement  Courses. 
The  following  courses  for  self-improvement  of  teachers  have 
been  given  during  the  year  or  are  now  in  progress: 

1 .  A  course  for  the  younger  teachers  preparing  for  promotional  examina- 
tion on  educational  measurement  and  scientific  testing,  by  Mr.  Colin  A . 
Scott,  of  the  Normal  School,  and  Mr.  Ballou,  of  the  department  of 
educational  investigation  and  measurement.    Attendance  about  200. 

2-3.  A  course  on  the  art  of  teaching  and  school  supervision,  by  Professor 
Holmes  (Harvard)  for  master's  assistants,  and  by  Professor  Moore  (Har- 
vard) for  sub-masters. 

4.  A  course  in  educational  psychology,  by  Professor  Norton  (Wellesley), 

5.  A  course  in  the  teaching  of  geography,  by  Professor  Fisher 
(Wellesley). 

The  last  four  courses  are  given  in  the  school  buildings  at  four 
o'clock,  weekly  sessions  throughout  the  year,  and  are  of  college 
standard.  The  number  applying  for  these  courses  was  greatly 
in  excess  of  the  limitations,  and  a  large  waiting  list  remains 
for  similar  courses  another  year.  As  predicted  in  the  last 
report,  teachers  quickly  avail  themselves  of  the  opportunity  for 
self -improvement. 

The  school  committee  has  met  with  an  obstruction  to  offer- 
ing courses  for  the  improvement  of  teachers  in  a  decision  by 
the  Corporation  Counsel  that  such  courses  are  not  authorized 
by  law.  A  bill  is  now  before  the  Legislature  to  give  specific 
authority,  though  presumably  every  city  has  assumed  authority, 
to  offer  courses  for  the  improvement  of  the  teaching  and  for 
preparing  teachers  to  teach  new  subjects.  The  assumption 
that  teachers  know  all  about  teaching  when  they  are  graduated 
from  a  normal  school  is  a  strange  one.  After  they  have  ha'd  a 
few  years  of  experience,  teachers  realize  their  deficiencies  and 
are  most  profited  by  instruction.  This  is  not  peculiar  to  teach- 
ing.   In  our  night  schools  are  hundreds  who  are  taking  trade  ' 


20 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


improvement  and  trade  extension  courses.  Teaching,  which 
is  the  most  difficult  of  all  arts,  must  be  kept  fresh  and  stimula- 
ting to  be  effective,  and  every  opportunity  possible  should  be 
given  teachers  to  enlarge  their  view  and  deepen  their  interest. 

V.    COURSE  OF  STUDY. 

During  the  past  year  the  attention  of  elementary  teachers 
has  been  concentrated  on  the  course  of  study  and  especially 
on  the  fundamental  branches.  Hundreds  of  teachers  are 
engaged  in  committee  work  in  a  critical  examination  of  the 
present  course.  The  purposes  of  revision  are:  (1)  to  select 
the  topics  that  deserve  major  emphasis  and  give  them  adequate 
treatment;  (2)  to  subordinate  the  topics  of  less  importance 
in  such  a  way  that  they  will  rfeceive  much  less  attention;  (3) 
to  omit  obsolete  or  nonessential  matters;  (4)  to  indicate 
those  facts  or  exercises  which  should  receive  repeated  attention 
until  they  are  under  the  control  and  at  the  command  of  the 
pupil;  and  (5)  to  give  as  many  illustrations  as  possible  of  the 
application  of  the  topic  or  practice  to  the  life  of  to-day  and 
the  experience  of  the  pupils. 

With  the  enrichment  of  the  course  which  came  a  few  years 
ago  so  much  was  added  to  the  subject-matter  that  the  con- 
scientious teacher  who  tried  to  teach  it  all  did  not  have  time 
or  energy  to  give  especial  attention  to  the  matters  of  greater 
importance.  When  proper  perspective  is  lost,  facts  lose  their 
relative  significance  and  become  mere  information.  Facts 
are  stupid  things  except  as  they  are  related.  To  make  them 
matters  of  knowledge  they  must  be  organized.  This  is  a  slow 
process  but  it  is  in  doing  this  that  children  learn  to  think.  To 
do  a  few  things  well  will  be  of  more  lasting  benefit  to  the  children 
than  to  gloss  over  many  books  and  to  gorge  themselves  with 
a  mass  of  predigested  or  indigestible  facts.  Therefore,  in 
simplifying  the  course  of  study  it  is  necessary  to  determine  the 
relative  significance  of  the  subject-matter. 

While  teaching  children  to  think  and  to  use  their  higher 
mental  powers  is  of  first  importance  in  the  educational  process 
and  should  receive  the  greater  portion  of  the  school  time,  there 
are^  also  matters  of  technique  which  are  necessary  in  every- 
day life.  Children  who  leave  school  should  be  able  to  spell 
correctly,  to  figure  accurately,  to  write  legibly,  to  read  fluently, 
and  to  talk  intelligbly  and  pleasantly.  To  acquire  these  arts 
requires  practice  with  a  definite  aim.    They  must  be  made 


COURSE  OF  STUDY. 


21 


habitual.  Habit  is  acquired  by  repeated  effort.  Technique 
at  the  piano,  for  example,  is  not  simply  a  matter  of  theory. 
One  may  understand  very  well  how  it  ought  to  be  done,  but 
skill  in  doing  it  is  acquired  by  laborious  and  repeated  exercise 
in  which  the  attention  is  focused  upon  the  difficulties  to  be 
overcome,  and  not  by  stumbling  through  a  large  number  of 
selections  once  or  twice.  Energetic  drill  is  necessary  to  acquire 
technique,  though  this  technique  should  be  carried  over  and 
applied  to  the  mastery  of  new  selections  undoubtedly. 

Herein  lies  one  of  the  great  difficulties  in  education;  if  the 
attention  is  given  to  the  acquisition  of  knowledge,  while  matters 
of  skill  and  technique  are  taught  only  incidentally,  these  become 
merely  matters  of  instruction  and  not  matters  of  habit  and 
automatic  control.  Isolation  of  the  difficulties  and  special 
drills  upon  them  are  necessary  to  produce  skill. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  drills  and  the  memorizing  of  facts  and 
forms  dominate  the  teacher's  attention  and  energy,  as  of  first 
importance,  the  school  will  become  a  dreary  routine  and  the 
vital  element  of  good  teaching — arousing  and  exercising  the 
imagination,  judgment  and  creative  powers  —  will  become  a 
secondary  or  incidental  matter. 

At  the  present  time  the  course  of  study  does  not  make  clear 
what  facts  and  exercises  should  be  made  automatic  and  what 
should  be  used  simply  as  a  scaffolding  to  build  general  ideas, — 
with  the  result  that  teachers  are  attempting  to  drill  on  too 
many  facts.  When  all  seem  of  equal  importance,  equal  empha- 
sis is  laid  on  all,  and  when  so  many  things  are  to  be  done, 
nothing  can  be  well  done. 

In  revising  the  course  of  study,  it  is  therefore  proposed  to 
make  a  tentative  selection  of  a  few  essential  facts  or  exercises > 
in  each  grade  and  subject,  which  shall  be  as  thoroughly  mas- 
tered as  can  reasonably  be  expected  of  children.  It  is  proposed 
also  to  indicate  a  time  limit  for  such  drills  so  that  teachers 
will  have  a  definite  idea  of  how  much  time  should  be  given 
to  drill  and  how  much  to  thought  work. 

In  order  to  set  up  reasonable  standards  which  children 
should  attain,  the  committees  on  standards,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  department  of  educational  investigation  and 
measurement,  are  giving  tests  to  ascertain  what  children 
should  be  able  to  do  and  what  allowance  of  time  is  adequate. 
It  has  been  found  that  an  energetic  drill  of  ten  minutes,  in 
which  children  work  with  a  purpose,  will  accomplish  as  much 


22 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


as  a  longer  period  in  the  way  of  making  a  process  habitual. 
What  is  necessary  is  energy  and  frequency  of  practice  rather 
than  long  continuance. 

The  method  of  procedure  in  teaching  the  new  course  will  be 
for  teachers  to  take  up  the  subject-matter  of  the  course  in  a 
leisurely  way  and  develop  the  important  topics  so  as  to  exercise 
the  higher  powers  of  the  children.  As  a  fact  occurs  which  is 
to  be  clinched  and  made  permanent  in  the  memory,  the  teacher 
will  transfer  it  from  the  ''lesson  exercise"  to  the  ''drill  exer- 
cise" and  give  it  frequent  repetition  in  the  drill  period.  Thus 
their  only  attention  to  drill  in  their  lesson  periods  will  be  to 
see  that  the  ability  gained  in  the  drill  is  applied  to  the  new 
lesson. 

As  individual  pupils  master  their  drills  they  should  be 
excused  from  them  and  give  their  attention  to  other  things. 
There  is  much  time  wasted  by  keeping  pupils  going  over 
processes  which  they  have  mastered.  There  is  no  more  fre- 
quent cause  of  arrested  development.  The  drills  should  be 
increasingly  individual  and  applied  to  individual  needs,  except 
so  far  as  to  keep  all  up  to  the  standard  of  the  grade  as  it  is 
given  tentatively  in  the  course  of  study. 

The  Three  R's. 

a.  SPELLING. 

The  teachers  of  each  school  were  asked  to  select  the  fifty  or 
more  words  that  their  children  misspelled  in  their  daily  work. 
They  were  to  confine  their  words  to  those  which  were  of  use  to 
children  in  that  particular  grade  or  mthin  the  experience  of 
the  children  and  likely  to  occur  in  wTitten  exercises.  A 
great  many  words,  in  fact  the  most,  can  hardly  be  misspelled. 
They  are  phonetic  and  spell  themselves.  They  are  learned 
in  reading  and  in  the  ordinary  spelling  "lesson."  In  other 
words,  they  do  not  require  drill. 

The  teachers  submitted  lists  of  the  words  that  in  their  expe- 
rience required  drill.  Instead  of  there  being  twenty  to  thirty 
thousand  such  words  the  total  found  for  all  eight  grades  by 
our  teachers  is  2,100.  It  is  evident  that  to  master  the  spelling 
of  such  a  number  of  words  in  eight  years  it  is  not  a  great  task 
for  an  ordinary  child.  These  words  have  been  distributed 
through  the  grades  where  they  belong  and  in  the  spring  a  test 
will  be  given  to  determine  what  standard  of  excellence  is 


COURSE  OF  STUDY. 


23 


reasonable  in  each  grade.  With  the  words  needing  drill  and 
the  standard  of  excellence  for  the  grade,  the  teacher  will  have 
a  definite  idea  of  what  she  is  to  do  in  the  nature  of  drills,  and 
this  will  release  the  rest  of  her  time  for  pronunciation,  definition 
and  use  of  words,  and  other  forms  of  word  study. 

It  may  seem  surprising  that  all  the  bad  spelling  we  hear 
about  is  confined  to  so  few  words,  but  this  has  been  demon- 
strated by  a  critical  examination  of  more  than  10,000  written 
exercises  of  children.  In  fact,  more  than  half  the  mistakes, 
exclusive  of  proper  names,  were  confined  to  100  words.  We 
propose  that  our  children  shall  master  these  2,000  w^ords 
instead  of  scattering  their  energies  over  the  entire  dictionary. 
The  lists  are  now  in  the  hands  of  the  teachers  with  the  frequency 
of  error  indicated. 

h.  READING. 

The  reading  of  our  primary  grades  is  good.  Children  are 
taught  to  look  before  they  leap,  to  read  silently  and  see  their 
way  through  before  attempting  to  read  orally.  They  acquire 
an  unusual  degree  of  fluency  by  reading  many  books,  from  six 
to  twenty  a  year.  So  much  time  is  given  to  actual  reading, 
however,  that  but  little  attention  is  given  to  reproduction  or 
talking  about  what  has  been  read.  In  many  of  the  grammar 
grades  oral  expression  is  not  given  much  attention.  The 
language  and  ideas  acquired  in  reading  are  not  greatly  used  in 
off-hand  expression  by  the  children. 

To  remedy  this  defect  a  teacher  has  been  selected  in  each 
school  to  act  as  a  committee  of  one  to  stimulate  good  oral 
expression.  In  the  grammar  grades  certain  selections  are 
to  be  used  for  voice  training.  Many  of  the  teachers  have 
taken  up  the  oral  reading  with  great  earnestness  to  improve  it, 
and  especially  to  see  that  the  power  acquired  in  vocal  lessons 
is  carried  over  into  the  ordinary  speech.  It  is  not  so  hard  to 
\  get  the  reading  to  sound  like  good  talking  as  it  is  to  get  the 
talking  to  equal  good  reading.  Our  children  should  not  only 
read  to  get  the  thought,  which  I  think  they  usually  do,  but 
they  should  use  the  thought  as  subject  matter  for  conversation 
and  as  material  for  oral  expression.  They  should  not  only 
get  the  thought  of  the  author,  but  should  get  food  for  thoughts 
of  their  own.  They  will  not  do  this  unless  there  is  discussion 
and  conversation.  By  such  conversation  they  will  be  trained 
to  talk  interestingly  and  pleasantly,  and  this  is  one  of  the  most 
essential  functions  of  good  school  training. 


24 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


C.  ENGLISH. 

An  attempt  has  been  made  by  a  test  given  to  several  thousand 
students  on  entering  high  schools,  to  ascertain  what  they 
remember  of  the  selections,  poetry  and  prose,  which  they  had 
memorized  in  the  grades.  The  papers  are  now  under  exami- 
nation. They  will  serve  also  as  a  basis  for  selecting  common 
errors  in  spelling,  punctuation  and  the  mechanics  of  written 
work.  Another  test  was  given  in  exact  copying.  These  will 
also  show  how  far  the  penmanship  practice  of  the  grades 
carries  over  into  the  high-  schools.  Other  tests  are  now  in 
preparation  for  letter  writing  and  composition.  A  later  and 
special  report  will  discuss  results  and  remedies.  The  standards 
set  up  in  English  are  discussed  in  the  report  of  Assistant  Super- 
intendent Rafter  in  this  volume. 

d.  PENMANSHIP. 

For  several  years  the  grammar  grades  have  been  using  a 
special  system  of  writing  known  as  the  Palmer  Method.  The 
teachers  were  required  to  learn  the  system  and  pass  an  examina- 
tion upon  it.  With  few  exceptions,  excused  for  cause,  they 
have  done  so,  and,  it  should  be  added,  they  have  made  an 
earnest  endeavor  to  teach  the  system  in  the  spirit  in  which  it 
is  expected  to  be  taught. 

It  is  now  time  we  were  seeing  the  effect.  Therefore  we 
examined  ten  thousand  or  more  exercises  of  pupils  last  June, 
and  sent  a  report  to  each  school  of  results  and  suggestions. 
A  more  extended  account  of  this  will  be  found  in  the  report  of 
Assistant  Superintendent  White  in  this  volume.  In  brief,  the 
results  are  promising,  but  the  work  in  different  schools  is  very 
uneven.  The  high  school  test  indicates  the  same  thing.  The 
practice  pads  may  be  used  faithfully  but  the  pupil  may  fail  to 
carry  the  power  over  to  his  unsupervised  writing.  This  is  the 
difficulty  we  are  working  upon  now. 

In  September  a  letter  was  addressed  to  the  high  school 
teachers  having  first  year  pupils,  and  their  judgment  sought. 
They  were  asked  to  say  whether  after  careful  examination  the 
writing  of  pupils  is  better  or  worse  than  in  former  years.  Most 
of  the  replies  are  in,  and  indicate  that  the  writing  has  improved 
very  considerably.  After  their  rephes  are  analyzed  and 
compiled  a  special  report  -^dll  be  made  to  the  school  com- 


COURSE  OF  STUDY. 


25 


mittee.  Mr.  White  has  this  in  preparation  and  it  seems 
probable  that  it  will  demonstrate  that  there  is  decided  improve- 
ment in  writing.  Our  schools  are  not  attempting  to  conceal 
their  imperfections.  They  are  honest  and  almost  ruthless  in 
exposing  their  weak  places,  and  are  trying  to  judge  their  work 
in  a  dispassionate  and  scientific  manner.  Therefore  where 
there  is  noticeable  improvement  it  is  only  fair  that  it  should 
have  recognition. 

During  the  past  year  the  same  method  of  writing  has  been 
apphed  in  the  first  three  grades  of  the  primary  schools.  The 
introduction  of  movement  exercises  and  the  abandonment  of 
unsupervised  writing  in  these  grades  has  not  met  with  favor 
among  primary  teachers.  They  have  hitherto  taught  the 
forms  of  letters  and  used  writing  as  a  school  art  for  aid  in 
spelling,  WTitten  language  and  arithmetic.  They  have  been 
suddenly  deprived  of  their  leading  device  for  busy  work. 
Further  they  believe  that  primary  children  are  too  immature 
to  get  profit  from  the  muscular  exercises  in  proportion  to  the 
effort  required.  They  think  that  as  a  rule  children  so  young 
cannot  carry  over  their  training  into  their  ordinary  writing, 
and  therefore  the  habit-forming  practice  should  be  deferred 
until  children  are  old  enough  to  transfer  the  power  gained  in 
practice  to  their  ordinary  writing.  They  have  sought  the 
advice  of  physicians  and  experts  in  child  psychology  to  find 
out  when  is  the  right  age  to  acquire  movement  writing,  or 
"a  business  hand,"  and  whether  it  is  deleterious  for  children 
to  acquire  an  infantile  form  of  writing  in  early  years  which 
they  will  have  to  change  to  a  muscular  movement  in  the  gram- 
mar grades.  Is  it  any  worse  to  have  to  change  a  habit  at  the 
age  of  ten  than  to  attempt  for  the  three  preceding  years  to 
acquire  a  habit  which  cannot  be  effectual  until  the  age  of  ten? 

The  one  thing  that  stands  out  in  the  investigation  is  that 
no  one  really  knows  much  about  the  psychology  and  physiology 
of  the  subject.  The  opinions  of  experts  are  conflicting.  The 
most  of  them  acknowledge  they  cannot  advise.  It  will  take  a 
comparative  study  of  classes  under  both  systems  for  an  extended 
period  to  determine  the  right  time  to  begin  movement  writing. 

In  the  meanwhile  the  school  committee  must  decide  whether 
the  continuance  of  the  movement  method  shall  be  compulsor}' 
or  optional  in  the  three  primary  grades.  The  question  does 
not  involve  the  value  or  success  of  the  method  but  simply  the 


26 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


place  where  it  fits  in  the  development  of  the  children.  Their 
interests  should  be  the  paramount  consideration  in  leading 
to  a  conclusion. 

e.  ARITHMETIC. 

This  subject  has  been  the  center  of  investigation  for  the  past 
two  years.  A  large  part  of  the  last  annual  report  was  given 
to  it,  giving  the  results  of  the  tests  by  Mr.  Courtis  of 
twenty  thousand  children  and  the  conclusions  reached.  Miss 
Carrigan,  of  the  Normal  School,  took  up  the  work  where  Mr. 
Courtis  left  it  and  continued  it  throughout  the  year  1914,  when 
she  was  promoted,  in  recognition  of  her  services,  to  the  depart- 
ment of  practice  and  training.  The  work  of  testing  and  deter- 
mining standards  in  arithmetic  and  other  subjects  has  now 
been  assigned  to  Mr.  Arthur  W.  Kallom,  a  doctor  of  philosophy 
of  Clark  University,  who  has  specialized  in  this  field.  He  will 
be  under  the  direction  of  the  department  of  investigation 
and  measurement. 

Under  the  direction  of  Miss  Carrigan  three  tests  were  given 
in  1914;  one  in  January,  one  in  April  and  one  in  October.  The 
results  of  the  January  tests  were  made  the  subject  of  a  special 
bulletin.  The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  results  of  the 
tests  in  April  and  a  comparison  with  the  tests  in  January: 

The  arithmetic  tests  were  given  in  35  of  the  70  districts  to  21,000  children 
in  grades  4  to  8.  The  tests  were  confined  to  the  fundamental  operations 
which  are  required  of  every  one  in  whatever  calling.  They  were  given  by 
50  trained  students  in  the  Normal  School  Senior  Class  under  as  nearly 
uniform  conditions  as  possible.  The  April  tests  were  given  to  the  same 
classes  as  the  January  tests,  after  corrective  work  had  been  applied  for 
three  months. 

The  corrective  work  used  prior  to  the  tests  in  different  schools  was  of 
the  following  tj^jes:  1.  Work  with  individual  pupils  by  the  teacher  one 
period  a  week,  or  in  any  other  definite  way  the  teacher  desired.  2.  Class 
drills  only,  no  systematic  work  with  individuals.  3.  The  use  of  practice 
pads  of  carefully  graded  exercises  for  a  few  minutes  daily.  4.  Corrective 
work  of  an  eclectic  kind  left  to  the  master,  who  described  it  just  previous  to 
the  April  test. 

Comment  on  the  corrective  work  in  the  light  of  the  April  test :  A  study 
of  the  written  statements  of  individual  teachers  in  regard  to  the  type  of 
corrective  work  employed  between  the  two  tests  seem  to  indicate  a  wide- 
spread habit  of  class  drill.  This  points  to  the  conclusion  that  as  yet  not 
enough  attention  to  the  highly  speciahzed  needs  of  individual  children 
has  been  given  to  make  effective  the  major  part  of  the  teaching.  Evidently 
those  pupils  best  qualified  to  profit  by  class  drills  have  benefited  by  them, 
many  to  a  marked  degree,  while  those  not  adapted  to  that  tj'pe  of  drill 


COURSE  OF  STUDY. 


27 


profited  very  little  or  not  at  all.  It  is  probable  that  for  those  children 
attaining  exceptionally  high  scores,  continued  participation  in  class  drills 
is  wasted  time.  Those  pupils  not  adapted  to  the  type  of  class  drill  given 
have  also  wasted  much  time.  The  remedy  lies  in  finding  a  method  of 
corrective  work  which  will  hit  the  mark  and  suit  the  individual  need. 
A  comparison  of  April  results  with  those  of  January  show : 

1.  The  April  class  medians  (nearly  the  same  as  class  averages)  were 
higher  than  those  of  January  in  each  of  the  four  operations;  e.  g.,  in  the 
fourth  grade  the  score  in  division  was  one  example  higher,  and  in  the 
seventh  grade  it  was  2.8  examples  higher. 

2.  In  April  there  was  less  overlapping  of  the  abilities  of  the  fourth  and 
eighth  grades.  In  January  there  was  a  large  overlapping  of  the  fourth  and 
eighth  grades  in  the  number  of  examples  right  in  simple  addition,  nearly 
28  per  cent.  That  meant  that  almost  one  child  in  three  could  be  exchanged 
between  the  fourth  and  eighth  grades,  and  the  average  of  neither  grade 
be  altered  in  the  slightest.  In  other  words,  one  child  out  of  every  three 
had  apparently  wasted  four  years  of  instruction  so  far  as  addition  of 
integral  numbers  is  concerned.  In  April,  this  condition  was  considerably 
improved,  as  the  overlapping  was  only  22  per  cent.  Although  an  improve- 
ment over  the  January  condition,  this  shows  that  we  must  devise  ways  and 
means  for  reaching  more  effectively  the  individual  needs  of  the  pupils. 

3.  The  range  in  the  medians  attained  by  the  different  classes  of  each 
grade  was  as  wide  in  April  as  in  January.  In  January,  one  class  in  the 
eighth  grade  attained  a  class  median  in  addition  as  low  as  1.6  examples 
right;  in  April  this  class  median  was  3.8.  Another  class  of  the  same  grade 
attained  a  class  median  in  January  as  high  as  12.7  examples  right;  in  April 
this  class  median  was  15.8.  The  corresponding  range  in  April  therefore 
was  from  3.3  to  15.8  examples.  It  is  hoped  that  the  establishment  of  a 
definite  standard  for  each  grade  will  make  the  attainment  throughout 
the  city  less  varied.  When  the  standards  have  passed  somewhat  beyond 
the  experimental  stage  and  the  authorities  are  in  a  position  to  enforce  them 
as  qualifications  for  the  next  higher  grade,  then  teachers  and  pupils  will 
have  a  more  definite  and  immediate  purpose  in  their  work. 

4.  Approximately  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  the  children  show  a  decided 
improvement  in  the  April  test,  and  one-third  to  one-half  the  children  in  any 
one  of  the  five  grades  do  not  show  any  improvement  from  their  practice 
in  the  fundamentals  of  arithmetic  since  last  January.  This  is  a  better 
showing  than  in  the  preceding  year  when  only  53  per  cent  of  all  showed 
any  improvement  whatever.  The  highest  per  cent  of  children  showing 
any  degree  of  improvement  occurred  in  the  eighth  grade  in  simple  division, 
where  68  per  cent  of  the  3,512  children  tested  made  a  gain  in  the  number  of 
examples  right.  It  was  in  this  grade  also  that  the  largest  per  cent  of 
children  suffered  a  loss.  In  the  eighth  grade,  14  per  cent  fell  backwards  in 
their  power  to  add  correctly,  while  in  the  fourth  grade,  where  there  was 
the  smallest  per  cent  of  children  who  lost  in  accuracy,  10  per  cent  fell 
backward.  The  largest  number  of  children  whose  scores  remained  un- 
changed were  found  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  grades.  For  example,  in  the 
fourth  grade  48  per  cent  of  all  the  children  tested  made  no  change  whatso- 
ever in  the  number  of  examples  in  division  which  they  got  right,  and  in 
multiplication  there  were  40  per  cent  who  neither  advanced  nor  fell  back. 


28 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


5.  The  results  show  that  improvement  in  speed  is  accompanied  by 
improvement  in  accuracy.  Among  the  children  who  made  a  gain  in  the 
number  of  examples  they  got  right,  the  majority  made  a  gain  of  from  one 
to  six  examples  in  both  the  number  of  examples  attempted  and  the  number 
right.  In  the  sixth  and  seventh  grades  44  per  cent  of  all  the  pupils  made 
a  gain  of  from  one  to  six  examples  in  both  attempts  and  rights  and  in  no 
grade  was  this  group  smaller  than  40  per  cent  of  the  children  tested. 
Among  all  the  pupils  who  made  any  gain  whatever  in  attempts,  not  more 
than  4  per  cent  fell  back  in  accuracy.  As  a  rule  those  who  worked  more 
quickly  in  the  second  test  worked  also  more  accurately.  The  records  in 
no  way  show  any  advantage  of  greater  accuracy  among  those  pupils  who 
worked  more  slowly  at  the  second  testing.  In  fact  they  show  quite  the 
reverse.  Skill  seems  to  reveal  itself  not  in  working  more  slowly  and  more 
accurately,  but  in  the  accompaniment  of  a  little  greater  speed  and  a  little 
higher  degree  of  accuracy. 

Influence  of  the  Investigation  upon  the  Schools. —  There  are  many  indica- 
tions of  renewed  interest  in  the  teaching  of  fundamentals  in  arithmetic. 
Each  master  was  made  aware  of  the  rank  of  his  district  at  the  first  test 
and  of  the  city  wide  range  of  achievements.  This  aroused  a  wholesome 
desire  to  show  a  good  degree  of  improvement  at  the  next  test.  The 
desire  for  accompUshment  spread  to  the  teachers  and  from  the  teachers 
to  the  children,  whose  enthusiastic  efforts  to  improve  were  unmis- 
takable. 

Reports  of  increased  sjTnpathy  with  the  tests  on  the  part  of  teachers 
have  not  been  lacking.  The  advance  made  in  the  median  scores  at  the 
second  testing  and  the  great  increase  in  the  per  cent  of  children  making  a 
gain  as  a  result  of  practice  over  the  small  per  cent  who  showed  a  similar 
gain  the  previous  year,  are  significant  of  the  good  effects  which  have 
alreadj^  been  produced.  Nor  is  this  all;  the  increased  willuigness  shown 
on  the  part  of  the  teachers  and  masters  to  cooperate  in  the  work  of  measur- 
ing the  results  of  teaching  is  a  cause  of  great  encouragement. 

The  influence  of  the  testing  work  has  begun  to  make  itself  felt  in  the 
committees  which  are  at  work  on  the  new  course  of  study,  and  serious 
efforts  are  being  made  so  to  define  requirements  that  the  teaching  will 
become  more  effective  through  motivation  of  the  work  and  because  of 
more  definite  standards  of  achievement. 

We  have  now  carried  our  experiment  far  enough  to  state  with  a  good 
degree  of  certainty  that  in  scientific  measurements  of  this  kind  lies  our 
greatest  hope  of  improving  the  efliciency  of  our  schools.  By  means  of 
them  we  shall  become  familiar  with  the  weak  links  and  the  strong  links 
in  the  chain,  and  guided  by  them  we  shall  be  able  to  give  training  where 
it  is  most  needed. 

The  above  is  gathered  from  the  extended  report  of  Miss 
Carrigan,  and  gives  in  outline  the  scientific  measurement  of  the 
arithmetic  work  for  the  year  ending  August  31  in  thirty-five 
districts  with  twenty-one  thousand  children. 

This  year  the  work  has  been  extended  to  53  districts  and 
to  35,000  children.    Next  year  it  should  take  in  the  whole  city. 


COURSE  OF  STUDY. 


29 


One  test  was  given  last  October  and  another  will  be  given 
in  April.  In  accordance  with  the  suggestions  of  Miss  Carrigan 
and  the  department  of  investigation  and  measurement,  the 
following  plans  for  improving  the  work  in  arithmetic  are  in 
progress: 

1.  On  the  basis  of  measurements  already  made,  a  bulletin 
has  been  issued  containing  the  minimum  requirements  or 
tentative  standards  of  achievement  for  each  grade  in  the  four 
fundamental  operations  with  integral  numbers  for  the  use  of 
all  the  elem.entary  teachers  of  the  city. 

2.  After  the  October  test,  the  results  of  the  work  were  tabu- 
lated on  cards,  one  for  each  child,  showing  his  standing  in  each 
fundamental  operation  and  the  standard  that  is  expected  of 
his  grade,  in  the  form  of  an  easily  understood  graph.  This 
card  is  to  be  kept  by  the  pupil  and  his  daily  progress  checked 
up  by  him,  thus  giving  a  constant  incentive  for  improvement. 
The  April  test  will  be  recorded  on  these  cards  to  correct  his  own 
record  and  show  the  actual  progress  made.  The  card  will  be  a 
permanent  record  and  pass  on  with  the  pupil  to  the  next 
grade. 

3.  Teachers  have  been  provided  with  graded  standardized 
exercises  which  will  enable  them  to  meet  the  special  individual 
needs  of  pupils.  Many  children  are  highly  speciaUzed  and 
incapable  of  getting  the  help  they  need  from  class  instruction. 
The  practice  sheets  will  afford  a  means  for  giving  either  class  or 
individual  practice,  and,  with  the  help  of  the  graph  cards 
mentioned  above,  should  enable  the  teacher  to  remove  the 
defects  and  to  know  when  the  children  have  reached  the  desired 
standard  and  the  drills  have  gone  far  enough. 

4.  To  carry  on  the  clerical  work,  the  students  of  the  Boston 
Clerical  School  have  been  enlisted,  and  thereby  have  been 
given  valuable  training.  To  assist  in  the  testing  of  the  schools, 
the  senior  class  of  the  Normal  School  have  been  given  a 
month  of  training  in  scientific  testing. 

5.  The  committees  on  course  of  study  in  arithmetic  are 
engaged  in  revising  the  requirements  and  in  selecting  the 
topics  of  major  importance.  They  will  report  in  March. 
The  committee  on  standards  in  arithmetic  will  suggest 
standards  of  attainment  in  fractions  and  other  topics,  which 
will  become  definite  goals  for  pupils  to  work  toward.  They 
will  also  set  the  time  allotment  for  drills. 

Further  discussion  of  the  work  in  arithmetic  will  be  found 


30  SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


in  the  report  of  Assistant  Superintendent  White  and  in  the 
part  of  this  report  deahng  with  the  department  of  educational 
investigation  and  measurement. 

No  city  has  given  greater  attention  than  Boston  in  the  last 
two  years  to  the  teaching  of  the  three  R's.  No  other  city  has 
expended  so  much  money  in  making  a  scientific  investigation 
into  actual  conditions  and  in  carrying  out  definite  plans  for 
improving  them.  There  has  been  no  concealment  nor  evasion 
concerning  conditions.  Even  the  apology  has  not  been  offered 
that  we  are  no  worse  than  the  best  of  other  cities.  Teachers 
have  submitted  patiently  to  much  drudgery  in  assisting  in 
investigations  and  in  applying  preventive  and  corrective 
measures.  They  should  know  that  they  are  not  on  trial. 
They  are  learning  to  apply  the  scientific  method  to  a  study  of 
results,  to  a  diagnosis  of  causes,  and  to  the  appUcation  of 
remedies.  We  do  not  have  to  defend  ourselves  but  we  intend 
to  know  our  work  and  to  improve  it.  We  are  moving  toward  a 
flying  goal  and  when  we  attain  our  present  standards  of  what 
we  should  accomplish  we  shall  still  move  forward. 

VI.    SPECIAL  SCHOOLS  AND  CLASSES  FOR  EXCEP- 
TIONAL CHILDREN. 

To  meet  the  needs  of  children  who  vary  from  the  normal 
type  is  one  of  the  leading  purposes  of  our  school  system.  This 
has  not  been  found  so  expensive  as  it  was  expected  to  be, 
because  as  children  who  require  especial  and  individual  atten- 
tion were  removed  from  the  ordinary  classes  and  the  group  of 
children  under  regular  teachers  became  more  homogeneous, 
the  teachers  could  handle  larger  groups  more  effectively  than 
they  could  when  the  children  were  not  so  well  classified.  When 
teachers  are  required  to  give  a  large  portion  of  their  time  to 
children  who  have  special  needs,  mass  teaching  becomes  difficult 
and  exhausting,  and  a  group  of  thirty-five  children  under  such 
conditions  is  more  burdensome  than  a  group  of  forty-five 
that  is  homogeneous.  It  is  therefore  economical  in  every  way 
to  establish  classes  for  children  who  are  exceptional.  At  present 
we  have  separated  for  special  treatment  the  following  groups: 

First:    Children  with  Special  Physical  Needs. 
The  deaf. 

Children  with  very  defective  eyesight. 


SPECIAL  SCHOOLS  AND  CLASSES. 


31 


Children  with  speech  defects. 

The  anemic  and  under-nourished. 

Children  with  pronounced  tubercular  tendencies. 

Second:    Children  whose  Mental  Needs  and  Charac- 
teristics Vary  Widely  from  the  Normal. 
The  super-normal. 

Children  who  are  mentally  defective  but  improvable. 
Children  who  are  markedly  over-age  for  their  grade. 
Foreign  children. 

Third  :    Those  Who  are  Morally  Out  of  Step  and  Who 
are  not  Reached  by  the  Means  Given  Above: 
The  disciplinary  school,  especially  for  truants, 
f 

1.    the  deaf. 

An  attempt  has  been  made  in  the  past  year  through  the 
principals  of  schools  to  see  that  all  children  whose  hearing  is 
extremely  defective  should  be  sent  to  the  Horace  Mann  School. 
As  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  this  school  now  has  all  of  the 
extremely  deaf  children  of  our  pubHc  schools.  The  school  has 
suffered  a  serious  loss  in  the  withdrawal  of  the  trade  school 
work  offered  by  Miss  Lillian  Brooks.  She  has  been  unable  to 
continue  the  courses  in  jewelry  for  boys  and  dressmaking  and 
miUinery  for  girls,  which  she  has  been  providing  for  several 
years  and  which  had  enabled  many  of  the  children  to  become 
self-supporting.  It  is  my  behef  that  the  school  committee 
would  be  amply  justified  in  continuing  this  work.  The  advanced 
class  this  year  numbers  twelve  children,  most  of  whom  desire 
further  schooling  next  year.  A  request  has  been  made  that  the 
committee  establish  a  beginning  high  school  course  for  them 
at  the  Horace  Mann  School.  There  is  no  provision  for  state 
aid  for  such  a  course  and  it  seems  to  me  desirable  to  place 
them  in  convenient  high  schools  and  assign  a  teacher  of  the 
deaf  to  follow  them  up  and  give  them  individual  instruction 
that  they  would  need  to  maintain  themselves  in  high  school 
classes.  It  must  be  acknowledged,  however,  that  this  is  an 
open  question.  We  have  tried  the  follow-up  plan  and  it  is 
effective  in  most  cases,  but  not  satisfactory  in  all.  The  chief 
difficulty  has  been  that  the  children  have  been  scattered  in 
schools  remote. 


32 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


2.     THE  SEMI-BLIND  OR  MYOPIC  CHILDREN. 

At  the  instance  of  the  Massachusetts  Commission  for  the 
Blind,  the  school  committee  established  a  class  for  children 
with  extremely  defective  eyesight  who  could  not  get  on  satis- 
factorily in  the  regular  day  schools.  The  Perkins  Institute  for 
the  Blind  provided  an  experienced  teacher  and  also  a  part  of 
the  equipment.  The  class  began  with  seven  pupils  and  is  now 
eighteen  with  two  teachers.  The  progress  of  the  children  with 
the  special  apparatus  that  has  been  provided  has  been  so 
satisfactory  that  the  Commission  for  the  Blind  is  urging  upon 
the  present  Legislature  a  bill  for  the  partial  state  support  of 
such  schools  in  the  cities  of  this  Commonwealth.  It  meets  a 
distinct  need.  These  children  should  not  be  institutional 
cases.  There  is  far  greater  need  than  with  other  children  that 
they  should  have  home  care.  Parents  are  especially  lo^h  to 
give  up  such  children  to  institutions  and  the  ordinary  school 
can  do  little  for  them.  They  need  especial  medical  attention 
which  has  been  afforded  generously  by  the  Perkins  Institute 
for  the  Blind.  There  is  need  of  such  a  class  in  another  part 
of  our  city  as  the  question  of  transportation  is  difficult  and 
parents  are  unwilHng  to  send  their  children  far. 

3.     CHILDREN  WITH  SPEECH  DEFECTS. 

The  classes  for  stammerers  are  now  organized  in  four  centers 
in  the  city  with  four  teachers,  with  an  enrollment  of  about  350, 
and  with  250  on  the  waiting  list.  Applications  have  been 
received  for  opening  several  other  centers.  In  addition,  requests 
have  come  for  attention  to  the  speech  defects  of  high  school 
pupils.  Upon  an  investigation  in  the  Enghsh  High  School  19 
are  found  who  are  decidedly  in  need  of  speech  improvement. 
A  similar  situation  occurs  in  the  West  Roxbury  High  School 
and  probably  in  all  the  larger  high  schools.  Applications  have 
also  been  received  for  a  class  or  classes  in  the  evening  schools. 
It  is  probable  that  four  more  teachers  will  be  needed  to  give  the 
work  the  attention  its  importance  demands. 

In  the  English  High  School  14  pupils  were  found  in  the  first 
year  class  who  had  taken  the  speech  improvement  course  in  the 
elementary  school  the  preceding  year.  Without  exception 
these  pupils  were  found  to  have  been  distinctly  benefited  and 
were  unanimous  in  their  high  esteem  of  the  benefits  to  be 
derived  from  such  a  course.  About  85  per  cent  of  the  cases  are 


SPECIAL  SCHOOLS  AND  CLASSES. 


33 


found  to  be  curable  or  greatly  improvable  (75  of  the  93  admitted 
the  first  year  are  permanently  corrected).  In  many  cases  one 
year  is  sufficient,  though,  usually,  follow-up  work  is  necessary 
for  some  time  to  make  the  correction  permanent.  Miss  Dacey 
who  directs  the  work  has  given  instruction  to  the  kindergarten 
and  primary  teachers  to  assist  them  in  correcting  minor  defects 
of  children  in  their  earliest  school  years.  It  would  be  well  to 
have  this  instruction  given  every  year. 

4.     ANEMIC  CHILDREN  AND  OPEN  AIR  CLASSES. 

The  open  air  classes  number  15  and  these  seem  to  be  suffi- 
cient to  meet  the  need  of  special  treatment  of  children  who  are 
undernourished  and  anemic.  In  fact,  most  of  our  school  rooms 
are  to  a  considerable  extent  open  air  rooms.  The  provision 
that  windows  shall  be  open  at  all  times  when  the  weather  at  all 
permits  and  that  the  rooms  be  flushed  periodically  through  the 
day  is  very  carefully  followed  by  almost  all  our  teachers.  The 
temperature  is*  carefully  watched  and  except  in  summer  is 
rarely  above  68  degrees.  Whether  as  a  result  of  this  or  not,  the 
number  of  children  needing  distinct  and  separate  open  air 
treatment  seems  to  be  diminishing  rather  than  increasing.  In 
most  of  the  open  air  classes  a  luncheon  is  provided  at  the 
smallest  expense  possible  to  the  children.  This  provision  should 
be  made  for  all  the  classes  in  order  that  these  children  should 
have  the  proper  kind  of  nourishment  at  the  noon  period.  A 
course  of  study  especially  adapted  to  the  needs  of  open  air 
children  has  been  prepared  by  the  director  of  school  hygiene 
with  the  teachers  in  the  past  year  and  is  now  in  general  use. 

5.     TUBERCULAR  CHILDREN. 

In  accordance  with  the  suggestion  in  the  last  report  an  out- 
door school  has  been  provided  at  the  Consumptives'  Hospital 
in  Mattapan  for  the  children  who  are  hospital  cases  and  who  are 
believed  to  be  curable.  Tubercular  children  are  now  carefully 
excluded  from  our  regular  schools.  There  are  about  fifty  receiv- 
ing instruction  at  the  hospital  school.  We  have  provided  two 
teachers  and  should  probably  add  a  third  for  kindergarten 
instruction  for  the  youngest  group. 

6.  SUPERNORMAL. 

Five  "rapid  advancement"  classes  have  been  provided  for 
those  children  whose  progress  is  evidently  retarded  by  holding 


34 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


them  back  in  regular  class  work.  There  is  no  attempt  made  to 
push  them  but  they  are  expected  to  work  as  diligently  as 
children  of  average  ability  and  not  stop  in  their  course  of  study 
because  they  have  come  to  the  end  of  the  year's  work.  It  is 
found  that  these  children  readily  accomplish  the  work  of  the 
three  higher  grammar  grades  in  two  years  without  unusual 
effort.  An  inquiry  into  the  progress  of  these  children  in  high 
schools  shows  as  far  as  reports  have  been  received  that  with- 
out exception  these  children  stand  in  the  highest  division  in 
their  high  school  work.  It  is  a  mistake  that  all  children  should 
be  expected  to  move  at  a  uniform  rate  of  progress.  Some  travel 
naturally  faster  than  others.  The  few  who  are  exceptionally 
capable  should  not  be  permitted  to  become  laggards  but  should 
be  encouraged  to  use  their  abilities  with  the  same  energy  that 
is  expected  of  the  less  capable.  In  my  opinion  every  large 
district  has  a  sufficient  number  of  such  children  to  provide  a 
separate  class  for  them.  This  is  not  a  question  of  cost,  for  no 
extra  teachers  need  be  allowed  a  school  for  this  purpose.  It  is  in 
the  power  of  the  principal  in  most  situations  so  to  organize  his 
classes  as  to  assign  one  teacher  to  a  selected  group  from  one 
or  two  grades,  according  to  circumstances. 

7.     MENTALLY  DEFECTIVE  BUT  IMPROVABLE. 

Great  progress  has  been  made  in  developing  the  work  in 
what  is  known  as  special  classes.  We  have  now  50  classes  in 
operation  or  in  process  of  organization  with  an  enrollment  of 
about  750  children  who  have  been  carefully  selected  by  our 
expert  medical  advisor,  Dr.  Arthur  C.  Jelly.  Last  year  103 
of  the  children  in  these  classes  made  such  progress  that  they 
were  transferred  to  normal  grades;  18  were  sent  to  institutions; 
the  remainder,  except  the  few  who  for  various  reasons  dropped 
out,  have  continued  this  year  in  the  special  classes.  Usually 
these  classes  have  been  isolated  from  one  another  in  separate 
districts  to  meet  the  immediate  needs  of  the  locality,  but  the 
tendency  is  growing  to  form  two  or  more  groups  in  convenient 
centers  in  order  to  classify  the  children  to  better  advantage. 
The  Frances  E.  Willard  School  of  six  rooms  has  been  given 
up  for  the  special  classes  of  the  South  End,  enabhng  us  to  give 
this  large  group  a  special  teacher  for  manual  arts  and  for 
household  arts  without  extra  expense.  Children  are  grouped 
with  reference  to  sex  and  to  their  mental  age,  permitting  very 
much  more  effective  work  than  can  possibly  be  done  when  one 


SPECIAL  SCHOOLS  AND  CLASSES. 


35 


teacher  has  to  manage  a  miscellaneous  group.  Older  groups 
of  boys  are  now  being  assembled  in  a  part  of  the  George  T. 
Angell  School  by  bringing  them  in  from  surrounding  districts. 
Forty  of  the  seventy  school  districts  are  now  provided  with 
special  classes  or  are  accessible  to  them.  The  teachers  have 
prepared  with  great  care  an  elaborate  course  of  study  for  such 
classes  abounding  with  suggestions  to  meet  the  needs  pf  different 
types  of  children.  This  was  issued  last  September  and  I  am 
informed  by  Doctor  Fernald  of  Waverley  that  it  is  the  best 
piece  of  work  of  such  a  character  which  he  has  seen.  It  is 
School  Document  No.  4,  1914. 

Our  greatest  difficulty  in  developing  this  special  work  has 
been  to  secure  teachers  who  have  the  right  sort  of  preparation 
for  it.  The  few  institutions  in  this  country  that  give  training 
courses  for  teachers  have  been  so  overwhelmed  with  applicants 
that  our  teachers  in  most  instances  have  been  unable  to  secure 
admission  in  recent  years.  Therefore  at  the  suggestion  of  the 
school  committee  a  course  for  home  training  of  teachers  has 
been  prepared  and  approved  and  is  now  in  operation,  beginning 
January  20.  It  consists  of  a  cHnic  at  Waverley  and  lectures 
by  Doctor  Fernald  on  the  psychology  and  pedagogy  of  the 
special  child;  courses  in  manual  and  household  arts  by  our 
own  speciahsts;  practice,  observation  and  criticism  for  one 
year  under  the  direction  of  the  supervisor  of  special  classes 
and  instruction  in  method  by  teachers  of  special  ability.  At 
the  end  of  the  course  the  candidates,  who  must  have  had  one 
year  of  practice,  are  given  an  examination  by  the  board  of 
superintendents,  who  have  approved  the  course.  With  these 
provisions  it  is  hoped  we  may  have  teachers  sufficient  to  open 
ten  additional  classes  the  coming  year. 

8.     UNGRADED  CLASSES. 

In  past  years  principals  have  been  accustomed  to  cluster 
the  over-age  children  in  the  grades  below  the  fifth  in  what  is 
known  as  ungraded  classes  numbering  36  each.  At  one  time 
there  were  approximately  80  such  classes.  Upon  investiga- 
tion it  was  found  that  these  children  were  very  unfike  in  their 
needs.  They  fall  broadly  in  two  divisions:  foreign  children 
and  children  of  the  special-class  type  described  above.  There 
were  also  a  good  many  children  who  were  simply  backward  in 
their  development  or  who  had  been  kept  back  for  various 
reasons.    To  make  progress  with  such  a  miscellaneous  group 


36 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


is  hardly  possible.  The  chief  value  is  to  relieve  the  regular 
teachers  of  the  children  who  do  not  fit.  If  the  policy  of 
attempting  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  children  themselves  is  to  be 
followed  it  is  necessary  that  these  classes  should  be  very  care- 
fully reorganized.  An  order  was  therefore  issued  in  September 
that  ungraded  classes  should  be  formed  only  with  the  approval- 
of  Mr.  White,  Assistant  Superintendent,  assigned  to  this" 
matter.  As  a  result  many  of  these  children  have  been  assigned 
to  special  classes  or  to  non-English  classes  or  to  regular  grades. 
The  number  of  ungraded  classes  has  been  reduced  to  23.  This 
is  a  rather  vigorous  reorganization  for  a  beginning.  Many 
of  these  classes  are  now  simply  advanced  groups  promoted 
from  the  non-English  classes  and  are  not  ungraded  in  the 
original  sense  of  the  term.'  But  few  of  the  classes  are  now  of 
the  ''omnium  gatherum"  type.  Some  of  them  are  ''clearing 
houses"  for  irregular  children  who  with  a  short  term  of  indi- 
vidual attention  may  be  classified  into  the  grades.  Such  a 
purpose  is  a  very  worthy  one  but  a  teacher  cannot  do 
individual  work  successfully  with  many  children  in  a  group. 
Thirty-six  is  probably  twice  as  many  as  she  can  deal  with 
effectually  when  individual  instruction  is  necessary. 

The  children  12  years  of  age  and  upward  who  are  over  age 
or  of  the  motor  type  are  segregated  into  what  are  called  pre- 
vocational  classes  or  centers  and  are  given  a  special  course  or 
training  in  handicraft  accompanied  with  instruction  in  the 
common  branches  related  to  their  shop  work.  This  is  dis- 
cussed more  fully  under  prevocational  schools  in  a  following 
paragraph. 

The  whole  question  of  over  age  is  to  be  investigated  at  the 
request  of  the  school  committee  the  coming  spring  and  ade- 
quate data  derived  showing  just  how  far  we  are  meeting  condi- 
tions and  if  possible  what  steps  are  still  necessary  to  be  taken. 

The  summer  schools  organized  last  summer  with  more  than 
4,000  children  in  attendance  are  described  elsewhere  in  this 
report.  Through  these,  the  special  classes,  the  non-English 
speaking  classes,  the  ungraded  classes  and  the  prevocational 
classes  we  are  now  reaching  many  of  the  10,000  or  more  over- 
age children  in  our  schools. 

9.     NON-ENGLISH  SPEAKING  CLASSES. 

A  vigorous  attempt  has  been  made  to  collect  children  of 
foreign  birth  who  do  not  speak  English  into  classes  of  30  in 


\ 


SPECIAL  SCHOOLS  AND  CLASSES. 


37 


convenient  centers.  There  are  34  such  classes  now  in  our 
schools.  The  largest  number  in  any  one  school  is  eight,  in 
the  Hancock  District,  and  Miss  Colleton  has  organized  these 
classes  in  such  a  way  that  those  who  have  had  schooling  in  their 
parent  country  are  taught  separately  from  those  who  are  ilUt- 
erate  in  their  own  language.  Her  classification  leads  them  on 
by  easy  stages  until  they  may  fit  into  the  grade  of  the  regular 
school  to  best  advantage.  Two  of  the  other  schools  are  some- 
what organized  in  this  work  but  in  most  districts  there  are  too 
few  classes  to  permit  of  so  effective  an  organization.  It  would 
be  well  worth  while  to  have  the  work  in  all  these  classes 
inspected  twice  a  year  by  Miss  Colleton  or  some  other  highly 
competent  person.  There  is  no  criticism,  however,  upon  the 
teachers  of  these  classes  as  they  are  as  a  rule  highly  efficient 
and  thoroughly  devoted  to  this  class  of  children.  The  children 
also  are  most  serious  and  desirous  of  advancement.  But  there 
should  be  some  manner  of  careful  inspection  of  all  types  of 
special  classes  as  principals  cannot  be  expected  to  be  specialists 
in  these  particular  lines. 

Miss  Colleton's  work  also  extends  to  the  non-EngUsh  classes 
in  the  evening  schools.  She  was  assigned  to  this  work  last 
year  and  has  supervised  a  vigorous  reorganization  of  the 
foreign  classes  which  enroll  in  the  neighborhood  of  8,000 
students,  5,000  between  the  ages  of  sixteen  and  twenty-one 
and  compelled  by  law  to  attend,  and  3,000  older.  The  evening 
schools  for  the  compulsory  students  have  been  extended  seven 
weeks  in  the  past  year.  Beginners'  classes  have  been  reduced 
to  an  enrollment  of  20  and  more  advanced  classes  to  25.  Inter- 
preters have  been  assigned  to  assist  in  beginners'  classes  under 
the  direction  of  the  teacher.  A  definite  plan  of  work  has  been 
furnished  the  different  teachers  and  the  work  has  been  standard- 
ized throughout  the  city.  The  supervisor  has  given  nine 
special  training  lessons  to  the  teachers  of  these  classes  and  has 
followed  up  her  instruction  by  visiting  them  in  their  class 
rooms.  As  far  as  possible  nationalities  are  grouped  together, 
men  and  women  are  separated  and  beginners  are  classified 
according  to  their  previous  education.  Increasing  attention 
is  given  to  Americanizing  the  children  of  foreign  birth.  The 
work  in  both  day  and  evening  schools  is  not  confined  to  learning 
English.  The  customs  and  mode  of  living  and  in  general  all 
civic  matters  that  are  pecuHarly  American  are  utilized  in  the 
course  of   instruction.    A  thorough  reorganization  of  the 


38 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


work  has  become  necessary  because  of  the  large  numbers  of 
students  involved,  and  close  supervision  is  imperative  because 
of  the  necessity  of  employing  many  teachers  who  have  had 
no  opportunity  for  special  training.  Great  progress  has  been 
made  in  the  past  year. 

10.     A  DISCIPLINARY  SCHOOL. 

Since  the  issuance  of  the  last  report  the  Parental  School  at 
West  Roxbury  has  been  abandoned  by  act  of  the  Legisfeture. 
This  was  done  -without  the  approval  of  the  school  committee. 
The  law  provides  that  the  children  shall  be  sent  back  to  the 
public  schools  and  as  need  arises  the  school  committee  may 
organize  and  operate  a  disciplinary  day  school  for  truant 
children  and  others  who  are  not  amenable  to  ordinary"  school 
discipline.  The  amount  of  truancy  in  our  schools  is  undoubt- 
edly diminishing.  The  chief  attendance  officer  has  made  a 
comparison  of  the  number  of  individual  truants  in  the  entire 
city  from  the  opening  of  schools  in  September  until  December 
in  1914,  with  the  number  in  the  same  period  in  1913.  In 
1913  the  number  was  1,618  and  in  1914  the  number  was  1,548. 
This  decrease,  however,  is  not  sufficient  to  warrant  the  abandon- 
ing of  restraining  influences  of  an  effective  character.  The 
Parental  School  met  a  very  real  although  not  a  large  need  and 
was  undoubtedly  expensive  to  operate.  When  the  children 
were  distributed  among  our  schools  in  September  the  director 
of  the  Parental  School  was  made  supervisor  of  pupils  on  pro- 
bation to  follow  up  the  children  who  had  been  in  the  Parental 
School  and  to  provide  for  such  other  truants  as  developed. 
Upon  taking  cases  before  the  court  for  assignment  to  state 
schools  of  correction  it  was  found  that  the  courts  would  not 
act  upon  such  cases  until  the  school  committee  provided  a 
disciplinary  day  school  and  tried  the  children  out  in  this. 
Therefore,  such  a  school  has  just  been  established  in  the  build- 
ing of  the  Bigelow  School  in  South  Boston,  and  two  teachers 
have  been  assigned  to  a  class  of  30  boys  collected  from  all  over 
the  city.  This  is  a  day  school  only.  We  have  no  power  of 
Retention,  which  is  a  serious  defect  in  the  law. 

The  present  compulsory  law  requires  that  children  who  are 
under  sixteen  years  who  are  not  at  work  must  remain  in  school. 
This  has  resulted  in  a  good  many  children  continuing  in  high 
school  who  are  of  a  different  type  from  what  the  high  schools 
have  had  hitherto.    For  the  first  time  we  are  having  complaints 


TRANSITION  OF  KINDERGARTEN  TO  PRIMARY.  39 


of  truancy  in  high  schools  and  masters  are  unable  to  meet  the 
situation  as  they  did  formerly,  by  exclusion.  It  may  be 
necessary,  therefore,  to  provide  a  disciplinary  class  for  high 
school  pupils. 

If  the  school  committee  is  to  cope  with  the  question  success- 
fully it  should  have  larger  authority  to  establish  a  school  in 
which  children  may  be  detained  with  or  without  the  formality 
of  court  action  as  it  is  very  difficult  to  secure  a  commitment 
of  a  truant  child  to  a  state  institution.  The  school  committee 
has  provided  as  many  types  of  instruction  to  interest  this  class 
of  boys  as  it  can  and  it  is  true  that  the  great  majority  of  those 
who  hitherto  have  been  confirmed  truants  are  interested  and 
reconstructed  by  our  prevocational  schools.  There  is  still, 
however,  and  will  continue  to  be  for  some  time  to  come,  the 
need  of  provision  for  the  few  who  are  confirmed  truants. 

VII.  THE  KINDERGARTEN  AND  THE  TRANSITION 
TO  THE  PRIMARY. 

In  this  city  children  are  admitted  to  the  kindergarten  at 
the  age  of  four  and  to  the  first  grade  elementary  at  the  age  of 
five  and  a  half,  but  if  they  have  taken  the  kindergarten  training 
they  may  be  admitted  to  the  elementary  by  promotion  when- 
ever they  have  completed  the  kindergarten  training.  This 
latter  provision,  which  has  been  made  in  the  past  year,  has 
greatly  stimulated  the  attendance  in  kindergartens  so  that  the 
attendance  has  increased  about  five  hundred  and  it  has  been 
necessary  to  open  ten  more  kindergartens.  We  have  opened  ten 
kindergartens  in  the  afternoon.  The  period  from  1.30  to  3.30 
o'clock  has  not  been  found  long  enough  to  give  the  full  program 
and  we  are  trying  experimentally  the  plan  of  opening  the 
afternoon  kindergartens  at  one  o'clock.  This  is  inconvenient  to 
many  homes  and  necessitates  children  coming  unattended. 
The  kindergarten  children  are  usually  brought  by  older  com- 
panions. Altogether  the  plan  is  not  to  be  encouraged  and 
should  be  used  only  in  extreme  instances.  The  power  of 
attention  of  kindergarten  children  is  low  in  afternoons  and 
much  better  results  can  be  obtained  in  morning  hours. 

The  afternoons  of  the  kindergartners  who  have  morning 
classes  are  given  to  home  visiting,  mothers'  meetings  or  confer- 
ences with  the  director  and  assisting  in  the  primary  grades.  An 
account  has  been  kept  for  the  past  year  of  the  visits  made  to 
homes.    The  total  visits  during  the  year  were  18,411.  This 


40 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


shows  what  close  connection  the  kindergarten  makes  with  the 
home  and  what  an  opportunity  it  offers  for  promoting  the  same 
ideals  of  child  training  in  home  and  school.  There  is  no  other 
agency  so  effective  in  producing  sympathetic  relations.  The 
mothers'  meetings  each  month  provide  the  opportunity  for 
definite  instruction  in  the  home  care  of  children,  physically, 
mentally  and  morally,  and  gives  the  necessary  opportunity  for 
emphasizing  the  responsibilities  of  parents  not  only  for  the 
physical  welfare  but  for  the  moral  guidance  of  their  children. 
They  are  so  planned  that  there  is  a  definite  purpose  for  each 
meeting.  When  we  think  of  75  such  meetings  a  month  we 
realize  what  a  great  contribution  the  kindergartens  are  making 
to  the  improvement  of  family  life. 

Last  spring  the  experiment  was  tried  of  having  kindergart- 
ners  assist  primary  teachers  two  or  three  afternoons  a  week. 
Forty-six  teachers  volunteered  for  the  service.  The  volunteer 
plan  is  being  continued  this  year.  The  kindergartner  takes  a 
part  of  the  primary  class  to  the  kindergarten  room  or  upon 
excursions,  leaving  the  other  part  of  the  class  for  more  individual 
work  by  the  primary  teacher.  When  conditions  permit,  a 
small  group  of  children  are  taken  upon  trips,  each  of  which  has 
a  special  purpose.  The  excursion  is  followed  by  a  conversa- 
tional period  upon  what  has  been  observed.  The  kindergarten 
teacher  also  gives  stories  which  are  reproduced  through  drama- 
tizing, cutting  and  drawing;  games  in  skill  or  sense  training, 
which  are  out  of  doors  when  conditions  permit;  hand  work  in 
various  forms  of  construction  with  clay,  crayon,  paper  and 
weaving;  exercises  in  rhythm  and  gift  work,  leading  to  extension 
of  ideas  of  number  and  form;  songs,  picture  study  and  much 
language  work,  especially  with  non-Enghsh  speaking  children. 
One  division  of  the  class  is  taken  before  recess  and  the  second 
group  after  the  intermission,  or  otherwise,  as  the  primary 
teacher  and  principal  suggest.  One  of  the  leading  values  of 
the  plan  is  to  bring  the  primary  teacher  and  the  kindergartner 
into  more  close  conection  in  their  work.  As  they  meet  in 
their  weekly  conferences  the  ideals  of  the  two  systems  will 
become  more  nearly  uniform. 

It  is  quite  necessary  that  the  primary  teacher  should  under- 
stand the  goal  of  the  kindergarten  and  the  kindergartner  fully 
grasp  the  requirements  of  the  primary  school.  There  is  no 
sudden  transition  at  the  age  of  five  and  a  half  in  the  development 
of   the  children  to  correspond  to  the  abrupt  break  that 


TRANSITION  FROM  GRAMMAR  TO  HIGH.  41 


frequently  exists  between  the  methods  and  subject-matter  of 
the  kindergarten  and  those  of  the  primary  grade.  The  gap  that 
exists  between  kindergarten  and  primary  is  often  greater  than 
that  between  grammar  grades  and  high  school.  To  close  this 
gap  and  make  a  continuous  course  in  harmony  with  the  develop- 
ment of  the  children  will  remove  a  fundamental  defect  in  our 
educational  process.  It  is  not  necessary  for  either  department 
to  make  sacrifices  but  simply  to  come  into  thorough  accord  as 
regards  the  needs  of  children  at  this  age. 

The  difference  in  ideals  between  primary  and  kindergarten 
arises  from  the  difference  in  the  normal  training  of  the  two 
classes  of  teachers.  As  long  as  the  training  is  entirely  distinct 
and  separate  we  cannot  expect  unity  of  purpose.  Our  primary 
schools  consist  of  the  kindergarten  and  first  three  grades  as 
a  school  unit.  If  this  unit  is  broken  into  two  widely  distinct 
parts  with  different  courses  of  training  and  certificates  there 
will  be  different  aims  and  ideals.  A  common  course  of  training 
for  the  teachers  of  the  kindergarten  and  the  primary  will 
bring  about  true  harmony. 

Teachers  should  understand  the  period  as  a  whole  and  should 
lead  the  children  gradually  from  the  more  uifantile  to  the  more 
material  activities  of  the  primary  school.  In  accord  with  this 
belief  the  school  committee  has  in  the  past  month  adopted 
a  normal  school  course  for  primary  and  kindergarten  teachers 
which  is  given  in  detail  under  the  topic  of  the  Normal  School 
later  in  this  report.  The  question  will  of  course  arise  as  to 
the  wide  discrepancy  of  salary  which  now  exists  between  the 
kindergarten  teachers  and  the  primary,  but  when  it  is  fully 
recognized  that  the  training  of  the  kindergartner  should  be 
as  extensive  and  cultural  and  that  the  duties  are  as  important 
and  as  arduous,  the  answer  to  the  question  will,  in  the  spirit 
of  justice,  be  obvious. 

VIIL    THE  TRANSITION  FROM  GRAMMAR  GRADES 
TO  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

1.  The  Pee  vocational  Classes. 
It  has  long  been  recognized  that  the  transition  from  the 
eighth  grade  to  the  high  school  is  entirely  too  abrupt.  The 
subject-matter  of  the  course  of  study  changes  suddenly  in 
almost  all  branches.  The  plan  of  organization  in  the  high 
school  is  departmental,  the  student  changmg  from  teacher  to 


42 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


teacher  in  different  recitations,  while  in  the  grammar  grades 
the  student  as  a  rule  remains  with  the  one-class  teacher  through- 
out the  year.  Methods  of  study  and  recitation  are  equally  at 
variance,  so  that  it  is  little  to  be  wondered  at  that  the  largest 
percentage  of  failures  and  drop-outs  are  in  the  first  year  of  the 
high  school. 

Children  at  this  age  do  not  change  thus  suddenly.  They 
are,  in  fact,  in  the  same  transition  period  of  their  development 
from  childhood  to  youth  in  the  upper  grammar  and  lower  high 
school  grades.  This  transition  usually  begins  at  the  age  of 
twelve  or  thirteen  and  continues  for  three  or  four  years.  As 
they  develop  out  of  childhood  at  about  the  age  of  twelve  they 
begin  to  show  marked  differences  of  characteristics  and  apti- 
tudes. Some  are  distinctly  scholarly  and  intellectual  and 
others  have  little  taste  for  books  but  belong  to  the  distinctly 
motor  or  practical  minded  type. 

Children  of  the  motor  type  are  the  ones  who  in  times  past 
dropped  out  of  school  at  about  the  sixth  grade.  That  is  the 
grade  in  which  the  greatest  shrinkage  in  school  attendance 
occurred  in  former  years.  The  ordinary  school  curriculum  did 
not  interest  them  and  they  went  to  work.  Recent  school 
legislation  has  made  their  continuance  in  school  compulsory. 
The  school  committee  is  endeavoring  to  meet  their  needs  and 
at  the  same  time  contmue  their  common  school  education  by 
providing  a  different  type  of  education  for  them  in  the  pre- 
vocational  schools  and  classes.  There  are  now  prevocational 
classes  for  girls  in  22  districts.  In  these  the  girls  are  given 
a  large  variety  of  exercises  in  the  household  arts  by  the  use 
of  especially  equipped  rooms  or  nearby  apartment  houses.  A 
detailed  account  showing  the  remarkable  progress  of  these 
girls  will  be  found  in  the  report  of  Assistant  Superintendent 
Mrs.  Ripley. 

The  prevocational  work  that  is  provided  for  boys  will  be 
found  in  detail  in  the  report  of  Assistant  Superintendent  White. 
Five  districts  have  especially  equipped  rooms  for  these  classes 
for  boys  and  three  school  buildings  in  accessible  centers  are 
now  given  up  to  this  class  of  work  in  which  the  aim  is  to  give 
boys  as  wide  a  variety  of  experience  as  possible  in  different 
types  of  industrial  work  such  as  carpentering,  bookbinding, 
printing,  sheet  metal,  machine,  electrical  work,  and  so  on. 
The  three  centers  now  in  operation  are  at  Lyceum  Hall  in 
Dorchester,  the  old  Winthrop  School  in  Roxbury  and  the  old 


TRANSITION  FROM  GRAMMAR  TO  HIGH.  43 

Austin  School  in  East  Boston.  Boys  of  the  motor  type  above 
the  age  of  twelve,  whatever  their  grade,  are  collected  from  sur- 
rounding districts  in  these  centers.  They  are  given  shop 
practice  two  hours  a  day  and  academic  work  and  study  four 
hours  a  day.  Their  academic  work  in  the  common  branches 
is  closely  associated  with  their  shop  practice.  The  results  have 
been  all  that  was  expected  and  even  more.  The  school  at 
Lyceum  Hall,  which  was  in  operation  throughout  last  year, 
graduated  all  of  those  in  the  highest  group  and  the  master 
reports  that  their  interest  and  progress  in  their  academic 
subjects  have  been  such  that  he  can  recommend  them  to  any 
high  school.  They  have  become  thoroughly  interested  in 
school  activities.  Education  has  taken  on  new  meaning  to 
them.  It  is  recommended  that  additional  centers  be  provided 
the  coming  year  in  Charlestown,  at  the  Abram  E.  Cutter 
School,  in  the  Prescott  District;  in  South  Boston,  at  the  Park- 
man  School;  and  in  the  South  End,  at  the  Miles  Standish 
School.  It  is  also  recommended  that  one  of  the  department 
instructors  in  manual  arts  be  assigned  as  director  of  all  the 
prevocational  work  for  boys  and  that  the  director  of  house- 
hold science  and  arts  be  given  an  assistant  in  order  to  super- 
vise thoroughly  the  work  for  girls.  The  development  of  the 
prevocational  opportunities  for  boys  and  girls  is  worthy  of  the 
most  serious  consideration  of  the  committee.  These  classes  are 
not  only  the  natural  feeders  of  the  trade  and  industrial  schools, 
but  they  also  awaken  a  great  many  children  to  a  desire  for  high 
school  education,  and  by  no  means  limit  the  opportunity  of 
children  for  a  later  choice  of  school  or  life  work. 

2.  Intermediate  Classes. 
By  the  beginning  of  the  seventh  grade  it  becomes  evident 
that  a  large  group  of  children  are  of  the  scholastic  type,  who 
should  go  on  to  and  through  high  school  and  many  of  them  to 
college.  It  is  universally  recognized  that  such  children  should 
take  up  their  study  of  a  foreign  language,  if  they  are  to  do  this 
at  all,  as  early  at  least  as  this  period;  otherwise  they  will  never 
have  fluency  in  its  use  or  control  of  its  idioms.  To  acquire 
facility  in  the  use  of  a  foreign  tongue  it  must  be  learned  by  the 
conversational  method  while  the  memory  is  fresh  and  before 
the  change  of  the  speech  organs  which  comes  in  adolescence. 
For  such  children  the  course  of  study  should  be  so  arranged 
that  there  will  be  a  gradual  approach  to  the  other  subjects  of 


44 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


the  high  school,  such  as  mathematics,  science  and  English. 
The  extremely  technical  portions  of  the  arithmetic  and  English 
grammar  and  geography  may  be  better  distributed  through  the 
maturer  courses  of  the  high  school.  By  introducing  the  depart- 
mental plan  of  teaching  in  the  two  higher  grammar  grades,  it 
is  not  found  difficult  to  provide  teachers  who  are  expert  in  the 
subjects  that  lead  naturally  to  the  high  school. 

With  the  consent  of  the  school  committee  the  intermediate 
plan  has  been  introduced  into  ten  districts,  and  children  have 
been  given  a  choice  in  the  seventh  and  eighth  grades  between 
the  ordinary  curriculum  and  what  might  be  called  the  high 
school  preparatory  or  intermediate  plan.  A  committee  of 
high  school  teachers  was  appointed  last  October  to  visit  the 
schools  in  which  the  intermediate  plan  is  in  operation  and 
report  upon  the  value  of  the  work.  The  committee  on  foreign 
languages  consists  of  Mr.  William  B.  Snow,  chairman,  English 
High  School;  Mr.  J.  Hathaway,  High  School  of  Commerce; 
Mr.  L.  C.  Colman,  West  Roxbury  High  School;  Miss  L.  R. 
Beadle,  East  Boston  High  School;  Miss  Bertha  Vogel,  South 
Boston  High  School;  Miss  A.  M.  Twigg,  Girls'  High  School; 
Miss  Katherine  K.  Mar  low,  Dorchester  High  School,  and  Miss 
Anna  M.  Fries,  Dorchester  High  School.  This  highly  com- 
petent committee  has  inspected  the  work  in  foreign  languages 
in  the  elementary  grades  and  reports  that  it  has  visited  the 
various  grammar  schools  and  finds  that  the  classes  are  being 
taught  by  excellent  teachers  who  are  doing  their  work  in  a  most 
interesting  and  successful  manner.  They  have  met  with  the 
grammar  school  teachers  doing  the  work  and  will  soon  be  pre- 
pared to  make  a  formal  report.  Wherever  such  work  is 
attempted  in  the  grammar  schools,  close  connection  is  made 
with  the  corresponding  high  school  departments,  and  the 
course  is  worked  out  together  with  a  spirit  of  harmony  that 
assures  its  success. 

The  Latin  schools  have  for  a  long  while  provided  somewhat 
such  a  course  for  children  leaving  the  sixth  grade  so  that  the 
precedent  is  well  established.  Children  in  remote  parts  of  the 
city  who  desire  these  advantages  should  not  be  expected  to 
attend  these  schools  at  so  early  an  age.  These  schools  are  also 
already  full  and  their  curriculum,  requiring  ancient  languages, 
does  not  meet  the  needs  of  the  children  for  whom  the  inter- 
mediate plan  is  designed. 

There  is  no  intent  to  deprive  children  of  taking  the  ordinary 


TRANSITION  FROM  GRAMMAR  TO  HIGH.  45 

course  of  study  in  the  large  school  districts  of  our  city.  It  is 
not  difficult  to  provide  classes  for  each  course,  with  little  or  no 
extra  expense.  There  is  also  no  intent  that  the  children  who 
take  the  intermediate  course  shall  lose  in  their  efficiency  in  the 
three  R's.  It  is  found  that  these  classes  in  their  Courtis  tests 
in  arithmetic  have  made  records  that  are  among  the  best  in 
the  city.  Similar  tests  will  be  given  in  their  writing  and 
spelling  with  the  confident  belief  that  they  will  more  than  hold 
their  own.  The  fact  is  that  these  children  are  ardently 
interested  in  their  school  work.  The  new  work  has  stimulated 
their  interest  and  energy  and  they  know  that  their  continuance 
in  it  is  dependent  upon  their  making  a  satisfactory  record  in 
their  common  branches  as  well. 

The  question  will  arise  whether  instead  of  building  new  high 
schools  in  the  future  we  should  not  build  intermediate  or 
junior  high  schools  to  include  the  two  higher  grammar  grades 
in  congested  districts  and  the  first  year  of  high  school.  In 
Dorchester,  for  example,  the  high  school  is  already  crowded  far 
beyond  its  capacity  with  portables  in  the  yard,  and  the  Henry 
L.  Pierce  District  in  the  same  vicinity  has  ten  portables  in  its 
yards.  One  school  building  of  the  junior  high  school  type 
would  relieve  both  situations. 

The  junior  high  school  idea  fits  exactly  with  the  development 
of  children  at  this  period  of  their  lives  and  would  present  a 
complete  connection  between  the  grades  and  the  high  school. 
The  present  failure  and  dropping  out  of  children  in  the  first 
year  would  be  almost  completely  eliminated.  The  inter- 
mediate plan  will  no  doubt  be  highly  effective  in  this  regard 
and,  as  a  rule,  where  there  is  no  necessity  for  additional  high 
school  accommodation,  it  does  not  seem  that  buildings  of  the 
junior  high  school  type  are  at  all  essential.  They  would 
probably  make  a  material  increase  in  the  expense  while  the 
intermediate  plan  will  not. 

The  discussion  of  the  transition  from  grades  to  high  school 
would  be  incomplete  without  some  allusion  to  the  efforts  that 
are  made  in  the  high  schools  to  give  proper  attention  to  those 
children  who  are  discouraged  and  fall  back  in  their  work.  In 
several  of  the  high  schools  an  additional  teacher  has  been 
allowed  for  the  special  purpose  of  assisting  the  backward 
children  in  the  first  year.  The  verbal  reports  from  various 
head  masters  indicate  that  the  loss  of  children  in  the  first  year 
by  dropping  out  is  considerably  less  than  it  was  formerly.  We 


46 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


are  to  prepare  a  report  upon  over  age  and  nonpromotion  at  the 
close  of  the  schools  in  June  which  mil  show  exact  conditions. 
It  is  possible  that  a  distinct  provision  should  be  made  for  those 
children  who  enter  high  school  and  discover  no  aptitude  for 
high  school  subjects  by  assigning  them  to  classes  taught  by 
teachers  taken  from  the  elementary  schools,  and  continuing 
their  instruction  in  EngUsh,  arithmetic  and  other  elementary 
subjects. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  report  of  Assistant  Superintendent 
Burke,  who  is  giving  especial  consideration  to  the  transition 
from  grammar  grades  to  high  school. 

IX.  SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES  IN  ART  AND  MUSIC. 
1.    Cooperative  Art  Course. 

An  arrangement  has  been  effected  with  the  Art  School  at  the 
Museum  of  Fine  Arts  for  that  school  to  provide  art  instruction 
for  a  small  and  carefully  selected  group  of  students  entering  high 
school.  The  course  was  put  in  operation  last  September  for 
twenty  students  who  were  selected  by  the  art  department  of 
the  pubUc  schools  from  students  entering  high  school.  These 
students  devote  their  mornings  to  their  high  school  curriculum 
and  their  afternoons  to  art  instruction  at  the  Art  School. 
They  receive  four  credits  a  year  upon  their  high  school  diploma 
for  graduation,  giving  them  an  opportunity  to  get  sixteen  of 
their  eighty  required  points  for  graduation,  in  art  under  the 
most  competent  instruction  that  the  city  affords. 

At  the  present  time  a  careful  study  is  being  made  by  the  art 
teachers  of  the  pubhc  schools  of  the  abihties  of  students  in  the 
eighth  grade  in  order  to  select  those  who  have  evident  and 
highly  promising  artistic  talent.  These  students  will  be 
informed  of  the  opportunity  offered  at  the  Art  School  and  if 
they  choose  to  take  it  the  Art  School  will  endeavor  to  accom- 
modate them. 

2.  Music. 

The  changes  that  have  been  made  in  the  organization  of 
pubhc  school  music  are  indicated  in  the  report  of  Assistant 
Superintendent  Rafter.  The  advisory  committee  on  music 
has  made  a  careful  study  of  the  needs  of  our  schools  and  has 
proposed  revisions  of  the  course  and  methods. 

Their  recommendations  would  involve  a  simphfication  of 
the  work  in  music,  in  harmony  with  the  general  plan  of  sim- 


SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES. 


47 


plifying  the  elementary  curriculum.  They  propose  that  the 
study  of  musical  notation  be  eliminated  from  the  first  two  or 
three  grades  and  rote  singing  only  be  used,  and  that  from  the 
fourth  to  the  eighth  grades  the  technical  drills  and  sight  sing- 
ing be  simplified  and  reduced  and  more  time  be  given  for 
singing  the  songs  which  are  appropriate  for  children  and  which 
are  really  worth  while  for  them  to  learn. 

CREDIT  COURSES  FOR  OUTSIDE  MUSIC  IN  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 

In  the  last  annual  report  it  was  suggested  that  high  school 
pupils  should  have  an  opportunity  to  devote  themselves 
seriously  to  music  as  a  distinct  study  to  be  accredited  as  any 
other  subject. 

''In  the  high  school  period  their  critical  powers  should  be 
exercised  and  sufficient  analytical  knowledge  should  be  acquired 
to  enable  them  to  classify  and  understandingly  follow  musical 
compositions.  Instrumental  practice  outside  of  school,  under 
the  direction  of  institutions  and  private  teachers,  should  be 
encouraged.  Upon  the  outside  practice  there  should  be' periodic 
tests.  If  satisfactory  work  is  done  it  should  be  accredited 
the  same  as  any  other  subject  for  graduation.*' 

In  harmony  with  this  suggestion  the  department  of  music 
submitted  to  the  advisory  committee  on  music  a  plan  of  school 
credit  for  outside  music  as  follows : 

1.  A  high  school  pupil  wishing  credit  for  outside  work  done  in  music 
will  make  application  at  her  high  school  in  September.  A  copy  of  the 
approved  four-year  course  of  study  will  be  furnished  to  the  pupil,  which 
she  in  turn  will  present  to  her  music  teacher.  The  ntusic  teacher  will 
assign  the  pupil  to  the  year  for  which  she  seems  to  be  fitted;  first,  second, 
third,  or  fourth. 

2.  On  a  sHp  duly  prepared  the  music  teacher  will  indicate  the  year  to 
which  she  has  assigned  the  pupil.  This  slip  when  signed  will  be  forwarded 
to  the  pupil's  high  school  and  will  constitute  a  record. 

3.  On  a  slip  duly  prepared  the  music  teacher  will  certify  bi-monthly 
that  the  pupil  has  taken  at  least  one  music  lesson  per  week,  and  will  give 
her  estimate  of  the  value  of  the  pupil's  work.  On  the  same  slip  the  parent 
or  guardian  of  the  pupil  will  certify  that  the  pupil  has  devoted  at  least  one 
hour  each  school  day  to  practice. 

4.  Annually,  in  the  month  of  June,  the  pupil  will  be  examined  in  her 
high  school. 

5.  At  the  completion  of  the  pupil's  examination  a  certificate  in  duph- 
cate,  showing  the  result  of  the  examination,  will  be  made  out.  The  original, 
signed  by  the  examiner,  will  be  given  to  the  pupil  examined  and  the  dupli- 
cate will  remain  in  the  high  school  as  a  record. 


48 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


6.  A  pupil  taking  outside  instruction  in  music,  either  vocal  or  instru- 
mental, need  not  take  choral  practice  in  her  school. 

7.  A  pupil  who  has  compUed  with  the  above  conditions  and  who  has 
taken  not  less  than  one  music  lesson  per  week,  requiring  at  least  an  hour's 
practice  each  school  day  may  receive  therefor  two  diploma  points. 

8.  A  pupil  who  asks  credit  for  outside  music  study  and  who  takes 
choral  practice  or  instrumental  instruction  in  her  high  school  may  receive 
one  diploma  point  for  each  subject  taken  in  the  school. 

9.  The  maximum  number  of  diploma  points  in  music  per  annum  shall 
be  four. 

The  advisory  committee  has  signified  its  approval  of 
these  suggestions  in  most  particulars.  As  the  proposed  plan 
for  accrediting  outside  work  in  music  entails  little  or  no  expense 
it  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  plan  may  be  put  into  execution  next 
September. 

X.    DEVELOPMENT  OF  INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION. 

The  provisions  for  industrial  education  in  the  public  schools 
of  this  city  include  (1)  the  Mechanic  Arts  High  School;  (2) 
the  cooperative  course  in  the  Hyde  Park  High  School  for  boys; 
(3)  the  Trade  School  for  Girls;  (4)  the  Boston  Industrial 
School  for  Boys;  (5)  the  evening  industrial  schools  and  (6) 
possibly  there  should  be  included  the  prevocational  schools 
for  boys  and  girls  and  the  continuation  school  in  some  of  its 
aspects. 

Under  the  laws  of  Massachusetts  certain  of  these  courses 
receive  state  aid,  equivalent  to  about  one-half  the  running 
expenses.  The  following  receive  state  aid  in  this  city;  The 
Trade  School  for  Girls;  the  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys; 
Evening  Industrial  School  and  branches  of  household  arts 
in  the  evening  elementary  schools ;  the  compulsory  continuation 
schools  and  the  training  course  for  teachers  of  continuation 
schools. 

An  investigation  conducted  by  Mr.  Daniel  Foley  of  the 
English  High  School  presents  some  facts  that  make  an  instruc- 
tive comparison  between  the  number  engaged  in  different  occu- 
pations in  this  city  and  the  number  who  are  taking  courses  in 
our  schools  which  prepare  for  them.  Summarized  briefly  he 
finds  that  5  per  cent  of  our  male  population  is  engaged  in 
professional  occupations  while  34  per  cent  of  boys  in  our 
high  schools  are  taking  courses  leading  to  those  occupations; 
29  per  cent  are  engaged  in  commercial  occupations  and  47  per 


INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION. 


49 


cent  are  taking  courses  leading  to  such  occupations;  34  per  cent 
are  engaged  in  industrial  occupations  and  19  per  cent  of  those 
in  our  schools  are  taking  courses  leading  to  such  occupations. 
In  fact  the  number  in  our  trade  courses  is  not  19  per  cent, 
nor  half  of  it,  because  all  the  students  of  the  Mechanic  Arts 
High  School  have  been  included,  while  only  the  first-year  class 
is  being  distinctly  prepared  for  industrial  work. 

The  actual  number  of  boys  in  the  different  courses  in  our 
secondary  schools  in  January,  1915,  he  finds  to  be  as  follows: 

In  the  cooperative  industrial  course  at  Hyde  Park  High,  65; 
Boys'  Trade,  182;  Mechanic  Arts  High,  1,277,  400  of  whom 
are  in  the  first  year  or  industrial  course;  commercial  and 
business  courses  in  all  schools,  3,640;  college  and  professional 
courses,  2,645,  a  total  of  7,823  boys  in  our  high  schools. 

In  the  actual  occupations  in  our  city  according  to  the  census 
of  1910  the  male  workers  over  fourteen  years  of  age  were  as 
follows:  Unskilled  labor,  58,000;  skilled  labor,  62,000;  com- 
mercial, 55,000;  professions,  9,400,  approximately.  According 
to  these  figures  our  industrial  training  is  not  sufficient  to  meet 
the  demands  of  these  occupations. 

1.  Mechanic  Arts  High  School. 
One  of  the  chief  features  in  the  year's  events  has  been  the 
reorganization  of  the  course  of  study  in  the  Mechanic  Arts 
High  School.  The  school  committee  in  1912  authorized 
Mr.  C.  A.  Prosser,  now  Secretary  of  the  National  Society  for 
the  Promotion  of  Industrial  Education,  to  make  a  study  of  the 
Mechanic  Arts  High  School  to  ascertain  whether  the  school 
was  fulfilHng  the  aim  of  preparing  the  boys  for  advantageous 
entrance  into  industry  on  the  business  and  directive  side, 
and  if  not  what  provisions  or  changes  were  necessary.  Mr. 
Prosser  made  his  report  March  24,  1914.  In  brief  he  reported 
that  the  school  would  need  a  change  of  equipment  and,  in  some 
respects,  of  organization  before  it  would  fulfill  to  best  advantage 
the  aim  proposed.  The  summary  of  his  recommendations  is 
as  follows: 

1.  No  changes  of  any  kind  be  put  into  effect  before  September,  1914. 

2.  All  classes  now  in  school  be  allowed  to  graduate  on  the  present  basis. 

3.  All  changes  be  made  gradually,  beginning  with  the  class  of  1918. 

4.  The  school  gradually  abandon  all  attempt  to  fit  for  the  engineering 
college  and  confine  its  instruction  to  preparing  boj^s  for  industry  in  accord- 
ance with  the  aim  of  the  school  committee  indicated  in  the  report. 


50 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


5.  The  course  of  study  be  immediately  reorganized  for  the  first  year, 
to  be  put  into  effect  in  September,  1914. 

6.  The  whole  course  be  gradually  reconstructed  according  to  the 
suggestions  made  in  the  report. 

7.  Such  subjects  as  foreign  languages,  general  science  and  general 
mathematics,  which  belong  to  the  field  of  general  education,  or  of  college 
preparation,  be  eliminated  from  the  course. 

8.  Suitable  agencies  be  estabUshed  for  finding  and  selecting  boys  who 
wish  to  be  trained  for  industrial  careers  and  who  have  the  right  kind  of 
interest  and  abihty. 

9.  The  shops  be  organized  on  a  commercial  basis. 

10.  Instruction  in  the  shop,  the  class  room  and  the  laboratories  be 
more  closely  correlated  with  each  other. 

11.  The  customary  use  of  text  books  be  largely  discarded  and  the 
materials  for  instruction  be  gathered  from  such  sources  as  the  school 
shops,  outside  plants  and  trade  literature.  Experience  goes  to  show  that 
instruction  when  given  by  highly  competent  teachers  can  be  worked  out 
much  more  pedagogically  without  the  conventional  use  of  the  usual  text 
book  which  should  serve  as  reference  rather  than  lesson  plan. 

12.  Visitation  to  industrial  plants  and  lectures  by  business  men  and 
experts  from  outside  plants  be  included  in  the  instruction. 

13.  All  instructors  be  required  to  have  some  industrial  experience  as 
a  qualification  for  service  and  those  who  do  not  have  such  contact  or  can- 
not acquire  it  be  gradually  transferred  to  other  high  schools  and  replaced 
by  those  who  do  possess  such  qualifications. 

14.  Varied  equipment,  as  described  in  the  report,  be  added  to  the 
school. 

15.  The  school  day  be  lengthened  to  seven  hours  for  the  class  of  1918, 
of  which  not  less  than  six  shall  be  given  to  actual  instruction. 

16.  The  number  of  pupils  in  shop  classes  be  reduced  to  not  more  than 
28  to  each  teacher. 

17.  Shop  work  be  required  of  every  pupil  throughout  the  course. 

18.  A  placement  bureau  in  charge  of  a  vocational  counsellor  be  estab- 
Ushed. 

19.  The  course  be  so  arranged  that  boys  may  elect  drafting  during  the 
last  year,  or  may  speciahze  in  some  industrial  field. 

20.  Boys  who  discover  after  entering  the  school  that  they  wish  to 
prepare  for  the  engineering  college  be  transferred  to  some  other  high 
school,  and  that  it  be  the  duty  of  a  special  vocational  guidance  committee 
to  advise  concerning  such  transfers  and  see  that  they  are  made  to  best 
advantage. 

21.  Part  time  courses  of  instruction  be  established  which  will  enable 
the  school  to  place  its  students  on  actual  industrial  work,  while  taking 
training  for  a  portion  of  their  time  in  the  class  room,  and  which  will  enable 
those  who  have  gone  to  work  to  secure  through  the  school  the  further 
preparation  they  need. 


INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION. 


51 


These  recommendations  were  in  large  part  in  harmony  with 
two  previous  reports  of  investigations.  The  school  com- 
mittee decided  to  reorganize  the  school  in  accord  with  the 
above  recommendations  and  the  necessary  changes  in  the 
equipment  for  the  first  year  class  were  made  before  the  opening 
of  school  in  September.  Also  the  heads  of  the  departments 
proceeded  at  once  to  organize  a  course  of  study  in  harmony 
with  the  recommendations  for  the  entering  class. 

In  order  to  make  future  comparisons  to  see  how  closely  the 
course  as  it  works  out  corresponds  to  the  recommendations  of 
the  report  of  Mr.  Prosser,  the  entire  course  in  abbreviated  form 
is  presented  as  he  submitted  it. 


NEW  COURSE  OF  STUDY  RECOMMENDED  FOR  MECHANIC 
ARTS  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

First  Year. 


Periods 
per  Week, 


Applied  Mathematics: 

Shop  arithmetic,  dealing  with  practical  shop  prob- 
lems and  leading  into  elementary  algebra.  Ap- 
plied geometry  of  an  elementary  character  such 
as  grows  out  of  the  arithmetic,  drawing,  or  shop 
courses  

English: 

Modern  speech  and  writing;  class  talks;  business 
EngUsh;  written  papers  on  topics  related  to 
industries  

Citizenship : 

Practical  knowledge  of  civic  affairs;  community 
civics  

Science: 

Simple  mechanics  and  the  properties  of  materials  — 
to  be  taught  through  laboratory  methods  in  double 
periods  every  other  day,  alternating  with  mechan- 
ical drawing  

Mechanical  and  free  hand  drafting.  Practical  shop 
drawing  to  be  given  in  double  periods  every  other 
day,  alternating  with  science  laboratory  

Shop  Work  and  Carpentry  


5 
10 


52 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 
Second  Year. 


Applied  Mathematics: 
A  continuation  and  extension  of  the  course  in  first 
year  

English; 

Alternating  every  other  day  or  week  with  history. . . 

Industrial  and  Economic  History  of  New  England  and 
the  United  States:  - 
To  alternate  every  other  day  or  week  with  English, 

Apphed  Science: 

With  special  reference  to  the  industrial  uses  of  heat, 
Hght  and  power.  To  be  given  in  double  periods 
every  other  day,  alternating  with  mechanical 
drafting  

Mechanical  Drafting: 
Alternating  with  the  science  work  in  double  periods 
every  other  day  

Shop  Work,  Forging  and  Patternmaking  


Periods 
per  Week. 


5 

10  to  15 


Third  Year. 


Applied  Mathematics  

English: 

Alternating  every  other  day  with  history  

History : 

A  presentation  of  the  world's  progress  with  special 
and  constant  reference  to  the  industrial  and 
economic  causes  and  factors  involved.  Alter- 
nating every  other  day  with  English  

Applied  Science: 

Industrial  chemistry  and  the  strength  of  materials 
—  taught  in  double  periods  every  other  week, 
alternating  with  mechanical  drafting  

Mechanical  Drafting: 
Taught  in  double  periods  every  other  week,  alter- 
nating with  science  

Shop  Work: 

Machine  shop  practice  and  machine  construction . . . 


10  to  15 


INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION. 


53 


Fourth  Year. 


General  Mathematics: 
Organizing,  systematizing  and  advancing  the  applied 
mathemation  of  previous  years  with  constant 
applications  of  principles  to  practical  work  


EngHsh: 

Alternating  every  other  day  with  economics . 


Economics  and  Organization: 

Economics  based  on  the  background  of  economic 
history  previously  taught  and  dealing  with  eco- 
nomic law  and  its  application  to  modern  day 
industrial  problems.  Organization  to  deal  with 
practices  in  business,  shop  and  organization. 
Twenty  weeks  for  economics  and  twenty  for  organ- 
ization. The  two  as  one  course  to  alternate  every 
other  day  or  week  with  English  


General  Science: 

Unifying  and  organizing  the  results  of  the  labor- 
atory work  and  practical  experience  of  pre- 
vious years  and  giving  more  advanced  instruction 
of  a  quantitative  character  in  mechanics,  indus- 
trial chemistry  and  power.  Taught  in  double 
periods  every  other  day  


Mechanical  Drafting  or  Shop  Management  as  Electives: 
Taught  in  double  periods  every  other  day  


Shop  Work: 

The  pupils  should  be  offered  a  choice  of  a  year's 
work  from  any  one  of  the  following  courses,  or 
from  as  many  as  are  desired:  architectural  con- 
struction; machine  construction  and  tool  making; 
advanced  woodwork  and  patternmaking;  electri- 
cal industries,  including  power  


Periods 
per  Week. 


Months. 


10  to  15 


10 
10 


10 


10 
10 


10 


Note. —  If  the  school  were  just  being  estabUshed  with  ample  resources 
at  its  command,  a  better  training  for  industrial  careers  could  readily  be 
devised  which  in  the  opinion  of  the  report  would  contain  among  other 
changes,  such  features  as  the  follo^sang:  (1)  a  longer  school  day,  of  not  less 
than  seven  net  hours  of  instruction;  (2)  more  time  devoted  to  shop  work, 
not  less  than  three  hours  per  day;  (3)  smaller  shop  classes,  not  more  than 
twenty  to  the  instructor;  (4)  an  attention  to  instruction  on  the  electrical 
industries,  including  the  applications  of  power,  at  least  equal  in  the  amount 
of  time  and  equipment  now  proposed  for  each  of  the  various  shop  courses; 
(5)  instruction  in  foundry  work. 


54 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


The  number  of  students  taking  the  first  year  of  the  new 
course  is  400.  They  are  arranged  in  shifts  of  24  to  27  in  a 
group  and  spend  two  periods  a  day  on  each  subject,  one  period 
being  devoted  to  study  conference  in  academic  subjects  and 
one  to  recitation.  But  Uttle  home  work  is  required  as  the 
students  spend  seven  hours  a  day  in  the  school.  The  student 
conference  plan  in  which  the  students  are  taught  to  select, 
discuss  and  organize  their  facts  appears  to  be  remarkably 
effective.  An  investigation  conducted  in  three  different 
groups  shows  that  the  students  almost  without  exception  are 
thoroughly  interested  and  are  convinced  they  are  getting  just 
what  they  need.  Teachers  in  first-year  classes  in  other  high 
schools  would  do  well  to  visit  this  work  and  see  how  beginners 
are  taught  to  study. 

One  of  the  most  vital  differences  between  the  present  and 
the  former  plan  is  the  close  relation  of  all  the  subjects  to  one 
another.  The  science,  mathematics  and  drawing  all  have  a 
direct  bearing  upon  the  shop  practice  and  even  the  English 
and  citizenship  keep  in  close  touch  with  the  industrial  side  of 
the  boys'  interests. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  departure  from  the  plan  of  the 
old  course  is  in  the  distinctly  commercial  basis  upon  which  the 
new  course  is  organized.  In  order  to  prepare  boys  to  go 
directly  into  industry  on  the  business  and  directive  side  they 
must  learn  to  appreciate  the  problems  and  quantities  involved 
in  manufacturing  and  to  size  up  and  deal  in  class  room,  labora- 
tory and  shop  with  the  kind  of  situations  that  present  them- 
selves in  productive  industry.  Methods  of  production  in 
industry  form  the  basis  of  the  shop  practice.  It  is  not  the 
purpose  to  turn  out  skilled  mechanics  but  to  send  out  young 
men  who  through  shop  experience  and  instruction  in  a  few 
typical  industries  have  gained  an  intelUgent  idea  of  the  methods 
of  manufacturing  estabUshments.  The  academic  subjects 
also  are  directed  to  training  the  students  to  the  business  and 
directive  side  of  industry. 

The  plans  are  now  formulating  for  operating  the  second  year 
of  the  above  course.  The  alterations  of  the  building  and  the 
changes  in  the  equipment  will  involve  a  larger  expenditure 
than  that  for  the  first  year.  The  expenditure  for  the  changes 
last  summer  amounted  to  about  $12,000.  For  the  second  year 
it  will  be  nearly  twice  that  amount  as  it  will  be  necessary  to 
make  radical  alterations  in  the  forge  shop  and  provide  a  foundry 


INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION. 


55 


in  order  to  conduct  the  work  of  the  second  year  upon  a  com- 
mercial basis  as  is  done  in  the  first  year. 

2.    Cooperative  Course  in  Hyde  Park  High  School. 

Last  year  a  course  was  organized  in  the  Hyde  Park  High 
School  for  those  boys  who  desired  to  acquire  their  shop  training 
in  manufacturing  estabhshments  and  at  the  same  time  con- 
tinue their  high  school  education. 

The  shop  work  in  the  first  year  is  given  in  the  school  shop 
and  is  entirely  of  an  industrial  character.  Beginning  with  the 
second  year  the  boys  work  in  the  various  Hyde  Park  shops 
three  days  each  week.  The  instructor  in  the  school  shop  visits 
them  at  their  work  and  consults  their  foreman.  In  the  school 
he  gives  them  such  supplementary  work  as  is  needed  to  help 
them  in  their  particular  trade.  In  the  school  they  also  receive 
training  in  shop  mathematics,  drawing,  shop  science  and 
EngHsh.    There  are  65  boys  now  taking  the  course. 

An  advisory  committee  of  the  business  men  keep  in  close 
touch  with  the  progress  of  the  boys  in  shop  and  school.  This 
cooperative  plan  is  especially  appropriate  for  a  community 
such  as  Hyde  Park  which  contains  the  largest  industries  of  the 
city.  It  is  capable  of  considerable  extension.  It  is  the  most 
inexpensive  trade  training  that  can  be  devised  and  if  the  shop 
instructor  has  the  ability  and  the  time  to  act  as  coordinator 
between  shop  and  school  it  is  highly  effective.  Hyde  Park  is 
fortunate  in  having  a  shop  instructor  who  has  and  deserves 
the  entire  confidence  of  the  industries  and  I  beheve  Hkewise 
of  the  labor  organization.  Even  in  these  difficult  times  he  has 
had  no  trouble  in  keeping  his  boys  placed. 

The  Hyde  Park  part-time  plan  is  rapidly  passing  out  of  the 
experimental  stage  and  is  becoming  recognized  as  worthy  of 
extension  to  other  parts  of  the  city.  South  Boston  would  be  a 
very  appropriate  place  to  open  another  center  as  there  are 
great  industries  in  that  vicinity  and  many  boys  who  would 
gladly  accept  such  an  opportunity. 

In  the  general  high  schools  it  should  be  established  as  a 
principle  that  additional  expense  for  shop  work,  including  altera- 
tions, instruction,  supplies  and  equipment,  should  be  permitted 
only  as  such  schools  establish  a  comprehensive,  intensive 
industrial  course  comparable  with  commercial  and  EngUsh 
courses  which  shall  have  for  its  aim  primarily  the  preparation 
of  boys  for  industrial  life.    The  Umited  capacity  of  the  Mechanic 


56 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


Arts  and  the  Hyde  Park  High  Schools  makes  it  desirable  to  offer 
such  a  course  in  a  few  of  the  outl>dng  schools,  notably  Dor- 
chester, Brighton  and  East  Boston. 

3.    The  Trade  Schools. 

The  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  has  been  able  to 
admit  only  182  students  this  year  although  there  were  appHca- 
tions  from  at  least  400.  The  new  building  which  is  to  be 
provided  for  in  this  year's  budget  and  is  to  be  located  in  Rox- 
bury,  on  Halleck  and  Parker  streets,  is  to  provide  for  600 
with  possibilities  of  extension  to  1,000.  It  is  to  offer  training 
in  eleven  trades,  with  possibihties  of  indefinite  extension,  as  it 
will  occupy  more  than  125,000  square  feet  of  land. 

The  per  capita  cost  for  instruction  in  this  school  is  now  S172, 
one-half  of  which  is  paid  by  the  state.  This  "^^ill  be  reduced 
to  about  one-half  when  the  number  of  students  is  600,  so  that 
the  expense  of  the  school  will  not  increase  in  the  same  ratio 
as  its  size  increases.  The  highly  paid  head  instructors  of  the 
different  departments  are  already  employed  and  the  increase 
in  the  number  of  students  will  be  taken  care  of  with  assistants 
on  very  much  lower  salarj^  schedules.  For  example:  TVTien  the 
head  of  a  division  is  paid  $2,000,  and  there  is  but  one  group 
of  boj^'s  of  15,  the  per  capita  cost  is  S133  for  the  instructor  alone 
in  addition  to  the  overhead  cost.  When  there  are  four  groups 
of  boys,  sections  may  be  increased  to  17  readily,  and  the 
assistant  instructors  can  be  secured  for  an  average  salary  of 
S800,  thus  reducing  the  per  capita  to  $73,  and  overhead  costs 
will  diminish  in  the  same  ratio.  It  is,  therefore,  in  the  end 
economical  to  provide  for  trade  instruction  on  a  large  scale  if 
it  is  provided  at  all.  When  this  is  done  the  expenditure,  at 
least  that  out  of  the  city  school  fund,  will  be  considerably  less 
than  the  per  capita  cost  of  our  high  school  instruction,  which 
is  about  $85  at  present. 

The  Trade  School  for  Girls  accommodates  a  much  larger 
number  than  the  school  for  boys  as  is  shoT\Ti  by  the  number 
of  students  at  the  present  time: 

Number  of  Girls  in  Each  Department  of  the  Trade  School. 


Dressmaking  .   343 

Millinery   70 

Straw  machine  operating   30 

Cloth  machine  operating   26 

Catering   14 

483 


INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION. 


57 


The  enrollment  last  year  was  602;  140  of  these  were  from 
high  schools;  234  were  elementary  school  graduates;  89  from 
the  highest  elementary  grade;  56  from  Grade  VII.;  40  from 
Grade  VI.;  15  from  still  lower  grades;  25  from  shops  and  3 
from  continuation  school  or  elsewhere. 

This  school  takes  those  girls  who  are  over  fourteen  years  of 
age  who  desire  to  know  a  trade,  wherever  they  may  come  from, 
providing  they  can  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  compulsory 
education  law  (an  education  equivalent  to  the  fourth  grade  of 
the  public  schools).  At  least  one-fifth  of  the  time  must  be 
given  to  the  elements  of  an  education  in  the  common  branches, 
hygiene  and  civics,  and  the  rest  of  the  time  to  acquiring  a 
trade.  This  may  take  a  few  months  or  two  years.  As  they 
acquire  sufficient  skill  the  vocational  counselor  assists  them  to 
positions  and  they  are  followed  up  and  given  additional  assist- 
ance as  they  need. 

The  advisory  board  of  this  school  together  with  the  state 
school  officials,  after  many  conferences  with  employers  of  labor 
and  representatives  of  labor  organizations,  have  submitted  a 
plan  for  the  extension  of  the  Trade  School  to  provide  for  the 
improvement  of  workers  in  the  needle  trades.  The  Trade 
School  is  not  equipped  with  power  machines  to  meet  this  need 
and  it  is  already  filled  to  overflowing.  The  plan  proposed  is 
to  organize  in  convenient  downtown  quarters,  as  an  annex  or 
colony  of  the  Trade  School,  a  shop  equipped  with  up-to-date 
machines  for  60  workers  between  the  ages  of  fourteen  and 
twenty-five.  They  propose,  first,  that  the  plant  should  run 
six  days  in  the  week,  eight  hours  per  day  and  twelve  months 
in  the  year;  second,  that  the  instruction  shall  include  cutting, 
machine  work,  handwork,  pressing,  and  academic  instruction 
for  one-fifth  of  the  day  in  Enghsh,  arithmetic,  health  and 
citizenship;  third,  that  the  instruction  shall  be  upon  the 
part-time  method,  taking  students  for  six  weeks  in  their  dull 
season  or  other-svise  and  by  intensified  instruction  increase  their 
efficiency,  raise  their  wage-earning  power  and  broaden  their 
general  education;  fourth,  materials  shall  be  provided  and  the 
products  sold  in  accordance  with  the  present  trade  school  plan. 

The  total  cost  for  the  first  year  is  estimated  to  be  about 
;S10,000  for  equipment,  rent  and  salaries.  The  number  of 
students  this  would  accommodate  would  be  about  500  in  the 
year.  The  per  capita  cost  would  be  about  twenty  dollars,  of 
which  the  state  would  reimburse  one-half.  The  State  Board 
of  Education  feels  that  this  is  the  most  necessary  extension  of 


58 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


the  trade  work  for  girls  that  could  be  made.  The  present  school 
is  highly  efficient  in  preparing  dressmakers  and  milliners  but 
these  no  longer  represent  the  majority  of  women  in  skilled 
trades,  80  or  90  per  cent  of  whom  are  believed  to  be  machine 
operators.  The  skilled  power  machine  worker  receives  greater 
compensation  as  a  rule  than  the  hand  needle  worker.  It  will 
be  noted  that  both  the  employers  and  the  garment  workers' 
organization  strongly  favor  such  trade  extension,  as  also  does 
the  State  Board  of  Education.  It  is  the  strong  opinion  of 
Assistant  Superintendent  Thompson,  who  is  in  charge  of 
industrial  education,  and  it  is  also  my  opinion  that  the  next 
movement  in  the  expansion  of  trade  work  for  girls  should  be  in 
this  direction. 

The  Trade  School  for  Girls  has  tried  the  experiment  this  year 
of  opening  a  branch  preparatory  school  in  the  North  End.  Here 
the  students  of  the  locality  are  given  preparatory  training 
for  several  months  and  are  then  assigned  to  the  central  school. 
Another  branch  is  desired  in  the  South  End.  These  branches 
offer  an  opportunity  for  girls  to  begin  their  trade  convenient 
to  their  homes  and  enable  the  school  to  reach  a  much  larger 
number  than  its  limited  accommodations  would  otherwise 
permit. 

XI.  COMMERCIAL  EDUCATION. 
In  the  past  year  two  investigations  have  been  conducted 
under  the  direction  of  Assistant  Superintendent  Thompson, 
one  by  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  and  the  other  by  the  Women's 
Educational  and  Industrial  Union,  to  determine,  not  by  opinion 
but  by  carefully  verified  data,  the  educational  needs  of  those 
who  enter  business  and  whether  the  commercial  schools  of 
to-day  are  meeting  these  needs. 

1.  Report  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce. 
The  committee  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  sent  out  about 
5,000  question  blanks  to  clerical  and  nonclerical  workers  in  a 
highly  diversified  group  of  establishments  to  ascertain  what 
subjects  taught  in  school  are  chiefly  of  value  in  their  occupa- 
tion: also  question  blanks  were  presented  to  about  200  business 
men  by  personal  interview,  designed  to  ascertain  the  character 
of  training  required  of  employees,  opportunities  for  advance- 
ment, and  suggestions  as  to  subjects  upon  which  emphasis 
should  be  placed  in  the  schools. 


COMMERCIAL  EDUCATION. 


59 


From  a  study  of  the  returns  of  these  inquiries  the  following 
conclusions  seem  to  be  justified:  First,  the  better  positions 
are  reached  eventually  through  the  nonclerical  rather  than  the 
clerical  side  of  the  business.  Stenographers,  however,  would 
appear  to  have  the  advantage  for  a  period  of  from  fifteen  to 
twenty  years  of  service;  then  they  reach  their  maximum  and 
thereafter  the  advantage  is  held  by  nonclerical  workers.  As 
only  71  out  of  440  women  who  reported  have  worked  over  ten 
years  it  would  appear  that  the  best  pay  for  girls  in  commercial 
life  is  along  clerical  lines  if  they  are  fitted  by  nature  to  become 
good  stenographers,  though  opportunities  for  positions  are 
not  abundant.  Next  in  importance  for  girls  is  a  training  to  fit 
them  to  be  saleswomen,  from  the  point  of  view  of  earning 
capacity.  Opportunities  in  this  kind  of  work  are  so  much  more 
numerous  than  stenography  that  it  would  seem  to  be  of  equal 
or  greater  importance  in  a  commercial  course.  Second,  there 
are  so  few  men  occupied  or  needed  in  stenographic  positions 
in  this  city,  probably  only  a  few  hundred,  that  it  is  not  worth 
while  for  many  boys  to  devote  themselves  to  stenographic 
training.  The  course  that  will  fit  them  best  should  lay  a  founda- 
tion in  the  principles  and  necessary  qualifications  for  actual 
business  and  specific  training  for  the  competitive  side  of 
business.  Third,  the  statistics  clearly  show  the  value  of  a 
high  school  education.  While  the  grammar  school  graduate 
may  for  the  first  six  or  eight  years  be  ahead  of  the  high  school 
graduate  when  the  latter  commences  work,  the  high  school 
graduate  makes  more  rapid  advancement  and  quickly  passes 
the  one  who  has  not  gone  beyond  the  grammar  school.  For 
example:  At  the  same  age,  forty-three,  the  high  school  grad- 
uates who  reported  earn  on  an  average  20  to  30  per  cent  more 
than  the  grammar  school  boys  who  reported.  This  seems  to 
hold  true  as  a  general  statement  for  those  above  the  age  of 
forty,  though  of  course  there  are  some  exceptions.  Fourth, 
the  technical  subjects  most  used  in  business,  which  were  taught 
in  school,  are  ranked  in  the  following  order :  Penmanship,  mental 
arithmetic,  bookkeeping,  typewriting  and  stenography  last. 
No  attempt  was  made  to  determine  the  relative  importance 
of  the  broader  subjects,  such  as  commercial  geography, 
history,  economics,  science,  and  so  on.  In  the  report  from  the 
employers,  but  not  from  the  employees,  efficiency  in  arithmetic 
and  penmanship  seems  to  be  most  important  and  most  lacking. 


60 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


2.    Report  of  the  Women's  Educational  and 
Industrial  Union. 

The  investigation  conducted  by  the  Women's  Educational 
and  Industrial  Union  has  been  published  as  a  school  document 
of  187  pages.  It  is  therefore  unnecessary  to  give  any  but  the 
briefest  summary  of  it  here. 

Of  the  1,177  women  in  offices  whose  conditions  were  examined 
in  the  investigation,  2  per  cent  ^eve  bookkeepers,  57  per  cent 
were  clerks  and  40  per  cent  were  stenographers  and  tjrpists. 
The  term  clerk  is  used  to  include  those  found  in  business  offices 
who  are  usually  doing  work  requiring  little  or  no  technical 
training  or  general  education.  They  are  the  least  skilled,  least 
paid,  and  have  the  smallest  amount  of  education  of  women  in 
office  service. 

These  returns  do  not  at  all  accord  with  the  United  States 
census  and  other  reports  for  the  very  good  reason  that  most  of 
the  clerks  have  reported  themselves  as  "bookkeepers"  and  no 
distinct  hne  has  been  drawn  in  the  census  report  between  those 
who  are  actually  bookkeepers  and  those  who  are  doing  inferior 
clerical  work  and  general  office  work,  requiring  no  capacity  for 
responsibility,  executive  ability  or  specific  and  extended  train- 
ing, such  as  is  required  in  bookkeeping  and  accounting. 

The  survey  finds  that  one-third  of  all  women  workers  are 
engaged  in  some  sort  of  office  service  and  one-third  of  those 
employed  in  office  service  are  employed  in  stenography  and 
typewriting.  It  finds  that  education  is  the  most  important 
influence  in  office  service,  determining  the  occupation  a  girl 
can  enter  and  enabhng  her  to  command  a  higher  initial 
wage  and  to  reach  a  high  wage  within  the  minimum  length 
of  time. 

There  is  a  limited  opportunity  for  the  well-trained  bookkeeper 
and  women  constitute  a  comparatively  small  part  of  those  who 
are  distinctly  bookkeepers.  Their  earnings,  however,  are,  as 
far  as  investigated,  from  S12  to  $18  a  week.  About  two-thirds 
of  the  stenographers  and  tjrpists  earn  from  $10  to  $18.  Forty- 
seven  per  cent  of  the  stenographers  earned  less  than  $12  and 
76  per  cent  of  the  clerks  earned  less  than  $12.  One-half  of  the 
stenographers  and  three-fourths  of  the  clerks  began  with  an 
initial  wage  of  less  than  $8.  Seventy-one  per  cent  of  the  ste- 
nographers had  a  high  school  education  and  only  8  per  cent 


COMMERCIAL  EDUCATION. 


61 


were  without  high  school  training;  28  per  cent  of  the  clerks 
had  a  high  school  education  and  22  per  cent  had  no  high  school 
training. 

The  survey  made  a  comparison  of  the  education  given  by  the 
private  business  schools  with  that  given  by  the  high  schools 
which  seems  to  show  that  the  former  produces  workers  with 
inadequate  general  education  and  the  latter  produces  workers 
with  inadequate  technical  preparation. 

The  report  of  the  Women's  Educational  and  Industrial  Union 
reaches  the  following  conclusions :  First,  the  commercial  edu- 
cator must  be  acquainted  with  business  demands  and  see  that 
the  student  has  a  capacity  and  equipment  to  meet  them. 
Second,  a  four-year  high  school  course  should  be  insisted  upon 
for  all  who  can  avail  themselves  of  it,  and  a  fifth  year  intensive 
course  of  technical  training  should  be  developed.  Third,  short 
courses  in  day  high  schools  for  skilled  office  service  are  unprofit- 
able. Fourth,  intensive  courses  in  evening  schools  for  those 
who  have  gone  to  work  are  of  great  importance.  Fifth,  coopera- 
tive office  and  school  service  should  be  developed,  giving  students 
an  opportunity  to  work  in  business  offices  and  get  an  appre- 
ciation of  the  demands  and  conditions  of  business  as  well  as  an 
understanding  of  the  real  significance  of  the  courses  in  the 
school.  This  part-time  plan  w^ould  also  open  opportunities  for 
placement  of  pupil  workers  when  they  are  prepared  and  secure 
an  inteUigent  understanding  between  employer  and  educator. 
The  close  contact  produced  by  cooperation  will  help  the  educator 
to  formulate  a  standard  of  efficiency  in  education,  technique 
and  personal  requirements  and  will  initiate  the  prospective 
worker  into  the  atmosphere  of  the  business  world. 

The  provisions  for  commerical  education  in  our  schools 
include  (1)  the  High  School  of  Commerce  for  boys;  (2)  the 
Boston  Clerical  School  for  girls;  (3)  the  commercial  courses  in 
general  high  schools  for  boys  and  girls;  (4)  the  cooperative 
store  and  school  salesmanship  for  girls  in  nine  high  schools; 
(5)  the  evening  commercial  high  schools  and  the  continuation 
school  in  some  of  its  aspects. 

3.    High  School  of  Commerce. 
The  purpose  of  this  school  is  to  prepare  boys  for  the  com- 
petitive and  directive  side  of  business.   It  has  just  reorganized 
its  course  and  is  in  close  harmony  with  the  suggestions  that 


62 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


grow  out  of  the  investigations.  The  first  two  years  of  the  course 
are  prescribed  for  all.  In  the  third  year  those  who  take  the 
secretarial  and  the  accounting  course  are  placed  in  groups  by 
themselves,  and  in  the  fourth  year  those  who  are  preparing 
for  the  competitive  side  of  business  as  buyers  or  salesmen  are 
given  a  specific  course,  including  merchandising.  With  the 
new  high  school  building  on  Avenue  Louis  Pasteur,  nearing 
completion,  the  High  School  of  Commerce  will  be  able  to  accom- 
modate 1,600  students  next  year  and  will  probably  be  filled 
to  its  capacity. 

4.   Boston  Clerical  School. 

To  meet  the  specific  needs  of  girls  who  desire  to  prepare 
intensively  for  office  service  the  Boston  Clerical  School  was 
established  in  May,  1914.  The  following  two  courses  of  study 
are  offered:  one,  for  office  service,  available  for  girls  who  have 
completed  two  years  of  high  school  work,  the  course  to  consist 
of  bookkeeping,  office  practice,  commercial  arithmetic,  com- 
mercial law,  penmanship  and  business  English;  the  other,  for 
stenography  and  higher  clerical  work,  available  for  girls  who 
have  completed  three  years  of  high  school,  the  course  to  con- 
sist of  shorthand,  typewTiting,  penmanship,  business  arith- 
metic, English,  bookkeeping,  political  geography  and  office 
practice.  The  pupils  are  advanced  in  each  of  these  courses  as 
rapidly  as  their  progress  will  permit,  and  are  given  certificates 
when  they  have  satisfactorily  completed  the  course  without 
regard  to  the  length  of  time  required. 

The  purpose  of  the  school  is  to  make  better  stenographers, 
typists,  accountants  and  business  office  clerks.  The  school 
has  a  business  department  in  which  is  a  wholesale  office,  a 
jobbing  and  commission  office  and  a  bank.  In  each,  through 
cooperation  with  business  schools  in  various  parts  of  the 
country,  the  girls  actually  buy  and  sell  commodities,  handle 
checks  and  invoices  and  keep  the  books. 

The  standard  for  girls  is  set  high.  No  one  may  begin  the 
course  unless  she  has  first  completed  two  full  years  in  the 
ordinary  high  school.  Once  she  is  in,  she  must  average  90  per 
cent  in  all  branches.  The  organization  is  such  that  it  is  possible 
for  pupils  to  come  in  at  any  time;  indeed,  the  girls  are  joining 
the  school  practically  every  week.  At  present  there  are  about 
ninety  pupils.  There  is  a  special  system  of  instruction  which 
enables  a  girl  to  advance  as  fast  as  her  abilities  will  permit. 


COMMERCIAL  EDUCATION. 


63 


The  school  is  equipped  with  modern  office  appliances,  such  as 
typewriters  of  standard  makes,  filing  cabinets,  by  which  eight 
different  systems  of  fifing  can  be  used,  adding  and  calculating 
machines,  card  and  loose  leaf  ledgers,  billing  machines,  multi- 
graphing  machines  and  the  fike. 

The  school  is  equipped  with  a  set  of  offices,  with  counters, 
iron  grill  work  and  other  fixtures.  One  section  is  a  wholesale 
office,  another  is  a  jobbing  and  commission  house,  another  is  a 
railroad  office,  another  a  bank.  The  pupil  enters  first  as  a 
clerk  and  works  through  the  various  positions  to  that  of  man- 
ager, and  then  is  promoted  from  one  office  to  another.  This 
method  enables  a  student  to  learn  how  to  transact  business  as 
distinguished  from  the  routine  of  the  ordinary  bookkeeper  or 
clerk. 

A  set  of  books  illustrating  a  system  suitable  for  business 
offices  is  kept  and  such  special  features  as  the  use  of  modern 
posting  and  bookkeeping,  billing  machines,  calculating  machines, 
fifing  systems,  card  and  loose  leaf  ledgers  are  illustrated  and 
used  in  the  various  offices. 

Four  rooms,  including  one  of  unusual  size,  have  been  set 
Sipart  in  the  Roxbury  High  School  for  the  Clerical  School. 
Raymond  G.  Laird  is  principal  and  George  L.  Hoff acker  is 
directing  the  business  department. 

If  the  Boston  Clerical  School  is  to  fulfill  its  highest  mission 
and  make  the  greatest  contribution  to  commercial  education 
possible,  it  should  offer  a  course  for  high  school  graduates.  It 
should  not  be  of  the  character  of  a  post  graduate  course  at  all  but 
an  intensive  business  course,  taking  students  who  have  com- 
pleted their  high  school  education  in  any  high  school  and  giving 
them  technical  training  until  they  are  thoroughly  well  qualified. 
A  great  many  students  who  take  the  general  high  school  or 
commercial  high  school  course  find  themselves  T\dthout  a 
position  at  the  close  of  their  course.  They  also  find  themselves 
in  need  of  business  education.  Many  of  them  go  to  business 
colleges  to  get  the  technical  training.  Many  others  continue 
through  their  high  school  course  and  take  their  specialized 
training  afterwards.  It  is  hardly  to  be  expected  that  if  the 
Clerical  School  is  confined  to  those  who  are  willing  to  leave 
the  other  high  schools  at  the  end  of  the  second  or  third  year 
that  it  will  ever  meet  a  large  need.  High  schools  will  not 
willingly  give  up  their  good  students  at  a  middle  period 
in  their  education.    Students  also  are  unwilUng  to  transfer 


64 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


from  one  high  school  to  another  or  a  school  of  a  different  type, 
but  all  high  schools  will  gladly  recommend  their  students  upon 
graduation  to  go  to  a  speciahzed  public  school  where  they  can 
train  for  Ufe  occupation.  In  secretarial  work,  as  in  teaching, 
the  prices  and  rewards  are  high  and  well  worth  the  extra  years 
of  preparation.  It  has  been  well  demonstrated  in  the  investiga- 
tions that  have  been  conducted  in  the  past  year  by  the  Chamber 
of  Commerce  and  the  Women's  Educational  and  Industrial 
Union  that  next  to  teaching,  stenography  and  secretarial  work 
offers  to  capable  and  educated  women  the  most  attractions  of 
any  of  the  occupations.  To  set  the  standard  as  high  as  a  high 
school  education  and  special  training  on  top  of  it  would  do 
more  to  remove  the  criticism  of  superficiality  in  commercial 
education  than  changes  in  the  high  school  curriculum  could  do. 

Those  students  who  take  the  commercial  course  in  the 
ordinary  high  school  would  be  somewhat  at  an  advantage  in  the 
intensive  after-high-school  course  and  the  more  competent  ones 
could  probably  go  to  positions  without  the  additional  course. 

It  is  hoped  the  school  committee  will  see  its  way  clear  to 
admit  high  school  graduates  to  the  Clerical  School  next  Sep- 
tember. Eventually  the  Clerical  School  should  be  a  going 
concern  the  year  round  and  persons  who  are  graduated  from 
the  high  school  in  June  should  be  able  to  begin  immediately 
with  their  special  training. 

5.    Cooperative  Store  and  School  Course. 

Under  the  efficient  direction  of  Mrs.  Lucinda  W.  Prince, 
courses  in  salesmanship  for  girls  have  been  organized  in  nine  of 
our  schools.  These  girls  are  given  their  shop  practice  in  the 
stores  of  the  city.  Mrs.  Prince  has  effected  an  arrangement 
with  twelve  of  our  leading  stores  whereby  our  girls  may  get 
store  experience  on  Saturdays,  Mondays  and  during  the  hoH- 
days.  The  course  is  for  those  in  the  senior  class  only.  The 
school  course  includes  salesmanship,  textiles,  design,  commercial 
arithmetic  and  English,  and  is  closely  related  to  the  actual 
needs. 

Thorough  cooperation  has  been  secured  both  on  the  part  of 
the  head  masters  of  schools  and  store  employers.  There  are 
about  300  girls  taking  the  course  at  the  present  time,  a  remark- 
able development  for  the  first  year.  Mrs.  Prince  has  been  given 
an  assistant  who  is  to  act  as  a  coordinator  between  shop  and 


COMPULSORY  CONTINUATION  SCHOOLS.  65 


schooL  This  is  a  most  necessary  provision,  for  the  placing  of  so 
many  students  and  the  follow-up  work  is  as  arduous  as  it  is 
important. 

A  more  detailed  account  of  her  work  will  be  found  in  the 
report  of  Mr.  Thompson. 

XIL  COMPULSORY  CONTINUATION  SCHOOLS. 
In  accordance  with  chapter  805,  Acts  of  1913,  the  school 
committee  established  compulsory  continuation  schools  for 
children  who  are  at  work  between  fourteen  and  sixteen  years  of 
age.  These  schools  were  opened  in  September,  1914,  and  pro- 
vide (1)  for  pupils  who  are  in  skilled  employment,  (2)  for 
those  who  have  well-defined  vocational  aim  but  whose  employ- 
ment does  not  afford  preparation  for  such  vocation,  and  (3) 
for  those  who  have  neither  skilled  employment  nor  specific 
vocational  aim. 

The  first  are  known  as  trade  extension  classes,  the  second  as 
prevocational  classes  and  the  third  as  general  continuation 
classes.  Pupils  are  classified  in  groups  not  to  exceed  25  and 
the  sexes  are  taught  in  separate  classes.  Pupils  attend  four 
hours  a  week  throughout  the  school  year.  In  all  the  courses 
the  academic  instruction  in  English  and  mathematics  is  closely 
related  to  the  occupation  or  the  industrial  school  work.  When 
an  establishment  has  a  sufficient  number  of  pupils  and  offers 
facilities  the  teacher  is  sent  directly  to  the  store.  There  are 
twelve  such  store  schools.  The  other  pupils  are  collected  in  a 
large  building  on  La  Grange  street  which  has  been  equipped  as 
a  continuation  school. 

A  course  of  training  for  continuation  school  teachers  was 
offered  from  February  to  June,  1914,  with  about  forty  candi- 
dates. The  course  was  given  on  Saturday  mornings  and  con- 
sisted in  discussions  of  the  needs  of  continuation  school  pupils 
and  the  best  methods  of  improving  them.  The  school  has 
been  in  operation  about  four  months  though  much  of  the 
equipment  was  so  delayed  that  the  full  intent  of  the  courses 
could  not  be  carried  out  until  January,  1915.  The  number  of 
students  is  2,088,  of  whom  38  per  cent  are  in  mercantile  estab- 
lishments, 45  per  cent  in  mechanical  pursuits  and  16  per  cent 
are  classified  as  errand  and  miscellaneous.  After  the  school 
had  been  in  operation  four  months  it  was  thought  best  to 
assign  to  it  a  principal  who  has  had  large  experience  with  this 
type  of  students,  and  Mr.  Owen  D.  Evans  of  the  High  School 


66 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


of  Commerce  was  placed  in  charge.  As  pupils  come  from  the 
employment  certificate  office  at  the  rate  of  more  than  200 
a  month  the  assignment  of  new  pupils  to  appropriate  classes 
is  a  large  undertaking.  They  are  first  assigned  to  general 
improvement  classes  according  to  their  previous  schooling; 
they  are  then  studied  and  classified  after  consultation  with 
their  employers  and  parents.  In  general,  employers  appear 
to  be  cooperative  with  the  school  and  report  that  it  has  had  a 
steadying  influence  upon  their  boys  and  girls.  The  students 
themselves  have  shown  marked  improvement  and  increasing 
interest.  The  energy  of  the  teachers  is  now  especially  directed 
to  improving  their  children  in  character  and  efficiency  for  the 
work  in  which  they  are  engaged  and  an  increasing  amount  of 
attention  is  devoted  to  improvement  in  their  ordinary  educa- 
tion and  in  those  characteristics  which  will  lead  the  student 
to  advancement. 

While  the  school  is  still  in  the  experimental  stage  and  the 
teachers  have  not  yet  perfected  their  courses  of  study,  sufficient 
progress  has  been  made  to  justify  the  continuance  of  the  work. 
These  children  are  entitled  to  a  chance  and  .  an  opportunity  to 
improve  themselves.  This  school  will  be  a  steadying  and 
elevating  influence  in  the  formation  of  their  character  as  well 
as  in  preparing  them  for  greater  service. 

XIII.    VOCATIONAL  GUIDANCE. 

We  have  been  so  unfortunate  as  to  lose  by  death  Mr.  Alfred 
R.  Winter,  who  was  assigned  as  director  of  vocational  guidance 
last  year  and  who  showed  remarkable  ability  in  developing 
this  difficult  activity.  His  place  is  now  filled  by  the  temporary 
assignment  of  Miss  Susan  J.  Ginn,  who  has  been  in  charge  of 
the  placement  bureau.  She  appears  to  be  well  qualified  to 
be  made  permanent  director. 

In  the  elementary  schools  the  value  of  vocational  guidance 
lies  chiefly  in  giving  the  children  in  the  upper  ,  grammar  grades 
such  information  concerning  the  opportunities  offered  by  the 
various  high  schools  and  industrial  schools  that,  in  consultation 
with  their  parents,  they  may  choose  intelUgently  their  future 
course.  There  are  also  a  few  students  in  all  schools  and  many 
in  some  districts  who  must  go  to  work  without  high  school 
training.  These  should  be  informed  as  to  the  legal  conditions 
of  employment  and  the  possibilities  and  advantages  in  different 
kinds  of  employment. 


THE  TRAINING  OF  TEACHERS. 


67 


In  each  district  there  is  at  least  one  vocational  adviser.  The 
director  of  vocational  guidance  conducts  conferences  with  these 
advisers,  giving  them  such  assistance  as  they  need,  and  the 
special  advisers  form  a  means  of  communication  between  the 
guidance  office  and  the  teachers  of  the  district.  In  the  trade 
schools  and  in  the  speciahzed  high  schools  there  are  vocational 
counselors  who  assist  in  placing  and  who  follow  up  their 
students  who  secure  employment. 

It  is  believed  that  all  high  schools  would  be  benefited  by 
having  such  counselors  and  it  is  proposed  to  give  the  director 
two  assistants  who  will  look  after  high  school  counseling  and 
placing.  The  school  committee  does  not  deem  it  advisable 
for  the  public  school  system  to  undertake  the  wholesale  place- 
ment of  children  but  as  close  relation  as  possible  is  established 
with  the  placement  bureau  to  facilitate  the  work  of  each 
agency,  the  intent  being  that  any  employer  who  is  in  need  of 
assistance  may  apply  to  one  particular  office.  If  the  placement 
secretary  is  in  close  touch  with  the  vocational  director  and  the 
latter  with  all  of  the  counselors  of  the  city  a  suitable  candidate 
for  the  position  can  be  readily  provided. 

In  the  highly  speciahzed  schools  the  vocational  counselor 
deals  directly  with  employers,  the  range  of  employment  and 
the  number  of  employers  being  so  limited  that  it  is  possible 
for  one  counselor  to  keep  in  touch  with  them. 

The  placement  bureau  is  an  organization  independent  of  the 
schools,  and  supported  by  philanthropic  persons  to  assist  in 
the  actual  work  of  connecting  the  child  who  must  find  employ- 
ment with  the  employer  who  needs  assistance.  It  has  demon- 
strated its  usefulness  for  two  years  and  fills  quite  an  essential 
need. 

XIV.    THE  TRAINING  OF  TEACHERS. 

In  this  city  those  students  who  are  preparing  to  teach  are 
expected  to  make  their  decision  in  the  first  year  of  high  school 
and  pursue  throughout  the  high  school  a  specially  designed 
Normal  School  preparatory  course  in  which  special  attention 
is  given  to  arithmetic,  English,  art  and  other  subjects  that 
will  form  the  subject-matter  of  their  future  vocation.  The 
entrance  to  the  Normal  School  itself  is  somewhat  competitive. 
A  selection  of  about  100  of  the  candidates  is  made  upon  the 
basis  of  their  examination  and  high  school  marks.  Their 
preparation  after  high  school  is  conducted  in  three  closely 


68 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


associated  departments:  the  Normal  School  proper;  the 
Observation  or  Model  School  and  the  department  of  practice 
and  training.  The  Model  School  is  used  for  observation  and 
collateral  instruction,  and  the  training  department  gives  the 
students  five  months  of  practical  experience  with  close  obser- 
vation and  criticism.  For  three  months  of  the  time  the  student 
is  associated  with  a  critic  or  training  teacher,  changing  from 
primary  to  grammar  grades.  The  last  two  months  the  student 
is  put  in  charge  of  a  school  room  and  given  a  large  amount  of 
responsibility.  The  students  are  then  marked  upon  their 
practice  and  their  Normal  course  and  are  ranked  for  appoint- 
ment. 

1.  Normal  School  Course  Approved. 
The  Normal  School  course  has  been  lengthened  to  three 
years.  The  extra  year  which  has  been  added  is  not  for  the 
purpose  of  increasing  the  amount  of  work  in  method  but  for 
strengthening  the  foundation  of  scholarship  upon  which  this 
special  training  is  built.  The  new  course  was  introduced  last 
year  with  the  entering  class.  The  subject-matter  course  of 
the  first  year  consists  of  mathematics,  geography,  English  and 
psychology.  The  purpose  in  these  courses  is  to  select  those 
elements  that  are  of  greatest  importance  to  teachers  as  a  matter 
of  knowledge,  to  treat  them  always  with  the  teacher's  point  of 
view  in  mind,  and  to  make  them  of  such  a  character  in  both 
content  and  treatment  that  they  will  be  acceptable  when 
measured  by  college  standards.  In  order  to  ascertain  whether 
these  courses  which  were  established  last  year  were  measuring 
up  to  this  standard  the  school  committee  entered  into  an 
arrangement  with  the  Administrative  Board  for  University 
Extension  of  Harvard  University  for  the  inspection  of  the 
above  named  courses.  Through  the  appropriate  heads  of 
departments  of  Harvard  University  the  courses  were  inspected 
throughout  the  year  as  follows:  Mathematics,  by  Prof.  Charles 
L.  Bouton;  educational  psychology,  by  Prof.  Walter  F. 
Dearborn;  physiography,  by  Prof.  Walter  W.  Atwood;  and 
English,  by  Professors  Greenough  and  Neilson.  All  four 
courses  were  approved  by  the  Harvard  Administrative  Board 
and  have  been  accredited  for  one  full  course  towards  the 
Degree  of  Associate  of  Arts.  The  course  in  English  required 
two  inspectors  because  of  the  laborious  character  of  the  work, 
which  required  many  visits  to  the  schools,  thirteen  conferences 


THE  TRAINING  OF  TEACHERS. 


69 


with  the  teachers,  tests,  the  inspection  of  hundreds  of  papers 
of  students  and  a  report  of  130  pages.  The  inspectors  of  the 
course  in  Enghsh  summarize  their  report  as  follows : 

"After  carefully  considering  all  this  evidence,  we  find  that  the  course, 
though  planned  with  due  regard  to  the  special  needs  of  a  Normal  School, 
includes  almost  exactly  the  same  instruction  as  that  given  in  English  A  at 
Harvard  College,  and  that  it  is  very  closely  parallel  to  English  A  in  respect 
to  the  standard  upon  which  the  grades  are  based.  We  further  find  that 
although  certain  improvements  might  be  made  in  the  entrance  require- 
ments, the  course  is,  on  the  whole,  protected  by  entrance  examinations 
which  seem  to  be  of  college  grade.  More  important  still,  we  are  satisfied 
that  the  course  is  in  the  hands  of  instructors  who  possess  the  requisite 
knowledge  and  skill.  Most  important  of  all,  we  are  convinced  that  the 
exceptional  quaHfications  of  the  present  head  of  the  department  guarantee 
not  merely  that  the  course,  having  been  once  approved,  will  be  kept  from 
lapsing  into  inefficiency,  but  that  it  will  be  kept  fully  abreast  of  other 
college  courses  in  English  composition  by  the  mere  fact  of  remaining 
under  her  direction. 

"We  therefore  recommend: 

"1.  That  the  course  as  planned  for  1914-15  be  counted  as  one  full 
course  toward  the  degree  of  A.A.  from  Harvard  University. 

"2.  That  the  course  as  given  in  1913-14,  if  passed  with  a  grade  of 
'fair'  or  higher,  be  counted  as  one  full  course  toward  the  degree  of  A.A. 
from  Harvard  University. 

"3.  That  the  cases  of  those  who  took  the  course  in  1913-14  and  received 
a  grade  of  'passable'  be  considered  upon  their  individual  merits." 

The  course  in  the  second  year  which  is  now  in  operation  is 
likewise  to  have  college  inspection  in  the  subjects  of  physiology, 
biology,  economic  geography  and  principles  of  education.  The 
department  that  examines  the  courses  in  principles  of  educa- 
tion has  also  been  asked  to  give  such  suggestions  as  it  may  be 
able  as  to  the  general  administration  of  the  Normal  School, 
and  the  Department  of  Education  of  Harvard  University  has 
this  under  consideration. 

2.  Kindergarten-Primary  Course. 
On  January  11,  1915,  the  school  committee  decided  to 
establish  a  three-year  kindergarten-primary  course  of  study  in . 
the  Normal  School  in  addition  to  the  regular  course.  At  the 
present  time  those  who  prepare  for  the  kindergarten  have 
taken  their  first  year  in  common  with  the  general  course  and 
devote  a  single  year  to  their  preparation  for  kindergarten. 
The  classes  in  recent  years  preparing  for  kindergarten  teach- 
ing have  been  exceedingly  small  and  it  is  believed  that  a  more 
substantial  course  will  stimulate  a  larger  number  of  students 


70 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


to  take  it.  Some  of  the  reasons  for  adopting  a  common  course 
for  kindergarten  and  primary  teachers  are  as  follows: 

First. —  Our  primary  schools  consist  of  the  kindergarten  and 
first  three  grades  as  a  school  unit.  As  long  as  this  unit  is 
broken  into  two  widely  distinct  parts  with  different  courses  of 
training  and  certificates,  there  will  be  different  aims  and  ideals 
and  cannot  be  real  unity  of  purpose.  A  common  course  of 
training  will  promote  true  harmony  and  bring  about  a  good 
mutual  understanding. 

Second. —  The  children  in  the  different  grades  of  the  pri- 
mary school  are  in  the  same  period  of  mental  development. 
There  is  no  abrupt  change  as  the  children  pass  from  four  to 
seven  years  of  age.  The  transition  in  development  is  gradual 
and  so  should  the  method  of  instruction  be.  The  teacher 
should  understand  the  period  as  a  whole  and  should  lead  the 
children  gradually  from  the  more  infantile  to  the  more  mature 
activities.  At  present,  the  gap  between  the  kindergarten  and 
the  first  grade  is  wider  than  that  between  the  eighth  grade  and 
the  high  school. 

Third. —  The  kindergarten  teachers  have  as  much  need  of 
cultural  courses  as  the  primary  teachers.  They  must  go  to 
the  homes  and  secure  intelligent  cooperation  in  the  training  of 
the  children.  The  primary  teachers  should  be  able  to  do  this 
much  more  than  now  for  it  is  important  that  there  should  be 
harmony  of  ideals  in  early  training.  Further,  the  kindergarten 
teacher  must  have  a  knowledge  of  art,  music,  literature,  nature 
and  hygiene,  not  only  for  culture  but  for  the  selection  of  suit- 
able materials  for  instruction.  At  present  she  uses  such  mate- 
rials more  than  the  primary  teacher  and  her  course  of  training 
should  therefore  be  at  least  as  cultural. 

The  greatest  improvement  that  could  come  to  the  primary 
course  would  be  to  imbue  the  teachers  with  the  enthusiam, 
devotion  and  joyousness  in  work  that  characterize  our  kinder- 
gartners.  Those  who  believe  in  the  kindergarten  surely  want 
to  see  its  essential  qualities  carried  on  to  their  proper  outcome 
in  the  primary  school. 

The  course  adopted  is  as  follows : 


KINDERGARTEN-PRIMARY  COURSE. 
FiEST  Year. 


Periods 
per  Week. 


Elementary  Psychology  (college) 
English  Composition  (coUege)  . 
Biology  (college)    .      ,      .  . 


3 
4 
3 


THE  TRAINING  OF  TEACHERS. 


71 


First  Year.— Concluded.  pe^rWetk. 

Oral  expression   1 

Penmanship   1 

Kindergarten-Primary  Principles   5 

Subjects  not  Requiring  Outside  Study: 

Drawing  and  Manual  Training   2 

Music  (vocal  training)   1 

Gymnastics   2 

Observation   2 

Explanatory  Notes: 
Kindergarten- Primary  Principles : 

The  beginnings  of  child  study — study  of  children's  interests  and 
tendencies,  leading  to  study  of  FroebeUian  principles,  games, 
stories,  gifts,  handwork  and  music. 
Observation : 

First  Term. —  A  bird's-eye  view  of  the  elementary  system  —  Model 

School  observation  imder  Mr.  Lamprey. 
Second  Term. —  Two  or  three  hours  a  week  in  kindergarten; 

visits  to  assigned  kindergartens;  visits  with  kindergarten  training 

teacher. 

Second  Year. 
First  Term.  pf/ri^'k. 

History  and  History  of  Education  (college)   3 

English  Literature   1 

Kindergarten-Primary  Principles  and  their  application  ...  7 

Music   2 

Penmanship  _   2 

Hygiene   1 

Observation  and  Practice   12 

Explanatory  Notes: 
Music  —  1  hour  vocal. 

1  hour  instrumental. 
Kindergarten-Primary  Subjects: 

FroebeUian  Principles   2 

Gifts   2 

Games   1 

Handwork   2 

Observation  and  Practice: 

Three  mornings  per  week  in  the  kindergarten. 
Students  to  be  given  definite  responsibihties  increasing  in  amount 
and  value. 

Second  Term.  ^f.Xtk. 

History  and  History  of  Education  (college)   3 

EngUsh  Literature   1 

Kindergarten-Primary  Principles  and  Methods      ....  11 

Music   2 

Hygiene  (unprepared)   1 

Observation  and  Practice   . 


72 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


Second  Year. —  Second  Term. —  Concluded. 


Explanatory  Notes: 


Kindergarten-Primary  Subjects  and  Methods: 

IMethod  in  English  

Method  in  Arithmetic  

Method  in  Science    .  .      .  . 

FroebeUian  Principles  

Gifts  

Handwork  

Games .      .  .   


3 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 


Third  Year. 
First  Term. 


Periods 
per  Week. 


Principles  of  Education  (college  half  course)  . 

English  Literature  (college)  

Social  WeKare  

Art  (unprepared)  

Kindergarten-Primary  Principles  and  their  application  . 

Music  

Observation  and  Practice  


3 
4 
1 
2 
7 
1 
8 


Explanatory  Notes: 

Social  Welfare. —  Study  of  social  conditions,  preparation  for  mothers' 
meetings,  home  visiting,  etc. 

Music  Methods. —  Development  of  students'  appreciation. 

Art. —  Cultivation  of  students'  taste  through  work  in  color  and  clay, 
supplemented  by  visits  to  the  museum. 

Kindergarten-Primary  Theory  and  Methods : 

Educational  Theory   2 

Program   2 

Handwork   2 

Games   1 

Observation  and  Practice. —  Three  mornings  a  week.    Ten  weeks  in 
primary  grades,  eight  weeks  in  kindergartens. 


Second  Term. 

Practice  teaching  in  kindergarten  and  primary  grades,  of  which  three 
months  is  to  be  with  selected  training  teachers  and  two  months  in  charge 
of  a  class. 


Explanatorj'-  Notes: 

Kindergarten  Principles. —  The  beginnings  of  child  study  —  study  of 
children's  interests  and  tendencies,  leading  to  study  of  Froebel's 
principles. 
Handwork. —  Adapted  for  seat  work. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE  FOR  SENIORS'. 
Third  Year. 
First  Term. 


Periods 
per  Week. 


Kindergarten  Principles 
Handwork 

Games  .... 


1 
2 
1 


THE  TRAINING  OF  TEACHERS. 


73 


It  is  proposed  to  inform  the  students  of  the  high  schools  of 
the  proposed  new  course  and  secure  such  preUminary  prepara- 
tion on  the  part  of  those  who  select  the  course  as  will  enable 
them  to  take  it  to  the  best  advantage. 

The  board  of  superintendents  has  adopted  the  following 
plan  for  securing  the  proper  preparation  in  music  for  those  who 
select  the  kindergarten-primary  course; 

PREREQUISITES. 

The  attention  of  girls  graduating  from  the  eighth  gi-ade  should  be 
called  to  the  necessity  of  piano  lessons  in  the  high  school  in  case  a  kinder- 
garten course  is  to  be  undertaken  later  in  the  Normal  School. 

Girls  in  the  high  schools  intending  to  take  the  kindergarten-primary 
course  in  the  Normal  School  should  be  urged  to  continue  or  to  begin  piano 
lessons.  In  case  the  School  Board  agrees,  credit  will  be  given  for  music 
done  outside  high  schools.  Vocational  advisers  in  the  eighth  grade  and 
those  in  the  high  schools  should  meet  the  superintendent,  the  director 
of  music  and  the  director  of  kindergartens  in  order  that  the  plan  may  be 
thoroughly  understood. 

REQUIREMENTS  IN  THE  NORMAL  SCHOOL. 

1.  Ability  to  sing  (carry  a  tune)  will  be  required, 

2.  Ability  to  play  will  be  tested  and  candidates  will  be  divided  into  two 
groups: 

(a.)  Those  playing  so  well  that  a  minimum  amount  of  practice 
will  warrant  a  satisfactory  result. 

(&.)  Those  who  play  enough  so  that  class  instruction  by  a  member 
of  the  department  of  music  and  some  practice  (say  30-45 
minutes  daily)  will  bring  them  up  to  a  satisfactory  stand- 
ard by  June  of  the  third  year. 

INSTRUCTION. 
Vocal. 

First  year,  1  hour  a  week  36  (voice  training) . 

Second  year,  1  hour  a  week      .      .      .      .36  (voice  training) . 
Third  year,  |  hour  first  term    ....     9  (methods  and  training). 

Instrumental. 
First  year,  1  hour  on  alternate  weeks  .18. 
Second  year,  1  hour  a  week     .      .  .36. 

Third  year,  ^  hour  first  term    ....     9  (appreciation  of  music). 


XV.   SUMMER  REVIEW  SCHOOL. 
The  phenomenal  development  of  the  summer  school  plan  of 
removing  deficiencies  is  described  in  detail  in  the  report  of 
Assistant  Superintendent  Rafter.    Certificates  were  granted 
for  provisional  promotion  in  August,  1914,  to  2,277  students 


74 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


in  elementary  grades.  An  investigation  has  just  been  con- 
cluded into  the  progress  which  these  students  have  made 
up  to  the  close  of  January,  1915.  Reports  have  been  received 
from  2,185  of  the  pupils  who  were  promoted  in  the  summer 
review  schools.  Their  standing  for  the  first  five  months  of  the 
school  year  is  as  follows: 

Above  the  average  8  per  cent. 

Average  54  per  cent. 

Below  the  average  38  per  cent. 

One  thousand  five  hundred  and  twenty-nine  are  reported  as 
passing;  659  as  not  passing. 

When  we  remember  that  these  are  slow  moving  children  the 
report  is  highly  satisfactory.  Many  of  these  children  require 
more  than  180  days  to  complete  the  year's  work  and  the  40 
days  allowed  for  summer  study  will  again  bring  up  many  of 
those  who  fail  of  promotion. 

In  the  high  school  the  record  is  still  more  favorable.  Of 
those  who  are  continuing  the  subjects  which  they  studied  at 
•  the  summer  school  more  than  80  per  cent  are  maintaining  a 
passing  mark  so  that  a  large  majority  of  the  400  high  school 
students  who  attempted  to  remove  deficiencies  in  the  summer 
school  have  been  successful.  Probably  no  other  one  agency 
will  do  more  to  advance  students  who  are  backward  and  over 
age  than  will  the  summer  review  schools.  As  the  grade 
teachers  learn  to  report  more  specifically  to  the  summer  school 
teachers  the  deficiencies  of  their  students  who  are  not  promoted 
still  better  results  will  be  secured. 

XVI.  THE  CERTIFICATING  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE 
SUPERINTENDENT'S  OFFICE. 
The  Act  of  1913  completely  reorganizing  the  system  of 
certificating  working  children  has  been  in  operation  a  sufiicient 
length  of  time  to  reveal  important  and  interesting  data. 
Prior  to  1913  there  existed  nowhere  a  plan  of  certifi- 
cation from  which  accurate  and  important  information  con- 
cerning the  employment  of  children  was  obtainable.  During 
the  year  the  new  Massachusetts  system  has  attracted  the 
especial  attention  of  commissioners  of  labor  and  students  of 
child  employment  in  other  states,  and  it  has  been  made  a 


CERTIFICATING  DEPARTMENT. 


75 


subject  of  special  study  by  investigators  sent  here  from  the 
Children's  Bureau  and  the  United  States  Commission  on 
Industrial  Relations  at  Washington. 

It  is  fortunate  that  a  new  plan  of  certification  was  put  into 
effect  practically  simultaneously  with  the  new  child  labor  law 
and  the  Act  of  1913,  under  which  a  compulsory  continuation 
school  has  been  established  in  Boston,  for  now  we  have  at 
hand  the  means,  at  least,  of  securing  something  approaching 
accurate  information  concerning  the  effects  of  these  two  laws. 
Practically  none  of  the  information  now  available  was  obtain- 
able from  the  plan  of  certification  in  operation  prior  to  Septem- 
ber, 1913,  and  it  is  now  seen  that  under  the  old  law  the  money 
expended  in  certification  of  children  for  employment  accom- 
plished no  good  purpose  and  was  money  wasted. 

The  records  now  available  indicate  that  there  were  1,442 
fewer  Boston  children  between  fourteen  and  sixteen  years  of 
age  employed  January  1,  1915,  than  were  employed  January 
1,  1914.  Up  to  February  1,  1915,  the  number  of  employed 
children  of  this  age  had  been  still  further  reduced  by  213. 
In  other  words,  on  January  1,  1914,  there  were  4,812  Boston 
children  fourteen  to  sixteen  years  of  age  at  work.  On  January 
1,  1915,  there  were  but  3,370,  and  on  February  1,  1915,  there 
were  but  3,157.  There  are  many  employers  who  did  not 
discharge  children  under  sixteen  years  of  age  who  were  at 
work  for  them  at  the  beginning  of  last  year,  but  they  adopted 
the  policy  of  employing  thereafter  no  other  children  under 
that  age. 

An  effort  has  been  made  to  ascertain  the  causes  of  this 
decreased  employment  of  children.  The  names  of  employers 
a  year  ago  and  the  number  of  children  in  their  employ  were 
compared  with  corresponding  data  on  file  in  the  certificating 
office  at  the  beginning  of  1915.  One  hundred  fifty-three 
employers,  who  were  found  to  have  reduced  the  number  of 
their  employees  under  sixteen  years  of  age,  or  who  had  entirely 
eliminated  such  children  from  their  service,  were  canvassed 
with  the  following  result: 


76  SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


Reported  Causes  of  the  Lessening  or  Discontinuance  of  Employment 
of  Children  Under  Sixteen 


28  Child  Labor  Law. 

5  ^  .  .  .  Compulsory  Continuation  School. 

12  General  Business  Depression. 

9  Miscellaneous  Other  Causes. 

20  Child  Labor  Law  and  Compulsory  Continuation  School 

Combined. 

6  Child  Labor  Law  and  General  Business  Depression 

Combined. 

1  Child  Labor  Law  and  Miscellaneous  Other  Causes 

Combined. 

2  Compulsory  Continuation  School  and  General  Business 

Depression  Combined. 

3  Child  Labor  Law,  Compulsory  Continuation  School  and 

General  Business  Depression  Combined. 

1  Child  Labor  Law,  Compulsory  Continuation  School  and 

Miscellaneous  Other  Causes  Combined. 
59  Are  noncommittal  with  respect  to  the  separate  effect  of 


the  child  labor  law,  the  establishment  of  the  com- 
pulsory continuation  school,  or  other  specific  causes, 
but  indicate  by  their  explanations  that  they  have  dis- 
continued the  employment  of  children  under  sixteen 
years  of  age  because  of  the  general  feeling  against 
child  labor.  Many  of  them  assert  that  there  is  no 
profit  to  them  in  the  employment  of  children  under 
this  age,  except  in  so  far  as  such  employment  trains 
such  children  to  become  more  eflScient  employees  in 
later  years.  They  feel  that  whatever  future  value 
might  result  to  them  from  such  employment  is  more 
than  offset  by  legal  restrictions,  the  frequent  inspec- 
tion of  their  places  of  business,  the  calls  of  investigators 
and  hostile  criticism.  Their  purpose  seems  to  be  to 
avoid  ground  for  complaint  on  the  part  of  those 
opposed  to  child  labor. 
7  From  these  no  facts  whatever  were  secured. 

153 

Notwithstanding  the  falling  off  in  the  employment  of  chil- 
dren under  sixteen  years  of  age,  it  appears  from  our  records 
that  there  are  fewer  children  idle  and  out  of  work  than  a  year 
ago.    A  study  of  the  situation  made  in  December,  1913, 


CERTIFICATING  DEPARTMENT. 


77 


indicated  that  there  were  then  2,298  children  of  this  age  who 
might  be  classified  as  ''on  the  streets."  A  full  statement  of 
the  facts  as  then  ascertained  was  given  in  a  report  submitted 
to  the  school  committee  on  April  6,  1914,  and  afterward 
reprinted  for  general  distribution  by  the  Department  of  the 
Interior,  Bureau  of  Education,  Washington,  D.  C.  As  appears 
from  data  that  follows,  the  number  of  children  in  Boston  who 
might  be  classified  as  "on  the  streets"  February  1,  1915,  was 
reduced  to  526.  This  latter  number,  however,  includes  215 
children  whose  cases  had  not  been  followed  up  by  the  attend- 
ance department  but  who  were  to  be  reported  to  the  depart- 
ment for  investigation  at  its  February  meeting.  The  number 
of  children  who  were  known  to  be  out  of  employment  and 
looking  for  work  on  February  1,  1915,  was  but  311. 

The  tracing  of  children  under  sixteen  years  of  age  is  now 
much  easier  than  heretofore.  Whenever  a  child  leaves  a 
school  one  of  two  cards  is  sent  to  school  headquarters  by  the 
principal  of  his  school.  First. —  If  the  child  reports  that  he 
is  leaving  school  to  seek  employment  a  copy  of  his  school 
record  as  required  by  law  is  sent  at  once  to  the  certificating 
office.  Second. —  If  he  leaves  for  any  other  reason  a  special 
nonattendance  card  is  forwarded  at  once  by  the  principal  to 
the  chief  attendance  officer.  Through  these  two  means  it  is 
possible  to  follow  up  aU  children  of  this  age  who  sever  their 
connection  with  the  schools.  AU  of  the  special  nonattendance 
cases  are  investigated  at  once  and  either  the  child  is  returned 
to  school  or  he  is  required  to  obtain  legal  employment.  W^hen- 
ever  a  school  record  is  received  at  the  certificating  office  and 
the  child  whose  name  it  bears  does  not  present  a  promise  of 
employment  within  a  reasonable  time,  his  case  is  reported  to 
the  attendance  department  and  he  is  taken  back  to  school. 

When  a  child  leaves  the  employment  for  which  he  was  cer- 
tificated his  certificate  is  returned  at  once  to  the  superintendent 
of  schools.  It  seldom  happens  that  an  employer  fails  to 
return  the  certificate  after  employment  ceases  although  such 
instances  have  been  brought  to  light.  The  names  of  all  children 
receiving  employment  certificates  are  recorded  in  the  Contin- 
uation School  and  these  children  are  followed  up  to  make  sure 
of  their  attendance  at  that  school.  Instances  in  which  cer- 
tificates are  not  returned,  and  the  fact  of  loss  of  employment 
is  not  disclosed  through  the  Continuation  School  channels  of 


78 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


information,  are  usually  discovered  when  children  apply  for 
certification  for  a  new  job.  If  the  certificating  records  prove 
that  the  certificate  previously  issued  has  not  been  returned  to 
the  office,  the  employer  is  notified  at  once  and  it  is  sent  in. 
An  example  of  the  monthly  canvassing  of  the  cases  of  returned 
certificates  is  shown  as  follows: 

Employment  Certificates  Returned  to  Superintendent's  Office 
Because  of  Termination  of  Employment. 


Re-portfor  February  1,  1915. 
Total  number  of  such  certificates  on  file  on  above  date    .      .      .  1,471 

From  stores   623 

From  factories,  workshops  and  mechanical  establishments,  647 

From  messenger  offices,  restaurants,  domestic  service, 

offices  and  other  employments   201 

Cases  reported  to  the  chief  attendance  officer  for  investigation 
and  enforcement  of  school  attendance  laws  covering  the  holders 
of  these  certificates  980 

Cases  to  be  taken  up  with  the  attendance  officers  at  their  February 

meeting  215 

Emplo5Tiient  certificates  canceled  on  account  of  nonemplojmaent, 

but  belonging  to  children  not  discharged  from  school  .  .  .  276 
Disposition  by  the  attendance  department  of  the  above  980  cases  of 

loss  of  emplojTnent  as  follows: 

Children  still  looking  for  work  on  February  1,  1915  .      .  311 

Returned  to  regular  day  school   306 

Moved  to  unknown  address   105 

Moved  out  of  Boston   72 

Missing  from  home  —  parents  unable  to  locate  ...  1 

Enlisted  in  United  States  Navy   1 

Granted  special  home  permits   133 

Confined  to  home,  hospital  or  institution  on  account  of 

illness   24 

Dependent  and  delinquent  chUdren: 

Suffolk  School  for  Boys   10 

Lyman  School  for  Boys   5 

Private  reform  school   1 

^  Concord  Reformatory  •     .  2 

House  of  the  Good  Shepherd   3 

Care  of  probation  officer   1 

Children's  Aid  Society,  Clinton   1 

Privately  sent  away  by  the  courts   2 

In  the  custody  of  the  State  Board  of  Charity  ...  1 
In  the  custody  of  a  religious  society   1 

980 


Total  number  of  returned  certificates  on  file  January  1,  1915,  1,487 


CERTIFICATING  DEPARTMENT. 


79 


From  the  above  total  it  should  be  especially  noted  that 
through  the  efforts  of  the  attendance  department  306  children 
who  lost  their  positions  were  returned  to  regular  day  school. 
A  large  number  have  thus  been  returned  each  month  during  the 
year,  which  accounts  in  a  measure  for  the  considerably  increased 
registration  of  the  schools.  It  is  true  also  that  the  membership 
of  the  schools  has  been  augmented  through  the  growing 
tendency  of  parents  to  keep  their  childrefi  in  school  up  to 
sixteen  years  of  age.  This  tendency  is  the  result  of  many 
causes.  It  has  undoubtedly  been  influenced  by  the  campaign 
made  by  the  school  committee  two  years  ago  to  convince 
parents  that  it  is  for  the  best  interests  of  their  children  to 
remain  in  school  as  long  as  possible.  The  restriction  of  child 
labor  and  the  belief  to-day  in  the  minds  of  many  parents  that 
employment  before  sixteen  is  not  allowable  have  also  had  some 
bearing  upon  the  situation. 

The  return  of  educational  certificates  issued  to  young  persons 
between  sixteen  and  twenty-one  years  of  age  is  not  so  easily 
enforced.  This  is  due  in  a  measure  to  the  fact  that  the  law 
does  not  require  the  return  of  certificates  when  the  certificated 
person  becomes  twenty-one  years  of  age.  It  is  possible  to 
secure  a  more  general  return  of  educational  certificates,  how- 
ever, whenever  it  becomes  desirable  to  incur  the  expense 
that  a  follow-up  process  for  this  purpose  would  involve.  It 
has  not  yet  been  attempted  on  an  extensive  scale  because  of 
the  large  number  of  young  persons  certificated  between  sixteen 
and  twenty-one  years  of  age.  The  chief  value  of  the  educational 
certificate  lies  in  the  possibilities  that  it  offers  for  the  enforce- 
ment of  evening  school  attendance  of  non-English  speaking 
people  who  are  required  by  law  to  attend  these  schools.  The 
educational  certificates  issued  to  non-English  speaking  persons 
are  compared  with  the  evening  school  cards  in  the  certificating 
office  and  the  attendance  department  makes  sure  that  the 
holders  of  such  certificates  are  enrolled  in  the  evening  schools. 
If  it  is  found  that  non-Enghsh  speaking  persons  are  enrolled 
in  evening  schools  and  are  employed  without  lawful  certificates, 
they  are  followed  up  and  required  to  come  to  the  office  at  once 
and  obtain  them.  Through  the  operation  of  this  double 
checking  system  the  attendance  at  evening  school  of  non- 
English  speaking  people  has  been  noticeably  increased.  The 
record  of  non-English  speaking  persons  between  sixteen  and 


80 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


twenty-one  years  of  age  as  shown  by  the  records  of  the  certifi- 
cating office  at  the  end  of  January  is  as  follows: 


Minors  having  educational  certificates  and  working      .      .      .  2,447 

Minors  who  have  had  educational  certificates,  but  who  are  now 

unemployed  1,310 

Domestics,  bootblacks,  barbers,  etc.,  who  do  not  need  educa- 
tional certificates   154 

Minors  working  and  in  evening  school,  but  who  have  not  ob- 
tained educational  certificates   216 

Minors  not  working  and  in  evening  school   956 


Total  5,083 


The  work  of  the  certificating  office  since  the  Act  of  1913 
went  into  effect  is  shown  by  the  following  summary : 

Record  of  the  Issuance  of  Employment  and  Educational 
Certificates. 

September  17,  1913,  to  January  1,  1915. 

Summary. 

Employment  certificates  (whole  number  issued)  ....  14,669 
Educational  certificates  (whole  number  issued)  to  persons  required 

to  attend  evening  school  5,957 

Educational  certificates  (whole  number  issued)  to  persons  not 

required  to  attend  evening  school  46,015 

Total   66,641 


numbbk  of  diffeeent 
Young  Persons 
Certificated. 

Recertification 
Due  to  Change 
OF  Employment. 

Whole  Number 
;OF  Certificates 
i  Issued. 

a: 

to 

onthi 

ro 
■tJ 

■s 

Xi 
+» 

)nths 

mths 

.  O 

1914. 
(12  moi 

d 
.  o 

2S 

1914. 
(12  mor 

^  s 

•gio 

6 

Employment  certificates,  14-16  children. . . 

4,812 

4,508 

9,320 

892 

4,457 

5,439 

14,669 

Educational  certificates,  16-21  persons 

2,080 

18,285 

2,481 
13,338 

4,561 
31,623 

170 

1,226 
12,692 

1,396 
14,392 

5.957 
46.015 

Educational   certificates,    1&;-21  persons 
not  required  to  attend  evening  school .  .  . 

1,700 

25,177 

20,327 

45,504 

2,762 

18,375 

21,137 

66.641 

CERTIFICATING  DEPARTMENT.  81 

Totals  by  Years. 

Whole  number  of  certificates  issued  September  17, 1913,  to  January 

1,  1914    27,939 

Whole  number  of  certificates  issued  January  1, 1914,  to  January  1, 

1915   38,702 

Total   66,641 

Employment  Certificates,  Children  14  to  16  Years  of  Age. 

Number  of  14-16  children  certificated  up  to  January  1,  1914  .  4,812 
Number  of  14-16  additional  children  certificated  January  1,  1914, 

to  January  1,  1915   4,508 

Whole  number  of  different  children  entering  employment  9,320 

Number  of  the  above  who  became  16  years  of  age  prior  to  January 

1,  1915   4,463 

4,857 

Number  of  certificates  returned  but  not  reissued  or  expired  on 

account  of  age  of  child  (out-of-work)   1,487 

Number  still  at  work  January  1,  1915   *  3,370 


Educational  (Non-English)  Certificates. 
Young  Persons,  16  to  SI  Years  of  Age. 

Reissues. 

Certificates  issued  up  to  January  1,  1914  .  .  .  2,250 
Different  young  persons  represented        ....  2>080 

 170 

Certificates  issued  from  January  1,  1914,  to  January  1, 

1915  3,707 

Different  young  persons  represented        ....  2,481 

,    1,226 

Different  young  persons  represented  January  1,  1914  .  2,080 
Additional  young  persons  certificated  to  January  1,  1915,  2,481 

4,561 

Number  of  the  above  who  became  21  years  of  age  up  to 
January  1,  1915   376 

4,185 

Certificates  returned  (not  expired)  but  not  reissued  951 
Balance  of  certificates  in  effect  January  1,  1915    .  3,234 


*This  number  had  been  reduced  February  1,  1915,  to  3,157. 


82 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


Educational  Certificates. 
Young  Persons,  16  to  21  Years  of  Age  not  Required  to  Attend  Evening  School. 


Reissues. 

Certificates  issued  up  to  January  1,  1914  19,985 

Different  young  persons  represented  18,285 

  1,700 

Certificates  issued  from  January  1,  1914,  to  January  1, 

1915    26,030 

Different  young  persons  represented  13,338 

  12,692 

Different  young  persons  represented  JaDuary  1,  1914  .  18,285 
Additional  young  persons  certificated  to  January  1, 1915,  13,338 


31,623 

Number  of  the  above  who  became  21  years  of  age  up  to 
January  1,  1915  3,100 


28,523 

Returned  (not  expired)  but  not  reissued  (out-of-work)  .  7,290 


Balance  of  certificates  in  effect  January  1,  1915    .  21,233 

Employment  certificates  refused  September  17,  1913,  to 

January  1,  1915       .      .   382 

Cases  disposed  of  as  follows: 
Applicants  who  became  16  years  of  age  before  reached 

by  attendance  department   182 

Returned  to  school   150 

Moved  from  Boston   10 

Given  special  home  permits   2 

Not  at  given  address  (unable  to  locate)      ...  10 

Waiting  for  further  report  from  attendance  department  .  28 


382 

School  Records  Waived  1914. 
Educated  outside  of  Massachusetts,  school  records  not  available  .  45 
Attended  Boston  schools  but  130  day  requirement  waived  for 

good  cause   13 

Total   58 

The  following  table  indicates  the  grades  that  pupils  left  to 
enter  employment,  the  number  from  public  and  parochial 
schools,  the  ages  at  which  they  entered  employment  and  a 
general  classification  of  the  kinds  of  employment  in  which 
they  engaged.  The  first  three  sections  of  the  table  cover  only 
different  individual  children.  The  last  section  covers  not  only 
these  children  but  all  reissues  of  certificates  due  to  a  change  of 
employment : 


CERTIFICATING  DEPARTMENT. 


•J8qUI8A0_f^ 


CD  00 


•O  <N  CC  -rj*  00 
iC  >0  CO  C5 
O  O  iC  o 


uo  CO  fO  'i*  O 


•iaqo(joo 


t^COt^^rH 


(N  00  (N  CO  (M 
CO<N<N  r-i 


00  t>. 

CO 


lOCOMb-CD 
<N  1-1 


•auTif 


CD  lO  (N  M  00  CD  <N  (N 
(M,-l,-(TfO>^eOrH 
CO  (Ni-HrH 


(NOCDO 
(N(Ni-i<N 


»HrHOO  CO 


OtJ<(NCT> 

o»ocot>. 


CD00  00»OO 

r-l005 

(N(N  i-i 


(N00(N00O 
.-lOOTji  00 
.-i(Ni-i  T-l 


•qoJBj^ 


•jtieniqej 


00  Tt^ 


«  05  00  0  CD  iCM<  _ra 

^  a>  a;  aj  <B  CI  O'S, 

.2?  2  2  2  2  2  2h 
WOOOOOO- 

a  a  a  a  s  a  So 

ooooooo<u 


.  o 
^  2 


-Si 


a  a  a 

o  o  o 

Ih    IH  M 


INi-icDOOO 
CDiOO0'-<T}< 


CO  00  00 
.-lr-i(M 


o  fl  d  a 

0)  aj  4)  <u 

0)  <u  a>  a> 

<U  <U  4)  4) 


a  .3 


-SOS 


a 

GOO 


O 


84 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


XVII.    EXTENDED  USE  OF  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS. 

Through  the  action  of  the  school  committee  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  work  in  connection  with  the  extended  use  of  pubhc 
schools  was  changed  with,  the  beginning  of  the  current  school 
year.  This  is  the  third  season  of  the  operation  of  this  phase 
of  public  school  work. 

The  extended  use  of  the  public  schools  as  a  centrally  organ- 
ized activity  was  begun  in  1913  as  an  adjunct  to  the  depart- 
ment of  evening  schools.  An  assistant  director  of  evening 
schools  was  appointed  to  assume  direct  control  under  the 
general  supervision  of  the  director  of  evening  schools.  The 
following  year  the  work  was  separated  from  that  of  the  evening 
schools  and  made  a  distinct  department  but  coordinately 
managed  by  an  acting  director  and  an  associated  director  of 
the  extended  use  of  the  pubKc  schools.  In  September,  1914, 
the  rank  of  director  of  the  extended  use  of  public  schools  was 
created  and  the  two  ranks  of  the  previous  year  were  discon- 
tinued. 

Under  the  new  director  several  modifications  in  the  organi- 
sation of  the  respective  school  centers  have  been  made  and  the 
introduction  of  volunteer  assistance  has  been  tried.  Each 
school  center  is  now  in  charge  of  a  paid  manager  and  four  paid 
assistant  center  managers  have  been  appointed  to  serve  at 
large  in  all  of  the  centers. 

It  is  the  aim  of  the  director  to  have  each  center  backed  by 
an  advisory  board  of  citizens  residing  in  the  locality  who  will 
assist  it  in  its  efforts  to  approach  the  community  needs.  The 
centers  are  assisted  in  their  inner  organization  by  center  coun- 
cils. Each  council  is  made  up  of  representatives  elected  from 
the  various  groups  that  meet  in  the  center. 

Membership  in  the  centers  is  limited  to  persons  over  fourteen 
years  of  age  who  are  not  pupils  in  the  regular  day  schools. 

The  centers  open  the  first  of  October  and  close  the  thirty-first 
of  May.  The  month  of  June,  however,  will  be  given  over  to 
out-of-door  playground  work,  Saturday  walks  and  neighbor- 
hood picnics,  and  with  these  adjuncts  it  has  been  proposed  to 
thus  extend  the  season  from  the  Wednesday  following  Labor 
Day  until  the  first  day  of  July. 

With  two  exceptions  the  centers  are  conducted  on  Wednesday, 
Friday  and  Saturday  evenings  from  8  until  10  o'clock.  The 


EXTENDED  USE  OF  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS. 


85 


two  centers  excepted  are  conducted,  one  on  Wednesday  and 
Friday  evenings  and  the  other  on  Friday  and  Saturday 
evenings. 

The  director  reports  that: 

"Afternoon  activities  for  homemakers  are  developing  rapidly  so  that 
the  centers  have,  besides  a  Mothers'  and  Homemakers'  Club,  classes  in 
sewing,  cooking,  parliamentary  law,  current  events  and  dancing,  which 
keeps  the  centers  open  from  one  to  four  afternoons.  The  evening  interests 
cover  a  wide  range;  musical,  dramatic,  debating,  civic,  dancing,  industrial 
social,  printing  and  athletic  activities.  Forums,  too,  are  springing  up 
gradually." 

"Standards  of  club  procedure  and  club  accomplishments  are  developing. 
From  the  network  of  personal  contacts  in  the  groups  and  in  committee 
work  the  centers  are  being  projected  out  into  the  community.  The  move- 
ment is  becoming  better  understood  as  a  cooperative  means  of  enriching 
the  neighborhood  sense  and  catching  up  neighborhood  power  and  focusing 
it  on  individual  and  community  needs." 

"The  school  center  is  asking  that  every  plus  talent  of  a  community  be 
used  through  it  for  the  benefit  of  the  community;  and  its  request  is  meeting 
with  response." 

"By  referring  to  the  fund  availably  for  school  centers  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  fund  is  not  large  with  which  to  meet  the  cost  of  light,  heat,  janitor 
service  and  leadership.  The  number  of  paid  leaders  must  be  limited. 
This  makes  the  development  of  self-supporting  and  partially  self-support- 
ing clubs  a  necessity  if  the  work  is  to  be  extended.  There  are,  however, 
reasons  for  working  out  self-support  far  more  fundamental  than  this.  One 
appreciates  most  that  for  which  one  sacrifices.  Experience  has  proved 
that  groups  that  have  certain  financial  obligations  to  meet  are  more  alive 
than  those  that  do  not.  Every  member  takes  an  interest  in  the  manage- 
ment of  a  self-supporting  group  as^to  economy  and  efficiency.  Officers 
and  committees  are  held  to  carrying  out  programs  so  that  superior  leader- 
ship is  developed.  Attendance  is  more  regular.  The  members  are  buoyed 
up  and  united  by  the  feeling  of  independence  and  the  working  together  for 
a  common  objective." 

"At  the  present  time  there  are  fifty-two  volunteers  assisting  in  the 
centers.  There  are  fourteen  self-supporting  clubs  and  six  partially  self- 
supporting  clubs  organized.  By  self-support  is  meant  the  paying  for 
leadership.  Where  volunteers  lead  the  clubs  and  the  clubs  assume  no 
financial  responsibility  —  such  clubs  are  not  considered  self-supporting 
even  though  the  city  makes  no  outlay  for  them.  Clubs, are  partially  self- 
supporting  when  they  pay  a  certain  proportion  of  the  cost  of  leadership. 
In  all  the  centers  the  clubs  pay  the  expense  of  janitor  service,  refreshments, 
music  and  supplies  incurred  at  socials  and  entertainments." 

"Not  only  are  the  centers  intensifying  their  individual  lines  of  work,  but 
there  is  coming  to  be  an  interplay  of  interests  between  the  seven  centers. 
A  monthly  paper,  the  'Center  News,'  printed  by  our  printing  clubs,  is  a 
medium  of  general  exchange  and  keeps  all  the  clubs  in  the  city  in  touch 


86 


SUPERINTENDENT'S  REPORT. 


with  one  another.  Individuals  as  well  as  groups  are  constantly  showing 
their  loyalty  to  and  belief  in  the  school  center  movement  in  a  way  that 
means  much  for  its  future." 

The  director  reports  that  the  total  active  membership  (not 
registration)  during  the  current  year  is  3,408;  that  the  number 
served  by  public  lectures  has  been  18,205  and  by  special  non- 
English  lectures,  9,021.  The  diversified  work  of  the  centers 
is  exhibited  in  the  following  summary  of  the  work  in  one 
representative  center: 

East  Boston  School  Center. 
8  to  10  p.  M. 


Wednesday. 

Junior  City  Council. 
Mandolin  Club  (mixed). 
Crochet  and  embroidery. 
Games  Club  (young  men). 
Senior  Girls'  Dramatic  Club. 
Mixed  chorus. 
Folk  dancing  (girls). 
Band. 

Welfare  Club  (adults). 


Friday. 

Debating  Club  (young  men). 
Orchestra. 

Crochet  and  embroidery. 
Junior  Athletic  Club. 
Girls'  Minstrel  Club. 
Good  Times  "Club  (girls). 
Mixed  Dramatic  Club. 
Minstrel  Club. 

Civic  Club  (young  men  and  young 
women) . 


Saturday. 
Lecture  in  assembly  hall  for  adults. 

General  social  dancing  in  gymnasium  for  all  club  members  in  good 
standing.  , 

Mothers'  Club,  Thursday  afternoon  at  2.45. 

XVIII.    CONCLUSION  OF  SUPERINTENDENT'S 
REPORT. 

One  of  the  features  of  the  work  of  the  year  has  been  the 
encouragement  that  has  been  given  to  individual  schools  and 
school  principals  to  engage  in  investigations  and  experiments 
and  to  place  special  emphasis  on  such  activities  as  they  feel 
their  school  community  most  needs.  They  were  notified  to 
make  an  individual  report  of  their  special  efforts  and  their 
progress.  Extracts  from  these  reports  will  be  found  in 
Appendix  B  of  this  report.  No  other  portion  of  this  report 
will  be  found  of  more  interest  than  the  chapter  which  shows 
the  progress  of  individual  schools  and  the  initiative  and  ability 
of  the  principals  and  teachers. 


CONCLUSION. 


87 


Our  schools  are  remarkable  for  the  number  of  teachers  who 
are  making  real  contributions  to  the  cause  of  education,  and  if 
it  were  possible  to  collect  and  report  their  original  studies  and 
methods  of  procedure  it  would  make  a  valuable  addition  to 
modem  pedagogy. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

FRANKLIN  B.  DYER, 

Superintendent  of  Public  Schools. 


EEPOETS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


90       REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


1.    REPORT  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENT 
JEREMIAH  E.  BURKE. 


Franklin  B.  Dyer, 

Superintendent  of  Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass.: 
Dear  Sir: — In  compliance  with  your  request  I  submit  the 
following  report  upon  subjects  that  have  been  assigned  for  my 
special  consideration  during  the  year : 

The  High  School  Problem. 

The  high  school  problem  is  a  very  serious  one.  It  is  an 
attempt  to  readjust  the  machinery  of  the  schools  to  meet  new 
social,  industrial  and  educational  demands.  The  solution 
of  the  problem  calls  for  intelligent  discussion,  helpful  coopera- 
tion and  discriminating  judgment.  Wholesale  condemnation 
is  as  fruitless  as  it  is  unjustifiable. 

High  school  attendance  in  our  country  has  advanced  by 
leaps  and  bounds.  In  Boston  the  enrollment  has  increased 
100  per  cent  in  a  single  decade.  It  is  not  altogether  remarkable 
that  the  schools  failed  to  adapt  themselves  readily  to  this 
exceptional  growth. 

In  New  York  City  recently  Doctor  Van  Denburg  made  a 
study  of  1,000  first-year  high  school  pupils.  He  sought  to 
find  out  what  valuation  these  young  people  placed  upon 
high  school  education  as  a  preparation  for  their  life's  work. 
To  the  question,  ''Do  you  consider  a  high  school  education 
necessary  for  the  realization  of  your  plans  for  the  future?" 
331  pupils  answered,  *'No,"  while  201  were  doubtful  con- 
cerning its  value.  ''In  other  words,"  says  Van  Denburg, 
"a  majority  (53  per  cent)  of  the  entering  class  enter  the  high 
school  either  with  a  decided  prejudice  against  its  usefulness 
for  themselves,  or  else  with  a  reasonable  doubt  as  to  the  value 
to  them  of  a  high  school  diploma."  Such  facts  as  these  offer 
some  explanation  of  the  aimlessness  and  listlessness  so  noticeable 
among  high  school  pupils,  and  should  be  taken  into  consideration 
when  we  register  a  complaint  because  30  per  cent  of  the  pupils 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  91 


leave  school  during  the  first  year,  and  another  30  per  cent  before 
the  end  of  the  high  school  course. 

It  is  the  manifest  duty  of  school  authorities  to  arouse  this 
53  per  cent  of  pupils  from  a  state  of  apathy  and  indifference 
into  one  of  activity  and  expectancy,  and  to  reduce  to  a  minimum 
the  present  high  rate  of  mortality.  This  is  no  easy  task, 
but  we  are  gradually  making  some  progress  in  hopes  of  ultimate 
success.  Among  the  suggestions  that  I  would  offer  to  bring 
these  desired  objects  nearer  are  the  following: 

(a.)  No  further  extension  of  the  plans  for  the  general  high 
schools,  and  the  gradual  limitation  of  the  range  of  subjects 
pursued  in  these  schools. 

(b.)  All  schools  established  in  the  future  to  be  of  the  special- 
ized type,  such  as  the  High  School  of  Commerce,  the  Mechanic 
Arts  High  School  for  boys  and  the  High  School  of  Practical 
Arts  for  girls.  Careful  survey  should  be  made  of  the  occupa- 
tional opportunities  offered  in  Boston,  such  as  those  in  the 
building  trades,  for  instance,  and  industrial  schools  should  be 
provided  for  the  accommodation  of  pupils  who  have  an  apti- 
tude for,  or  an  inclination  toward,  such  pursuits. 

(c.)  Elections  of  studies  by  individual  pupils  should  be 
made  more  restricted,  the  selection  of  subjects  should  be  more 
thoughtfully  supervised,  and  the  work  everywhere  should  be 
made  objective. 

(d.)  The  segregation  of  the  sexes.  Where  both  sexes 
occupy  the  same  building  they  should  be  arranged  in  separate 
divisions  in  so  far  as  the  organization  of  the  school  will  permit, 
and  as  new  schools  are  established  they  shall  be  for  the  accom- 
modation of  one  of  the  sexes  exclusively. 

(e.)  Greater  attention  should  be  given  to  the  pupils  of  the 
first-year  class  of  the  high  school  who  are  failing  through 
inattention  or  through  inability  of  adjustment  to  their  new 
environments.  The  extension  of  the  school  day  during  the 
present  year  has  been  a  progressive  step  in  this  direction. 
The  methodical  and  sympathetic  supervision  of  backward 
pupils  at  the  annex  of  the  English  High  School  hkewise  deserves 
recognition. 

It  seems  advisable  for  head  masters  to  reorganize  their  lower 
school  (first-year  classes)  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  semes- 
ter. Such  reorganization  would  permit  pupils  who  have 
foundered  to  begin  their  work  afresh,  and  to  receive  credit 


92       REPORTS  OF  .\SS1STANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


for  whatever  success  they  ma}'  achieve  during  the  latter  half 
of  the  year.  And  wherever  it  is  found  necessary  for  the  well- 
being  of  these  backward  pupils,  special  teachers  should  be 
assigned  by  order  of  the  School  Committee. 

(/.)  The  better  preparation  of  teachers.  Our  scheme  of 
examination  should  require  a  class-room  demonstration  by 
every  candidate  for  high  school  certification.  WTien  new 
teachers  are  appointed  to  positions  in  the  high  schools  they 
should  be  placed  under  the  supervision  of  heads  of  their  respec- 
tive departments,  who,  in  turn,  should  be  held  responsible  for 
the  training  of  these  teachers,  and  should  make  frequent 
written  reports  to  the  superintendent  concerning  their  success 
or  failure. 

ig.)  The  school  authorities  by  means  of  suitable  printed 
material  should  keep  parents  as  well  as  pupils  accurately 
instructed  relative  to  the  various  courses  of  study  in  the  special- 
ized and  general  high  schools,  and  teachers  and  vocational 
comiselors  should  be  requested  to  safely  and  sanely  advise 
their  pupils  concerning  the  various  types  of  schools  and  the 
courses  best  suited  to  individuial  needs. 

The  South  Boston  High  School. 

A  study  of  the  organization  of  the  South  Boston  High 
School  reveals  the  fact  that  of  the  598  pupils  enrolled,  78  are 
taking  the  course  for  the  Normal  School,  44  are  preparing 
for  college,  76  are  pursuing  the  so-called  '"academic"  course, 
and  400  are  in  the  commercial  courses.  Of  the  first-year  class 
in  the  school,  out  of  221  pupils  23  are  taking  the  Normal 
course,  7  are  preparing  for  college,  38  are  taking  the  "academic' ' 
course,  and  153  the  commercial  courses.  It  is  not  unlikely 
that  the  76  pupils  who  are  registered  as  "academic"  will 
eventually  drift  into  some  form  of  business. 

The  school  then  is  practically  a  school  of  commerce,  and  in 
my  judgment  it  should  be  emphasized  as  such.  With  the 
creation  of  South  Boston  as  a  world  terminal,  and  with  the 
development  of  its  magnificent  water  front,  it  would  seem  that 
here  is  an  ideal  place  to  give  vent  and  enthusiasm  to  a  study 
of  our  commercial  possibilities,  and  to  inchne  the  thoughts 
of  our  young  people  in  these  directions.  I  would  recommend 
that  the  new  head  master  of  this  school  be  advised  to  reorgan- 
ize and  reconstruct  the  South  Boston  High  School  along  the 
lines  suggested  above. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  93 


Teachers'  Examinations. 

The  following  report  on  examination  and  certification  of 
teachers  is  submitted  for  two  purposes  —  first,  to  suggest  some 
modifications  for  improvement  in  the  plan  now  in  vogue;  and, 
second,  to  present  an  outline  of  the  present  method  of  procedure 
in  the  examination  of  candidates  for  teachers'  positions. 

First. —  Further  Extension  of  Visitation.  All  candidates 
who  received  a  certificate  as  a  result  of  the  examinations  held 
in  January  of  the  current  year  had  their  class  room  work  per- 
sonally inspected  by  a  member  of  the  board  of  superintendents, 
with  the  exception  of  candidates  for  the  High  School  certificate, 
fifty-eight  of  whom  were  examined  and  forty-six  of  whom  were 
certificated. 

The  reason  for  the  failure  of  requiring  all  high  school  candi- 
dates to  give  a  practical  class-room  demonstration  lies  in  the 
fact  that  they  are  variously  distributed,  many  of  them  coming 
from  remote  sections  of  New  England  and  occasionally  from  a 
greater  distance.  It  seems  advisable,  however,  that  the  plan 
recently  adopted  with  reference  to  the  visitation  of  other  can- 
didates should  be  applied  to  the  high  school  group  also.  Such 
an  innovation  may  necessitate  changes  in  the  prescribed  aca- 
demic requirements  for  examination  or  an  extension  of  the 
time  wherein  a  candidate  may  fulfill  all  the  demands  for  cer- 
tification. 

It  would  be  splendid  if  all  accessible  high  school  candidates 
might  be  visited,  and  their  work  be  thoroughly  inspected  by 
members  of  the  board  of  superintendents,  and  if  candidates 
from  a  distance  might  come  to  Boston  and  demonstrate  their 
ability  to  conduct  a  class  of  high  school  pupils  in  the  presence 
of  members  of  the  board  of  superintendents  and  of  heads  of 
departments  in  the  subjects  which  candidates  aspire  to  teach. 
Such  a  plan  of  reorganization  is  now  under  consideration  by 
your  committee,  and  will  be  presented  for  approval  before  the 
time  of  another  examination. 

One  of  the  benefits  resulting  from  this  visitation  of  high  school 
candidates  would  be  the  opportunity  afforded  the  members  of 
the  board  of  superintendents  to  discover  desirable  teachers 
whose  names  are  not  on  our  eligible  lists,  and  to  encourage 
them  to  take  the  Boston  examinations.  It  would  seem  that 
in  this  way  a  higher  grade  of  teachers  might  be  enlisted  for 
service  in  our  schools. 


94       REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


Second. —  Present  Methods  of  Procedure.  The  examination, 
certification  and  rating  of  teachers  necessarily  require  con- 
siderable time  and  attention  on  the  part  of  the  board  of  super- 
intendents. As  a  rule,  the  papers  for  the  various  examinations 
are  prepared  by  teachers  in  our  service,  who  perform  this  expert 
work  with  a  faithfulness,  a  cheerfulness,  and  a  professional 
spirit  which  is  highly  to  be  commended.  These  papers  are  then 
forwarded  to  the  board  of  superintendents,  and  submitted  by 
the  board  to  one  of  its  members  to  be  edited.  This  particular 
task  of  preparing  copy  for  the  printer  is  a  rather  delicate  one. 
It  can  be  neither  advertised  nor  exploited.  The  work  must 
be  done  quietly,  unostentatiously,  almost  stealthily,  as  a  matter 
of  fact.  The  questions  in  many  instances  are  rewritten  by  the 
editor;  the  papers  frequently  need  to  be  revised,  shortened, 
or  lengthened  in  order  to  bring  each  into  harmony  with  all  the 
related  parts  of  the  examination.  Again,  it  is  imperative 
that  the  printer's  proof  be  read  very  critically  so  that  inaccu- 
racies may  be  reduced  to  a  minimum.  The  number  of  different 
papers  printed  for  the  various  examinations  held  during  the 
year  1913  amounted  to  333,  covering  a  wide  range  of  subjects, 
and  it  is  gratifying  to  record  that  no  flagrant  error  appeared 
in  any  of  the  printed  papers,  and  that  very  little  criticism  was 
offered  concerning  the  character  of  the  large  volume  of  ques- 
tions presented. 

At  the  examinations  held  in  January,  1914,  the  number  of 
candidates  who  applied  for  certificates  of  qualification  was  as 
follows : 


Special  class  . 

6 

Instructor  in  man- 

Woodworking 

6 

ual  arts 

2 

Clay  modeling 

1 

Assistant  in  manual 

Shop  work 

3 

arts 

3 

Sewing 

9 

Industrial  instruct- 

Assistant in  music  . 

3 

ors 

8 

Kindergarten  . 

12 

Physical  training  . 

9 

62 

Each  of  the  above  sixty-two  candidates  gave  a  teaching  exer- 
cise with  a  selected  class  of  pupils  in  the  presence  of  a  member 
of  the  board  of  superintendents.  A  mark  was  given  each  can- 
didate for  the  skill  displayed  at  this  demonstration,  and  much 
significance  was  attached  to  this  mark  when  the  candidate's 
name  was  under  consideration  for  certification. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  95 


There  also  appeared : 
(6.)    Supervising  nurse  .      1    |        Assistant  nurse  12 

The  demonstration  of  the  nurses  differed  from  that  of  other 
candidates  in  this  respect:  They  appeared  individually  at  a 
clinic  in  one  of  the  schools,  and  were  given  an  opportunity  to 
show  their  skill  in  dealing  with  specific  children  who  came  to 
the  nurse's  room  for  treatment. 

The  following  candidates  likewise  presented  themselves: 


(c.)    Elementary  school, 

Class  A  .  21 


Elementary  school, 
Class  B  .  19 


The  board  of  superintendents  decided  to  inspect  the  work 
of  all  candidates  in  this  group  who  obtained  in  their  academic 
tests  an  average  rating  of  60  per  cent  or  better.  Those  candi- 
dates who  were  teaching  at  a  distance  not  farther  than  Worcester 
were  visited  by  members  of  the  board,  and  those  living  at 
greater  distances  were  invited  to  come  to  Boston  and  give  a 
teaching  exercise  with  a  class  of  pupils  in  the  presence  of  a 
member  of  the  board.  Only  one  candidate  was  certificated 
who  received  a  rating  of  less  than  60  per  cent,  and  it  was  decided 
to  visit  this  candidate  also. 

It  should  be  reported  in  this  connection  that  every  candidate 
at  the  examination  had  a  personal  interview  with  two  members 
of  the  board  of  superintendents,  and  the  mark  given  at  this 
interview  was  made  an  essential  part  of  the  record  at  the  time 
of  certification.  It  should  be  remarked,  further,  that  every 
candidate  for  a  high  school  certificate  who  selected  for  his 
major  subject  a  modern  foreign  language  (French,  German, 
Spanish  or  Italian)  was  subjected  to  an  oral  examination  by 
the  head  of  a  modern  language  department  in  the  presence  of  a 
member  of  the  board  of  superintendents.  It  should  be 
reported  likewise  that  every  candidate  who  selected  for  his 
major  subject  a  science  (chemistry,  physics,  botany  or 
zoology)  gave  evidence  of  his  academic  and  technical  skill  in  a 
laboratory  in  one  of  the  high  schools.  Furthermore,  each 
candidate  for  a  certificate  in  phonography  and  typewriting 
was  given  practical  tests  to  determine  his  qualifications  to  teach 
these  particular  branches.  It  should  be  noted,  further,  that 
an  inspection  has  been  made  of  the  class  room  work  of  such 


96        REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDNETS. 

candidates  upon  our  Elementary  A  and  Elementary  B  Eligible 
Lists  who  had  not  previously  been  visited  by  a  member  of  the 
board  of  superintendents,  but  who  applied  for  a  visitation  and 
a  rerating  based  thereon  in  accordance  with  the  privilege 
extended  to  them  by  vote  of  the  School  Committee  under  date 
of  June  23,  1913. 

Cooperation  of  School  and  Home. 

It  is  very  doubtful  whether  we  are  using  to  its  utmost  the 
material  machinery  of  our  schools.  The  agitation  for  extended 
use  of  school  buildings  has  been  far  from  fruitful  in  results. 
Our  great  plants  remain  inoperative  and  unoccupied  for  the 
greater  part  of  the  time.  It  is  a  trite  remark  that  school  build- 
ings should  become  more  conspicuously  social  centers  for  the 
general  welfare  of  the  community. 

Neither  do  we  use  to  any  considerable  extent  the  machinery 
of  our  schoolrooms  for  social  service.  In  the  schools  of  Boston 
there  are  men  and  women  with  intellectual  and  moral  power 
that  might  be  directed  with  great  force  to  the  public  benefit. 
These  men  and  women  are  variously  gifted,  and  would  cheer- 
fully cooperate  in  an  enterprise  that  would  bring  home  and 
school  into  closer  harmony  and  helpfulness. 

These  powerful  and  purposeful  agencies  should  be  conserved. 
By  making  the  home  a  center  and  the  schools  a  girdle  of  forces 
encircling  it,  these  school  people  may  enter  upon  a  course  of 
effective  service. 

There  exist  in  many  of  our  high  and  elementary  schools 
organizations  of  parents  and  teachers  affiliated  with  the  Home 
and  School  Association.  Their  meetings  are  held  in  the  halls 
of  the  schools  with  which  they  are  identified.  Those  of  us 
who  have  visited  these  meetings  from  time  to  time  and  par- 
ticipated in  the  discussions  need  not  be  told  how  intensely 
interested  parents  are  in  all  subjects  that  relate  to  the  present 
and  future  welfare  of  their  children.  These  established  home 
and  school  associations  should  be  made  a  more  direct  medium 
for  linking  home  to  school,  and  should  become  a  forum  for  the 
intelligent  discussion  of  home  and  school  problems.  Here  is 
an  opportunity  for  representatives  of  the  schools  to  exercise  a 
tremendous  influence  in  the  creation  of  wholesome  public 
sentiment.  Discussions  in  these  centers  should  not  be  pedantic 
or  stilted  but  should  be  practical,  direct,  and  of  concrete  interest. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  97 


A  number  of  school  men  and  school  women  have  volunteered 
their  services  for  such  a  campaign  of  education  to  be  conducted 
during  the  coming  school  year  in  cooperation  with  the  Home 
and  School  Association,  and  will  hold  themselves  in  readiness 
to  present,  as  often  as  it  may  seem  practicable,  the  results  of 
their  experience  and  research  at  the  various  meetings  of  the 
local  branches  of  the  association. 

A  hst  of  speakers  and  the  subjects  for  discussion  are  as 
follows : 

1.    Recreational  Boston. —  Opportunities  offered  in  parks,  play- 
grounds, gymnasia,  etc.;  amusements  for  the  young. 
Mr.  Joseph  Lee,  Member  of  the  School  Committee  of  Boston. 
II.    The  School  System  of  Boston,  Administrative  and  Instruc- 
tional.—  What  it  affords,  and  what  it  proposes  in  its  varied 
types  of  schools. 
Mr.  Franklin  B.  Dyer,  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

III.  Historic  Boston. —  Excursions  to  points  of  interest;  libraries 

and  museums;  Boston's  future. 
Mrs.  Ellor  C.  Ripley,  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

IV.  School  Gardens. —  Love  for  the  soil;   vocational  agricultural 

pursuits;  schools  and  colleges. 
Mr.  Walter  S.  Parker,  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Schools. 
V.    The  Use  of  the  Leisure  Hour. —  Educational  importance; 
opportunities  for  self-improvement  and  for  social  service. 
Miss  Mary  C.  Mellyn,  Director  of  Practice  and  Training. 
VI.    The  Evolution  of  the  Course  of  Study. —  Contrasts  between 
past  and  present;  adaptation  to  new  conditions. 
Mr.  Maurice  P.  White,  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

VII.  Our  New  Americans. —  Their  potentialities  present  and  future, 

in  home,  schoolroom  and  citizenship. 
Miss  Eleanor  M.  Colleton,  Supervisor  of  Special  English 
Classes,  Evening  Schools. 

VIII.  The  Unity  of  the  Family. —  The  glorification  of  the  home;  its 

integrity  the  basis  of  civil  society. 
Mr.  Augustine  L.  Rafter,  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Schools. 
IX.    Occupational  Opportunities. —  Studies  of  desirable  means  of 
employment  offered  in  Boston, 
(a.)    To  Girls. 

Miss  Grace  T.  Blanchard,  Head  of  Division,  Continu- 
ation Schools. 
(6.)    To  Boys. 

Mr.  Frank  V.  Thompson,  Assistant  Superintendent  of 
Schools. 

X.    Vocational  Guidance. —  JNIediums  of   advice  and  assistance 
offered  young  people;  cooperative  agencies. 


98        REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


XI.    The  Ornamentation  and  Beautification  op  the  Home. —  A 
center  of  attractiveness  for  children  and  adults. 
Mr.  Theodore  M.  Dillaway,  Director  of  Manual  Arts. 
XII.    Conservation  of  Health. —  How  it  affects  the  welfare  of  the 
individual,  the  home,  the  state. 
Thomas  F.  Harrington,  M.  D.,  Director  of  School  Hygiene. 
Xlll.    Protection  of  Public  and  Private  Property. —  Obedience  to 
law;  respect  for  order  and  authority. 
Mr.  Jeremiah  E.  Burke,  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

The  Intermediate  or  Junior  High  School. 

There  is  much  waste  in  education.  Enrichment  has  been 
carried  so  far  that  absorption  is  well-nigh  impossible.  Our 
courses  of  study  in  the  elementary  grades  are  altogether  too 
elaborate.  There  is  a  demand  for  elftnination  of  non-essentials 
and  simplification  of  subject-matter.  Such  reconstruction, 
however,  is  impracticable  so  long  as  eight  years  are  assigned 
for  instruction  exclusively  in  the  so-caUed  fundamentals,  such 
as  arithmetic,  geography,  grammar,  etc.  There  are  physic- 
logical  as  well  as  pedagogical  reasons  for  differentiating  the 
work  of  pupils  at  the  end  of  the  sixth  grade. 

Our  present  school  divisions  are  artificial.  In  our  accidental 
and  illogical  plan  we  have  two  distinct  systems  of  schools  —  one 
elementary,  another  high  —  differing  in  teachers,  methods, 
subjects  and  ideals,  and  having  little  or  no  points  of  articulation 
between  them.  Pupils  leaving  the  elementary  school  and  enter- 
ing the  high  arrive  in  what  is  almost  a  new  world.  The  transi- 
tion is  too  sudden  and  abrupt.  The  mortahty  among  first 
year  high  school  pupils  is  appalling.  The  cause  for  this 
wreckage  largely  is  the  failure  of  the  pupils  to  adjust  themselves 
to  their  new  environment,  or  their  inabihty  to  see  wherein  the 
nev/  studies  are  of  practical  benefit  to  them.  It  is  imperative 
that  we  bridge  over  the  void  between  the  elementary  and  the 
high  school  grades.  This  may  be  achieved  by  introducing  into 
the  grades  some  of  the  subjects  of  the  high  school  course,  and 
by  reserving  for  the  high  school  some  of  the  more  difficult  work 
now  required  in  the  elementary  grades;  likewise,  by  closely 
correlating  the  work  in  all  subjects  throughout  the  entire 
twelve  years.  There  should  be  a  unified  and  progressive 
sequence  in  the  pupils'  work  all  the  way  from  kindergarten  to 
college.  It  is  universally  conceded  that  the  study  of  a  modern 
foreign  language  should  be  introduced  much  earlier  than  at 
present.    Constructional  geometry  and  elementary  algebra 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  99 


should  be  related  to  arithmetic,  and  the  severities  of  technical 
grammar  should  be  assigned  to  the  high  school  course.  Courses 
in  elementary  science  in  the  grades  should  be  introductory  to 
advanced  work  in  the  high  school. 

It  was  such  considerations  as  the  above  that  prompted  the 
school  committee  last  year  to  authorize  modifications  of  the 
courses  of  study  in  four  of  the  elementary  schools  of  the  city. 
In  the  seventh  and  eighth  grades  of  two  of  these  schools,  the 
Henry  L.  Pierce  and  the  Mary  Hemenway,  the  study  of  oral 
French  was  introduced,  and  the  study  of  oral  German  in  the 
corresponding  grades  of  the  remaining  two  schools,  the  Chapman 
and  the  Edward  Everett.  In  order  that  the  work  undertaken  in 
these  grades  might  be  articulated  with  that  of  the  high  schools, 
conferences  were  held  between  the  teachers  of  the  high  and 
the  elementary  schools  who  were  interested  in  the  problem; 
all  the  outlines  of  work  for  the  new  departure  and  the  methods 
employed  were  approved  by  the  heads  of  the  modern  language 
departments  in  the  high  schools,  and  everything  so  arranged 
that  no  work  might  be  fragmentary,  but  all  become  part  of  an 
organized  and  harmonious  whole.  It  was  further  agreed  that 
pupils  taking  these  courses  in  the  elementary  school  should 
receive  full  credit  for  work  completed  on  their  entrance  to 
the  Dorchester  High  and  the  East  Boston  High  Schools. 
The  work  in  English  likewise  was  reorganized  to  avoid  repeti- 
tion, and  high  school  credits  will  be  awarded  elementary  pupils 
for  successful  work  in  this  subject.  In  the  eighth  grade  of 
one  of  these  schools  elementary  algebra  was  related  to  the 
work  in  arithmetic.  Thus  pupils  will  be  able  to  anticipate 
no  inconsiderable  part  of  the  first  year's  work  in  the  high 
school. 

This  work  has  been  extended  and  become  a  part  of  the  cur- 
riculum in  five  additional  schools  during  the  present  school 
year. 

It  is  now  recommended  that  the  ninth  grade  be  included  as 
k  part  of  this  experiment,  and  that  a  junior  high  school  be 
established  to  provide  for  pupils  of  the  seventh,  eighth  and 
ninth  grades,  thus  relieving  the  high  school  of  its  present  first 
year  work.  There  are  several  arguments  in  favor  of  segregat- 
ing the  pupils  of  these  grades  from  those  that  are  younger 
and  from  those  that  are  older,  but  the  chief  advantage  educa- 
tionally would  be  the  atmosphere  created  in  such  a  school. 
The  intermediate  or  junior  high  school  should  be  neither 


100     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


elementary  nor  high;  rather  it  should  be  both.  The  teachers 
should  be  neither  elementary  nor  high,  but  both.  Pupils 
would  enter  the  school  as  elementary,  but  they  would  emerge 
full-fledged  high  school  pupils.  The  chasm  now  existing 
between  high  and  elementary  schools  would  be  bridged,  a 
desideratum  devoutly  to  be  wished  for. 

Another  advantage  would  accrue  from  retaining  the  pupils 
of  the  ninth  grade  in  this  intermediate  division.  Children 
entering  the  high  school  at  the  present  time  are  very  young, 
and  to  a  considerable  extent  the  pupils  themselves  select  the 
courses  and  the  subjects  that  they  are  to  pursue.  In  the  junior 
high  school  they  would  have  an  additional  year  in  which  to 
find  themselves,  and  the  teachers  would  have  a  greater  oppor- 
tunity to  judge  of  the  pupils'  capabilities  and  inclinations,  and 
thus  vocational  guidance  would  become  more  intelligent  and 
more  effective. 

The  junior  high  school  should  offer  a  variety  of  courses.  It 
should  provide  for 

(a.)  Pupils  who  desire  to  pursue  cultural  courses  in  the 
high  schools. 

(6.)  Pupils  contemplating  taking  commercial  courses  in  the 
high  schools. 

(c.)  Pupils  preparing  for  further  pursuit  of  industrial  or 
mechanical  studies,  and 

(d.)  That  heretofore  sadly  neglected  group  of  boys  and  girls 
who  must  enter  the  commercial  or  artisan  world  upon,  or  even 
before,  the  completion  of  the  elementary  school  course. 

"Blind  alleys"  are  as  intolerable  in  a  system  of  pubhc  schools 
as  they  are  in  occupational  pursuits.  These  courses,  therefore, 
should  be  flexible  in  order  that  pupils  may  pass  readily  from 
one  to  the  other  in  the  difficult  process  of  discovering  and 
adjusting  themselves. 

It  is  confidently  expected  that  the  establishment  of  these 
courses  in  the  junior  high  school  may  result  in  economy  of 
time  and  of  effort  on  the  part  of  the  pupil  by  making  the  work 
throughout  more  harmonious  and  more  directly  related  to  the 
needs  of  the  pupils.  A  plan  somewhat  similar  to  the  one  here 
suggested  has  been  put  in  operation  in  the  school  system  con- 
nected with  the  Department  of  Education  of  the  University 
of  Chicago,  and  has  resulted  in  the  saving  of  an  entire  year. 
It  is  unsafe  to  predict,  but  it  seems  altogether  reasonable,  that 
the  reconstruction  of  courses  in  accordance  with  this  proposed 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  101 

program  will  lessen  by  a  full  year  the  school  life  of  many  pupils. 
At  any  rate,  the  work  accomplished  in  the  junior  high  school 
shall  be  recognized  as  the  equivalent  of  the  first  year's  work  in 
any  high  school  in  the  city,  so  that  pupils  may  pass  directly 
into  the  second  year  of  the  high  school  course  scarcely  con- 
scious of  any  change,  and  in  most  instances  a  premium  will  be 
placed  upon  their  past  achievement. 

Moreover,  it  is  believed  that  pupils  saved  from  the  dangers 
that  now  confront  them  in  their  first  year's  work,  and  having 
successfully  passed  on  to  the  second  year,  will  be  impelled  to 
pursue  their  studies  still  further,  and  thus  the  wreckage  of  high 
school  pupils  will  be  mercifully  reduced. 

The  organization  of  the  school  should  be  intermediate, 
between  that  of  the  high  and  the  elementary.  The  salaries  of 
masters  and  teachers  should  be  somewhere  between  those  paid 
in  the  two  systems.  It  is  Hkely  that  the  initial  cost  of  instruc- 
tion may  be  somewhat  greater  than  under  our  present  organiza- 
tions. However,  if  our  predictions  are  verified,  and  a  consid- 
erable number  of  pupils  advance  with  sufficient  rapidity  to  save 
an  entire  year,  a  positive  saving,  financially  as  well  as  educa- 
tionally, will  result. 

One  of  the  practical  results  of  the  establishment  of  district 
jui^iior  high  schools  would  be  the  relief  afforded  the  congested 
condition  of  several  high  school  buildings;  and  if  this  newer 
type  of  schools  is  constructed  in  place  of  the  traditional,  a  finan- 
cial saving  would  be  effected,  since  the  junior  high  schools  need 
not  be  so  ornate  or  so  richly  equipped  as  the  buildings  that 
they  supersede.  The  following  is  a  tentative  program  of 
studies  for  the  proposed  Junior  High  School: 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


a 

c3 
u 
'S 


lis 

lie 

<^  oO 


ct  to 
*  a 

.2  CI 
a  s  E  <u 


0  O 

0.2 


"+^r5o-9  «3  9 

-S  St)  g  fl  s'S 

fl  C  d  <i)'=^^-"=^ 


lO  lO  lO     »c     »c  • 


s  s 


>».2 

,£3  43 

.2  ^-^ 

03  <^ 
.  OJO< 

v.. 2. 2  0__  M 

fl  a>  o  o  ^'-i'=< 
HOOO 


■§  >> 

:S  c  R  oj  c3  2  3 
d  a>  o 


fl 

a 

O.S 


I 

bO 

o 

O) 

:0 

'C 
d 

o3 

m  fl 

wis 


.^i^  fl 


c    3  S." 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  103 


2.    REPORT  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENT 
WALTER  S.  PARKER. 


Franklin  B.  Dyer, 

Superintendent  of  Public  Schools: 
Dear  Sir, —  I  submit  herewith  a  report  on  the  subjects 
assigned  to  me  for  the  year. 

Kindergartens. 

The  report  of  the  acting  director  of  kindergartens  for  the 
school  year  1913-14  has  been  submitted,  and  I  take  the  hberty 
of  quoting  from  that  report  at  the  end  of  this  report. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  extension  work  in  making 
the  connection  between  the  regular  kindergarten  and  the  first 
grade  more  complete.  In  any  system  the  transition  from 
grade  to  grade  should  be  easy  and  natural,  and  without  any 
mental  or  nervous  shock  to  the  advancing  pupil.  The  growth 
of  the  kindergarten  and  its  influence  on  the  other  grades  of 
school  has  been  very  great.  The  quotations  from  Dr.  William  T. 
Harris  would  not  be  out  of  place: 

"The  kindergarten  brings  with  it  a  new  leaven  which  is  destined  to 
leaven  the  whole  lump."  "It  inspires  its  teachers  with  the  true  mission- 
ary spirit,  to  devote  themselves  to  the  work  of  unfolding  the  self-activity 
of  humanity  in  its  feeblest  and  most  rudimentary  stage  of  growth.  In 
proportion  to  the  maturity  of  the  human  being,  he  manifests  the  power 
of  self-help.  The  teacher  of  advanced  pupils  does  not  stand  in  need  of 
such  refinements  of  method  to  secure  profitable  industry  in  his  classes; 
it  is  the  teacher  of  feeble-minded  adults  or  very  young  children  that  must 
have  what  the  Germans  call  a  'developing  method.'  A  correct  method 
is  very  important  even  in  higher  education;  it  is  indispensable  in  primary 
education." 

"It  happens,  therefore,  that  the  kindergarten  gives  great  attention 
to  the  sequence  of  studies,  the  educational  value  of  each  exercise,  and  to 
the  correct  method  of  directing  the  pupil's  own  efforts  without  stunting 
them  by  officious  help." 

The  closer  relation  between  the  kindergarten  teacher  and  the 
elementary  teacher  will  have  a  tendency  to  help  both  to  a 
broader  view  of  the  highest  conception  of  the  education  of  the 
young.  The  kindergarten  has  had  great  influence  under  the 
leadership  of  Froebel  in  emphasizing  what  Doctor  Harris  calls 


104     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


the  study  of  the  mental  evolution  of  children.  I  would  utter 
only  one  cautionary  note  in  this  connection.  I  hope  nothing 
will  be  done  and  no  step  taken  that  will  have  a  tendency  to 
dampen  the  ardor  or  blight  the  free,  joyous  spontaneity  that 
has  always  characterized  the  kindergarten  teacher  in  her 
attitude  and  dealings  with  the  young  pupils  under  her  charge. 
I  wish  we  might  increase  that  same  attitude  toward  children 
all  along  the  line. 

The  kindergartners  have  a  profound  belief  in  the  possibilities 
of  childhood  which  would  work  wonders  if  extended  through 
the  grades  even  to  the  high  school.  The  following  quotation 
from  Miss  Poor's  report  would  not  be  inappropriate. 

On  the  whole,  I  think  we  can  call  the  experiment  which  has 
been  tried  a  success. 

"The  experiment  in  coordination  of  the  first  gi-ade  and  kindergarten 
which  has  been  in  process  during  the  past  year  is  the  response  to  a  call  for 
volunteers  among  the  kindergartners  who  would  be  willing  to  cooperate 
with  the  primary  school  by  carrying  the  spirit  of  the  kindergarten  into  the 
grades. 

"It  brings  many  points  of  interest  to  light  and  proves  quite  clearly  the 
desirability  of  such  cooperation  wherever  it  is  feasible. 

"Kindergartners  from  thirt}^  districts  volunteered  to  assist  in  trying  out 
the  plan,  and  fifty  kindergartners  have  been  actively  interested  in  promoting 
the  experiment. 

"The  kindergartner  gave  two  afternoons  each  week  to  the  children  of 
one  first  grade  class,  working  with  one  division  before  recess  and  the  second 
group  after  the  intermission,  reversing  this  plan  on  the  second  day,  or  in 
some  cases  her  time  was  divided  between  the  second  division  of  two  classes. 

"This  plan  made  it  possible  for  the  primary 'teacher  to  work  with  a 
small  class  throughout  the  session  while  the  kindergartner  was  working  or 
playing  with  the  rest  of  the  class. 

"The  aim  of  the  assisting  kindergartner  has  been  to  bring  the  joy  of  the 
kindergarten  to  the  group  of  children  under  her  care;  to  give  them  the 
freedom  which  does  not  seem  to  be  possible  with  the  larger  numbers  in  the 
grades. 

"From  the  viewpoint  of  the  children  the  experiment  has  been  an  unpar- 
alleled success;  it  has  brought  a  great  joy  into  their  Lives,  appealing  to 
their  interest  through  many  new  experiences  which  have  not  been  intro- 
duced into  the  program  of  the  primary  school. 

"Their  lives  have  been  broadened  by  excursions  to  points  of  interest, 
FrankUn  Park,  Aquarium,  Public  Garden,  Children's  Museum,  neighbor- 
ing playgrounds,  country  visits  where  gardens  and  farms  could  be  seen, 
with  animals  in  suitable  environment;  visits  to  the  blacksmith,  the  baker 
and  to  the  toy  shop  have  awakened  a  sense  of  the  activities  of  the  people 
who  are  working  for  us,  giving  clear  concepts  to  the  child  to  be  used  when 
needed. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  105 


"The  conversational  periods  which  follow  such  excursions  test  the  child's 
power  of  observation,  fix  the  vital  points  of  the  experience  and  lead  to 
oral  expression,  thus  familiarizing  him  with  ideas  for  which  words  stand. 

"Primary  teachers  who  have  been  directly  interested  in  this  experiment 
speak  most  favorably  in  regard  to  the  results.  The  opportunity  which  it 
has  given  them  to  work  undisturbed  with  a  small  class  during  the  days 
when  the  kindergartner  has  been  assisting  has  been  used  to  great  advan- 
tage. Since  it  has  made  it  possible  to  give  individual  work  to  backward 
children,  and  by  this  means  raise  them  to  a  better  standing,  several  teachers 
have  definitely  stated  that  it  has  increased  the  number  on  the  promotion 
list. 

"  It  needs  no  argument  to  prove  this  statement,  that  wherever  the  interest 
of  the  kindergartner  and  the  first  grade  teacher  are  similarly  placed  there 
can  be  no  question  but  that  the  extension  of  the  kindergarten  into  the 
grades  should  be  continued. 

"The  experiment  has  awakened  a  desire  on  the  part  of  both  primary 
teacher  and  kindergartner  to  learn  more  of  the  standards  and  technique 
of  each  other's  grade." 

Special  Classes. 

The  number  of  classes  for  pupils  who  need  special  assistance 
which  are  now  in  active  operation  would  indicate  the  extent 
of  the  work  and  how  much  territory  has  been  covered. 

The  quaHty  of  the  work  will  warrant  the  closest  examination, 
and  the  benefits  derived  by  the  pupils  who  attend  the  classes 
will  justify  the  action  of  the  committee  in  still  further  extending 
the  estabhshment  of  other  classes  until  every  section  of  the  city 
is  covered. 

The  fact  that  every  pupil  in  the  school  is  benefited  by  the 
separation  into  special  classes  of  those  children  who  are  not  able 
to  do  the  regular  class  work,  yet  who  personally  derive  a  much 
greater,  benefit  to  themselves  by  work  suited  to  their  needs 
and  capacities,  would  indicate  that  special  classes  are  a  benefit 
to  all. 

Some  of  the  pupils  make  rapid  progress  and  seem  to  be 
aroused  to  greater  effort  and  show  greater  possibilities  than 
were  ever  thought  of  before  in  connection  with  their  education. 
The  following  quotation  from  the  report  of  the  supervisor 
indicates  the  nature  and  general  plan  of  the  work: 

"Since  September,  1913,  twenty  special  classes  have  been  formed. 
By  vote  of  the  school  committee  fifty  are  authorized  and  of  this  number 
forty-seven  are  now  in  operation. 

"A  year  ago  a  report  was  made  on  the  combining  of  two  classes  for 
differentiation  and  classification.  Since  that  time  the  'center'  plaa 
has  been  still  further  worked  out  at  the  Frances  E.  Willard  School.  The 
older  pupils  have  been  separated  from  the  yomiger  and  the  work  adapted 


106      REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


to  the  needs  of  each  group.  The  separation  of  the  sexes  has  been  of  dis- 
tinct advantage  to  the  pupils  and  teachers  and  has  added  to  the  eflSciency 
of  the  work.  There  are  now  five  classes  at  this  'center'  and  departmental 
work  is  being  done.  The  program  is  so  arranged  that  each  child  has  one 
and  one-half  hours'  academic,  one  and  one-half  hours'  physical  and  two 
hours'  manual  work  each  day.    The  subjects  included  are: 

Academic.  Physical.  Manual. 

Reading.  Games.  Drawing. 

Writing.  Drills    with      rubber  Woodwork. 

Arithmetic.  balls,  wands,  dumb-  Caning. 

Language.  bells.  Sewing. 

Spelling.  Folk  dancing.  Knitting. 

History.  Gymnastics.  Crocheting. 

Geography.  Basketry. 

Hammock  making. 

"The  younger  classes  have  shown  great  improvement  in  muscular 
control  and  abihty  to  coordinate,  in  balance,  in  appreciation  of  rhythm. 
They  have  also  gained  markedly  in  ability  to  listen  and  to  follow  directions. 
This  has  come  largely  through  games  and  sense  training. 

''The  older  boys  have  gained  in  self-respect,  they  are  acquiring  manual 
ability  in  woodworking,  basketry  and  chair  caning,  and  are  coming  to 
admire  good  work  and  to  try  to  produce  it. 

"The  older  girls  have  gained  most  in  handwork,  and  now  that  cooking 
and  sewing  are  possible  for  them,  their  interests  are  along  domestic  rather 
than  academic  lines.  The  children  in  all  the  classes  at  the  'center'  are 
happy,  industrious  and  show  a  growing  spirit  of  loyalty  to  the  school. 

"The  teachers  of  the  special  classes  have  collected  and  arranged  a 
syUabus.  It  is  an  attempt  to  show  the  lines  of  work  which  may  be  fol- 
lowed rather  than  to  lay  down  a  course  of  stud5^  Classes  vary  so  widely 
in  age,  mentality,  social  conditions  and  nationality  that  the  syllabus  can 
only  be  suggestive,  but  each  special  class  teacher  has  contributed  material 
originated  or  tested  in  actual  class  work.  The  interest  aroused  in  their 
making  of  this  syllabus  is  an  indication  that  it  will  be  of  service.  * 

"The  question  of  advanced 'manual  training  and  'after  care'  are  still 
urgent  problems.  The  older  children  in  all  the  special  classes,  both  boys 
and  girls,  would  come  to  be  more  nearly  self-supporting  and  self-respecting . 
citizens  if  there  were  some  higher  trade  training  provided.  This  is  also 
true  of  the  children  now  in  the  grades  who  have  long  needed  special 
class  work,  but  who  are  now  too  old  to  be  benefited  except  by  manual 
work.  They  would  be  as  unsuccessful  in  the  present  trade  school  or 
prevocational  center  as  they  have  been  in  the  regular  grades.  The  estab- 
lishment of  an  industrial  center  devoted  exclusively  to  this  type  would, 
seem  to  be  an  attempt  to  solve  this  problem. 

"To  a  limited  extent  the  teachers  are  following  up  their  pupils  after  they 
leave  school,  but  it  is  obviously  impossible  for  them  to  give  the  time  and 
strength  necessary  to  direct  and  control  the  child  after  he  leaves  school. 
It  is  hoped  that  during  the  coming  year  a  definite  start  toward  super- 
vision and  'foUow-up'  work  may  be  made." 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  107 


Semi-blind  Pupils/ 

The  school  for  the  myopic  (semi-blind)  children  is  at  Thornton 
street  primary  building  in  the  Dillaway  District.  There  are 
eighteen  pupils  in  the  school  at  the  present  time.  It  was  the 
first  public  school  in  the  United  States  established  for  the 
expressed  purpose  of  educating  those  unfortunate  pupils  who 
are  not  able,  on  account  of  partial  loss  of  sight,  to  progress 
in  the  studies  of  the  regular  classes  of  the  ordinary  type  of 
elementary  school. 

Miss  Helen  M.  Smith  and  her  assistant,  Miss  Sarah  M. 
Lilley,  have  both  taught  successfully  for  several  years  in  the 
Perkins  Institution  for  the  Blind.  The  experience  which  they 
had  enjoyed  at  that  institution  enabled  them  to  take  up 
the  work  at  Thornton  street  in  a  very  efficient  manner  from 
the  beginning.  The  Massachusetts  State  Commission  for  the 
Blind  has  been  very  much  interested  in  the  establishment  of 
the  class,  in  fact,  the  members  of  the  commission  and  others 
were  among  the  original  petitioners  for  the  opening  of  the 
school.  The  members  of  the  commission  have  been  active 
in  making  the  school  a  success.  Superintendent  Stone  of  the 
Perkins  Institution  gave  the  school  a  desk  made  at  his  institution 
for  the  special  benefit  of  the  myopic  pupils. 

The  members  of  the  school  have  done  some  very  creditable 
work  in  basketry  and  weaving  and  other  forms  of  handwork. 
We  hope  that  next  year  some  of  the  regular  manual  training 
classes  will  make  ten  or  twelve  desks  similar  to  the  one  now  in 
use,  which  w^as  copied  from  plans  made  in  England  for  the 
myopic  pupils. 

Books  of  enlarged  type  are  in  process  of  construction  which 
we  hope  will  be  available  in  the  near  future.  The  teachers 
have  prepared  reading  matter  written  out  in  large  black  script. 
Maps  have  been  prepared  on  paper  and  boards;  clay  and  plas- 
ticene  have  been  used  constantly  for  study  and  expression. 

The  teaching  has  been  largely  individual  and  each  one  has 
been  allowed  to  advance  as  fast  as  his  work  would  warrant. 
Some  of  the  Montessori  material  has  been  used  to  good  advan- 
tage. We  believe  good  work  has  been  begun  and  we  are 
encouraged  to  recommend  that  the  work  be  extended.  We 
feel  sure  that  there  are  many  others  in  other  parts  of  the 
city  who  need  this  kind  of  teaching  to  enable  them  to  derive 
from  our  schools  the  benefit  which  they  are  capable  of  receiving. 


108     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


The  work  if  possible  should  be  carried  on  in  a  building  with 
normal  children,  so  that  the  myopic  pupils  will  have  the 
social  benefit  which  only  association  with  normal  children 
can  give  them.  Their  future  life  will  be  in  contact  with 
normal  people,  and  if  they  are  to  earn  a  living  it  must  be  under 
ordinary  conditions  of  life  and  mo^ly  with  hearing  and  seeing 
people.  Miss  Smith  has  made  an  interesting  personal  report 
of  many  members  of  the  school.  It  shows  clearly  the  need 
of  a  school  of  this  character,  and  the  advantages  which  accrue 
to  the  individual  pupil  because  of  the  personal  attention  which 
each  one  receives  when  the  size  of  the  class  is  small.  Some 
of  the  pupils  have  advanced  more  rapidly  than  would  have  been 
possible  in  the  regular  school,  and  others  have  shown  unusual 
interest  in  the  work. 

We  hope  to  see  the  work  extended.  The  North  and  West 
Ends  of  the  citj^  should  have  the  benefit  of  a  myopic  class. 

Speech  Improvement  Classes. 

The  following  report  is  submitted  of  the  work  accomphshed 
during  the  past  year  in  the  four  speech  improvement  classes 
already  established  in  different  parts  of  the  city,  namely: 
Washington  District  at  the  West  End,  the  Lewis  District  at 
Roxbury,  the  Hyde  District  at  the  South  End,  and  the  Emerson 
District  at  East  Boston. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  large  number  of  pupils  who  are 
benefited  in  each  center,  although  there  are  but  four  teachers, 
including  Miss  Dacey,  who  are  engaged  in  the  work.  From 
^he  results  that  have  been  accomplished  thus  far,  and  the 
urgent  needs  of  many  not  yet  reached,  it  would  seem  imperative 
that  more  centers  be  established  and  more  assistants  appointed 
to  assist  the  director  in  the  work.  There  are  now  four  centers 
with  four  teachers,  including  Miss  Dacey.  It  would  seem 
advisable  after  a  few  more  centers  have  been  established  to 
appoint  enough  teachers  so  that  Miss  Dacey  can  give  her  whole 
time  to  the  supervision  of  the  teachers  in  the  work  of  the  several 
centers. 

After  we  find  a  teacher  who  appears  to  have  aptitude  for  the 
special  work,  and  we  have  thus  far  taken  all  of  the  assistants 
from  our  regular  corps,  it  is  necessary  that  she  be  given  a 
thorough  training  in  the  mechanics  of  speech  and  in  the 
particular  methods  of  class  work  which  Miss  Dacey  has  found 
from  her  own  study  and  experience  to  be  of  infinite  value. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  109 


This  work  of  helping  those  who  stammer,  and  finally  curing 
them  for  all  time,  is  a  very  difficult  task,  surrounded  on  all 
sides  with  almost  insurmountable  obstacles.  I  would  suggest 
only  a  partial  list.  The  pupil's  side  of  the  question  is  as 
variable  as  human  nature  itself.  Each  one  must  be  dealt  with 
individually  in  making  a  diagnosis  of  the  case  and  applying 
the  remedies.  Then  the  parents'  side  of  the  case  is  variable, 
and  sometimes  in  direct  opposition  to  the  best  good  of  the 
child.  The  school  side  of  the  question  is  sometimes  at  variance 
with  the  needs  of  the  special  class  work,  and  difficulties  are 
encountered  that  make  success  or  the  permanent  cure  some- 
times doubtful.  From  investigations  that  have  already  been 
made,  we  feel  sure  that  many  pupils  who  appear  slow  and  dull 
in  the  learning  to  read  and  spell-  would  be  helped  materially  by 
working  along  the  same  line  which  Miss  Dacey  is  giving  to  the 
defective  speech  classes. 

There  is  also  the  medical  side  which  would  seem  to  demand 
our  attention.  In  fact,  when  we  see  how  much  help  has  been 
given,  and  how  many  more  need  the  help  which  a  few  have 
received,  we  are  overwhelmed  with  distress  that  we  cannot 
do  more  and  do  it  better.  A  class  should  be  formed  to  help 
the  pupils  of  the  high  schools.  Of  course,  anyone  can  see 
that  it  is  a  very  serious  mistake  in  a  child's  education  to  allow 
stammering  to  continue  until  the  boy  or  girl  has  reached  the 
age  of  sixteen  without  making  a  strenuous  effort  to  eradicate 
the  defect  (or  disease  it  might  be  called  in  some  cases).  It 
must  be  acknowledged  that  the  defect  is  a  very  great  handicap 
to  a  young  man  or  young  woman  just  entering  upon  one's 
career  in  the  work-a-day  world.  Is  it  not  pertinent  for  us 
to  put  the  question  —  Are  w^e  doing  enough  to-day  to  bridge 
over  our  inefficiency  in  this  direction? 

The  following  extract  is  taken  from  Miss  Dacey's  report: 

"The  individual  treatment  enables  the  special  teachers  to  classify  each 
case  according  to  its  mental,  moral  and  physical  defects. 

"The  attendance  was  excellent,  due  to  the  hearty  cooperation  of  parents 
and  public  school  forces,  including  the  follow-up  v/ork  of  the  special 
teachers. 

"No  attempt  has  been  made  to  keep  an  account  of  the  references  to 
and  from  family  physicians,  nurses,  clinics,  etc.  The  cooperation  of 
school  nurses,  however,  merits  special  commendation  for  it  has  always 
been  generously  and  cheerfully  given. 

"The  method  used  is  original  and  adapted  to  the  need  of  the  Boston 
pubUc  schools.    It  is  a  result  of  fifteen  years'  experience  and  study 


110     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


of  normal,  pathological  and  defective  speech.  Three  assistants  have 
been  trained  and  have  accomplished  remarkable  results.  Very  much 
more  can  and  will  be  done  toward  the  perfection  of  method. 

''There  should  be  an  extension  of  the  work  for  the  children  of  the  lower 
grades.  Children,  who  retard  there,  should  have  individual  attention 
at  the  time  when  they  need  it  most.  They  belong  to  the  delayed  speech 
type,  which  hides  itself  in  a  subtle  way  and  is  not  recognized,  save  by 
specialists.  For  example,  an  extraordmary  development  of  voice  power 
has  been  effected  in  the  cases  of  three  hearing  mutes.  Three  deaf  children, 
whose  parents  refused  to  send  them  to  the  special  school  for  the  deaf, 
have  had  their  voices  greatly  strengthened  and  can  speak  more  distinctly 
than  many  childi^en  with  entire  sense  perception.  Provision  should  be 
made  for  the  extension  of  group  woi*k  for  upper  grade  children  who, 
doubtless,  were  of  the  delayed  speech  type  in  their  earUer  years  and 
are  still  of  this  type,  as  shown  in  their  marked  deficiency  in  reading  and 
spelling.  These  children  should  be  encouraged  in  the  study  of  the  com- 
binations and  uses  of  advanced  phonetics.  Courses  in  voice  training  and 
voice  control  would  be  profitable.  It  is  unfair  to  the  pupils  and  to  the 
schools  to  advance  and  graduate  such  pupils  without  giving  them  an 
opportunity  to  improve.  They  can  be  greatly  helped  and  made  more 
efficient  in  all  speech  lines.  > 

"Further  extension  should  be  secured  through  the  establishment  of 
evening  groups,  since  competent  teachers  are  now  available. 

"There  is  immediate  need  of  three  more  assistants-in-training,  in 
order  to  further  the  corrections  in  the  four  speech  centers  estabUshed, 
and  to  supply  specialists  for  the  establishment  of  additional  speech  centers. 

September  9,  1914,  to  January  15,  1915,  Inclusive. 


Readmittances  to  groups   199 

Admittances  of  new  patients  to  date  (from  waiting  list)    ...  10 

Admittances  of  new  patients  to  date  (by  special  requests)      .  105 

Total  I  314 

Discharges  to  date  (follow-up  corrections)   25 

Discharges  to  date  (outside  sources)    .*   5 

Total   30 

Number  belonging  January  15,  1915   284 

Number  of  assistants  assigned  '    .      .      .  4 

Average  number  of  defectives  to  each   71 

Waiting  list  January  15,  1915    250+ 


"The  waiting  hst  has  been  closed  for  the  authorized  speech  centers  with 
an  enrollment  of  250  plus.  In  addition,  one  petition  has  been  filed  request- 
ing a  speech  center  in  Dorchester,  another  requesting  the  opportunity  of 
correction  for  West  Roxbury  children,  and  many  personal  requests  have 
been  made  for  evening  group  work." 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  Ill 


MoNTEssoRi  Class. 

In  the  Andrews  School  on  Genesee  street,  where  the 
Montessori  System  of  Education  is  being  tried,  I  would  say 
that  I  have  examined  with  some  care  the  work  of  Miss  Johnson 
and  Miss  Linnehan,  who  have  endeavored  to  carry  out  the  plan 
of  work  as  suggested  from  Miss  Johnson's  experience  under 
Madam  Montessori  at  her  home  in  Italy. 

I  feel  that  the  time  has  been  too  short  to  pass  definitely  upon 
the  character  of  the  work.  It  seems  to  me  that  we  should 
continue  the  experiment  longer  in  order  to  give  a  more  mature 
judgment  on  the  value  of  it.  The  class  was  late  in  getting 
started  in  the  fall,  and  the  teachers  were  unable  to  get  some  of 
the  educational  material  until  a  few  weeks  ago. 

I  have  had  charge  of  the  school  only  si^ce  February,  and  it 
seems  to  me  that  in  justice  to  the  trial  we  should  not  pronounce 
emphatically  either  in  favor  of  it  or  in  disapproval  of  it.  I 
think  we  should  have  at  least  another  year  before  deciding  the 
question.  A  system  of  education  which  has  arrested  the 
attention  of  Europe  and  the  United  States  should  not,  it  seems 
to  me,  be  passed  upon  without  a  good  fair  trial  of  at  least  one 
full  year.  I  would,  therefore,  recommend  that  the  class  during 
the  next  year  be  made  up  of  children  who  have  not  had  any 
previous  kindergarten  training,  and  who  have  never  attended 
school.  The  teachers  have  made  an  effort  to  carry  out  some  of 
the  fundamental  principles.  They  have  emphasized  the  idea 
that  the  child's  initiative  in  his  work  should  spring  from  his 
own  choice.  In  order  to  carry  out  this  idea  a  good  deal  of 
latitude  has  been  allowed.  The  work  in  sense  training,  advo- 
cated by  Doctor  Montessori,  has  been  faithfully  performed  with 
good  results.  She  emphasizes  individuality  while  the  regular 
kindergartner  works  more  w^th  the  class  as  a  social  unit.  In 
general,  I  would  say  that  the  able  teacher  in  any  grade  is  the 
person  who  can  teach  a  class  as  a  whole,  yet  who  at  the  same 
time  by  skillful  teaching  influences  and  stimulates  each  individ- 
ual life  to  productive  activity.  Such  a  one  has  been  in  the  past 
and  is  considered  at  the  present  day  the  most  successful 
teacher. 

One  of  the  underlying  principles  of  the  Montessori  method 
is  discipline  through  liberty. 

In  any  system  of  education  the  matter  of  discipline  is  an 


112     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


important  factor,  but  it  seems  to  me  that  the  end  of  all  true 
discipline  is  the  same  in  every  system,  and  in  fact  in  every  grade 
of  school  life.  The  child  should  be  trained  and  disciplined  in 
such  a  way  that  ultimately  he  will  become  self-disciplined  or 
self-contr oiled.  In  a  class  where  there  are  j&fteen  or  twenty 
members  the  mode  of  procedure  will  have  to  be  quite  different 
from  what  it  would  be  if  there  were  but  one  or  two  members  in 
the  class.  It  is  always  an  open  question  how  far  personal 
liberty  should  be  allowed,  and  also  when  that  personal  liberty 
degenerates  into  license.  It  has  been  well  said  that  ''Liberty 
is  fire  on  the  hearth  and  license  fire  on  the  floor." 

If  the  child's  liberty  interferes  with  the  liberty  of  the  other 
members  of  the  class,  it  seems  to  me  it  is  not  true  liberty 
but  anarchy. 

Many  of  the  appliances  used  by  Doctor  Montessori  can  be 
used  to  good  advantage  in  any  of  the  kindergarten  classes. 
Doctor  Montessori  claims  that  the  unfolding  of  the  child's 
inner  life  should  be  the  chief  aim  in  education.    She  says : 

"The  content  of  our  mind  is  made  up  of  what  we  take  materially  from 
our  surroundings  by  means  of  sensation." 

Miss  Elizabeth  Harrison  says : 

"She  emphasizes  sense  impressions,  but  ignores  the  processes  of  apper- 
ception, memory  and  imagination.  The  mind  itself  makes  use  of  these 
sense  impressions  for  its  own  development.  She  leaves  these  important 
activities  of  the  ego  undirected  and  uncorrected  by  the  teacher,  although 
often  directed  and  interfered  with  by  the  other  children." 

The  reports  from  the  master  of  the  Quincy  School  and  the 
principal  of  the  Montessori  class  both  advocate  the  continuing 
of  the  trial  for  another  year.  I  Heartily  agree  with  them  in  that 
particular.  I  spent  aU  of  one  forenoon  in  the  class  recently,  and 
it  seems  to  me  that  I  saw  evidence  of  much  better  self-control 
on  the  part  of  many  of  the  pupils  than  I  witnessed  at  previous 
visits.  The  exercises  given  at  ''the  silence  lesson"  to  promote 
self-control  and  quietness  were  very  good  evidence  of  growth  in 
seK-control  on  the  part  of  pupils.  The  interest  which  certain 
members  of  the  class  took  in  the  care  of  the  room  and  the 
ability  which  they  showed  in  clearing  up  the  dishes  after  the 
morning  lunch  was  very  good  evidence  of  their  careful  training. 
If  we  endeavor  to  compare  this  training  with  what  the  child 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTFJNDEXTB.  113 


ordinarily  receives  in  the  regular  kindergarten,  I  think  we  have 
not  had  experience  enough  yet  to  determine  the  value  of  the 
training  in  the  education  of  the  child. 

In  connection  with  the  idea  of  individuality  we  would  add 
that  the  ultimate  end  of  all  education  when  reduced  to  its 
lowest  terms  is  the  greatest  development  of  each  individual 
personality  morally,  mentally,  physically  and  socially. 

In  former  times  it  was  held  that  the  schools  were  to  be 
carried  on  by  the  public  on  the  principle  of  ''the  greatest  good 
to  the  greatest  number,"  but  that  principle  concedes  the  idea 
that  the  minority  suffers  in  its  equitable  rights.  The  modern 
ideal  at  present  is  rather  "the  greatest  good  of  each  individual'^ 
in  the  system  consistent  with  the  rights  of  all.  Doctor  Montes- 
sori  endeavors  to  abolish  all  rewards  and  external  formxS  of 
punishments.  This  it  seems  to  me  is  impossible  as  long  as 
"virtue  is  its  own  reward,"  and  Nature  everywhere  is  such  an 
unflinching  master  to  those  who  break  her  laws. 

Doctor  Montessori  has  original  ideas  in  regard  to  rewards 
and  punishments.  The  ideas  suggested  in  her  book  and  in  the 
school  which  she  conducted  in  Italy  are  good  in  themselves. 
It  is  difficult  always  for  those  who  are  developing  the  child, 
and  trying  to  do  the  educational  work  in  the  very  best  possible 
way,  to  keep  the  different  phases  of  the  work  in  their  true  pro- 
portions. To  know  what  to  emphasize  and  where  to  adjust 
conditions  and  modify  means  to  accomplish  the  desired  ends  is 
the  problem  of  human  life.  Channing  said,  "That  it  required 
more  wisdom  to  educate  a  child  properly  than  to  govern  the 
state."  This  was  true  in  his  day,  and  it  will  ever  be  true.  The 
study  of  the  best  way  to  rightly  develop  the  human  mind  and 
prepare  the  pupil  for  the  greatest  self-realization  is  the  greatest 
problem  of  the  age. 

Open-Air  Classes. 

The  teachers  of  the  open-air  classes  finished  the  yearns  work 
with  full  quota  of  numbers  in  nearly  every  room. 

The  teachers  have  taken  up  the  work  in  those  classes  with 
much  enthusiasm.  The  rooms  generally  are  favorably  situated 
for  the  open-air  work;  when  possible  they  are  on  the  southerly 
side  of  the  building  and  on  the  second  story.  There  are  a  few 
of  the  rooms  in  which  the  conditions  are  not  so  favorable, 
notably  the  class  in  the  Hillside  School  in  the  Bowditch  District. 


114      REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 

Improvements  should  be  made  in  this  building  by  enlarging 
the  windows  in  conformity  to  the  general  plan  in  the  newer 
buildings  for  open-air  rooms.  This  is  an  old  building  and  if  on 
account  of  its  construction  the  alterations  cannot  be  made,  I 
would  recommend  that  the  open-air  class  be  removed  to  another 
building,  or  a  portable  be  used  instead  of  the  present  quarters. 

In  most  of  the  rooms  some  kind  of  a  lunch  is  supplied  between 
ten  and  eleven  o'clock.  The  pupils  in  nearly  every  room  showed 
marked  improvement  in  health  as  the  year  advanced. 

While  individuals  are  helped  and  derive  much  benefit  from 
the  open-air  treatment  in  rooms  fitted  up  for  those  who  need 
out-of-door  treatment,  on  the  other  hand,  I  think  I  am  within 
the  bounds  of  reason  when  I  assert  that  the  pupils  in  nearly 
all  of  the  schools  are  treated  to  an  unusual  amount  of  fresh 
air  daily,  on  account  of  the  fresh  air  campaign  that  has  been 
carried  on  during  the  last  two  or  three  years  in  Boston.  One 
cannot  visit  the  schools  of  our  city  at  the  present  time  without 
being  conscious  of  the  fact  that  nearly  every  building  is  abun- 
dantly supplied  with  fresh  air.  In  a  few  cases  it  has  been  carried 
to  a  dangerous  extreme.  If  a  comparison  could  be  made  of 
the  state  of  affairs  to-day  in  regard  to  fresh  air  in  all  buildings 
with  what  existed  five  or  ten  years  ago,  the  difference  would  be 
extremely  great. 

The  teachers  of  the  open-air  classes  are  now  at  work  on  a 
daily  program  prepared  by  Doctor  Harrington  that  will  espe- 
cially adapt  itself  to  the  needs  of  the  out-of-doors  class.  Many 
of  the  rooms  are  supplied  with  blankets,  reclining  chairs,  and 
whatever  conduces  to  conditions  that  make  for  a  more  vigorous, 
healthful  life. 

Home  and  'School  Gardens. 
The  subject  of  home  and  school  gardens  in  connection  with 
the  elementary  grades  has  been  given  thoughtful  consideration. 
The  aim  and  purpose  of  the  work  has  been  in  the  direction  of  a 
more  intimate  acquaintance  with  all  nature  about  us,  and  the 
practical  ways  in  which  the  soil  is  made  to  contribute  to  the 
comfort  and  happiness  of  the  home.  When  we  think  of  this 
elementary  agricultural  work  in  connection  with  our  city 
schools,  it  would  seem  at  first  thought  to  be  somewhat  foreign 
to  our  other  work,  yet  when  we  take  into  account  the  rather 
astonishing  fact  that  in  Boston  alone  there  is  somewhere  in 
the  vicinity  of  7,000  acres  of  unimproved  land  ready  to  be 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  Ho 


operated  upon  in  order  that  some  return  from  the  land  may  be 
made,  it  does  not  appear  so  remote.  In  our  own  State  of 
Massachusetts  the  percentage  of  improved  land  to  total  area 
is  but  25  per  cent  of  the  whole. 

In  considering  this  subject  we  should  bear  in  mind  that 
agriculture  is  the  basis  of  our  prosperity  as  a  nation.  In  fact, 
the  state  of  civilization  of  all  nations  can  be  measured  by  the 
advance  in  agriculture.  Much  interest  has  been  shown  in 
different  parts  of  the  city.  For  instance:  In  the  Robert  G. 
Shaw  District,  West  Roxbury,  a  very  fine  exhibit  was  made  of 
products  from  the  home  gardens  of  the  pupils.  While  it  was 
not  a  very  extensive  exhibition  as  regards  quantity  of  products, 
the  quality  of  the  products  was  excellent.  It  was  on  the 
whole  a  very  fine  exhibit.  It  showed  the  great  possibilities 
of  what  can  be  done  by  boys  and  girls  who  are  interested  in  the 
subject.  There  was  also  a  very  ,fine  exhibit  of  wild  flowers. 
The  exhibit  of  potatoes,  tomatoes,  carrots  and  other  vegetables 
was  especially  fine. 

The  exhibit  in  the  Mary  Hemenway  District  in  Dorchester 
was  a  large  one,  showing  a  very  great  variety.  This  was  the 
first  exhibit  which  they  had  made,  and  was  particularly  inter- 
esting on  account  of  the  large  number  of  different  pupils  who 
contributed  toward  its  success.  One  of  the  prominent  citizens 
of  Dorchester  was  so  impressed  with  the  garden  exhibit  that 
he  offered  the  use  of  an  acre  of  land  near  the  school  for  a  demon- 
stration garden  for  next  year. 

The  Sherwin  District  has  been  interested  in  this  matter  of 
school  and  home  gardens,  and  also  in  the  work  of  clearing  up 
the  back  yards  of  the  residents  of  the  district  for  several  years. 
This  work  has  been  encouraged  by  private  garden  associations, 
notably  the  Boston  Social  Union  at  53  Berkeley  street.  A 
quotation  from  the  master's  assistant  in  the  Sherwin  District 
would  not  be  inappropriate. 

"School  gardening  has  proved  a  valuable  humanizing  agent.  Some- 
thing must  be  done  with  the  boys  of  the  crowded  tenement  districts 
besides  sermonizing  to  counteract  the  attractions  of  the  moving  picture 
shows  and  cigarettes.  This  can  best  be  done  by  providing  some  attractive 
and  not  too  strenuous  occupation  for  their  leisure  time.  The  many  worthy 
efforts  in  planting  that  come  to  failure  are  not  without  leaving  wholesome 
moral  lessons  on  the  boys.  Sorrow  over  the  destruction  of  one's  own 
property  imprints  on  the  mind  a  respect  for  the  property  rights  of  others 
and  thus  tends  to  counteract  the  vandalism  that  is  such  an  annoyance  to 


116     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


the  caretakers  of  public  parks  and  the  owners  of  private  grounds.  One  of 
the  most  troublesome  lads  in  our  school  came  to  me  a  few  weeks  after  seeds 
had  been  distributed  with  tears  in  his  eyes  to  teU  me  that  his  mother  while 
reaching  out  to  the  puUey-line  accidentally  knocked  his  box  of  seedlings 
into  the  yard,  and  asked  if  I  had  a  few  more  seeds  so  that  he  could  plant 
again.  I  supplied  him  again  and  felt  that  any  occupation  that  had  the 
power  to  draw  tears  from  that  lad's  eyes  was  well  worth  while. 

"A  most  unique  feature  appearing  in  one  of  our  seedling  exhibits  a  few 
years  ago  offers  another  illustration.  Two  boys  living  in  the  same  house 
had  planted  a  vegetable  garden  in  the  cover  of  an  old  Saratoga  trunk. 
These  boys  were  for  two  years,  at  least,  contrary-minded  toward  each 
other,  to  the  great  discomfitiu'e  of  parents  and  teachers,  both  of  whom 
were  often  caUed  upon  to  pour  oil  on  the  troubled  waters  of  their  acquaint- 
anceship. With  the  advent  of  the  garden  work  that  spring  the  warlike 
spirit  was  forgotten  and  in  partnership  over  a  backyard  garden  and  the 
"  tnmk-cover "  garden  they  have  become  fast  friends.  This  is  rather  an 
interesting  phase  of  the  work." 

The  Edmund  P.  Tileston  School  exhibit  was  of  a  high  order, 
and  much  enthusiasm  was  sho\\Ti  by  the  pupils. 

The  John  Winthrop  School  has  been  doing  very  fine  work  in 
practical  plant  and  tree  study. 

A  rather  new  and  novel  experiment  was  attempted  in  the 
Ehhu  Greenwood  District  in  Hyde  Park  under  the  special  care 
of  the  sub-master.  About  an  acre  of  land  was  loaned  to  the 
school  for  the  pm-pose  of  experiment,  and  the  school  com- 
mittee appropriated  a  definite  sum  of  money. 

At  first  it  was  the  intention  of  the  school  authorities  to  have 
part  of  the  field  given  up  to  the  raising  of  a  large  variety  of 
produce  such  as  one  would  naturally  find  in  a  good  home 
garden,  but,  on  account  of  the  difficulty  that  was  experienced 
in  getting  the  field  plowed  and  harrowed  in  season  to  plant  the 
early  vegetables,  that  part  of  the  experiment  was  given  up. 
The  potatoes  were  finally  planted,  and  a  fine  crop  was  harvested 
and  sold  by  the  pupils  to  the  famiUes  of  Hj^de  Park.  The  fol- 
lowing quotation  from  the  master  of  the  school  is  a  valuable 
contribution  to  the  subject  of  elementary  agriculture. 

"The  experiment  shows  high  and  extended  educational  value,  and  offers 
reaUy  remarkable  promise  for  the  future,  while  the  expense,  when  com- 
pared with  other  developments  of  vocational  education,  has  as  yet  been 
very  small. 

"Last  spring,  about  a  half -acre  was  planted  with  potatoes,  and  over  a 
hundred  bushels  were  dug,  of  excellent  quality.  The  land,  being  fertilized 
and  broken  up,  is  in  good  condition  for  other  crops.   This  fall  about  two 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  117 


and  a  half  acres  are  plowed  and  fenced,  ready  for  next  spring.  Permission 
has  been  obtained  to  use  these  unoccupied  lots;  if  the  owners  should  sell  or 
build,  we  should  lose  the  results  of  labor;  still,  the  most  valuable  feature  is 
the  actual  work  itself.  Next  year  it  is  intended  to  have  a  variety  of  crops, 
useful  and  ornamental. 

"The  benefits  to  the  children  are  many;  and  the  educative  features,  in 
these  days  when  most  children  have  but  little  chance  to  get  actual  experi- 
ences with  tools  and  soil  and  crops,  are  of  real  importance: 

"1.  There  is  interesting  exercise  in  the  open  air,  of  a  very  strengthening 
sort. 

"II.    Children  learn  how  to  use  tools  to  advantage;  this  is  power. 

"III.  They  take  idle  land,  useless  at  present,  and  make  it  produce  a 
useful  crop.  This  is  subduing  the  earth;  and  they  take  a  justifiable  pride 
in  the  fact  that  they  are  doing  some  part  to  sustain  humanity. 

"IV.  Attention,  concentration  and  perseverance  in  hard  work  are  of 
immense  moral  value;  and  the  garden  helps  to  give  all  these  thus  helping 
to  harden  the  character  and  to  energize  the  will. 

"V.  Social  conditions  are  such  that  education  is  too  exclusively  bookish. 
It  is  pitiful  to  see  how  children  crave  the  actual  contact  with  soil  and  tools 
and  crops,  and  with  real  work  that  produces  tangible  results.  This  actual 
experience  tends  to  cultivate  resource,  to  settle  the  judgment  and  to  aid 
in  comprehension  of  things  learned  from  books. 

"VI.  The  enthusiasm  of  the  children  is  convincing  testimony  of  the 
value  of  the  work.  What  unspoiled  children  so  eagerly  desire  is  sure  to  be 
of  value  to  them.  They  come  to  school  early,  and  give  largely  of  their  play 
time,  to  earn  a  chance  to  go  and  work  hard  in  the  garden. 

"VII.    There  are  special  cases  which  are  of  extreme  interest. 

"(a.)  A  boy  who  comes  of  an  energetic  family,  but  who  has  always 
been  so  poor  a  scholar  as  to  be  rated  distinctly  subnormal.  In  the  garden 
he  has  shown  personal  abihty,  and  has  developed  a  really  surprising  power 
of  leadership  and  control;  he  can  make  a  gang  of  his  classmates  work 
harmoniously  and  effectively  together.  Even  arithmetic,  hitherto  impossi- 
ble, begins  to  be  intelligible  when  it  is  approached  by  way  of  figuring  out 
garden  plots  and  fencing  and  v»'ages.  Lessons  in  English  composition  gain 
with  all  pupils  a  degree  of  vital  interest  when  linked  with  garden  experiences. 

"(6.)  A  boy  with  tuberculosis  of  the  hip;  pale,  feeble,  goes  with  a 
crutch;  strong  in  the  arms.  The  garden  has  brought  him  exercise  and 
health;  he  says  it  has  done  him  immense  good.  Recently  he  has  twice 
found  himself  quite  at  the  end  of  the  field  from  his  crutch,  having  actually 
lost  and  forgotten  the  crutch  in  the  enthusiasm  of  his  work. 

"In  my  judgment,  the  garden  should  be  continued  and  I  recommend  the 
same  appropriation  as  last  year. 

"I  trust  that  next  year  we  will  be  able  to  try  other  experiments  along 
this  line." 

The  School  Committee  in  the  budget  of  1914  allowed  SlOO  for 
a  course  of  lectures  on  ''Gardening  as  Adapted  to  City  Condi- 
tions. "  The  Massachusetts  Agricultural  College  at  Amherst 
has  exhibited  a  strong  interest  in  the  matter. 


r  ' 


118     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


The  following  course  has  been  given  at  the  Normal  School  on 
Saturday  mornings  by  the  Faculty  of  the  College: 


Sept.  26. .  .  . 

Prof.  E.  M.  McDonald  

Soil,  Origin  and  Preparation. 

Oct.  3  

Prof.  E.  M.  McDonald. . .  . 

Soils  and  Preparation  for  Planting. 

Oct.  10  

Prof.  S.  B.  Haskell  

Fertilizers. 

Oct.  17  

Prof.  G.  H.  Chapman 

Seeds  and  Seed  Testing. 

Oct.  24.... 

Prof.  F.  A.  Waugh  

Garden  Planning. 

Oct.  31.... 

Prof.  R.  W.  Rees  

Small  Fruits. 

Nov.  7.... 

Prof.  A.  H.  Nehrling  

Flower  Growing. 

Nov.  14.... 

Prof.  H.  F.  Tompson  

Vegetable  Growing. 

Dec.  5.... 

Prof.  J.  C.  Graham  

Poultry  Husbandry. 

Dec.  12.... 

Miss  Ethel  Nash  

Canning  of  Fruits  and  Vegetables. 

Dec.  19  

Prof.O.  A.  Morton  

Boy's  and  Girl's  Clubs. 

Jan.  9  

Pedagogy  of  Agriculture. 

The  attendance  has  been  good,  although  entirely  voluntary, 
and  much  interest  manifested  by  the  teachers. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

WALTER  S.  PARKER, 

Assistant  Superintendent. 


3.    REPORT  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENT 
AUGUSTINE  L.  RAFTER. 


Franklin  B.  Dyer, 

Superintendent  of  Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass.: 
Dear  Sir, —  I  herewith  respectfully  submit  a  report  of  the 
major  activities  that  have  come  under  my  supervision  during 
the  past  year: 

Summer  Review  Schools. 
During  the  past  two  decades  educators  have  expended  much 
time,  energy  and  intelHgence  in  an  endeavor  to  diagnose  the 
cause,  and  to  apply  a  remedy  for  the  too  great  retardation  of 
pupils.  Surveys,  investigations,  experiments  and  innovations 
have  been  made,  most  of  which  have  had  some  value  and 
the  result  has  been  on  the  whole  encouraging.    But  no  sane 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  119 


observer,  conversant  with  the  real,  present-day  conditions, 
can  but  acknowledge  that,  notwithstanding  all  the  excellent 
work  that  has  been  done,,  there  still  remains,  annually,  a  con- 
spicuously large  number  of  '4eft-overs, "  unpromoted,  retarded, 
perhaps  ''born-short"  children. 

While  hundreds  of  pupils  have  been  forced  to  repeat  the 
work  of  a  year,  other  hundreds,  although  but  four-fifths  or 
five-sixths  prepared  for  the  work  of  the  next  year,  have  been 
promoted,  as  they  have  been  better  than  the  repeaters,  although 
slower  and  weaker  than  the  normal.  Their  numbers  swell 
into  the  thousands.  Handicapped  by  inaptitude  or  by  illness, 
or  by  disinclination  for  work,  they  are  never  in  step  or  abreast 
with  their  classmates.  Every  June,  principals  are  forced 
to  graduate  pupils  whose  general  average  entitles  thena  to  a 
diploma,  but  whose  manifest  weaknesses  in  one  or  two  sub- 
jects retard  for  a  year,  or  perhaps  totally  obstruct,  their  course 
in  the  high  school. 

This  condition,  wherever  found  along  the  course,  spells 
inefficiency  and  increased  cost.  Boston  has  been  seriously 
awake  to  this  unpreparedness  of  her  pupils  and  has  this  year 
inaugurated  a  movement  that  may  not  discover  more  than  is 
now  known  of  the  cause  of  retardation,  but  is  certain  to  decrease 
it  measurably. 

Early  in  March  of  last  year,  masters  and  principals  of  dis- 
tricts were  given  the  plan  of  the  summer  review  schools, 
high  and  elementary,  and  were  instructed  to  explain  and  to 
recommend  them  to  pupils  eligible  for  admission  thereto. 
Principals  were  appointed  for  one  review  high  and  for  six 
elementary  review  schools.  So  great  was  the  registration 
in  two  of  these  latter  that  two  branches  were  established  to 
accommodate  the  overflow. 

These  principals  and  their  teachers  are  w^orthy  of  the  highest 
praise  for  the  thoroughness,  the  enthusiasm,  the  sympathy 
with  which  they  entered  upon  their  work.  They  sensed  their 
problem  —  the  voluntary  attendance  of  retarded  pupils  at  a 
season  when  their  companions  would  be  at  play  in  the  open 
world. 

Registration  cards  were  furnished  to  teachers  in  Grades 
IV.,  v.,  VI.,  VII.  and  VIII.,  and  to  all  teachers  in  the  high 
schools,  with  instructions  to  recommend  for  the  review  schools 
such  pupils  only  as  mentally  and  physically  were  probably 
able  to  benefit  from  the  summer's  course. 


120     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


Pupils  weak  in  one  or  two  subjects  were  eligible.  Those 
deficient  in  more  than  two  subjects,  or  hopelessly  backward, 
were  ineligible.  After  the  signature  of  the  teacher  and  the 
principal  had  been  obtained,  the  cards  were  sent  home  for  the 
parents'  written  consent.  The  teacher  specified  in  detail  on 
the  cards  the  one  or  two  subjects  the  pupil  should  be  taught. 
These  cards  were  filled  out  in  duplicate.  One  was  sent  to  the 
principal  of  the  review  school  in  order  to  facilitate  advanced 
organization,  and  the  second  was  presented  by  the  pupil  on  the 
day  of  organization.  To  insure  the  candidates'  attendance  and 
to  prepare  for  work  from  the  very  beginning,  pupils  were  sent 
to  the  review  schools  from  their  parent  schools  on  Thursday, 
June  18,  before  their  schools  had  been  closed  for  vacation. 

Organization  was  perfected,  and  on  Monday,  June  22,  five 
minutes  after  opening,  4,617  pupils  were  actually  at  work.  If 
''Every  great  and  commanding  movement  in  the  annals  of  the 
world  is  the  triumph  of  enthusiasm"  the  compelling  cause  was 
there,  indeed,  in  evidence.  Nor  did  it  thereafter  diminish  in 
any  degree. 

The  quota  of  pupils  to  a  teacher  in  the  high  school  was 
established  at  twenty,  and  to  a  teacher  in  the  elementary  school 
at  thirty.  The  sessions  in  the  high  school  were  from  8  to  12 
o'clock,  and  from  8.30  to  11.30  in  the  elementary  schools,  six 
days  in  the  week,  the  term  terminating  on  August  7.  Each 
session  was  divided  into  two  periods,  which  in  turn  were  divided 
into  two  parts;  the  one  for  study,  the  other  for  recitation. 

When  two  or  more  pupils  in  the  same  room  showed  similar 
needs  they  were  worked  in  small  groups  and  time  was  econo- 
mized thereb}^  Individual  instruction  was  found  often  neces- 
sary and  feasible,  and  the  results  were  correspondingly  effective. 
It  was  foreseen  that  the  success  of  the  work  would  be  entirely 
dependent  upon  the  quality  of  the  teachers,  consequently 
they  were  drawn  from  the  regular,  permanent,  experienced 
corps,  and  were  chosen  for  their  special  fitness  for  this  particular 
work.  Locality  was  an  element  entering  into  the  selection  of 
teachers.  It  was  thought,  for  example,  that  East  Boston 
teachers  would  teach  better  in  the  East  Boston  Summer  Review 
School,  that  they  would  have  a  better  knowledge  of  the  condi- 
tions, a  better  understanding,  and  give  a  warmer  welcome  to  the 
children  therefrom. 

No  teacher  changed  her  grade;  she  knew  precisely  what 
ground  should  be  covered,  what  method  and  matter  were 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  121 


required,  and,  consequently,  lost  no  time  in  unnecessary  out-of- 
grade  work.  The  principals  early  recognized  that  their  first 
duty  was  a  diagnosis  of  the  symptoms  before  attempting  to 
apply  any  pedagogical  remedy. 

While  arithmetic,  Enghsh  (including  composition  and  spell- 
ing), penmanship,  geography  and  history  were  offered  in  the 
elementar}^  schools,  it  was  found  that  arithmetic  and  language 
were  the  dominating  subjects.  In  an  endeavor  to  locahze 
individual  needs  in  arithmetic,  one  principal  set  the  following 
examination,  and  then  had  each  pupil  plot  a  graph  to  show 
precisely  where  his  weaknesses  lay: 

1.  Add  61,  71,  12|. 

2.  5f  yards  of  cloth  are  divided  into  pieces  each  containing  1|  yards. 
How  many  pieces? 

3.  2.56  -J-  .016. 

4.  Mr.  Brown's  bill  for  38.5  tons  of  coal  was  S292.60.  How  much 
was  the  coal  a  ton? 

5.  Mr.  White  bought  a  house  for  $2,250  and  sold  it  for  S2,700.  What 
per  cent  did  he  gain? 

6.  A  grocer  bought  150  boxes  of  oranges  at  $2.50  a  box.  He  found  16 
per  cent  spoiled,  but  sold  the  rest  at  $3  a  box.  Did  he  gain  or  lose  and 
how  much? 

7.  What  is  the  interest  on  $1,200  at  5  per  cent  for  2  years,  4  months, 
15  days? 

8.  What  will  it  cost  to  cement  a  cellar  bottom  36  feet  long,  23  feet  6 
inches  wide,  at  96  cents  a  square  yard? 

9.  What  will  a  pile  of  wood  cost  at  $7.50  a  cord,  the  wood  being  20 
feet  long,  4  feet  wide,  6  feet  high? 

10.  A  man  bought  a  farm  180  rods  long  and  160  rods  wide  for  $6,750 
and  sold  it  at  a  gain  of  20  per  cent.    How  much  did  he  receive  an  acre? 

The  two  graphs  on  next  page  not  only  record  the  work 
correctly  done  in  the  above  examinations  by  two  of  the 
pupils,  but  what  is  of  greater  moment  to  teachers,  their 
curves  indicate  just  what  types  of  examples  gave  trouble  to 
the  individuals. 

Conscious  of  his  defects,  a  pupil  plotted  his  own  graph,  every 
few  days,  always  working  against  his  own  record  to  the  end 
that  his  curve  might  become  straight. 

So  ran  the  work  in  all  the  subjects,  the  point  being  to  admin- 
ister to  the  particular,  and  perhaps  peculiar,  need  of  the  one, 
not  of  the  many.  The  one  —  the  slow,  retarded,  backward, 
behind-the-average  —  came  into  his  own  in  the  review  school; 
it  was  his  day.   For  the  first  time  m  his  life,  perhaps,  he  was 


122     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


not  over-matched.  He  met  his  mates  on  an  equal  footing. 
Teachers  throughout  these  schools  voiced  their  astonishment 
at  the  enthusiasm,  the  eagerness,  the  spirit  of  their  pupils. 

''I  wish  I  could  find  such  a  spirit  in  my  regular  class,"  said 
one  teacher. 

''True,"  agreed  another,  "and  the  discipline!  Why  there 
isn't  any!" 

Literally  true.  The  explanation  was  apparent;  the  regular 
teacher  from  a  year's  experience  with  the  pupil  saw  his  defi- 
ciency, the  pupil  was  brought  to  recognize  it,  the  parents 


50% 


[The  oblique  line  denotes  correctness;  the  horizontal  line,  error.] 


enthusiastically  encouraged,  and  the  time  was  afforded  the 
review  teacher  to  complete  the  circle  —  an  irresistible  winning 
combination. 

It  is  proposed  to  institute  for  the  coming  year  a  follow-up 
system,  whereby  the  value  and  efficiency  of  the  review  work 
may  be  judged. 

At  the  close  of  the  term  a  successful  pupil  was  given  by  the 
principal  of  the  review  school  a  certificate  for  conditions  passed 
off  and  a  recommendation  for  a  diploma  or  for  promotion  to 
his  grade  or  to  his  class  on  the  resumption  of  school. 

In  consequence  of  such  recommendations,  three  pupils  in 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  123 

September  received  high  school  diplomas  from  their  parent 
schools,  and  131  received  elementary  school  diplomas. 

Two  thousand  four  hundred  thirty-two  pupils  (59  per  cent 
of  total  registration)  in  the  review  elementary  schools,  having 
passed  in  two  subjects,  were  granted  certificates  either 
for  a  diploma  or  for  promotion.  In  the  review  high  school, 
310  (71  per  cent  of  total  registration)  passed  successfully  in 
two  subjects,  and  40  (9.2  per  cent)  in  one  subject. 

The  attendance  was  remarkably  full  and  constant,  the 
average  daily  attendance  being  94.1  per  cent  in  the  elementary 
schools  and  95.9  per  cent  in  the  high  school. 

If  education  were  to  be  measured  by  its  actual  cost  in 
dollars  and  cents,  an  interesting  financial  saving  might  be 
drawn  from  the  above  figures. 

To  illustrate:  2,432  elementary  pupils,  in  consequence  of 
their  attendance  at  the  review  schools,  were  excused  from 
repeating  a  year  in  grades  previously  attended.  It  is  con- 
servative to  reckon  that  at  least  1,500  of  these  would  have 
been  obliged  to  repeat  a  year;  since  the  cost  to  the  city  per 
elementary  pupil  is  $42,  here  was  a  saving  of  $63,000. 

Again,  310  high  school  pupils  passed  in  two  subjects  which 
should  equal  two-fifths  of  a  year's  work.  A  year's  work  in  a 
high  school  costs  the  city  $85  per  pupil.  Conservatively 
figuring,  a  saving  of  at  least  $34  per  pupil  was  effected,  and  a 
total  saving  of  $10,540. 

On  the  forty  pupils  who  passed  in  but  one  subject,  there 
was  a  saving  of  at  least  $700,  the  total  high  school  saving 
being  in  excess  of  $11,000;  combining  elementary  and  high 
savings,  a  grand  total  rising  $74,000  appears. 

To  be  accurate,  from  this  amount  should  be  deducted  the 
actual  cost  of  the  summer  review  schools,  which  w^as  less  than 
one-quarter  of  $74,000. 

The  number  of  pupils  furnished  by  the  elementary  districts 
was  significantly  uneven.  It  was  especially  noticeable  when 
from  contiguous  districts  really  or  practically  equi-distant 
from  a  summer  review  schoolhouse  ten  or  twelve  times  as 
many  pupils  registered  from  one  as  from  the  other.  This 
disparity  of  numbers  would  seem  to  point  to  a  misunder- 
standing or  a  misconception  of  instructions  on  the  part  of 
principals  of  districts. 

One  of  the  unanticipated  elements  of  the  review  school 


124     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


movement  was  the  attitude  of  the  parents.  It  was  predicted, 
for  instance,  that  the  parents  in  Dorchester,  many  of  whose 
children  spend  their  vacations  in  the  country  or  at  the  shore, 
would  send  very  few  pupils.  Yet  the  banner  registration  was 
therefrom. 

Interest  in  the  project  was  confined  to  no  section.  There 
was  an  enthusiastic  contagion,  city-wide  in  its  extent. 


Registration  of  Summer  Review  High  School. 

Public  Latin  School   16 

Girls'  Latin  School   26 

Brighton  High  School   4 

Charlestown  High  School   19 

Dorchester  High  School   51 

East  Boston  High  School   9 

EngUsh  High  School   77 

Girls'  High  School   48 

High  School  of  Commerce   40 

Hyde  Park  High  School   1 

Industrial  School   1 

Mechanic  Arts  High  School    46 

Roxbury  High  School   37 

South  Boston  High  School   9 

West  Roxbury  High  School   23 

Private  schools   4 

Total   424 

Registration  of  Sumjier  Review  Elementary  Schools. 

Abraham  Lincoln  .      .            144     Emerson   63 

Agassiz  26     Everett   27 

Bennett  13     Francis  Parkman  ...  19 

Bigelow  138     Franklin   147 

Blackinton     ....        17     Frederic  W.  Lincohi     .      .  38 

Bowditch       ....         8     Frothingham  ....  23 

Bowdoin  45     Gaston   104 

Bimker  Hill    ....       59     George  Putnam     ...  44 

Chapman       ....       47     Gilbert  Stuart       ...  47 

Charles  Sumner    ...         7     Hancock  ......  75 

Christopher  Gibson      .      .       74     Harvard   97 

Comins                                     4     Henry  Grew  ....  0 

Dearborn       ....      127     Henry  L.  Pierce    ...  62 

Dillaway        ....       83     Hugh  O'Brien       ...  65 

Dudley  114     Hyde   4 

Dwight  39     Jefferson   14 

Edmund  P.  Tileston     .      .       16     John  A.  Andrew    ...  69 

Edward  Everett    ...       64     John  Cheverus      ...  68 

Elihu  Greenwood  ...       33     John  Winthrop     ...  41 

EUot  108     Lawrence       .      .      .      .  132 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  125 


Registration  of  Summer  Review  Elementary  Schools. —  Concluded. 

Lewis   52  Samuel  Adams      .      .      .  165 

Longfellow     .      .      .  4  Sherwin   39 

Lowell   9  Shurtleff   76 

Martin   14  Theodore  Lyman  ...  78 

Mary  Hemenway  ...  6  Thomas  Gardner  ...  10 

Mather   67  Thomas  N.  Hart   ...  66 

Minot     ......  6  Ulysses  S.  Grant  ...  83 

Norcross   62  Warren   59 

Oliver  Hazard  Perry    .      .  58  Washington    ....  49 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes       .  220  Washington  Allston     .      .  25 

Phillips  Brooks     ...  113  Wells   116 

Prescott   40  Wendell  Phillips    .      .      .  153 

Prince   29  William  E.  Russell       .      .  59 

Quincy   49  Private  schools      ...  29 

Rice   76   

Robert  G.  Shaw    ...  19           Total      ....  4,193 

Roger  Wolcott      ...  57  — 


Registration  grade-wise  was  interesting,  inasmuch  as  the 
numbers  in  Grades  IV.,  V.,  VI.,  VII.,  were  practically  equal: 


Grade.  Number.      Grade.  Number, 

IV   923      VII  988 

V   938     VIII  268 

VI   979     Special  English     ...  97 

Number  of  teachers  in  the  high  school  17 

Number  of  teachers  in  the  elementary  schools     ,      .      .      .     >.  127 


'  Standards  of  Efficiency  in  English. 

The  committee  on  standards  of  efficiency  in  English  is 
composed  of  Charles  L.  Hanson  of  the  Mechanic  Arts  High 
School,  chairman;  James  A.  Crowley,  Emerson  School;  Miss 
E.  Gertrude  Dudley,  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  School;  Miss 
Carolyn  M.  Gerrish,  Girls'  Latin  School;  Arthur  W.  Kallom, 
Thomas  N.  Hart  School;  Miss  Bertha  L.  Mulloney,  Everett 
School;  Lincoln  Owen,  Rice  School;  Henry  Pennypacker, 
Public  Latin  School;  Augustine  L.  Rafter,  assistant  super- 
intendent of  schools;  Miss  Helen  M.  Richardson,  George 
Putnam  School;  Miss  Ellen  L.  Roche,  Mary  Hemenway  School; 
Charles  G.  Wetherbee,  Prince  School. 

The  committee  on  standards  is  eager  to  secure  the  hearty 
cooperation  of  every  teacher  in  the  Boston  public  schools.  It 
serves  as  a  clearing  house  to  which  every  teacher  is  invited 


126     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


to  send  suggestions  and  criticisms,  and  in  which  are  discussed 
reports  submitted  by  various  sub-committees  appointed  by 
the  chairman. 

In  general,  the  comtmittee  washes  to  aid  in  the  important 
task  of  giving  every  child  in  the  schools  the  kind  of  training 
which  shall  fit  him  for  his  share  of  the  world's  work.  In  par- 
ticular, it  desires  to  simplify  his  problems  and  to  help  him  to 
get  the  individual  attention  he  needs.  The  purpose  of  Bulletin 
No.  I,  wdth  its  model  form  of  a  friendly  letter,  is  to  show  the 
child  that  he  may  safely  chng  to  this  one  good  form  instead 
of  learning  numerous  variations  year  after  year  in  the  several 
text-books  in  use  in  the  different  grades. 

The  model  form  of  a  friendly  letter  and  the  model  form  for 
addressing  the  envelope  displayed  in  script  in  Bulletin  No.  I 
are  simple  and  are  believed  to  be  satisfactory.  Accompanying 
these  forms  are  explanatory  paragraphs,  a  few  of  which  are 
here  given : 

The  heading  should  be  at  least  one  inch  from  the  top  of  the  paper. 

The  heading  and  also  the  compUmentary  close  should  begin  near  the 
middle  of  the  line. 

Each  line  after  the  first  in  the  heading  and  in  the  complimentary  close 
should  begin  a  little  farther  to  the  right  than  the  preceding  line. 

There  should  be  a  margin  of  one-haK  inch  on  the  left  side  of  the  note 
paper. 

A  paragraph  margin  should  be  twice  the  regular  margin. 
The  complimentary  close  should  begin  with  a  capital  and  should  be 
followed  by  a  comma. 

Directions  for  Envelope. 

1.  Use  ink  in  addressing  letters  or  other  mail  matter. 

2.  Write  plainly  the  name  of  the  person  addressed,  street  and  number, 
•post  office  and  state. 

3.  Place  your  name  and  address  in  the  upper  left-hand  corner  of  the 
envelope  or  package. 

4.  The  name  of  the  person  addressed  should  be  ^Titten  in  about  the 
middle  of  the  envelope  and  with  about  as  much  space  to  the  right  as  at 
the  left,  and  each  following  line  of  the  superscription  should  begin  an 
even  distance  at  the  right  of  the  preceding  line. 

Precisely  similar  in  purpose  is  Bulletin  No.  2,  with  its  model 
forms  of  a  business  letter,  bills  and  receipts. 

Bulletin  No.  3,  ''Tentative  Minimum  Requirements  in  Eng- 
Ush  for  Graduation  from  an  Elementary  School,"  will  be  one 
of  the  means,  it  is  hoped,  of  insuring  a  reasonable  amount  of 
attention  to  the  individual.    Far  from  undertaking  to  specify 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  127 


all  that  a  pupil  should  be  able  to  do,  it  merely  wishes  to  call 
attention  to  a  few  matters  of  supreme  importance.  The 
bulletin  follows: 

Tentative  Minimum  Requirements   in   English  for  Graduation 
FROM  AN  Elementary  School. 
A  graduate  of  an  elementary  school  should  be  able  to  do  readily  the 
following  things : 

1.  To  copy  twelve  lines  of  simple  prose  or  poetry,  and  a  bill  of  at  least 
seven  items.  (Copying  is  not  an  end  in  itseK,  but  a  means  to  an  end. 
The  pupil  should  be  made  to  see  that  ajccuracy  in  arithmetic,  language 
and  other  subjects  may  depend  largely  on  accuracy  in  copying.) 

2.  To  take  down  from  dictation  a  passage  of  simple  prose.  (The 
purpose  of  dictation  is  to  test  language  forms,  punctuation  and  spelling 
already  taught.  It  should  never  be  used  as  a  method  of  teaching.  It 
should  succeed  and  not  precede  a  teaching  lesson.) 

3.  To  ^vTite  from  simple  directions  a  friendly  letter  or  an  application 
for  a  position.  (The  letter  is  to  be  the  pupil's  own  work,  but  he  may  be 
allowed  to  make  corrections  and  to  rewrite.  .  There  should  be  no  corrections 
by  the  teacher.) 

4.  To  write  within  a  half-hour  a  simple,  original  composition  of  not 
less  than  one  page  of  letter  paper,  with  every  sentence  grammatically 
complete.  The  pupil  may  make  revisions,  including  interlinear  corrections, 
but  must  not  rewrite. 

In  this  composition  the  total  number  of  serious  errors  in  grammar, 
spelling  and  punctuation  should  not  exceed  five, —  such  errors,  for  example, 
as  "I  seen,"  "we  was,"  "had  wrote,"  "he  try"  for  "he  tried,"  "a  women"; 
the  use  of  "they"  for  "there,"  "there"  for  "their,"  "to"  for  "too";  the 
misspelling  of  such  common  words  as  "Wednesday,"  "February,"  "eighth," 
"which,"  "stopped,"  "nineteen,"  "minute,"  "father,"  "mother,"  "Eng- 
lish"; the  omission  of  the  period  at  the  end  of  a  sentence. 

5.  To  recognize  the  parts  of  speech  in  their  common  uses;  to  explain 
the  construction  of  words  and  phrases  in  a  simple  sentence  containing  not 
more  than  one  phrase  modifier  in  the  subject  and  one  phrase  modifier  in 
the  predicate;  to  have  a  practical  understanding  of  the  uses  to  which  the 
dependent  clause  of  a  complex  sentence  can  be  put  —  whether  it  be  to 
serve  as  noun,  adjective  or  adverb;  to  know  the  principal  parts  of  regular 
verbs  and  of  the  common  irregular  verbs,  and  their  tense  forms  through 
the  indicative  mood. 

6.  To  read  at  sight  with  readiness  and  good  expression  simple  prose  as 
difficult  as  "Little  Men"  or  "Hans  Brinker." 

7.  To  quote  either  orally  or  in  "WTiting  fiftv  lines,  not  necessarily  con- 
secutive, of  classic  prose  or  poetry.  (The  pupil  should  look  upon  this  not 
merely  as  something  to  be  expected  of  him  in  the  high  school  but  also 
as  a  part  of  his  equipment  for  life.) 

8.  To  stand  before  the  class  and  talk  clearly  on  some  subject  of  personal, 
school  or  public  interest. 

Bulletin  No.  4.  herewith  appended,  prepared  with  the  aid  of 
the  English  Council,  undertakes  to  serve  the  high  school 


128     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


student  as  Bulletin  No.  3  did  the  elementary;  The  committee 
emphasizes  the  tentative  nature  of  these  two  minimum  require- 
ment bulletins.  Only  after  all  teachers  who  are  interested  have 
had  abundant  opportunity  to  suggest  improvements  will  some 
such  requirements  as  these  be  made  binding.  Once  agreed 
upon,  they  will  constitute  a  part  of  the  regular  work  which, 
it  is  believed,  every  teacher  will  carry  out  with  confidence  and 
enthusiasm. 

Tentative  Requirements  in  English  for  Graduation  from  a  High 

School. 

A  graduate  of  a  high  or  Latin  school  should  meet  the  following  require- 
ments: 

A.  He  should  have  abiHty: 

(1.)  To  write  original  compositions  —  whether  they  be  narration, 
description,  exposition  or  simple  argument  —  that  are  logically  planned 
and  so  developed  as  to  be  conspicuous  for  unity  and  coherence.  The 
spelling  and  grammar  should  be  correct,  and  the  punctuation  adequate. 

(2.)  To  plan  coherently  and  give  fluently  a  five-minute  talk  on  some 
practical  subject  on  which  he  has  had  time  to  think. 

(3.)  To  write  any  common  type  of  business  or  social  letter  with  technical 
accuracy  and  with  simpHcity  and  directness. 

(4.)  To  find  and  organize  material  for  an  original  composition  of  one 
thousand  words  upon  business,  pohtical,  historical,  hterary  or  scientific 
subjects. 

(5.)  To  read  aloud,  at  sight,  with  intelHgence  and  clear  enunciation, 
anything  from  a  newspaper  to  a  classic  of  ordinary  difl5culty. 

(6.)  To  tell  why  a  piece  of  literature  (like  a  standard  novel,  or  essay, 
or  a  lyric  poem  such  as  inay  be  found  in  the  "Golden  Treasury")  has 
merit. 

(7.)  To  quote  either  orally  or  in  writing  two  hundred  Hues  (not  neces- 
sarily consecutive)  of  classic  prose  or  poetry. 

B.  He  should  have  a  working  knowledge  of  the  course  of  both  Ene;Hsh 
and  American  literature,  of  their  great  names  and  great  books,  and  of  some 
of  the  most  significant  influences  in  history  and  life  that  have  molded  such 
literature. 

C.  In  addition  to  regular  prescribed  work  in  literature  he  should  have 
read  from  "A  List  of  Books  for  Home  Reading,"  prepared  for  the  Latin 
and  high  schools  by  the  English  Council,  or  from  the  College  Entrance 
Requirement  List: 

4  good  books  of  short  stories. 

5  good  novels. 
3  good  plays. 

2  good  biographies. 

2  good  books  of  history  or  travel. 

In  the  near  future  the  committee  hopes  to  be  of  service  in 
fixing  standards  for  each  year  in  the  elementary  school  and 
for  each  year  in  the  high  school. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  129 


Among  important  questions  which  have  been  turned  over  to 
sub-committees  for  investigation  and  recommendation  is  that 
of  determining  what  can  be  done  to  secure  the  assistance  of 
every  teacher  in  the  high  school  in  improving  the  pupil's 
English,  whether  oral  or  written.  The  following  are  chairmen 
of  these  committees:  Louis  W.  Arnold,  Pubhc  Latin  School, 
Modern  Languages  and  English;  Malcolm  D.  Barrows,  EngUsh 
High  School,  History  and  EngUsh;  Chester  M.  Grover,  Rox- 
bury  High  School,  Commercial  Branches  and  English;  Adelbert 
H.  Morrison,  Mechanic  Arts  High  School,  Science,  Mathematics 
and  English.  English  teachers  are  in  a  minority  in  all  these 
connnittees  for  the  object  is  not  to  bolster  up  the  English 
department  in  any  instance  but  to  consider  the  problems'  of  all 
concerned,  so  that  every  pupil  may  have  a  group  of  teachers 
working  in  perfect  harmony  in  an  endeavor  to  equip  him  with 
an  enviable  command  of  the  mother  tongue. 

A    Professional  Pedagogical  Library. 

The  thinking  teacher  realizes  that  to  remain  in  the  forward 
ranks  he  must  keep  abreast  of  the  times  in  the  literature  of  his 
profession.  It  was  with  this  thought  in  mind  and  with  tbe 
advice  and  consent  of  the  superintendent,  that  the  writer 
appointed  last  year  a  committee  to  prepare  a  catalog  for  a 
professional  pedagogical  library,  inclusive  enough  to  suit  the 
needs  and  tastes  of  all. 

This  committee,  in  a  report  soon  to  be  pubUshed,  will  render 
a  valuable  service  to  every  teacher  in  the  system. 

The  report  will  contain  lists  of  works,  elementary  and 
advanced,  along  such  lines  as  the  following :  Psychology,  History 
of  Education,  Child  Study,  Social  Problems,  General  Litera- 
ture, Rhetoric  and  Art.  Wherever  there  appears  need  of  it, 
explanatory  annotations  will  accompany  titles.  This  feature 
of  the  work  has  called  for  a  deal  of  time  from  the  com- 
mittee for  careful  reading  and  discriminating  and  informing 
annotations. 

There  will  be  short  suggested  courses  in  reading  and  a  hst 
of  educational  periodicals.  The  introduction  will  be  a  fore- 
word from  the  superintendent. 

The  Boston  Public  Library  has  promised  its  cooperation  to 
the  end  that  the  books  and  periodicals  cataloged  for  the 
committee  may  be  purchased  and  housed  in  the  teachers'  room 
in  the  library,  thereby  establishing  a  veritable  storehouse  of 
the  best  and  greatest  works  on  educational  subjects. 


130     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


This  catalog  will  be  ready  soon.  The  committee  engaged 
in  the  preparation  of  the  catalog  includes  representatives  from 
all  departments  of  the  teaching  force,  and  is  as  follows: 

Miss  Louise  A.  Pieper,  Master's  Assistant,  OUver  Hazard 
Perry  School,  chairman. 
Miss  LilHan  M.  Towne,  Master,  Bowdoin  School. 
Miss  Florence  0.  Bean,  Manual  Arts  Department. 
Miss  Bertha  Vogel,  South  Boston  High  School. 
Miss  Elizabeth  A.  Nash,  OUver  Hazard  Perry  School. 
Miss  Mabel  P.  Foster,  Harvard  School. 
Miss  Charlotte  Rafter,  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  School. 
Mr.  Seth  Sears,  Master,  Franklin  School. 
Mr.  Arthur  L.  Gould,  Master,  Dearborn  School. 
Mr.  Daniel  Foley,  English  High  School. 
Mr.  Maurice  J.  Lacey,  High  School  of  Commerce. 

Rapid  Advancement  Classes. 

In  June  of  this  year  there  were  graduated  forty-three  pupils 
who  had  been  members  of  the  rapid  advancement  classes  in 
the  Lewis  and  the  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  schools,  thirteen  from 
the  former  and  thirty  from  the  latter. 

The  Lewis  class  originally  consisted  of  fifteen,  but  two 
pupils  moved  away  and,  with  these  exceptions,  the  original 
class  was  graduated;  the  Ohver  Wendell  Holmes  class  was 
graduated  intact. 

When  these  classes  were  formed,  the  Le\vis  in  January  and 
the  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  in  March,  1913,  they  were  regarded 
as  experiments  and  while  educators  looked  with  a  favorable  eye 
upon  the  idea,  some  sUght  fears  were  entertained  as  to  a  satis- 
factory result  because  of  the  immaturity  and  the  possible  effect 
on  the  health  of  some  of  the  children.  But  a  searching  survey 
of  the  two  classes  in  June  revealed  not  only  that  the  experi- 
ment was  a  success,  but  that  the  status  of  the  classes  was  far 
better  than  the  most  sanguine  advocates  had  hoped. 

The  attendance  of  the  pupils  has  been  consistently  high, 
and  the  monthly  attendance  shows  an  average  per  cent  of  96 
or  better.  The  health  of  the  children,  because  of  particular 
attention  given  by  the  teachers  to  fresh  air,  frequent  and  appro- 
priate gymnastics,  games,  dancing  steps  and  plenty  of  outdoor 
sports,  has  improved  perceptibly  during  the  last  year,  and  the 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  131 

parents,  who  in  the  beginning  believed  on  the  whole  in  the  plan 
of  a  rapid  advancement  class  but  feared  for  their  children's 
health,  have  been  unanimously  converted  to  the  idea. 

The  small  number  of  children  in  the  class  has  given  each 
child  opportunity  to  receive  much  individual  attention  and 
training  in  the  use  of  text  and  reference  books,  including  a  good 
knowledge  of  the  PubHc  Library  and  its  uses.  The  large 
number  of  w^orth-while  books  read  by  the  pupils  outside  of 
school  is  a  tangible  proof  of  the  love  of  literature  which  has  been 
inculcated.  They  have  learned  how  to  use  books,  a  valuable 
asset  for  the  coming  high  school  years  and  for  life.  They  are 
exceptionally  quick  in  distinguishing  the  essentials  in  any 
reading  matter  and  show  marked  abilitj^  in  looking  up  and  run- 
ning down  references  in  supplementary  books.  That  these 
pupils  are  as  well  prepared  for  high  school  as  the  average  ele- 
mentary graduates  is  clearly  proven  by  the  exceptionally  high 
marks  they  obtained  in  the  mid-year  and  the  final  examina- 
tions, demonstrating  that  they  have  gained  in  two  years  the 
knowledge  and  power  which  the  average  child  gains  in  three. 

It  is  pointed  out  with  modest  pride  that  in  the  Courtis 
Tests  in  Arithmetic  a  rapid  advancement  class  lead  the  entire 
city.  Again,  an  individual  instance,  a  pupil  from  a  rapid 
advancement  class  stood  number  one  in  a  group  of  forty-three 
in  a  competitive  examination  for  entrance  to  a  local  prepara- 
tory school. 

Naturally  all  the  pupils  of  both  classes  signified  their  inten- 
tion to  attend  high  schools.  The  distribution  of  the  pupils 
for  next  year  is  as  follows : 


Roxbury  High  School   8  pupils. 

Dorchester  High  School   12  pupils. 

Girls'  Latin  School                                                       .  2  pupils. 

Boys'  Latin  School   4  pupils. 

English  High  School   5  pupils. 

High  School  of  Commerce   10  pupils. 

Outside  the  city   2  pupils. 


Each  teacher  has  planned  to  carry  on  a  follow-up  system 
for  next  year  and  not  until  a  satisfactory  standing  of  these 
pupils  is  reported  from  the  high  schools  can  the  value  of  these 
rapid  advancement  classes  be  definitely,  accurately  and 
finally  determined.  For  the  nonce,  perhaps,  an  apt  statement 
of  their  value  is  fairly  well  expressed  in  the  words  of  a  parent : 
never  beheved  in  a  double  promotion,  but  I  am  firmly  con- 


132     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


vinced  that  the  rapid  advancement  class  is  an  unqualified 

success,  and  I  hope  everyone  of  's  brothers  and  sisters 

may  be  chosen  for  it  when  the  time  comes." 

Classes  similar  to  the  above  were  formed  at  the  beginning 
of  school  in  September. 

A  New  Parental  School  Possible. 
As  noted  elsewhere,  the  Boston  Parental  School  was  legis- 
lated out  of  existence  and  its  pupils  were  distributed  among 
the  schools. 

The  problem  of  dealing  with  the  type  of  boys  who  were 
formerly  sent  to  the  school  is  educational,  not  penal.  Every 
teacher,  every  school  official,  every  attendance  officer  in  the 
service  knows  that  more  rather  than  less  boys  should  be  sent 
to  a  real  parental  school.  Legislative  sanction  should  be 
sought  to  the  end  that  school  officials  might  have  the  power  of 
sending  to  a  parental  school  boys  offending  in  certain  matters, 
without  the  undesirable,  indefensible  present  method  of  taking 
them  before  the  court.  - 

A  teacher  is  practically  helpless  where  a  boy  has  no  home  or, 
worse  than  none,  is  minus  a  parent  or  parents.  No  theorizing 
can  change  these  conditions  or  their  manifest  consequences. 
Statistics  show  that  a  majority  of  the  boys  at  the  former 
Parental  School  were  bereft  of  one  parent  or  both.  Such  boys 
should  be  parente'd  by  competent,  sj^mpathetic,  moral,  human 
educators. 

For  the  special  oversight  of  the  ninety  pupils  who  were 
removed  from  the  Parental  School  and  for  the  observation 
and  care  of  some  two  hundred  others  who  were  on  parole,  the 
school  committee  created  the  position  of  Supervisor  of  Pupils 
on  Probation  and  wisely  filled  it  with  the  former  Superintendent 
of  the  Parental  School,  Mr.  George  C.  Minard,  whose  intimate 
knowledge  of  the  demands  of  the  situation  should  make  him  of 
decided  value.  He  is  working  in  harmony  and  cooperation 
Yv^ith  the  attendance  officers  and  may  be  able  at  the  close  of 
the  year  to  throw  new  light  on  the  ever  perplexing  problem  of 
truancy.  The  attempt  to  rehabilitate  two  or  three  hundred 
boy^ — not  to  speak  of  the  normal' additions  certain  to  be 
made  to  this  number  —  has  been  undertaken  in  full  faith  and 
in  the  hope  that  something  worth  while  may  be  accomplished. 
At  the  same  time  experience  shows  unmistakably  that  certain 
boys  in  the  past  have  needed  a  firm,  efficient,  constant,  encour- 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  133 


aging  guidance  twenty-four  hours  in  the  daily  circle.  The 
towers  of  the  Utopian  school  city  would  seem  to  be  not  yet 
visible.  "The  thoughts  of  youth  are  long,  long  thoughts," 
and  until  youths  materially  change,  owing  to  several  reasons 
as  yet  beyond  society's  control,  it  is  feared  that  some  of  the 
"short  born"  will  refuse  to  be  schooled  for  the  same  hours  and 
by  the  identical  methods  employed  for  the  "long  born," — 
hence,  truancy. 

The  essence  of  modern  practice  for  the  prevention  and  sup- 
pression of  truancy  and  of  juvenile  offences  is  educational 
correction  as  far  removed  as  possible  from  any  penal  forms.  If 
a  new  parental  school  should  be  found  to  be  a  necessity,  it 
should  be  under  the  unmolested,  untethered  supervision  of  a 
conservator,  as  his  function  will  be  the  conservation  of  youth. 

All  officials  and  assistants  of  the  new  school  of  whatever 
rank,  after  their  fitness  has  been  demonstrated  by  suitable 
competitive  examinations,  should  be  appointed  by  and  account- 
able to  the  school  committee. 

The  school  should  be  made  industrial.  The  site  and  plant  of 
the  closed  school  are  unsurpassed  within  the  city's  confines. 
Here  are  twenty-eight  acres  of  high  land  and  meadow  partially 
bordered  by  the  Charles  river;  here  are  model  cottage  dor- 
mitories, a  new  laundry  of  considerable  capacity,  a  modern 
kitchen,  whose  former  output  might  be  multiplied  many  fold, 
a  storehouse  of  generous  dimensions,  an  ice  house  that  might 
easily  be  enlarged  to  ten  times  its  capacity,  well  built,  unused 
buildings,  all  needing  for  efficient  usefulness  the  impulse  that 
a  correct  purpose  and  a  reorganized  service  might  give.  Upland 
and  lowland  offer  perfect  types  of  soil,  exposure  and  fertility 
for  instruction  by  competent  teachers  in  scientific  farming  — 
berries,  fruit,  garden  truck,  etc.  Boys  should  be  taught  the 
most  approved  methods  of  raising  hens.  The  scientific  care  of 
hundreds  of  hens  and  chickens  would  diversify  for  the  boys 
the  school's  activity.  The  laundry  should  be  run  to  its  capacity 
by  the  boys  under  instruction;  likewise  the  bakery.  Why 
not  utilize  these  vocational  agencies?  If,  as  is  claimed,  all  edu- 
cation must  function  in  life,  why  not  bring  a  real,  live  atmos- 
phere into  the  school,  as  indicated  above,  by  converting  the 
storehouse  into  a  real  store,  making  certain  hoys  responsible 
for  its  intake  and  its  output  of  merchandise,  transportation, 
distribution,  bookkeeping,  cost,  waste,  etc.  What  an  oppor- 
tunity for  giving  a  practical,  usable  education! 


134     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


The  school  should  be  in  session  the  year  long.  During  the 
summer  months  certain  boys  who  stand  well  in  their  studies 
might  be  excused  from  books.  The  academic  work  should  be 
on  the  part-time  basis,  perhaps  three  hours  a  day  in  the  school- 
room; the  remainder  of  the  day  consumed  in  the  industries, 
the  gardens  or  shops,  the  store,  the  laundry,  etc.  The  work 
of  the  schoolroom  should  be  closely  tied  up  with  industrial 
projects,  an  unequaled  opportunity  for  teaching  appHed 
arithmetic  and  real,  Uve  language. 

Modern  education  recognizes  that  children  are  '^born  long" 
and  "born  short,"  or  are  reared  or  neglected  so  that  they  come 
to  the  age  of  youth  long "  and  ''short " ;  a  natural,  wise,  human, 
sympathetic  scheme  of  education  differentiates  its  schools  to 
accommodate  and  to  develop  as  many  as  may  be  of  both  types. 
Adaptation  and  mobility  are  the  touchstones  by  which  the 
modern  school  system  may  be  tested.  Perhaps  no  city  in  the 
land  has  recognized  this  principle  of  differentiation  in  its  schools 
to  the  extent  that  Boston  has.  Witness  its  different  secondary 
schools,  its  industrial  and  trade  schools,  junior  high  school 
classes,  prevocational  classes,  rapid  advancement  classes, 
special  corrective  classes,  and  so  on;  each  established  in  recog- 
nition of  the  many  peculiar,  special  needs  to  be  met  in  pupils. 

The  Parental  School  reorganized  as  an  industrial  school  and 
placed  entirely  under  the  Boston  school  committee  should  be 
but  another  beneficent  Hnk  in  the  city's  chain  of  education. 

Not  a  word  of  the  above  is  intended  in  criticism  of  the 
trustees  of  the  former  Parental  School.  They  and  their  prede- 
cessors did  a  meritorious  work  and  deserve  the  thanks  of  the 
community  for  their  fine,  civic  spirit.  Nor  does  the  writer 
intentionally  pass  judgment  for  or  against  the  legislation  that 
closed  the  school;  he  is  merely  stating  his  professional  opinion 
on  what  should  be,  in  his  judgment,  the  ideal,  educational  use 
of  a  plant  that  could  be  converted  readily  and  easily  into  an 
adequate  industrial  parental  school. 

The  DEPARTnMENT  OF  Music. 
After  years  of  endeavor  to  bring  about  improvement  in  the 
course  of  study  in  music  in  the  high  schools  and  a  more  just 
appreciation  of  the  value  of  the  art,  genuine  forward  strides 
have  been  taken  by  the  school  committee  which  should  make 
the  year  1914-15  an  eventful  one  for  school  music  in  Boston. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  135 


First  to  be  noted  is  the  action  of  the  committee  in  issuing 
bulletins  containing  the  worth-while  melodies  that  are  dear  to 
the  hearts  of  music  lovers  and  which  have  been  proven  to 
possess  permanency.  These  have  been  withdrawn  for  revision 
and  re-editing  and  will  be  reissued  soon  in  improved  form  that 
will  make  them  a  desirable  addition  to  school  music. 

Beginning  in  the  lower  grades  with  five  or  six  songs  each, 
by  the  time  graduation  is  reached  a  pupil  will  have  learned 
forty  or  more  standard  melodies  which  are  bound  to  influence, 
strongly,  school,  home  and  community  life. 

American  songs  are,  of  course,  predominant  in  the  bulletins, 
but  as  music  is  an  art  universal,  the  origin  of  many  of  the 
songs  in  this  fine  collection  is  other  than  American;  for 
example,  Italian,  Welsh,  English,  Scotch,  German,  French, 
Irish,  Austrian,  etc. 

The  accompaniments  are  simple  and  have  been  arranged 
with  the  hope  and  desire  that  the  children  at  home  and  their 
parents  will  sing  and  play  these  songs.  In  Grades  VII.  and 
VIII.,  a  few  part  songs  are  introduced  but  nearly  all  are  melodies 
to  be  sung  in  unison,  sung  because  the  singers  want  to  sing,  as 
when  "Songs  gush  from  the  heart." 

Another  signal  step  is  the  change  effected  by  the  transfer 
to  the  high  schools  of  the  assistant  directors  from  the  elementary 
schools.  Hereafter  three  of  the  four  assistant  directors  of 
music  are  to  teach  exclusively  in  the  high  schools.  The  study 
of  music  is  now  for  the  first  time  compulsory  in  the  first  year 
in  nearly  all  the  high  schools,  thus  enabling  pupils  to  continue 
the  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music  begun  in  the  grades  as 
well  as  the  systematic  training  in  choral  singing. 

This  change  of  administration  in  the  department  of  music 
will  benefit  greatly  the  second,  third  and  fourth  year  pupils 
who  elect  choral  practice,  for  the  assistant  directors  will 
be  able  to  give  their  undivided  attention  to  familiarizing  the 
pupils  with  standard  choral  work. 

In  January  there  were  purchased  300  copies  each  of  twenty 
standard  works  constituting  a  high  school  music  library  of  6,000 
volumes.  These  will  be  moved  from  school  to  school  as 
circumstances  require. 

The  fourth  assistant  director  has  been  given  charge  of 
instrumental  rnusic  in  the  schools.  Under  his  supervision 
school  orchestras,  violin  and  other  instrumental  classes  receive 


136     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


instruction  within  school  hours.  The  idea  has  created  general 
enthusiasm  among  the  pupils,  stimulating  interest  in  instru- 
mental music  to  an  unusual  degree.  Four  hundred  five  pupils 
from  twenty-seven  schools  are  being  instructed  in  violin  classes. 
The  average  number  in  a  class  is  fifteen. 

In  planning  the  unification  of  the  instruction  and  the  con- 
centration into  groups  of  these  young  players,  the  vocational 
as  well  as  the  cultural  side  of  music  has  been  kept  in  mind. 
Increasing  numbers  of  young  musicians  are  joining  musical 
organizations  in  which  they  receive  remuneration  for  their 
services. 

An  attempt  has  been  made  to  induce  some  pupils  to  take 
up  the  more  unusual  (to  youth)  symphonic  instruments  — 
clarinet,  'cello,  bass  viol,  trombone,  etc.  Two  or  three  high 
schools  have  already  purchased  as  permanent  school  instru- 
mental equipment  a  few  of  these  instruments  seldom  found  in 
beginners'  orchestras,  obviating  a  weakness  by  bridging  a 
commonly  found  gap,  and  have  developed  thereby  some 
promising  musicians. 

The  school  committee  has  generously  added  to  the  music 
corps  three  assistants  in  music  who  promise  to  bring  strength 
to  the  elementary  schools.  Also  the  committee  appointed 
in  September  an  advisory  committee  on  music.  This  is  an 
innovation  in,  accord  with  approved  educational  administra- 
tion. A  ready,  sympathetic  cooperation  is  assured  between 
this  committee  and  the  department  of  music.  Such  a  com- 
mittee should  be  of  distinct  value  in  bringing  to  the  problem 
of  musical  instruction  in  the  schools  a  practical  as  well  as  a 
professional  and  artistic  attitude. 

The  advisory  committee  on  music  consists  of  the  following 
persons : 

Dr.  Archibald  T.  Davison,  Jr.,  Cambridge;  Mr.  Percy 
Atherton,  Boston;  Mr.  Daniel  Bloomfield,  Boston;  Miss 
Mabel  Daniels,  Brookline;  Mr.  Thomas  Surette,  Concord. 

Another  advance  is  planned  for  the  coming  year,  namely, 
the  giving  of  credit  in  high  schools  for  approved  work  in  music 
done  outside  the  school.  Hitherto,  when  a  pupil  who  has 
attained  some  proficiency  in  music  has  entered  the  high  school, 
in  addition  to  a  new,  exacting  program  calling  for  much  home 
study,  she  has  been  forced  to  practice  an  hour  or  more  a  day, 
perhaps  take  a  lesson  or  two  on  school  days  if  she  would  keep 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  137 


her  skill  and  make  any  advance  in  music.  This  combination 
of  musical  practice  and  home  lessons  is  often  overjDurdensome 
and  results  in  a  pupil's  dropping  her  music,  perhaps  never 
again  to  resume  it  —  in  effect,  a  waste  of  effort  and  of  money. 

For  the  future,  it  is  proposed  to  give  the  pupil  credit  counting 
toward  a  diploma  for  certified  practice  done  by  the  pupil  in 
connection  with  musical  instruction  from  institutions  and 
individuals  approved  by  the  school  committee  and  by  the 
director  of  music. 

Credit  will  be  granted  for  vocal  as  well  as  for  instrumental 
(symphonic  instruments)  practice.  A  scheme  of  credit  is 
being  perfected  by  which-  it  is  believed  that  points  in  music 
counting  toward  a  diploma  may  be  entirely  safeguarded. 

The  Department  of  Compulsory  School  Attendance. 

In  September,  1913,  the  city  was  reapportioned  into  twenty 
districts  corresponding  to  the  number  of  school  attendance 
officers.  In  this  redistricting  the  elements  considered  were 
comparative  area  of  district,  density  of  population,  number  of 
pupils,  distance  between  districts,  records  of  average  number 
of  visits  in  the  past,  car  routes,  etc. 

While  it  is  impossible  to  equalize  exactly  a  work  into  which 
so  many  different  factors  enter,  it  was  believed  that  the  labor 
of  the  city  was  divided  into  twenty  parts,  approximately  equal. 
Amendments  to  the  school  attendance  and  to  the  minors' 
employment  laws  made  last  year  increased  measurably  the 
work  of  the  attendance  officers.  The  effect  of  these  laws  was 
first  felt  in  November,  1913,  when  the  number  of  additional 
cases  of  investigation  began  to  grow  at  the  rate  of  over  five 
hundred  a  month.  In  recognition  of  this  increased  work  the 
school  committee  added  to  the  force  another  regular  officer, 
who  took  office  at  the  beginning  of  the  present  school  year. 

The  duties  of  an  attendance  officer  are  peculiar.  No  school 
official  comes  into  as  intimate  relations  with  the  family  life  of 
pupils  as  he.  Often,  before  his  visit  at  a  home  is  satisfactorily 
finished,  he  has  felt  the  very  "pulse  of  the  machine,"  and  has 
become  "the  guide,  philosopher  and  friend"  to  the  entire 
family.  The  old,  popular  conception  of  a  truant  officer  (the 
name  now  happily  changed  to  that  of  attendance  officer)  as  a 
man  to  be  feared  —  one  whose  function  it  was  to  run  down,  to 
bring  in^  and  perhaps  to  send  away,  truants  —  has  changed. 


138     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


In  a  vast  majority  of  the  homes  into  which  the  attendance 
officer  enters  he  is  regarded  as  a  friend,  with  judgment  and 
reasonableness.  He  is  human  and  humane,  too.  His  duties 
have  not  blunted  his  tenderness. 

The  writer  last  winter  witnessed  a  demonstration  of  an 
attendance  officer's  tactful  sympathy.  The  officer  was 
approaching  the  school,  returning  thereto  a  boy  who  had  been 
a  truant  for  over  a  week.  The  case  had  caused  considerable 
comment  in  the  school  and  was  well  known  to  the  pupils.  It 
was  at  recess  and  the  yard  was  filled  with  boys.  The  returning 
"prodigal,"  unattended,  passed  by  the  yard  and  entered  the 
school.  Two  hundred  yards  from  the  school,  around  the 
corner,  and  out  of  sight  of  the  boys,  the  attendance  officer  was 
met  and  when  asked  why  he  had  not  accompanied  the  delin- 
quent, replied,  "Oh!  I  did  not  want  to  humiliate  him  before 
the  other  boys.  He  is  feeling  low  enough  as  it  is.  I  am  to  meet 
him  in  the  master's  office  after  recess.  He  is  not  a  had  hoy  but 
comes  from  a  neglected  home." 

This  incident,  not  exceptional,  is  significant  and  illustrates  the 
caliber  of  the  men  in  the  service.  "Comes  from  a  neglected 
home"  in  the  opinion  of  the  officer  explained  and  excused  much. 
During  the  past  year  there  were  reported  663  cases  of  indiffer- 
ence or  of  neglect  on  the  part  of  parents.  The  attendance 
officer  often  succeeds  in  arousing  or  restoring  in  parents  a  sense 
of  their  responsibility. 

The  total  number  of  investigations  made  during  the  year 
was  51,565. 

The  total  number  of  truants  reported  for  the  year  was  3,937. 
There  were  91  cases  of  habitual  truancy,  of  which  number  53 
were  sent  to  the  Parental  School. 

In  consequence  of  the  Parental  School  having  been  legislated 
out  of  existence,  on  September  14, 1914,  the  boys  therein  to  the 
number  of  90  were  removed  to  the  districts  whence  they  came. 
The  abolition  of  the  Parental  School  (discussed  elsewhere  in  this 
report)  will  call  for  renewed  vigor,  vigilance,  patience  and 
sympathetic  persistency  on  the  part  of  the  supervisor  of  pupils 
on  probation,  of  attendance  officers,  and  of  masters  and  teachers 
as  well. 

The  school  year  just  closed  marked  the  official  discontinuance 
from  the  service  of  the  chief  of  the  attendance  officers,  Mr. 
George  Murphy,  to  whom  the  school  committee  granted  a 
pension  on  his  retirement.    As  chief  emeritus,  his  full,  ripe 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  139 


judgment  gained  from  his  years  of  experience  will  still  be  at 
the  service  of  the  department,  which  he  did  much  to  integrate, 
to  guide  and  to  maintain.  His  is  the  type  of  officer  worthy 
of  imitation. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

AUGUSTINE  L.  RAFTER, 

Assistant  Superintendent. 


4.    REPORT  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENT 
MRS.  ELLOR  C.  RIPLEY. 


Franklin  B.  Dyer, 

Superintendent  of  Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass.: 
Dear  Sir, —  In  reply  to  your  direction  I  submit  herewith 
reports  of  progress  on  special  assignments  of : 

1.  Courses  for  Teachers. 

2.  Oral  Reading. 

3.  Cooperation  with  Museums. 

4.  Prevocational  Classes  for  Girls. 

5.  Household  Science  and  Arts. 

6.  Syllabuses  for  Second  and  Third  Grades. 

Courses  for  Teachers. 

You  have  been  so  intimately  connected  with  plans  for  this 
work  that  I  can  scarcely  add  an  unfamiliar  item,  and  therefore 
present  merely  a  summary  of  the  results  of  all  efforts. 

Arrangements  are  completed  for  offering  in  1914-15  three 
college  credit  courses  whose  expense  is  to  be  met  jointly  by  the 
commission  on  extension  courses  and  the  Boston  school 
committee.  Teachers  are  to  pay  nominal  tuition,  five  dollars, 
for  whole,  and  two  and  a  half  dollars  for  a  partial  course.  One 
course  is  offered  in  two  sections,  each  limited  to  twenty  persons 
who  are  master's  assistants  or  sub-masters  in  our  schools,  and  to 
those  who  hold  certificates  qualifying  for  these  positions.  This 
course  is  called  ^'  Supervision  of  Teaching." 

The  work  of  the  course  includes  a  study  of  the  general 
theory  of  teaching  and  of  special  method  in  the  major  subjects 
of  the  elementary  school  program;  it  consists  chiefly,  however, 
of  practice  in  the  observation  and  criticism  of  actual  teaching. 


140     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


The  purpose  of  the  course  is  practical;  it  offers  training  in  the 
analysis  and  evaluation  of  class-room  work  for  the  sake  of 
arriving  at  constructive  suggestions  for  improvement.  Mem- 
bers of  this  course  should  gain  in  power  to  judge  of  teachers 
and  teaching,  to  correct  undesirable  teaching  habits,  to  suggest 
and  work  out  effective  methods,  and  in  general  to  exercise  a 
helpful  leadership  over  young  teachers. 

Lectures,  reading  and  class-room  discussions  are  used  to 
present  the  general  theory  of  teaching;  for  practice  in  super- 
vision, each  member  of  the  course  is  required  to  report  on  his 
own  work  and  on  the  work  of  others,  to  present  plans  of  lessons, 
and  to  teach  in  the  presence  of  other  members  of  the  section. 
The  course  in  supervision  is  a  full  college  credit  course,  and  is 
offered  by  Prof.  Ernest  C.  Moore  and  Prof.  Henry  W.  Holmes 
of  Harvard  University. 

Prof.  Arthur  0.  Norton  of  the  Department  of  Education 
of  Wellesley  College  is  offering  to  teachers  who  have  already 
had  a  course  in  elementary  psychology  a  course  in  educational 
psychology,  limited  to  thirty-five  students. 

This  course  deals  with  practical  applications  of  psychology 
to  education.  It  includes  an  introductory  study  of  the  general 
connections  between  ps^^chology  and  education,  discussion 
of  practical  applications  in  detail,  and  exercises  based  on  these 
discussions  and  upon  the  daily  work  of  members  of  the  force 
Among  the  topics  treated  are  the  following: 

I.  The  respective  fields,  methods,  and  points  of  view  of 
psychology  and  education;  the  ways  in  which  psychology  is, 
or  may  be,  of  service  in  current  educaitional  theory  and  practice; 
the  Hmitations  of  psjxhology,  and  the  basis  of  educational 
procedure. 

II.  The  psychology  of  learning. 

III.  Studies  in  mental  development;  their  bearing  on  the 
selection  and  arrangement  of  studies,  on  methods  of  teaching, 
and  ojQ.  school  management  in  general. 

IV.  Chnical  psychology,  mental  tests,  and  the  education  of 
the  individual. 

This  course  counts  toward  credit  for  the  A.  A.  degree  either 
as  a  half  or  a  third  of  a  course,  the  credit  being  determined 
by  the  amount  and  nature  of  the  work  done  by  the  individual 
student. 

A  third  opportunity  is  offered  in  a  course  on  the  economic 
and  historical  geography  of  Greater  Boston.  It  is  given  by 
Prof.  Elizabeth  F.  Fisher  of  Wellesley  College. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  141 


This  course  has  been  especially  arranged  for  teachers  of 
geography  in  the  upper  grades  of  Boston  public  schools,  and 
it  is  adapted  to  their  practical  needs.  The  course  provides 
specific  instruction  in  local  geography,  and  also  in  general 
economic  geography. 

The  basis  of  the  work  is  physiography.  Physiographic  proc- 
esses and  features  are  treated  briefly,  and  the  relations  of 
earth,  air  and  water  to  life  are  treated  at  length. 

Special  emphasis  is  laid  upon  the  influence  which  physical 
features  and  climate  exerted  on  the  settlement,  historical 
events,  and  industrial  development  of  Boston. 

This  course  aims,  among  other  things,  to  account  for  the 
origin  of  Boston  Harbor,  its  excellent  shipping  facilities,  the 
adjacent  rich  agricultural  flood-plains,  the  drumhn  hills  of 
Boston,  and  the  islands  of  Boston  Harbor.  It  treats  also  of 
the  relations  between  falls  and  rapids  of  rivers  and  the  manufac- 
turing possibilities  of  eastern  Massachusetts. 

Professor  Fisher's  course  is  this  year  to  cover  local  geo- 
graphic studies  of  two  sections  of  the  city. 

The  generosity  of  the  commission  on  extension  courses 
and  the  school  committee  has  resulted  in  a  unique  opportunity 
for  Boston  teachers,  for,  as  mentioned  above,  by  payment  of  $5 
for  a  whole  course,  or  $2.50  for  a  partial  course,  our  teachers 
gain  access  to  as  able  instruction  as  this  country  affords  in  the 
selected  fines.  The  instructors  concerned  are  planning  to 
give  to  students  individual  study  and  attention  far  beyond  that 
ordinarily  possible  in  college  work.  Conditions  permit  an 
unusuafiy  intimate  relation  between  educational  theory  and 
educational  practice  in  two  of  the  courses,  and  definition  of  the 
field  in  the  third  encourage  us  to  believe  that  these  courses 
not  only  will  yield  a  distinct  contribution  to  Boston  schools, 
but  also  will  stand  as  beginnings  in  the  colleges  about  us  of 
new  opportunities  for  direct  usefulness. 

Boston  University  as  well  as  Harvard  and  Wellesley  have 
assisted  in  securing  these  fine  opportunities  for  Boston  teachers. 
The  unswerving  purpose  of  our  superintendent  to  establish 
the  connection  between  the  schools  and  colleges  and  the  untir- 
ing devotion  of  Dean  James  Hardy  Ropes  have,  however,  been 
the  chief  causes  of  this  admirable  cooperation  between  the 
Boston  school  committee  and  the  commission  on  extension 
courses. 

Our  teachers  are  appreciating  their  privileges  and  are  respond- 
ing with  great  enthusiasm. 


142     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


Oral  Reading. 
Very  little  advancement  has  been  effected  in  this  important 
subject.  Announcement  of  plans  for  next  year's  work  would 
not  be  valuable  at  this  date  (July  1,  1914).  It  should  be  pointed 
out  that  this  subject  demands  marked  attention.  Ability  to 
read  well  is  of  money-earning  value  to  our  young  people.  Train- 
ing to  secure  this  ability  improves  their  speech,  bearing  and 
address.  It  enables  them  to  give  a  correct  impression  of  their 
best  selves,  and  a  boy  who  can  read  well  has  advantages  when 
applying  for  work  over  one  who  lacks  the  training  preceding 
good  reading. 

Beside  this  considerable  value,  reading  offers  intellectual 
training  and  advantage  so  well  acknowledged  as  to  forbid 
recitation  here. 

American  children  do  not  read  well  enough.  This  criticism 
is  especially  applicable  to  city  children.  Character  and  quality 
of  speech  are  matters  of  imitation.  School  children's  speech 
habits  are  their  home  and  street  speech  habits.  These  have 
suffered  much  in  recent  years  in  America  from  association  with 
children  whose  native  speech  is  not  English.  Without  doubt, 
too,  other  things  of  to-day,  the  vocabulary  of  the  ''popular" 
newspaper,  the  prevalence  of  slang  in  sports  and  athletics, 
the  style  of  the  cheap  drama,  are  setting  undesirable  ideals  in 
speech  and  oral  expression.  Good  oral  reading  is  the  best 
corrective  of  these  sources  of  faulty  speech  and  diction  and  the 
best  means  of  supplanting  their  false  standards. 

There  is  another  reason  why  the  welfare  of  our  children  calls 
for  newly  marked  emphasis  on  the  subject  of  oral  reading.  It 
lies  in  the  accentuated  attention  given  to  special  subjects  by 
our  able  itinerant  supervisors.  Visitation  from  specialists  in 
drawing,  music  and  physical  and  manual  training  tends  to 
exaggerate  the  importance  of  these  subjects  at  the  expense  of 
such  subjects  as  reading. 

In  order  to  give  reading  a  proper  place,  and  to  gain  for  it 
commendable  attention,  I  deem  it  necessary  to  have  the  sub- 
ject especially  emphasized  during  the  years  1914-15  and 
1915-16. 

Cooperation  with  Museums. 
Museum  of  Fine  Arts. —  The  purpose  in  view  here  has  been  to 
secure  for  our  teachers  and  pupils  real  appreciation  of  the  treas- 
ures of  the  beautiful  collections  open  to  us.    In  pursuit  of  this 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  143 


purpose  Mr.  Huger  Elliott,  educational  director  of  the  museum, 
gave  a  museum  talk  and  walk  for  teachers  of  geography. 
Mr.  Dillaway,  our  own  manual  arts  director,  presented  there 
an  illustrated  talk  on  colonial  art.  The  talks  were  supple- 
mented by  museum  exhibits  of  colonial  fabrics  and  colonial 
furniture.  Mr.  Clarence  H.  Jones,  sub-master  of  the  Martin 
School,  gave  to  teachers  a  talk  on  Paul  Revere  the  artisan. 
This  talk  was  followed  by  a  museum  exhibit  of  Paul  Revere 
silver,  and  it  was  repeated  in  two  nearby  schools,  and  there 
supplemented  by  children's  visits  to  the  museum  collection  of 
the  Revere  silver. 

Miss  Anna  D.  Slocum  arranged  at  the  museum  a  Filipino 
exhibit  of  educational  character.  This  exhibit  was  announced 
in  the  schools  and  visited  by  some  hundreds  of  pupils,  many 
writing  creditable  reports  of  their  excursion.  For  many  years 
our  teachers  have  conducted  classes  of  children  to  the  museum 
and  this  good  practice  continues  unchanged. 

Under  the  suggestion  of  the  superintendent  arrangements 
have  been  worked  out  by  which  a  limited  number  of  high  school 
pupils  will  study  next  year  vocational  drawing  in  the  museum 
school.  These  students  attend  high  school  mornings  and  the 
museum  school  afternoons,  receiving  five  high  school  points 
for  the  museum  school  instruction. 

In  order,  however,  to  make  the  museum  connection  of  larger 
value,  out-of-school  visits  should  be  increased  in  number  and 
intensified  in  aim. 

It  would  be  profitable  if  the  museum  on  the  one  hand  could 
arrange  for  the  coming  year  Saturday  exhibits  of  objects  inter- 
esting to  children,  and  present  suitable  stories  about  and 
explanations  of  these  objects.  It  would  be  useful  on  the  other 
hand  to  have  certain  museum  objects  supplementing  school 
work  assigned  as  subjects  of  English  practice  subsequent  to 
museum's  sending  to  the  teacher  a  brief  sketch  of  the  historical 
information  and  especial  points  of  artistic  worth  of  selected 
museum  objects. 

It  is  believed  that  collections  in  the  Boston  Museum  of  Fine 
Arts  can  be  made  of  greatly  increased  value  to  the  children  of 
the  city.  Properly  utiHzed  these  collections  cultivate  an 
appreciation  of  beauty  which  is  a  considerable  asset  to  the 
people  of  an  industrial  and  commercial  center. 

A  few  meetings  have  been  held  between  our  manual  arts 
department  and  museum  authorities  with  the   purpose  of 


144     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 

furthering  interest  in  some  departments  of  the  museum.  Assist- 
ants of  this  department  were  requested  to  give  hall  talks  to 
upper  grade  classes  of  their  schools,  and  next  fall  the  stereop- 
ticon  is  to  be  used  with  slides  furnished  by  the  museum  on 
''Art  in  Objects  of  Every-day  Use."  The  museum  has  also 
furnished  the  schools  with  half-tone  reproductions  which  have 
been  used  in  Grades  VI.,  VII.  and  VIII. 

Children's  Museum. —  Our  cooperation  with  the  Children's 
Museum  has  been  simple,  direct  and  highly  satisfactory.  We 
have  been  able  through  the  appreciated  loan  of  Mr.  E.  F. 
Sawyer  of  Jamaica  Plain  to  assist  them  in  securing  a  needed 
telescope,  and  our  schoolhouse  commission  -has  supplied  settees 
for  classes  of  visiting  children.  Some  of  the  nearby  schools 
have  made  several  visits  to  the  museum,  and  a  considerable 
number  of  distant  schools  have  sent  classes  less  frequently. 

Our  plans  for  next  year  involve  fuller  cooperation  shown  in 
detail  by  the  following  proposals,  which  so  far  as  they  prove 
feasible  have  been  accepted  by  the  museum. 

1.  Advertised  dates  for  visits  of  school  children  from 
various  parts  of  the  city,  the  children  to  be  attended  by  a 
teacher. 

2.  Talks  by  the  curator  of  the  museum  to  eighth  grade 
pupils  prior  to  their  visit  to  the  museum. 

3.  First  draft  reports  concerning  the  visit,  sent  by  children 
to  the  curator  of  the  museum,  with  a  view  to  learning  the  full 
value  of  the  visit  and  of  getting  at  other  ways  of  utilizing  the 
museum. 

4.  The  establishment  of  a  Camera  Hunt  Club,  eligibility  to 
which  shall  consist  in  a  satisfactory  degree  of  skill  in  producing 
snapshot  pictures. 

5.  Late  afternoon  bird  talks  for  teachers. 

6.  Establishment  of  Museum  Motor  Day. 

7.  Selection  of  Normal  School  pupils  for  Saturday  afternoon, 
or  after  school  hours,  to  work  with  curator  of  Children's 
Museum. 

The  persistent  and  finally  effective  efforts  of  Mr.  Edson  A. 
Ford,  sub-master  of  the  Minot  School,  should  not  be  forgotten 
now  that  he  has  given  up  directive  interest  in  the  Children's 
Museum.  It  is  believed  that  to  a  very  great  extent  the  present 
institution  is  the  result  of  his  enterprise,  zeal  and  industry  in 
organizing  the  forces  which  brought  to  pass  in  Boston  a  long 
desired  Children's  Museum. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  145 


The  curator  of  the  museum,  Miss  Deha  Griffin,  has  been  as 
untiriijLg  and  cooperative  as  she  has  been  successful  in  her 
attempts  to  make  a  visit  to  Pine  Bank  dehghtful  and  profitable 
to  teachers  and  pupils.  She  merits  warm  recognition  for  the 
service  she  is  rendering  our  schools. 

The  following  report  prepared  by  Miss  Griffin,  the  curator  of 
the  Children's  Museum,  tells  its  own  story  of  what  the  institu- 
tion is  offering  to  boys  and  girls  of  the  city : 

"Owing  to  the  broad-mindedness  of  the  school  authorities  and  to  the 
strong  belief  in  the  value  of  the  Children's  Museum  which  is  held  by 
school  board,  superintendent  and  supervisors,  it  has  been  possible  during 
this  first  year  of  the  institution  to  correlate  its  work  with  that  of  the 
schools  of  Boston  to  an  unusual  extent.  Both  masters  and  teachers  have 
cooperated  by  heartily  accepting  the  opportunities  which  were  offered  by 
this  new  museum." 

"Eighty-six  classes  accompanied  by  tlieir  teachers  have  visited  Pine 
Bank  during  school  hours  from  October  to  June.  Lectures  have  been 
given  to  the  classes  on  various  phases  of  nature  study;  they  have  been 
allowed  to  inspect  the  collections  in  the  museum  under  charge  of  a  docent, 
who  has  given  much  information  regarding  the  exhibits;  and  during 
the  fall  and  spring  many  of  the  classes  have,  in  addition,  been  taken  on 
walks  in  the  grounds  around  Pine  Bank  and  have  there  studied  trees, 
flowers  and  birds.  Each  class  has  spent  from  one  to  two  hours  in  this 
manner,  and  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  a  large  number  of  the  3,100  pupils 
have  voluntarily  visited  the  museum  on  Saturdays  and  Sundays,  frequently 
bringing  with  them  parents  or  other  members  of  their  families.  Fifty-six 
classes  have  come  from  Jamaica  Plain,  all  the  schools  of  that  district  being 
represented.  Fourteen  have  made  the  trip  from  Roxbury,  five  from 
South  Boston,  and  four  from  Dorchester,  while  West  Roxbury,  city  proper, 
and  the  South  and  West  Ends  have  also  been  represented." 

"In  addition  to  these  classes,  ten  bird  walks  were  taken  under  guidance 
of  Mr.  Horace  W.  Taylor  of  Brookline,  who  met  each  division  at  the  school 
and  took  the  members  for  a  two-hour  tramp  through  sections  of  the  park 
system  where  birds  could  be  found-in  large  numbers.  Some  of  these  walks 
were  taken  in  the  morning  and  others  after  school,  but  the  time  most 
generally  favored  was  from  eight  until  ten  o'clock  a.  m.  Bird  walks  were 
conducted  by  the  director  of  the  museum  on  ten  Saturday  mornings 
during  the  spring,  the  attendance  being  voluntary,  although  the  class  was 
limited  to  fifteen  members.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  Saturday 
classes  never  had  an  opportunity  to  go  out  of  sight  of  the  museum,  for 
the  grounds  were  so  filled  with  birds  that  the  children  were  occupied  with 
them  until  the  hour  was  over.  About  twenty  different  kinds  were  heard 
and  seen  on  each  walk." 

"  From  October  until  March,  classes  in  painting  and  sketching. were  held 
Saturdays  at  the  museum,  Mr.  Edmund  Ketchum  teaching.  The  average 
attendance  at  these  classes  was  thirty  and  the  enthusiasm  was  marked. 
Many  of  the  pupils  who  appeared  on  the  first  day  that  the  lessons  were 
announced  continued  throughout  the  course,  and  made  most  creditable 


146     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


progress.  Dr.  Alfred  Gundersen  conducted  classes  in  astronomy  twenty 
evenings  during  the  fall,  two  sets  of  lectures  being  planned,  one  for  adults 
and  the  other  for  eighth  grade  pupils.  An  excellent  telescope  was  used 
by  both  classes,  and  the  terrace  in  front  of  Pine  Bank  proved  a  good  place 
from  which  to  view  the  stars." 

"In  addition  to  the  lectures  above  mentioned,  special  series  have  been 
given  from  time  to  time.  Mr.  J.  H.  Emerton,  a  world  authority  upon 
spiders,  gave  a  Sunday  lecture  which  filled  the  class  room  to  capacity  three 
times,  and  so  interested  the  young  people  that  Mr.  Emerton  volunteered 
to  be  at  the  museum  twice  a  week  for  several  weeks  following,  in  the  later 
afternoon,  and  exhibit  his  personal  collection  of  spiders  to  all  who  were 
interested.  He  had  a  most  enthusiastic  attendance  every  afternoon.  Mr. 
Taylor  gave  twelve  illustrated  lectures  upon  birds,  and  on  Sunday  after- 
noons Prof.  George  H.  Barton,  Mr.  A.  W.  Wright,  Dr.  E.  C.  Thompson 
and  Dr.  W.  K.  Moorehead  have  lectured  on  Hawaii,  spiders,  butterflies 
and  Indians.  All  of  these  lectures  have  been  illustrated  and  at  each  one 
the  seats  in  the  class  room  have  been  filled  and  from  ten  to  thirty  boys 
and  girls  have  gladly  stood  th^ughout  the  hour." 

"It  is  the  aim  of  the  museum  force  not  only  to  give  instruction  con- 
cerning the  things  of  nature  and  to  awaken  interest  and  appreciation, 
but  to  teach  through  the  object  the  history  of  man's  development.  The 
Filipino,  Indian  and  Japanese  exhibits  aid  to  a  large  extent  in  this  work. 
This  was  noted  in  the  case  of  one  special  class.  The  girls  who  composed 
it  were  large  in  stature  but  of  sadly  arrested  mental  development  and 
they  showed  complete  apathy  in  viewing  the  most  beautiful  minerals  or 
the  most  curious  animals.  When  they  were  shown  a  blanket  woven  by 
a  Filipino  woman,  their  faces  brightened.  They  were  ready  to  talk  and 
to  ask  questions.  They  commented  on  the  basketry,  criticised  the  carv- 
ing, admired  the  needle  work  of  the  civilized  tribes  of  the  Filipinos  and 
went  away  with  minds  a  little  broader  than  when  they  came." 

"One  especially  interesting  experience  concerned  a  class  from  the  Horace 
Mann  School  for  the  Deaf.  The  pupils  were  taken  on  a  bird  walk.  They 
were  first  shown  mounted  specimens  of  the  birds  which  they  would  be 
likely  to  see,  and  a  few  facts  in  regard  to  colors  and  characteristics  were 
impressed  upon  them.  They  were  exceedingly  quick  in  finding  the  birds 
out-of-doors  and  at  the  end  of  an  hour  had  a  record  of  twelve  songsters 
which  each  member  had  seen  weU,  although  no  child  could  hear  a  sound." 

"It  is  planned  to  have  classes  from  the  Perkins  Institute  for  the  Blind. 
Birds  and  animals  will  be  put  in  the  hands  of  the  children,  and  they  will 
be  told  about  the  articles  while  touching  the  various  objects." 

"During  the  visits  of  classes  the  office  force  has  occasionally  been  called 
upon  for  lectures  not  down  on  the  program.  The  members  of  one  school 
which  is  situated  in  the  heart  of  the  city  paused  before  the  big  fireplace 
and  its  use  was  explained  to  them.  They  were  incredulous  and  one 
inquired,  'How  can  you  put  fire  there  without  burning  up  the  house?' 
No  member  of  the  class  had  ever  seen  a  fireplace  in  use,  so  they  were 
invited  into  the  office,  seated  on  the  floor  and  a  fire  was  started  in  the 
large  grate,  while  a  story  of  colonial  times  was  told  and  methods  of  cook« 
ing  by  the  use  of  iron  pots,  cranes  and  brick  ovens  were  explained.  Those 
boys  were  invited  to  visit  the  museum  next  year  and  pop  corn  over  the 
fire." 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  147 


''Perhaps  the  appreciation  which  the  children  have  for  the  museum  is 
best  expressed  by  the  small  boy  who  came  again  and  again  so  soon  after 
the  closing  hour  of  school  that  he  was  asked,  '  How  long  does  it  take  you 
to  walk  over  here  from  your  home?'  and  he  answered,  'Oh,  I  don't  walk, 
I  run  all  the  way. '  " 

Very  truly  yours, 

DELIA  I.  GRIFFIN, 

Director  of  the  Children's  Museum, 
Pine  Bank,  Olmsted  Park,  Boston,  Mass. 

Frevocational  Classes  for  Girls. 

Next  year  the  girls  of  at  least  twenty-two  elementary  schools 
will  follow  modified  courses  of  study  for  girls.  This  fact  is  an 
interesting  evidence  of  the  continual  growth  of  the  idea  that 
the  work  of  the  home  should  be  taught  by  the  school.  Sew- 
ing was  made  part  of  the  Boston  curriculum  many  years  ago; 
cookery  followed  much  later  in  Grades  VI.,  VII.  and  VIII.^, 
and  about  ten  years  ago  by  special  legislation  all  girls  of  twelve 
or  older  were  allowed  instruction  in  cookery  prior  to  their 
reaching  the  grade  to  which  that  subject  was  assigned.  Yet 
more  recently  modifications  were  introduced,  increasing  the 
time  set  apart  for  training  in  household  arts,  and  last  year 
under  a  special  order  of  the  School  Committee  several  schools 
emphasized  yet  more  strongly  different  phases  of  work  designed 
to  give  special  training  to  girls. 

In  all  the  so-called  prevocational  classes  for  girls,  teachers 
are  urged  to  present  their  instruction  so  as  to  accomplish  two 
essential  points:  The  first  is  to  place  before  each  girl  a  task 
which  through  industrious  persistence  she  can  accomplish.  The 
second  essential  of  satisfactory  work  is  that  it  be  of  such 
nature  and  amount  as  to  require  personal  responsibility  from 
each  individual  girl.  With  these  two  principles  in  mind  our 
teachers  have  shown  a  great  deal  of  ingenuity  in  developing 
widely  varying  tasks  in  widely  differing  phases  of  prevocational 
training." 

The  Washington  Allston  Home  School  is  our  pioneer  and  is 
thoroughly  well  organized,  and  well  related  to  the  traditional 
school  studies.  The  following  extracts  from  first  draft  letters 
by  the  girls  of  the  school  give  some  idea  of  the  prevocational 
work  for  girls  as  a  factor  in  their  education. 

"Our  school  home  is  not  like  many  other  cooking-school  rooms.  It  is 
furnished  as  a  home  and  we  act  more  naturally  there  than  we  would  in  a 
regular  schoolroom." 


148     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


"Our  school  home  looks  its  loveliest  on  a  June  morning,  when  the  cur- 
tains are  floating  away  from  the  windows  and  the  sunshine  makes  pretty 
designs  on  the  floor." 

"Our  apartment  consists  of  a  living  room,  dining  room,  bedroom,  sunny 
kitchen  and  reception  hall.  They  are  all  furnished  in  mission  furniture 
which  is  of  a  heavy  craftsman  style,  and  which  has  been  built  by  the  boys^ 
The  curtains,  bed  linen,  doilies,  etc.,  have  been  made  by  the  girls.  Many 
of  the  pictures  have  been  given  by  the  graduating  classes  as  class  gifts." 

"We  prepare  balanced  luncheons  every  Wednesday  morning  for  the 
teachers.  Monday  afternoon  we  have  a  practice  lesson.  The  girls  that 
serve  the  teacher  are  given  a  paper  with  the  number  of  the  course  they  are 
to  serve,  what  and  how.    One  day  we  had  a  mothers'  luncheon." 

"Even  when  the  cleaning  seems  a  little  dull  I  love  the  school  home  just 
the  same  because  it  is  more  than  made  up  for  by  the  good  times  we  have 
there." 

"In  the  beginning  of  the  school  term  in  autumn,  our  time  was  entirely 
engaged  on  the  cleaning  of  the  home.  We  began  with  the  bedroom.  We 
cleaned  walls,  washed  draperies,  curtains  and  spreads,  swept  the  floor  and 
cleaned  every  particle  of  the  room.  We  cleaned  the  living  room,  kitchen 
and  dining  room  all  in  the  same  manner." 

"I  have  learned  much  about  housekeeping.  Mrs.  Hawes  has  shown  us 
how  to  take  stains  and  spots  out  of  sweaters,  dresses  and  handkerchiefs. 
I  think  every  child  should  know  how  to  do  it.  Every  once  in  awhile  we 
bring  our  sweaters  or  dresses  and  wash  and  iron  them  ourselves." 

"That  part  of  the  cooking  which  I  like  best  and  think  is  most  interesting 
is  making  luncheons  for  the  teachers.  The  first  thing  which  we  have 
learned  to  do  is  to  economize.  The  second  is  to  be  able  to  prepare  a 
balanced  menu.  Instead  of  having  the  meals  aU  of  proteids  or  mineral 
matter,  we  should  divide  up  and  have  a  little  of  each." 

"My  school  work  in  domestic  science  has  proved  to  be  a  great  success 
for  I  can  get  up  a  Sunday's  dinner  while  my  mother  is  at  church,  and  I 
also  can  say  that  I  make  aU  the  bread  for  my  mother." 

"Food  is  very  much  improved  by  order,  cleanliness  and  beauty.  We 
endeavor  to  maintain  all  these  in  our  home." 

"This  is  the  home  of  order  and  simplicity.  It  is  the  home  to  which  I 
belong.  You  also  are  interested  in  this  home.  Is  it  any  wonder?  I 
don't  think  so." 

The  Wells  School  prevocational  class  is  used  as  a  meaDS  of 
teaching  English  to  foreign-born  girls.  Some  of  the  results  of 
the  work  are  engagingly  shown  in  letters  on  different  phases  of 
home  keeping,  each  girl  selecting  a  single  bit  of  work  to  tell 
about  in  the  English  language  she  is  learning  to  use. 

"I  learned  many  things  in  this  year  in  my  cooking  class.  I  have  not 
enough  room  to  tell  you  all  these  things.  I  am  going  to  tell  you  just  one 
thing.  How  we  wash  the  dish-towel  and  dishcloth.  I  use  soap,  hot 
water,  an  agate  pan  and  a  small  washboard.    I  wash  the  dish-towel  and 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  149 


dishcloth  in  warm  water.  I  rub  the  dish-towel  and  dishcloth  on  the  small 
washboard.  I  put  the  dish-towel  and  dishcloth  in  hot  water.  Then  I 
put  the  dish-towel  and  dishcloth  in  cold  water.  I  hang  the  dish-towel 
and  dishcloth  up  to  dry.  It  is  best  to  hang  the  dish-towel  and  dishcloth 
outdoors  to  dry,  I  like  to  go  to  the  cooking  class  because  I  want  to  learn 
how  to  cook  and  how  to  keep  my  house  clean.  I  can  help  my  mother  cook 
the  breakfast,  dinner  and  supper  now.  I  can  talk  in  English  about  my 
cooking  class,  too." 

Another  young  American  closes  her  letter: 

"I  go  home  and  make  everything  in  my  house.  I  want  to  do  it  like 
Miss  Brady  tells  us." 

The  attempt  made  in  this  school  to  use  the  prevocational 
class  as  a  means  of  teaching  English  has  been  specially  suc- 
cessful.   The  teacher  reports  her  general  plan  below: 

''The  teacher  of  the  special  English  class  attended  the  domestic  science 
lessons  at  the  Elizabeth  Peabody  House,  with  notebook  in  hand.  Every 
word  new  to  the  girls,  spoken  by  their  cooking  teacher,  was  written  in 
this  book.  Every  new  process  taught  (such  as  'making  the  bed,'  etc.) 
was  also  noted.  Then  in  the  class  room  the  new  words  from  that  note- 
book were  explained,  used  in  sentences  and  given  as  spelling  lessons. 
The  new  processes  were  made  the  basis  of  countless  conversation  and 
dictation  lessons." 

Many  suggestive  sentences  are  found  in  the  letters  of  these 
girls.  One  pupil  tells  exactly  how  to  make  a  bed  properly; 
another  describes  dish- washing,  closing  her  description  thus: 

"I  like  to  wash  dishes  this  way  because  it  is  very  clean." 
Other  quotations: 

"Then  we  drank  the  cocoa.  Now  I  make  cocoa  in  my  house  for  my 
mother.  Some  day  I  will  make  cocoa  for  you."  "I  learned  how  to  sweep 
the  floor,  clean  the  windows,  cook,  and  keep  my  house  clean."  "I  wipe 
the  dust  from  the  top  to  the  bottom  of  the  room.  Then  I  shake  the  cloth 
out  of  the  window."  "I  like  to  learn  all  these  things  because  they  help 
me  in  many  things." 

Seeing  these  girls  at  their  work,  hearing  the  use  they  make 
of  it  in  English  lessons,  and  noting  the  idealism  and  devotion 
they  express  in  their  home-making  tasks,  convince  the  observer 
of  the  potent  influence  of  this  work  on  the  charming  girls  who, 
although  very  new  Americans,  give  promise  of  doing  well  their 
part  in  creating  American  homes. 


150     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


The  Norcross  School  has  been  highly  successful  in  giving 
training  in  practical  sewing.    One  of  the  girls  writes : 

"In  the  beginning  of  the- year  we  had  a  race  in  hemming  towels  and  I 
think  I  did  it  in  the  best  time,  twelve  minutes.  The  second  lesson  we  made 
a  child's  petticoat.  The  skirt  was  of  flannel  and  the  waist  of  long  cloth. 
We  also  made  a  child's  apron.  November  we  started  our  dresses.  Some 
of  the  girls  made  two  while  others  only  one.  I  made  one  dress  which  I 
took  home  instead  of  keeping  it  for  exhibition.  Next  we  made  a  child's 
nightgown  and  pinholder  which  were  on  sale." 

''Later  we  had  another  sale  of  kitchen  aprons  and  towels.  It  was  a 
great  success.  If  I  am  not  mistaken  we  had  the  pleasure  of  a  visit  from 
you.  We  were  so  successful  that  the  ladies  who  came  too  late  to  obtain 
an  apron  ordered  some  to  be  made  and  sent  to  them." 

"Our  last  lesson  was  to  make  a  model  of  tissue  paper.  Some  of  the 
girls  made  them  so  well  that  they  were  allowed  to  show  them  to  Miss 
Wright.  The  sewing  of  this  year  has  done  me  so  much  good  that  I  have 
been  able  to  make  a  few  dresses  for  myself  at  home.  We  have  enjoyed 
the  sewing  so  much  that  we  don't  consider  it  work  but  pleasure." 

Five  dozen  towels,  numbers  of  dresses,  infants'  dresses,  dish- 
towels,  handkerchiefs,  girls'  and  infants'  petticoats,  kimonas, 
kitchen  aprons,  corset  covers,  and  other  garments  are  among 
the  articles  mentioned  as  part  of  the  year's  accomplishment. 
Its  ^practical  benefit  is  perhaps  but  suggested  by  these  typical 
quotations : 

"I  enjoyed  the  sewing  this  year  so  much  that  I  made  a  great  many 
things  at  home."  "Since  I  have  started  to  sew  on  the  machine  this 
year  I  have  made  three  nightgowns  and  many  other  pieces  of  work  at 
home,  which  my  mother  thinks  I  have  done  well." 

In  addition  to  instruction  in  cutting  and  constructing  gar- 
ments, the  Norcross  girls  have  had  some  lessons  on  the  nature, 
value  and  use  of  different  fabrics.  They  have  had  elementary 
practice  in  designing  in  tissue  paper  suitable  models  for  girls' 
dresses. 

Excursions  to  places  which  offer  suitable  material  for  study 
seem  to  have  been  a  valuable  feature  of  the  Hyde  District 
prevocational  class.  The  girls  gained  ideas  at  the  Textile  Show, 
from  the  Aquarium,  from  a  visit  to  Horticultural  Hall  and 
Franklin  Park,  and  to  other  places  of  industrial  or  general 
interest. 

This  prevocational  class  has  followed  different  lines  of  hand- 
work directly  applicable  to  home  use.  The  girls  have  made 
dresses,  children's  romper  suits,  aprons,  towels,  bags,  dusters, 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  151 


crocheted  shawls.  They  have  appUed  designs  to  boxes  which 
they  have  made,  covered  and  decorated;  they  have  had  ''races 
in  making  buttonholes." 

The  spontaneous  expressions  in  the  following  extracts  tell 
their  own  stories  of  the  enthusiasm  this  work  has  aroused  in 
girls  whom  skillful  teachers  had  been  unable  to  reach  or  to 
awaken  under  the  traditional  school  work : 

"I  have  been  writing  composition  on  linen,  cotton,  sugar  cane  and 
buttons.    I  liked  it  fine." 

"Studying  geography  —  that's  another  important  book  —  but  I 
cannot  explain  all  we  have  learned  in  the  book  line,  because  I  want  to  tell 
you  something  I  have  learned  in  sewing.  I  have  learned  how  to  work 
buttonholes,  to  cross-stitch,  and  to  cut  by  different  patterns.  Oh,  I  love 
sewing." 

"I  made  things  in  this  class  I  never  thought  of  doing  before."  "Some 
of  the  requirements  of  class  are  personal  neatness,  promptness,  applica- 
tion, rapidity."  "In  a  way  I  ani  glad  I  was  put  into  this  class  for  I  have 
learnt  to  do  arithmetic  much  better  and  also  reading." 

"I  forget  the  price  of  the  goods,  but  I  remember  that  we  took  the  price 
of  one  yard  and  found  the  price  of  three  yards  and  three-quarters  of  a 
yard." 

The  Ulysses  S.  Grant  District  has  continued  its  useful  work 
of  past  years  in  giving  training  which  helps  the  girls  to  introduce 
American  ideals  into  homes  transplanted  here  from  foreign 
shores.    A  teacher  of  this  school  says: 

"I  look  upon  this  work  as  the  most  valuable  institution  we  have  in  the 
schools  to-day.  Not  only  are  the  children  taught  what  will  aid  them  in 
their  own  lives  in  the  future,  but  they  are  also  made  to  see  that  even  now 
in  their  early  girlhood  they  can  make  their  homes  more  clean  and  com- 
fortable; that  they  can  help  their  tired  mothers  by  doing  for  them  every- 
thing in  their  power." 

These  opinions  of  the  teacher  are  in  harmony  with  the  views 
of  the  girls,  as  the  following  typical  extracts  from  their  reports 
show : 

"Our  teacher  has  been  telling  us  that  you  are  very  much  interested  in 
domestic  science  and  that  you  would  like  to  hear  something  about  it 
from  us.  The  City  of  Boston  is  very  kind  to  provide  a  place  like  the 
domestic  science  rooms.  Our  work  is  divided  into  two  parts,  sewing  and 
cooking.  In  school  we  work  with  our  brains,  but  in  domestic  science  we 
learn  the  art  of  working  with  our  hands  as  well  as  with  our  brains." 

"During  this  year  I  have  made  some  very  useful  things  at  sewing.  It 
is  true  that  perhaps  I  could  buy  these  things  cheaper  at  the  store,  but 
they  would  not  last  as  long,  and  more  than  that  I  would  not  have  the 


152     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


knowledge  that  I  had  made  them  with  my  own  hands.  But  that  is  not 
the  best  of  it.  The  best  of  it  is  yet  to  come  when  later  I  will  be  able  to 
make  these  same  things  for  my  sisters  and  others  without  any  help." 

''Although  my  home  was  always  as  clean  as  I  could  keep  it,  still  this 
year  I  have  learned  things  about  cleanliness  that  I  never  knew  before.  I 
realize  now  that  cleanliness  is  the  basis  of  almost  everything.  I  feel,  this 
year,  that  my  home  is  the  best  place  on  the  earth  and  perhaps  the  domestic 
science  has  helped  me  to  feel  that  way." 

''I  have  foimd  out  that  the  happiness  of  a  family  depends  largely  upon 
cleanliness,  good  cooking  and  cheap  nutritious  food  more  than  it  does  on 
money." 

"There  are  two  days  in  the  week  that  I  look  forward  to  because  of  my 
interest  for  the  studies  coming  that  day.  These  two  days  are  Tuesday 
morning  and  Wednesday  afternoon,  when  we  go  to  domestic  science  at 
66  Saratoga  street,  where  I  spend  five  hours  making  useful  things  that 
will  come  into  life  later  on." 

The  prevocational  work  of  the  Dillaway  District  opened 
under  conditions  apparently  impossible.  But  through  the 
untiring  energy  of  the  principal  and  the  fine  work  of  the 
teachers,  superior  results  have  been  obtained.  The  girls  took 
a  house  in  poor  condition,  and  in  the  hours  devoted  to  pre- 
vocational work  they  painted  closets,  learned  how  to  clean 
walls  of  rooms  and  prepare  them  for  paper  hangers.  They  did 
other  work  which  gave  them  an  insight  into  ways  and  means 
by  which  very  unattractive  houses  may  be  transformed  into 
comfortable  homes. 

Following  the  early  steps,  most  helpfully  supplemented  by 
the  schoolhouse  commission,  the  girls  received  intensified 
training  in  practical  cookery  and  household  sewing,  com- 
passing in  the  latter  a  specially  interesting  variety  of  work. 
They  have  made  napkins,  towels,  aprons.  They  have  done 
''home  darning,"  learning  in  school  to  repair  garments  which 
they  have  brought  from  home.  They  have  also  done  useful 
and  entertaining  work  in  knitting  and  several  children  say, 
''I  enjoy  knitting  most  of  all."  Another  says,  "It  was  so 
interesting  up  here  it  would  remind  you  of  the  little  Dutch 
girls  in  Holland,  all  knitting  and  very  busy.  The  girls  were 
feather  stitching  and  crocheting,  knitting  or  mending." 

Some  results  of  the  work  are  shown  in  the  following  extracts: 

"I  love  to  put  up  preserves,  such  as  pineapple  and  strawberry  marma- 
lade and  grape  jelly.  Last  fall  I  put  up  some  grape  jelly  and  it  was  so 
nice  mamma  sent  six  jars  by  parcel  post  to  my  aunt." 

''Of  course  each  division  onl}-  went  once  in  three  weeks.    I  loved  to 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  153 


polish  the  faucets,  sweep  the  floors,  shine  the  stove,  wash  the  windows 
and  dust.  We  had  our  home  school  always  looking  immaculate,  so  when- 
ever we  had  -company  we  were  proud  of  our  home.  When  we  started  our 
cooking  I  found  it  very  difficult,  but  now  there  is  quite  an  improvement." 

"I  hope  you  do  not  forget  that  beside  all  this  hand  work  or  industrial 
work  we  have  fourteen  and  one-half  hours  for  reading,  history,  geography, 
arithmetic  and  many  other  interesting  things.  I  like  my  arithmetic 
best  of  all  my  book  studies.  We  had  an  entertainment  at  our  school. 
We  represented  elderly  ladies  in  old-fashion  dresses.  Each  of  us  had  a 
different  part  and  in  the  meantime  we  sang  long  ago  songs.  We  were 
given  many  congratulations.  This  performance  was  given  for  the  mothers. 
The  money  we  got  we  were  allowed  to  buy  a  picture  for  our  room.  Miss 
Cole  bought  one  called  '  The  Break- water.' " 

"I  could  not  express  my  feelings  about  that  picture.  Would  you 
like  to  have  me  explain  it?  Well,  the  sky  is  dark  and  everything  is  dark, 
the  water  is  in  motion.  The  waves  are  extremely  high.  Off  at  a  distance 
you  merely  see  a  lighthouse.  Behind  the  monstrous  wave  is  a  large 
vessel.  You  may  see  that  the  sea  is  angry.  We  would  like  very  much 
to  have  you  come  and  see  the  picture." 

In  this  prevocational  work  in  all  schools  principals  and 
teachers  have  been  very  successful  in  cultivating  an  interest  in 
and  respect  for  home  making,  and  it  appears  that  the  efforts 
and  training  do  not  duplicate  those  of  the  homes. 

The  pleasure  of  the  girls  in  the  work,  their  response  to  the  high 
ideals  placed  before  them,  give  promise  of  results  worth  while 
in  the  homes  these  girls  will  estabhsh  in  the  future.  It  cannot 
be  doubted  that  this  training  is  turning  the  thoughts  of  girls 
to  the  pleasure  of  homekeeping  and  homemaking.  Interest  in 
housework  arises  from  ideals  of  correct  and  nice  doing.  To 
train  girls  to  thrifty,  industrious  habits  of  work,  and  to  estab- 
lish in  their  minds  ideals  of  a  well  ordered  home  are  certainly 
no  small  or  unworthy  aims  of  public  school  work. 

A  surprising  by-product  of  this  prevocational  instruction  is 
improved  academic  results.  These  may  be  due  to  more  definite 
aims  and  increased  emphasis  on  essential  phases  of  the  ^'regular 
studies."  But  the  general  opinion  of  teachers  indicates  that 
the  classes  have  gained  academically  by  the  introduction  of  the 
prevocational  tasks  and  studies. 

A  few  other  schools  than  those  mentioned  above  have  had 
some  extra  time  assigned  this  year  for  sewing  or  cookery.  All 
have  done  good  work;  most  are  asking  for  extended  opportunity 
for  the  coming  year,  and  several  schools  are  for  the  first  time 
to  carry  prevocational  classes  for  girls. 


154     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


The  entire  list  of  schools  for  1914-15  is  as  follows: 


Abraham  Lincoln. 


Hugh  O'Brien. 

John  Winthrop. 

Lewis. 

Lowell. 

Nor  cross. 

Shurtleff. 

Ulysses  S.  Grant. 

Warren. 

Washington. 

Washington  Allston. 

Wells. 


Bowdoin. 
Dillaway. 


Elihu  Greenwood. 


Emerson. 
Everett. 
Franklin. 
Gaston. 


George  Putnam. 


Hancock. 
Hyde. 


Household  Science  and  Arts. 


Your  visits  to  class  rooms  have  made  you  somewhat  familiar 
with  the  excellent  and  progressive  work  done  by  this  depart- 
ment under  the  leadership  of  the  sympathetic,  able  supervisor, 
Miss  Josephine  Morris.  Miss  Morris's  report  of  the  year's 
work  is  submitted  in  full  below. 


The  work  of  this  department  aims  to  give  our  girls  a  training  in  prepa- 
ration for  home  life  by  instructing  them  in  everything  pertaining  to  the 
home.  The  average  girl  in  these  classes  is  more  or  less  familiar  from 
observation  in  her  own  home  with  the  practical  results  of  sewing  and 
cookery.  Her  knowledge  of  the  processes  involved,  however,  is  inaccu- 
rate, so  we  aim  to  instruct  her  as  to  the  reasons  why  certain  materials 
are  treated  in  certain  ways,  and  why  certain  processes  are  carried  on. 

We  aim  to  arouse  in  the  girls  an  interest  and  desire  for  a  well  ordered 
home,  to  promote  habits  of  cleanliness,  order  and  thrift  and  to  show  them 
that  homemaking  is  a  great  profession  and  not  a  hfe  of  drudgery. 

Explanation  and  practice  go  together  in  this  work  and  as  the  educa- 
tional value  of  this  subject  lies  in  the  doing,  all  explanation  necessary  is 
brief  and  to  the  point.  Our  aim  is  to  teach  the  girls  to  sew  and  to  pro- 
duce a  fair  amount  of  work  in  a  given  time,  also  to  work  hard  and  to 
accomplish  skillfully  the  varied  exercises  of  the  kitchen  occupations. 


The  sewing  has  been  so  arranged  that  each  principle  of  the  sewing 
stitches  is  illustrated  by  application  to  some  useful  garment.  The  pupils 
are  supposed  to  have  a  practical  knowledge  of  all  varieties  of  materials 
used  and  to  correlate  sewing  with  other  branches  of  school  work,  such 
as  study  of  cotton  and  wool,  countries  producing  raw  materials,  primitive 
manufacturing  as  compared  with  modern,  color  work,  applied  designs, 
etc. 

During  the  past  year  the  work  of  this  department  has  been  standard- 


Am. 


Sewing. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  155 


ized  so  that  each  teacher  has  a  certain  amount  of  work  laid  down  for 
each  month.  Standard  patterns  have  been  given  to  each  teacher  and 
standard  directions  for  making  all  garments.  This  has  been  so  arranged 
that  a  girl  moving  from  one  district  to  another  may  take  up  her  work 
where  she  has  left  off,  thus  losing  no  time. 

Home  mending  classes  have  been  carried  on  in  ten  schools  during  the 
past  year.  All  kinds  of  garments  have  been  brought  from  home  to  be 
mended.  Dresses  that  have  been  outgrow^n  have  been  let  down;  sleeves 
have  been  lengthened;  all  garments  have  been  mended  and  darned;  boys' 
trousers  and  worn  garments  have  been  patched;  stockings  darned,  etc.,  etc. 

While  it  has  been  our  aim  to  have  such  classes  in  every  district  we  have 
not,  as  yet,  been  able  to  accomplish  it,  as  we  cannot  get  clean  garments 
for  mending  in  many  places  where  mending  is  most  needed. 

All  the  girls  of  the  sewing  classes  have  been  given  speed  lessons.  Almost 
1,000  speed  lessons  have  been  given  during  the  past  year.  Our  object  in 
doing  this  has  been  to  try  to  show  these  girls  that  quantity  as  well  as 
quahty  of  work  is  desired,  and  to  teach  them  that  it  is  necessary  for  them 
to  learn  to  sew  quickly  if  they  are  to  take  up  sewing  for  a  livelihood  w^hen 
they  leave  school. 

The  eighth  grade  girls  of  the  Norcross,  Dillaway  and  Hyde  Districts  have 
carried  on  extension  sewing  during  the  past  year.  They  have  worked  along 
shop  lines,  using  the  sewing  machine  to  a  great  extent.  They  have  made 
simple  wash  dresses  for  themselves  and  undergarments  as  well.  They 
have  made  children's  flannel  petticoats,  flannel  night  dresses,  children's 
kimona  dresses,  aprons,  sash  curtains  and  all  kinds  of  household  articles. 

Twice  during  the  year  the  masters  of  the  Hyde  and  Norcross  schools 
have  sent  out  cards  announcing  a  sale  of  these  garments.  The  articles 
have  been  sold  for  the  actual  cost  of  the  materials  and  the  parents  have 
been  most  eager  to  purchase. 

The  girls  in  the  graduating  classes  of  the  Ulysses  S.  Grant  and  Theodore 
Lyman  Districts  and  four  members  of  the  Horace  Mann  School  are 
making  then*  graduation  dresses.  These  dresses  are  made  of  white  lawTi 
and  lace.  The  good  taste  and  excellent  workmanship  displayed  in  these 
gowns  make  it  almost  impossible  to  believe  they  are  so  inexpensive.  They 
range  in  price  from  $1.50  to  $3. 

While  it  has  been  our  ambition  for  many  years  to  have  all  the  girls 
graduating  from  the  elementary  schools  make  their  dresses,  we  have  not 
been  able  to  get  the  parents  to  agree  to  this.  The\'  have  ignored  our 
advice  in  this  matter,  feeling  that  it  is  their  privilege  to  dress  their  girls 
as  they  see  fit. 

The  work  accomplished  in  the  sewing  department  this  year  is  as  follows: 
33,000  garments. 

14,000  patches,  darns,  mending,  etc. 

6,000  strips  of  buttonholes  (3  to  6  buttonholes  on  each  strip). 
5,000  samplers. 
1,000  speed  lessons. 
85  graduation  dresses. 

Cookery. 

In  the  cookery  department  the  work  of  the  seventh  grade  during  the 
past  year  has  also  been  standardized.  Every  cooking  teacher  has  a  partic- 


156     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


ular  lesson  planned  for  each  week  and  a  certain  amount  of  work  laid  out 
for  each  lesson.  We  have  adhered  closely  to  housekeeping  and  to  the 
principles  and  processes  of  cookery  in  this  grade. 

In  the  eighth  grade  we  have  reviewed  all  the  principles  and  processes 
taught  the  previous  year  and  have  allowed  the  girls  to  enlarge  on  that  work. 
They  have  combined  the  dishes  taught  them,  making  up  their  own  menus 
for  breakfasts,  luncheons,  dinners  and  suppers.  This  plan  has  been  designed 
to  train  the  girls  to  think.  They  have  also  received  instructions  in  planning 
these  menus  according  to  food  value  and  cost,  in  purchasing  materials,  and 
in  cooking  and  serving  these  meals  as  they  should  be  cooked  and  served 
in  any  well  ordered  home. 

In-  the  school  kitchens  during  the  past  year  about  twelve  hundred  simple 
meals  have  been  planned,  cooked  and  served.  The  girls  of  this  grade  have 
also  been  instructed  in  simple  rules  for  caring  for  the  sick,  in  arranging  a 
tray  for  a  sick  room,  in  cooking  and  serving  drinks  and  foods  for  an  invalid. 
They  have  had  many  talks  on  the  care  of  milk,  on  the  care  of  babies' 
bottles,  on  the  preparation  of  food  for  babies,  etc.  In  some  of  the  schools 
the  girls,  under  the  care  of  the  cookery  teacher,  have  visited  the  milk 
depots  to  see  the  different  steps  taken  in  handling  the  milk. 

The  "school  home"  work,  as  it  is  called,  includes  both  sewing  and 
cookery.  It  is  carried  on  in  the  Washington  Allston  and  the  Ulysses  S. 
Grant  Districts.  It  has  aimed  to  relate  more  closely  the  school  and  home 
and  to  build  into  the  pupUs'  minds  a  deeper  significance  of  the  meaning 
of  home.  The  girls  of  these  schools  have  had  lessons  in  laundry  work, 
^making  of  metal  polishes  and  care  of  metals,  fall  housecleaning  of  all  the 
rooms  of  the  suites,  applied  hygiene  in  connection  with  bedroom  work, 
instruction  and  practice  in  hospital  bedmaking  and  points  on  home  nurs- 
ing. They  have  furthermore  made  a  table  of  costs  of  staple  articles. 
They  have  done  preserving  in  large  quantities  with  the  cost  estimated. 
They  have  planned  the  cooking  and  serving  of  meals  for  from  six  to  twenty 
people  and  the  exact  cost  of  each  meal.  Teachers  in  these  districts  pur- 
chase the  preserves  and  lunches. 

The  girls  of  the  ungraded  classes  of  the  Wells  District  have  had  the 
privilege  of  using  the  suite  of  the  Elizabeth  Peabody  House  for  all  branches 
of  housekeeping. 

All  the  girls  in  the  sewing  and  cookery  departments  have  been  encouraged 
to  perform  some  definite  home  tasks,  such  as  taking  entire  care  of  their 
own  rooms,  doing  the  family  mending,  making  all  the  bread  for  the  family, 
helping  with  the  Saturday  cooking,  etc.  In  connection  with  this  work 
they  keep  what  is  called  their  "task  book."  In  this  book  is  recorded  all 
the  tasks  performed  at  home.    The  parent  signs  this  book  every  month. 

Mothers^  Meetings. 
Mothers'  meetings  have  been  held  in  ten  of  the  school  kitchens  during 
the  past  year;  bread  made  and  baked  by  every  girl  in  the  class  is  exhibited 
at  these  meetings. 

The  teacher  puts  a  number  on  each  loaf  of  bread  when  it  is  completed, 
holding  the  name  of  the  maker  in  reserve.  Three  of  the  mothers  are 
selected  as  judges.    The  girl  who  has  made  the  best  shaped,  the  lightest. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  157 


the  best  baked  and  the  finest  grained  loaf  is  considered  the  prize  winner, 
although  no  prizes  are  offered.  She  is  complimented  on  her  splendid 
work  and  she  feels  quite  proud  of  her  accomplishment.  An  informal 
meeting  then  takes  place.  Many  of  the  mothers  have  spoken  on  the  great 
help  their  daughters  have  been  to  them  since  they  have  attended  cooking 
school,  also  on  the  advantages  that  are  given  the  girls  (along  these  lines) 
by  the  Boston  public  schools.  A  simple  collation,  consisting  of  sand- 
wiches, small  cakes  and  tea,  made  by  the  girls,  is  then  served. 

Supervision  of  the  Department. 

More  than  four  hundred  visits  have  been  made  by  myself  to  the  teachers 
of  this  department  during  the  past  year.  Each  teacher  has  been  visited 
on  an  average  four  times  during  this  school  year.  The  young  teacher  and 
the  teacher  who  needs  help  for  improvement  are  visited  more  frequently 
than  the  superior  teacher. 

Teachers'  meetings  for  both  the  sewing  and  cookery  department  have 
been  held  each  month.  At  these  meetings  we  have  had  lectures  on  deco- 
ration of  the  home,  table  decoration,  applied  design  and  refinement  in 
dressing.  Problems  in  work  have  been  discussed  and  many  papers  have 
been  read  on  different  subjects,  such  as  textiles,  difficulties  to  be  overcome 
by  the  left-handed  child  in  sewing  classes,  preservation  of  foods  in  the 
home,  choice  of  kitchen  utensils,  table  furnishings,  etc. 

The  "Cornell  Reading  Courses"  and  "Farmer's  Bulletins"  have  also 
been  discussed  at  these  meetings. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

JOSEPHINE  MORRIS, 

Supervisor  of  Household  Science  and  Arts. 

Syllabuses  for  Grades. 
Following  your  directions,  meetings  of  all  second  and.  of  all 
third  grade  teachers  have  been  held  for  the  purpose  of  presenting 
your  plan  to  have  syllabuses  prepared  by  teachers  on  the  work 
of  these  grades.  The  aim  and  scope  of  the  syllabus  was  dis- 
cussed at  the  meetings  and  special  committees  organized  to 
consider  special  subjects.  Chairmen  of  these  special  commit- 
tees have  also  been  called  together  to  formulate  plans  for  the 
coming  year  and  spelling  material  furnished  by  the  teachers, 
tabulated  by  the  director  of  promotion  and  educational 
measurement,  together  with  other  data  of  preliminary  nature , 
have  been  placed  in  their  hands.  The  various  committees  are 
at  work  with  a  view  to  presenting  to  the  superintendent  before 
the  end  of  the  school  year  1914-15  the  results  of  their  con- 
sideration, hoping  that  these  may  be  published  in  some  form 
which  will  make  them  available  as  common  guides  and 
suggestions  to  all  second  and  third  grade  teachers. 


158      REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 

While  your  request  calls  only  for  a  report  on  special  assign- 
ments, you  may  perhaps  be  interested  to  glance  over  a  sum- 
marized statement  of  the  chief  activities  of  the  year. 

First. —  School  visitations.  In  eleven  elementary  districts, 
two  high  schools,  and  to  special  teachers  of  the  household 
science  and  arts  department  and  visitations  of  special  assign- 
ment. These  visits  include  many  conferences  with  principals 
and  teachers. 

Second. —  Meetings.  Of  these,  two  have  been  called  for 
principals,  one  considering  a  new  and  unusual  scheme  of  ele- 
mentary school  organization  in  operation  in  New  York  State; 
both  meetings  gave  exhibitions  of  features  of  special  excellence 
prepared  by  schools  in  which  the  meetings  were  held. 

Fourteen  meetings  of  teachers  have  been  held,  three  present- 
ing, with  criticism  and  discussion,  the  principles  of  the 
Montessori  System  of  Education;  six  at  which  the  Richmond 
Superintendents'  Meeting  was  reported;  one  with  special 
exhibit  and  lecture  on  ''Life  and  Customs  in  Japan";  two 
special  district  meetings;  one  meeting  for  all  second  and  third 
grade  teachers  of  the  city,  "Reading"  being  the  topic;  one 
meeting  in  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  of  teachers  of  geography. 

Third. —  Publications.  PreHminary  work  on  circulars,  for 
example,  that  upon  college  credit  courses;  two  issues  of  ''The 
Token." 

Fourth. —  Correspondence.  A  large  task,  perhaps  as  unpro- 
ductive as  necessary. 

Fifth. —  Disposition  of  "Children's  Correspondence." 

Sixth. —  Issuance  of  Normal  certifications. 

Seventh. —  Board  of  superintendents'  meetings,  reports 
and  assignments. 

Eighth. —  Examinations,  preparing  and  editing  papers, 
inspecting  teaching  exercises;  considering  theses  for  master- 
ships; theses  and  book  reviews  presented  by  promotional 
candidates. 

Ninth. —  Examination  of  text-books  proposed  for  adoption. 
Tenth. —  Office  hours,  which  demand  never  less  than  seven 
hours  per  week  rather  than  the  three  scheduled. 

Very  truly  yours, 

ELLOR  CARLISLE  RIPLEY, 
Assistant  Superintendent. 


REPORTS  CF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  159 


5.    REPORT  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENT 
FRANK  V.  THOMPSON. 


Franklin  B.  Dyer, 

Superintendent  of  Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass.: 
Dear  Sir  : 

The  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys. 

The  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  has  completed  the 
second  year  of  its  existence.  The  value  and  popularity  of  this 
school  has  been  proven  beyond  question.  Many  more  applica- 
tions have  been  received  than  the  limited  quarters  of  the  school 
could  accommodate.  It  has  been  necessary  to  refuse  all  out-of- 
town  applications  so  that  local  boys  could  be  provided  for. 

By  reason  of  the  small  number  of  pupils  possible  of  accom- 
modation and  the  large  overhead  charges  for  equipment, 
administration  and  high  grade  teachers,  the  per  capita  expense 
has  up  to  the  present  been  abnormally  high,  though  decreasing 
—  $220  for  year  1913-14.  On  the  basis  of  an  organization  of 
600  to  1,000  pupils,  and  under  the  operation  of  the  newly 
adopted  salary  schedule,  the  per  capita  expense  will  be  reduced 
to  $120  per  year  gross,  and  with  further  reductions,  owing  to 
the  sale  of  products,  the  per  capita  expense  will  be  well  within 
the  range  of  per  capita  costs  for  pupils  in  ordinarj^  secondary 
schools.  Deducting  the  reimbursement  which  the  state  gives 
'  for  approved  industrial  schools,  the  expense  which  the  city 
wdll  need  to  meet  for  industrial  education  ought  to  prove  sub- 
stantially less  than  for  other  forms  of  secondarj^  instruction. 

Under  the  policy  adopted  by  the  state  the  Boston  Industrial 
School  for  Boys  operates  under  the  plan  of  the  productive  shop. 
It  is  felt  that  a  practical  method  of  training  can  be  effected 
under  no  other  plan.  The  productive  shop  plan,  however,  is  not 
incompatible  with  the  interests  of  organized  labor.  The  vital 
object  of  the  school  is  not,  as  is  the  case  with  the  industrial 
shop,  simply  product.  The  primary  object  of  the  school  is 
training.  One  boy  in  the  school  does  not  displace  one  worker 
in  industry.  The  boy  works  seven  hours  a  day  for  five  days 
in  the  week,  forty  weeks  in  the  year;  he  spends  approximately 
50  per  cent  of  his  time  in  nonproduciiig  work,  such  as  dra^\^ng, 


160      REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


school  subjects,  hygiene,  study  of  citizenship;  he  is,  further- 
more, a  beginner,  and,  consequently,  a  slow  worker;  then 
again,  as  before  stated,  the  object  is  not  speed  but  thoroughness, 
especially  at  the  beginning  of  his  work  at  the  bench.  In  vievr 
of  these  factors  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  ratio  of  product  for 
a  boy  in  the  industrial  school  compared  with  actual  workers  in 
industry  is  about  one  to  iBfteen  or  twenty  —  that  is,  it  will  take 
twenty  boys  in  the  industrial  school  to  produce  what  one 
skilled  worker  in  industry  is  accustomed  to  turn  out.  Since 
there  is  one  instructor  employed  for  every  group  of  fifteen  boys 
and  most  of  the  instructors  are  chosen  from  the  best  equipped 
and  best  skilled  in  the  industry-,  it  is  reasonable  to  deduce  that 
actual  workers  in  the  trades  are  not  reduced  but  probably 
actually  shghtly  increased. 

Much  of  the  product  of  the  school  is  used  in  the  schools 
themselves;  much  work  is  undertaken  for  the  schoolhouse 
commission  in  repairs,  supplementary^  installations,  etc. 
Examples:  Fitting  up  of  the  private  office  of  the  superintend- 
ent of  schools;  furniture  for  the  High  School  of  Practical  Arts; 
electrical  wiring  for  the  Prince  School. 

Some  reorganization  in  the  way  of  teaching  related  technical 
subjects  is  proposed  for  the  present  j'ear  1914-15.  The  past 
plan  consisted  in  having  the  boys  take  their  related  school 
work  at  a  central  room  where  teachers  gave  instruction  to 
various  groups  of  boys  pursuing  different  trades.  This  plan 
has  been  open  to  the  objection  that  general  teachers  do  not 
clearly  appreciate  the  special  needs  which  ea.<?h  group  of  boys 
finds.  The  science  which  boys  in  the  electrical  trades  groups 
needs  is  very  different  from  that  which  boys  in  the  carpentry- 
trades  should  receive.  It  is  now  proposed  to  keep  a  trade 
segregation  entirely  within  each  group.  This  means  that  the 
boys  receive  practically  aU  their  instruction,  whether  trade  or 
related  school  work,  in  the  department  in  which  they  are 
enrolled;  their  arithmetic,  science,  English  and  history  emanate 
from  the  teachers  of  the  particular  department  in  which  they 
are  recei\'ing  their  trade  training.  In  order  to  do  this  success- 
fully special  care  is  to  be  taken.  Under  the  direction  of  the 
state  department  the  heads  of  the  various  trade  departments 
are  devoting  much  thought  and  preparation  to  the  matter. 
Seminars  held  on  Friday  evenings  and  Saturday  mornings  are 
devoted  to  the  study  of  the  problem  under  the  direction  of  the 
state  and  city  officials.    It  has  long  been  felt  by  those  respon- 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  161 


sible  for  the  problem  of  trade  training  that  the  teaching  of 
related  school  subjects  has  not  been  strong.  By  the  proposed 
plan  much  improvement  is  hoped  for  during  the  ensuing  year. 

Plans  for  the  new  building  in  the  Fenway  have  been  drawn. 
The  proposed  plant  for  the  school  promises  to  be  in  every  way 
a  model  of  its  kind.  There  are  to  be  found  in  this  country 
to-day  very  few  school  structures  which  could  be  studied  for 
comparison  for  the  needs  of  the  Boston  institution.  Most  of 
our  so-called  industrial  school  buildings  throughout  the  country 
are  in  reality  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  technical  or  manual 
training  work.  The  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  has  far 
different  purposes  from  those  of  a  technical  high  school;  hence 
the  matter  of  an  appropriate  building  had  to  be  studied  on  lines 
radically  different  from  those  of  the  conventional  character  of 
other  types  of  secondary  schools.  The  building,  first  of  all,  had 
to  be  designed  from  the  standpoint  of  furnishing  effective  work- 
shops in  which  marketable  products  will  be  produced.  Then 
the  building  must  contain  class  rooms  for  related  school 
subjects  —  and  finally,  the  building  must  furnish  offices  for 
school  administration  purposes.  To  combine  these  different 
needs  a  building  has  been  planned  on  somewhat  unconventional 
lines.  There  is  a  head  house  where  class  rooms  and  adminis- 
trative offices  are  provided  for  and  projecting  from  each  end  of 
the  head  house  are  long  wings  designed  as  trade  shops.  The 
head  house  has  the  appearance  of  a  school  building,  while  the 
wings  are  built  in  factory  fashion  and  mainly  of  factory  con- 
struction. 

The  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  has  now  reached  a 
period  when  boys  are  prepared  to  enter  industry  with  some  skill 
and  aptitude.  Up  to  the  present  time  no  advantage  has  been 
taken  of  the  rule  which  permits  day  industrial  schools  to  employ 
one  vocational  assistant  for  each  one  hundred  students.  The 
chief  measure  of  efficiency  of  a  vocational  school  is  the  success 
of  students  in  actual  work.  The  school  ought  to  have  the  duty 
of  placement  and  follow-up  of  its  own  students  in  order  to 
know  definitely  the  facts  which  actual  employment  reveals. 
No  central  placement  bureau  should  take  over  the  work  of 
placing  and  following  up  graduates  of  vocational  schools,  else 
otherwise  the  school  loses  the  spur  of  continual  self-appraisal. 
If  a  properly  equipped  person  can  be  found  he  should  be  assigned 
at  once  to  the  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys  to  handle  the 
important  problem  of  placement  and  follow-up  work.  It  is  the 


162     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 

practice  in  the  Trade  School  for  Girls  not  to  issue  certificates  of 
completion  of  the  work  of  the  school  until  the  girl  has  worked 
successfully  three  months  in  industry  and  this  fact  is  duly 
attested  by  an  employer.  A  similar  practice  is  commended  for 
the  Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys. 

Trade  School  for  Girls. 
The  Trade  School  for  Girls  has  completed  a  highly  successful 
year  and  has  apparently  found  its  work  and  is  making  achieve- 
ments which  have  won  the  cordial  approval  of  the  advisory 
committee,  the  state  officials,  the  employers,  and  the  parents 
and  students  as  well.  After  careful  inspection  of  the  state 
agent,  Mrs.  Eva  W.  White,  a  letter  of  special  approval  was 
sent  to  me. 

The  advisory  committee  of  this  school  has  proven  an  effective 
and  helpful  body  of  supporters  and  guides.  The  members  of 
the  committee  have  attended  the  regular  meetings  and  sub- 
committees have  faithfully  studied  particularly  assigned 
problems,  reporting  subsequently  to  the  whole  committee  their 
findings.  The  achievements  of  this  particular  committee  give 
evidence  that  lay  committees  properly  selected  can  be  of  much 
service  to  vocational  schools.  A  sub-committee  of  the  advisory 
committee  is  at  present  dealing  with  the  garment  makers 
trades,  both  manufacturers  and  trade  officials,  in  order  to 
bring  about  an  extension  of  the  school  so  that  part-time  classes 
of  young  workers  in  the  industry  may,  during  the  dull  seasons, 
attend  classes  for  improvement  in  trade  training.  This  promises 
to  be  a  valuable  and  sigiiificant  extension  of  the  trade  school 
movement,  which  if  it  becomes  a  reality  will  be  a  concrete 
instance  of  the  value  of  the  service  which  an  effective  advisory 
committee  may  render. 

Vocational  Guidance. 
Substantial  advance  during  the  past  year  has  taken  place  in 
connection  with  the  subject  of  vocational  guidance.  At  last 
this  useful  adjunct  to  our  school  system  seems  to  be  placed 
upon  a  soUd  foundation.  A  director  of  vocational  guidance 
has  been  provided  for  within  the  Continuation  School  organiza- 
tion. The  director  of  vocational  guidance  is  primarily  occupied 
with  matters  connected  with  the  Continuation  School  organiza- 
tion.   He  it  is  who.  places  in  the  hands  of  each  boy  and  girl. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  163 

between  the  ages  fourteen  and  sixteen,  who  leave  school  to  go 
to  work,  his  certificate.  He  talks  with  each  young  person 
coming  before  him  about  his  reasons  for  leaving  school  and 
endeavors  if  possible  to  persuade  the  applicant  to  return  to 
school;  he  learns  the  tastes,  aptitudes  and  ambitions  of  each 
candidate  for  work;  he  designates  what  continuation  school 
should  be  attended.  His  next  duties  are  with  the  vocational 
counselors  of  the  various  elementary  and  high  school  dis- 
tricts. This  year  a  series  of  locality  conferences  will  be  held 
with  the  counselors  at  which  vocational  guidance  problems 
will  be  discussed.  The  director  by  reason  of  his  vital  connec- 
tion with  the  employment  problem  will  be  able  to  bring  first 
hand  much  valuable  information  and  advice  to  the  counselors. 

To  provide  for  more  effective  performance  of  the  additional 
duties  which  vocational  counselors  in  the  schools  assume  some 
provision  for  additional  compensation  or  exemption  from  school 
duties  should  be  made.  Each  school  district,  whether  high  or 
elementary,  could  profitably  use  the  whole  time  of  one  teacher 
for  guidance,  placement  and  follow-up  work. 

The  placement  bureau  is  not  an  official  school  institution. 
The  school  committee,  however,  has  assumed  partial  support 
by  paying  rentals  of  rooms  adjoining  the  certificate  department. 
This  bureau  is  of  much  assistance  to  the  school  system.  Par- 
ticularly does  it  show  the  schools  the  possibilities  and  proper 
means  of  placing  leaving  pupils.  A  relation  of  strong  coopera- 
tion exists  between  the  placement  bureau  and  the  school 
system.  All  records  of  leaving  pupils  prepared  for  the  certifi- 
cating department  are  prepared  in  duplicate,  and  one  copy  is 
sent  to  the  placement  bureau.  Since  the  placement  bureau 
publishes  printed  reports  of  its  own  proceedings,  .1  shall  not 
further  discuss  the  work  of  this  organization. 

Report  on  Commercial  Education. 
The  Women's  Educational  and  Industrial  Union  has  for 
many  years  past  rendered  valuable  service  to  the  school  system 
of  Boston.  To  this  institution  we  owe  much  in  the  way  of 
useful  educational  contribution  and  suggestion.  Our  Trade 
School  for  Girls  was  originated  by  women  prominent  in  the 
Union;  the  coming  of  salesmanship  into  our  continuation 
schools  and  (during  the  past  year)  into  our  high  schools  is 
directly  traceable  to  the  Union;  the  splendid  system  of  provid- 
ing school  luncheons  in  our  high  schools  is  another  Union 


164     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


project.  The  valuable  report  upon  the  condition  of  girls  in 
commercial  positions  constitutes  another  debt  that  we  owe  to 
the  research  department  of  that  institution.  This  report  was 
made  partly  under  my  direction  and  with  my  full  cooperation, 
and  has  been  printed  as  a  school  committee  document  so  that 
each  commercial  teacher  in  our  high  schools  may  possess  a 
copy.  No  similar  investigation  has  been  made  anywhere  in 
this  country  and  the  facts  which  this  report  brings  out,  if 
properly  used,  will  be  of  material  aid  in  our  efforts  to  improve 
commercial  courses  in  our  high  schools. 

Constructive  Recommendations  for  Commercial 
Education. 

The  new  commercial  courses  to  be  established  must  pro- 
ceed primarily  from  the  objective  conditions  of  commerce,  in  so 
far  as  they  are  discernible  and  significant,  from  the  reasonable 
possibilities  and  legitimate  aspirations  of  boys  and  girls,  and 
only  secondarily  from  those  influences  which  we  now  fancy  are 
school  necessities.  The  form  and  content  of  vocational  educa- 
tion must  be  drawn  from  the  vocation,  while  the  determination 
of  particular  methods  may  remain  with  the  school  teachers  as 
heretofore.  Without  restricting  its  own  appropriate  functions, 
the  school,  under  this  procedure,  will  render  better  service  to 
society,  for  the  newer  and  better  ideal  of  social  betterment  is 
that  of  service,  not  of  domination. 

Commercial  education  in  the  future  will  not  be  limited  to 
the  preparation  for  a  few  commercial  vocations,  such  as  book- 
keeping and  stenography,  but  will  expand  to  include  preparation 
for  a  wide  range  of  different  activities,  as  wide  perhaps  as  the 
entire  range  of  occupation  in  commerce,  and  very  likely  even 
within  these  different  occupations  for  sub-division  of  higher  or 
lower  degree.  Industrial  education  is  adopting  a  policy  of 
founding  unit  courses  corresponding  to  the  specialized  organiza- 
tion of  industry.  There  is  much  suggestion  in  this  practice  for 
commercial  education.  Commerce,  like  industry,  has  a  wide 
range  of  occupations,  for  one  of  which  each  normal  boy  or  girl 
may  receive  training.  What  the  unit  courses  in  commercial 
education  may  prove  to  be  must  be  determined  by  investigation 
and  experiment.  An  analysis  of  the  division  of  work  actually 
carried  out  in  a  large  retail  organization  in  Boston  revealed 
two  hundred  different  kinds  of  jobs  or  unit  occupations  in  which 
one  or  more  individuals  were  employed. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  165 


We  are  beginning  in  progressive  states  (e.  g.,  Massachusetts, 
Ohio,  New  York,  Wisconsin)  a  program  of  educational  expan- 
sion towards  the  improvement  of  young  people  already 
employed.*  Commercial  education  has  a  large  and  proper 
function  in  continuation  schools.  A  considerable  number  of 
continuation  school  pupils  will  need  commercial  education  in 
some  form.  If  we  divorce  our  regular  day  school  commercial 
work  from  that  adopted  for  continuation  schools  we  shall 
build  up  a  water-tight  compartment  system  which  will  result 
in  a  needless  dupHcation  of  machinery  and  effort,  if  commercial 
education  w^ere  to  remain  static,  a  newer  and  better  plan  for 
continuation  schools  would  be  obviously  necessary;  but  an 
adequate  and  improved  plan  for  day  schools  should  be  devel- 
oped which  will  be  comprehensive  and  efficient  enough  for  many 
continuation  school  needs.  A  suggestive  example  of  sound 
organization  is  seen  in  the  city  of  Leipsig,  where  the  whole 
compass  of  commercial  education  is  found  in  one  organization. 
The  same  director,  corps  of  teachers,  plant  and  equipment 
constitute  the  educational  resources  in  that  city  for  commercial 
education  of  all  grades.  Many  types  of  commercial  instruction 
are  necessarily  maintained.  In  the  same  institution  are  found 
the  boy  who  leaves  school  at  the  earhest  legal  age  and  the  boy 
who  persists  a  year  or  two  longer ;  here  is  maintained  the  school 
corresponding  to  our  commercial  high  schools,  and  students  of 
university  grade  are  under  the  same  director  and  are  taught  in 
part  by  instructors  who  conduct  courses  in  the  lower  schools. 

This  system  is  sound  financially  and  sound  educationally. 
By  means  of  one  plant  all  the  educational  needs  are  met  with  a 
minimum  of  cost,  for  there  is  no  idle  machinery  and  no  duplica- 
tion of  equipment.  From  an  educational  aspect  the  plan  is 
commendable  in  that  there  is  no  confusion  of  policies  respecting 
the  treatment  of  problems.  Commercial  education  under  this 
system  is  not,  as  with  us,  one  thing  in  day  schools,  another  in 
evening  schools  and  something  entirely  foreign  in  continuation 
schools.  In  our  large  cities  we  need  to  coordinate  and  unify 
our  various  educational  agencies  dealing  with  the  problem  of 
commercial  education.  / 

Logically,  then,  the  organization,  equipment  and  teachers 
of  day  high  schools  should  be  made  available  for  that  part 
of  continuation  work  which  shall  be  needed  by  junior  commer- 
cial employees.    This  connection  will  prove  mutually  advan- 


*  Compulsory  Continuation  Schools. 


166     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


tageous,  the  continuation  school  by  securing  adequate  facilities 
at  a  minimum  cost  and  the  regular  school  by  dealing  directly 
with  actual  commercial  needs.  Particularly  the  consideration 
of  cost  to  communities  will  prove  a  substantial  argument,  for 
the  financial  burden  of  education  now  borne  cannot  be  greatly 
increased  for  desirable  educational  extensions  without  undue 
sacrifice. 

Opportunity  for  practice  under  actual  conditions  is  of  more 
than  ordinary  importance.  Indeed,  an  opportunity  for  prac- 
tical work  is  likely  the  prime  essential  for  all  kinds  of  vocational 
education.  The  medical  student  has  hospital  practice,  the 
normal  school  pupil  is  given  practice  teaching,  the  trade  school 
student  works  in  a  school  shop,  which  commonly  turns  out  a 
product  sold  under  competitive  terms  in  an  open  market,  or 
else  works  part  time  in  an  actual  shop  under  real  conditions. 
Theoretical  training  attempted  as  preparation  for  any  definite 
end  without  full  opportunity  for  practice  has  proven  unprofit- 
able. Nearly  all  vocational  education  in  the  past  was  originally 
instituted  with  little  opportunity  for  practical  participaH;ion 
in  activities  which  were  real;  and  all  these  attempts  have  gone 
•  through  an  evolution  which  ended  in  a  condition  where  the 
missing  essential  was  supplied.  Many  of  our  scholastic 
enterprises,  not  vocational,  but  seeking  to  instruct  in  objective 
facts,  have  gone  through  a  similar  evolution.  We  formerly 
taught  physics  and  chemistry  out  of  text-books  only.  Now  we 
bring  the  pupil  into  the  laboratory  and  strive  to  have  him 
acquire  his  knowledge  first  hand,  by  the  experimental  method, 
as  we  term  it. 

Commercial  education  has  had  its  laboratory  of  actual 
practice  commonly  in  the  form  of  the  model  office.  Text-books 
made  up  largely  of  practical  problems  have  furnished  material 
of  substantial  and  practical  value  to  the  student  preparing  for 
clerical  occupations  in  coromerce.  Furthermore,  these  devices 
were  the  only  forms  available  for  vocational  practice  feasible 
for  use  under  conditions  that  have  quite  generally  prevailed 
and  in  many  places  they  may  prove  to  be  devices  for  clerical 
education  which  must  be  relied  upon  for  some  time  to  come. 
But  obviously  these  devices  lack  reahty,  no  matter  how  care- 
fully they  may  be  maintained;  they  are  at  the  best  a  make- 
shift and  cannot  compete  in  effectiveness  with  the  opportunities 
which  real  offices  and  real  problems  present.  But  their  limi- 
tations are  at  once  apparent  when  we  consider  their  inade- 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  167 


quacy  for  the  practical  training  of  young  persons  for  commercial 
occupations  other  than  clerical,  and,  consequently,  for  a  large 
portion  of  possible  and  desirable  commercial  training  they  are 
valueless.  We  cannot  teach  salesmanship  or  store  service  by 
means  of  a  model  office.  We  can  hardly  expect  to  establish 
model  stores  in  our  schools;  the  difficulties  of  simulating 
business  conditions  other  than  those  we  now  have  for  clerical 
pupils  need  no  extended  exposition.  Industrial  education 
confronted  with  a  similar  problem  is  choosing  a  wise  and 
economical  solution  by  seeking  to  use  the  factory  as  the  means 
of  opportunity  for  practice  and  experience,  e.  g.,  Beverly  and 
Fitchburg  plans.  The  way  out  for  commercial  education  is 
likely  along  a  similar  path,  and  the  business  house  in  this  case 
should  furnish  the  opportunity  needed. 

If  there  is  estabhshed  a  real  and  vital  connection  between 
the  regular  high  schools  and  the  continuation  schools  where 
established,  we  may  more  easily  make  progress  in  securing 
the  business  house  as  the  laboratory  of  commercial  experience. 
The  business  man  may  perhaps  be  led  to  see  a  way  to  cooperate 
not  hitherto  recognized.  If  the  business  man  sends  his  junior 
employees  for  a  part  of  the  time  to  the  school,  why  should 
not  the  school  send  its  pupils  for  a  part  of  the  time  toJ:he 
business  house?  Let  us  assume  a  concrete  situation.  A 
business  house  has  at  certain  periods,  for  example,  four  hours 
a  week  during  the  working  hours,  a  hundred  employees  at 
continuation  school;  may  not  the  school  send  a  hundred  com- 
mercial students  from  its  class  rooms  to  take  the  place  of 
those  temporarily  at  school?  There  are  difficulties  in  such  a 
plan,  no  doubt;  there  will  arise  questions  of  compensation, 
lack  of  knowledge  of  store  conditions,  chances  of  loss  through 
inexperienced  help  and  the  like,  but  there  are  no  fundamental 
obstacles  to  trying  the  experiment.  It  should  not  be  more 
difficult  for  the  business  man  to  adjust  to  a  new  situation 
than  for  the  schoolmaster.  Our  proposition  offers  a  fair  trade; 
the  business  man  to  train  the  schoolboy  and  the  schoolmaster 
to  instruct  the  business  employee. 

To  make  such  a  plan  work  successfully  changes  in  the  school 
as  well  as  adjustment  in  the  business  house  are  necessarj^ 
Industrial  education  operates  by  means  of  a  shop  and  school 
plan  using  the  coordinator,  i.  e.,  an  instructor  who  has  had 
experience  in  shop  practice  and  has  also  had  experience  in  the 
class  room  as  a  teacher.    With  this  double  equipment  the 


168     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


coordinator  can  deal  effectively  with  the  two-fold  situation 
presented.  We  shall  probably  need  to  adopt  a  similar  pro- 
cedure in  the  case  of  commercial  education  if  we  are  to  obtain 
an  effective  method  of  bringing  the  school  and  the  business 
house  together.  Where  conditions  permit  the  week  and  week 
plan  characteristic  of  industrial  education  should  be  tried. 
This  plan  is  now  being  undertaken  in  connection  with  com- 
mercial courses  in  Cincinnati. 

The  matter  of  arranging  high  school  programs  to  permit 
of  pupils  being  absent  from  school  certain  periods  on  particular 
days  undoubtedly  presents  real  difficulties  of  adjustment. 
The  week  and  week  plan,  i.  e,,  Beverly  and  Fitchburg  plan, 
presents  practically  no  program  difficulty.  Where  absences 
are  necessitated  at  irregular  intervals,  or  even  on  regular 
recurring  days  of  the  week,  the  difficulties  of  program  adjust- 
ment are  more  than  apparent  For  the  economical  and  efficient 
administration  of  a  high  school  regular  schedules  for  teachers 
and  pupils  are  a  necessity.  Where  part-time  pupils  pursuing 
commercial  studies  are  required  to  be  in  the  stores  on  certain 
days,  such  as  Mondays,  the  difficulty  arises  concerning  the 
proper  provisions  of  meeting  the  academic  assignments  arranged 
for  the  day.  The  schedule  for  teachers  in  the  school  who  teach 
related  academic  studies  may  be  unwarrantedly  disturbed. 

The  school  seeking  to  establish  effective  commercial  training 
must  face  these  difficulties.  The  adoption  of  the  departmental 
or  sub-school  organization  will  be  one  effective  method  of 
meeting  program  difficulties;  by  this  device  only  one  depart- 
ment is  disturbed  and  program  difficulties  do  not  pervade  the 
whole  school.  Again,  practice  work  in  stores  may  be  sought 
chiefly  on  Saturdays  or  confined  to  particular  seasons  of  the 
year,  such  as  the  spring  or  fall.  Again,  pupils  might  work  the 
first  half-day  on  Monday  and  return  to  the  school  for  a  two- 
hour  session  in  the  afternoon,  wherein  the  academic  work 
designed  for  the  morning  might  be  given  in  condensed  form. 
Program  difficulties  may  be  adjusted  in  some  suitable  way  if 
the  worth  of  actual  practice  work  is  sufficiently  recognized  by 
the  schools.  If  school  credits  and  conventional  high  school 
requirements  are  chiefly  esteemed,  cooperative  relations  with 
business  houses  will  appear  as  secondary  in  importance  and 
the  difficulties  of  part-time  arrangements  will  loom  so  large 
that  nothing  so  disturbing  to  the  school  routine  will  appear 
advisable. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  169 


Much  progress  towards  making  cooperation  with  the  schools 
possible  will  necessarily  depend  upon  the  attitude  of  business 
men.  The  routine  and  orderly  procedure  of  the  business  house 
are  not  less  important  to  the  store  than  similar  regularity  is  to 
the  school.  Temporary,  untrained  and  immature  workers 
in  the  store  threaten  the  serenity  of  business  managers  as 
much  as  the  unusual  conditions  mentioned  above  disturb  the 
school.  Certain  business  conditions  are  less  under  the  control 
of  the  business  executive  than  the  program  is  controlled  by 
the  school  principal.  The  seasonable  demands  of  trade  arise 
from  the  habits  of  society.  Due  to  social  custom,  Monday 
has  come  to  be  the  shopping  day.  The  stores  may  use  additional 
help  to  advantage  only  when  needs  for  more  workers  create 
a  larger  demand.  Primarily,  the  business  man  must  feel  the 
need  of  better  service  and  greater  efficiency  in  his  employees; 
he  must  recognize  the  function  of  training  as  a  means  of 
securing  these  qualities  and  must  see  in  his  school  the  agency  of 
furnishing  effective  training.  He  must  not  look  upon  the  school 
as  a  course  of  profitable  exploitation  to  be  used  purely  as 
temporary  exigencies  may  suggest.  The  business  man  must 
recognize  his  duty  towards  the  education  of  business  appren- 
tices. He  must  make  sacrifices  similar  to  those  of  the  school- 
master and  bear  his  part  of  the  inconvenience  and  cost  of 
cooperative  education. 

The  greatest  difficulty  besetting  the  problem  of  cooperative 
education  between  commercial  high  schools  and  business 
houses  will  be  found  in  the  mental  attitudes  of  the  two  potentially 
cooperating  agents.  Each  may  admit  the  abstract  proposition 
that  cooperative  education  is  theoretically  desirable,  but  his 
convictions  may  be  too  weak  to  cause  him  to  study  the  problem 
with  sufficient  seriousness  to  discover  practical  plans  of  opera- 
tion. The  business  man  may  applaud  the  idea  of  cooperative 
education  but  maintain  that  the  peculiar  conditions  of  his  store 
prevent  him  from  participation.  The  schoolmen  may  assent 
to  and  approve  of  cooperative  educational  principles  but  see 
insuperable  difficulties  against  adoption,  because  of  the  w^ise 
departure  from  the  customs  and  practices  of  his  school  organiza- 
tion which  the  plan  involves.  This  situation  should  not 
be  discouraging,  for  it  is  merely  normal  and  has  been  paralleled 
often  heretofore  when  progressive  movements  have  been 
temporarily  halted  by  the  disturbing  difficulties  of  new  con- 
ditions.   If  cooperative  education  is  educationally  sound  and 


170     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


economically  desirable,  the  preliminary  difficulties  of  adjustment 
will  be  overcome.  There  will  be  found  some  more  efficient 
business  men  who  will  be  willing  to  make  the  venture,  and 
some  more  enterprising  schoolmen  who  wdll  undertake  the 
experiment.  Imitation  is  easier  than  experiment,  just  as 
settlement  is  easier  than  exploration, —  and  the  majority  of 
both  business  men  and  schoolmen  may  be  expected  to  follow 
the  path  which  their  more  enterprising  leaders  have  prepared. 

The  City  of  Boston  has  begun  to  experiment  vigorously  with 
possibilities  of  cooperative  commercial  education.  As  hereto- 
fore stated,  the  Boston  High  School  of  Commerce  has  conducted 
cooperative  work  since  its  inception  in  1906.  Since  1913 
courses  in  salesmanship-  with  cooperative  features  were  estab- 
lished in  the  Girls'  High  School  and  in  the  Dorchester  High 
School.  In  January,  1914,  a  marked  extension  of  cooperative 
education  was  undertaken  by  the  school  authorities.  A  direc- 
tor *  of  practice  work  in  salesmanship  was  appointed  to 
coordinate  commercial  courses  in  general  high  schools  throughout 
the  city  with  practical  work  in  a  group  of  some  six  or  seven 
cooperating  stores.  The  new  cooperative  courses  are  optional 
with  the  schools,  but  the  desire  to  undertake  the  experiment  is 
apparently  strong.  Brighton  and  East  Boston  High  Schools 
estabhshed  cooperative  courses  in  1913-14  and  the  high  schools 
of  Roxbury,  West  Roxbury,  Hyde  Park,  South  Boston  and 
Charlestown  are  doing  so  this  year.  The  work  of  the  director 
of  practice  is  an  important  feature  in  the  hoped-for  success  of 
the  undertaking.  Unbearable  confusion  to  business  managers 
would  be  the  result  if  each  individual  school  sought  to  arrange 
practice  periods  with  the  stores.  The  director  of  practice 
learns  the  possibilities  of  practice  in  the  different  stores,  and  is 
at  the  same  time  familiar  vrith  the  general  conditions  of  the 
schools.  Thus  she  is  able  to  coordinate  the  work  between  the 
store  and  the  school  so  that  the  minimum  confusion  may  result. 
The  director  of  practice  has  authority  also  to  deal  with  the 
technical  salesmanship  courses  attempted  in  the  schools, 
has  supervisory  functions  over  the  teachers  of  salesmanship, 
and  possesses  familiarity  with  the  moral,  physical  and  business 
conditions  of  the  store  where  the  pupils  are  sent.  She  brings 
to  the  store  the  knowledge  of  the  limitations  and  possibilities 
of  the  school  and  to  the  school  the  demands  and  difficulties  of 
the  store. 


*  Mrs.  Lucinda  W.  Prince,  former  director  of  the  School  of  Salesmanship,  Women  s 
Educational  and  Industrial  Union,  Boston. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  171 


The  above  plan  is  designed  to  bring  about  effective  methods 
of  teaching  salesmanship.  Girls  in  high  school  are  almost 
exclusively  concerned  with  the  experiment.  The  High  School 
of  Commerce,  attended  only  by  boys,  operates  a  plan  of  longer 
duration  and  designed  to  meet  the  different  conditions  which 
boys  find  in  business.  The  Dorchester  High  School  is  developing 
a  plan  for  cooperative  work  in  connection  with  clerical  com- 
mercial education,  and  the  Charlestown  High  School  proposes 
to  make  the  same  venture  this  year.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
that  the  present  general  adoption  in  Boston  of  seemingly 
radical  methods  in  commercial  education  has  not  been  brought 
about  by  compulsion  on  the  part  of  school  authorities,  but 
rather  by  invitation  to  participate  in  an  experimental  educational 
project.  Considerable  freedom  regarding  the  character  of  the 
courses  is  allowed.  One  desirable  requirement  is  made,  namely, 
that  teachers  of  salesmanship  shall  be  those  duly  qualified 
by  business  experience  and  training  to  give  the  technical 
instruction. 

At  the  present  time  no  careful  attempt  is  made  to  relate  the 
general  instruction  to  salesmanship.  The  suggestive  programs 
presented  below  may  be  analyzed  roughly  as  made  up  of  general 
unrelated  academic  work,  such  as  English  and  modern  lan- 
guages; related  technical  work,  such  as  commercial  geography, 
economics,  and  textiles;  and  purely  technical  or  vocational 
work,  such  as  shorthand,  bookkeeping  and  salesmanship.  It 
is  believed  that  experience  will  show  that  the  courses  should 
be  conceived  and  administered  as  related  academic  and  tech- 
nical subjects  and  purely  technical  work. 

Prograivi  of  the  East  Boston  High  School. 
(Abridged  to  Show  Incorporation  of  Salesmanship.) 
The  work  in  the  first,  second  and  third  years  includes  subjects  already 
established  in  the  school,  e.  g.,  English,  a  foreign  language,  commercial 
geography,  industrial  history,  drawing  and  manual  training.  Stenography 
and  typewriting  may  be  elected  in  place  of  a  foreign  language  during  the 
third  and  fourth  years. 

Fourth  Year. 

Salesmanship,  store  practice,  etc.  3  points.* 

Textiles  2  points.* 

Color  and  design  1  point.* 

The  programs  might  be  criticised  as  attempting  simultane- 
ously preparation  for  several  commercial  occupations.    In  fact, 


*  20  points  required  for  full  year's  work. 


172     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 

three  distinct  commercial  occupations  are  aimed  at  in  the  pro- 
grams, namely,  bookkeeping,  stenography  and  salesmanship. 
In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  schools  concerned  are  general  high 
schools  conducted  upon  the  elective  system,  the  proposed 
courses  represent  a  progressive  step.  Salesmanship  as  a 
competing  commercial  opportunity  with  clerical  callings  has 
not,  in  the  pupil's  mind,  at  least,  fully  demonstrated  its  value. 
Therfe  is  much  excuse  at  the  present  time  for  the  pupil  to  insure 
his  chances  for  a-market  for  his  talents  by  securing  training 
in  more  than  one  outlet  of  commerce.  Honest  experiment, 
with  fair  competition  of  various  commercial  opportunities, 
accompanied  by  careful  tests  of  results,  will  eventually  show 
where  vocational  opportunities  lie.  The  more  definite  pro- 
vision for  the  departmental  organization  of  commercial  courses 
or  sub-school  plan  may  likewise  prove  to  be  a  natural  conse- 
quence of  the  quest  to  attain  more  efficient  results. 

Considerable  discussion  has  been  given  to  the  possibility  of 
the  general  high  school  so  organizing  its  resources  that  effective 
courses  in  commercial  education  might  be  the  result.  As 
before  indicated,  the  general  high  school  will  be  called  upon  for 
large  service  in  this  problem  of  improved  commercial  educa- 
tion. Many  larger  communities  will  choose  to  effect  the  same 
end  by  the  establishment  of  special  high  schools  of  commerce. 
Already  there  has  been  a  considerable  development  of  the 
special  institution  in  our  larger  cities.  The  special  school 
which  begins  de  novo  has  not  many  of  the  difficulties  to  over- 
come that  confront  the  general  high  school,  but  even  for  them 
substantial  advance  and  sound  achievement  will  be  the  result 
only  of  extreme  care,  favoring  conditions  and  judicial  procedure. 
In  the  first  place,  the  special  schools  usually  become  over-large 
and  unwieldy  at  the  start  before  the  real  vocational  problems 
are  comprehended.  Concentration  is  necessitated  upon  the 
mere  problems  of  housing  pupils  and  of  making  essential  pro- 
visions for  securing  teachers  and  of  furnishing  supplies. 

The  matter  of  finding  competent  teachers  has  many  real 
difficulties.  Available  candidates  with  satisfactory  experience 
invariably  must  be  found  in  other  high  schools  of  different 
character  and  purpose.  Very  few  normal  schools  or  higher 
schools  of  education  are  training  special  teachers  for  com- 
mercial schools.  The  special  school  will  be  obliged  to  give  its 
teachers  a  new  point  of  view  if  it  is  to  achieve  an  adequate 
realization  of  its  purpose.    Communities  are  prone  to  mistake 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  173 

a  fine  building  with  a  pretentious  name  for  an  educational  idea. 
We  have  made  the  error  in  this  country  of  trying  to  create  in 
ready-made  fashion  our  special  schools.  We  first  construct 
an  elaborate  building  to  gratify  local  pride  by  appeals  to  the 
eye;  we  select  our  teachers  from  the  local  corps  with  no  ade- 
quate notion  of  fitness  for  special  work,  and  we  transfer  our 
pupils  to  the  new  building  en  masse  without  careful  selection 
on  the  basis  of  vocational  fitness.  We  Americans  believe  in 
going  concerns"  at  the  start,  whether  our  projects  be  educa- 
tional, social,  or  industrial ;  we  are  too  impatient  to  wait  for  experi- 
mental or  evolutionary  processes  to  show  us  the  valuable  types 
from  which  to  choose  and  subsequently  to  expand.  We  believe 
that  bigness  is  success,  that  smallness  is  failure.  This  mental 
viewpoint  is  the  cause  of  much  waste  and  disastrous  change 
in  our  educational  policies.  The  time-honored  adage  that 
"haste  makes  waste"  has  not  given  us  caution  in  educational 
enterprises. 

A  community  seeking  to  establish  an  effective  special  com- 
mercial school  will  do  well  to  begin  modestly.  First  and  fore- 
most, a  principal  should  be  selected  who  possesses  knowledge 
of  the  special  problem,  broad  sympathies  and  qualities  of 
leadership.  Heads  of  departments  who  are  effective  executives, 
with  the  power  of  interpreting  significant  needs,  demands  and  con- 
ditions of  business  should  then  be  chosen,  and  teachers  of  training 
and  adaptability  should  be  added  to  constitute  a  minimum 
beginning  organization.  A  fine  building,  an  expensive  equip- 
ment, a  large  number  of  pupils,  may  easily  create  an  initial 
condition  which  has  in  it  far  more  of  danger  than  of  promise. 
Having  established  the  new  school  on  the  basis  of  a  minimum 
working  force  and  equipment,  it  will  next  be  highly  important 
for  those  commissioned  to  carry  on  the  work  to  study  the  prob- 
lem of  trying  to  make  the  special  school  meet  effectively  the 
objective  demands  of  business. 

The  expansion  of  a  useful  type  of  school  is  a  comparatively 
simple  matter,  but  the  useful  type  is  difficult  to  find.  If  the 
expansion  is  not  too  rapid,  teachers  may  be  selected  on  the  basis 
of  special  fitness  for  the  particular  problem  attempted.  There 
is  always  danger  of  too  rapid  gro^Hh,  where  usually  the  effort 
of  all  concerned  becomes  centered  on  mere  housing.  In  many 
of  our  large  cities  the  school  authorities  are  triumphant  over 
the  fact  that  a  seat  has  been  found  for  every  high  school  pupil 
who  has  applied  for  accommodations;  conditions  for  effective 


174     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


work  are  oftentimes  not  seriously  considered.  The  special 
commercial  school  may  attract  hordes  of  children  who  are 
appealed  to  by  the  mere  novelty  of  the  name  or  by  the  publicity 
which  new  school  ventures  secure  from  the  press.  It  would  be 
a  useful  experiment  for  our  large  cities  to  found  model  high 
schools,  as  is  done  often  in  the  case  of  elementary  schools , 
where  young  teachers  in  training  may  have  fruitful  conditions 
of  practice,  and  where  teachers  in  other  high  schools  may  visit 
to  see  work  of  superior  merit  in  operation. 

The  special  commercial  high  school,  or  the  specialized  depart- 
ment of  commercial  training  of  a  general  high  school,  is  con- 
fronted to-day  T\ath  the  choice  of  one  of  two  divergent  educa- 
tional principles.  These  issues  were  presented  in  sharp  contrast 
at  the  Richmond  meeting,  1914,  N.  E.  A.  Superintendents' 
Convention.*  Our  public  school  systems  in  embarking  upon 
the  policy  of  expansion  to  include  training  for  industrial  and 
commercial  vocations  will  not  achieve  immediate  and  effective 
results  unless  fundamental  differences  between  liberal  and 
vocational  education  are  recognized.  Liberal  education  enables 
us  to  appreciate  and  consume,  while  vocational  education  aims 
to  train  primarily  effective  producers.  The  two  forms  of 
education  may  be  attempted  simultaneously,  but  neither  will 
be  largely  effective  unless  the  function  of  each  is  kept  distinct 
in  the  minds  of  teacher  and  pupil.  The  comparatively  shght 
modifications  of  general  high  schools  to  effect  what  is  called  a 
general  vocational  education  will  not  succeed  in  meeting  the 
social  and  vocational  needs  of  pupils.  Indeed,  these  modifi- 
cations may  cause  harm  because  the  real  liberal  features  of  the 
course  may  be  disturbed  vriih.  no  compensating  advantage  in 
the  way  of  specific  vocational  preparation.  There  do  not  exist 
to-day  in  the  occupations  which  the  pupils  enter,  callings  which 
may  be  termed  general  occupations,  hence  a  general  vocational 
training  aims  at  nothing  which  has  an  objective  reality. 

A  better  and  surer  plan  of  guaranteeing  worthy  hberal  and 
vocational  education  may  be  to  attempt  them  successively. 
None  will  dispute  the  ideal  that  every  individual's  education 
should  be  founded  upon  as  liberal  a  basis  as  possible;  but  in 
addition  our  present  ideal  is  to  equip  our  future  citizens  with 
a  vocational  training  to  enable  effective  and  satisfying  partici- 

*  The  papers  presented  by  David  Snedden,  Commissioner  of  Education,  Massachusetts, 
and  by  W.  L.  Bagley,  University  of  Illinois. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  175 


pation  in  the  various  life  vocations.  Our  effective  medical  and 
law  schools  demand  for  entrance  a  broad  background  of  liberal 
training,  but  they  confine  their  own  instruction  to  strictly  voca- 
tional work.  The  period  at  which  actual  vocational  work 
should  begin  depends  primarily  upon  the  individual.  The 
mental  capacities,  the  economic  circumstances,  the  social 
environment,  will  cause  some  to  seek  vocational  education  as 
early  as  fourteen,  and  others  as  late  as  twenty-one  or  twenty- 
two.  At  whatever  age  the  individual  presents  himself  for 
vocational  training  he  must  meet  primarily  the  methods, 
environment  and  procedure  of  the  vocation  sought.  The 
period  of  liberal  training  is  over  when  he  commits  himself  to 
vocational  training,  or  as  long  as  he  follows  that  path.* 

The  above  position  strictly  interpreted  is  probably  too  radical 
for  inmaediate  adoption  as  a  widespread  educational  policy. 
The  chief  objection  to  it  is  the  restriction  of  freedom  to  the 
individual.  As  a  nation  we  beheve  in  freedom  to  change  our 
life  plans  if  opportunity  and  inclination  prompt  us  to  do  so. 
For  immediate  purposes  we  are  concerned  in  discussing  effective 
plans  for  improved  commercial  education.  As  before  indicated 
commercial  education  for  purely  vocational  purposes  demands 
more  of  liberal  culture  than  other  vocations  attempted  in 
the  secondary  school  period.  But  every  commercial  course, 
whether  that  of  one  year's  duration  or  that  of  four,  should  have 
an  intensified  period,  immediately  before  the  student  expects 
to  go  into  commerce,  where  the  aim,  methods  and  experience 
are  primarily  and  perhaps  almost  exclusively  those  of  the 
business  environment  into  which  the  student  will  shortly  be 
sent.  Where  students  may  look  forward  to  four  years  of  second- 
ary instruction  as  preparatory  to  entering  business,  the  first 
year  might  be  primarily  liberal,  the  second  and  third  years 
primarily  prevocational,  and  the  fourth  year  primarily  or  pref- 
erably wholly  vocational.  For  those  who  drop  out  of  the  course 
through  accident  or  choice  the  continuation  school  or  evening 
school  should  give  the  opportunity  for  intensified  vocational 
work  which  was  lost  by  early  leaving.  The  shorter  term  com- 
mercial courses  may  be  arranged  with  the  same  relative  pro- 
portions of  liberal  and  vocational  studies  indicated  in  the  case 
of  the  four  years'  course.    Investigations  presented  in  Chapter 


*  This  statement  presents  broadly  the  position  taken  by  Dr.  David  Snedden,  with  which 
the  author  agrees. 


176     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


IV.  indicate  that  business  success  as  measured  by  earning 
capacity  bears  a  very  direct  relation  to  total  years  of  schooling. 
There  has  been  a  general  assumption  among  educators  that  a 
similar  relation  is  found  throughout  all  vocations,  but  investi- 
gations into  industrial  occupations  fail  to  justify  the  assump- 
tion.* It  seems  probable  from  present  evidence  that  short 
commercial  courses,  such  as  those  of  one  or  of  two  years  at  the 
close  of  the  elementary  school  period,  will  fit  immediately  for  no 
very  promising  commercial  occupations.  These  courses  are 
very  much  worth  while,  however,  if  the  individuals  who  have 
taken  them  after  entering  business  in  the  minor  capacities 
open  to  them  supplement  their  education  by  work  in  continua- 
tion or  evening  schools.  The  short  term  business  courses  are 
justified  for  those  who  for  Umiting  reasons  are  unable  to  pursue 
longer  courses,  but  sound  vocational  advice  given  to  those  who 
pursue  them  should  point  out  the  need  of  supplementary  educa- 
tion, which  is  manifestly  essential  for  those  who  would  rise  to 
important  positions  and  probably  also  for  those  who  wish  to 
look  forward  to  even  satisfactory  wage  conditions  in  business 
occupations. 

Clerical  School. 
The  plan  designed  for  the  new  clerical  school  opened  in 
Boston  in  September,  1914,  embodies  the  principles  recom- 
mended with  regard  to  the  distinction  between  liberal  and 
vocational  training,  as  well  as  other  procedure  commended  as 
proper  in  the  creation  of  special  commercial  schools.  This 
special  school  is  designed  to  round  out  a  system  of  commercial 
education  which  already  comprises  commercial  courses  for  boys 
and  girls  in  general  high  schools  and  a  special  high  school  of 
comanerce  for  boys.  The  new  School  will  serve  primarily  the 
needs  of  girls  by  offering  speciahzed  and  intensified  training 
in  clerical  vocations.  Three  courses  are  offered,  first,  a  course 
for  office  service  which  is  available  for  girls  who  have  success- 
fully completed  two  years  of  high  school  work,  not  necessarily 
commercial  in  character;  second,  a  course  for  stenographers 
and  high  grade  clerks,  available  for  girls  who  have  successfully 
completed  three  years  of  high  school  work,  T\dthout  designa- 
tion of  kind;  third,  a  course  for  bookkeepers  and  accountants, 
and  a  course  for  secretaries.   The  last  course  will  be  offered  to 


*  "  Vocations  for  Women,"  Women's  Educational  and  Industrial  Union,  Boston. 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  177 


both  young  men  and  women.  The  clerical  school  will  attempt 
no  liberal  training  whatsoever.  The  appHcants  for  the  various 
courses  will  come  with  an  academic  equipment,  which  pre- 
sumably constitutes  the  essential  elements  of  general  education 
necessary  for  successful  entrance  into  the  specialized  work  in 
the  vocation  sought.  No  specified  length  of  time  for  the  course 
will  be  assigned.  Some  students  with  preliminary  commercial 
training  in  other  schools  may  be  expected  to  complete  the 
work  in  half  a  year,  others  of  slower  rate  of  achievement  may 
take  a  year  or  even  longer.  The  methods  to  be  used  are 
designed  to  be  primarily  individual,  while  the  standards  of 
achievement  are  designed  to  prepare  for  successful  entrance 
into  the  specialized  commercial  occupations  aimed  at. 

Following  are  the  unit  courses  of  study  proposed  for  the 
clerical  school  of  Boston : 

Courses  in  the  Boston  Clerical  School. 
Course  Preparing  for  Office  Service. 
This  course  is  available  for  girls  who  have  completed  two  years  of  high 
school  work,  and  consists  of  the  following  subjects:  Bookkeeping,  office 
practice,  commercial  arithmetic,  commercial  law,  penmanship  and  business 
English. 

Course  Preparing  for  Stenography  and  Higher  Clerical  Work. 
This  course  is  available  for  girls  who  have  completed  three  years  of  high 
school  work,  and  consists  of  the  following  subjects :  Shorthand,  typewriting, 
penmanship,  business  arithmetic,  EngUsh,  bookkeeping,  political  geography 
and  office  practice. 

Course  Preparing  for  Secretarial  Work  and  Bookkeeping.* 
This  course  is  available  for  young  men  and  women  who  are  high  school 
graduates,t  and  consists  of  the  following  subjects:  a  (for  secretaries) 
stenography,  typewriting,  business  correspondence,  office  practice,  com- 
mercial procedure;  h  (for  bookkeepers)  bookkeeping,  use  of  office  machin- 
ery, filing  devices,  commercial  arithmetic,  commercial  law. 

Students  in  each  of  the  above  courses  are  advanced  as  rapidly  as  their 
progress  will  permit,  and  they  are  given  certificates  when  they  have  satis- 
factorily completed  the  courses  without  regard  to  the  length  of  time  required 
for  completion. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

FRANK  V.  THOMPSON, 

Assistant  Superintendent. 


*  Not  given  during  the  year  1914-15. 

t  College  graduates  may  be  admitted  upon  special  action  of  the  school  committee. 


178     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


6.    REPORT  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENT 
MAURICE  P.  WHITE. 


Franklin  B.  Dyer, 

Superintendent  of  Public  Schools,  Boston,  Mass.: 
Dear  Sir, — In  accordance  with  your  request  I  herewith 
submit  my  report  upon  four  of  the  subjects  assigned  to  me. 

Manual  Training  and  Pre  vocational  Classes. 

Prevocational  work  is  intensified  manual  training.  Its 
purpose  is  educational,  at  the  same  time  leading  toward  Indus-  • 
trial  work.  We  have  had  manual  training  for  several  years 
and  for  all  boys  in  the  upper  grades  of  the  elementary  schools, 
but  for  only  two  hours  a  week.  It  has  been  a  conamon  error 
to  judge  of  the  results  of  manual  training  by  the  material 
product,  instead  of  by  the  effect  upon  the  boy  which  has  been 
in  proportion  to  the  time  given.  In  prevocational  classes  the 
time  is  about  ten  hours  a  week  and  the  results  are  very  evident. 

In  1912-13  there  were  six  prevocational  classes  in  six  different 
districts. 

Agassiz  Box  making, 

Lewis  Printing. 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  Fm-niture  making. 

Sherwin  Sheet  metal  working. 

Quincy  Machine  work. 

Ulysses  S.  Grant  Bookbinding. 

During  the  past  year  we  have  tried  a  new  experiment,  viz., 
having  three  classes  in  one  building.  The  "furniture  making" 
was  transferred  from  the  OUver  WendeU  Holmes  District 
to  Lyceum  Hall  in  the  Mather  District,  and  two  new  classes 
were  added,  one  in  sheet  metal  work  and  one  in  electrical 
work.  Each  class  consisted  of  forty-five  boys  taken  from  the 
three  upper  grades,  and  all  had  been  retarded  in  their  school 
work.  The  main  purpose  was  to  arouse  an  interest  and 
develop  ability. 

The  class  rooms  were  in  the  same  building  and  as  close 
to  their  corresponding  shops  as  the  arrangement  of  the  build- 
ing allowed.  The  studies  were  limited  to  English,  geography, 
history,  arithmetic,  drawing  and  shop  work,  with  some  instruc- 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  179 


tion  in  hygiene.  The  school  day  was  six  hours  long  instead 
of  five.  Fifteen  boys  of  each  forty-five  were  in  the  shop, 
fifteen  were  working  with  the  class-room  teacher  and  fifteen 
were  studying.  There  were  no  home  lessons.  The  shop 
was  the  center  of  interest  and  the  academic  teacher  took  the 
shop  work  as  the  starting  point  of  all  her  work  in  the  various 
subjects. 

The  success  of  the  school  has  exceeded  expectations.  All 
the  boys  of  the  eighth  grade  class  were  graduated  and  the  master 
of  the  school  says  they  are  as  able  to  do  the  work  in  any  high 
school  as  the  boys  in  the  regular  classes.  They  are  earnest 
and  self-reliant.  The  teachers  have  worked  with  an  interest 
and  enthusiasm  unexcelled  anywhere  in  the  city.  The  position 
demands  immense  energy,  skill  and  responsibility. 

What  has  been  accomplished  can  be  best  realized  through 
the  following  extracts  quoted  from  reports  of  the  various 
prevocational  classes: 

"An  ideal  condition  for  the  teaching  of  English  is  often  found  in  the 
electrical  class  of  the  prevocational  center.  This  is  because  things  are 
real.  There  is  a  real  experience;  there  is  the  relating  of  that  real  experi- 
ence to  real  people  who  are  really  interested  listeners;  there  is  the  writing 
out  of  that  experience  for  publication  so  that  it  may  be  read  by  others  who 
have  not  had  said  experience." 

''Tlie  next  step  then  was  to  arouse  a  desire  to  write  about  it.  This  was 
accomplished  by  the  'Workmaster,'  the  school  paper.  If  the  boy  could 
write  out  his  thoughts  in  an  interesting  way,  he  might  have  the  joy  and 
satisfaction  of  having  his  account  read  by  boys  of  his  own  age  throughout 
the  city.  His  family  and  his  friends,  too,  would  read  it,  and  all  this  would 
make  him  rightly  proud  and  happy.  A  boy  is,  therefore,  v/illing  to  put 
much  effort  into  the  written  paper.  It  is  noteworthy  that  failure  to  appear 
in  print  the  first  time  does  not  prevent  his  trying  again  and  again." 

"A  boy's  individuality  is  developed.  He  soon  shows  this  in  his  bearing, 
in  his  attitude  towards  his  work,  his  classmates  and  his  teachers  as  well  as  in 
the  straightforward,  business-like  look  in  his  eye  and  in  his  general  behavior 
throughout  the  school.  This  is  because  with  the  consciousness  of  his 
individual  self  has  come  the  realization  '  that  a  high  life  may  be  led  in  even 
a  lowly  room,  that  one  may  be  a  hero,  sage,  or  saint  in  a  factor}''  or 
a  coal-pit,  at  the  handle  of  the  plough  or  the  throttle  of  the  engine';  that 
the  important  thing  is  to  have  an  aim  and  to  pursue  it  with  perseverance." 

"Towards  the  close  of  the  school  term  boys  from  the  various  classes  of 
our  center  went  into  the  hall  of  the  main  building  to  tell  the  boys  there 
about  the  work  they  had  been  doing  during  the  year.  The  manliness, 
the  self-possession  and  the  dignified  bearing  of  the  boys  were  noted  by 
teachers  and  pupils  alike.  No  one  was  'flustered'  because  he  was  pre- 
senting his  own  individual  thoughts  and  this  gave  him  strength  and  con- 
viction." 


180     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


"Other  good  results  are  a  training  in  logical  thinking,  and  a  development 
of  concentration  which  in  turn  strengthens  the  memory.  The  step-b}-- 
step  process  in  the  shop  followed  by  the  telling  about  this  process  in  the 
academic  room  develops  logical  thinking." 

"The  cabinetmaking  class  this  j'ear  is  made  up  of  boys  whose  mental 
ability  is  poorer  and  average  age  higher  than  the  other  classes  in  our 
building.  In  studying  to  find  the  reason  why  these  boys  were  retarded 
in  their  work,  I  found  that  while  some  are  sub-normal  others  needed  a 
strong  human  interest  taken  in  them  to  awaken  them,  I  have  made  it  a 
point  to  visit  the  boys'  homes  as  often  as  possible.  In  making  these 
visits  I  have  been  most  cordially  welcomed  and  have  received  the  heartiest 
cooperation  from  the  parents.  When  I  visited  one  widowed  mother  in 
September,  she  said  that  her  son  was  'entirely'  unmanageable,  and  she 
had  given  him  up.  During  a  second  call  a  short  time  ago,  she  told  me  that 
George  was  such  a  good  boy  now.  'Why,'  she  said,  'he's  been  better  ever 
since  he  went  to  that  school.'  Another  mo  the  ,  also  a  widow,  said,  'You 
have  made  a  man  of  my  boy.'  " 

"I  have  never  found  the  business  man  and  the  mechanic  so  much 
interested  in  school  work  as  they  are  in  this  introduction  of  practical  work 
into  the  schools.  To  the  boys  this  work  seems  Hke  living  instead  of  going 
to  school,  and  so  many  of  the  boys  have  said  that  this  is  the  shortest  year 
they  ever  knew." 

"It  is  very  easy  to  correlate  shop  work  and  arithmetic.  Board, measure 
has  been  taught  by  measuring  boards  brought  into  the  class  room  from 
the  shop;  measuring  the  amount  of  stock  in  pieces  of  furniture  (allowing 
for  waste),  measuring  the  floors  and  woodwork  of  rooms.  Then  we  have 
estimated  the  cost  of  materials,  and  made  out  bills  and  orders.  One  boy 
wrote  that  he  enjoyed  arithmetic  because  if  there  was  anything  he  didn't 
understand  he  could  go  into  the  shop  and  work  out  the  example.  The 
Courtis  tests  showed  an  increase  of  50  to  over  100  per  cent  in  accuracy." 

"A  visit  to  Chickering's  piano  factory  or  lectures  at  the  FrankUn  Union 
furnished  material  for  interesting  oral  and  written  lessons,  and  the  boys 
tried  to  make  their  accounts  worthy  of  publication  in  the  '  Workmaster.' 
Perhaps  the  greatest  test  of  the  boj-'s  command  of  himself  and  his  English 
came  when  Mr.  Smith  invited  the  boys  to  teU  the  pupils  in  the  upper  grades 
of  the  Mather  School  about  the  work  in  the  prevocational  school." 

"Desks,  bookcases,  tables,  and  other  models  were  taken  over  into  the 
hall,  and  over  twenty  boys  in  our  class  'participated'  in  the  exercises. 
One  boy  began  with  the  working  drawing  of  a  reed-top  seat  and  explained 
very  carefully  how  he  made  it.  Another  showed  reed  in  different  forms 
and  gave  its  historj-.  Others  told  of  the  orders  for  supply  boxes,  test 
tube  racks  and  T-squares  which  they  had  filled.  Some  showed  the  bread- 
boards, kitchen  racks,  etc.,  that  they  had  made  for  their  mothers.  There 
was  plenty  of  nfafcerial  at  hand  to  test  the  boj's'  ability  and  courage  to 
stand  before  so  large  an  audience  and  tell  about  cabinetmaking." 

"Emphasis  is  placed  upon  commercial  geography.  The  class  visited 
the  waterfront,  bonded  warehouses,  and  ocean  steamships." 

"In  all  subjects  there  has  been  a  marked  change  in  the  attitude  toward 
the  work.    The  boys  take  pride  in  their  work,  and  there  is  a  wholesome 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  181 


self-respect  that  comes  from  being  able  to  do  something  better  than  the 
other  fellows  who  have  outshone  them  in  the  'regular'  grades." 

"More  than  half  of  those  who  are  to  be  graduated  are  planning  to  enter 
high  school,  and  the  others  are  making  definite  plans  in  regard  to  the  work 
or  trade  they  would  like  to  enter." 

"First,  from  the  parents'  standpoint:  One  mother,  with  tears  in  her 
eyes,  told  of  the  previous  school  years  of  her  hoy.  She  spoke  of  his  stub- 
bornness, his  insubordination  to  class-room  work,  his  lack  of  adaptation  to 
his  school  mates,  his  apparent  utter  stupidity  as  regards  his  studies.  Now, 
it  is  only  rarely  that  even  one  of  these  bad  qualities  crops  out;  he  is  slowly 
mastering  the  fundamentals,  and  has  acquired  an  astonishing  love  for 
geography  and  history.  He  will  never  be  a  student;  he  will  never  be  a 
gracious  young  man;  but  he  will  be  able  to  take  his  place  in  life,  and  that 
his  mother  had  despaired  of." 

"Another  mother  said,  'We,'  meaning  the  father  and  herself,  'never 
thought  we  would  ever  have  the  pleasure  of  seeing  H  —  graduate.  He 
has  been  so  slow,  so  discouraged,  but  now  all  is  changed.  He  feels  so  hope- 
ful; he  is  able  to  measure  himself  with  his  comrades.'  " 

"A  father  wrote,  'Can  we  ever  thank  you  enough  for  what  your  school 
has  done?'" 

"Their  interest  in  thek  shop  work  never  tires.  Each  day  finds  them 
quick  of  step,  eager  of  eye,  when  they  leave  for  the  shop,  and  when  they 
return  they  are  anxious  to  discuss  their  problems  of  shop  work.  It  is  in 
the  correlation  of  shop  and  academic  work  that  the  room  teacher  may  give 
the  greatest  aid.  The  successful  sheet-metal  worker  must  know  his  arith- 
metic. If  he  is  to  compute  correctly  the  amount  of  metal  needed  for  the 
simplest  measure,  he  must  needs  understand  the  terms  area,  perimeter, 
circumference,  diameter,  altitude,  length,  capacity,  etc.  These  terms 
heretofore  have  been  words  of  more  or  less  mystic  meaning,  difficult  to 
pronounce,  more  difficult  to  understand;  but  now  they  become  part  of  his 
daily  vocabulary.  Decimals  as  .7854  or  3.1416  become  real  to  him.  That 
troublesome  point  has  a  use  it  seems.  How  much  more  interesting  to  do 
these  problems  than  to  buy  imaginary  'autos'  or  houses,  or  compute  the 
number  of  miles  a  train  or  horse  can  travel  in  a  certain  time.  These 
articles  have  a  cash  value.   Here  is  the  teaching  of  United  States  money." 

"The  commercial  value  of  the  mine,  its  output,  transportation  of 
material,  export  and  import  —  all  these  topics  help  to  make  geography  as 
applied  to  the  occupations  of  the  worker  a  thing  of  real  interest." 

"The  small  sections  help  us  to  get  so  much  nearer  to  the  boys  than  a 
straight  grade  does.  If  anyone  could  visit  any  of  our  classes  for  a  week, 
he  could  see  the  great  value  of  pre  vocational  work." 

"   (fourteen  years)  has  been  able  to  make  .up  a  year's  work, 

a  year  in  which  he  was  a  truant  and  a  lazy  boy.  His  shop  work  and 
drawing  are  most  excellent." 

"We  are  sending  eight  boys  to  the  Industrial  School  for  Boys  and  two 
to  the  East  Boston  High,  and  one  expects  to  enter  a  preparatory  school 
now  and  Technology  later  on." 

"There  was  the  case  of  a  boy  who  was  a  truant,  insolent,  discouraged 
because  he  failed  of  promotion,  and  was  about  to  be  discharged  from 


182     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


school.  He  was  placed  in  the  prevocational  class,  and,  in  spite  of  ten 
hours  a  week  in  the  shop,  did  seventh  and  eighth  grade  work  in  one  year, 
graduated  with  his  class,  and  is  now  a  student  in  the  High  School  of 
Commerce,  doing  well." 

''One  boy  in  the  class  in  September  seemed  hopeless,  both  in  shop 
work  and  academic  work.  He  could  not  write  a  simple  sentence  so  that 
it  could  be  read.  We  thought  of  sending  him  back  to  the  grades  as  an 
impossibilitj^,  but  Mr.  Brodhead  suggested  giving  him  a  longer  trial. 
He  is  with  us  still,  and  now  does  excellent  work  in  the  shop  and  is  doing 
much  better  in  academic  work." 

"The  influence  of  the  manual  training  is  a  helpful  one  to  the  academic 
side." 

"One  boy  who  had  been  very  troublesome  indeed  and  had  been  kept 
back  in  the  seventh  grade  was  sent  to  this  class.  In  a  short  time  he 
showed  wonderful  improvement  both  in  conduct  and  in  the  interest 
he  took  in  his  studies.    In  June  he  graduated  with  honors." 

"This  class  keeps  many  boys  in  school  who  would  otherwise  leave 
when  they  reached  the  age  of  fourteen.  About  three-fourths  of  the  class 
are  over  fourteen.  With  this  type  of  boy,  one  has  to  think  of  many 
ways  to  get  boys  to  acquire  knowledge  and  to  know  where  and  how  to 
look  for  desired  information.  For  instance,  when  studying  the  iron  industry 
we  talk  about  iron,  its  uses,  manufactures,  etc.,  show  samples  of  various 
kinds  of  ores  of  iron.  We  become  interested  in  the  mining  processes, 
where  the  coal  and  iron  mines  of  the  world  are,  the  methods  and  ways  of 
transportation.  We  journey  from  Boston  to  great  mining  cities,  read 
stories  of  inventors  and  inventions  connected  with  the  iron  industry; 
and  in  this  way  acquire  quite  a  fund  of  information.  The  boys  soon 
know  how  to  use  a  dictionary,  encyclopedia,  reference  books,  maps, 
atlases,  etc." 

"In  history  we  take  a  brief  biographical  survey  of  the  various  periods 
of  this  country's  history,  putting  special  emphasis  on  the  industrial  develop- 
ment, thus  bringing  in  all  the  great  inventors,  inventions,  and  the  great 
causes  and  effects  of  the  many  industrial  changes." 

"Many  of  the  teamsters  who  deliver  iron  to  the  shop  have  remarked 
that  in  their  time  there  was  no  such  school  as  this  where  a  boy  could  get 
a  start  in  a  machine  shop.  One  man  of  about  fifty  years  deplored  this 
fact  since  then  he  might  have  been  working  at  a  trade  instead  of  driving 
a  team  for  $10  a  week.  A  tramp  outside  of  the  shop  window  was  heard 
to  remark  that  if  he  had  had  such  a  chance  when  he  was  a  boy  he  would 
have  been  something  besides  a  bum  now." 

"One  of  our  boys  this  year  has  secured  employment  at  at  $6  a 

week  for  a  start,  turning  steel  shafts  for  dynamos,  using  a  $550  lathe. 
He  is  making  good,  and  has  plenty  of  chances  for  promotion.  It  is 
an  ideal  place  to  work.    Another  one  of  our  boys  is  now  in  charge  of 

the  stock  room  at  and  is  making  about  $9  a  week.    Last  year  we 

sent  the  boys  out  on  part-time  work  in  various  machine  shops,  and  it 
was  very  successful." 

We  have  now  opened  two  classes  in  the  Winthrop  Street 
School  in  Roxbury  and  two  more  classes  in  East  Boston.  We 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  183 

have  also  taken  over  the  shop  in  the  North  Bennet  Street 
Industrial  School,  and  have  one  class  there.  We  hope  to  have  a 
three-class  center  soon  in  South  Boston,  in  the  Parkman  School, 
which  has  just  been  vacated. 

Of  course  the  three-class  center  with  its  three  shops  gives 
to  the  boys  a  wider  knowledge  of  the  trades  than  they  can 
get  from  an  acquaintance  with  only  one  shop.  The  work  in 
these  shops  is  carried  on  as  if  they  were  vocational  and  the  boys 
were  learning  the  trade,  but  where  there  are  two  or  more  shops 
it  is  the  intention  that  generally  a  boy  shall  work  not  more 
than  one  year  in  each. 

The  lists  of  actual  material  turned  out  from  these  shops 
during  the  year  are  so  long  that  I  am  afraid  if  printed  they  will 
draw  attention  away  from  that  more  important  product  — 
level-headed,  earnest  boys. 

The  value  of  the  finished  product  turned  out  exceeds  $3,000. 
Even  this  does  not  begin  to  tell  the  whole  story.  Most  of 
the  boys  have  done  similar  work  at  home  which  makes  the 
education  effective  and  perhaps  has  more  effect  in  character- 
building  than  that  done  in  the  schoolroom  under  someone 
else. 

These  lists  show  that  the  boys  are  doing  practical  things, 
making  objects  desired  in  their  own  school  and  in  other  schools 
of  the  city.  The  boys  in  the  machine  shop  have  made  a  lathe 
worth  $58,  at  a  cost  of  $15  for  the  material.  These  classes  have 
been  credited  with  $1,300  worth  of  work  done  for  schools  other 
than  their  own. 

Manual  training  stands  in  relation  to  prevocational  training 
much  as  baseball  in  the  schools  stands  to  baseball  in  youth 
of  an  older  type.  It  is  good  for  all,  and  most  boys  need  for 
their  development  only  what  they  can  get  in  two  hours  a  week. 
A  few,  those  who  are  not  adapted  to  book  work,  need  more 
of  this  kind  of  an  education  and  a  more  intensive  drill  in  it- 
A  still  smaller  number  will  make  it  a  life  work  and  should  be 
able  to  take  it  up  as  vocational  work  in  the  high  schools. 

I  would,  therefore,  make  the  following  recommendations  for 
such  high  schools  as  have  manual  training  shops: 

1.  That  there  shall  be  in  the  high  school  a  four-year 
manual  arts  course  which  shall  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
school  committee  for  a  diploma,  and  in  which  the  first  year 
shop  work  shall  be  a  required  subject  for  the  special  manual 
arts  course. 


184     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


2.  That  the  first-year  shop  work  of  the  manual  arts  course 
be  offered  as  an  elective  in  all  courses. 

3.  That  the  special  four-year  manual  arts  course  shall  have 
for  its  aim  primarily  the  preparation  of  pupils  for  industrial 
life. 

4.  That  visits  be  made  during  the  first  year  of  the  manual 
arts  course  to  industrial  shops  in  order  to  give  the  pupils  an 
acquaintance  with  as  great  a  variety  of  industries  as  possible. 

5.  That  boys  who  have  completed  the  eighth  grade  wood- 
working and  do  not  bring  over  a  satisfactory  record  should  be 
discouraged  from  entering  the  manual  arts  course. 

6.  That  the  .first  year  course  in  manual  arts  in  high  schools 
be  a  general  basic  course  and  be  made  up  of  (1)  machine  work, 
(2)  metal  work,  (3)  bench  work  in  wood. 

7.  That  after  the  first  year  the  work  shall  be  differentiated, 
each  high  school  following  out  one  line  of  industrial  work  leading 
to  a  trade,  and  that  the  time  of  shop  work  shall  be  so  arranged 
that  boys  can  take  that  part  of  the  course  in  any  school  they 
wish. 

The  above  recommendations  are  for  the  most  part  suggested 
by  the  special  committee  to  the  Council  of  Manual  Arts 
Teachers. 

Arithmetic. 

The  subject  of  arithmetic  has  been  one  of  intense  interest  to 
the.pubhc  for  many  years.  Last  year  Boston  employed  the 
highest  expert  in  the  country  to  examine  her  schools  and  give 
us  the  benefit  of  his  deductions.  Mr.  Courtis'  report  handed 
in  one  year  ago  has  proved  a  most  valuable  document  and  full 
of  suggestions.  One  of  his  statements  was  that  teachers,  while 
they  experimented  and  devised  new  methods  in  all  other  sub- 
jects, have  been  content  to  teach  arithmetic  in  the  same  old 
fashioned  way  in  which  it  had  been  taught  for  fifty  years. 

If  we  remember  that  the  young  ladies  who  graduated  from 
the  Normal  School  had  studied  no  arithmetic  whatever  since 
leaving  the  grammar  school,  and  bearing  in  mind  that  the 
memory  of  a  subject  finished  at  thirteen  years  of  age  is  very 
indistinct,  we  cannot  wonder  that  they  came  to  the  teaching 
of  the  subject  very  poorly  prepared.  The  Normal  School  gave 
them  some  idea  of  methods,  but  methods  based  upon  insufficient 
knowledge  of  the  subject  become  only  dry,  routine  work. 

Within  two  years  conditions  have  been  radically  changed. 
All  the  girls  in  the  high  school  preparing  for  Normal  School 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  185 


have  been  obliged  to  study  arithmetic  in  their  third  year. 
This  year  a  uniform  course  of  study  in  the  various  high  schools 
has  been  adopted,  and,  as  the  girls  have  been  more  mature, 
they  have  been  able  to  understand  the  subject  much  better. 
Further,  there  has  been  introduced  into  the  Normal  School  a 
thorough  course  in  the  study  of  mathematics. 

Solid  geometry  has  taken  the  place  to  a  large  extent  of  the 
simpler  methods  of  teaching  and  has  enabled  the  Normal 
School  pupils  to  understand  mathematics  far  better  than  ever 
before. 

But  perhaps  the  most  striking  result  of  the  year's  work  has 
been  the  noticeable  increase  of  interest  in  devising  ways  and 
means  of  increasing  ability  in  the  fundamentals,  that  is,  addi- 
tion, subtraction,  multiplication  and  division.  Mr.  Courtis 
showed  us  that  much  of  the  time  spent  in  drill  was  wasted  so 
far  as  a  large  portion  of  the  children  was  concerned.  Masters 
and  teachers  have  this  year  shown  ingenuity  and  thought  in 
devising  methods  of  drill  in  these  subjects  which  have  inter- 
ested the  children  and  aroused  them  to  effort  in  the  line  of 
speed  and  accuracy. 

Miss  Carrigan's  report,  which  accompanies  this,  shows  a 
very  satisfactory  result,  although  extended  over  only  three 
months.  If  the  pupils  can  be  shown  the  advantages  and 
necessity  of  more  accurate  work  in  this  subject  and  can  be 
given  an  ambition  to  improve,  their  progress  to  a  certain  degree 
is  assured;  and  this  has,  it  seems  to  me,  been  accompHshed. 
Arithmetic  has  been  taken  out  of  its  old  rut  and  imbued  ^vith 
a  new  life.  With  proper  encouragement  we  may  hope  to  see 
the  children  satisfying  the  demands  of  the  public  as  far  as  their 
immature  conditions  will  allow,  but  as  Mr.  Courtis  has  shown 
us,  all  children  are  not  capable  of  immediate  and  continued 
development  in  this  hne.  All  children  are  not  capable  of  equal 
development.  A  child  may  progress  to  a  certain  point  and 
then  must  await  the  development  of  general  power  before  he 
can  progress  farther.  For  this  reason  much  of  the  time  devoted 
to  drill  work  by  our  best  teachers  has  been  wasted  effort  and 
the  public  should  not  demand  more  power  than  the  develop- 
ment of  children  of  the  age  at  which  they  graduate  warrants. 

Some  of  our  children  have  reached  even  in  the  grammar 
school  a  proficiency  equal  to  that  of  adults  who  have  been  ten 
or  fifteen  years  in  business.  Some  of  our  children  have  very 
little  ability  to  improve  either  in  speed  or  accuracy. 


186     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 

Miss  Carrigan's  report  shows  very  vividly  progress  in  the 
fundamentals.  Of  course,  it  would  be  absurd  to  expect  a  con- 
tinued improvement  equal  to  that  reported  for  those  three 
months. 

In  giving  problems  to  children  the  knowledge  of  language 
must  precede  the  knowledge  of  the  arithmetic  of  the  problems. 

Addition,  subtraction,  multiplication  and  division  must  be 
regarded  as  tools  for  mathematical  work,  and  while  the  children 
should  be  skilled  in  their  use,  the  business  of  the  world  is  after 
all  made  up  of  problems.  Furthermore,  we  must  not  regard 
tests  as  remedies.  They  diagnose  the  case  and  tell  us  something 
of  the  trouble,  but  the  remedy  is  another  matter  and  the 
particular  toxin  is  still  to  be  found. 

In  modifying  the  course  of  study  in  arithmetic  for  another 
year  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  the  children  in  a  class  will  not 
all  be  able  to  reach  even  a  moderate  standard,  while  the  more 
advanced  development  will  go  far  beyond  such  a  standard; 
also  that  while  the  slower  ones  may  not  be  able  to  reach  a  given 
level  in  one  department  of  arithmetic,  they  may  still  be  gaining 
a  great  many  facts  for  future  use  in  the  various  subjects  which 
will  aid  their  development  and  save  time  later  on. 

I  should  be  sorry  to  see  the  course  of  study  in  arithmetic 
cut  materially.  I  believe  it  is  possible  to  reduce  the  time  with- 
out eliminating  more  topics.  Results  are  found  not  to  depend 
wholly  upon  time  spent  on  the  subject.  I  found  this  year, 
upon  comparison  with  other  cities,  that  we  have  now  eliminated 
more  topics  than  most  of  the  cities  in  the  country.  Some 
breadth  should  be  retained  for  the  sake  of  interest  on  the  part 
of  the  children  and  as  tools  for  future  work.  I  believe  that  the 
tests  should  be  continued,  with  the  idea  that  eventually  each 
school  and  each  teacher  may  be  able  to  conduct  tests  in  a 
scientific  way,  and  that  each  pupil  may  be  able  to  judge  properly 
his  own  standing  and  his  own  progress  from  time  to  time. 

It  is  safe  to  say  that  this  subject  has  received  a  strenuous 
impetus  in  the  past  two  years  beyond  anything  previously 
accomphshed,  but  there  are  a  great  many  details  in  which 
improvement  can  and  will  be  made  as  time  goes  on.  The 
laboratory  method  in  this  subject  has  been  but  just  begun. 

Penmanship. 

The  improvement  in  penmanship  in  our  schools  is  notice- 
able.   Four  years  ago  the  school  committee  required  that  all 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  187 


teachers  teaching  penmanship  should  quahfy  in  the  Palmer 
System,  and  should  complete  satisfactorily  the  Palmer  Drills. 
To-day  about  1,700  have  completed  these  drills  and  are  qualified 
to  teach  the  system.  About  140,  30  permanently  and  110 
temporarily,  have  been  excused,  owing  to  physical  inability. 
Three  hundred  are  still  at  work  upon  these  drills. 

Penmanship  is  now  taught  in  the  Normal  School,  and  many 
of  our  future  teachers  are  qualifying  in  this  subject  just  as  in 
other  subjects  taught  in  the  Normal  School.  The  class  of 
1914,  consisting  of  113,  shows  the  following  results: 

Number  in  regular  class  who  received  penmanship  diploma  .  90 
i     Number  in  college  section  who  received  penmanship  diploma     .  7 

Total  number  who  received  diploma  97 

Number  in  regular  class  who  failed  to  receive  penmanship  diploma  .  6 
Number  in  college  section  who  failed  to  receive  penmanship  diploma.  10 

Total  number  who  failed  to  receive  penmanship  diploma     .      .  16 

Miss  Bloomfield  has  done  excellent  work  this  year,  teaching 
in  the  Normal  School  and  in  addition  giving  to  such  elementary 
schools  as  desired  her  help  all  the  assistance  possible. 

At  the  end  of  each  month  she  has  given  me  a  detailed  state- 
ment of  her  work.  During  the  latter  part  of  the  year  she  has 
made  a  careful  study  of,  and  reported  in  detail  upon,  each 
class  in  about  a  dozen  schools.  I  believe  that  in  the  Normal 
School  every  candidate  should  be  required  to  show  efficiency 
in  this  important  branch  of  elementary  training. 

There  has  been  a  marked  improvement  in  the  penmanship 
of  the  teachers  as  a  whole.  Letters,  reports,  theses,  examina- 
tion papers  that  come  to  this  office  have  attracted  the  atten- 
tion of  all  who  have  had  occasion  to  read  these  papers,  as  they 
are  much  more  legible  and  neater  than  formerly. 

The  high  school  teachers  report  a  marked  improvement  in 
the  penmanship  of  pupils  entering  the  high  schools.  This  is 
by  no  means  as  general  as  it  should  be,  however,  as  there  is  a 
marked  difference  in  the  degree  of  improvement  shown  by  the 
pupils  of  the  several  elementary  schools.  The  thing  most 
needed  is  that  each  individual  teacher  throughout  the  grades 
should  not  only  teach  the  subject  faithfully  and  intelligently, 
but  that  she  should  require  the  writing  in  all  the  school  work  to 
be  strictly  in  accordance  with  the  system  adopted. 


188     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 

There  is  a  tendency,  altogether  too  general,  to  teach  the 
subject  properly  for  fifteen  minutes  a  day  and  then  to  allow 
the  children  to  write  as  they  please  the  rest  of  the  time.  This, 
of  course,  can  never  produce  the  best  work,  and  only  persistent 
effort  on  the  part  of  the  individual  teacher  will  produce  the  best 
results.  Until  this  year  we  had  not  insisted  upon  this  system 
in  the  first  two  grades. 

During  the  year  we  have  had  the  assistance  of  probably  the 
best  expert  in  primary  writing  under  this  system  in  the  country 
—  Mr.  Lister  of  the  Brooklyn  Training  School  for  Teachers. 
Under  his  direction  meetings  of  the  primary  teachers  were  held 
throughout  the  city  and  detailed  instruction  and  help  were 
given  with  the  result  that  a  large  number  of  our  primary 
teachers  are  now  making  a  splendid  beginning. 

Of  course,  there  are  a  number  who  still  believe  that  the  teach- 
ing of  a  system  of  penmanship  in  the  first  two  grades  is  imprac- 
ticable, but  as  the  history  of  the  work  in  the  higher  grades  for 
the  past  five  years  has  been  a  steady  progress,  we  believe  that 
the  teachers  of  the  lower  grades  will  soon  understand  it  better, 
appreciating  the  necessity  of  beginning  the  work  properly  so 
that  the  later  years  may  be  spent  in  continuous  progress  rather 
than  in  overcoming  bad  habits. 

In  June  a  test  was  given  in  every  fourth  and  eighth  grade  in 
the  city.  This  test,  while  it  showed  a  general  improvement, 
gave  evidence  that  some  instruction  is  still  necessary,  and  a 
circular  of  suggestions  has  been  sent  each  teacher,  and  a  letter 
to  each  principal  stating  the  criticisms  of  his  particular 
school. 

Several  schools  are  doing  so  well  that  I  would  like  to  mention 
them  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  there  may  be  others  with 
which  I  am  not  as  well  acquainted  that  are  doing  equally  well 
and  might  suffer  by  the  imphed  comparison. 

Ungraded  and  Special  English  ,  Classes. 
Some  thirty-five  years  ago  the  school  committee  decided 
that  no  child  over  ten  years  of  age  ought  to  be  in  a  primary 
class  with  younger  children,  and  the  ungraded  class  was  formed 
for  children  over  eight  years,  too  old  for  the  primary  grades 
but  too  backward  for  the  fourth  grade.  These  included  feeble- 
minded children  as  well  as  backward  children  and  those  who 
could  not  speak  English.    A  teacher  was  allowed  for  thirty- 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  189 


five  such  pupils.  Recently  the  number  of  pupils  to  a  teacher 
has  been  reduced  to  thirty.  As  the  number  of  foreign-bom 
children  grew  larger,  the  number  of  ungraded  classes  was 
increased. 

In  1898,  classes  for  the  feeble-minded  were  authorized  and 
during  the  past  three  or  four  years  the  number  of  such  classes 
has  been  greatly  increased,  relieving  the  ungraded  classes 
of  a  great  burden  and  at  the  same  time  giving  to  these 
unfortunates  a  much  better  training. 

There  still  remained  two  very  different  types  of  children  in 
the  ungraded  classes,  viz.,  backward  children  and  non-English 
speaking  children.  During  the  past  two  years  these  two 
types  have  been  differentiated  to  a  considerable  extent,  although 
this  work  is  not  completed.  In  1909,  the  North  American 
Civic  League  for  Immigrants  called  attention  to  certain  facts 
in  connection  with  the  education  of  the  non-English  speaking 
children.  Meetings  of  teachers  of  all  ungraded  classes  were 
held  in  1910  and  1911.  These  meetings  were  addressed  by 
members  of  the  League,  and  different  teachers  in  these  ungraded 
classes  read  papers  and  discussed  methods  of  dealing  with  the 
varied  types  of  children  composing  these  classes.  In  1912,  an 
experiment  was  made  in  the  Hancock  District  of  having  one 
teacher  devote  her  entire  time  to  teaching  civics,  or  community 
duties  and  privileges,  in  a  conversational  way.  Miss  Elizabeth 
P.  Nichols  did  this  work  with  excellent  results.  The  subject- 
matter  was  interesting  to  the  pupils  and  the  conversation  was 
of  great  advantage  to  them  in  learning  the  English  language. 
Since  Miss  Nichols  left  the  work  to  take  up  work  in  the  high 
school.  Miss  Eleanor  M.  Colleton  has  continued  it  in  connec- 
tion with  her  other  work  with  marked  success. 

I  consider  this  feature  of  the  work  very  important,  not  only 
because  of  the  fact  that  it  trains  the  pupils  for  citizenship,  but 
someone,  other  than  the  class-room  teacher,  comes  and  talks 
to  them  and  requires  them  to  talk  back.  Such  a  teacher  is 
teaching  English  all  the  time  and  in  the  most  effective  way. 
I  hope  that  in  the  near  future  we  shall  be  able  to  supply  such 
work  in  every  special  English  class  in  the  city,  but  great  care 
should  be  taken  in  the  selection  of  the  teacher. 

The  largest  number  of  non-English  speaking  children  is  in 
the  North  End.  The  next  largest  number  is  in  the  West  End, 
while  the  city  proper  and  East  Boston  have  a  comparatively 


190     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


large  number.  Most  of  the  schools  outside  of  these  districts 
have  none,  or  from  one  to  five.  In  March,  1913,  the  following 
circular  was  sent  to  all  schools  having  so-called  ungraded 
classes : 

March  26,  1913. 

To  the  Principals  of  Schools  and  Districts  Having  Ungraded  Classes: 

As  probably  you  are  aware,  I  have  been  asked  to  make  a  study  of 
ungraded  classes.  That  has  been  one  of  my  subjects  for  some  years. 
As  a  result  of  what  seems  to  me  the  best  information  obtainable,  I  desire 
to  express  the  following  opinion: 

We  are  told  that  there  is  a  distinct  line  between  the  feeble-minded 
(Moron  type)  and  the  duU  but  normal  child,  which  may  not  be  passed  over 
by  the  former.    The  training,  therefore,  for  him  must  look  to  fitting  him  " 
for  self-support  through  hahit  in  some  one  hne,  as  power  cannot  be  acquired 
which  shall  help  him  in  other  lines. 

His  education,  therefore,  will  not  be  upward  above  the  twelve-year 
limit  and  may  be  represented  by  a  horizontal  line  — . 

The  normal,  but  dull  child,  on  the  other  hand,  is  capable  of  increasing 
power,  and  power  gained  in  one  line  strengthens  him  in  other  hnes.  His 
education,  therefore,  will  be  upward  although  slow,  and  may  be  represented 
by  a  Une  slanting  upward  more  or  less  /. 

The  non-EngUsh  speaking  child  may  belong  to  either  of  these  classes 
or  to  the  bright,  normal  type.  The  majority  do  belong  to  this  third  class. 
The  education  of  this  class  must,  of  course,  be  very  different  from  either 
of  the  preceding,  while  it  must  for  a  while  differ  also  from  that  of  the 
normal  English-speaking  child. 

His  education  may  be  represented  by  a  vertical  Une  |  . 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  we  find  aU  of  these  types  receiving  the  same  treat- 
ment in  an  ungraded  class.  It  seems,  therefore,  to  be  wise  and  necessary 
to  divide  the  children  in  an  ungraded  class  into  proper  groups: 

The  first  group  .      .      .       The  Moron  group. 

The  second  group  The  normal  dullard. 

The  third  group       .      .       The  non-English  speaking  group. 

Of  course,  a  careful  separation  of  the  Moron  group  from  the  normal 
dullard  can  be  done  only  by  an  expert,  but  the  teacher  in  consultation 
with  the  nurse  and  physician  may  approximate  this  separation  and  have 
doubtful  cases  examined  by  Dr.  Arthur  C.  Jelly. 

The  Moron  group  should  include  not  only  those  of  the  Moron  type  but 
also  those  below,  such  as  idiotic  and  imbeciles.  Eventually  we  hope  that 
this  group  will  be  cared  for  in  special  classes  and  in  institutions. 

The  normal  dullards  may  be  segregated  and  be  given  some  motor  work, 
or,  if  they  are  few  in  number,  may  be  scattered  among  the  normal  children. 

The  non-EngUsh  speaking  group  should  be  segregated  in  districts  where 
there  are  but  few  and  receive  special  education. 

WlU  you  kindly  give  attention  to  this  matter  in  your  district  and  endeavor 
to  give  me  as  accurate  an  idea  as  possible  in  the  near  future  of  the  relative 
numbers  in  these  various  groups  in  your  ungraded  classes? 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  191 

The  result  showed  that  ninety-seven  non-EngUsh  speaki'ng 
children  were  scattered  through  seventeen  different  districts. 
The  three  schools  having  the  largest  number  but  having  no 
special  English  classes  were  the  Dwight,  FrankHn  and  the  Rice. 
We  have  taken  the  non-Enghsh  speaking  children  from  these 
three  ungraded  classes  and  formed  a  special  English  class  for 
them  in  the  Rice  District.  The  remaining  sixty-seven  were 
so  scattered  that  there  were  hardly  more  than  four  or  five  in 
any  one  district.  Besides  these  there  are  some  scattered  cases 
in  schools  where  there  are  no  ungraded  classes  and  the  non- 
Enghsh  speaking  children  are  put  into  the  regular  grades  and 
pushed  along  as  fast  as  may  be,  in  some  classes  with  excellent 
success,  and  in  other  cases  not  so  satisfactorily.  To  unite 
them  into  one  class  would  mean  that  they  would  be  obliged  to 
use  the  street  cars  to  a  considerable  extent,  and  it  is  question- 
able whether,  considering  their  age  and  inability  to  speak  and 
understand  Enghsh,  this  is  advisable. 

There  are  at  present  in  the  city  thirty-four  special  English 
classes,  distributed  as  follows: 


Abraham  Lincoln 

Bowdoin 

Eliot  . 

Hancock 

PhUlips  Brooks  . 

Quincy 

Rice 


3 
1 
5 
8 
1 
2 
1 


Samuel  Adams  . 
Theodore  Lyman 
Thomas  Gardner 
Ulysses  S.  Grant 
Washington 
Wells  . 

Wendell  Phillips 


1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
3 
4 


There  are  ten  such  classes  in  the  West  End  (in  four  different 
districts),  eight  in  the  Hancock,  five  in  the  EKot,  three  in  the 
Abraham  Lincoln,  two  in  the  Quincy,  and  one  each  in  the 
PhiUips  Brooks,  Rice,  Samuel  Adams,  Theodore  Lyman, 
Thomas  Gardner,  and  Ulysses  S.  Grant. 

Of  course  the  Eliot  and  Hancock  Districts  offer  the  best 
opportunity  to  study  the  problem,  and  last  year  Miss  Colleton 
was  asked  to  organize  and  grade  the  non-English  speaking 
children  in  the  Hancock  District.  Under  Miss  Bigelow,  Miss 
Colleton  made  a  very  thorough  investigation  of  the  education 
each  child  had  received  previous  to  coming  to  this  country. 
She  divided  all  newcomers  into  steamer  classes  A  and  B,  those 
in  Division  A  being  girls  who  had  completed  at  least  the  equiv- 
alent of  two  grades  in  their  own  country,  or  those  who  showed 
marked  abihty  upon  entering  steamer  class  B,  and  were 
transferred. 


192     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


Steamer  class  B  consisted  of  girls  who  had  had  no  training 
in  their  own  schools  and  of  those  who  were  rather  slow  men- 
tally. Girls  who  were  beyond  the  steamer-class  stage  were 
divided  into  classes  1,  2  and  3  of  either  A  or  B,  class  1  cor- 
responding in  a  language  test  to  Grade  I.,  class  2  to  Grade  II., 
class  3  to  Grade  III.  Class  A  of  either  Grades  I.,  II.  or  III. 
comprises  those  who  are  quick  mentally  and  are  able  to  make 
rapid  progress;  class  B  of  either  Grades  I.,  II.  or  III.  comprises 
pupils  who  are  slower  mentally  and  who,  therefore,  necessarily 
require  longer  time  in  covering  the  same  ground.  Pupils  are 
transferred  to  a  higher  class  as  soon  as  they  are  found  to  be 
able  to  do  the  work.  When  they  have  completed  Grades  I., 
II.,  III.,  they  are  placed  in  a  class  corresponding  to  Grades  IV. 
and  V.  of  the  grammar  school,  but  they  do  more  intensive 
work  in  the  Enghsh  language. 

For  those  who  are  fourteen  years  of  age,  or  nearly  fourteen, 
and  desire  to  go  to  work  at  the  earliest  possible  moment.  Miss 
Colleton  established  a  class  called  the  "employment  class." 
These  pupils  are  given  intensive  work  to  prepare  them  to  fulfill 
the  conditions  required  by  law;  that  is,  reading,  writing  and 
spelling  equivalent  to  the  completion  of  fourth  grade  work. 

The  results  of  this  school  will  be  shown  by  the  accompanying 
statement : 


District. 

Number 
Belonging 
June  1. 

Enrolled 
During 
the  Year. 

Advanced 

During 
the  Year. 

Advanced 
June,  1914. 

116 

146 

21 

68 

54 

58 

1 

31 

228 

515 

199 

213 

298 

432 

114 

261 

30 

30 

7 

79 

132 

34 

57 

71 

99 

23 

43 

29 

43 

8 

8 

36 

48 

12 

21 

94 

118 

75 

126 

171 

6 

120 

106 

173 

52 

86 

The  whole  result  of  Miss  Colleton's  work  is  not  shown  by 
the  foregoing  statement.    In  graded  classes  naturally'  much 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  193 


better  work  will  be  done  since  all  the  pupils  in  any  one  class 
have  about  the  same  ability  to  grasp  the  English  language. 
There  has  been  displayed  in  these  classes  a  remarkable  interest 
and  progress. 

As  in  all  other  cases,  the  real  progress  depends  upon  the 
personality  of  the  individual  teacher  in  charge  of  a  class,  which 
emphasizes  the  need  of  putting  into  these  classes  only  the  very 
best  of  teachers. 

The  Eliot  and  the  Hancock  Districts  are  the  only  ones 
having  these  children  in  sufficient  numbers  to  allow  of  such 
grading,  but,  so  far  as  possible,  Miss  Colleton's  plan  has  been 
introduced  in  some  other  districts.  While  in  the  Eliot  District 
they  have  not  graded  their  classes  upon  the  basis  of  previous 
education,  the  teachers  have  constantly  in  mind  the  main  idea 
—  to  get  them  ready  for  a  higher  grade  with  the  least  possible 
waste  of  time,  but  instead  of  promoting  as  fast  as  possible, 
they  have  tried,  and  with  excellent  result,  the  method  of  having 
a  teacher  keep  her  pupils  for  a  longer  period  of  time,  and  then 
placing  them  in  the  various  higher  grades  for  which  they 
are  fitted,  so  that  the  pupils  pass  from  the  non-English  or 
Special  English  Classes  to  a  fourth  or  fifth  or  sixth,  or  even  a 
seventh  grade,  according  to  ability  and  previous  education. 

In  the  Wendell  Phillips  District,  which  formerly  had  seven 
ungraded  and  special  English  classes,  more  or  less  mixed, 
we  have  this  year  reorganized  them,  forming  two  special  classes 
from  the  number,  two  ungraded  classes  and  three  special 
English.  In  this  district  the  pupils  go  from  the  steamer  class 
to  two  higher  special  English  classes  where  they  are  kept  until 
they  are  able  to  enter  the  grammar  school  classes.  These 
boys  as  a  rule  make  rapid  progress. 

I  believe  that  the  plan  of  putting  these  children  into  classes 
with  the  more  Americanized  children  just  as  soon  as  they 
have  a  sufficient  knowledge  of  English  to  profit  by  the  teaching 
in  those  classes  is  the  proper  and  democratic  plan.  To  keep 
them  by  themselves  destroys  ambition  and  accentuates  their 
national  peculiarities. 

It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  the  education  of  the  child 
not  infrequently  causes  a  gulf  between  the  child  and  parent.  A 
case  came  to  my  attention  of  a  young  couple  who  came  to  this 
country  but  did  not  learn  our  language.  Shortly  after  the  first 
child  was  born  the  father  died  and  as  the  mother  was  obliged  to 
earn  her  living  she  was  advised  to  put  the  child  into  a  home. 


194     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


Struggling  along,  her  one  aim  in  life  was  to  be  so  situated  that 
she  could  have  her  child  with  her  again.  After  some  years  she 
was  able  to  make  a  little  home  and  sent  for  the  child.  Her  dis- 
appointment was  great  when  she  found  that  they  could  not 
understand  each  other  at  all,  and  the  child's  habits  and  tastes 
were  so  different  from  hers  that  instead  of  giving  her  the  joy 
she  had  anticipated  it  gave  her  only  misery.  She  was  again 
advised  to  return  the  child  to  the  home  from  which  she  had 
taken  her  and  give  up  her  hfe  dream.  She  did  so.  If  this 
mother  could  have  learned  even  a  httle  English  the  rest  of 
their  Uves  might  have  been  entirely  different.  An  interesting 
experiment  has  been  tried  in  one  of  our  East  Boston  districts. 
We  heard  last  winter  with  great  interest  of  the  intense  desire 
of  the  Kentucky  mountaineers  to  learn  to  read.  May  I  quote 
a  letter  from  one  of  our  own  teachers  which  brings  this  problem 
nearer  home? 

"As  another  school  year  approaches,  may  I  caU  your  attention  to  the 
new  opportunity  offered  to  the  teachers  of  our  district  as  revealed  in  the 
experimental  work  of  our  mothers'  meetings  of  last  spring? 

Realizing  the  efficiency  of  our  continuation  and  night  schools,  it  was 
with  some  amazement,  you  remember,  that  we  discovered  that  many 
of  our  parents  were  unable  to  read  the  report  of  the  Boston  school  com- 
mittee when  sent  to  their  homes.  Wishing  to  ascertain  to  just  what  extent 
this  illiteracy  existed,  we  made  a  careful  census  of  one  of  our  graduating 
classes.  In  a  class  of  forty-two  children,  supposedly  possessing  eighty- 
four  fathers  and  mothers,  we  found  only  five  out  of  the  eighty-four  who 
could  read  EngHsh.  This  was  the  more  surprising  because  one  of  the 
best  of  the  city's  night  schools  is  located  only  three  blocks  away.  Further 
investigation  showed  that  none  of  the  eighty-four  had  attended  any  night 
school  that  year. 

Why?  was  the  question. 

We  by  no  means  know  all  the  reasons,  but  we  think  we  have  found 
out  a  few  that  have  kept  our  mothers  from  learning  to  read.  In  the  first 
place  our  mothers  had  not  been  to  night  school  because  its  sessions  are 
held  at  the  wrong  time.  What  good  mother,  and  for  the  most  part  ours 
are  good  mothers,  can  get  supper  at  six  o'clock,  put  half  a  dozen  babies  to 
bed,  see  that  the  girls  and  boys  and  husbands  are  kept  off  the  streets, 
and  have  any  time  left  to  attend  a  night  school? 

The  second  big  cause  that  we  believe  keeps  these  mothers  away  from 
possible  opportunities  of  learning  is  their  native  timidity.  There  is 
nothing  on  earth  so  timid  as  a  middle-aged  woman  in  a  foreign  environment. 
Her  husband  and  children,  by  the  very  nature  of  their  life,  have  grown 
away  from  her.  Her  babies,  hard  work  and  close  confinement  have  all 
made  her  stronger  to  endure  than  to  dare,  and  she  reahzes  that  somehow 
in  this  race  for  a  new  country  she  is  left  behind, —  but  she  does  not  know 
how  to  get  into  running  again.    She  knows  that  her  sons  and  daughters 


REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS.  195 


are  losing  their  interest  in  their  homes.  She  knows  that  centers  and 
clubs  are  much  more  attractive  to  them.  Her  heart  aches  as  she  hears 
Sarah  and  Tony  talk  in  a  foreign  language  of  a  world  foreign  to  her.  She 
knows  that  for  some  strange  reason  her  love  and  hard  labor  together  have 
not  had  the  power  to  keep  her  children  from  being  ashamed  of  their  mother, 
and  this  knowledge  is  tragedy  to  her. 

But  what  she  doesn't  know,  and  what  is  ours  to  teach  her,  is  that  in  the 
public  school  there  is  the  power  to  help  her  as  well  as  her  children  —  and 
this  is  what  we  tried  to  show  her  in  our  work  last  spring. 

Forty- two  children  were  appealed  to.  In  confidence,  they  all  admitted 
that  they  would  give  anything  to  have  their  mothers  able  to  read.  Their 
own  responsibility  and  opportunity  were  presented  to  them.  They 
were  the  ones  upon  whom  their  mothers  had  the  greatest  claim.  If  they 
would  bring  their  mothers  for  an  hour  a  week  to  the  schoolroom,  between 
the  hours  of  two  and  five,  the  mothers  should  have  their  first  lesson  in 
reading,  and  they  themselves  should  be  taught  how  to  become  pupil 
teachers  with  the  understanding  that  they  pledged  their  mothers,  and 
that  they  were  the  ones  to  be  responsible  for  the  mothers  knowing  their 
lesson  the  next  week. 

The  children  were  enthusiastic.  All  promised  to  do  their  duty  well, 
and  bring  their  mothers  to  school  at  the  appointed  time.  The  hour  came, 
but  not  a  mother  appeared!  The  children  came  the  next  morning  shame- 
facedly and  discouraged.  They  had  done  their  best,  but  the  mothers 
would  not  come! 

ReaUzing  that  no  work  is  truly  great  unless  it  furnishes  both  the  power 
and  the  impulse,  we  began  over  again,  and  ourselves  visited  the  mothers 
in  their  homes.  Thirty-six  mothers  admitted  that  the  one  fear  of  their 
lives  was  that  their  children  and  husbands  would  some  day  become  ashamed 
of  them;  but  that  they  had  not  come  to  the  school  for  two  main  reasons  — 
they  had  felt  ashamed  to,  and  they  didn't  believe  they  could  learn  to  read 
anyway! 

The  result  of  these  calls  was  shown  the  next  week  when  five  mothers  and 
two  babies  appeared  at  the  schoolroom  doors,  and  the  real  work  began. 

Before  school  had  closed  we  had  ten  sessions,  a  week  apart,  and  on  our 
last  afternoon  twenty-one  mothers  were  present.  In  all  thirty  different 
mothers  and  grown-up  sisters  had  attended,  with  a  total  attendance  of 
one  hundred  and  twenty. 

One  woman  of  forty-five,  whose  children  have  already  made  good  in 
college,  the  first  afternoon  went  home  and  cried,  saying  it  was  useless. 
The  chance  had  come  too  late,  and  she  was  too  old  to  learn.  She  didn't 
come  again  for  three  weeks,  and  then  her  two  high  school  girls,  after  they 
had  visited  us,  took  hold  of  the  situation.  The  mother  returned,  and 
where  she  had  not  knowTi  a  word  when  she  came  to  us,  at  the  close  of  the 
term  she  read  proudly  in  the  Third  Reader. 

A  mother  came  a  distance  of  two  miles,  saying,  "Are  you  the  people 
that  will  teach  stupid  ones  to  read?"  She  said  she  had  always  wanted 
to  learn  to  read,  but  until  then  she  had  never  had  a  chance.  She  had 
managed  to  get  along  until  this  last  year,  when  her  little  deaf  and  dumb 
boy  had  gone  to  school.  He  had  learned  to  ^Tite,  and  it  almost  broke  her 
heart  not  to  be  able  to  talk  hack  to  him  through  writing! 


196     REPORTS  OF  ASSISTANT  SUPERINTENDENTS. 


One  day  we  had  three  generations  together  learning  to  read, —  a  girl 
of  eighteen,  a  mother  of  fifty,  and  the  grandmother. 

Some  came  simply  because  their  children  coaxed  them,  and  it  was  a  rare 
pleasure  to  be  coaxed  to  go  with  their  children  anj^here. 

Others  came  simply  because  the  social  element  appealed  to  them. 

We  found  five  women  who  had  not  been  in  any  but  their  own  homes 
for  a  period  of  from  one  to  three  years.  Their  social  world  was  inhabited 
by  a  husband  and  their  ovm  children,  and  they  had  hardly  glimpsed  beyond 
its  borders. 

The  first  day  we  introduced  two  women  to  each  other.  In  five  minutes 
they  found  they  had  come  from  the  same  province  in  Russia,  and  their 
faces  beamed  as  with  a  new-found  joy. 

And  some  came  simply  to  find  a  friend. 

Of  course  we  realize  that  our  experiment  was  a  very  little  one  launched 
out  into  the  great  needs  of  East  Boston, —  but  the  results  were  unpro- 
portionately  large! 

These  few  mothers'  meetings  solved  other  problems  beside  that  of 
illiterac5^ 

All  disciplinary  troubles  of  the  schoolroom  were  over.  No  boy  cared  to 
trouble  his  teacher  if  she  were  helping  his  mother,  while  vocational  work 
became  imbued  with  new  power. 

The  work  was  laborious.  It  was  done  by  the  regiilar  teachers,  weary 
with  a  day's  work.  They  got  the  extra  school  hour  to  devote  to  the 
mothers  bj^  doing  school  work  at  home,  and  then  stayed  two  hours  after 
school,  thus  giving  three  hours  of  the  hardest  kind  of  intensive  teaching, 
merely  for  love  of  the  work.  We  found  personal,  individual  work  alone 
was  worth  while,,  for  little  effective  class  work  can  be  done  with  these 
grown-up  children. 

Our  first  experiment  is  over,  but  another  year  is  before  us,  and  it  is 
because  of  this  that  I  now  write  to  you.  Is  there  any  way  we  can  enter 
more  effectively  into  this  work? 

With  all  the  willingness  of  then-  hearts  the  regular  teachers  unaided  can 
not  sufiicientl}'  meet  this  new  demand.  Neither  can  an  outside  worker 
get  the  best  results. 

What  we  teachers  want,  what  we  long  for,  is  to  have  our  regular  work  so 
arranged  by  the  help  of  an  extra  special  assistant,  or  otherwise,  that  three 
of  us  may  have  the  whole  of  Wednesday  afternoons  free  for  this  new  work 
—  free  to  put  in  our  whole  strength,  heart  and  soul,  to  make  our  school- 
room a  veritable  ''House  by  the  Side  of  the  Road,"  where  the  mother 
and  big  sisters  of  our  children  may  find  women  that  are  friends  to  women . 

Can  you  help  us?" 

I  recommend  that  afternoon  classes  for  mothers  be  formed 
in  each  district  where  they  are  needed. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

MAURICE  P.  WHITE, 

Assistant  Superintendent. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SCHOOL  HYGIENE.  197 


APPENDIX  A. 


REPORT  OF  DEPARTMENT  OF  SCHOOL  HYGIENE. 


I  respectfully  present  the  following  report  on  the  work  of 
the  department  of  school  hygiene  for  the  year  ending  June 
30,  1914: 

Medical  Inspection  and  School  Nursing. 

This  branch  of  school  hygiene  continues  to  be  administered 
by  two  departments  —  medical  inspection  by  the  board  of 
health,  school  nursing  by  the  education  department.  Con- 
ferences were  held  between  the  representatives  of  these  two 
departments  for  the  purpose  of  making  this  dual  control 
more  effective.  The  board  of  health  was  requested  to  have 
its  inspectors  complete,  early  in  the  year,  the  examinations 
of  pupils,  as  required  by  chapter  502  of  the  Acts  of  1906.  This 
method  will  give  to  the  school  nurses  the  findings  of  the  medical 
inspectors  at  a  time  when  a  more  efficient  ''follow-up"  work 
is  possible.  Secondly,  it  will  reduce  greatly  the  interference 
with  class-room  work  now  extended  over  many  months,  and 
finally,  it  will  leave  the  medical  inspector  free  to  devote  a 
greater  portion  of  his  daily  visit  at  the  school  to  problems  of 
sanitation,  room  temperature,  seating,  lighting,  etc.,  as  well 
as  to  problems  of  mental  efficiency,  juvenile  delinquency  and 
moral  perversion,  all  problems  of  the  greatest  medical-educa- 
tional importance. 

It  is  becoming  more  evident  each  year  that  the  present 
method  of  medical  inspection  in  the  schools  will  have  to  be 
revised.  The  schools  are  not  the  foci  of  infection  they  were 
once  thought  to  be.  The  great  bulk  of  the  annual  examination 
of  pupils,  as  now  required  by  law,  is  a  needless  repetition  of 
examining  normal,  healthy  pupils.  The  amount  of  time  taken 
from  class-room  work  for  these  examinations  is  considerable. 
The  interference  with  the  regular  school  work  is  very  great. 
The  plan,  which  would  accomplish  all  the  purposes  of  the  statute 
without  any  of  its  shortcomings,  would  be  to  thoroughly 


198 


APPENDIX  A. 


examine  each  new  pupil,  in  the  presence  of  the  parent,  at  the 
time  of  entrance  into  school  life,  and  to  make  a  re-examination 
at  the  end  of  the  third,  fifth  and  eighth  year  of  school  life.  All 
pupils  found  defective  at  any  examination  should  be  followed 
up  "  by  the  school  nurse  and  re-examined  by  the  school  physician 
regularly  until  a  cure  is  effected.  All  pupils  absent  on  account 
of  a  communicable  disease  should  be  thoroughly  examined 
before  readmission  into  the  regular  classes.  Such  a  physical 
record  of  each  child  would  be  of  the  greatest  value  in  solving 
the  problem  of  future  vocational  or  industrial  possibilities  of 
many  pupils. 

The  school  nurse  is  the  link  between  medical  inspection  or 
examination  and  the  cure  for  defects  found  by  such  examination. 
Less  than  25  per  cent  of  parents  act  on  the  written  notice  sent 
to  the  home.  It  has  required  more  than  25,000  home  visits 
by  the  school  nurses  each  year  to  accomplish  the  results  set 
forth  in  this  report.  The  great  majority  of  parents  want  to 
do  the  right  thing  for  the  child.  Many  do  not  know  what  to 
do.  Very  many  are  not  able  to  secure  medical  and  surgical 
remedies.  The  policy  of  the  department  of  school  hygiene 
in  insisting  that  parents  secure  the  necessary  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  for  the  children  has  been  followed  this  year. 
Notwithstanding  this  fact,  however,  the  nurses  have  found 
it  necessary  to  apply,  in  the  schools,  simple  treatment  advised 
by  the  medical  inspectors.  The  great  work  of  the  nursing 
corps  has  been  the  educating  and  persuading  of  parents  to 
secure  proper  remedies  for  defects  found  among  school  children 
and  carrying  into  the  homes  lessons  in  hygiene. 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  routine  work  done  by 
the  nurses  during  the  year : 


Home  visits   27,412 

Talks  on  hygiene   10,287 

Number  of  pupils  referred  to  nurses  by  physicians  and  teachers,  23,081 

Number  of  pupils  inspected  for  uncleanliness       ....  107,405 

Consultations  with  teachers   56,121 

Consultations  with  pupils   67,859 

Tonsils  removed   285 

Adenoids  removed   267 

Adenoid  operations  since  the  beginning  of  the  work  in*  1907 .      .  12,206 

Escorted  to  Clinics. 

Treated  at  clinics  (ear,  eye,  nose,  throat,  skin)     ....  9,088 

Treated  by  famUy  physician   1,395 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SCHOOL  HYGIENE.  199 


00  0) 


fO      (N  ^ 


00      CO  00 


O      CI  — I 


VO      CO  (N 


o  (N 

i-H 


00 


O  CO 

T-H  CO 


00  t-H 


00  «o  » 
O     1-1  o 


c 
c 


E 

a 
B 
B 

3 


(N  05 


CO       00  i-H 

00  O 

^"   \6  i-T 


00 


^  > 


S  is 


'a  'a 
ft  ft 


JO 


pt;   12;  5^ 


s  s 


:2;   Iz;   ^  12; 


200 


APPENDIX  A. 


Hearing  and  Vision. 
Vision  of  pupils  retested  by  nurses  . 
Vision  corrected  during  1913-14 
Total  vision  corrected  since  1907 
Percentage  of  defective  vision  in  1907 
Percentage  of  defective  vision  in  1914 
Hearing  corrected  during  1913-14  . 
Total  hearing  corrected  since  1907  . 
Percentage  of  defective  hearing  in  1907  . 
Percentage  of  defective  hearing  in  1914  . 
Glasses  obtained  during  1913-14 

Dental  Work. 

During  the  year  the  nurses  secured  correction  of  dental 
defects  for  23,250  pupils.  Of  this  number,  15,565  were  treated 
by  family  dentists  and  7,685  at  infirmaries. 

The  Forsyth  Dental  Infirmary,  which  was  opened  in  Sep- 
tember, 1914,  offers  an  opportunity  for  securing  dental  cor- 
rection for  approximately  50,000  pupils  each  year. 

Cardiac  Diseases. 
Each  of  the  1,997  pupils,  judged  by  the  medical  inspectors 
to  have  cardiac  disease,  was  "followed  up"  by  the  school 
nurse  so  that  parents  and  teachers  might  have  a  definite  knowl- 
edge of  the  physical  condition  of  each  pupil.  The  result  of 
this  "follow  up"  work  was  that  1,064  children  were  found  to 
have  organic  heart  disease,  933  functional  heart  disease. 
Of  this  number,  793  were  placed  imder  treatment  by  family 
physicians,  419  were  placed  under  treatment  at  hospitals, 
and  693  were  judged  by  physicians  not  to  need  further  care. 
Each  child  affected  with  heart  disease  received  special  considera- 
tion in  the  work  in  the  class  room  and  on  the  playgrounds. 

Tuberculosis. 

The  board  of  health  has  on  record  7,000  cases  of  tuber- 
culosis. These  7,000  cases  are  located  in  1,340  families; 
these  families  include  3,121  children.  Each  child  was  carefully 
examined  by  the  family  physician  or  at  one  of  the  hospitals, 
with  the  result  that  304  were  pronounced  positively  tuber- 
culous. Fifty-five  of  these  children  are  in  either  the  Mattapan 
Hospital  or  in  the  Holy  Ghost  Hospital.  None  is  in  the  public 
schools.  Five  hundred  twenty-five  children,  living  in  tuber- 
culous families,  are  in  fifteen  open-air  classes  in  the  public 
schools. 


9,056 
2,203 
22,320 
31.50 
12.36 

154 
4,170 
8.15 

2.7 
1,037 


DEPAKTMENT  OF  SCHOOL  HYGIENE.  201 

Fresh  Air  Rooms. 
Besides  the  fifteen  open-air  classes  for  the  especially  selected 
debilitated  children,  the  school  committee  has  made  an  effort 
to  have  every  class  room  an  open-air  room.  Legislation  bearing 
upon  the  temperature  and  regulation  of  windows  has  been 
carefully  observed.  Among  1,065  different  class  rooms  visited 
during  February,  March  and  April,  1,004  had  open  windows. 
Nine  hundred  forty-seven  had  a  temperature  between  60  and  70 
degrees  Fahrenheit.  Six  hundred  eleven  had  a  temperature  of 
64  to  68  degrees,  inclusive. 

Special  Work. 

Besides  assisting  the  school  physicians  with  physical  examina- 
tions daily  and  doing  the  routine  work  resulting  from  medical 
inspection,  the  school  nurses  have  especially  cared  for  525  pupils 
in  open-air  classes.  Each  one  of  these  pupils  is  weighed  and 
measured  four  times  during  the  year.  Instructions  are  given 
to  the  parents  concerning  proper  food,  adequate  sleep  and  the 
effect  of  fatigue  on  these  pupils. 

The  school  nurses  have  also  carried  on  monthly  weighing 
and  measuriag  of  all  children  eight  years  of  age,  the  object  of 
this  work  being  to  establish  a  monthly  norm  for  the  height  and 
weight  of  children  at  various  ages.  This  work  was  begim  in 
1910  with  the  pupils  then  five  years  of  age  and  is  to  be  con- 
tinued until  a  norm  for  pupils  eighteen  years  of  age  is 
established. 

The  amount  of  social  work  done  by  the  nurses  each  year 
cannot  be  stated  in  figures.  This  work  consists  of  furnishing 
food,  clothing  and  eyeglasses  for  needy  pupils,  vacations  in 
the  country  for  debilitated  pupils,  Christmas  dinners  for  needy 
families,  besides  acting  in  close  cooperation  with  the  various 
hospitals  and  charitable  societies  in  securing  employment  for 
parents  and  relief  for  the  dependent. 

Athletics,  Military  Drill  and  Physical  Education. 

The  evolution  in  the  control  of  school  athletics  by  the  school 
committee,  begun  in  1907,  is  now  fully  completed.  All  ath- 
letics are  now  in  charge  of  regular  teachers  in  the  elementary 
schools  and  in  high  schools. 

The  course  in  physical  education  for  high  school  boys  and 
girls  includes  athletics  and  military  drill  for  boys  and  regular 


202 


APPENDIX  A. 


gymnastic  work  twice  weekly  for  girls.  This  work  is  com- 
pulsory and  carries  with  it  two  points  toward  a  diploma  each 
year. 

Playgrounds. 

The  plan  to  make  playgroimds  an  integral  part  of  education 
is  now  firmly  established  in  Boston.  The  pupils  in  the  Normal 
School  are  given  instruction  in  games,  plays  and  dances  and, 
during  the  playground  season,  are  appointed  as  teachers  in  the 
various  playgrounds,  where  the  same  games  and  dances  are 
carried  out  daily.  This  makes  the  playgrounds  a  working 
laboratory  in  the  study  of  child  life,  an  advantage  of  inestimable 
value  to  the  pupil-teachers  in  their  future  work  in  class  rooms. 
The  average  daily  attendance  on  the  playgrounds  during  the 
summer  is  about  15,000.  Weekly  meetings  of  the  playground 
teachers  are  held  for  the  purpose  of  developing  new  games  and 
dances. 

Posture  and  Carriage. 
The  plan  inaugurated  two  years  ago  of  having  special  teachers 
of  physical  education  in  high  schools  make  weekly  visits  to 
the  elementary  schools  has  done  much  to  emphasize  proper 
posture  and  good  carriage  among  pupils  in  the  elementary 
schools.  In  the  high  schools,  50  per  cent  of  the  annual  marking 
for  physical  education  and  for  military  drill  is  credited  to 
posture  and  carriage.  The  weekly  visits  of  these  special 
teachers  has  done  much  to  articulate  the  work  in  the  elementary 
schools  with  that  in  the  high  schools. 

Health  of  Teachers. 
The  requirement  of  the  board  of  superintendents  that  each 
candidate  for  the  Normal  School  shall  be  personally  examined 
by  the  director  of  school  hygiene  has  raised  markedly  the 
physical  type  of  these  candidates.  The  annual  examination 
of  all  candidates  for  the  Normal  School  begins  at  the  end  of 
the  pupils'  second  year  in  high  school.  This  examination  is 
made  in  the  presence  of  the  parent  and  offers  an  opportunity 
for  advice  and  direction  on  hygiene  and  health  matters  not 
otherwise  possible.  Many  minor  physical  defects  are  thus 
remedied  which  might  otherwise,  if  left  unnoticed,  seriously 
handicap,  if  not  defeat,  the  candidate  later  in  her  teaching 
career. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SCHOOL  HYGIENE.  203 


Health  Instruction. 
The  director  of  school  hygiene  has  addressed  personally, 
during  the  year,  many  of  the  associations  of  parents  as  well  as 
groupings  of  pupils  in  the  various  schools.  This  has  offered 
an  exceptionally  good  avenue  for  carrying  into  the  home 
instruction  on  health  matters  affecting  school  conditions  and 
home  environment,  and  has  done  much  to  extend  simple  lessons 
in  preventive  medicine  into  the  homes.  It  has  served  as  a 
means  of  stimulating  many  parents  toward  securing  correction 
of  defects  in  vision  and  hearing  as  well  as  of  other  physical 
defects  pointed  out  by  the  medical  inspectors.  The  depart- 
ment of  school  hygiene  has  been  offered  the  cooperation  of 
a  corps  of  prominent  physicians,  which  has  volunteered  to  take 
up  this  work  of  public  instruction  in  hygiene  and  preventive 
medicine. 

Respectfully, 

THOMAS  F.  HARRINGTON, 

Director  of  School  Hygiene. 


204 


APPENDIX  B. 


APPENDIX  B. 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES  IN  THE 
PUBLIC  SCHOOLS. 


The  principals  of  schools  were  notified  to  report  upon  the  features  in 
their  schools  which  are  out  of  the  ordinary.  About  thirty  have  done  so. 
It  is  impossible  to  include  their  entire  reports  in  this  volume  as  the  amount 
would  make  a  volume  the  size  of  t  lis,  but  extracts  have  been  made  from 
each  school  which  reported  and  are  given  here  in  such  detail  as  space 
permits. 

PUBLIC  LATIN  SCHOOL. 

In  September,  1911,  one  of  our  junior  masters  instituted  in  his  own 
room  a  plan  of  school  management  which  has  gradually  been  extended 
to  the  most  of  the  rooms  of  the  school.  The  pupils  of  each  room  elect  a 
president,  vice-president  and  secretary,  who  hold  office  for  three  school 
months  and  are  ineligible  for  immediate  re-election.  These,  with  two 
others  elected  at  the  same  time,  serve  as  a  committee  to  which  are  referred 
all  questions  of  discipline  applying  to  the  pupils  of  that  room.  This 
committee  as  a  general  rule  acts  only  upon  matters  brought  to  its  atten- 
tion by  the  room  master  or  by  other  pupils,  but  it  may  nevertheless 
institute  action  without  such  appeal.  When  a  case  of  discipline  comes 
before  the  committee  the  pupil  or  pupils  concerned  are  heard  and  the  case 
is  carefully  considered,  with  the  welfare  of  the  whole  school  and  the  good 
of  the  individual  (in  that  order)  kept  uppermost  in  mind.  A  judgment 
is  then  rendered  by  formal  vote  of  the  committee  and  submitted  to  the 
room  master,  who  exercises  the  right  of  modification  or  of  veto  if  such 
action  seems  good  to  him.  This  right  he  rarely  needs  to  use  except  in  the 
way  of  softening  the  rigors  of  the  committee's  recommendations. 

It  has  been  entirely  optional  with  each  room  master  whether  or  not  he 
should  discontinue  the  system  after  having  given  it  a  fair  trial.  It  is 
generally  agreed  that  the  scheme  has  not  worked  well  in  the  younger 
classes  and  has  become  increasingly  successful  as  the  age  of  the  pupils 
advanced.  While  the  masters  have  given  to  the  experiment  a  faithful 
and  responsive  interest  it  will  take  some  time  to  determine  whether  the 
plan  can  be  fully  successful  and  can  be  hardened  into  that  most  compelling 
force  in  the  student  public  opinion  — ■  a  school  tradition. 

It  is  unanimously  the  sense  of  our  masters  that  student  self-government 
represents  an  ideal  method  of  assuring  the  highest  type  of  school  spirit 
and  of  individual  self-control,  and  we  are  hoping  and  expecting  to  see  it 
brought  to  a  high  degree  of  efficiency  in  the  Latin  School. 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


205 


This  report  is  merely  one  of  progress  and  I  shall  be  glad  to  supplement 
it  by  a  more  complete  and  definite  statement  at  the  end  of  the  next 
academic  year. 

CHARLESTOWN  HIGH  SCHOOL. 
The  Girls'  Forum. 
We  have  an  organization  of  all  the  girls  in  the  school  called  the  Girls' 
Forum.  One  teacher  is  its  adviser  and  all  teachers  are  welcome  at  its 
meetings,  which  are  held  whenever  anything  that  concerns  all  the  girls 
in  the  school  needs  their  attention.  They  have  charge  of  the  recreation 
occasions  and  the  lunch  period,  have  made  a  very  successful  reform  in 
the  filing,  and  their  spirit  in  the  work  is  becoming  an  asset  to  be  counted 
upon  in  the  school. 

The  History  Work. 

The  history  classes  in  the  Charlestown  High  School  are  conducted  in 
the  form  of  town  meetings.  The  object  of  t  lis  plan  is  to  accustom  the 
pupils  to  the  methods  that  are  found  expedient  in  business,  political  and 
social  affairs.  They  elect  their  chairman  and  secretary  and  carry  on  the 
work  in  large  or  in  small  groups  as  it  is  planned  by  them  with  the  assist- 
ance of  the  teacher  when  necessary.  They  learn  to  take  the  responsibility 
for  their  own  work,  to  give  it  voluntarily,  and  to  work  with  and  in  con- 
sideration for  others. 

In  a  commercial  history  class  when  markets  were  being  studied, 
our  city  markets  and  other  kinds  of  business  were  visited  by  groups  of 
pupils.  While  these  visits  were  being  reported  and  discussed,  one  senior 
class  boy  asserted  emphatically  that  it  is  impossible  to  do  business  hon- 
estly nowadays  and  succeed.  No  school  room  argument  was  strong 
enough  to  convince  him,  and  he  was  advised  to  write  to  one  of  the  most 
prominent  business  men  in  Boston  and  ask  for  an  interview  to  discuss  the 
question.  The  head  master  wrote  also  and  an  interview  was  granted. 
The  boy  came  back  with  exactly  the  opposite  point  of  view  and  talked 
to  the  class  for  an  hour  about  what  he  and  the  two  other  boys  who  went 
with  him  had  seen  and  learned.  No  lesson  of  any  kind  could  have  been 
more  important  to  that  boy  at  just  this  period  of  his  career  when  he  him- 
self was  going  out  into  the  world. 

Report  on  Work  with  First-year  Pupils. 
One  of  the  teachers  was  assigned  in  March,  1914,  to  make  personal 
investigation  into  the  cause  of  every  one  of  the  failures  in  the  first-year 
class. 

All  of  the  bad  failures  were  caused  by  the  lack  of  power  to  deal  with 
the  grammar  school  subjects.  Lack  of  study  and  of  attention  to  work 
apparently  did  not  cause  a  large  number  of  failures  unless  accompanied  by 
this  weakness  of  preparation  or  ability  at  the  outset.  Small  classes  were 
formed  of  these  failing  pupils  in  which  individual  defects  could  be  corrected 
by  individual  work.  In  these  classes  the  effort  was  to  supplement  the 
regular  class  instruction,  which  the  pupil  still  continued,  by  additional 
explanation  and,  if  necessary,  drill  on  points  that  were  not  clear  to  individual 
pupils.  Of  the  forty  pupils  who  worked  in  this  way,  twentj'-four  passed 
in  one  or  both  of  the  subjects  taken  as  extra  work  in  these  pick-up  classes. 


206 


APPENDIX  B. 


EAST  BOSTON  HIGH  SCHOOL. 
Records  of  Character. 

In  making  up  the  annual  records  at  the  end  of  the  year,  teachers  were 
asked  to  make  a  characterization  of  their  home  room  pupils  and  to  place 
this  in  its  appropriate  column  —  there  being  one  for  each  year  —  on  the 
back  of  the  permanent  record,  thus  giving  the  personal  record  of  the  pupil 
for  his  entire  course,  as  he  goes  on.  This  will  indicate  the  growth  in 
character  in  the  development  of  the  pupils,  and  will  emphasize  what  I 
hold  to  be  the  chief  work  of  the  teacher  —  careful  guidance  and  training 
in,  probably,  the  most  important  four  years  of  the  pupil's  life. 

Certain  qualities,  as  "truthfulness,"  "obedience,"  "punctuahty,"  etc., 
are  asked  for,  but  teachers  were  asked  not  simply  to  answer  these  but  to 
add  "remarks"  stating  peculiar  or  individual  traits  of  character.  Teachers 
have  shown  a  commendable  carefulness  in  dealing  with  frailties  and  on 
the  other  hand,  they  have  dealt  truthfully  with  the  facts.  In  other  words 
I  have,  as  a  matter  of  record,  evidence  of  the  superb  work  of  the  best 
teachers  in  studying  their  pupils  as  well  as  hearing  recitations  from  them. 

ENGLISH  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

As  an  indication  of  the  assistance  which  may  be  obtained  from  parents, 
the  following  instances  may  be  worth  consideration. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  present  year  55  of  the  lowest  grade  scholars  of 
the  school  were  not  allowed  to  return  to  school  until  written  statements 
had  been  received  from  their  parents  stating  that  they  would  withdraw 
the  boys  from  school  unless  they  showed  decided  improvement.  Forty-five 
of  these  boys  showed  immediate  and  decided  improvement,  and  some  of 
them  bid  fair  to  become  promising  scholars;  the  other  ten  were  evidently 
unable  to  do  the  work. 

In  the  entering  class  after  the  November  reports  were  available,  a  com- 
parison of  the  scholarship  of  students  by  rooms  was  made.  A  teacher  in 
charge  of  one  room,  which  ranked  the  fourteenth  among  the  nineteen  rooms, 
interviewed  the  parents  of  each  delinquent  in  his  room.  After  the  January 
reports  were  made  that  room  ranked  third  among  the  nineteen,  and  showed 
an  average  improvement  of  33  per  cent  in  scholarship. 

A  sketch  of  this  the  oldest  American  general  high  school  is  of  interest. 

The  English  High  School,  established  in  1821,  is  the  oldest  general  (not 
preparatory)  public  high  school  in  the  country.  The  school  numbers  2,200 
students.  Possibly  one-third  of  the  graduates  of  the  school  continue  their 
studies  beyond  the  high  school.  It  is  a  boys'  school  and  the  teachers 
are  men.  Each  boy  has  a  special  program  to  meet  his  needs,  and  no  pupil 
for  program  reasons  is  ever  refused  a  subject  which  he  desires  and  is  quali- 
fied to  take.  Promotions  are  by  subject,  and  after  the  first  year  there  are 
no  class  distinctions. 

There  are  no  courses  in  the  school.  Pupils  preparing  for  higher  insti- 
tutions select  such  subjects  as  those  institutions  require.  Pupils  who  do 
not  intend  to  continue  their  studies  select  such  subjects  as  they  prefer,  and 
these  two  classes  of  pupils  elect  many  subjects  in  common. 

In  addition  to  the  marks  given  for  recitations,  each  pupil  is  marked 
twice  each  year  by  all  his  teachers  as  to  his  general  characteristics  under  the 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


207 


following  headings :  Reliability  —  Initiative  —  Accuracy —  Appearance  — 
Manner  —  Cooperation.  These  marks  are  collected  on  catalog  cards  and 
serve  as  a  basis  for  recommendations  and  selection  of  pupils  for  business 
opportunities.  This  work  is  in  charge  of  two  vocational  counselors  who 
assist  in  placing  boys  in  desirable  occupations. 

Although  it  was  designed  to  train  boys  who  did  not  intend  to  continue 
their  education  beyond  the  high  school,  it  has  become  one  of  the  largest 
preparatory  schools  in  the  country.  It  is  among  the  first  six  public  schools 
in  the  country  in  the  number  of  pupils  it  sends  to  Harvard,  and  it  sends  to 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  a  still  larger  number. 

In  this  connection  it  is  proper  to  say  that  no  attempt  is  made  to  obtain 
proficiency  in  passing  examinations.  There  is  no  drill  on  entrance  exami- 
nation papers,  and  formal  examinations  are  not  required  for  promotion. 
With  a  very  few  exceptions,  the  preparatory  pupils  are  not  separated  from 
the  non-preparatory.  Subjects  are  taught  without  reference  to  college 
requirements,  and  all  pupils  receive  the  same  instruction  without  regard 
to  the  use  to  which  the  knowledge  gained  is  to  be  put. 

Special  effort  is  made  to  have  all  subjects  so  well  taught  that  students 
who  continue  their  studies  beyond  the  high  schools  may  be  able  to  do  good 
work  in  the  higher  institutions,  and  not  consider  passing  entrance  exami- 
nations the  ultimate  goal.  The  result  is  that  our  graduates  always  receive 
higher  marks  for  work  in  college  than  for  their  entrance  examinations. 
By  the  last  statistics  at  hand  92  per  cent  of  the  English  High  School  stu- 
dents in  the  freshman  class  at  Harvard  were  on  the  rank  list,  and  the 
number  on  the  honor  list  of  the  graduating  class  is  unequalled  by  any  other 
preparatory  school  except  Exeter. 

HYDE  PARK  HIGH  SCHOOL. 
Cooperative  Shop  Course. 
The  plan  is  to  combine  school  and  shop  in  such  a  way  that  the  boys 
may  receive  a  practical  education  that  will  give  them  a  sure  Hving.  At 
graduation  it  is  expected  that  all  can  find  work  in  local  shops,  and  some, 
we  hope,  will  become  prominent  in  industrial  lines.  Our  desire  is  to  train 
for  skilled  workmen  for  all  Hyde  Park  industries. 

Shop  Work  and  School  Problem. 

In  the  shop  work  the  boys  receive  apprentice  wages.  At  the  high 
school  they  have  drafting,  shop  mathematics,  science  and  English  presented 
to  them  by  experienced  teachers  who  use  shop  terms  and  expressions. 

Though  there  is  a  great  scarcity  of  work,  all  our  boys  who  are  required 
to  work  in  shops  are  placed,  except  one  who  insists  on  the  building  trade, 
which  is  very  quiet.  That  the  standard  of  our  boys'  workmanship  is 
above  that  of  the  regular  apprentice  is  most  gratifying  to  us. 

The  instructor  has  visited  the  shops  often,  meeting  the  general  manager, 
superintendent,  foreman  and  also  those  at  the  machine  or  bench.  Organ- 
ized labor  and  capital  both  seem  friendly  to  the  problem. 

Shops  and  Placement. 
The  following  is  a  list  of  the  shops  which  are  cooperating: 
American  Tool  and  Machine  Company;  B.  F.  Sturtevant  Company; 
New  York,  New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad  Shops;  Becker  Milling 


208 


APPENDIX  B. 


Machine  Company;  John  T.  Robinson  Company;  Lenox  Motor  Com- 
pany; The  Stafford  (Loom)  Company;  C.  F.  Brewster,  builder;  John 
Eliot,  builder;  McGregor,  upholsterer. 

Needs. 

A  feature  to  be  regretted  is  that  while  the  instructor  has  had  11.  and  III. 
year  boys  in  drafting,  he  has  not  had  them  in  shop  work  at  the  school. 
For  greater  efficiency,  it  is  important  that  each  pupil  should  have  a  chance 
to  bring  his  individual  shop  problem  back  to  school  for  solution. 

In  the  future  much  is  expected  from  our  Advisory  Committee.  It  is 
hoped  that  definite  cooperation  will  be  secured  by  this  committee  on 
such  questions  as:  (1)  program  of  work;  (2)  pay  and  promotion; 
(3)  credit  by  one  shop  for  work  done  in  another;  (4)  the  most  prac- 
tical cultural  work;  (5)  report  on  the  question  of  more  room  and 
instruction  in  this  high  school. 

The  instructor  understands  that  the  Sturtevant  Company  would  con- 
sider fitting  up  a  department  —  as  at  Beverly  —  if  it  were  advisable, 
and  that  they  hope  to  be  able  to  take  the  major  part  of  the  boys  in  the 
future.    Others  are  willing  to  do  all  in  their  power  to  help  us. 

An  entering  class  of  thirty-five  leads  us  to  expect  at  least  as  many  next 
year,  and  even  now  there  is  a  strong  demand  for  more  room  and  more 
instruction.  This  year,  because  of  the  crowded  conditions,  the  instructor 
is  teaching  only  half  time  in  the  workshop  as  the  rest  is  given  to  drafting. 
Because  of  this  limitation,  only  I.-year  boys  are  allowed  to  take  shop  work 
though  many  upper-class  pupils  are  demanding  it. 

ABRAHAM  LINCOLN  DISTRICT. 
Our  aim  has  been  to  instill  correct  habits  of  study,  inculcate  good  man- 
ners, and  establish  high  ideals  of  duty. 

BIGELOW  SCHOOL. 
Class  Room  Activities. 

An  all-boys  eighth  grade  was  divided  into  four  groups  of  as  nearly  equal 
strength  as  possible.  The  teacher,  assuming  all  the  prerogatives  of  a  head 
coach,  appointed  as  captains  of  the  teams  the  four  boys  whom  observation 
had  shown  to  be  the  natural  leaders  in  the  class. 

The  four  captains  and  the  coach  constituted  a  committee  on  rules  to 
regulate  contests  in  attendance,  deportment,  gentlemanly  appearance, 
saving  for  the  school  bank,  and  in  arithmetic,  spelling  and  writing. 

The  goal  to  be  striven  for  in  attendance  was  freedom  from  absent  or 
tardy  marks.  It  was  decided  that  good  conduct  should  have  regard  for 
neatness  in  his  surroundings  and  that  it  was  all  right  to  score  for  untidy 
floor  or  desk.  In  the  matter  of  saving  for  the  school  bank  it  was  thought 
best  to  give  opportunity  every  day  to  deposit. 

In  spelling  the  point  was  to  see  which  team  could  excell  in  daily  lessons 
or  spelling  matches.  Volunteer  work  in  arithmetic  in  "before  school" 
examples  counted  for  a  team,  while  the  securing  of  buttons  in  writing  made 
a  natural  contest  that  could  be  easily  scored  for.  Scoring  was  done  by 
means  of  the  point  system,  the  highest  team  in  any  contest  receiving  four 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


209 


points,  the  second  three,  the  third  two,  and  the  fourth  one,  the  score  being 
cumulative  for  a  week,  a  fresh  start  being  made  each  Monday  morning. 

A  league  standing  was  kept  from  week  to  week,  the  point  being  to  see 
which  team  would  win  the  greatest  number  of  "games"  during  the  year, 
but  the  supreme  test  of  the  efficiency  of  a  captain  and  his  team  would  be 
the  number  of  his  team  to  receive  diplomas.  So  evenly  matched  were  the 
teams  and  so  efficient  were  the  captains  that  when  twenty-four  games 
(weeks  of  work)  had  been  played  the  standings  of  the  team  were  the  same. 

It  had  not  been  intended  to  play  any  more  games  in  school,  for  the 
out-of-door  season  had  begun,  and  the  greatest  enthusiasm  was  manifesting 
itself  to  follow  the  coach  to  the  baseball  field  and  the  track.  The  boys, 
however,  voted  to  have  another  contest  to  break  the  tie  and  settle  the 
question  of  supremacy. 

Someone  has  said  that  work  which  a  man  enjoys  is  not  work  for  him 
but  play.  These  boys  played  all  year,  but  they  never  worked  harder  in 
their  lives,  and  without  the  fatigue  that  would  come  if  they  thought  they 
were  being  set  tasks  to  do.  Under  ordinary  conditions  the  class  would 
have  been  below  the  average,  but  instead,  when  final  examinations  came, 
the  average  per  cent  was  easily  10  per  cent  higher  than  attained  by  former 
classes  in  the  same  room.  The  attendance  during  the  year  was  more  nearly 
perfect  than  ever  before.  Cleanliness  and  a  proper  regard  for  appearance 
become  a  matter  of  course.  Instead  of  being  ashamed  to  come  to  school 
well  dressed,  boys  were  ashamed  to  come  with  torn  or  soiled  clothing  or 
untidy  appearance. 

"Discipline"  was  hardly  thought  of.  The  boys  took  care  of  themselves. 
Each  captain  took  upon  himself  the  duty  of  watching  over  his  men  to  see 
that  they  kept  themselves  busy  and  out  of  mischief.  , 

In  the  matter  of  saving  for  the  school  bank,  results  were  very  pleasing. 
During  the  year  the  room  deposited  over  $500,  nearly  half  of  which  was 
placed  on  deposit  in  the  Home  Savings  Bank.  This  sum  was  unpre- 
cedented in  the  district,  if  not  in  the  city. 

Results  in  writing  and  arithmetic  were  most  satisfactory,  but  the  work 
in  spelling  was  remarkable.  From  a  daily  average  of  about  68  per  cent 
the  class  went  up  steadily  until  they  reached  an  average  of  95  per  cent, 
never  dropping  less  than  92  per  cent  and  going  as  high  as  99  per  cent. 
There  were  only  ten  or  twelve  natural  good  spellers  in  the  class,  so  that 
the  above  represents  hard  work  on  the  part  of  the  boys. 

The  boys  took  a  great  pride  in  their  team  work,  eagerly  talked  about 
it  to  visitors,  and  developed  a  splendid  class  spirit  that  influenced  then- 
entire  work  and  conduct.  They  were  quick  to  see  that  whatever  advanced 
the  best  interests  of  the  team  reacted  upon  the  individual,  and  the  boys 
who  had  formerly  been  careless  and  indifferent  developed  a  self-reUance 
and  self-respect  that  must  largely  influence  their  future. 

BUNKER  HILL  SCHOOL. 
An  attempt  to  improve  the  oral  reading  throughout  the  district  has  been 
made.    A  series  of  lessons  dealing  with  the  speaking  voice,  articulation, 
inflection  and  expressional  reading  was  given  the  teachers  of  the  school 
by  Miss  Gertrude  McQuesten  of  the  Emerson  College  of  Oratory.  Miss 


210 


APPENDIX  B. 


McQuesten  so  aroused  the  interest  of  the  teachers  that  they  have  wrought 
a  noticeable  improvement  in  the  children  in  these  directions. 

Spoken  English  has  been  treated  this  year  in  a  manner  almost  new  in 
our  district.  The  work  has  included  oral  description,  experience,  exposi- 
tion, anecdote  and  simple  argumentation.  In  these  class  exercises  the 
oral  compositions,  delivered  by  the  individual  pupils  to  their  classmates, 
have  been  criticised  and  discussed  as  to  content;  good  points  and  also 
errors  have  been  noted  by  members  of  the  class  and  by  the  teacher.  No 
pupil  has  been  excused,  and  the  result  has  been  that  faltering  efforts  have 
developed  into  power  to  do  satisfactory  oral  work. 

In  geography  the  eighth  grade  has  obtained  much  practical  information 
by  visiting  factories,  docks,  markets  and  places  of  commercial  interest. 

DILLAWAY  SCHOOL. 

The  pre  vocational  class  was  opened  in  September,  1913,  with  thirty-two 
girls,  mainly  representing  Grade  VI.,  and  the  work  was  varied  to  suit  the 
proficiency  of  the  individual.  Several  of  the  pupils  had  been  obliged  to 
return  to  school  under  the  recent  Child  Labor  law  and  had  neither  fond- 
ness for  work  nor  aptitude  for  anything  academic.  But  an  infinite  variety 
of  hand  work,  the  fascination  of  skillfully  running  a  sewing  machine,  the 
joy  of  painting  the  woodwork  of  the  Dillaway  Annex,  and  the  intense 
pleasure  of  wielding  the  wide  putty  knife  in  taking  paper  off  the  walls 
conquered  even  the  most  hopeless.  There  is  a  fascinating  power  which 
comes  from  doing  the  rougher  tasks  which  go  to  make  an  untidy  suite 
habitable,  and  this  power,  when  acquired,  gave  these  girls  a  conscious 
strength  which  they  had  never  known. 

The  violin  class,  organized  in  1912,  composed  of  pupils  from  Grade  VI., 
has  been  continued,  and  as  a  result  seven  girls  who  entered  Grade  VIII. 
in  September  have  had  some  training  in  the  use  of  the  violin  and  we  hope 
that  they  will  be  abl©  to  add  much  to  our  music  another  year.  We  have 
organized  another  class  again,  taking  pupils  from  Grade  VI. 

The  fourth  year  of  our  organized  recess  has  again  proved  its  value. 
Many  new  games  were  added  to  the  list  and  were  enthusiastically  carried 
out. 

Our  interest  in  geography  has  been  much  stimulated  by  the  possession 
of  600  new  slides.  A  regular  program  for  their  use  in  the  different  grades 
bas  made  their  value  a  systematic  addition  to  the  course  of  study. 

DWIGHT  DISTRICT. 
There  are  six  special  classes  authorized  in  the  Frances  E.  Willard  School. 
The  separation  of  the  older  children  from  the  younger,  the  separation  of 
the  sexes  in  the  older  group,  the  teachers  working  according  to  their 
special  aptitudes,  the  grouping  of  those  of  the  lower  grade  of  development, 
begun  in  the  special  classes  already  instituted,  have  effectually  shown  the 
great  advantages  of  such  centralization. 

Flower  Garden. 
The  transformation  of  a  dumping  ground  into  a  beautiful  garden 
by  the  janitor  has  been  a  source  of  help,  joy  and  pride  to  the  whole 
neighborhood. 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


211 


Manual  Training. 
In  addition  to  the  regular  course  in  manual  training,  some  of  the  boys 
have  given  their  attention  to  the  practical  work  of  concreting  the  filing 
lines  in  the  yards. 

Placement  Bureau. 
The  school  is  very  fortunate  in  having  the  intelligent  placement  and 
wise  follow-up  work  of  the  placement  bureau. 

"Creed"  Recited  Weekly  in  the  Assembly  Hall. 
"I  ought  to: 

Reverence  God. 

Honor  father,  mother  and  the  state. 

Speak  the  truth  at  all  times. 

Deal  justly  with  both  friend  and  foe. 

Be  large-hearted  and  kind  to  inferiors. 

Be  courteous  and  obliging  to  equals. 

Help  the  needy. 

Protect  the  weak. 

Respect  and  venerate  women. 

Neither  be  a  coward,  nor  a  bully,  nor  a  shirk. 

Honor  the  brave. 

Revere  the  aged. 

Revere  that  which  is  worthy. " 

Pledge  Recited  Weekly  in  the  Assembly  Hall. 
"I  am  but  one.    I  cannot  do  everything.    I  can  do  something.  What 
I  can  do  I  will  do  for  the  honor  of  my  home,  my  school,  my  city,  my  state, 
my  nation." 

ELIHU  GREENWOOD  SCHOOL. 
Our  School  Garden. 

The  school  garden  of  the  Greenwood  School  consists  of  two  lots  of 
land  on  opposite  sides  of  Lexington  avenue,  near  Westminster  street. 
The  Grade  VIII.  garden  consists  of  about  an  acre  and  a  half;  the  Grade 
VIL  garden  of  about  three-quarters  of  an  acre. 

Each  grade  is  divided  into  four  teams.  Each  team  has  a  captain.  The 
captains  are  chosen  for  their  supposed  quaUties  of  leadership,  and  retain 
their  positions  only  so  long  as  they  are  able  to  lead  successfully  in  a  con- 
test which  requires  the  ablest  of  boys. 

The  pupils  who  work  in  the  garden  are  permitted  to  take  the  time  allowed 
for  nature  study  in  the  school  course  for  garden  work.  The  pupils  of 
Grade  VIII.  have  not  used  that  time  at  all,  but  get  time  in  another  way. 
Mr.  Starratt,  our  teacher,  has  permitted  our  class  to  begin  school  work 
at  half  past  eight  o'clock,  instead  of  at  nine,  and  those  pupils  who  are 
in  their  seats  when  he  begins  work  are  allowed  to  go  into  the  garden  at 
ten,  and  work  till  ten  minutes  of  eleven.  While  we  are  in  the  garden  we 
learn  quite  as  much  as  we  would  if  we  were  in  the  school  room,  and  we 
get  the  advantage  of  a  break  in  our  seat  work,  and  the  forenoon  seems 
shorter  though  we  really  put  in  a  haK  hour  more  work  than  the  required 
time.  I 


212 


APPENDIX  B. 


Our  garden  gives  mucli  else  than  an  opportunity  to  leam  more.  E very- 
pupil  who  goes  out  finds  that  digging  in  the  ground  brings  better  health. 
Most  of  them  declare  that  they  are  much  stronger  than  they  were  before 
they  began.  We  can  have  much  fun  trying  to  beat  the  other  crews. 
The  recreation  in  the  open  air  makes  us  feel  more  like  working  than  we 
would  if  we  spent  the  whole  time  in  the  room.  Some  of  the  pupils  work 
after  school  until  it  is  dark,  and  many  of  us  put  in  several  hours  on 
Saturday. 

We  get  some  training  in  engineering,  too.  We  dug  nearly  two  hundred 
post  holes.  The  posts  had  to  be  put  up  in  straight  lines,  not  an  easy  task. 
They  had  to  be  put  in  firm,  or  Mr.  Starratt  would  pull  them  out,  and  we 
had  to  begin  again,  and  that  put  us  behind  the  other  teams.  We  have  to 
draw  plans  of  the  garden  to  scale,  and  calculate  and  plot  off  the  parts  our 
teams  have  to  work.  This  had  to  be  done  accurately,  or  we  had  to  measure 
and  do  our  work  again.  Each  pupil  had  to  do  all  this  work.  We  measiu-ed 
so  badly  at  first  that  no  two  sets  of  measurements  were  alike.  Such  work 
leads  to  accuracy,  a  thing  our  desk  work  never  gives  us.  We  have  to  cal- 
culate the  area  of  our  beds,  and  we  learned  surface  measure  as  we  never 
understood  it  before. 

We  put  up  1,200  feet  of  woven  wire  fence,  and  we  stretched  more  than  a 
mile  of  wire  fence.  This  was  great  fun,  for  it  was  like  a  tug-of-war  con- 
test. The  girls  and  the  boys  pulled  each  wire  until  it  was  tight  enough  to 
be  fastened  up. 

We  learn  a  great  deal  about  agriculture.  We  plant  seeds,  watch  them 
grow,  and  leam  the  values  of  fertihzers.  Of  course,  after  we  raise  crops 
we  must  sell  them.  As  we  sell  on  commission  the  best  seller  makes  the 
most  money.  Those  who  do  best  at  this  now  are  probably  to  be  our  suc- 
cessful merchants  later.  Selling  so  large  a  crop  compels  us  all  to  keep 
careful  accounts.  Our  bookkeepers  leam  a  great  deal.  When  we  sold 
our  potatoes  last  fall  our  accounts  did  not  come  out  right.  It  took  us 
several  days  to  find  our  error. 

Business  and  friendly  letters  are  a  part  of  the  writing  we  had  to  do.  We 
had  to  write  to  the  owners  of  the  land  to  get  permission  to  make  the  garden. 
W^e  sent  small  bags  of  potatoes  to  the  members  of  the  school  committee 
and  others  who  had  helped  us,  and  we  sent  friendly  letters  with  them. 
Lately  we  received  letters  from  most  of  these,  expressing  their  apprecia- 
tion, and  from  the  notes  we  learned  how  older  persons  write  letters,  too. 

Not  the  least  important  of  the  many  things  we  shall  leam  from  our 
garden  is  an  appreciation  of  the  beautiful.  We  plan  to  have  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  flower  gardens  in  the  United  States  if  all  goes  well.  In  the 
Grade  VIII.  garden  we  plan  to  cover  the  whole  1,200  feet  of  fence  with 
scarlet  runner  beans.  The  rich,  dark  foliage  of  these  plants,  with  their 
bright  blossoms,  will  be  prettier  than  any  fence  could  be.  And  the  beans 
wiU  sell  well,  besides.  Inside  the  beans  we  plan  to  plant  six  rows  of  sweet 
peas,  making  more  than  a  mile  of  these  lovely  plants.  Inside  the  peas  we 
shall  have  a  bed  2  feet  wide,  containing  more  than  forty  kinds  of  flowering 
plants,  next  to  a  3-foot  walk  around  the  entire  lot.  Then  a  plot  75  feet 
wide  and  330  feet  long  will  be  planted  with  fourteen  kinds  of  marketable 
vegetables,  and  we  shall  have  more  than  half  an  acre  for  potatoes.  The 
whole  must  make  a  very  attractive  piece  of  ground. 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


213 


We  have  dug  under  and  sunk  more  than  a  dozen  large  boulders.  Large 
holes  were  dug  and  in  these  we  have  buried  below  the  reach  of  the  plow 
about  fifty  tons  of  small  stones.  We  sometimes  have  more  than  a  hundred 
children  carrying  small  rocks  to  these  holes.  In  twenty  minutes  we  can 
pick  up  more  stones  than  a  man  could  in  four  days.  Our  four  crews  alone 
can  do  nearly  as  much  work  in  an  hour  as  a  man  could  do  in  a  week.  One 
of  the  boulders  in  the  field  is  too  large  to  be  sunk.  We  are  planning  to 
build  a  house  on  this.  The  entire  class  must  draw  the  elevations  and 
plans  of  the  house  we  shall  decide  to  build.  The  boys  will  make  this 
house  and  the  girls  will  make  the  curtains  and  fancy  furnishings,  including 
the  dresses  and  hats  for  the  people  we  shall  put  into  it.  It  is  to  be  an 
up-to-date  house  with  electric  lighting  and  all  modem  improvements. 
Most  of  us  had  never  thought  of  a  house  in  this  way  before. 

We  hope  to  give  steady  employment  during  the  summer  months  to  eight 
or  ten  boys  and  girls  who  need  work  during  vacation.  We  can  pay  these 
reasonable  wages,  and  this  will  be  a  better  place  to  spend  our  summer 
than  a  store  would  be.  If  our  plan  were  applied  to  a  50-acre  farm  we  could 
give  work  to  200  boys  and  girls  at  a  very  small  cost.  Could  it  not  be 
brought  about  if  we  went  about  it? 

Our  compositions  and  our  letters  are  our  very  own.  Mr.  Starratt  gives 
us  hints  occasionally,  and  he  corrects  our  work  and  allows  us  to  re-write 
the  compositions  twice  after  he  had  marked  them.  We  are  allowed  to 
read,  and  hear  read,  as  many  other  compositions  as  we  please;  but  he 
prints  them  as  we  have  them,  and  he  corrects  them  with  the  whole  class. 
We  have  to  be  very  careful. 

{Extracts  from  composition  by  Helen  MacNaught,  Grade  VIII.,  Greenwood.) 

FRANCIS  PARKMAN  SCHOOL. 
Special  Work  for  First  Grade  Delinquents. 
In  January  this  year  we  found  some  twelve  children  in  the  two  first 
grades  who  were  far  behind  their  classes.  We  made  a  special  division 
of  them  and  gave  them  a  new  start  entirely  by  themselves.  The  division 
was  enlarged  in  the  spring  by  children  coming  into  the  district  who  were 
not  quite  up  to  grade.  These  also  were  helped  by  the  special  work.  All 
but  two  will  be  enabled  to  make  the  grade,  due  to  the  individual  attention. 

Practice  Lessons  in  Government. 

The  study  of  civil  government  has  been  pursued  this  year  by  the  organi- 
zation of  the  "Class  of  1914"  into  the  Francis  Parkman  Civic  Union  for 
the  conduct  of  the  various  school  activities  and  for  the  practice  of  par- 
liamentary procedure. 

One  period  of  forty-five  minutes  per  week  throughout  the  year  has 
been  given  to  it  with  increasing  interest.  They  have  learned  to  report 
the  meetings,  to  write  and  to  put  motions,  to  debate  upon  bills  current 
in  our  Legislature,  to  nominate  officers  and  to  conduct  elections. 

The  union  has  established  several  standing  committees.  The  "Clean 
Premises  Board"  maintained  a  corps  of  voluntary  workers;  the  "Anti- 
Cigarette  Commission"  managed  a  league  of  pledge  takers  and  the  "Band 
of  Mercy  Board"  enrolled  hundreds  of  children  interested  in  kindness  to 
animals. 


214 


APPENDIX  B. 


FRANKLIN  SCHOOL. 
1.    Home  Keeping. 

Our  general  purpose  is  to  have  the  girls  exemplify  at  home  the  training 
which  they  receive  at  school. 

In  carrying  out  this  plan  the  first  floor  at  1  Hanson  street  has  been 
added  to  our  previous  accommodations  for  cookery.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  the  furniture,  which  was  provided  by  the  schoolhouse  commission, 
these  rooms  have  been  furnished  by  the  pupils  and  their  parents. 

By  the  cooperation  of  the  South  Bay  Union  and  Lincoln  House  with 
the  teachers  the  mothers  of  eighty-five  eighth  grade  pupils  have  each 
received  a  friendly,  sympathetic  visit,  during  which  the  purpose  of  our 
schoolhouse  was  talked  over  informally  with  the  aim  of  winning  the 
interest  of  each  one  and  of  securing  the  cooperation  of  all  in  having  the 
girls  practice  at  home  what  they  have  been  taught  at  school. 

2.    Meeting  the  Needs  of  Individual  Pupils. 
To  meet  the  ever  present  problem  of  the  needs  of  individual  pupils  the 
following  plan  was  proposed  to  teachers  and  has  been  tried  during  the 
past  year: 

1.  In  making  out  the  weekly  program  for  the  year  deduct  a  few 
minutes  from  the  prescribed  time  of  each  subject, — ■  totaling  fifteen 
minutes  for  each  day  —  and  thus  shorten  the  afternoon  session  to  one 
hour  and  forty-five  minutes. 

2.  At  the  close  of  the  shortened  session  the  one-half  to  three-fourths 
of  each  class  who  have  done  the  most  satisfactory  work  will  be  dismissed. 

3.  Not  more  than  one-haK  nor  less  than  one-fourth  of  each  class  will 
remain  one-haK  hour  to  do  the  work  and  to  receive  the  individual  help 
most  needed. 

Being  relieved  of  a  large  part  of  the  class  each  teacher  can  use  this 
specified  half -hour  for  the  benefit  of: 

1.  Those  who  have  lost  work  because  of  absence  or  dismissal. 

2.  Those  who  have  individual  difficulties  or  who  are  "slow"  and  need 
extra  practice  to  do  the  work  essential  for  progress. 

I  know  of  no  plan  which  has  more  effectively  emphasized  the  need  of 
such  work  or  has  been  as  successful  in  partially  solving  the  problem. 

FROTHINGHAM  DISTRICT. 
The  regularity  of  attendance  in  this  school  is  continually  improving 
and  now  bears  the  banner  record  of  95  per  cent.  Truancy  has  been 
reduced  almost  to  a  minimum,  only  six  cases  in  the  year.  There  is  a 
reason  for  this:  The  children  are  happy  and  interested  in  their  work. 
We  have  hall  exercises  almost  every  Monday  morning.  We  fittingly 
celebrate  every  patriotic  occasion.  We  select  for  the  programs  pupils 
from  every  grade  whenever  it  is  possible.  Sometimes  the  talented  mem- 
bers of  the  teaching  corps  participate,  to  the  great  delight  of  the  children. 
A  large  phonograph  plays  in  the  corridors  during  recess  and  at  dismissals. 
A  stereopticon  lantern  with  reflectoscope  has  this  year  been  installed  in 
the  hall,  and  with  borrowed  slides  and  hundreds  of  postcards  gathered  by 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES.  215 


the  master  in  American  and  European  travels  the  pupils  are  both  instructed 

and  entertained.  The  pupils  entertain  their  parents  at  some  meetings  of 
the  home  and  school  association,  and  once  a  year  a  public  demonstration 
of  actual  class  room  work  is  given  in  the  hall  by  classes  representing 
Grades  III.  to  VIII.,  inclusive. 

We  have  worked  to  the  end  that  each  child  may  enjoy  his  inahenable 
right  to  be  happy. 

Chiefly  through  the  long  continued  efforts  of  my  sub-master  we  have 
been  sending  yearly  a  larger  percentage  of  graduates  to  the  day  high 
schools.  This  year,  as  a  result  of  repeated  interviews  with  parents,  we 
have  received  signed  intentions  of  attending  a  day  high  school  from  every 
member  of  our  graduating  class  of  94. 

GILBERT  STUART  DISTRICT. 
The  most  extended  report  upon  pupil  participation  in  school  govern- 
ment came  from  the  Gilbert  Stuart  District.  It  contains  a  description 
of  "The  Washington  Club  and  School  Council,"  with  printed  forms, 
constitution,  badges,  and  the  modifications  that  have  been  made  after 
four  years  of  use.  The  report  is  too  extended  to  be  inserted  here,  but  is 
preserved  for  any  who  desire  to  organize  a  school  upon  a  community 
basis. 

Use  of  School  Hall. 
On  alternate  Friday  mornings  from  11  to  12  o'clock  a  carefully  prepared 
program  is  rendered  in  addition  to  lectures,  stereopticon  views  and  general 
exercises.  Seven  pageants  have  been  given  by  the  different  grades: 
Nature  Day,  a  charming  nature  pageant;  Thanksgiving  and  the  Pilgrims, 
a  pageant  with  historical  costumes  and  stereopticons;  Christmas,  the 
Frost  King;  a  Spring  Flower  Pageant  with  folk  dances;  the  Pied  Piper 
of  Hamelin  with  songs  and  dances;  a  Japanese  Pageant  and  Mother 
Goose  Pageant. 

Debating  Club. 

A  social  and  debating  club  was  organized  in  March,  1914.  After  much 
interesting  and  spirited  discussion  the  members  voted  that  the  club 
motto  should  be  "Work  Together,"  and  that  each  member  wear  a  simple 
club  pin,  enameled  in  Dorchester's  colors,  red  and  black,  appropriately 
lettered. 

Then  came  the  drafting  of  the  constitution,  which  gave  much  opportu- 
nity for  debate.  In  this  discussion  children  who  ordinarily  would  have 
kept  in  the  background  found  themselves,  possfely  to  their  own  amaze- 
ment, in  possession  of  the  floor,  arguing  excitedly  for  or  against  some  bit 
of  proposed  legislation.  Thus,  much  oral  English  work  was  accompUshed. 
Afterward,  reports  of  the  debates  were  made  by  the  pupils  and  constituted 
largely  our  work  in  written  composition  for  three  or  four  weeks. 

After  the  constitution  had  been  accepted  and  the  election  of  officers  had 
taken  place  the  club  was  ready  for  its  first  regular  meeting.  These  have 
continued  once  a  week.  The  debates  have  been  on  current  topics.  At 
the  closing  meeting  of  the  j^ear  there  were  two  contests,  a  history  contest 
in  which  the  eight  leaders  in  that  subject  competed  for  honors,  and  a 
story-telling  contest  in  which  two  boys  and  two  girls  took  part. 


216 


APPENDIX  B. 


Field  Exctjrsions  for  Older  Children. 
During  the  fall,  early  spring  and  in  June  the  teachers  interested  their 
pupils  in  nature  study,  and  often  took  small  groups  out  into  the  fields, 
woods  and  parks.  Our  schoolboys,  under  the  direction  of  our  special 
drawing  teacher,  have  suppUed  four  in-town  schools  with  wild  flowers 
and  plants  for  all  purposes  of  botanical  and  drawing  work.  The  excur- 
sions have  resulted  in  better  class  room  work,  not  only  in  nature  study 
but  in  drawing,  composition  and  oral  Enghsh. 

HARVARD  SCHOOL. 

The  master's  assistant  directs  the  organized  play  of  the  girls  for  every 
class  and  usually  has  a  new  play  or  game  for  each.  Some  of  the  teachers 
have  taken  quite  an  interest  and  have  volunteered  their  assistance  by 
teaching  the  game  in  their  room  first,  then  have  gone  into  the  yard  as 
helpers.   Others  have  correlated  the  games  with  their  language  work. 

The  sub-master  has  done  no  less  remarkable  work  with  the  boys  at 
recess.  He  has  organized  the  boys  into  seven  companies  of  cadets,  who 
have  "used  the  recess  period  drilling  (in  marching  mostly)  under  their  own 
officers. 

He  has  had  two  prize  drills,  inviting  officers  in  uniform  from  the  Charles- 
town  High  School  to  act  as  judges.  The  prize  is  a  large  crimson  cloth 
banner  with  Harvard  on  it  and  you  can  imagine  how  proud  the  class  is 
that  wins  it. 

The  graduating  class  last  year  formed  a  club,  the  formation  of  which 
was  suggested  to  them  by  the  reading  of  "Little  Women."  The  meetings 
were  held  once  a  week,  the  last  hour  Friday  afternoon.  Dramatizations, 
discussions,  receptions  and  many  other  exercises  were  participated  in 
by  all. 

The  class  also  had  a  class  paper,  all  pupils  contributing  and  sharing  in 
the  work.  The  paper  was  issued  monthly,  the  various  contributions  being 
collected  and  arranged  by  the  pupils  having  charge  for  the  month. 

The  work  in  history  and  geography  this  year  has  been  enlivened  by  the 
talks  of  the  children  with  the  stereopticon,  especially  in  the  sixth  and 
seventh  grades. 

Under  the  direction  of  the  teachers  the  children  with  slide  in  hand 
march  up  to  the  pubHc  library  for  the  material  for  their  lecture. 

HE^fRY  L.  PIERCE  SCHOOL. 

As  much  responsibility  is  placed  upon  the  child  as  he  can  reasonably 
bear.  In  accordance  with  that  plan  we  have  continued  the  informal  assem- 
bly of  pupils  at  the  opening  of  sessions  and  at  the  close  of  recesses,  and 
have  also  kept  to  our  free  dismissals  at  close  of  sessions. 

Departmental  work,  which  for  several  years  we  have  maintained  in  Grade 
VIII.,  was  extended  into  the  seventh  grade  and  three  classes  of  Grade 
VIII.  and  the  same  number  of  Grade  VII.  were  included  in  this  plan. 
French  was  introduced  as  a  foreign  language,  and  the  conversational 
method  was  largely  used.  This  same  class  has  done  advanced  English 
and  has  had  a  slight  insight  into  algebraic  principles. 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


2i7 


Our  teachers  of  manual  and  household  arts  are  marking  the  children  on 
work  done  out  of  school  in  their  special  lines.  The  sub-master  who  has 
had  a  "home"  class  in  agriculture  this  year  has  visited  and  marked  upwards 
of  30  home  gardens. 

HYDE  SCHOOL. 
The  Problem. 

Last  year  we  found  scattered  throughout  school  about  forty  girls,  none 
younger  than  thirteen  and  most  of  them  over  fourteen  years  old  who  were 
emphatically  misfits.  Not  one  of  them  was  suitable  for  advancement  to 
the  seventh  grade  and  some  of  them  from  the  fourth  and  ungraded  classes. 
Several  had  been  in  a  special  class. 

What  We  Did  About  It. 

We  gathered  these  girls  into  one  class  in  charge  of  the  best  grade  teacher 
to  be  found.  Side  by  side  with  her  for  twelve  hours  a  week  was  the  teacher 
of  drawing  who  took  charge  of  the  manual  work.  The  girls  also  had  their 
regular  allotment  of  cooking  and  sewing  with  the  teachers  of  those  subjects. 

The  room  teacher's  program  was  briefly  this:  For  one  hour  in  the  morn- 
ing she  had  the  class  together  for  music,  penmanship,  spelling,  or  any 
subject  on  class  work  which  could  be  effectively  done.  From  ten  to  twelve 
o'clock  one  division  went  to  another  teacher,  either  cooking,  sewing  or 
manual  work,  leaving  a  division  of  twenty  girls  to  attack  the  academic 
subjects.  In  the  afternoon  the  divisions  changed  so  that  each  had  ten 
hours  of  manual  work  of  some  kind  each  week. 

In  order  to  make  the  work  real,  and  have  it  mean  something  to  the  girls, 
the  room  teacher  based  her  work  as  far  as  possible  on  the  manual  work. 
For  instance,  when  the  girls  were  making  dish-towels  in  the  "factory,"  as 
they  liked  to  call  it,  the  room  teacher  was  working  on  measurements, 
yards,  feet  and  inches,  cost  of  materials,  and  so  on  in  arithmetic.  In 
geography,  the  flax  industry  was  studied,  including  its  growth  and  manu- 
facture into  linen.  The  reading  and  spelling  were  also  closely  related.  I 
think  the  room  teacher  was  highly  successful  in  carrying  on  this  plan 
throughout  the  year. 

A  sale  of  manufactured  articles  just  before  Christmas  gave  the  girls  an 
excellent  bit  of  practice  in  storekeeping  and  also  furnished  us  a  little  neces- 
sary cash  to  carry  on  the  work  the  remainder  of  the  year. 

Excursions  to  points  of  interest  were  made  whenever  it  was  considered 
profitable.  The  flower  show,  the  textile  show,  the  Trade  School, 
Children's  Museum,  Aquarium  and  Franklin  Park  have  all  been  used 
to  good  advantage. 

Results. 

First  and  best  of  all  the  girls  changed  from  being  slow,  dejected  and  dis- 
heartened to  alert,  animated,  smiling,  well-behaved  girls  such  as  we  like 
to  meet.  They  are  proud  of  their  ability  to  do  things,  and  they  know  that 
they  are  able  to  do  things. 

Early  in  the  j^ear  several  of  the  girls  gave  us  a  deal  of  trouble  in  a  dis- 
ciplinary way,  but  there  has  been  scarcely  a  case  for  discipline  in  the  last 
half  year.  They  have  developed  a  sense  of  self-government  which  is 
noticeable.  They  are  able  to  keep  themselves  at  work  without  being  told 
at  each  step  what  to  do  next. 


218 


APPENDIX  B. 


JOHN  CHEVERUS  DISTRICT. 

The  close  of  the  current  year  marks  the  termination  of  the  fourth  year 
of  out-of-door  organized  play  in  the  John  Cheverus  School.  The  results 
have  been  so  satisfactory  that  a  return  to  the  old  plan  of  "free  play" 
would  not  be  considered  for  a  moment. 

The  most  important  results  are  here  enumerated: 

1.  All  the  pupils  play.    The  games  selected  are  suitable  for  all. 

2.  It  keeps  them  occupied  in  an  interested  way.  It  eliminates  the 
"wall  flowers,"  and  prevents  the  grouping  of  kindred  spirits  in  mischief. 

3.  It  changes  the  "bully"  into  an  accredited  leader.  Advantage  is 
taken  of  his  instincts  for  leadership  by  making  him  monitor  of  a  group. 

4.  It  reduces  the  tendency  to  excessive  roughness  in  play.  "\Miile  the 
games  played  under  direction  are  full  of  strenuous  action,  the  systematic 
play  reduces  danger  to  the  lowest  terms. 

5.  It  teaches  good  sportsmanship,  fair  play  and  self  control.  The 
pupil  learns  to  play  the  game  "on  the  square,"  to  recognize  the  necessity 
for  rules,  and  to  appreciate  the  fact  that  the  "other  fellow"  has  rights 
which  he  is  bound  to  respect. 

6.  It  secures  interested  cooperation  and  makes  j'ard  discipline  easier 
and  more  effectual. 

Organized  play  is  no  longer  an  experiment  in  the  John  Cheverus  School 
but  an  institution. 

LOWELL  SCHOOL. 
Vocal  Music. 

In  the  lower  grades  we  let  the  children  sing  a  good  deal  —  much  rote 
work  with  "theory"  reduced  to  the  least  possible  amount,  beUeving  that 
the  children  of  this  particularly  receptive  age  learn  more  about  the  art  of 
music  by  imitation  and  absorption  than  by  any  other  means. 

We  beUeve  in  individual  work  in  music  to  a  large  extent.  As  the  only 
way  to  learn  to  read  English  is  by  the  indi\^dual  method,  so  in  music,  if 
we  are  to  learn  to  read  it  we  must  work  with  the  indi^adual  pupil.  We 
try  to  keep  alive  the  knowledge  and  interest  in  the  folk  songs  of  many 
nations  which  are  represented  in  our  school  and  in  all  the  lower  grades 
the  children  are  called  on  to  sing  the  beautiful  songs  of  the  lands  of  their 
fathers  in  the  original  language. 

IXSTRUMENTAL  MuSIC. 

We  have  four  classes  in  violin  instruction  this  year  averaging  fourteen 
to  a  class.  These  are  of  three  grades,  classified  according  to  the  profi- 
ciency attained  in  pla^-ing.  These  children  have  received  all  their  instruc- 
tion in  violin  from  the  school.  Beside  these,  there  was  formed  in 
Februarv'  a  class  in  comet  plaj-ing  taught  by  a  graduate  of  1911,  and  good 
work  has  already  been  done  in  this  department. 

As  usual,  we  have  our  school  orchestra  to  which  our  yoimg  students  are 
admitted  as  soon  as  they  have  become  fairly  proficient  on  their  instru- 
ments studied,  for  elementary'  instruction  in  ensemble  work  with  a  director. 
As  an  outgrowth  of  this  work  in  the  district  we  organized  two  years  ago 
the  Lowell  Orchestral  Club,  composed  of  graduates  of  the  school  who  have 
been  members  of  the  Lowell  School  Orchestra  in  the  past  year,  and  other 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


219 


young  people  of  the  district,  who  meet  at  the  school  once  a  week  for 
rehearsal  and  instruction  in  ensemble  playing. 

This  club  pays  all  its  expenses  and  also  has  spent  nearly  $200  a  year  for 
instruments  which  are  loaned  to  children  of  musical  ability,  who  are  unable 
to  buy  them,  and  who  are  thus  enabled  to  get  at  least  a  start  in  their 
musical  education  which  they  would  have  been  unable  to  get  without  this 
help. 

We  have  120  young  people  receiving  instruction  in  instrumental  play- 
ing of  some  sort  in  the  Lowell  School  and  at  no  expense  to  the  city.  The 
result  of  this  work  is  shown  not  only  in  the  musical  education  of  the  com- 
munity but  in  the  development  of  good  will  and  hearty  cooperation 
throughout  the  district.    Its  ethical  value  is  also  considerable. 

Combination  op  Vocal  and  Instrumental  Music. 

Finally  in  the  upper  grades  we  use  orchestra  and  voices  together  as  the 
most  complete  type  of  musical  expression. 

I  wish  to  emphasize  one  point,  namely,  that  most  of  the  work  done  with 
orchestra  and  all  the  work  in  instrumental  instruction  is  done  after  school 
and  one  phase  of  the  work  has  been  watched  most  carefully;  namely,  the 
effect  on  the  regular  work  of  the  school. 

The  natural  effect  of  the  emulation  stirred  up  by  these  classes  and  the 
fine  discipline  of  the  ensemble  classes  tends  to  help  rather  than  to  hinder 
the  children  in  their  regular  class  room  work. 

MARTIN  SCHOOL. 

An  extended  report  is  submitted  on  the  Courtis  Enghsh  Tests  which 
were  given  at  the  Martin  School.  This  work  has  been  most  useful  in 
enabling  us  to  form  opinions  as  to  what  not  to  do  as  well  as  in  estabhshing 
certain  facts  that  are  of  positive  value. 

It  was  expected  first,  that  the  tests  would  furnish  in  some  degree  a 
standard  to  measure  the  later  progress  of  the  pupils;  second,  that  they 
might  measure  the  efficiency  of  instruction;  and  third,  that  teachers 
would  gain  famiUarity  with  the  derivation  and  appHcation  of  objective 
standards.  It  was  believed,  too,  that  the  Model  School  might  properly 
contribute  something  to  the  experimental  efforts  that  are  necessary  for 
the  successful  determination  of  the  value  of  standard  scales. 

The  English  tests  are  designed  to  aid  in  the  determination  of 
standards  in 

1.  Handwriting. 

2.  English  Composition. 

3.  Spelling,  Punctuation  and  Grammar. 

4.  Rates  of  Reading  and  of  Reproduction. 

The  report  takes  up  the  consideration  of  the  tests  in  detail  with  comments 
as  to  their  relative  value  and  discusses  the  scheme  as  a  whole.  It  is  too 
extensive  to  be  included  here. 

MARY  HEMENWAY  DISTRICT. 
Arithmetic. 

In  conformity  with  business  practice  this  school  teaches  "Additive 
Subtraction"  instead  of  the  old  method  in  vogue  in  rnost  schools.  This 


220 


APPENDIX  B. 


has  resulted  in  a  great  saving  of  time  as  well  as  in  giving  a  practical  turn 
to  arithmetic  problems.  Pupils  are  required  to  estimate  results  in  prob- 
lems before  attempting  a  written  solution  and  to  check  or  prove  all  results 
found.    A  very  high  percentage  of  accuracy  has  resulted  from  this  practice. 

Language. 

The  study  of  French  was  begun  last  year  in  the  seventh  and  eighth 
grades  with  the  understanding  that  pupils  will  be  given  credit  in  the  high 
school  for  the  amount  of  work  done.  The  course  in  English  of  the  first 
year  in  high  school  has  been  taken  up  by  these  classes  with  a  similar  plan 
in  view.  The  rapidity  with  which  these  pupils  have  acquired  the  ability 
to  converse  in  French  as  well  as  to  read  simple  French  texts  is  conclusive 
evidence  of  the  advantage  of  beginning  this  study  at  an  early  school  age. 

Penmanship. 

A  large  percentage  of  graduates  hold  Palmer  diplomas  and  all  are 
expected  to  finish  all  the  drills  in  the  penmanship  book.  This  subject  has 
been  put  on  a  very  high  plane  of  efficiency. 

Spelling. 

Besides  making  constant  use  of  spelling  books,  teachers  have  assisted 
in  collecting  a  list  of  1,300  common  troublesome  words,  about  200  to  a 
grade.  By  mastering  those  words  from  grade  to  grade  and  giving  close 
attention  to  phonetics  in  reading,  a  wonderful  improvement  has  been 
shown  in  the  general  spelling  of  the  pupils. 

Music. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  instrumental  music,  especially  the 
violin  and  comet.  Over  fifty  children  have  had  school  instruction  on  the 
violin  and  over  twenty  on  the  cornet.  We  have  organized  a  school  orches- 
tra of  about  fifty  pieces  which  has  added  greatly  to  the  interest  in  music, 
and  furnished  much  pleasure  to  the  school. 

Home  Work. 

A  regular  system  of  "Credit  for  Home  Work  and  Study"  has  been 
organized  by  the  school.  Each  pupil  is  supplied  with  a  bi-monthly  blank 
form  for  reporting  the  kind  and  amount  of  home  work  or  study  performed 
out  of  school  and  those  reports  form  a  basis  for  credits  allowed  to  pupils 
on  their  bi-monthly  report  cards.    A  summary  of  those  reports  for  two 


months  shows  the  following  interesting  results: 

Pupils  receiving  credit  for  piano  study   190 

Pupils  receiving  credit  for  violin  study   54 

Pupils  receiving  credit  for  cornet  study   19 

Pupils  receiving  credit  for  other  kinds  of  music   5 

Pupils  receiving  credit  for  housework   88 

Pupils  receiving  credit  for  poultry  and  gardening      ....  1^5 

Pupils  receiving  credit  for  art,  elocution  and  language      ...  19 

Boys  receiving  credit  for  general  outside  work   19 

Total  number  of  pupils  given  credits   549 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


221 


Gardening. 

About  4,000  packages  of  vegetable  and  flower  seeds  were  purchased  this 
spring  through  the  School  Garden  Association  and  over  500  boys  and  girls 
held  an  exhibition  in  the  school  hall  after  the  opening  of  the  fall  term  to 
show  the  results  of  the  efforts  in  both  flower  and  vegetable  culture. 

Special  Class  in  Potato  Raising. 
By  making  appUcation  to  the  Amherst  Agricultural  College  we  were 
furnished  free  about  two  bushels  of  fine  "Green  Mountain"  seed  potatoes, 
with  the  stipulation  that  we  make  a  report  to  the  college  of  the  results 
obtained.  These  potatoes  were  planted  by  forty  different  boys  from  the 
fifth  to  the  eighth  grade  and  a  personal  visit  by  the  principal  was  made  to 
all  the  potato  farms  last  summer. 

NORCROSS  DISTRICT. 
Special  Cooking. 
In  the  Norcross  District  this  year  we  have  specially  emphasized  luncheon 
work  in  the  eighth  grade.  Each  week  one  eighth  grade  comes  for  four 
consecutive  hours  and  prepares,  serves  and  clears  a  meal.  We  arrange 
to  divide  the  classes  into  sections  of  ten  so  that  the  girls  may  have  an 
opportunity  to  work  with  larger  quantities  and  receive  more  attention 
during  work. 

We  have  studied  menus  with  reference  to  cost  and  food  value  during 
the  year  so  that  the  girls  are  given  a  chance  to  carry  this  knowledge  into 
practical  use.  A  few  days  before  the  luncheon  they  hold  a  meeting  at 
noon  period  and  freely  discuss  their  choice  of  menu,  keeping  within  the 
limit  of  a  dollar  and  a  half  for  eight  people.  Two  girls  are  appointed  to 
do  the  marketing  and  are  held  responsible  for  suppUes.  Six  girls  sit  at 
the  table  for  luncheon,  one  acts  as  waitress  and  one  as  assistant  waitress. 
We  aim  to  serve  as  daintily  and  attractively  as  we  can  and  emphasize 
good  form  in  table  manners.  Our  principal  usually  comes  as  a  guest  and 
the  necessary  courtesies  to  be  shown  her  devolve  upon  the  girls.  We 
try  also  to  have  a  little  of  the  artistic  correlate  with  the  work  and  some 
of  the  girls  have  succeeded  in  drawing  and  coloring  attractive  menu  and 
place  cards. 

We  hope  by  constantly  placing  before  the  girls  the  higher  standards 
of  hving  that  we  may  cultivate  in  them  the  want  of  those  things  which 
contribute  to  real  home  comfort,  and  imbue  them  with  a  wilUngness  to 
expend  a  generous  share  of  the  family  income  along  these  lines,  rather 
than  wasting  hard-earned  money  on  tawdry  clothes  and  in  those  forms 
of  amusement  which  are  so  frequently  neither  recreative  nor  uplifting. 

Special  Sewing  Along  Trade  Lines. 
The  class  was  composed  of  twenty-four  girls  —  twelve  in  a  section  from 
the  two  eighth  grades.  Two  hours  each  week  were  allowed  for  this  work. 
Those  girls  were  chosen  who  had  shown  particular  ability  along  this  Une. 
After  much  plain  sewing  and  machine  practice  the  girls  selected  and 
bought  materials  for  dresses  for  themselves.  Each  girl  made  at  least  one 
dress;  some  made  two,  others  three  and  one  girl  made  seven.    The  cost 


222 


APPENDIX  B. 


of  the  dresses  when  finally  completed  varied  in  price  from  forty-five  cents 
to  one  dollar  and  thirty-five  cents.  The  time  taken  was  from  six  to 
sixteen  hours.  Throughout  the  work  in  dressmaking  the  ideas  of 
economy  in  buying  and  cutting  were  held  constantly  before  their  minds. 
Two  sales  were  held,  the  girls  taking  full  charge.  Two  were  chosen  from 
their  number  for  salesgirls,  two  for  cash  girls,  two  for  bundle  girls  and 
one  girl  acted  as  cashier.  These  sales  proved  very  successful  and  the 
girls  were  enthusiastic  over  the  result. 

During  the  course  we  have  emphasized  the  ideas  of  speed  and  quaUty 
together  with  the  idea  of  applying  shop  methods  to  school  work.  The  girls 
have  taken  keen  pleasure  in  their  work  and  several  have  signed  to  attend 
the  Trade  School  and  the  High  School  of  Practical  Arts  at  the  opening  in 
September. 

Buttons  Off  and  On. 

On  each  Monday  morning  a  "mending  squad,"  three  girls  to  each  floor, 
calls  out  any  girls  who  have  buttons  missing.  If  a  girl  appears  too  often, 
she  attends  to  her  missing  buttons  after  school. 

By  comparison,  the  deficiencies  reported  were: 

On  October  10,  1913:  On  June  8,  1914: 

100  girls.  10  girls. 

282  buttons.  8  buttons. 

7  buttonholes.  5  hooks. 

23  hooks.  3  eyes. 

9  eyes. 

PHILLIPS  BROOKS  DISTRICT. 
During  recent  years  we  have  gradually  extended  the  departmental 
plan  until  it  included  the  fourth  grade.  We  experimented  for  about 
two  years  to  see  the  effect  of  such  work  upon  all  concerned  and  became 
convinced  that  we  should  change  the  class  room  plan.  Before  the  change 
each  teacher  was  instructing  three  classes,  about  140  pupils,  every  day, 
and  the  periods  were  so  arranged  that  it  became  necessary  for  each  teacher 
to  meet  these  pupils  more  than  once  each  day.  It  is  my  conviction  that 
the  teachers  are  now  getting  a  better  hold  upon  the  capabilities  of  the 
individual  child,  that  the  personal  influence  of  the  teachers  is  counting 
for  much  more  than  ever  before,  and  that  I  am  able  to  secure  a  better 
intimate  knowledge  of  the  workings  of  my  school. 


PRINCE  SCHOOL. 

The  eighth  grade  pupils  have  purchased  a  reflectoscope  and  stereop- 
ticon,  and  a  part  of  the  English  work  consists  of  daily  lectures  by  the 
pupils,  illustrated  by  pictures  which  they  cut  from  magazines.  The 
lectiu"es  are  delivered  without  notes  and  develop  considerable  power  in 
oral  English.  One  or  two  lectures  occur  daily  except  Fridays.  At  the 
close  of  the  lecture  the  pupils  read  the  notes  which  they  have  taken  on  the 
dehvery  with  special  reference  to  the  correction  of  the  errors  in  EngHsh 
which  have  occurred. 

Classes  are  organized  for  the  purpose  of  debating.  The  debates  have 
stimulated  oral  Enghsh.    For  written  EngHsh,  in  addition  to  the  regular 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


223 


composition  work,  the  eighth  grade  has  printed  a  paper  called  the  "Prince 
Prints."  An  editorial  staff  of  six  pupils  presides  over  this  enterprise. 
The  teachers  refrain  from  all  corrections  and  criticisms,  so  the  paper,  as  it 
stands,  represents  the  pupils'  work.  Several  editions  have  appeared 
without  error. 

We  have  engaged  in  two  outside  activities  open  to  the  whole  school; 
one  consists  of  the  teaching  of  the  violin,  and  the  other  of  field  work  in 
drawing.  Both  of  these  enterprises  have  prospered  beyond  our  most 
sanguine  expectation.  There  is  now  in  our  hall  an  exhibition  of  drawings 
and  paintings  done  entirely  out  of  school  on  Saturdays  by  pupils  who  give 
not  only  their  time  but  pay  tuition  for  instruction  they  receive  at  the 
Children's  Museum  in  Jamaica  Plain.  The  violin  lessons  have  been 
conducted  on  a  highly  scientific  basis  as  the  teacher  is  a  graduate  of 
the  Berlin  Violin  School.  The  expenses  of  this  instruction  are  provided 
by  a  lady  in  the  district,  and  have  proved  ample  for  our  purpose  this  year. 

QUINCY  SCHOOL. 
The  rapid  advancement  class,  which  consisted  almost  wholly  of  doubly 
promoted  boys,  did  the  two  years'  work  satisfactorily.  No  child  seemed 
overtaxed.  The  class  attendance  record  shows  twenty-two  weeks  of  per- 
fect attendance.  This  class  stood  the  highest  in  the  city  in  the  Courtis 
tests. 

Developing  Initiative. 
One  feature  of  the  work  in  the  graduating  class  was  that  each  boy  was 
given  an  opportunity  to  select  some  form  of  extra  work  which  would 
provide  a  chance  for  applying  knowledge  already  gained  in  a  practical 
way.  A  few  boys  edited  a  school  paper,  the  first  editions  of  which  were 
laboriously  published  in  blueprint  form.  A  dozen  others  formed  an 
electricity  club,  incited  by  the  work  in  physics.  A  debating  club  furnished 
a  half-dozen  debates  which  were  well  prepared  by  the  pupils  themselves. 
This  and  the  "Mayor's  Court,"  which  decided  petty  disputes  among  the 
boys,  were  developments  of  the  civil  government  course.  The  Foreman's 
Club  was  spurred  on  to  draw  up  a  constitution  and  set  of  by-laws.  The 
interests  of  dumb  animals  attracted  a  boy  who  became  the  representative 
of  the  "society  of  the  long  name."  Another  boy  asked  permission  to  speak 
to  the  school  about  the  dangers  of  cigarette  smoking,  and  to  be  permitted 
to  organize  an  anti-cigarette  league.  One  boy  who  had  previously  shown 
a  special  dramatic  ability  was  given  freedom  to  organize  the  dramatization 
work  in  grades  four  to  eight,  furnishing  the  teachers  with  recent  books? 
providing  for  school  assembly  programs  and  preparing  selections  for  school 
entertainments.  Special  duties  that  would  develop  initiative  and  common 
sense  were  distributed  among  the  boys.  Some  served  as  my  office  boj^s, 
others  learned  to  run  the  rotary  neostyle  and  the  oflSce  printing  press.  Two 
boys  took  full  charge  of  collecting  the  drills  in  Palmer  method  written  by 
pupils,  took  the  papers  to  the  Palmer  office,  and  delivered  the  buttons  and 
certificates.  Telephone  boys,  supply  room  clerks,  janitor's  assistants  in 
the  assembly  hall,  and  patrols  for  guarding  the  smaller  children  developed 
responsibility  and  executive  ability,  often  imder  trying  circumstances. 
Eight  boys,  with  the  woman  cook,  served  the  recess  lunches  regularly. 


224 


APPENDIX  B. 


No  teachers  were  present  and  but  one  case  of  complaint  came  to  my  atten- 
tion. The  newsboy  captain  followed  up  all  cases  of  delinquency  so 
closely  that  we  had  a  minimum  amount  of  trouble.  The  class  captain 
took  charge  of  the  school  flag,  which  served  as  a  reward  for  perfect  or 
excellent  attendance,  and  he  had  no  small  job.  These  will  serve  to  indicate 
the  means  used  to  develop  "practical"  boys.  Incidentally  the  teachers 
had  their  eyes  opened  to  the  real  boys  who,  in  many  cases,  had  existed  only 
as  smart  pupils  to  them. 

A  MoNTEssoRi  Experiment. 

In  November,  1913,  a  class  of  twenty-three  pupils,  four  years  of  age, 
was  formed  in  the  Andrews  School  with  Miss  Edith  C.  Johnson  as  teacher, 
who  studied  a  year  in  Rome  with  Madame  Montessori.  She  was  given 
an  assistant  and  three  sets  of  material,  together  with  suitable  furniture. 
Her  report  at  the  end  of  the  year  sets  forth  the  principles  of  the  method 
and  her  estimate  of  it  after  seven  months  of  experience.  The  experiment 
is  continuing.  A  considerable  part  of  her  report  is  included,  as  it  will  be 
of  interest  to  kindergartners,  primary  teachers  and  especially  teachers  of 
defective  children  for  whom  it  was  originally  designed. 

"I  find  no  reason  why  the  Montessori  method  should  not  be  used  with 
the  normal  American  child,  with  some  slight  changes,  with  perfect  success. 
I  think  that  the  absolute  freedom  with  the  American  child,  who,  unlike 
the  European  child,  is  not  trained  in  the  home  to  habits  of  obedience,  is 
perhaps  undesirable.  Of  course,  Montessori  freedom  means  freedom  to 
the  extent  of  community  welfare,  that  is,  no  child  is  free  to  do  what  is 
disturbing  or  annoying  to  the  comfort  or  weKare  of  others  or  of  himself. 

"The  basic  principles  of  Montessori  teaching  are  founded  on  the  ideas: 

"  I.  That  each  child  is  different  from  every  other  child,  and  also  changes 
himself  from  day  to  day  —  therefore  class  lessons  can  fit  only  one  or  two 
children  in  the  class.  As  it  is  not  at  all  practical  to  have  a  teacher  for 
every  one  or  two  children,  the  child  must  be  his  own  teacher  and  in  order 
to  be  successful  he  must  wish  to  be  his  own  teacher  and  enjoy  being  so. 

"II.  Since  children  are  separate  and  different  individuals  they  need 
liberty  for  this  individuaUty  to  grow  and  change  according  to  its  inclina- 
tion. Since  all  true  educatipn  must  be  auto-education,  not  automatic, 
the  impulse  to  learn  must  come  from  within  and  have  scope  for  its  mani- 
festation. 

"III.  Under  proper  conditions  children  naturally  do  prefer  educating 
themselves  to  anytliing  else  —  witness  the  baby  who  grasps  at  whatever 
stimulates  his  sense  of  smell  or  taste,  his  sight  or  hearing. 

"Since  then  the  only  avenues  to  the  child's  mind  are  through  his  senses, 
Montessori  has  devised  a  formal  training  of  the  sensory  as  well  as  the 
motor  and  mental  capacities.  This  training  of  the  senses  leads  to  rapid, 
easy  mastery  of  the  elements  of  reading,  writing  and  arithmetic  in  very- 
young  children. 

"The  Montessori  materials,  which  the  children  find  most  fascinating, 
are  designed,  first,  to  stimulate  the  child's  natural  desire  to  act  and  learn 
through  that  action;  second,  to  give  him  actions  which  shall  give  him 
better  control  of  his  own  body  and  will  power;  third,  to  lead  him  volun- 
tarily from  a  simple  action  to  one  more  complex  and  diflScult. 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES.  225 


"  Montessori  believes  that  one  moment  of  real  voluntary  attention 
prompted  by  interest  is  worth  more  educationally  than  hours  of  enforced 
attention,  that  one  bit  of  knowledge  gained  by  the  child  through  his  own 
activity  is  worth  more  to  him  than  dozens  of  facts  poured  forth  by  his 
teacher. 

"With  these  wonderful  sense  training  materials  which  make  their  sense 
perceptions  extraordinarily  keen  children  learn  to  read  and  write  with 
rapidity  and  ease.  For  example,  to  a  child  who  has  learned  to  discriminate 
at  a  glance  between  64  tints  and  shades  of  color,  or  to  distinguish  immedi- 
ately between  a  nonagon  and  a  decagon,  it  is  a  matter  of  ease  to  teach  him 
the  difference  in  appearance  between  A  and  B,  1  and  2,  or  between  words  or 
sentences.  As  a  result  of  this  fact,  in  the  class,  20  out  of  23  read  their  own 
names,  6  children  read  all  of  35  words,  the  rest  read  many  of  them,  also  the 
two  first  rhymes  of  the  Aldine  primer  in  script  or  print  and  about  15 
other  sentences. 

"Three  children  know  all  the  numbers  up  to  21,  the  rest  nearlj^  all  up 
to  10,  several  of  the  children  know  the  whole  alphabet,  the  others  many 
of  the  letters. 

"By  training  the  sense  of  touch  with  the  textile  materials  and  wooden 
insets  and  the  tracing  of  the  sandpaper  letters  the  fingers  become  familiar 
with  the  writing  motion,  also  the  different  forms  of  the  letters,  so  now 
several  children  write  their  own  names  and  all  the  alphabet  in  print,  and 
all  write  some  letters. 

"The  children  show  good  judgment  in  the  choice  of  materials  and 
voluntarily  progress  from  the  simplex  to  the  more  complex  without  being 
urged  from  one  step  to  the  next,  thus  showing  gradual  mental  development 
and  their  own  instinctive  recognition  of  it. 

"Partly  through  the  silence  lesson,  partly  through  the  Kberty  which 
gives  them  personal  responsibility,  the  children  have  developed  self-control 
and  concentration.  Their  will  power  is  strengthened  by  the  opportunity 
to  choose  a  piece  of  material  and  persist  in  the  use  of  it  as  long  as  they  wish, 
sometimes  for  a  very  long  period. 

"Through  the  practical  duties,  the  care  of  the  room,  the  materials  and 
their  own  persons,  the  table  setting  and  the  dish  T^^^ashing  they  have 
developed  neatness  and  a  sense  of  responsibility  besides  the  actual  practical 
knowledge  of  such  duties  as  sweeping,  dusting,  scrubbing  tables  and  wash- 
ing dishes. 

"The  freedom  to  move  about,  to  sit  on  the  floor  or  in  chairs,  as  well  as 
the  use  of  the  gymnastic  apparatus,  has  helped  them  to  gain  greatly  in 
muscular  coordination,  grace  and  bodily  ease." 

RICE  SCHOOL. 

In  response  to  your  request  for  suggestions  upon  the  proper  organization 
of  a  cosmopolitan  school  so  as  to  meet  the  needs  of  over-age  pupils,  I  would 
say  that  about  three-fourths  of  the  pupils  now  in  school  can  be  efficiently 
taught  in  regular  classes. 

This  school  is  allowed  two  ungraded  classes.  It  needs  four  such  classes, 
or  rather  four  classes  of  thu'ty  pupils  each.  I  would  change  the  name 
"ungraded  class"  to  "over-age  class."  In  the  over-age  classes  I  would, 
in  this  school,  separate  boys  and  girls,  but  in  the  regular  gi-ades  I  much 


226 


APPENDIX  B. 


prefer  to  have  boys  and  girls  together.  These  four  over-age  classes  should 
form  a  sequence  of  work  in  the  school  and  would  ■  correspond  to  grades 
four,  five,  six  and  seven.  Each  boy  in  these  classes  should  be  given  two 
one  and  one-half  hour  lessons  per  week  in  manual  work.  This  manual 
work  should  be  taught  by  a  thoroughly  competent  teacher  in  a  special 
manual  training  room.  The  room  teacher  should  work  with  the  rest  of 
the  class  upon  subjects  that  call  for  individual  supervision,  while  a  section 
is  out  of  the  room  for  manual  training. 

It  should  be  possible  for  pupils  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  or  fifth  yeat  of 
work  in  an  over-age  class  to  transfer  to  a  prevocational  class,  or  to  a  regular 
graduating  class,  or  even  to  take  a  diploma  without  a  change  of  class. 

ROBERT  G.  SHAW  SCHOOL. 

We  have  endeavored  this  year  to  select  the  words  children  misspell,  and 
teach  them  in  such  a  thorough  manner  that  children  when  graduated  could 
spell  the  words  they  actually  used.  We  held  grade  meetings  to  make  our 
selection.  We  found  about  2,500  words  which  the  children  use  in  con- 
versation at  home  and  at  school  or  which  occur  in  the  subjects  they  study. 
No  teacher  was  to  give  over  twenty  words  a  week  for  a  lesson.  They  were 
to  be  studied,  in  the  upper  grades  with  the  help  of  the  dictionary,  and  were 
to  be  used  in  both  oral  and  written  sentences. 

We  feel  we  have  cut  out  many  unimportant  words  found  in  our  spelling 
books.  We  have  a  graded  list  suited  to  the  age  of  the  child  and  we  have 
more  time  for  learning  the  diflSculties  of  the  essential  words. 

In  carrying  out  this  plan  we  have  found  a  decided  improvement  in  our 
written  work  and  fewer  misspelled  words. 

SHERWIN  SCHOOL. 
On  our  public  day  the  papers  displayed  in  the  rooms  showed  side  by  side 
the  penmanship  in  June  with  that  of  October.    The  contrast  was  remark- 
able. 

The  sheet  metal  work  in  the  prevocational  class  has  been  a  source  of 
V  satisfaction  to  teachers  and  pupils  and  a  means  of  growth  to  a  great  number 
of  boys.  Opportunities  like  those  of  our  prevocational  class  are  particu- 
larly salutary  to  boys  in  this  section  of  the  city. 

You  are  well  informed  of  our  bank  work,  window-box  gardens  and  other 
lines  of  social  work  during  the  past  year  and  also  of  the  labors  of  our  home 
and  school  visitor  who  has  been  so  successful  in  this  needy  field. 

At  the  Ira  Allen  School  the  participation  of  the  kindergarten  in  first 
grade  work  has  been  a  pleasant  instance  of  cooperation  and  progress.  A 
distinct  service  has  been  done.  A  portion  of  the  yard  of  this  school  100 
by  30  feet  has,  during  the  past  season,  been  securely  fenced  and  put  out 
with  hardy  plants  blooming  during  the  school  months  of  spring  and  fall, 
well  calculated  directly  and  indirectly  to  interest  and  instruct  our  children. 

SHURTLEFF  SCHOOL. 
Much  time  and  attention  have  recently  been  given  to  the  arrangement 
of  the  pictures  in  the  class  rooms.    The  purpose  has  been  to  give  the  pupils 
a  knowledge  of  a  few  great  works  of  art,  so  thorough  that  it  will  afford  an 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES.  227 


enduring  standard  of  the  best,  and  unconsciously  create,  in  the  impres- 
sionable minds  of  the  girls,  ideals  of  simphcity,  purity  and  beauty. 

The  pictures  used  are  photographs  in  sepia  tints,  and  hand-colored 
photographs  36  inches  by  26  inches  in  size.  These,  more  than  fifty  in 
number,  are  arranged  by  subjects,  and  graded  to  suit  the  age  and  interests 
of  the  children. 

THOMAS  GARDNER  DISTRICT. 

Last  May  the  parents  in  this  district  were  notified  that  the  usual  formal 
graduating  exercises  in  June  would  be  abolished.  No  word  of  adverse 
criticism  came  to  us.  Pursuing  this  plan,  the  children  of  the  graduating 
class  were  assembled  in  the  school  hall  at  9  o'clock  on  Friday  morning, 
June  19,  and  after  the  usual  opening  exercises  the  chairmati  of  the  school 
conmiittee  addressed  them  and  presented  each  with  his  diploma. 

The  large  number  of  persons  present  and  the  absence  of  adverse  criti- 
cism would  indicate  a  favorable  reception  of  this  departure. 

WARREN  SCHOOL. 

The  plan  started  last  September  by  aU  of  our  kindergarten  teachers  of 
working  two  afternoons  a  week  in  their  respective  kindergartens  with  first 
grade  children  was  continued  with  marked  success  right  up  to  the  end  of 
the  school  term.    The  teachers  pronounce  the  idea  a  splendid  one. 

The  roof  of  the  Copley  School  with  flower  and  vegetable  boxes,  with 
small,  movable  tables  and  chairs,  and  suitable  play  apparatus  constitutes 
in  truth  a  real  "child's  garden."  Instead  of  giving  it  up  entirely  to  a 
small  number  of  anemic  children,  all  our  primary  pupils  should  in  turn 
enjoy  this  pleasant  bower  —  devoted  as  it  were  to  fresh  air  and  to  fresh 
childish  interests. 

Our  boys  have  a  new  organization  which  we  may  name  the  "School 
Decorator's  Club."  One  of  our  pupils  had  read  the  interesting  story  of 
John  Singleton  Copley,  the  eminent  Boston  bom  painter  who  was  the 
first  person  known  to  have  painted  the  American  flag  in  a  picture.  Why 
not  celebrate  Flag  Day  by  decorating  the  fence  around  the  roof  of  the 
Copley  School  with  American  flags?  Through  the  activity  of  the  children 
and  the  generosity  of  Ladies'  Auxiliary  No.  8,  Sons  of  Veterans  of  Charles- 
town,  over  eighty  flags  were  collected.  We  kept  up  the  display  till  after 
June  17,  thus  celebrating  two  patriotic  holidays.  Many  buildings  are 
decorated  in  Charlestown  on  national  holidays,  but  never  was  a  public 
school  in  so  extensive  a  fashion  as  this. 

The  Warren  School  Phalanx  (named  after  an  old-time  military  organi- 
zation of  Charlestown)  is  a  group  of  boys  who  by  actual  work  and  by 
their  influence  on  the  younger  children  help  to  keep  the  streets  around 
our  school  in  good  condition.  The  efforts  of  this  group  have  met  with 
cordial,  even  if  amused,  approval  of  the  neighbors. 

Our  school  band  has  grown  within  a  year  to  be  quite  a  feature  of  the 
school.  It  is  organized  into  a  regiment  with  captains  officered  by  the 
older  or  better  behaved  boys.  Only  boys  of  good  deportment  and  scholar- 
ship are  allowed  to  become  or  remain  members  of  the  band.  The  instru- 
ments belong  to  the  school,  having  been  purchased  from  the  proceeds  of 
the  Charlestown  Free  School  Fund.    We  neither  have  nor  desire  guns  or 


228 


APPENDIX  B. 


uniforms,  but  we  possess  several  beautiful  national  and  state  flags.  We 
have  marching  to  the  music  of  the  band  two  or  three  times  a  week  at 
recess.  The  girls  also  march  to  the  band  music  which  can  be  heard  in 
their  yard. 

The  results  of  the  sub-master's  patient  work  in  this  line  have  been 
highly  gratifying.    They  may  be  summed  up  as  follows; 

1.  A  splendidly  improved  carriage  in  marching  and  standing. 

2.  A  fine  school  spirit  —  pride  in  the  school. 

3.  A  spirit  of  military  precision  of  action,  and  of  prompt  obedience  to 
orders — without  war  spirit. 

4.  Increased  reverence  for  the  flag  and  for  what  it  stands. 

5.  A  spirit  of  self-directed  team  work.  Frequently  the  boys  would 
leave  the  yard  unaccompanied  by  any  teacher,  and  march  in  good  order 
through  neighboring  streets,  getting  back  before  the  ringing  of  the  bell. 

6.  The  pupils  are  receiving  instructions  in  band  music  from  an  expert 
teacher  —  real  vocational  training. 

I  have  endeavored  to  encourage  the  children  to  use  the  school  rooms, 
before  and  after  school,  as  much  as  possible  for  the  purpose  of  study. 
The  teachers  and  the  janitor  cooperated  with  me  in  these  efforts.  Large 
numbers  already  stay  of  their  own  accord  for  drill  in  Palmer  writing,  for 
practice  in  the  band  and  orchestra,  and  for  extra  work  in  sloyd. 

WASHINGTON  ALLSTON  DISTRICT. 

The  School  City,  through  which  the  pupils  participate  in  the  discipline 
in  the  yards  and  corridors,  has  been  very  successful.  The  lessening  of 
the  number  of  elective  oflBcers  and  increasing  the  number  of  appointed 
subordinates  has  tended  toward  individual  responsibihty  and  harmony. 

During  the  past  year  we  have  given  some  attention  to  pupil  participa- 
tion in  conduct  of  recitation  in  order  to  develop  spontaneous  oral 
expression  and  to  place  responsibility  on  the  individual  as  far  as  ingenuity 
can  devise  methods  in  large  classes. 

The  studies  in  which  it  has  been  used  are: 

1.  Study  of  development  of  words. 

2.  Development  of  a  subject  for  theme  writing. 

3.  Grammar. 

4.  Development  of  literature  lesson. 

A  working  scheme  that  will  fit  the  specific  need  of  the  lesson  in  hand 
is  placed  on  the  board  which  the  pupils  easily  grasp  and  the  lesson  is  then 
conducted  by  them.  At  times  a  single  "pupil  teacher"  starts  the  work 
and  passes  it  on;  at  other  times  a  group  conducts  the  lesson;  and  again 
the  class  is  divided  and  there  is  a  "competition." 

Results. 

1.  An  immediate  quickening  of  interest  in  all  pupils. 

2.  Unconscious  training  in  logical  treatment  of  subject  presented. 

3.  Constant  use  of  judgment  needed. 


OUT  OF  THE  ORDINARY  FEATURES. 


229 


4.  Training  in  making  prominent  essentials,  while  relegating  non- 
essentials to  background. 

5.  New  respect  for  opinions  and  knowledge  of  others. 

6.  Training  in  com-teous  deference  to  others. 

7.  Beneficial  removal  of  teacher  from  active  participation  as  her  place 
becomes  that  of  judge  or  referee. 

WENDELL  PHILLIPS  SCHOOL. 

1.  We  have  Phillips  street  cleaned  at  recess  by  members  of  different 
classes  acting  as  boards  of  health. 

2.  Hearing  that  the  Dudley  School  held  debates  and  believing  it  might 
have  beneficial  results,  a  challenge  was  sent  to  that  school  for  two  debates. 
The  debates  awakened  a  lively  interest  in  research  work  and  I  believe 
had  a  broadening  effect  upon  the  gi-aduating  class. 

3.  In  a  school  Uke  the  Wendell  Philhps  the  greatest  defect  is  in  the  use 
of  Enghsh.  To  correct  this  fault  the  following  game  has  been  devised: 
A  boy  who  uses  incorrect  Enghsh  is  given  a  black  ball  and  he  is  to  carry 
it  until  he  catches  some  one  in  error,  when  he  passes  it  to  the  new  victim. 
Teachers  report  that  "We  have  not  reached  the  point  of  making  no 
mistakes  but  have  succeeded  in  lessening  the  use  of  ain't,  done  for  did, 
bring  for  carry,  can  for  may,  seen  for  saw  and  lend  for  borrow  —  also 
others."  "It  was  the  means  of  applying  to  every-day  conversation  the 
correct  forms  which  were  taught  in  the  language  lesson  and  which  in  many 
cases  would  have  ended  there.  Many  errors  which  were  quite  common 
the  first  part  of  the  year  are  now  unheard  of."  "The  desire  to  escape  the 
ball  makes  each  child  careful  of  his  own  language.  He  learns  to  'think 
before  he  speaks'  —  a  habit  worth  possessing.  Likewise,  he  develops  a 
keen  desire  for  information  which  is,  after  all,  an  essential  of  progress. 
The  use  of  the  black  ball  is  enjoyable  as  well  as  profitable.  It  brings  the 
'game'  spirit  into  the  work  of  the  day,  thus  reheving  lesson  periods  of  their 
wonted  hionotony."  "Before  I  introduced  this  scheme  into  my  class  the 
work  of  pointing  out  errors  in  oral  Enghsh  feU  almost  entirely  upon  myseK; 
now  the  case  is  very  rare  when  I  have  to  mention  that  a  mistake  has  been 
made  so  ready  are  the  boys  with  a  statement  of  the  error  and  its  correction. 
As  a  result  of  the  use  of  this  means  of  correcting  errors  I  find  that  the 
written  as  well  as  the  oral  English  has  been  improved  gTeatly.  The  boys 
are  more  careful  to  think  out  their  sentences  before  they  write,  and  I  find 
that  many  a  peculiar  turn  of  phrase,  which  our  children  especially  are  so 
prone  to  use,  is  avoided,  simply  because  attention  has  been  called  to  it 
in  an  unusual  and  striking  way  in  the  oral  work." 

WILLIAM  E.  RUSSELL  SCHOOL. 
From  each  of  four-fifth  and  four-sixth  grades  the  lowest  four  pupils 
in  the  respective  classes  were  put  together  in  one  room.  Four  hours 
each  week  while  one  class  is  at  manual  training  there  are  only  fifteen 
pupils  in  the  room.  As  a  result  of  the  small  number  of  pupils  in  the  class 
and  the  excellent  work  done  by  the  teacher,  nearly  all  of  these  children 
made  so  much  progress  that  they  will  be  given  a  chance  in  the  next  higher 
grade  the  coming  year. 


230 


APPENDIX  B. 


There  have  been  two  kinds  of  teachers'  meetings  held  in  the  last  two 
years.  At  one  kind  of  meeting  all  the  teachers  of  the  district  were  gathered 
together  and  some  subject  as  arithmetic  or  reading  was  discussed  as  a 
whole,  from  the  first  grade  through  the  eighth.  One  teacher  from  each 
grade  presented  the  work  done  in  her  grade,  and  then  the  subject  was 
thrown  open  for  general  discussion. 

The  other  meetings  were  grade  meetings,  where  the  teachers  of  one 
grade  met  with  the  principal  and  discussed  the  work  done  in  that  grade 
in  the  different  branches  and  methods  of  doing  that  work. 

From  these  two  kinds  of  meetings  the  teachers  got  ideas,  not  only  in 
regard  to  their  particular  part  of  a  subject,  but  also  the  relation  of  that 
part  to  the  whole  course. 


EDUCATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS,  1913-14. 


231 


APPENDIX  C. 


EDUCATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS,  1913-14. 


Note. —  Facts  relative  to  the  general  organization,  the  membership 
and  the  purpose  of  associations  are  given  in  the  Reports  for  1909  and  1910. 

I.    OFFICIALLY  CONNECTED  WITH  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS. 

1.  Boston  Masters'  Association. —  Chairman,  the  Superintendent 
of  Schools,  ex  officio;  secretary,  Lincoln  Owen;  executive  committee,  chairman, 
Seth  Sears;  Herbert  S.  Weaver,  Arthur  L.  Gould,  Emily  F.  Carpenter, 
Louis  P.  Nash. 

This  is  the  official  meeting  of  all  principals  for  the  purpose  of  discussing 
topics  of  common  interest  and  receiving  announcements  from  the  Superin- 
tendent. Each  principal  is  expected  to  attend,  or,  in  case  of  unavoidable 
absence,  to  send  a  representative.  Regular  meetings  are  held  on  the 
second  Tuesday  of  each  month,  except  July,  August  and  September,  at 
4.15  o'clock  p.  m. 

The  members  hold  a  social  meeting  immediately  after  the  regular  ses- 
sions of  the  association  in  October,  December,  February,  April  and  June. 
Dinner  at  6  o'clock  p.  m.,  followed  by  a  social  hour. 

2.  Boston  Head  Masters'  Association. —  Chairman,  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Schools,  ex  officio;  chairman,  John  F.  Casey;  secretary,  George  C. 
Mann. 

3.  High  School  Councils: 

Ancient  Languages  Council. —  Chairman,  Edward  H.  Atherton,  Girls' 
Latin;  secretary,  William  H.  Sjdvester,  English  High,  September  to  March; 
Frank  A.  Kennedy,  Girls'  High,  March  to  June. 

Commercial  Council. —  Chairman,  Raymond  G.  Laird,  High  School  of 
Commerce;  secretary,  Thomas  H.  H.  Knight,  Girls'  High. 

Manual  Arts  Council. —  Chairman,  Grace  G.  Starbird,  High  School  of 
Practical  Arts;  secretary,  Adalena  R.  Farmer,  Dorchester  High. 

English  Council. —  Chairman,  Oscar  C.  Gallagher,  High  School  of  Com- 
merce; secretary,  Katharine  H.  Shute,  Boston  Normal  School. 

History  Council. —  Chairman,  Winthrop  Tirrell,  High  School  of,  Com- 
merce; secretary,  Charles  T.  Wentworth,  Dorchester  High. 

Mathematics  Council. —  Chairman,  George  F.  Partridge,  West  Roxbury 
High  School;  secretary,  Lena  G.  Perrigo,  Brighton  High. 

Modem  Language  Council. —  Chairman,  Marian  A.  Hawes,  Brighton 
High;  secretary,  Katherine  K.  Marlow,  Dorchester  High. 

Science  Council. —  Chairman,  Irving  H.  Upton,  Roxbury  High;  secretary, 
Frederick  G.  Jackson,  Dorchester  High. 


232 


APPENDIX  C. 


4.  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Boston  Public  School  Teachers' 
Retirement  Fund. —  President,  George  E.  Brock;  secretary,  Alfred 
Bunker;  custodian,  Charles  H.  Slattery,  City  Treasurer;  trustees  elected  by 
the  School  Committee,  Joseph  Lee,  Thomas  F.  Leen  (July,  1913,  to  Janu- 
ary, 1914),  Frances  G.  Curtis  (January,  1914,  to  June,  1914),  Geors^e  E. 
Brock,  Michael  H.  Corcoran;  trustees  elected  by  the  association,  Frederic 
A.  Tupper,  Celia  A.  Scribner  (July  to  November,  1913),  Loea  P.  Howard, 
Laura  B.  White  (July,  1913,  to  May,  1914),  Lincoln  Owen,  Florence  A. 
Goodfellow,  Celia  A.  Scribner  (July  to  November,  1913);  trustee  ex  officio, 
the  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

5.  Elementary  School  Councils. 

Advisory  Council  on  Elementary  School  Books  and  Educational  Supplies, — 
Chairman,  John  F.  IMcGrath,  Eliot  District;  secretary,  Frederick  W.  Swan, 
Quincy  District. 

II.    COMPOSED  WHOLLY  OR  MAINLY  OF  BOSTON  TEACHERS. 

6.  Association  of  Teachers  of  Physical  Education. —  President, 
Florence  L.  Carter;  vice-president,  Bessie  W.  Howard;  secretary  and 
treasurer,  Gertrude  A.  Poor;  executive  committee,  Blanche  A.  Bemis, 
Marguerite  Higgins. 

7.  Biological  Club  of  the  Boston  Normal  School. —  President, 
Esther  F.  Sullivan;  vice-president,  Laura  S.  Plummer;  secretary,  Jessie  K. 
Hampton;  treasurer,  Mary  E.  Towne;  executive  committee,  Myrtie  A. 
Adams,  Olive  A.  Kee,  Lucy  Macarthy,  Athelston  Brandt. 

8.  Boston  Association  of  School  Principals. —  President,  John  F. 
Casey;  vice-president,  George  W.  Evans;  secretary,  Charles  F.  Merrick; 
treasurer,  Caspar  Isham;  executive  committee,  James  E.  Downey,  James  H. 
Leary,  Herbert  L.  Morse,  Edward  W.  Schuerch,  Emma  S.  GuUiver,  Louis 
P.  Nash,  W.  Lawrence  Murphy,  Arthur  A.  Lincoln,  Frederick  W.  Swan. 

9.  Boston  Educational  Society. —  President,  Walter  B.  Russell, 
Director  of  Franklin  Union;  vice-president,  John  Haynes;  secretary,  Thomas 
G.  Rees;  treasurer,  Ralph  W.  Channell. 

10.  Boston  Elementary  Teachers'  Club. —  President,  Annie  G. 
Scollard;  first  vice-president,  Agnes  C.  Moore;  second  vice-president,  A. 
Harriet  Haley;  recording  secretary,  Helen  R.  Campbell;  corresponding 
secretary,  Caroline  S.  Winslow;  treasurer,  Ellen  G.  Hayden;  executive  com- 
mittee, Emeline  E.  Torrey,  Emma  F.  Porter,  Julia  E.  Sullivan,  Katherine  A. 
Cunniff,  Emma  J.  Irving,  Florence  R.  Faxon,  Esther  F.  Sullivan,  Clara  L. 
Harrington,  Mary  H.  Brick,  Marguerite  J.  Martin,  Susan  D.  Waldron. 

11.  Boston  High  School  Masters'  Club. —  President,  Adelbert  H. 
Morrison;  vice-president,  Walter  A.  Robinson;  secretary-treasurer,  Winthrop 
Tirrell;  executive  committee,  Chester  M.  Grover,  John  A.  O'Shea,  Charles 
E.  Simpson. 

12.  Boston  Manual  Arts  Club. —  President,  Olive  1.  Harris;  vice- 
president,  Margaret  A.  Mahoney;  secretary,  Mabel  E.  Bemis;  treasurer, 
Mary  H.  Baker. 

13.  Boston  Normal  School  Kindergarten  Club. —  President, 
Ethel  Hutchinson;  vice-president,  Laura  S.  Swan;  recording  secretary  and 
treasurer,  Sibylla  R.  Crawford;  corresponding  secretary,  Lucy  E.  Low. 


\ 


EDUCATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS,  1913-14.  233 

14.  Boston  Public  School  Nuhses'  Assocl^^tion. —  PresiderU, 
Alma  Taylor;  vice-president,  Blanche  Wildes;  secretary,  Josephine  Ellis; 
treasurer,  Mary  Callaghan. 

15.  Boston  School  Men's  Club. —  President,  Frederic  H.  Ripley; 
secretary-treasurer,  Michael  J.  Downey;  executive  committee,  to  serve  until 
January,  1915,  Malcolm  D.  Barrows,  Frederic  H.  Ripley,  William  T. 
Keough;  to  serve  until  January,  1916,  Herbert  S.  Weaver,  Frank  V. 
Thompson,  Maurice  J.  O'Brien;  to  serve  until  January,  1917,  Leonard  p. 
Moulton,  Adelbert  H.  Morrison,  Michael  J.  Downey. 

16.  Boston  Sewing  Teachers'  Association. —  President,  M.  Lillian 
Dunbar;  vice-president,  Katherine  M.  Mahoney;  recording  secretary, 
Margaret  T.  McCormick;  corresponding  secretary,  Agnes  E.  McDonald; 
treasurer,  Ellen  M.  Wight;  auditor,  Annie  F.  Mario w;  executive  committee, 
Mary  A.  Mulvey,  Ellen  E.  MacHugh,  Nida  F.  Vesper,  Helen  E.  Hapgood. 

17.  Boston  Teachers'  Club. —  President,  Helen  E.  Cleaves;  vice- 
presidents,  Harriet  Norcross,  Gertrude  L.  Palmer,  Mabel  E.  Adams;  cor- 
responding secretary,  Margaret  A.  Nichols;  recording  secretary,  Elizabeth 
W.  O'Connor;  treasurer,  Emma  F.  Jenkins;  assistant  treasurer,  Ida  M. 
Dyer;  directors,  Esther  W.  Bates,  Helen  L.  Holmes,  Ella  L.  Macomber, 
JuHa  G.  Leary,  Margaret  A.  Mahoney,  Katherine  L.  Campbell,  Julia  F. 
Coombs,  Gertrude  Weeks. 

18.  Boston  Teachers'  Mutual  Benefit  Association. —  President, 
Maurice  P.  White;  recording  secretary,  Jennie  F.  McKissick;  financial 
secretary,  Henry  C.  Parker;  treasurer,  Herbert  L.  Morse. 

19.  High  School  Assistants'  Association. —  President,  Annie  L. 
Bennett;  first  vice-president,  Abby  C.  Howes;  second  vice-president,  Bertha 
F.  Munster;  treasurer,  Sybil  B.  Aldrich;  secretary,  Clara  B.  Shaw. 

20.  Lady  Teachers'  Association. —  President,  Bertha  Pierce;  vice- 
president,  Caroline  F.  Cutler;  secretary,  Alice  C.  Ryan;  treasurer,  Katharine 
S.  Haskell. 

21.  Masters'  Assistants'  Club. —  President,  Caroline  F.  Melville; 
vice-president,  F.  Maude  Joy;  treasurer,  Jessie  W.  Kelly;  recording  secretary, 
Annie  R.  Mohan;  corresponding  secretary,  Nellie  A.  Manning;  executive 
committee,  E.  Gertrude  Dudley,  Catherine  E.  McCarthy,  Mary  E.  Mail- 
man. 

22.  Sub-masters'  Club  op  Boston. —  President,  Charles  E.  Quirk; 
vice-president,  Leonard  M.  Patton;  secretary-treasurer,  John  F.  Suckling. 


234 


APPENDIX  D. 


APPENDIX  D. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  BOSTON  TEACHERS,  1913-14. 


Agassiz  District. 

William  T.  Miller: 

"  Metropolitis . " —  Boston  Sunday  Globe.    August,  1913. 
"Summer  Work." — Boston  Sunday  Globe.    August,  1913. 
"Vocational  Guidance  as  a  Home  Activity." — -Home  Progressive 

Magazine.    September,  1913.    Pages  19-26. 
"Home  Study." — Boston  Sunday  Globe.    October,  1913. 
"Words  Our  Language  Needs." — Boston  Sunday  Globe.  October, 
1913. 

"Teacher  to  His  Boys."    A  Poem, —  Normal  Instructor.    April,  1914. 

Edmund  P.  Tileston  District. 
Mary  A.  Kennedy: 

"Girls  on   the  Playground."    Experimental. —  Popular  Educator. 
November,  1913. 

"Aids  for  Composition."    Descriptive. —  Popular  Edvmtor.  Feb- 
ruary, 1914. 

Franklin  District. 
Committee  of  Franklin  School  Teachers: 

"Common  Words  for  Spelling  for  Grades  III.-VIII."  Personal. 
1914.    7  pages. 
Emma  F.  Jenkins  and  Seth  Sears: 

' '  Some  Work  for  Correct  English  Clubs. " 
"Some  Essentials  in  Verb  Forms." 
"Plurals  of  Nouns." 

"Dictation  100  per  cent  Work."    Personal.    1914.    19  pages. 
Gaston  District. 

Margaret  M.  Lennon: 

"The  Value  of  Play  in  Education. " —  Journal  of  Education.  Boston. 
Vol.  LXXIX.,  No.  16.    April,  1914.    Pages  431-433. 

Hancock  District. 

Frances  Burnce: 

"Feminine  Influence  in  Primary  and  Secondary  Schools." — Boston 
Globe.    January,  1914. 

Horace  Mann  School. 

Ida  Helen  Adams: 

"A  Language  Program  at  the  Horace  Mann  School."— ' FoZto  Review. 
Vol.  XV.    Washington,  D.  C.    December,  1913.    Pages  416-419. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  BOSTON  TEACHERS,   1913-14.  235 


Mary  Hemenway  District. 
L.  Gertrude  Howes: 

"What  do  the  Public  Schools  Achieve?" — Journal  of  Education. 
Boston.  1912. 
Mary  Polk: 

"An  Enriched  Course  of  Study." — Boston  Teachers'  News  Letter. 
December,  1913. .  6  pages. 

Warren  District. 

Walter  J.  Phelan: 

"  The  Death  of  Pitcairn. "  A  Ballad  of  Bunker  Hill. —  Boston  Sunday 
Herald.    June,  1913.  Illustrated. 

Washington  District. 

Joseph  Burke  Egan: 

"Little  People  of  the  Dust. " —  The  Pilgrim  Press.    Boston.  October, 

1913.    275  pages.    Octavo.    Illustrated  by  Grace  Hacket. 
"Official  Song."    Creighton  University.    White-Smith  Music  Pub- 
lishing Company.    Boston.    June,  1914. 

William  E.  Russell  District. 

Kate  L.  Brown: 

"Speckletoes  a  Winner." — The  Christian  Register.  Boston.  August, 
1913. 

"Witch  Dances." —  The  Christian  Register.    Boston.    July,  1913. 
"A    Little    Fisherman    of    the  Border." —  The  Christian  Register. 

Boston.    November,  1913. 
"At  Assisi."    A  Poem. —  The  Christian  Register.    Boston.  January, 

1914. 

"The  Wonderful  Basket." —  The  Christian  Register.  Boston. 
November,  1913. 

"Under  the  Greenwood  Tree." —  The  Christian  Register.  Boston. 
May,  1914. 

"The  Little  Christmas  Light." —  The  Beacon.  Boston.  December, 
1913. 

"My  Little  Tree."  An  Arbor  Day  Poem. —  The  Beacon.  Boston. 
AprU,  1914. 

"Of  One  Blood." — The  Sunday  Magazine.  Portsmouth,  Ohio. 
August,  1913. 

"The  Home  Spell." — Journal  of  Education.  Boston.  October, 
1913. 

"0    WMe,  Wmie  AlligSLm."— The  Poetry  Journal.    Boston.  Feb- 
ruary, 1914. 
"Stories."    A  Poem. —  The  Beacon.  Boston. 

Department  of  Practice  and  Training. 
Lillian  M.  Towne: 

"The  Teaching  of  Hygiene." —  The  Woman's  Medical  Journal. 
Cincinnati.  December,  1913.  Printed  also  in  the  "Transac- 
tions of  the  Fourth  International  Congress  on  School  Hygiene." 
Buffalo.    August,  1913.    12  pages. 


INDEX. 


A.  Page. 

Anemic  Children   33 

Arithmetic  26,  184 

Art,  Cooperative  Course  in   46 

Special  Opportunities  in   46 

Assistant  Superintendents,  Reports  of   90 

Work  of   6 

Attendance,  Department  of  Compulsory  School       .      .      ,      .  137 

B. 

Boston  Clerical  School  62, 176 

Boston  Industrial  School  for  Boys    56, 159 

C. 

Certificating  Department   74 

Children's  Museum,  Cooperation  with   144 

Commercial  Education  58,  163 

Chamber  of  Commerce,  Report  of   58 

Constructive  Recommendations  for   164 

Women's  Educational  and  Industrial  Union,  Report  of    .      .  60 

Compulsory  Continuation  Schools   65 

Cookery   155 

Cooperative  Courses : 

Art   46 

Industrial  at  Hyde  Park  High  School   55 

Salesmanship     .      .     ,   64 

Course  of  Study   20 

D. 

Deaf,  The                                                                           .  31 

Disciplinary  School   38 

E- 

Educational  Investigation  and  Measurement,  Department  of  .      .  8 

Relation  of,  to  Course  of  Study   15 

Educational  Organizations   231 

Enghsh   24 

Standards  of  Efficiency  in   125 

Extended  Use  of  the  Pubhc  Schools   84 

Q. 

Gardens,  Home  and  School   114 

237 


238  INDEX. 

H.  Page. 

Hearing  and  Vision  Testing,  Summary  of   199 

High  School  of  Commerce   61 

High  School  Problem,  The   90 

Household  Science  and  Arts   154 

Hyde  Park  High  School,  Cooperative  Course  in        ....  55 

Hygiene,  Department  of  School   197 

I. 

Industrial  Education  48, 162 

Intermediate  Classes  43, 110 

J. 

Junior  High  School   43,  98 

K. 

Kindergartens   103 

Transition  to  the  Primary   39 

Kindergarten-Primary  Course  in  Normal  School       ....  69 

M. 

Manual  Training                                                             .      .  178 

Mechanic  Arts  High  School   49 

New  Course  of  Study  Recommended  for   51 

Medical  Inspection   197 

Mentally  Defective  Children   34 

Montessori  Class   Ill 

Museum  of  Fine  .Arts,  Cooperation  with   142 

Music  46,  134 

Credit  Courses  for  Outside  Music   47 

N. 

Non-English  Speaking  Classes       .      .      ^   36 

Normal  School   67 

Course  in,  Approved   68 

O. 

Open-Air  Classes  33,  113 

Out  of  the  Ordinary  Features  in  the  Public  Schools  ....  204 

P. 

Parental  School   132 

Pedagogical  Library   129 

Penmanship  24, 186 

Prevocational  Classes  41, 147, 178 

Principals,  Reports  of      .   204 

R. 

Rapid  Advancement  Classes  .            .      .-   130 

Reading  '   23 

Oral  Readmg   142 


INDEX.  239 

S.  Page. 

Salesmanship  64 

School  and  Home,  Cooperation  of  -  96 

Schools  as  Community  Centers  84 

Semi-BUnd  Children  32, 107 

Sewing  154 

South  Boston  High  School  92 

Special  English  Classes  188 

Special  Schools  and  Classes  30,  105 

Speech  Defects,  Children  with      .      .     '  32 

Speech  Improvement  Classes  108 

SpeUing  22 

Store  and  School  Course  64 

Summer  Review  Schools  73, 118 

Supernormal  Children  33 

Syllabuses  for  Grades  157 

T. 

Teachers : 

Courses  for       .      .  19,139 

Examinations  of   93 

Health  of   202 

Professional  Work  of                                           .            .  17 

Promotion  of   9 

Publications  of   234 

Training  of   67 

Testing  Results  in  the  Common  Branches  and  Determining  Stand- 
ards   11 

Trade  Schools  56, 162 

Transition  from  Grammar  Grades  to  High  Schools    ....  41 

Tubercular  Children   33 

U. 

Ungraded  Classes  35, 188 

V. 

Vocational  Guidance  66,  162 


c^^^^^^y  21 


I